ACE Engineering Academy Editorial Board - TSPSC & APPSC-Civil Engineering - Volume 2-ACE Engineering Publications (2019)

-- • --• + • --+ +--+ ---+ ---+
• 4 I
#i
. ,,,,,f,13.ING
pu7
V/AA
lok
ACE ,
,. . Engineering Publications ,
i
,,.
I k4
f I .......... I
Since 2011 (A Sister Concern of ACE Engineering Academy, Hyderabad)
t
t
Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Bengaluru I Lucknow I Patna I Chennai I Vijayawada I Visakhapatnam I Tirupati I Kolkata I Alunedabad f
tt f
f
f t
f f
f
t
._. . _ _ TSPSCIAPPSC
__
Telangana & Andhra Pradesh Public Service Commisions
! f
tt f
f
t f
1t If
f
f f
f CIVIL Engineering f
f f
f
f f
f f
f f
Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials, +
+ +
Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines +
+ +
Previous years TSPSC/APPSC Objective Questions with Solutions, f
Subject wise & Chapter wise !
(Also useful for other States PSC and PSUs Examinations) It
f
(Volume -I) f
f
f
ACE is the leading institute for coaching in ESE, GATE & PSUs
f
Address: Sree Sindhi Guru Sangat Sabha Association, # 4-1-1236/1/A, King Koti, Abids, Hyderabad-500001.
Ph: 040-23234418 / 19 / 20 / 21, 040 - 24750437
•
.1.1.4.4a1-•••••11.1.....1,,•1.460-1.1,1••••••1•+. rowt, i obt.t000-rom..+.4s,.-o..o.4•4••••••+.1i+.4.1N.•+.1w••• olo-.4.0+.1.1a..-1.1++.+04.-1•01.1.4*.i.11**4.0.1.-1.11.1.-1•4*.-1.1.1.4.1a+.1.161.4.10 •
1
11 All India 1.8t Ranks in ESE

48 All India 1st Ranks in GATE
--4----•- -+---+----4--+--+--+-+ -4- -AI-- --+- --+- -+-+--4--+-+ -1--
Copyright © ACE Engineering Publications
All rights reserved.
♦ No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, digital, recording or ♦
otherwise, without the prior permission of the publishers.
Published at:
ACE Engineering Publications

Sree Sindhi Guru Sangat Sabha Association,
# 4-1-1236/1/A, King Koti, Abids,
Hyderabad - 500001, Telangana, India.
Phones: 040- 23234419 / 20 / 21 4
Website: www.aceenggacademy.com
•
Email: aceenggpublications@aceenggacademy.com
hyderabad@aceenggacademy.com ♦
Authors:
Subject experts of ACE Engineering Academy, Hyderabad
Na+.+.1s1..01.+4., 40+44.4t44-14.144.1414-14.1,.4**14-14110+,41,4,
While every effort has been made to avoid any mistake or omission, the publishers do not owe any
•
responsibility for any damage or loss to any person on account of error or omission in this publication. ♦
Mistakes if any may be brought to the notice of the publishers, for further corrections in
forthcoming editions, to the following Email-id.
Email : aceenggpublications@aceenggacademy.com
♦
First Edition : 2019
•
Printed at:
♦
Karshak Art Printers,
Hyderabad.
Price : t. 850/-
ISBN : 978-1-64597-016-3
—4-- --4-- —6- —4— —4,-- --4--r 4—

Foreword
Dear Students,
*10
This Booklet contains Previous year Question Papers of both TSPSC and APPSC exams
along with Tribal welfare, PH & Municipality, Managers, Polytechnic Lecturers, Observers and
TS GENCO Papers of Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Fluid Mechnics & Hydraulic
Machines. Hence we strongly recommend all students who are competing for various competitive
exams to use this book according to the syllabus of the exam concerned. This book can also be
used by fresh Teachers in Engineering colleges to improve their Concepts.
The solutions are prepared with utmost care. In spite of this there may be some typographical
mistakes or improper sequence. The student is requested to inform us regarding errors, if any to
aceenggpublications@aceenggacademy.com. ACE Engineering Publications will be grateful in this
regard.
The student is advised to solve the questions initially without referring to the solutions. The
student has to analyze the given question carefully, recall the relevant steps, equations and solve
the problem in detail. Then only verify the solution. The student is advised to have a standard text
book for ready reference to strengthen the related concepts, if necessary.
This book can also be used by the under graduate students and fresh teachers to enrich
their subject knowledge.
Thanks to all the professors who co-operated in the preparation of this booklet. Thanks to the
Academic Assistants and Data Entry section in the design of this booklet.
With best wishes to all those who wish to go through the following pages.
•
•
•
Y.V. Gopala Krishna Murthy,

M Tech. MIE,
Chairman & Managing Director,
ACE Engineering Academy,
ACE Engineering Publications.
--4-- --4-- --4- -4- --4- --4- --4--
Previous TSPSC/APPSC
Questions with Solutions Subject wise & Chapter wise
•
INDEX
1. Engineering Mechanics 1-6 4. Hydraulic Machines 839-947

4.1. Introduction to Hydraulic Machines 840-842
2. Strength of Materials 7-460 4.2. Hydro-Electric Power Plant 843-849

2.1. Simple Stresses and Strains 8-97 4.3. Water Turbines (Impulse Turbines) 850-864
2.2. Complex Stresses and strains 98-137 4.4. Reaction Turbines (Francis and Kaplan
865-879
Turbines)
2.3. Shear Force and Bending Moment 138-207
4.5. Governing of Turbines 880-882
2.4. Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia 208-217
4.6. Specific Speed and Performance of 883-899
2.5. Theory of Simple Bending 218-256 Turbines
2.6. Shear Stress Distribution in Beams 257-276 4.7. Cavitation in Turbines 900-902
2.7.Torsion 277-316 4.8. Centrifugal Pumps 903-935
2.8.Springs 317-327 4.9. Reciprocating Pumps 936-940
2.9. Deflection & Slopes 328-374 4.10. Miscellaneous Pumps 941-944
2.10. Thin Cylinders 375-386 4.11. Hydraulic Directional Control Valves 945-945
2.11. Columns and Struts 387-423 4.12. Hydraulic Pressure Control Valves 946-947
2.12. Strain Energy Resilience 424-434
2.13. Propped Beams & Fixed Beams 435-454
2.14. Shear Centre and Unsymmetric Bending 455-458
2.15. Theories of Failures 459-460
3. Fluid Mechanics 461-838

3.1. Properties of Fluids 462-505
3.2. Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics 506-559
3.3. Buoyancy & Metacentric Height 560-580
3.4. Fluid Kinematics 581-612
3.5. Energy Equation & its Applications 613-661
3.6. Momentum Equation and its Applications 662-677
3.7. Flow Through Pipes 678-709
3.8. Laminar Flow 710-734
3.9. Elementary Turbulent Flow 735-742
3.10. Flow Through Orifices and Mouthpieces . 743-755
3.11. Flow Over Notches and Weirs 756-778
3.12. Compressible Flow 779-799
3.13. Dimensional Analysis 800-805
3.14. Open Channel Flow 806-828
3.15. Boundary Layer Theory, Drag & Lift 829-838
Page No. 01
Engineering Mechan CS
Engineering Mechanics
01. In ideal machines 4. What is the velocity ratio of a lifting machine
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) that is working at an efficiency of 60% in
(a) mechanical advantages is greater than raising a load of 7700 N by an effort of 150
velocity ratio N? (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(b) mechanical advantage is equal to (a) 61.72 (b) 85.55
velocity rate (c) 55 (d) 51.33
(c) mechanical advantage is less than
velocity ratio 5. In a first order system of pulleys, there are 3
(d) mechanical advantage is unity movable pulleys. What is the mechanical
advantage of the system if the efficiency of
02. In lifting machines, as load increases the the system is 80%
mechanical advantage (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (a) 6.4 (b) 4.6
(a) initially increases and then decreases (c) 6.0 (d) 8.0
(b)remains same
(c) increases 6. The velocity ratio as per law of machine is
(d)decreases equal to (Where m = slope of line and is
equal to coefficient of friction. W = load
03. A lifting machine will be reversible, if its lifted and c = amount of effort required by
efficiency the m/c to overcome the friction)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) equal to 100% (b) > 75% m
(a) mW + c (b) — + c
(c)> 50% (d) < 50%
(c) me +W (d)m +
.\(.1.11.1nqiiiccting >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' LucknowlPatnaiBengaluruI Chennai I VijaYawada I VizagITImPatilKukatpallyjKolkatalAhmedabad
J
ACE
1, :
4
Engineering Publications :3: Engineering Mechanics
07. Velocity ratio in wheel and differential axle 10. Maximum efficiency of the screw will occur
is given by (Where D = diameter of effort at an helix angle of the thread (a) equal to
wheel A, d2 = diameter of the axle B and (Where 4 = helix angle)
d1 = diameter of the axle C) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) -7-1 — I
()
2D 2 2
(a)
d 2 — di
(b) —
2D 4 4
(b)
d2 +dl
(c) —
2 4
(c) d 2 + d1
2D (d) —
4 2
d
(d) 2 —d l
2D
11. Two forces A and B are acting at an angle 0
08. If the screw in a screw jack is double and their resultant R makes an angle a with
threaded then lead of the screw is the force A, then
(a)2x pitch A cos 0
(a) tan a =
(b) pitch /2 B + Asin 0
(c) equal to pitch A sin 0

(b) tan a =
A+Bcos0
(d) (pitch)2
B sin 0
(c) tan a =
A+Bcos0
09. In general, in first order pulley system
B sin 0
velocity ratio is given by (Where n is the (d) tan a =
B4 Acos0
number of movable pulleys)
(a) n2 (b) 211
(c) 2n (d) 2n — 1
•
\ CF: EngirtTE.] lig Publications Hyderabad 'Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag l Tirupati I Kukalpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1
.4
le 4
ACE
'4444 4.:Engineering Publications :4: Engineering Mechanics
04. Ans: (b)

Solutions Sol: Mechanical advantage —
Load lifted
Effort appied
01. Ans: (b) 7700

— 51.33
Sol: In ideal machines there are no frictional 150
losses MA
Efficiency, 1 =
Velocity ratio (VR)
Hence P;,,= Pont, F1V1 = F2V2
51.33
FI V2 0.60 =
VR
F2 V1
VR = 85.55
MA = VR
2. Ans: (c) 5. Ans: (a)
Sol: Mechanical advantage is the ratio of load F V

Sol: --a- = or MA = VR
F1 V2
lifted (w) of the effort applied (P)
For first system of pulleys, the velocity ratio
Mechanical advantage
Load lifted (VR) is
Effort applied VR = 2n
n = Number of pulleys
Mechanical advantage a load lifted
VR = 23 = 8
Increase in load increases the mechanical
Efficiency of the machine
advantage.
Mechanical Advantage(MA)
=
Velocity ratio (VR)
3. Ans: (c)
Sol: If a machine is capable of doing some work 0.8 = MA
8
in the reversed direction, after the effort is
MA = 6.4
removed, then the machine is known as
reversible machine. The condition for a
machine to be reversible is that is efficiency
6. Ans: (d)
should be more than 50%.
A C E Enginceriog PublicaLioiv; HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagrriniPatilKukaiPallYIKolkalaIAhrnedabad

W ACE Engineering Mechanics
:Engineering Pubhcations :5:
07. Ans: (a) 10. Ans: (d)

A
Sol: tan a
Sol: Efficiency screw jack = is
d2 tanka + (p)
D
maximum when a = ——
4)
4 2
11. Ans: (c)

Fx Sol:
W B sin°
(Work done by Fx) — L—Y—)

B cos°
(Increase in potential energy)
nd1 )
F x nD — W(Tcd 2
2 Above diagram shows resultant force 'It' of
forces 'A' & 13' by parallelogram law
V.R = M.A — W = 2D
F d2 d1 From diagram
B sin 0
tan a =
8. Ans: (a) A+Bcos0
Sol: Lead = no. of starts x pitch

= 2 x Pitch
9. Ans: (b)
Sol: i. First system of pulleys;
Velocity ratio, (VR) = 2 '
n = number of pulleys
ii. Second system of pulleys;
Velocity ratio, (VR) = n
iii. Third system of pulleys;
Velocity ratio, (VR) = 211 -1
ACE Ent,rincering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
vo,
to al ACE
:Engineering Public
Publications :6: Engineering Mechanics
ACEInginecring Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter 1 Simple Stresses and Strains
1.1. Fundamentals, Mechanical Properties of materials,

Stress Strain diagrams
01. Materials which exhibit same elastic 05. Stress-strain relation of a material for
properties in all directions are called structural analysis should be (AEE-1992)
(AEE 1987) (a) Elastic only
(a) Homogeneous (b) Isentropic (b) Linear only
(c) Allotropic (d) Isotropic (c) Elastic and linear
(d) Elastic and non-linear
02. The property of material by which it can be
beaten or rolled in to plates is called 06. Principle of superposition is valid in a
(AEE 1987, 2007) (AEE-1992)
(a) Malleability (b) Ductility (a) Statically determinate structure
(c) Plasticity (d) Elasticity (b) Statically indeterminate structure
(c) Structure which obeys Hooke's Law
03. The working stress for mild steel specimen (d) Structure which undergoes elastic
is calculated using factor of safety on deformations
(AEE-1992)
(a) Breaking stress 07. Gauge length is the (AEE-1992)
(b) Ultimate stress (a) length of specimen between grips
(c) Yield point stress (b) it is 8 times diameter of specimen
(d) None of the above (c) distance over which change in length is
measured
04. Cup and the cone fracture usually indicates, (d) distance between two points in the
the material as (AEE-1992) specimen
(a) Elastic (b) Brittle
(c) Ductile (d) Plastic
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Simple Stresses and Strains
SEngineering Publications :9:
08. The material which shows same properties 13. The material which exhibits the same elastic
in all directions is called (AE-1993, 2011) property in all directions is called
(a) Homogeneous (b) Elastic (AEE CE/ME 2004 & 2011 PH &Municipality)
(c) Isotropic (d) Orthotropic (a) Homogenous (b) Isotropic
(c) Viscoelastic (d) Inelastic
09. Hook's law holds good till
(PH & Municipality 2001) 14. The ratio of the strain at fracture to that at
(a) Elastic limit yield for mild steel is approximately
(b) Yield point (AEE-2004 & AE CE & ME -2004)
(c) Limit of proportionality (a) 10.0 (b) 100.0
(d) Limit of curvature (c) 1000.0 (d) 250.0
10. The principle of superposition is valid for 15. The law of the proportionality of stress and
(AE CE/ME AEE-2004) strain in materials was formulated by
(a) elastic materials (AE CE/ME AEE-2004)
(b) linear elastic materials (a) Thomas Young (b) Poisson
(c) only metals (c) Mohr (d) Robert Hooke
(d) homogenous and isotropic materials
16. The assumption that sections plane before
11. Shear strain is the (AE CE/ME-2004) bending remain plane after bending in a
(a) ratio of the change in the angle to the beam implies that the strains vary linearly
original angle along the (AE CE/ME AEE-2004)
(b) ratio of lateral and longitudinal strains (a) span (b) depth
(c) ratio of longitudinal and lateral strains (c) width (d) width and span
(d) change in a right angle
17. In the working stress method of design of
12. A material with large deformations at failure steel structures, the factor of safety is given
is termed (AE CE/ME AEE-2004) by (AEE-2006)
(a) brittle (b) elastic Breaking stress Yield stress
(a) (b)
(c) ductile (d) elasto-plastic Yield stress Pr oportionality limit
Ultimate stress Yield stress
(c) (d)
Working stress Working stress
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru J Chennai I VilaYawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 10 : Strength of Materials
Z,Engineering Publications
•
18. The principle of superposition is applicable 23. For most metals stress versus strain relation
to (AEE-2006) under elastic limit follows (2006 Regular)
(a) linear elastic structures (a) parabolic
(b) structures subjected to small deformation (b) curve
(c) steel structures only (c) linear dependence
(d) concrete and steel structures only (d) inverse square (of strain)
19. Pascal in SI units is a unit of (2006 Dec) 24. The stress strain represented for two
(a) force (b) stress different materials with same E will be
(c) mass (d) length (2006 Regular)
(a) single or unique curve
20. Stress is defined as load acting on a body per (b) two curve of different slope upto the
(2006 Regular) elastic limit
(a) unit length along the load (c) two parallel curves
(b) unit volume of the body (d) None of these
(c) unit area normal to load
(d) unit depth normal to load 25. A material body having identical properties
throughout its volume in any one direction is
21. Simple strain is defined as (2006 Regular) said to be (2006 Regular)
(a) change in length per unit length (a) uniform (b) continuous
(b) decrease or increase in length per unit (c) homogenous (d) isotropic
length
(c) increase in length per unit length 26. After number of cycles of reversal load, the
(d) change in volume per unit volume failure of a material is known as
(2006 Regular)
22. The parameter relating simple stress and (a) ductile failure (b) brittle failure
strain is (2006 Regular) (c) impact failure (d) fatigue failure
(a) Modulus of elasticity or Young's
modulus 27. When mild steel is stretched up to strain
(b) Poisson's ratio hardening state and the load is released, the
(c) Hooke's law recovery path of the stress-strain curve will
(d) Modulus of rigidity or shear modulus have slope equal to (2006 Backlog)
(a) Young's modulus (b) Tangent modulus
(c) Secant modulus (d) Zero
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I tihopal 'Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Licknow I Paula' Betigalurti I Cheattai I Vijayawada I Vz* I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkaiii I Aiithedabad
__ . . . .
0.4
4
ACE
,5Engineeling Publications : 11 : Simple Stresses and Strains
G
28. The shear strain is usually expressed in_ 33. The intensity of linear stress causing unit
units. (2006 Backlog) strain is called (AEE-2007)
(a) m/m (b) mm/mm (a) unit stress
(c) dimensionless (d) radians (b) bulk modulus
(c) modulus of rigidity
29. If a material is loaded beyond yield point (d) modulus of elasticity
stress (AEE-2007)
(a) it becomes elastic 34. A thin mild steel wire is loaded
(b) it becomes ductile incrementally till it breaks. The extensions
(c) its resistance to fatigue increases noted with increasing load will be
(d) it loses its tendency to return to its (AEE-2007)
original shape (a) uniform throughout
(b) increase uniformly
30. When a beam is loaded the horizontal or (c) first increase and then decrease
longitudinal shear should be accounted for (d) increase uniformly first and then increase
materials like (AEE-2007) rapidly
(a) mild steel (b) concrete
(c) cast iron (d) wood 35. The material with same elastic properties in
all directions are called (NEE-2007)
31. Principle of superposition is applicable when (a) isotropic materials (b) ideal materials
(AEE-2007) (c) uniform materials (d) elastic materials
(a) Deflections are a linear function of
applied forces 36. In a tension test on MS specimen, the
(b) Material is elastic nominal breaking stress compared to
(c) The action of applied forces will be ultimate tensile stress is (NEE-2007)
affected by small deformation of the (a) same (b) more
structure (c) less (d) may have any value
(d) The material yields
37. Which one of the following mechanical
32. If a material expands freely due to heating it properties is determined by the Notched bar
will develop (NEE-2007) test? (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) thermal stresses (b) tensile stresses (a) Hardness (b) Resilience
(c) bending stresses (d) no stresses (c) Impact strength (d) Endurance limit
ACE Elucinccring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1114 4 1, ACE
;Engineering Publications : 12 : Strength of Materials
38. ,Toughness modulus of a material is the area 43. Factor of safety is defined as ratio of:
of the stress-strain curve upto (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) Yield stress to working stress
(a) failure (b) yield limit (b) Ultimate stress to working stress
(c) elastic limit (d) proportionality limit (c) Breaking stress to working stress
(d) Ultimate stress to allowable stress
39. Factor of safety for a material is
(AE CE/ME-2007) 44. Gauge length is the: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
Working stress (a) Length of the test specimen
(a)
Yield stress (b) Length over which deformation is
Yield stress measured
(b)
Working stress (c) Length over which strain is measured
Ultimate stress (d) Deformed length of the specimen
(c)
Working stress
Working stress 45. The assumption that sections plane before
(d) bending remain plane after bending implies
Strain
that the: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
40. The yield point in fatigue loading as (a) material is elastic and obeys Hooke's
compared to yield point in static loading is law
(AEE-2007) (b) material is isotropic and Hookean
(a) higher (b) lower (c) material is homogenous and sections are
(c) half (d) same rigid
(d) sections do not warp
41. Change in the length of material with time
under constant load is called 46. Which of the following is a proper
(2008 HYD Metro Water Works) sequence? (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) Isotropy (b) Shrinkage (a) Proportional limit, elastic limit, yielding,
(c) Creep (d) Strain failure
(b) Elastic limit, proportional limit, plastic
42. Units for volumetric strain are zone, failure
(Manager, HYD Metro Water Works (c) Yielding, proportional limit, elastic
2008) limit, failure
(a) mm3 (b) mm2 (d) Elastic limit, plastic zone, yielding,
(c) cm3 (d) No units failure
ACE Engineering Publications >>1-lyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TirnPati I KukalPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
`y 1, ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 13 : Simple Stresses and Strains
47. Elastic curve of a beam is its: 52. Steel is a (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (a) brittle material (b) ductile material
(a) stress-strain curve (b) hard material (d) plastic material
(b) deflection profile
53. Factor of safety of ductile material is the
(c) load-deflection profile
ratio of: (2008 Regular)
(d) bending moment diagram
(a) ultimate strength to yield strength
48. An isotropic material is one which: (b) ultimate strength to working stress
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (c) yield stress to working stress
(a) has the same structure at all points (d) lower yield stress to working stress
(b) has Young's modulus equal to modulus
54. Homogeneous material has in the body.
of rigidity
(2008 Regular)
(c) has elastic constants identical in all
(a) same properties in all the directions
directions
(b) same properties in one direction
(d) obeys Hooke's law upto failure
(c) same properties in two or more directions
49. Hooke's law is valid upto: (d) different properties in different directions
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 2008 regular)
(a) Yield point (b) Elastic limit 55. Shear strain in a body is (2008 Regular)
(c) Plastic limit (d) Proportionality limit (a) ratio of change in the length to original
length .
50. Change in the length of material with time
(b) change in the right angle
under constant load is called
(c) ratio of change in the angle to the
(Managers-2008) original angle
(a) Isotropy (b) Shrinkage
(d) ratio of change in the angle to the
(c) Creep (d) Strain changed angle
51. A mild steel specimen is tested under tension 56. Poisson's ratio is the (2008 Regular)
and a continuous graph between load and (a) reciprocal of the shear strain
extension is obtained. A load at which there (b) ratio of lateral strain to longitudinal
is considerable extension without increase in strain with the sign changed
load is called (c) ratio of lateral strain to longitudinal
(Managers, HYD Metro Water Works 2008) strain
(a) Ultimate load (b) Breaking load (d) ratio of longitudinal strain to lateral
(c) Upper yield load (d) Lower yield load strain
AC'E Engineering Publications,' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarILucknowIPatna I Bengaluru I Cheruiai I VijayawadaiVizagI TimpaniKukatpallyI KolkataI Ahmedabad
ACE : 14 : Strength of Materials/
:Engineffing Publications
57. Shear strain and complementary shear 62. Which of the following materials will have
strains are: (2008 Regular) the highest Young's modulus?
(a) always equal (2008 Backlog)
(b) usually equal (a) brass (b) copper
(c) Equal and opposite signs (c) mild steel (d) timber
(d) of different nature & magnitude
63. Creep of a material is (2008 Backlog)
58. The ratio of the strain at failure to that at
(a) continued deformation with time under
yield for mild steel is approximately:
sustained loading
(2008 Regular)
(b) disappearance of deformation on
(a) 10.0 (b) 100.0 (c) 1000.0 (d) 250.0
removal of load
59. Ductility of a material is: (2008 Regular) (c) not being ductile
(a) usually expressed as percentage of (d) to become brittle
elongation at yield
(b) its ability to be drawn into thin sheets 64. In a tensile test of a specimen the ratio of
without fracture maximum load to the original cross
(c) the strain at fracture sectional area of the test piece is called:
(d) the ratio of ultimate strain to yield strain (2008 Backlog)
(a) yield stress (b) ultimate stress
60. Rigidity modulus is the ratio of: (c) safe stress (d) breaking stress
(2008 Regular)
(a) ultimate stress to ultimate strain 65. The residual stress in a member is:
(b) fracture stress to fracture strain (2008 Backlog)
(c) shear stress to shear strain at elasticity (a) The stress due to the loading on the
limit member
(d) shear stress to shear strain within (b) The average of initial and final stress
proportionality limit (c) Deformation stress
(d) Instantaneous stress due to sudden
61. The tension coefficient of any member is
loading
(2008 Backlog)
(a) force divided by the length
(b) tension divided by the length
(c) tension per unit area
(d) tension is the member
AC'E nminecting Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru Chennai I Vllayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t ACE
0ito
,,4 :Engineesing Publications
I.
: 15 : Simple Stresses and Strains
66. Whenever a material is loaded within 70. Choose the wrong statement
proportionality limit, stress is strain. (2008 Backlog)
(2008 Backlog) (a) Elongation produced in a rod (by its own
(a) equal to weight) which is rigidly fixed at the
(b) directly proportional to upper end and hanging is equal to that
(c) inversely proportional to produced by a load half of its weight
(d) none of the above applied at the end
(b) the stress at any section of a rod on
67. When a change in length takes place the strain account of its own weight is directly
is known as (2008 Backlog) proportional to the distance of the
(a) linear strain section from the lower end
(b) lateral strain (c) Modulus of elasticity is having the same
(c) bulk modulus unit as stress
(d) Poisson's strain (d) If a material expands freely due to
heating it will develop any stresses
68. The working stress in a material should be
71. The units for the flexural rigidity of a beam
(2008 Backlog)
is (2008 Backlog)
(a) equal to its ultimate stress
(a) N/mm2 (b) N.mm2
(b) equal to its lower yield point stress
(c) less than its yield point stress (c) N/mm3 (d) Nmm4
(d) more than its yield point stress

72. For an isotropic homogeneous and elastic
material obeying Hooke's law the number of
69. Permanent set is (2008 Backlog)
independent elastic constants is
(a) the force which acts permanently on the
(2008 Backlog)
body
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 9 (d) 1
(b) irrecoverable deformation in the body
(c) the shape of the member just after 73. The principle of superposition is:
completion of construction (2008 Backlog)
(d) ratio of Poisson's ratio to Young's (a) always valid
modulus (b) not valid for impact loads
(c) valid for impact loads on prismatic
bodies only.
(d) valid for impact loads on linear systems
only
.• 1
I-iyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I him I lihitbanethat I Ltitkiici*Ii3alila I lietitalthil I elitrillai I Viittimwada I tug ITthipati I Kukatpally I Koikata I Ahmedabad
4."4
I
,
4 ACE : 16 : Strength of Materials:
:Engineuing Publications
4 4.
74. Combined stresses on a section induce: 78. Hooke's law states that (AE CE/ME-2009)
(2008 Backlog) (a) strain is proportional to load
(a) non-linear stress distribution (b) strain is proportional to stress
(b) non-uniform stress distribution (c) stress is proportional to strain
(c) tensile stresses (d) stress is proportional to torque
(d) tensile, compressive and shear stresses
79. Modulus of rigidity is (AE CE/ME-2009)
75. If the normal stresses acting on the three Shear stress (b) Shear stress
(a)
mutually perpendicular face of a cubical Shear strain Linear strain
block of material are of unlike nature with Shear stress Shear stress
(c) (d)
algebraic sum is equal to zero the vo" umetric Ultimate stress Yield stress
strain produced in the block will
(2008 Tribal Welfare) 80. Shear stress is defined as(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) always be zero (b) always positive Shear Resistance (b) Shear Resistance
(a)
(c) always negative (d) none of the above Shear Area Tensile Resistance
Shear area (d) Shear Resistance

(c)
76. Stress is expressed as (AE CE/ME-2009) Shear Resistance Torsional Resistance
(a) N/m2 (b) N/m

81. Factor of safety is defined as
(c) N (d) Nnf l
(AE CE/ME-2009)
Yield stress Ultimate stress
77. StrQss-strain relationship for a ductile (a) (b)
Permissible stress Permissible stress
material is (AE CE/ME-2009)
Ultimate stress Yield stress
(b) (c) (d)
Yield stress Ultimate stress
82. Volumetric strain is (AE CE/ME-2009)

Strain
Strain
(a) AV .V (b) V
AV
(c) (d) V 1 1
(c) (d)
V V AV
tocn
Strain Where V = Volume, AV is volume change

Strain
,10E Engillucting Publications>>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune j Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I KukatpallY I Kolkata j Ahmedabad
.• •1
ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 17 : Simple Stresses and Strains
83. Factor of safety is defined as the ratio of 87. Limit of proportionality depends on
(AEE CE/ME-2009, 2011 Regular) (AE 2011)
(a) ultimate stress to working stress (a) Type of material
(b) working stress to ultimate stress (b) Area of cross-section
(c) breaking stress to ultimate stress (c) Type of loading
(d) ultimate stress to breaking stress (d) All the above
84. The compression test is carried out on 88. The property by which the material can be
materials. (AEE CE/ME-2009) drawn into thin wires is (AE 2011)
(a) ductile (b) brittle (a) malleability (b) ductility
(c) malleable (d) plastic (c) hardness (d) brittleness
85. Normal stress-strain curve for materials is 89. A cantilever beam of uniform flexural
plotted between (AEE CE/ME-2009) rigidity with span L and depth D subjected
(a) Load Original area to temperatures T1 on the upper face and T2

and
InAartarrous area Instantaneous area and a is the
on the lower face. Ti < T2
coefficient of linear expansion for the

Load Change in length material, the deflection at the free end of the
(b) and
Original area Original length beam is
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(c) Average stress and average strain (a) a (T2 — T1) L2/2D (downward)
(b) a (T2 — T1) L2/D (upward)
(d) Load Instantaneous area
(c) a (T2 — L/2D (upward)
and
Instantaneous area Original area
(d) a (T2 — L2/2D (upward)
86. The ductility of a material with the

90. The percentage reduction in area of a
increase in percentage reduction in area of a
member from a direct tension test indicates
specimen under tensile test.
(2011 Regular)
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) Ductility (b) Elasticity
(a) Increases (b) Decreases
(c) Malleability (d) Brittleness
(c) Remains same (d) None of the above
ACE Engineering Publiciniolis e)FlYderahad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum Chennail VijayawadaIVizagITimpatil KukaiPallY I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
s
ACE . : 18 : Strength of Materials
:Engineering Publications
4 4
91. An orthotropic material has (2011 Regular) 97. The impact strength of a material is an index
(a) Non — homogeneous properties of its (2011 PH & Municipality)
(b) Inelastic properties (a) fatigue strength
(c) Different properties in three (b) toughness
perpendicular directions (c) hardness
(d) Same properties in orthogonal directions (d) ductility
92. How does the Young's modulus vary with 98. The Units of stress are of the order
the temperature? (2011 Regular) (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) Will increase (b) Will not change (a) N/mm2 (b) N/mm
(c) Will decrease (d) None of the above (c) N-mm2 (d) N-mm
93. A tensile test is performed on a round bar.

99. The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is
After fracture it has been found that the
called as (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
diameter remains approximately same at
(a) Strain ratio (b) Stress ratio
fracture. The material under test was
(c) Poisson's Ratio (d) Hooke's Law
(2011 Regular)
(a) Mild steel (b) rubber
100. The standard gauge length over which
(c) Glass (d) Copper
extension is to be measured to determine
94. In a tensile test on mild steel specimen, the percentage elongation of a specimen with
breaking stress as compared to ultimate initial cross section of ao is (2011 Regular)
tensile strength is (a) 6.56 VT, (b)

(2011 PH & Municipality) (c) 6.65.\/a7, (d) a. V6.56
(a) more (b) same
(c) less (d) may have any value
101. In a tensile test, when the material is stressed
beyond elastic limit, the tensile strain
95. The unit of modulus of elasticity is
as compared to the stress. (2011 Regular)
(2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) Decreases slowly
(a) N/m (b) N/m2 (c) N-m (d) N-m2
(b) Increases slowly
(c) Decreases more quickly
96. Deformation per unit length is the direction of
(d) Increases more quickly
force is called (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) lateral strain (b) unit strain
(c) linear strain (d) linear stress
HydeMbad I Delhi I Bhopal I Attie I ilhubanesWar I Luektitde I Patna I tiehsalutu Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kttkatpally j Kolkata l Ahmedabad
. . . .
ACE
Nngineezing Publications : 19 : Simple Stresses and Strains
102. The tenacity of a material represents 107. The stress due to temperature change in a
of the material (AEE CE/ME 2011) member depends on (2011 Additional)
(a) Tensile strength (a) length of the member
(b) Compressive strength (b) area of the cross section
(c) Shear strength (c) supporting conditions at the two ends
(d) Bearing strength (d) none of the above
103. The units of strain are (AEE CE/ME 2011) 108. The percentage elongation of a material
(a) Pascal (b) Joule from a direct tensile test indicates
(c) Hertz (d) None of these (2011 Additional)
(a) ductility (b) strength
104. In the stress-strain curve of mild steel, (c) yield stress (d) ultimate strength
Hooke's law is valid upto
(AEE CE/ME 2011) 109. An element of a specimen of brittle material
(a) Limit of proportionality is subjected to shear stress the crack
(b) Elastic limit propagation if occurs will be inclined to the
(c) Yield point sides of the element at (2011 Additional)
(d) Ultimate point (a) 45° (b) 90° (c) 30° (d) 60°
105. Mild steel is a material. 110. A plate 100 mm wide, 10 mm thick is

(AEE CE/ME 2011) having a hole of diameter 10 mm,
(a) Plastic (b) Brittle symmetrical about the axis of the plate. The
(c) Ductile (d) Alloy plate is subjected to a force of 9 kN. The
maximum stress on a section passing
106. The slope of the stress-strain curve of a mild through centre of the hole will be
steel test specimen, under tension, represents (2011 Additional & Observers-2013)
(AEE CE/ME 2011) (a) 10 N/ mm2 (b) > 10 N/mm2
(a) E (b) C (c) K (d) (c) < 10 N / mm2 (d) 9 Nimm2
Where E = Young's modulus, C = shear 111. The units of flexural rigidity are of the order
modulus, K = Bulk modulu and of (AEE CE/ME 2011)
= shear strain. (a) kN-m (b) kN/m
(c) kN/m2 (d) kN-m2
ACE Enginawring Publications

I. Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chermai I Vijayawada l Vizag I Tirupan I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.1*, ACE : 20 : Strength of Materials
,4
4 :EngineeringPublications
P
112. Hook's law holds good till 117. During tensile-testing of a specimen using a
(2011 Additional) UTM, the parameters actually measured
(a) Elastic limit include (AE-2012)
(b) Yield point (a) True stress and true strain
(c) Limit of proportionality (b) Poisson's ratio and Young's modulus
(d) Limit of curvature (c) Engineering stress and Engineering strain
(d) Load and elongation
113. The ratio between the change in volume and
original volume of the body is called 118. Which one of the following features
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) improves the fatigue strength of a metallic
(a) tensile strain (b) compressive strain material? (AE-2012)
(c) volumetric strain (d) shear strain (a) Increasing the temperature
(b) Scratching the surface
114. The ratio between tensile stress and tensile (c) Over stressing
strain or compressive stress and compressive (d) Under stressing
strain is termed as (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
119. A material having identical properties in all
(a) modulus of rigidity
directions, is called (AE-2012)
(b) modulus of elasticity
(a) elastic (b) homogeneous
(c) bulk modulus
(c) isotropic (d) Any of these
(d) modulus of subgrade reaction
120. The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is
115. Strain in a direction at right angles to the known as (AE-2012)
direction of applied force is known as (a) Elastic limit (b) Poisson's ratio
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (c) Elasticity (d) Rigidity
(a) shear strain (b) lateral strain
(c) longitudinal strain (d) volumetric strain 121. The flexural rigidity of a beam is
(AE-2012)
116. Factor of safety is defined as the ratio of E I
(a) EI (b) — (c) — (d)
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) I2
(a) working stress ultimate load
(b)
ultimate stress design safe load 122. One kgf/cm2 when converted into SI units is
ultimate stress (d) design safe load (AE-2012)
(c)
working stress ultimateload (a) 0.0981 MPa (b) 0.981 Pa
(c) 104 Pa (d) 1 Pa
ACE, Enginc.cring Putilications> Hyderabad I Delhi hopal I Pune IBhubaneswarILucknowl PatnalBeugalurul Chennai I Vdayawadal VizagairoPatiiKukalPallY I Kolkatai Ahmedabad
t.1 4 :Engineering
46 1, ACEPublications : 21 : Simple Stresses and Strains
123. The unit of elastic modulus is the same as 129. Compared to mild steel plain bars, high yield
those of (AE-2012) strength deformed bars are?
(a) stress, strain and pressure (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(b) strain, shear modulus and pressure (a) More ductile and more strong
(c) shear modulus, stress and force per area (b) More ductile but less strong
(d) strain, shear modulus and force (c) Less ductile and less strong
(d) Less ductile but more strong
124. Which one of the following properties is
more sensitive to increase in strain rate? 130. A structural member is generally designed
(AE-2012) so that the material is stressed to
(a) Yield strength (b) Proportional limit (TSPSC AE 2015)
(c) Elastic limit (d) Tensile strength (a) Yield stress (b) Ultimate stress
(c) Breaking stress (d) Working stress
125. Which one of the following materials is
highly elastic? (AE-2012) 131. According to Hookes's law of elasticity
(a) Rubber (b) Brass (TS GENCO 2015)
(c) Steel (d) Glass (a) Stress is proportional to strain within the
proportionality limit
126. With a percentage increase of carbon in (b) Stress is equal to strain within the
steel, decreases (AEE-2012) proportionality limit
(a) Hardness (b) Ductility (c) There is no correlation between stress
(c) Brittleness (d) Strength and strain within the proportionality
limit
127. The tensile longitudinal stress produces
(d) Stress is inversely proportional to strain
(AE-2013)
within the proportionality limit
(a) Compressive longitudinal strain
(b) Tensile longitudinal strain 132. A member which is subjected to reversible
(c) Shear strain tensile or compressive stress may fail at a
(d) Tensile lateral strain stress lower than the ultimate stress of the
material. This property of material is called.
128. If the value of Young's modulus of elasticity
(Tribal Welfare)
is zero, it implies that the material is
(a) plasticity of the material
(AE-2013)
(b) elasticity of the material
(a) Highly elastic (b) Plastic
(c) fatigue of the material
(c) Compressible (d) Incompressible
(d) workability of the metal
ACE Engineering Publications > H y d era b a d I Delhi Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lu c k n o w I P a t n a Be n g a l u r u I C h e n n a i I V j a y a w a d a I V z ag I Tirupati I Ku k a t p a ll y I K o k a t a I Ahmedabad
to
. ACE
sEngineering Publications : 22 : Strength of Materials
133. Plastic response of a material to compressive 138.The phenomenon of the decreased resistance
force is known as of a material to repeated stresses is called
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) Ductility (b) Malleability (a) fatigue (b) freezing
(c) Elasticity (d) Platicity (c) creep (d) melting
134. The principle of super position is valid only 139.The ability of material to absorb energy
for (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) when it is deformed elastically and release
(a) All metals energy upon unloading is called
(b) Any elastic materials (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(c) Linear elastic materials (a) resilience (b) toughness
(d) Homogeneous materials (c) Hardness (d) Ductility
135. A material with large deformation at failure

140. Flexural rigidity in usual notations is
is termed (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) Elastic (b) Brittle
M EI
(c) Elasto-plastic (d) Ductile (a) EI (b) MR (c) — (d) —
EI R
136. The factor of safety in bending for

141.The stress at which the extension of the
rectangular beams in terms of yield point
material takes places more quickly as
stress (ayp) and working stress (o) is
compared to the increase in load, is called
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
a
(a) 1.5 a' (b) ' (a) elastic limit (b) yield point
a
(c) ultimate point (d) breaking point
(c) 1.33 GYP (d) 1.3 a'
w aw
142.For an isotropic, homogeneous and linearly
137. Creep of a material is elastic material, which obeys Hooke's law,
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) the number of independent elastic
(a) continued deformation with time under constant(s) is/are
sustained loading (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(b) Not being ductile (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 6
(c) To become brittle
(d) Disappearance of deformation on
removal of load
ACE Engineering Publications •>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada Vizag I Tirupan Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
gilk 2,'Engineering Publications : 23 : Simple Stresses and Strains
143. The deformation per unit length is called 148. Which one of the following is rupture
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) stress?
(a) tensile strength (b) compressive stress (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) shear stress (d) strain (a) Breaking stress
(b) Maximum load/original cross sectional
144. Strain hardening of a material is area (A)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (c) Load breaking point /A
(a) Increase in hardness under repeated (d) Load at breaking point/neck area
loading
(b) Increase in hardness as strain is 149. Which one of the following information
increased cannot be obtained from the static tensile
(c) Increase in strain with stress beyond test of a mild steel specimen?
ultimate stress (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(d) Increase in stress with strain beyond (a) Modulus of elasticity
yield stress (b) Qualitative determination of toughness
(c) Ductility
145. Flexural rigidity (EI) is expressed in units of (d) Weldability
(a) MNm (b) kNm2 150. What property of a material enables it to be
(c) MNm4 (d) kNm-2 drawn into wires with the application of
tensile force?
146. The units of proof resilience are (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) Plasticity (b) Elasticity
(a) N/m2 (b) N-m (c) Ductility (d) Malleability
(c) N/m3 (d) N-m2
151. The phenomenon of decreased resistance of
147. In a simple tensile test, Hooke's law is valid a material due to reversal of stress is called
up to the (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) resilience (b) elasticity
(a) elastic limit (c) creep (d) fatigue
(b) limit of proportionality
(c) ultimate stress
(d) breaking point
ACE Engineering Publicaiime Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vdayawada Vizag TiroPati KukalPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4 .1
ACE
%..4 Engineering Publications : 24 : Strength of Materials
.1
152. As soon as the external forces causing

deformation in a perfectly elastic body are 1.2. Elastic Constants and
withdrawn, the elastic deformation their Relationships
disappears
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
01. For any material the value of Poisson's ratio
(a) only partially
is always (AEE-1984)
(b) completely over a prolonged period of
(a) greater than one
time
(b) between 0.5 and 1.0
(c) completely and instantaneously
(c) between 0 and 0.5
(d) completely after an initial period of rest
(d) between 0 and 0.05
153. If a material has identical properties in all

02. A stress of 1000 kg/cm2 tensile acts on a
the directions, it is said to be
cube along x direction. If E = 2 x 106 kg/cm2
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
and poisson's ratio of 0.25, the stress
(a) elastic (b) homogeneous
required to prevent strain along y direction is
(c) isotropic (d) orthotropic
(AEE-1984)
(a) 4000 kg/cm2 tensile
154. The following diagram is a stress-strain
(b) 250 kg/cm2 tensile
diagram of any material. Which kind of
(c) 50 kg/cm2 compressive
material is it?
(d) zero
03. Whatever may be the value of Poisson's

ratio, the ratio of Bulk modulus to Young's
modulus will be (AEE-1984)
1
(a) 3 (b) between 3.33 to
2.94
1
Strain (c) 1 and 3 (d) — and 1
3
(a) Plastic
(b) Linear Elastic 04. If E & K be the Young's modulus and Bulk
(c) Non-linear Elastic modulus of a material the ratio E/K is
(d) Visco-elastic (AEE 1987)
(a) (1+(2/m))3 (b) (1—(2/m))3
(c) (1+ (1/2m))3 (d) (l—(3/m))3
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4 4
0 ACE
2,,Engineering Publications : 25 : Simple Stresses and Strains
05. Modulus of rigidity is given by 10. The elationship between the three moduli of
(AEE 1987) an elastic material is given by (AEE-1992)
(a) Lateral strain/longitudinal strain (a)E= 9 KG/(G+ 3K) (b)G=K+E
(b) Compressive stress/strain (c) K = 2G(3K + G) (d) None of these
(c) tensile stress/tensile strain
(d) shear stress/shear strain 11. The strain along longitudinal direction is
0.25, if the Poisson's ratio is 0.2, the lateral
06. The relation between the three elastic strain is (AEE-1992)
constants is (AEE 1987) (a) 0.050 (b) 0.050
(a) E = 3KC/(K+C) (c) 0.125 (d) 1.25
(b) E = 6KC/(3K+C)
(c) E = 9KC/(3K+C) 12. Bulk modulus is the ratio of (AEE-1992)
(d) E = 3KC/(3K+C) (a) stress and strain
(b) shear stress and strain
07. Poisson's Ratio is the ratio of (c) stress and volumetric strain
(AEE 1987, 1992) (d) lateral strain and longitudinal strain
(a) Lateral stress/ Lateral strain
(b) Lateral stress/Linear strain 13. If Poisson's ratio is 0.3, its rigidity modulus
(c) Lateral strain / Linear strain is (AEE-1992)
(d) Linear stress/ Lateral strain (a) 0.77E (b) 0.385 E
(c) 0.6E (d) 2.4 E
08. Young's modulus of material is K times its
rigidity modulus, when K is (AEE 1987) 14. The highest possible value of Poisson's ratio
(a) 2(1-1/m) (b) 3(l+(l/m) for isotropic materials is (AE-1993)
(c) 2(1+(1/m)) (d) 3(1—(1/m)) (a) 0.1 (b) 0.3
(c) 0.5 (d) 1.5
09. Poisson's ratio is defined as ratio of
(AEE-1992) 15. In terms of bulk modulus (K) and modulus
(a) Stress to strain of rigidity (C), the Poissons ratio can be
(b) Stress to Young's modulus expressed as (AE-1993)
(c) Lateral strain to longitudinal strain 3K — 4C 3K+ 4C
(a) (b)
(d) Rigidity modulus to bulk modulus 6K+ 4C 6K-4C
3K — 2C 3K+ 2C
(c) (d)
6K+ 2C 6K-2C
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lo
,„
. :Engineering Publications
16. The Young's modulus of a certain material 21. An element subjected to shear force V acting
is 2 x 105 N/mm2 and its Modulus of over shearing area AS, resulting in total
Rigidity is 0.8 x 105 N/mm2. The value of shearing deformation 85 in the length L with
Poissons ratio is (AE-1993) modulus of rigidity of material G, the
(a) 4 (b) 2.5 relation is expressed as
(c) 1 (d) 0.25 (AEE CE/ME-2004)
VA VL
(a) 65 = (b) 8, = A,G
17. The ratio of Bulk Modulus to Young's GL,
modulus is given by (AEE-1996) VG 2LV
(c) 65 = (d) 8,
1 AsL A,G
(a) 3 (1 -2µ) (b)
3(1- 2µ)
1 22. The modulus of elasticity of high carbon
(c) 2 (1 + IA) (d)
2(1+ II) steels is about
(AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2004)
18. A cubical body of 1000 mm3 volume is (a) 200.0 GPa (b) 200.0 MPa
subjected to a uniform stress of 100 N/mm2 (c) 80.0 GPa (d) 120.0 GPa
from all the three sides. If its Poisson's ratio
is 0.5 and E = 100 kN/mm2 then the change 23. Poisson's ratio of aluminium is usually
in volume will be (AEE-1996) adopted as (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 3 mm3 (b) 1.5 mm3 (a) 0.22 (b) 0.14 (c) 0.30 (d) 0.45
(c) 0.5 mm3 (d) 0.0 mm3
24. A solid cube is subjected to equal
19. Limiting values of Poisson's ratio are compressive stress on all the faces; the ratio
(AEE-1996, 2012) of the volumetric strain to linear strain is
(a) -1 and 0.5 (b) -1 and 0.5 (AE CE/ME-2004)
(c) 1 and -0.5 (d) 0 and 0.5 (a) 0.30 (b) 0.50 (c) 1.00 (d) 3.0
25. The tensile force required to cause an
20. If the ratio of Young's Modulus to shear elongation of 0.045 mm in a steel rod of
modulus of the material is 3: 1, then the 1000 mm length and 12 mm diameter with
Poisson's ratio of the material is Young's modulus of elasticity
(PH & Municipality 2001) E = 2 x 106 kg/cm2 is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.75 (d) 1.0 (a) 166 kg (b) 102 kg
(c) 204 kg (d) 408 kg
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tinipati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
sEngineering Publications Simple Stresses and Strains
: 27 :
26. Poisson's ratio for cork is 32. Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio of
(AEE-2004, AE-2013) (2006 Regular)
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.00 (a) lateral strain and longitudinal strain
(c) 0.30 (d) 0.15 (b) lateral strain and volumetric strain
(c) longitudinal strain and lateral strain
27. If a material has modulus of elasticity E and (d) longitudinal strain and volumetric strain
modulus of rigidity G, the material is
incompressible when (2004 FEB) 33. The constants, namely Young's modulus
(a) E = G (b) E = 2G (E), shear modulus (C) and bulk modulus
(c) E = 3G (d) E = 4G (K) are interrelated by (2006 Regular)
1 1 1
(a) — = +
28. The ratio of strain in a direction at right E 3C 9K
angle to the direction of applied force is 1 3K + C
(b) — =
known as (AEE CE/ME-2004) E 9KC
(a) Hooke's ratio (b) Euler's ratio 9KC
(c) E =
(c) Poisson's ratio (d) None of these 3K + C
(d) one among the above three relations
29. The value of Poisson's ratio always remains
(2004 FEB) 34. The ratio of shear modulus to the elastic
(a) greater than one (b) equal to one modulus of a Poisson's ratio of 0.4 will be
(c) less than one (d) none of these (2006 Regular)
(a) 5/3 (b) 6/7 (c) 5/14 (d) 3/7
30. If the rigidity modulus of a material is 40.0
GPa and the Young's modulus is 100.0 GPa, 35. The Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio of
its bulk modulus is a material are known as 65 kN/mm2 and 0.3
(2006 Dec, AE CE/ME 2007, 2008) respectively. The rigidity modulus of the
(a) 200.0 GPa (b) 66.7 GPa material is kN/mm2
(c) 140.0 GPa (d) 70.0 GPa (2006 Backlog)
(a) 25 (b) 19.5 (c) 26 (d) 21.667
31. The bulk modulus of a material is less than
its Young's modulus; the Poisson's ratio of 36. The Young's modulus and Bulk modulus of
the material is a material will have the same value if the
(AE CE/ME-2004, 2006 Dec) Poisson's ratio for the material is
(a) 0.45 (b) 0.15 (2006 Backlog)
(c) 0.35 (d) 0.50 (a) 0 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.25 (d) 0.333
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi BhopalI PuneI BhubaneswarILucknowI Patna I BengaluniI Chennai VijayawadaI VizagITirupai KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
4,Eagineering S
ublications : 28 : Strength of Materials
.4
37. A circular bar has been subjected to 41. The modulus of elasticity E and modulus of
compressive load resulting in a decrease in rigidity G are related as (AEE-2007)
length and a simultaneous increase in
(a) G = E (2 — tt) (b) G=
diameter. The ratio of strain in the diametral (2(1+ 0)
direction to that in the longitudinal direction
(c) E = G (1 + vt) (d) G=
is referred to as (AE CE/ME-2007) 1+2µ
(a) Euler's ratio Where µ is Poisson's ratio.
(b) Poisson's ratio
(c) Hooke's ratio 42. If a rectangular body subjected to axial
(d) Modulus of elasticity force, volumetric strain in terms of linear
strain e and Poisson's ratio n is
38. The relationship for a material of Poission's (AEE-2007)
ratio `v' between Young's modulus 'E' and (a) e(1 — 211) (b) e(1 —
bulk modulus 'IC is given by (c) e(1 — 3µ) (d) e(1 — tt)
(AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) E = 3 K (1+2v) (b)K = 3E (1+2v) 43. The Poisson's ratio determined by taking
(c) E = 3 K (l+v) (d)E = 3K (1— 2v) readings when load is applied gradually
compared to that taken with load applied
39. The relationship between Young's modulus rapidly would be (AEE-2007)
È', shear modulus 'G' and bulk modulus (a) same
`1(' is given by (AE CE/ME-2007) (b) different
9KG 9KG (c) more or less same
(a) E = (b) E =
3K + G 3K — G (d) depends on other factors
3K + G
(c) E = (d) E = 3G + K
9KG 9KG 44. Poisson's ratio for an elastic incompressible
material is (AE CE/ME-2007 & 2012 )
40. Modulus of rigidity is the ratio of (a) 0.5 (b) 0.0 (c) 0.25 (d) 0.3
(AEE-2007)
(a) linear stress to longitudinal strain 45. Dilation is called (AE CE/ME-2007)
(b) shear stress to shear strain (a) Linear strain (b) Volumetric strain
(c) stress to strain (c) Lateral strain (d) Shear strain
(d) stress to volumetric strain
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi IBhopall Pune I BhubaneswarlLucknowl Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Mayarvada Vizag ITirupatil Kukatpally1 Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
•
4,Engineering Publicafions : 29 : Simple Stresses and Strains
46. If the Young's modulus of a material is 51. The approximate value of Poisson's ratio for
110.0 GPa and its rigidity modulus is 50.0 mild steel is
GPa, it has a Poisson's ratio of (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) 0.35 (b) 0.33 (c) 0.29 (d) 0.25
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.40
(c) 0.30 (d) 0.10 52. Two materials having modulus of
elasticities, modulus of rigidities and bulk
47. Units for axial rigidity are modulus as (El, E2) ; (CI, C2) and (K1, K2).
(AE CE/ME-2007) The modular ratio is given (2008 Backlog)
(a) N/mm2 (b) N/mm (a) Ei / C2 (b) Ei / K2
(c) N/mm (d) N (c) E1 / E2 (d) C1 / K2
53. Bulk modulus of a material with zero

48. The Poisson's ratio is more than unity for
Poisson's ratio is (2008 Regular)
(AEE-2007)
(a) greater than its shear modulus
(a) steel (b) copper
(b) less than its Young's modulus
(c) cast iron (d) None of the above
(c) equal to its Young's modulus
(d) equal to its shear modulus
49. The relationship between Modulus of
Elasticity (E) and Modulus of rigidity (C) in 54. The maximum possible value of Poisson's
terms of Poisson's ratio (1/m) is ratio is (2008 Regular)
(2008 HYD Metro Water Works, Managers) (a) 0.10 (b) 0.30
(a) C = E/{2(1 - 1/m)} (c) 0.50 (d) 1.0
(b) C = E/{2(1 + 1/m)}
(c) E = C/{2(1 + 1/m)} 55. The material with the large Young's
(d) E = C/{2(1 - l/m)} modulus is (2008 Regular)
(a) sapphire (b) diamond
50. A bar of 300 mm diameter and 1.5 m long is (c) steel (d) wrought iron
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 100
56. If a material is incompressible, its:
MPa. The volumetric strain when
(2008 Regular)
K = 0.667 x105 N/mm2 is
(a) Bulk modulus is zero
(2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(b) Poisson's ratio is zero
(a) 1.5 x 10-3 (b) 0.5 x 0-3
(c) Shear modulus
(c) 2.5 x 10-3 (d) 3.5 x 10-3
(d) Poisson's ratio is 0.5
ACE. Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar LUCIUMW Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.4"4
4 4
t :Engineering Publications
4 4
57. If the rigidity modulus of a material is 100 62. The longitudinal strain in a material is
GPa and Poisson's ratio is 0.2, its Young's 0.00024 and the Poisson's ratio is 0.3. The
modulus is (2008 Regular) lateral strain will be
(a) 41.7 GPa (b) 240 GPa (2008 Backlog, Managers)
(c) 160.0 GPa (d) 52.1 GPa (a) 0.000075 (b) 0.000072
(c) 0.000008 (d) 0.00072
58. Engineering properties of a material are
defined by Poisson's ratio and 63. Modulus of rigidity may be defined as the
(2008 Regular) ratio of: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) Young's bulk and shear modulus (a) linear stress to lateral strain
(b) Young's and bulk modulii (b) lateral strain to linear strain
(c) Young's or bulk or shear modulus (c) linear stress to linear strain
(d) Young's modulus (d) shear stress to shear strain
59. A cubical body of 1000 mm3 volume is

64. If the Young's modulus of elasticity of a
subjected to a uniform stress of 100 N/mm2
material is twice its modulus of rigidity, then
the Poisson's ratio of the material is:
is 0.5 and E = 100 kN/mm2 then the change
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
in volume will be (2008 Backlog)
(a) —1 (b) —0.5
(a) 3.00 mm3 (b) 1.50 mm3
(c) 0.5 (d) Zero
(c) 0.50 mm3 (d) 0 mm3
60. The maximum value of Poisson's ratio is 65. Which of the following statements is wrong?
(2008 Backlog) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.5 (c) 1 (d) 0 (a) The deformation of the bar per unit
length in the direction of the force is
61. For a given material if E, C, K and `m' are called linear strain
Young's modulus, shearing modulus, bulk (b) The Poisson's ratio is the ratio of lateral
modulus and Poisson's ratio, the following strain to linear strain
relation does not hold good (c) The ratio of change in volume to the
(2008 Backlog) original volume is called volumetric
9KC strain
(a) E — 3K + C 3
(b) E = 241— —
(d) The bulk modulus is the ratio of
1 3K — 2C volumetric stress to the volumetric strain
(c) E = 2C 1+ —
1 (d) — =
m) m '6K + 2C
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludifiow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Virag I TiruPaii I Kukarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•
:Engbieezing Publications : 31 :
66. The relation between E (modulus of 71. The shear modulus of most of the materials
elasticity) and k (bulk modulus of elasticity) with respect to modulus of elasticity is
is given by (AEE CE/ME-2009) (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) equal to half (b) less than half
(a) E=K[1--
2 (b) E = 2K[1 — 2
m (c) more than half (d) none of the above
l
(c) E = 3K[1— —
2 (d) E = 4K[1— —
2
m 72. A material has Young's modulus E,
Modulus of rigidity G, and Poisson's ratio
67. Poisson's ratio is (AE CE/ME-2009) 0.2. The ratio of Young's modulus to
(a) Lateral strain x Longitudinal strain modulus of rigidity of the material is:
(b) Longitudinal strain / Lateral strain (AEE-2009)
(c) Lateral strain / Longitudinal strain (a) 3.35 (b) 2.4 (c) 2.85 (d) 1.85
1
(d)
Lateral strain x Longitudinal strain 73. Modulus of rigidity is the ratio of
(2011 Regular)
68. Bulk modulus is defined as (a) Shear stress to shear strain
(AE CE/ME-2009) (b) Normal stress to normal strain
(a) Direct stress x Volumetric strain (c) Poisson's ratio to ultimate strength in
Volumetric strain compression
(b)
Direct stress (d) Lateral stress to lateral strain
(c) Direct stress / Volumetric strain
Direct stress x Young's mod ulus 74. Bulk modulus, Young's modulus and
(d)
Volumentric strain Poisson's ratio are connected by the relation
(2011 Regular)
69. The relationship of Bulk modulus (K),
(a) K= (b) E=
Young's modulus (E) and Poisson's Ratio 3r,_ 2
3I 1+-2
(µ) is (AE CE/ME-2009) m `` J
(a) E K (1 —2µ) (b) E = 2K (1 —2µ) 21
(c) E =2K (1+ (d) E =3K (1— — )
(c) E = 3K (1 — (d) E = 4K (1 — 2µ)
70. The ratio of Bulk modulus to shear modulus

75. If the Poisson's ratio is 0.25, the ratio of
for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25 will be
modulus of rigidity to the Young's modulus
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
is (2011 Regular)
(a) 3/2 (b) 5/6 (c) 1 (d) 6/3
(a) 2 (b) 0.4 (c) 2.5 (d) 4.0
• Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Timpani Kukaipally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,
ACE
1,11:Fsigincaing Publications : 32 : Strength of Materials
76. If modulus of elasticity for a given material 81. The intensity of linear stress which causes
is twice its modulus of rigidity 'C', then the unit longitudinal strain is called
bulk modulus is equal to (2011 Regular) (2011 PH & Municipality)
2C 3C (a) modulus of elasticity
(a) 2C (b) 3C (c) — (d)
3 2 (b) modulus of rigidity
(c) bulk modulus
77. Longitudinal strain for a specimen is 0.01 (d) yield stress
and it is found to undergo 1 mm change in
its length. Its length will be 82. Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio of
(2011 PH & Municipality) (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) 400 mm (b) 300 mm (a) lateral stress and lateral strain
(c) 200 mm (d) 100 mm (b) longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
(c) lateral strain and longitudinal strain
78. Bulk modulus K in terms of modulus of (d) longitudinal stress and lateral stress
elasticity E and Poisson's ratio p is given as
equal to (2011 PH & Municipality) 83. The ratio of Young's Modulus (E) to Shear
E Modulus (C) of mild steel is about
(a) (b) E(1-2µ.)
3(1 — 2µ) (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
E (a) 3:1 (b) 2.5:1
(c) E 3p.) (d) — (1— 20
3 3 (c) 2:1 (d) 1:1
79. For a given material modulus of elasticity 84. The ratio of direct stress to volumetric strain
E = 200 GN/m2 and modulus of rigidity is called (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
G = 8OGN/m2. Its bulk modulus K is (a) Young's Modulus
(2011 PH & Municipality) (b) Shear Modulus
(a) 33.0 GN/m2 (b) 133.33 GN/m2 (c) Bulk Modulus
(c) 120 GN/m2 (d) 280 GN/m2 (d) Rigidity Modulus
80. Modulus of rigidity is defined as the ratio of 85. The value of Young's Modulus for mild
(2011 PH & Municipality) steel is about (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) linear stress and lateral strain (a) 8kN/mm2 (b) 120kN/mm2
(b) lateral stress and lateral strain (c) 160IcN/mm2 (d) 200kN/mm2
(c) volumetric stress and volumetric strain
(d) shear stress and shear strain
\ higint•cting Publication,. >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Luduiow I Palma Bengahlru I Mental VliaYanada I VIzag I liruPati KnialPallY I Kolkala Ahmedabad
Y4`' ACE Simple Stresses and Strains
:EngineaingPublintions : 33 :
86. The Connecting equation between the three 90. If E = Young's modulus, C = shear modulus
elastic constants E, C and K is E = and K = Bulk modulus, which one of the
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) following is correct, in terms of their
9KC 6KC magnitudes, for an elastic material
(a) (b)
3K + C 3K + C (AEE CE/ME 2011)
9KC 6KC (a) E >C > K (b) E > K > C
(c) (d)
3C + K 3C + K (c) K > E > C (d) K > C > E
87. The ratio of change in length to original 91. The Poisson's ratio for a mild steel is about
length of a bar along the direction of the load (AEE CE/ME 2011)
is called strain. (a) 0.15 (b) 0.22
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (c) 0.30 (d) 0.50
(a) Shear (b) Volumetric
(c) lateral (d) linear 92. The ratio of direct stress to volumetric in a
cube subjected to same tensile force in all
88. The product of cross sectional area and the three directions is defined as
Young's modulus of elasticity is called (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(AE 2011) (a) Young's modulus
(a) Flexural rigidity (b) Axial rigidity (b) Bulk modulus
(c) Torsional rigidity (d) None (c) Shear modulus
(d) Modular ratio
89. A solid cube is subjected same magnitude of
tensile forces along its three directions. If 93. If Poisson's ratio for a material is 0.25, the
1 ratio of its Young's modulus to shear
— = 0.25 and a = tensile stress on faces of
modulus is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
the cube and E = Young's modulus, the (a) 1.25 (b) 2.50
volumetric strain of the cube is given by (c) one (d) 1.75
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) (b) 1.56 94. A material is said to be incompressible if the

material is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
2a (d) 2.5a
(c) — (a) E = 3C (b) C = 3E
(c) E = 3K (d) K =3E
Where E = Young's modulus, C = shear
modulus and K = Bulk modulus
44,
\ ('l.1 ing (an oil, >Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna Bellgaluru Chennai I Vilarawada I Vizag rnruPali I KukatBalii I Kolkala Ahmedabad 1
e t ACE
2,'Engineeing Publications
95. The elongation produced in a tapered shaft

: 34 :
100. The number of elastic constants for a

Strength of Materials
with end diameters D and d due to tensile or completely anisotropic elastic material
compressive axial load is proportional to which follows Hooke's law is
(2011 PH & Municipality) (AE-2012)
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 21 (d) 25
(a) D + d (b) 1
D+d
101. The independent elastic constants for a
(c) D.d (d) 1
Dd homogeneous and isotropic material are
(AE-2012)
96. If the Poisson's ratio of a material is 0.25 .The (a) E, G, K, v (b) E, G, K
ratio of modulus of rigidity to the Young's (c) E, G, v (d) E, G
modulus is (2011 Additional)
(a) 2 (b) 0.4 (c) 2.5 (d) 4 102. In a particular material, if the modulus of
Rigidity is equal to the bulk modulus, then
97. If the ratio of Young's Modulus to shear the Poisson's ratio will be (AEE-2012)
modulus of the material is 3: 1, then the 1
(a) 1 (b) — (c) (d) 1
Poisson's ratio of the material is 8 4 2
(2011 Additional)
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.75 (d) 1.0 103. Young's modulus of elasticity and Poisson's
ratio of a material are 1.25 x 105 MPa and
98. Relation between E, K and C is given by 0.34 respectively. The modulus of rigidity of
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) the material is (AE-2012)
3K + C (a) 0.4025 x 105MPa
(a) E = (b) E = 6KC
6KC K + 3C
(b) 0.4664 x 105 MPa
3KC 9KC
(c) E = (d) E = (c) 0.8375 x 105 MPa
3K + C 3K + C
(d) 0.9469 x 105MPa
99. The relationship between Young's modulus

104. To measure strain, strain rosettes
1
and shear modulus when — = 0, is are used (AE-2012)
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (a) Linear (b) Shear

(a) E = 2C (b) E = 3C (c) Volumetric (d) Any of the above
(c) E = 2C+1 (d) C = 2E
.10E Eall.unccung PublicationNe.)HyclerabacliDelhilBhopaliPunelBhubanestvariLucknowiPatuajBengalurulChenuailVilayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukaipailyIKolkatalAhmedabad

4
V
*1
ACE : 35 : Simple Stresses and Strains
:Engmeenng publications
105. The ratio of shear modulus to the elastic 110. Modulus of elasticity of steel shall be taken
modulus for a Poisson's ratio of 0.4 will be as (TSPSC AE 2015)
(AE-2013) (a) 200 kl\l/mm2 (b) 2 x 103 N/mm2
5 6 3 (c) 2 x 104 N/mm2 (d) 2 x 102 N/mm2
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d)
6 5 5 2
111. For a given material, Young's modulus is
106. Poisson's ratio for a cast iron is 200 GN/m2 and modulus of rigidity is 80
(AE-2013) GN/m2. The Poisson's ratio is
(a) 0.27 (b) 0.31 (c) 0.33 (d) 0.36 (TS TRANSCO 2015)
(a) 0.15 (b) 0.20
107. Modulus of elasticity is defined as the ratio (c) 0.25 (d) 0.30
of (Research Assistant 2013)
(a) shear stress to shear strain 112. Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio of
(b) linear stress to linear strain (TS GENCO 2015)
(c) linear stain to lateral strain (a) Longitudinal stress and longitudinal
(d) normal stress to volumetric strain strain
(b) Lateral strain and longitudinal strain
108. The relation between modulus of elasticity, (c) Longitudinal stress and lateral stress
E and bulk modulus, K is given by (d) Lateral stress and longitudinal stress
(Poisson's ratio, 11)
(Research Assistant 2013) 113. When a body is subjected to two equal and
(a) E = K[1-41] (b) E = 2K[1-41] opposite forces, acting tangentially across
(c) E = 3K[1-2µ] (d) E = 3K[1+2[1] the resisting section as a result of which the
body tends to shear off across the section,
109. When the body is subjected to three the stress and strain induced is
mutually perpendicular stresses of equal (Tribal Welfare)
intensity, the ratio of direct stress to the (a) tensile stress, tensile strain
corresponding volumetric strain is known as (b) compressive stress, compressive strain
(TSPSC AEE 2015) (c) shear stress, tensile strain
(a) bulk modulus (d) shear stress, shear strain
(b) Poisson's ratio
(c) modulus of elasticity
(d) modulus of rigidity
ACE FAtgincering Publications 1//4..›HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBerigalurulChennalIVijayawadalVizagITirupatilKulcatpallyIKolicatalAb

sEngineering Publications
[4. The bulk modulus of elasticity of a 119. If the elastic modulus for the material is two
materials is twice its modulus of rigidity. times its shear modulus, then its bulk
The Poisson's ratio of the material is modulus is (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (a) Equal to elastic modulus
2 (b) One-third of elastic modulus
(b) -
(c) Three times of elastic modulus
(d) Indeterminate
120. If a material has numerically the same value

[5. The value of Poisson's ratio for which bulk for its modulus of rigidity and bulk
modulus of a material will be equal to its modulus, then what is Poisson's ratio?
Young's modulus (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (a) 0.25 (b) 0.2
(a) 0.45 (b) 0.15 (c) 0.15 (d) 0.12
(c) 0.33 (d) 0.25
121. What is the maximum possible value of
[6. The relation between the elastic constants E Poisson's ratio for a non-dilatants material?
and C for Poisson's ratio of 0.25 is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) (a) 0.67 (b) 0.50
(a) E = 10 C (b) E = 5 C (c) 0.33 (d) 0.25
(c) E = 2.5 C (d) E = 0.25 C
122. Modulus of elasticity and Poisson's ratio of
a material are 2.1 x105 Nmm2 and 0.25
[7. The Young's modulus of a material is 125
respectively. What is the value of modulus
GPa and Poisson's ratio is 0.25. The
of rigidity of the same material in
modulus of rigidity of the material is
105 N/mm2(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(a) 0.84 (b) 0.70
(a) 30 GPa (b) 50 GPa
(c) 1.40 (d) 0.50
(c) 80 GPa (d) 100 GPa
123. If 'E' and 'G' represent the moduli of
18. The ratio of bulk modulus to young's elasticity and shear of a material
modulus for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25 will be respectively, which of the following is not a
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) possible relation (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 1 (b) 1/3 (c) 2/3 (d) 3/2 (a) E = G (b) E<G
(c) E = 3G (d) E= 2G
CE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad Delhi J Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna l Bengaluru Chennai I VtiayawadaI VizagITirupan ButtatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,-
0 ACE
:Engineering Publications : 37 : Simple Stresses and Strains
0
4
124. Poisson's ratio and Bulk modulus of a 128. If a material is heated up, its Elastic
material are defined in which of the modulus
following stress states, respectively? (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) (a) decreases (b) increases
(a) Triaxial and Triaxial (c) remains constant (d) None of the above
(b) Uniaxial and Triaxial
(c) Triaxial and Uniaxial
(d) Uniaxial and Uniaxial [1.3. "Linear and Volumetric
changes of Bodies"
125. If for a given material, E = 2G (E is modulus
of elasticity, G is the shear modulus), then
the bulk modulus K will be 1. For punching a hole of 20 mm dia in a plate
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) 20 mm thick, if the shear stress is 30 kg/sq.
mm the force required in kg would be
(a) (b) 3 (c) E (d)
(AEE 1987)
(a) 10,000 (b) 18,850
126. Find out the Lame constants (2 and µ.) for an (c) 28,850 (d) 37,699
isotropic material having modulus of
2. A bar of rectangular section is tension under
elasticity (E) and Poisson's ratio (v) as 200
an axial stress of 200 kg/sq.cm. If Poisson's
GPa and 0.2, respectively.
ratio is 1/3 for the material, the stress to be
applied to the side faces, to prevent any
(a) 80 GPa, 80 GPa
change in cross sectional dimensions, in
(b) 35.71 GPa, 166.6 GPa
kg/sq.cm is (AEE 1987)
(c) 55.55 GPa, 83.33 GPa
(a) 80 (b) 100 (c) 120 (d) 96
(d) 73.33 GPa, 66.66 GPa
3. A bar of certain material of section 4 cm2 is
127. Modulus of rigidity is the ratio of subjected to a pull of 16 T. Thereby the
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) extension is 0.01 cm in length of 20 cm. If
(a) longitudinal stress and lateral strain Poisson's ratio is 1/4, the rigidity Modulus
(b) shear stress and shear strain of the material in kg/sq. cm. is
(c) longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain (AEE 1987)
(d) shear strain and shear stress (a) 2 x 106 (b) 1.6 x 106
(c) 1.3 x 106 (d) 3.2 x 106
es.
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclutow I Patna Beugaluni I Chennai Vijayanuda I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
O.,
sEngineering Publications
4. A prismatic bar of volume V is subjected to (a) 16,000 (b) 12,566

a tensile force in longitudinal direction. If (c) 50,265 (d) can't be calculated
Poisson's ratio of the material is µ and
9. Two bars of different materials are of the
longitudinal strain is e, then the final volume
same size and are subjected to same tensile
of the bar becomes (AEE-1996)
forces. If the bars have unit elongations in
(a) (1 + e) (1 —11)2V (b) (1 — e)2 (1 + µe)V
the ratio of 4:7, then the ratio of modulli of
(c) (1 + e) (1 — pe)2V (d) (1 — pe)3V
elasticity of the two materials is
(AEE-1996)
5. Elongation of a compound bar made up of 2
(a) 7:4 (b) 4:7 (c) 4:17 (d) 16:49
materials x and y, subjected to an external
tensile load 'P' is given by (AEE-1996) 10. A cubical body of 1000 mm3 volume is
PL PL subjected to a uniform stress of 100 N/mm2
(a) (b) A
2(A x E x + A yE y ) x Ex +A y E y
PL PL is 0.5 and E = 100 kN/mm2 then the change
(c) (d)
2(Ix E x + I y E y ) Ix E x +I yE y in volume will be (AEE-1996)
(a) 3 mm3 (b) 1.5 mm3
6. If E is assumed to be correct, an error of 1% (c) 0.5 mm3 (d) 0.0 mm3
is done in determination of N. If the correct
value of Poisson's ratio (µ) is 0.25, the error 11. A bar of constant cross-sectional area A has
involved in calculating ' is (AEE-1996) an axial load P and its length L with
(a) 1% (b) 5% (c) 8% (d) 1.2% Young's modulus of elasticity E. For stress
not exceeding proportional limit, the
7. A short iron column carries a load of deformation 8 is (2004 FEB)
80 tonnes. If the original diameter is 8cm (a) 8 = (P A /L E) (b) = (P / A L)
and E = 1 x 106 kg/sq.cm and Poisson's ratio (c)8=(2 PA/LE) (d) 8 =(PL/AE)
is 0.25 then the increase in dia of column in
cm would be (AEE-1996) 12. A round bar of length L tapers uniformly
(a) 0.00318 (b) 0.00216 from a diameter D at one end to a smaller
(c) 0.00164 (d) 0.00288 diameter d at the other. The elongation
caused by an axial tensile load P is given by
8. For punching a hole of 20 mm (I) in a plate of (AEE CE/ME- 2004 FEB)
20 mm thick, if the shear stress is 40 (a)4PL/icEDd (b) 2 PL/nEDd
N/sq.mm, the force required in Newton's (c) PL/icEDd (d)PL/ 2 7C EDd
would be (AEE-1996)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulcatpally j Kolkata j Ahmedabad
V V ACE Simple Stresses and Strains
:Engineering Publications : 39 :
13. The total elongation of a solid uniform metal 17. A solid cylinder of diameter D carries an
bar of diameter D and length L, density y axial load P and if its Young's modulus of
and Young's modulus of elasticity E, elasticity is E and Poisson's ratio is IA, the
hanging vertically from its upper end is change in its diameter is given by
given by (AEE CE/ME-2004) (AEE CE/ME-2004 FEB)
270 yL2 71,2 (a)4 Pi.t/icED (b)2 13 1.1/nED
(a) 11 (b) (c) (d)
2E 4E (c)Pvt/nED (d)PIA/ 2 itED
14. A rod of square section of side D at one end

18. If an element is subjected simultaneously to
tapers to a square section of side d at the
tensile stresses in x and y direction place at
other end. If its length is L and is subjected
right angle by ax and ay, and has Young's
to an axial pull P, the increase in its length is
modulus of elasticity E and Poisson's ratio
given by (AEE CE/ME-2004 FEB- 2004)
1.t, the resultant strain ex in the x-direction is
4PL (b) 2P L
given by (2004 FEB)
(a) TEE D d itEDd
(a) ex = (µ ax / E) — (ay / E)
PL PL
(c) (b) EX = (ax / E) — (IA ay / E)
itEDd (d) ic2EDd
(c) c, = (ax / µ E) — (ay / E)
15. A bar of constant cross-sectional area A has (d) ex = (ct„ / E) — (ay /1.1 E)
an axial load P and its length L with
Young's modulus of elasticity E. For stress 19. The tensile force required to cause an
not exceeding proportional limit, the elongation of 0.045 mm in a steel rod of
deformation 8 is (AEE CE/ME-2004) 1000 mm length and 12 mm diameter with
PE Young's modulus of elasticity E = 2 x 106
(a) 6 = PA (b) 8 = AL
LE (2004 FEB)
kg/cm2 is
PL (a) 166 kg (b) 102 kg
(c) 8 = 2PA (d) 8 = —
LE AE
(c) 204 kg (d) 408 kg
16. The outside diameter of a hollow steel tube
of wall thickness one-tenth of the outside 20. A 30.0 m long wire of 28.5 mm2 sectional
diameter, carrying a tensile load of 500 kN area stretches by 25.0 mm under an axial
at a stress of 140 MN / m2 is equal to pull of 4.45 kN. Its Young's modulus of
(2004 FEB) elasticity is (AE CE/ME-2004 2006 Dec)
(a) 97 mm (b) 107 nun (a) 187.37 GPa (b) 187.37 MPa
(e) 112 mm (d) 127 mm (c) 0.130 GPa (d) 0,130 MPa
ACE
titormineering Publications : 40 : Strength of Materials
21. A mild steel bar of 20.0 mm diameter is 25. If an element is subjected simultaneously to
enclosed in a brass tube of the same length tensile stresses in x and y direction plane at
and internal radius 12.5 mm and external right angle by ax and ay, and has Young's
diameter 30.0 mm. If the Young's modulus modulus of elasticity E and Poisson's ratio
of elasticity is 200.0 GPa for steel and 100.0 the resultant strain Ex in the x-direction is
GPa for brass, the ratio of the stress given by (AEE CE/ME-2004)
developed in the steel bar to that in the brass
Cr x
(a) E = x ,
(b) x - 1'
1'16Y
tube under axial force will be (2006 Dec) x E E E E
(a) 0.50 (b) 1.00 (c) 2.00 (d) 1.45 , a ay
(c) ex = x (d) cx =
ax ay
E E
22. A mild steel bar of 250.0 mm length is
subjected to an axial force of 20.0 kN. If the 26. The extension or elongation of a rod
Young's modulus is 200.0 GPa, allowable subjected to an axial load P is
stress is 100.0 MPa and allowable (2006 Regular)
deformation is 0.10 mm, its cross-section (a) Proportional to the length
should be at least (b) proportional to the load
(AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2004) (c) inversely proportional to cross-sectional
(a) 200.0 mm2 (b) 500.0 mm2 area in length per unit length
(c) 250.0 mm2 (d) 400.0 mm2 (d) All of the above
23. A solid cube is subjected to equal 27. The change in elongation of rod due to self
compressive stress on all the faces; the ratio weight is proportional to (2006 Regular)
of the volumetric strain to linear strain is (a) square of length
(AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2004) (b) inverse square times the length
(a) 0.30 (b) 0.50 (c) 1.00 (d) 3.0 (c) square root of length
(d) None of the above
24. The principal strains in a body are +800.0, +
400.0 and - 1200.0 in micro units. The 28. If the ratio of modulus of elasticity of mild
volumetric strain in micro units is steel and aluminium are equal to three then,
(AEE CE/ME -2004) (2006 Regular)
(a) 2400.0 (b) 1200.0 (a) elongation of mild steel specimen is 1/3rd
(c) zero (d) 4800.0 of aluminium.
(b) elongation of mild aluminium specimen
is 1/3rd of steel
A (_ I I .1 ri uii; I'1 11 )11, yderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI Lucknow1PatnalBengaturulChennailVAjayawadalVizagiTinIPaii I KukalpallyliColkata I Ahmedabad
(c) elongation in of mild steel specimen is will cause an axial stress in steel equal to
greater than aluminium (2006 Backlog)
(d) elongation of aluminium specimen is (a) 250 (b) 275
9 times of mild steel (c) 200 (d) 220
29. When a rod of length 150 mm and cross- 33. A cubical solid is subjected to the stresses
section of a diameter 10 mm elongates by 3 represented by the components.
mm, what is the reduction in lateral (2006 Backlog)
dimension if the Poisson's ratio is 0.25? o.„ = 100 N/mm2, ay = 60 N/mm2 and crz= 40
(2006 Backlog) N/mm2. If the Poisson's ratio of the material
(a) 0.1 nun (b) 0.3 mm is 0.2, the normal strain in x-direction is
(c) 0.15 mm (d) 0.05 mm (a) 100/E (b) 80/E
(c) 60/E (d) 40/E
30. When two different materials are used for
34. The ratio of elongation in a prismatic bar
producing a compound bar, the stresses in
due to its own weight (W) as compared to
each of the materials will be in the
another similar bar carrying an additional
proportion to their (2006 Backlog)
weight (W) will be
(a) yield strength (b) ultimate strength
(AEE-2007)
(c) elastic modulii (d) Poisson's ratio
(a) 1:2 (b) 1:3
(c) 1:4 (d) 1:2.5
31. A prismatic bar of length 4 metres weighing
50 kN/m3 is vertically suspended and is 35. The total elongation produced in a uniform
stretched by its own weight. If the section bar hanging vertically downward and
elongation of the bar is 3.2 mm, the Young's having some weight is equal to that product
modulus of the material is by a weight (AEE-2007)
(2006 Backlog) (a) of same magnitude as that of the bar
(a) 200 (b) 125 applied at the lower end
(c) 120 (d) 80 (b) half the weight of the bar applied at the
lower end
32. A steel rod of area of cross-section 100 mm2 (c) half of the square of the weight of the bar
is inserted into a copper tube of cross- applied at the lower end
sectional area 200 mm2 to form a compound (d) None of the above
bar. If the modular ratio Ecopper Estee! is 0.6,
an axial force of 55 kN on compound bar
\ ('l.I .riguit ci l'ithh, ,sti,,n)Hyderabad Delhi I lihoPal I Pune !Bhubaneswar I Lucknow1Paina I Bengaluru I Chennai VijaYawada Vizag I KukalPailY I Kolkata I Munedobad
:Engineezing Publications
4.
36. The increase in length 'V of a bar of constant 40. The extension of a circular bar tapering
cross-section 'A' and unit weight '7', uniformly from diameter di to d2 is same as
hanging vertically and subjected to its own of uniform circular bar of diameter
weight is (AE CE/ME-2007) (AEE-2007)
,vt 2
(b) d,. +
(a) (b) ye (a) iidid2
6E 2AE 2
2 d, d 2
(C) (d) (c) (d) Aid; d22
2E AE 2
41. A conical rod with diameters d at the top and

37. A bar of length '1' is subjected to axial load
D at the bottom having length 1 is subjected
`13'. If the cross-sectional area of the bar
to tensile force F. At distance x from the
increases, the deformation
small end the tensile stress will be
(AE CE/ME-2007)
(AEE-2007)
(a) Increases
(b) Decreases 4Fe 2 4Fe
(a) (b)
— d)x + edi 2 it(D — d) 2
(c) Remains constant
(d) Increases first and decreases later 4F
(d) 4F
(c) 7c132 icd 2
38. A beam of length '1' and cross-sectional area

A is subjected to a load '13' so that the 42. The extension of the bar of question number
42 is (AEE-2007)
elongation is 'y'. If the axial rigidity of the
beam is halved, the elongation will be: 4F .e
(a) (b) 4Fe
ItEDd itDd
(AE CE/ME-2007)
4Fe 4Fe
(a) y (b) y/2 (c) 2y (d) 4y (c) (d)
TcEL7
I 0(1 rcE(D + d)
39. A wire hangs vertically under its own
weight. Specific weight of the wire material 43. If the length of a freely hanging uniform
is 100 kN/m3 and maximum permissible steel rope is doubled, the elongation will
tensile stress is 100 N/mm2. The greatest increase in the ratio
length that can be hung is (AEE-2007)
(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) 4:1 (b) 2:1
(a) 10 mm (b) 100 mm (c) 1:1 (d) 8:1
(c) 1000 m (d) 10 km
11 erabild I Mad I hhbi1E11 I Pilltd 1 9hubalieetra I Lutkiid* I I fiehallttl I Chetthai I Vtiii4tritia I Vithit I truPati I kdatPally I kolkata I Ahthedabad
rat ACE : 43 : Simple Stresses and Strains
w4., Engineezing Publications
44. A tapered bar of diameter D at base and 48. For a solid cube subjected to equal normal
length / having specific weight p is forces of the same type on all its faces the
suspended freely. The elongation will be volumetric strain will be x — times the linear
(AEE-2007) strain in any of the three axes where
2 (2008 Backlog)
(a)
6E (a) x = 1 (b) x = 2
(c) x = 3 (d) x = 4
(c)
4E
49. A member with a cross — section of A mm2
45. A composite bar of copper and steel is is subjected to a force of P (in N). It is L
heated. The ratio of tensile force in steel and (mm) long and of Young's modulus (E)
the compressive stress in copper will be N/mm2. The linear strain will be
(AEE-2007) (2008 Backlog)
(a) 1.0
(a) —
PL (N/mm) (b) AE (N/nun)
(b) 0.5 AE
(c) 2.0 (c) AE (mm/mm) (d) —
PL (mm/mm)
(d) in proportion of values E of copper and AE
steel
50. In a composite bar the load distribution
among different materials of which it is
46. Compound bars can be analyzed
made is based on the assumption that all the
(2008 Regular)
materials will have (2008 Backlog)
(a) equilibrium conditions
(a) equal stress (b) same Young's modulus
(b) Poisson's theory
(c) same strain (d) same stress
(c) compatibility conditions
(d) equilibrium and compatibility conditions 51. For the bars of composite section
(2008 Backlog)
47. Compatibility condition deals with: (a) the load carried by different materials is
(2008 Regular) not the same as the total external load
(a) force system applied on a body (b) the extension in different materials is
(b) internal forces developed in a body different
(c) strains induced (c) the total external load is. equal to the total
(d) displacements and strains sum of the loads carried by different
materials
(d) both 1 and 2
..k(1 Eintinuering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI LueknowI PatnaIBengaluruI Chennai VijayatradaIVizagI TinmatiI KultalpallyI KolkataIAhmedabad
I, 4. ACE
: 44 : Strength of Materials
4 d,:Engineering Publications
52. A bar of 300 mm diameter and 1.5 m long is 57. One of the conditions in the analysis of
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 100 composite bars is
MPa. The volumetric strain when (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
K = 0.667 x 105 1\l/mm2 is (Managers-2008) (a) both bars of same material
(a) 1.5 x10-3 (b) 0.5 x 10-3 (b) stress in each bar is equal
(c) 2.5 x 10-3 (d) 1.5 x 103 (c) strain in each bar is equal
(d) flexural rigidity is same
53. The approximate value of Poisson's ratio for
mild steel is (Managers-2008) 58. If percentage reduction in area of a certain
(a) 0.35 (b) 0.33 (c) 0.29 (d) 0.25 specimen made of material A under tensile
test is 60% and the percentage reduction in
54. The change in length due to a tensile or area of a specimen with same dimensions
compressive force P acting, on a body of made of material B is 40% then:
length 1, cross-sectional area A and Young's (AEE CE/ME-2008, 2009)
modulus E is given by: (AEE CE/ME-2008) (a) the material A is more ductile than
PM Pt AE material B
(a) (b) (c) (d)
AE PM Pt (b) the material B is more ductile than
material A
55. Two bars of different materials and same (c) the ductility of material A and B is equal
size are subjected to the same tensile force. (d) the material A is brittle and material B is
If the bars have unit elongation in the ratio ductile
2:5, then the ratio of modulus of elasticity of
the two materials will be: 59. Total elongation produced by a bar due to
(AEE CE/ME-2008) self weight is given by
(a) 2:5 (b) 5:2 (c) 4:3 (d) 3:4 (AEE CE/ME-2009)
56. A bar of length L metres extends by /mm 9.81pt2 (b) 9.81pt2
(a)
under a tensile force of P. The tensile strain E 2E
produced in the bar is : (c) 9.81pe (d) 9.81p2t
(AEE CE/ME-2008) E 2E
0.1.2
(b)
(a) L 60. When a rectangular bar of length 1, breadth
0.01t (d) 0.001.2 b, and thickness t is subjected to an axial
(c
L L pull of P, then linear strain (c) is given by
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
AC'E Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Timpati I Kulcatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
44
.1 5Engineering Publications : 45 : Simple Stresses and Strains
btE 65. Two bars A and B are of same length and

(a) g =P (b) & =
btE having same C/S area are subjected to same
bt PE load P. if the bar '13' has Young's modulus
(c) E=— (d) s =
PE bt twice that of 'A', the deformation in bar B is
(AE 2011)
61. A cube is subjected to equal tensile stress on (a) more than that of A (b) less than bar A
all the three faces. If the yield stress of the (c) Same as bar A (d) None
material is ay then, based on the strain
energy theory, the maximum tensile stress 66. A 40 mm dia. Central hole is bored out of a
will be: (AEE-2009) steel rod of 100 mm dia. and length 4 m. For
a a given rod, the stress in the bar because of
(a) (b) this operation
113(1— 20 V3(2 —
(AE 2011)
a a
(c) „ ( d) (a) increase (b) decreases
V3(1—µ) A./ 30 +
(c) remains constant (d) None
62. Load acting a member is P. Cross-section 67. A bar of length '1' and cross section area A
area is A, then stress is (AE CE/ME-2009) is subjected to axial compressive force P.
P 1 A The deformation of the bar is (E = modulus
(a) P.A (b) (c) (d) —
PA P of elasticity) (AE 2011)
63. The elongation of a bar due to its self weight

is (a) P/
(AE CE/ME-2009)
WL AE (contraction)
(b) PY
(a) (b)
2AE 2LE
AE (elongation)
(c) PY
w 2W
(c) — x 2E (d)
EL (d) None
64. L is length of the bar. Elongation is AL due 68. Modulus of rigidity is defined as ratio of
to a load of W. Then strain is (AE 2011)
(AE CE/ME-2009) (a) stress and strain
AL AL (b) shear stress and shear strain
(a) — W (b)
LW (c) shear stress and volumetric strain
AL (d) lateral stress and lateral strain
(c) — (d) AL xLxW
A (l'E Engineering Publications.';>HyderabadI Delhi' Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar' LucknowI Patna Bengal uru I Chennai Wijayawada VizagI TiruPati I KultatPallYI Kolkatal Ahmedabad
V V ACE : 46 : Strength of Materials
4
Eng i neer i ng Publicalions
69. A solid bar of length L and area A is 73. An axial tensile force of 12 kN acts on a
hanging vertically from its upper end. The body of length 3m and cross-sectional area
weight of the bar is W and Young's modulus 3600 mm2 and E = 1 x105 N/mm2. Then the
is E. The elongation due to self-weight of the body elongates by
bar is given by (AEE CE/ME 2011) (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
WL 2WL (a) 0.1mm (b) 0.05mm
(a) (b)
AE AE (c) 0.025mm (d) 0.2mm
WL
(c) (d) WAL
2AE
74. A circular rod of length 1, diameter d is
subjected to an axial load P. The observed
70. A composite member consists of steel rod
values of longitudinal and lateral strains, due
and copper tube of same length. If Young's
to the above loading, are 4 and 0.5
modulus for steel and copper are
respectively. Then the volumetric strain for
2101(N/mm2 and 105 kN/mm2, the ratio of
the bar is (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
stress in steel (a,) to stress in copper (.52 ) is
(a) 4.5 (b) 3.5 (c) 5 (d) 3
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) one (b) two 75. The force required to punch a 10 mm
(c) three (d) four diameter hole in a mild steel plate 10mm
thick, if the shear strength of mild steel is
71. If the strains in three principal directions are
360 MPa is (CE/ME AEE-2012)
tx, ty and tz, the volumetric strain will be
(a) 9rc kN (b) 36m kN
(2011 Regular)
(c) 187c kN (d) 2.25 kN
(a) 3 x+y
t Z ) (b) (t x + t y + t x
76. A 16m diameter central hole is bored out of
(c) 3(t z + t y + t z ) (d) (t x + t y + ti2 a steel rod of 40mm diameter and length
1.6m. The tensile strength because of this
operation (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
72. The change in the unit volume of a material
(a) increases (b) remains constant
under tension with increase in its Poisson's
(c) decreases (d) none of these
ratio will (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) remain same
77. The ratio of the deformation of a bar due to
(b) increase its own weight, to the deformation due to
(c) decrease axial load equal to its weight, is (AE-2012)
(d) decrease initially and then increase
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
2
AC!. Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
14
t
- 41, ACE
:Engineering Publicafions
4.
78. The elongation of a conical bar due to its self 82. The force P for equilibrium of the bar shown
weight is (AEE-CE/ME-2012) in the figure is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) (b)
6E 2E C D
(c)
2
(d)
114—— P —1'30 kN k. 40 kN
2E yE 0,4 7m 0 41 7m 14
Where ' = unit weight of the material

Cross-sectional area = 800 mm3
(a) 60 kN (b) 40 kN
79. The elongation of beam of length V' and
(c) 120 kN (d) 20 kN
cross-sectional area 'A' subjected to a load
1" is 6/. If the modulus of elasticity is
83. Two bars having different modulus of
halved, the new elongation will be elasticity and same length and same cross
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) sectional area are rigidly fixed together at its
61
(a) — (b) 2(61) (c) 61 (d) -561 end. A compressive force is applied on top
2
of it. In such case the relation of stresses is
(if E1 > E2) (Research Assistant 2013)
80. The ratio of total elongation of a bar of
uniform cross-section produced under its (a) ai < 62 (b) 61>a2
own weight to the elongation produced by an (c) 61 = az (d) cri > 62
external load equal to the weight of the bar is
84. The maximum stress induced in a body if the
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
load '13' is applied suddenly upon an area of
1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) — (d) cross section 'A' is (AE-2013)
2 4
P
(a) — (b) 2
A A
81. Two bars A and B are of equal length but B
has an area half that of A and bar A has (c) 3— (d) 4
A A
young's modulus double that of B. When a
load '13' is applied to the two bars, the ratio
85. If `L' and "K" are the length and change in
of deformation between A and B is
length respectively, the strain is equal to
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(Research Assistant 2013)
1
(a) — (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) (a) L / 6L (b) 6L / L
2 4
(c) L x 6L (d) (L — 60/ L
\( _!: I peon; I etaliad I. . I hblidi I _ _ iiickht0 I Pal I lithgdighi

.....I _diEfitial I iiiiiiyawadaI Trooped I kulcatpally I Kolkam Ahmedabad
4. 4
4
4.
86. The ratio of isotropic normal stress to 2AE and that of BC is AE. The displacement
volumetric strain is at B is
(Research Assistant 2013) (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(a) Elastic modulus
2AE
(b) Modulus of rigidity AE
(c) Bulk modulus

A L
(d) Poisson's ratio
(a) PL/AE (b) 0
87. A solid circular shaft of diameter D is (c) PL/2AE (d) PL/3AE
subjected to an axial load to produce a stress
of P N cm-2. If the same axial load is applied 90. A rectangular box made with thin uniform
to hollow circular shaft of external diameter plate measures 2000 mm x 1000 mm x 1000
D and internal diameter D/2, the mm. When the box is subjected to certain
corresponding stress produced would be internal pressure respective directions have
(Observers-2013) changed by + 2.0 mm, —1 mm and +1 mm.
The change in the volume of the box is
(a) — Ncm-2 (b) 4m
Nc 2
2
3P 4P
(c) — Ncm— 2 (d) — Ncm-2 (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
2 3 (a) 2.0 x 105 mm3 (b) 1.0 X 106 mm3
(c) 2.0 x 103 mm3 (d) 2.0 X 106 mm3
88. In case of a stepped bar of a material
subjected to an axial load, the total
91. A vertical prismatic bar fixed at the top end
elongation is proportional to
and loaded with P at the bottom free end, is
(TSPSC AE 2015)
having a unit weight of W and its length is
(a) P/E
L. If a is the working stress, the safe cross
(b) [li + 12 + sectional area for the bar when P and self
(C) 1
— weight are considered is given by
A I A2 + An
1
+..+ e„ P + wL
(d) ..L+ (a) ()
b
[ A I A 2 An a + wL
a — wL
(c) (d)
89. A stepped bar A-B-C of total length 2L P — wL
carries an axial load P at B as shown in
below Fig Axial rigidity of segment AB is
Engincering Publirati m. Hyderabad j Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I BellgAuru I Chennai I ViiaYawada Vizag I riruPati I KukalPallY I Kolkab,1 Ahmedabad
V` J ACE
1, :Fanned% Publications : 49 : Simple Stresses and Strains
92. Two bars of same area and length but of 95. The maximum tangential stress acting on a
different materials are subjected to same plane inclined to the direction of the axial
tensile force. If the bars have their axial stress (p) in a tensile bar is equal to
elongation in the ratio of 4:6, then the ratio (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
of modulus of elasticity of the two materials
(a) 2p 3P
(b) — (c) (d) p
would be 2 2
(a) :2 (b) 4 : 6 96. The ratio of loads shared by parts 'AB' and
`BC' of the bar shown below is
(c) 6 : 4 (d) 2 : 16-
93. The diameter of a tapering rod varies from

`D' to 'D/2' in length of 'I,' m. If it is 14
L/3
2L/3
subjected to an axial tension of '13' the
change in length is
(a) 1:1 (b) 1:2 (c) 2:1 (d) 3:1
4
(a) PL
(ICED 2 )
97. Volumetric strain of a sphere of diameter
(b) None of the given answers
increasing from d1 to d2 is equal to
8PL
(c) (tED2 )
/— (Cl 2 — d1 ) d d
2PL (b) 2+
(d) "" .3 di 2d,
VtED2 )
(c) 3 d, + d,. (d)
d —d
2
2d, al
94. If a circular rod having Poisson's ratio µ is
subjected to an axial pull and if the strain is
98. A circular solid uniform metal of cross
e, then the lateral strain is equal to
section area A and length L is hanging
vertically from its upper end. If the bar is
(a) -e— (b) having weight of W and modulus of rigidity
E, the total elongation of the bar due to its
e
(c) (d) own weight will be
WL WL WL
(a) (b) (c) (d)
AE AE AE EL
I. I 1114111re lingh 11)11"1""' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar] Ludinow1Paina I Bengaluru I ()hernial I Vikavrada I Vizad KukalPally I Kamm I Ahmedabad
is
V ACE
4,
99. A compound bar having two members X and (a) 0.25 mm (b) 2.50 mm
Y of length L when subjected to tensile force (c) 5.00 mm (d) 0.50 mm
P would have elongation equal to (in usual
notation) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 103. Hoop stress for a wooden wheel with steel
PL PL flat tyre in terms of outside diameter of the
(a) (b) PL
AxEx + Ax Ey Ax Ex AyEy wheel D, inside diameter of the tyre d and
PL PL PL Young's modulus E is
(c) Ax E„ — AyEy (d)
AxEx AyEy (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) E(D — d)
d
100. A brass tube has enclosed a steel bar and
they have equal cross-sectional area. The (c) E
Young's modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa ((D—
D d))
and 100 GPa for steel and brass respectively.

Then the ratio of stress developed in the 104.A tensile force P is applied on a compound
steel bar to that in the brass tube under bar having two members X and Y. Then the
compression is load shared by the member X is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.5 (a) PAXEX (b) PAYE,
(c) 1 (d) 2 AxEx + AyEy AxEx + AYE,
P PE
(c) — (d) x
101. Let the strain produced in length and 2 Ey
diameter of cylindrical rod be 0.02 and
—0.005 respectively. Then the volumetric 105. The stretch in a steel rod of circular cross-
strain is given by section having a length 'I,' subjected to a
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) tensile load `13' and tapering uniformly from
(a) 0.015 (b) 0.03 a diameter d1, at one end to a diameter d2 at
(c) 0.025 (d) 0.01 the other end, is given by
PL TEPL
102. A steel bar of 500 mm length is under tensile (a) (b) Ed1d2
4Edid2
stress of 100 N/rnm2. If the modulus of
PL 4
elasticity, is 2 x 10' N/m2, then the total (c) (d) 4PL
4E(d, — d2 ) nEdid2
elongation of the bar will be
(APPSC AP1J Prelimi,2016)
tiydeNbittillighillik6salltitaiEltlitubkibatiFilketistrwIPEthaitienggiumititattitiritaravnitlaisimsgrtitupdtqatikilsAlwjadiklialAtiilleclatkitt
et ACE
eering Publications : 51 : Simple Stresses and Strains
4 4.
106.A steel rod of cross-sectional area equal to (a) 1 mm (b) 0.1 mm
1000 mm2 is 5 m long. If a pull of 100 kN is (c) 0.05 mm (d) 0.5 mm
suddenly applied to it, then the maximum
stress intensity will be 110. The percentage elongation of a material as
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) obtained from static tension test, depends on
(a) 50 N/mm2 (b) 100 N/mm2 (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) 200 N/mm2 (d) 400 N/mm2 (a) diameter of the test specimen
(b) gauge length of the specimen
107.A bar 36 mm x 36 mm x 260 mm long is (c) nature of end grips of the testing
subjected to a pull of 100 kN, in the machines
direction of length. The decrease in each (d) geometry of the test specimen
lateral dimension is 0.004 mm. The lateral
strain is 111. If a block of material of length 25 cm,
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) breadth 10 cm and height 5 cm undergoes
(a) 1.45 x 10-4 (b) 1.11 x 10-4 1
volumetric strain of then change in
(c) 1.32 x 10-4 (d) 1.25 x 104 5000
volume will be
108.A bar uniformly tapering from a diameter di (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
at one end to a diameter d2 at the other end, (a) 0.50 cm3 (b) 0.25 cm3
is subjected to an axial tensile load P. The (c) 0.20 cm3 (d) 0.75 cm3
length of the bar is / and the young's
modulus is E. The extension of the bar is 112. A heavy uniform rod of length 1' and
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) material density 6 is hung vertically with its
413.e 4Redid2 top end rigidly fixed. How is the total
(a) (b)
nEd,d2 7CE elongation of the bar under its own weir'- t
expressed?
Pe PQE
(c) (d) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
47cEdid2 4Tcd d2
26L2g (b) 6L2g
(a
109. A rod of length 1 m, area 300 sq.mm and E
self weight 6 kN is suspended vertically and (d) 6L2g
(c) SLZg
is firmly fixed at the top. Modulus of 2E 2E
elasticity is 200 GPa. What is the total
elongation of the bar due to its self weight?
(TSPSC-AEE-2017)
NUE Engineering Publications;,›Hydetabad
1/4 I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna I Bengalutu I Chennai I Vitlayawada Vizag inn-Mad Kukatpally I Kolltam I Ahmedabad
f.".1
4o „ ACE
J :Engineering Publications : 52 : Strength of Materials
113. A round bar length 1, elastic modulus E and and 0.18 respectively. Determine the Ezz at
Poisson's ratio is subjected to an axial pull the point. (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
µ, is subjected to an axial pull 'I'''. What (a) — 0.125 (b) 0.103
would be the change in volume of the bar? (c) — 0.103 (d) 0.125
Pf 117. What is the number of non-zero strain
(a)
(1— 20E components for a plane stress problem?
(c)
E (a) 6 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 2
114. A 2m long rod of diameter 2 mm is

subjected to an axial pull of 12 kN. The rod 1.4. Thermal Stresses
is extended by 0.5 cm. What is the
approximate value of the modulus of
elasticity of the material of the rod? 01. A bar of 2 m length is fixed at both ends. If
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) E is 2 x 106 kg/cm2, the coefficient of
(a) 12 GPa (b) 180 GPa expansion is 1.5 x le 1°C and the
(c) 125 GPa (d) 200 GPa temperature rise is 20° C, the stress
developed in the material is
115. A cylindrical rod with length L, cross- (AEE-1984)
sectional area A and Young's modulus E is (a) 60 kg/cm2 tensile
rigidly fixed at its upper end and hangs (b) 60 kg/cm2 compressive
vertically. The elongation of the rod due to (c) no stress is developed
its self weight W is (d) 60 kg/cm2 tensile at one face and 60
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) kg/cm2 compressive on opposite face
(b) 27E
(a) 3AE 02. A steel rod of sectional area 3 sq.cm
(c) 2WL
3AE (d) wl'
AE connects two parallel walls 6 m apart and
when the rod is heated to 100°C, the nuts at
the ends are tightened up. The pull exerted
116. Consider the state of stress at any point as
by the bar on cooling to 20°C with ends not
axx = 250 MPa, ayy = 0 MPa, azz= 250 MPa,
yielding and assuming. a = 0.000012PC,
The Young's modulus and Poisson's
E = 2.1 x 105 Mpa would be in kg.
ratio of the material is considered as 2 GPa
(AEE 1987)
ACE Engineering Publication Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I loucknow I Palma I Be ogaluni I Chennai I Vij ayawad a I Viz I Tirupati I Kukaep all Y I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44,Engineezing Publications
: 53 :
(a) 4056 (b) 3482 and coefficient of expansion for the material
(c) 6057 (d) 7218 of rod is a per degree centigrade. The stress
in the material is given by
03. When a bar is fixed at the two ends and (AEE CE/ME -2004)
subjected to temperature raise the nature of (a) E a t (b) 2 E a t
stress developed in the bar is (c) E a t / 2 (d) E a t / 4
(AEE-1992)
(a) tensile (b) compressive
07. How does the Young's Modulus vary with
(c) shear (d) none of the above
increase in temperature?
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
04. A rod of length L and area of cross-section
(a) Will not be affected (b) Will decrease
A, whose material has a modulus of
(c) Will increase (d) None of these
elasticity E and a coefficient of linear
thermal expansion "a" is subjected to a 08. A steel bar of 20.0 mm diameter and 4.50 m
change of temperature AT. The change in length is heated to 40° C above the ambient
length of the rod is (AE-1993) temperature, and clamped at the end. If the
(a) a0(T) (b) a(AT) L/E clamps have yielded by 0.50 mm on cooling,
(c) a(AT)L (d) aL/AE and the coefficient of thermal expansion if
10.0 x 10-6/K, the strain in the bar is
05. The ratio of stresses induced in three bars
(AEE CE/ME-2004, 06 Dec)
having coefficient of linear expansions as
(a) 0.0003 tensile
al, a2, a3 but of lengths 10 mts, 20 mts, and
(b) 0.0003 compressive
30 mts, and same modulus of Elasticity E
(c) 0.0004 tensile
when raised by a temperature t°C is given
(d) 0.0004 compressive
by (AEE-1996)
(a) al : a2 : a?,
09. A composite bar parallel made out of two
(b) al : 2 al : 3ai
different materials having thermal expansion
(c) 3ai : 2a2 : a3
coefficient al > a2 is subjected to linear
(d) cannot be predicted
thermal expansion. The nature of stress
06. A rod of length 1-m long at certain induced in the bar for a given strain is
temperature, if the temperature is raised by (2006 Regular)
t° C and expansion is prevented. If the rod (a) tensile and compressive in material 1 and
material has Young's modulus of elasticity E 2 respectively
ACE Engineering Publicaiions >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Palna I Bensaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tinmati I Kukarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.
,144,:,
0 ACE : 54 : Strength of Materials
;Engineering Publications
(b) compressive and tensile in material 1 and 13. If a rod of length section area 'A',
2 respectively Young's modulus È' and coefficient of
(c) either tensile or compressive in material linear expansion 'a' is subjected to a change
1 and 2 of temperature At, the change in length of
(d) neither tensile nor compressive in rod is (AE CE/ME-2007)
material 1 and 2 (a) a.(At) (b) a.(At)./
t (d) a.
(c) a. —
10. A prismatic bar of cross-sectional area 1000 E AE
mm2 and length 1 metre is placed between
two rigid supports 1.001 metre apart and 14. If an assembly of steel and copper bars of
heated by 100° C. The Young's modulus and equal lengths connected to rigid plates at the
coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the ends is heated, then the copper bar will be
material are 120 GPa and 1.8 x 10-5 m/mPC subjected to (AE CE/ME-2007)
respectively. The stress induced in the bar is (a) Compression (b) Tension
(2006 Backlog) (c) Shear (d) Bending
(a) zero (b) 180 MPa
(c) 96 MPa (d) 120 MPa 15. Thermal stress in a bar computed by
multiplying (2008 Regular)
11. A beam of span 1 with one end on roller (a) thermal strain by Young's modulus
support and the other end hinged, when (b) net thermal strain by Young's modulus
subjected to a uniform rise in temperature T (c) the difference of final and thermal strains
develops (2006 Dec) by Young's modulus
(a) compressive stresses (b) flexural stresses (d) the final strain by shear modulus
(c) tensile stresses (d) zero stresses
16. In a composite system subjected to
12. A steel bar is held rigidly between two temperature rise and with ends constrained
supports at 30° C and is free from stress. If to remain together, the component having
the temperature is subsequently dropped to lower value of coefficient of linear
0°C, the nature of stress in steel is expansion will experience (2008 Backlog)
(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) tensile stress
(a) Compressive (b) Tensile (b) compressive stress
(c) No stress (d) Shear (c) tensile or compressive stress depending
upon the loading
(d) zero value of stress
•
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayavrada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,r f
4L o J
ACE
#, :Engineering Publications : 55 : Simple Stresses and Strains
4.
17. A steel bar of length 1, Young's modulus E 22. The temperature strain in a bar is
and coefficient of thermal expansion a is proportional to the change in temperature
heated from 15°C to 40°C; the force induced (AEE CE/ME-2009)
in the bar, if it is free to expand is given by: (a) directly
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (b) indirectly
(a) Zero (b) + 25 a E// (c) indirectly upto certain extent and
(c) —25 a Ell (d) + 25 a E afterwards directly
(d) none of the above
18. A bar of copper and steel form a composite
system, which is heated to a temperature of 23. The coefficient of thermal expansion for
40°C. The stress induced in copper will be: mild steel is about per degree C.
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) tensile (b) compressive (a) 12 x 10-6 (b) 18 x10-6
(c) shear (d) zero (c) 24 x 10-6 (d) zero
19. In a cement concrete chimney the 24. A steel bar of 5 mm diameter is heated from
reinforcement subjected to temperature 15° C to 40° C and it is free to expand. The
stresses is: (AEE-2009) bar will induce (2011 Regular)
(a) Circular reinforcement only (a) No stress (b) Shear stress
(b) Linear reinforcement only (c) Tensile stress (d) Compressive stress
(c) Both linear and circular reinforcement
(d) None of the above 25. If a denotes co-efficient of linear expansion
T is the rise in temperature, the thermal
20. Thermal stresses are induced due to changes (2011 Regular)
stress is given by
in (AE CE/ME-2009) Ea
(a) Load (b) Temperature (a) ETa (b)
(c) Pressure (d) Elongation
(c) (d) a
a ET
21. When a bar is subjected to a change of
temperature and its deformation is 26. If a part is constrained to move and heated, it
prevented, which of the following stresses is will develop (2011 PH & Municipality)
induced? (AEE CE/ME-2009) (a) compressive stress (b) tensile stress
(a) Thermal stresses (b) Shear stresses (c) shear stress (d) yield stress
(c) Tensile stresses (d) Compressive stresses
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadIDelhilBhopaliPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengalurulChennaiMayavradalVizagairupali[KukatpallylKolkatajAhmedabad
4*
t
d.:Engineering Publicmicgis
27. The coefficient of thermal expansion of mild
(a) (1) (b)
steel is a = K x10-6 per degree C, where K
is about (2011 Deputy Surveyor) 3 3) 2 2)
(c) (—x— (d) (- x —
(a) 8 (b) 12 2 2 3 3
(c) 16 (d) 24
31. A composite bar of copper and steel is
28. The elongation of bars due to rise in heated. The ratio of tensile force in steel and
temperatures does not depend on the compressive force in copper will be
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) its length (a) 1.0 (b) 0.5 (c) 2.0 (d) 3.0
(b) its rise in temperature
(c) its a value 32. If a rigidly connected composite bar of steel
(d) its E value and copper is heated, the copper bar will be
subjected to (AE 2011)
29. A bar of length 1 is subjected to an increase (a) Compression (b) Tension
in temperature of t° centigrade but its (c) Torsion (d) None
expansion is prevented totally. If
a= coefficient of expansion and 33. A bar of length 2 m is fixed at both ends.
E = Young's modulus, the stress induced in The initial tensile stress in the bar is 10 N/m2
the bar is at a temperature of 10°C. If the temperature
(AEE CE/ME 2011) is raised to 15°C, the stress in the bar is
(a) lat (b) laE (Take E = 2 x 105 MPa and a = 10 x 10-6/c)
(c) taE (d) tlE (AE 2011)
(a) 0 (b) 20 MPa
30. Two bars, one is steel and another is copper, (c) 20 MPa (Tensile) (d) None
are of same length and subjected to same
amount of increase in temperature. The 34. A solid cube is of 80 mm side and is
coefficient of thermal expansion ratio for subjected to a shear force of 320 IN and due
2 to this force the plane of the body shears by
steel and copper is — . If free expansion of
an amount of 0.04 mm. The modulus of
bars is allowed, the ratio of the increase in Rigidity for the material of the cube is
length of steel bar to that of copper bar is kN/mm2 (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(AEE CE/ME 2011) (a) 200 (b) 80 (c) 160 (d) 100
.V:1.. F.ugince! 1 114 1'111)1w:int 'iv, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lacknow I Patna I Bergaluru I Chennai I Vdayawada I Vizag I ThuIII KaalPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:Emeneering Publiadions
35. In tension test, for mild steel, the mode of 40. A bar having a coefficient of thermal
failure will be (AE 2011) expansion as "a", is rigidly fixed at its ends.
(a) cup and cone fracture The length of the bar is "L" and modulus of
(b) flat at failure point elasticity is "E" and the rise in temperature
(c) rugged failure is "t". In this case, the stress in the bar due to
(d) None rise in temperature is
36. The strain due to a temperature change in a (a) Eat (b) EatL
simple bar is (AEE-CE/ME-2012) (c) L a t (d) a t
(a) at (b) alt
41. A bar of copper and steel form a composite
(c) Via (d) a + t
system which is heated to a temperature of
45°C. The stress in the copper bar will
37. If a rigidly connected bar of steel and copper
be (AE-2013)
is coiled, the copper bar will be subjected to
(a) Tensile stress (b) Compressive stress
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(c) Bursting stress (d) Shear stress
(a) compression (b) shear
(c) tension (d) None of these
42. The maximum crushing stress in a punch is
four times the shear stress of a plate of
38. If two bars of different coefficient of thermal
thickness t in which a hole is to be punched.
expansions (a1 and a2) are rigidly fixed
The smallest hole that can be punched has
together and allowed to expand freely about
the diameter (AEE-2007)
one end, the stresses in the first member is
if (al > ct2). (a) t (b) 1 (c) 2t (d)
2 4
(a) No Stress (b) Tensile Stress 43. If temperature changes from to to t in a
(c) Shear Stress (d) Compressive Stress simple bar with both ends constrained and
having modulus of elasticity E and thermal
39. A bar having a coefficient of thermal coefficient a, the thermal stress due to the
expansion at is rigidly fixed at its ends. In temperature rise is
this case the stress in the bar due to rise in (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
temperature is (Research Assistant 2013) (t — to )
(a) a (b) E (t t°
(a) No Stress (b) Tensile Stress a
(c) Shear Stress (d) Compressive Stress Ea
(c) Ea (t — to) (d)
— to )
.1(1 Engincei mg PublicationN Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal j Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknowl Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I VidaYawada IVbag rrimpati I Kiikatplly I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ii'
4-4V ACE
Pubhcattons : 58 : Strength of Materials
6
44. A steel bar is heated from 20°C to 35° C and 48. A steel rod 10 mm in diameter and 1 m long
it is free to expand. Then bar will have is heated from 20 °C to 120°C, E = 200 GPa
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) and a = 12x10-6 per °C. If the rod is not
(a) shear stress free to expand, the thermal stress developed
(b) tensile stress is
(c) No stress (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(d) Compressive stress (a) 120 MPa (tensile)
(b) 240 MPa (tensile)
45. A free rod of length '1' is uniformly heated (c) 120 MPa (comp)
from 0°C to a temperature t°C, a is the (d) 240 MPa (comp)
coefficient of linear expansion and 'E' is the
modulus of elasticity. If the rod is prevented 49. A straight bimetallic strip of copper and
from expanding, the temperature stress in the steel is heated. It is free at ends. The strip
rod will be will
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) a t E (b) a t E/2 (a) Expand and remain straight
(c)/atE (d) / t E a/2 (b) Not expand but bend
(c) Expand and bend also
46. A steel bar of 5 mm is heated from 15°C to (d) First only
40°C and it is free to expand. The bar will
induce 50. Temperature stresses in a bar are
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) thermal stress (b) shear stress (a) The stresses resulted in it when it's
(c) tensile stress (d) compressive stress temperature is maintained constant
(b) The stresses resulted in it when the strains
47. A steel rod of diameter 1 cm and 1 m long due to temperature changes are
is heated from 200 °C to 1200 °C. Its prevented
a = 12x10-6/K and E = 200 GN/m2. If the (c) The stresses resulted in it when the
rod is free to expand, thermal stress temperature is decreased
developed on it is (d) The stresses resulted in it when the
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) temperature is increased
(a) 12 x103 N/m2 (b) 240 kN/m2
(c) zero (d) infinite
ACE Engineering Publications e>HyderabadiDelhilBhopal I Pune IBhubaneswariLuclutowlPatnalBengaluru I ChennaiMayasvadalVizaglTirupatilKukatpally IKolkatal Ahmedabad

.1
ACE
2;Engineering Publications : 59 : Simple Stresses and Strains
51. A metal sphere of diameter D is subjected to 52. A 1 m long rod is fixed at one end. There is
a uniform increase in temperature AT. E, v a rigid wall at a distance 1 mm from the free
and a are the Young's modulus, Poisson's end of the rod as depicted in the figure.
ratio and Coefficient of thermal expansion What is the thermal stress generated in the
respectively. If the ball is free to expand, the rod if its temperature is increased by 100°C?
hydrostatic stress developed within the ball Take E = 200 GPa and a = 12X 10-6 PC
due to temperature change is (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(b) aATE
(a) 0
l 2
aATE ccATE
(C)
1-2v (d) 3(1-2v) 1000 mm
1 mm gap
(a) 40 MPa (b) 80 MPa

(c) 120 MPa (d) 240 MPa
'ACE binginecting Publications,/ HyderabadIDelhiiShopaliPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagiTinipailIKulcatpallylKollcatalAhmeclabad

IN
'''. -4 :Engineering
0,
4. ACE
Publications : 60 : Strength of Materials
.1 4,
Solutions
1.1. Fundamentals, Mechanical Properties of materials,

Stress Strain diagrams
01. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol:
Homogeneous: Factor of safety is defined as follows:
A body is said to be homogeneous if it has (i) For ductile materials
identical properties at all points in identical FOS = yieldstress
directions. working stress
Isotropic: A material is said to be isotropic, (ii) For Brittle materials
if at any point it has identical elastic FOS = ultimate stress
properties in all directions. working stress
02. Ans: (a) 04. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol:
Malleability: The property of material by
which it can be beaten or rolled into plates is
called malleability.
Cup cone fracture
(Ductile materials)
Ductility: The property of material by which
it can be undergo considerable deformation
without rupture is called ductility.
5. Ans: (c)
Plasticity: The property of material by
which it can undergo permanent deformation 6. Ans: (d)
without rupture is called plasticity. Sol:
The principle of super position is valid only
Elasticity: The property of material which when the deformations are small compared
regains its original size and shape on to dimensions of body and deformations are
removal of stress is said to be elasticity. linear functions of acting force.
ACE Engineering Publications) Hyderabad 'Delhi Bhopal p.m I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru Chennai Vjjayawada I Wag I "DruPati KukatPally Kolkala I Ahmedabad
44.1
tIt 41.
. ACE
07. Ans: (c)

61 : Simple Stresses and Strains
08. Ans: (c)

Sol:
s:1:•= 0 +a
12. Ans: (c)
Sol: A material which undergoes large
Isotropic materials are material in which at a deformations prior to failure are called
single point the properties are same in all
ductile material
directions
13. Ans: (b)

9. Ans: (c) Sol: Refer to Q. 8
Sol:
14. Ans: (d)

Sol: The strain at fracture is approximately equal
to 250 times of yield strain.
Proportionality limit
15. Ans: (d)

Sol: Hooke's law: Within proportionality limit
stress is directly proportional to strain.
Hooke's law holds good upto elastic limit
a cc E
16. Ans: (b) 17. Ans: (d)
a=E
18. Ans: (b) 19. Ans: (b)

10. Ans: (b)
20. Ans: (c)
11. Ans: (d) load
Sol: Stress,a =
Sol: Shear strain is defined as change in angle Area normal to load
between any two initially perpendicular
planes.
:\ CI: Engineering. Publications >HyderabadiDeihmihopalipunelahubaneswarpuicknowipathaisenaurulchennailvoyawadaivizagiTirupatilKukaipauyiKoikatkI Ahmedabad

to 4
ACE Strength of Materials
4 do
21. Ans: (b) 28. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: Shear strain is measure of change in angle
8t change in length between any two initially perpendicular
= unit lenth (may be decrease
g planes, hence it's units should be radians.
or increase)
29. Ans: (d)

22. Ans: (a) Sol: If a material is loaded beyond yield point
Sol:
stress it goes to plastic state i.e. plastic
E_ = stress deformation initiates i.e. it loses its tendency
E strain
to return to its original shape.
23. Ans: (c) 24. Ans: (a)

30. Ans: (d) 31. Ans: (a)
25. Ans: (c)
Sol: Homogeneous material 32. Ans: (d)
Sol: When any material is allowed to freely
expand then there will be no stresses.
E
E E
E 33. Ans: (d)
a stress
Sol: E = =
E strain
26. Ans: (d) 34. Ans: (d) 35. Ans: (a) 36. Ans: (a)
Sol:
Fatigue failure of a material occurs due to 37. Ans: (c)
large number of cycles of reversal loads. Sol: Impact test is done on a specimen with notch
or cut.
27. Ans: (a)
Sol: 38. Ans: (a) 39. Ans (c) 40. Ans: (d)
For mild steel bar loading and unloading
curve will be the same until proportionality 41. Ans: (c)
limit with slope of the curve is È'. Sol:
Creep: Deformation under sustained load
with time is called 'creep.
ACE Engineering Publications o''›.„,Hyderabadi Delhi I Bhopal i Pune IBhubarieswariLucknowi Patnal BengaluruiChennailVijayawada Nizagairupati I KlikApallylKollsatal Ahmedabad
0.4
1, :Engineering Publicarions : 63 :
I.
42. Ans: (d) 54. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
Volumetric strain has no units. Homogeneous: Same properties at every
point in a material in one direction
43. Ans: (b) 44. Ans: (c) 45. Ans: (a)
55. Ans: (b)
56. Ans: (b)

Sol:
C lateral
=
C longitudinal
A — Proportional limit 57. Ans: (c)

Sol:
B — Elastic limit
Shear strain (stress) and complimentary
C — yielding
shear strain (stress) are always equal in
E — Failure
magnitude and opposite in direction.
47. Ans: (a) 48. Ans: (c) 58. Ans: (d)

Sol:
49. Ans: (d) 50. Ans: (c) Failure strain = 250 x yield strain for mild steel.
Failure strain
51. Ans: (d) = 250 (for mild steel)
Yield strain
Sol: After lower yielding point there is
continuous increase in strain at constant
59. Ans: (d)
stress or load occurs.
Sol: Ductility is the ratio of ultimate strain to
yield strain.
52 Ans: (b)
Sol: Steel is a ductile material
60. Ans: (d)
Sol: Rigidity Modulus (G)
53. Ans: (c)
G = Shear stress "C
Sol:
Shear strain
Factor of safety for ductile material is the
ratio of yield stress to working stress. uplift proportionality limit
•
ACE Engit teerit ig Publications )Hyderabad Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Luckno w I Patna l Be nauru I Che nnai I Vpayawada I VagITiro pa tiiK nit a gully I Ko lk a ta I Ahmedabad
ACE
ta ,
:Engineezing Publicadons : 64 : Strength of Materials
61. Ans: (a) 69. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
Tension coefficient = Force in a member per Permanent set is the irrecoverable
unit length of the member. deformation which permanently settles in a
member upon on removal of applied loads.
62. Ans: (c)
Sol: 70. Ans: (d)
Among the given options mild steel has Sol:
highest modulus of elasticity (E = 200 GPa). Member free to expand will not develop
thermal stresses.
63. Ans: (a)
71. Ans: (b)
64. Ans: (b) Sol:
Sol: Ultimate stress Flexural rigidity = EI
Max. load at failure == (Wirmal2) (rtna4)
Initial (or) original cross — section area = N — mm2
65. Ans: (c) 72. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
Residual stress is the stress induced to cause For homogeneous and Isotropic material the
permanent deformation. number of independent elastic constants are
two.
66. Ans: (b) (E, 11)
67. Ans: (a) 73. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
Linear strain is the change in length of the Superposition principle is not valid for
member to the original length. impact loads.
68. Ans: (c) 74. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol:
Working stress should be less than yield Combined stresses are the combination of
point stress, so that the member will be safe. normal (tension & compression) along with
shear stresses.
1.11:011ecni IL; l'ublicaiiom >Hyderabad I Delhi J Bhopal 1Pune 113hubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBengalumIChennai IVijayawadal Vizagl Tirupati liCukatpallylKolkata 'Ahmedabad
ACE
:EnginaningPublications : 65 : Simple Stresses and Strains
J
75. Ans: (a) 90. Ans: (a)

Sol: Given: az + ay + az = 0 Sol:
Example: Percentage reduction in area under direct
tension test is a measure of ductility.
91. Ans: (c)

a
Sol: Orthotropic material
-a a a
Ex =- + 11
2E 2E
-a a a
E =—+ [1, p,
2E 2E E
a a a
Ez 92. Ans: (b)
E 2E E
Sol:
Ev = Ex + Ey + Ez
of elasticity is a material property
Ev = 0
will not change with temperature.
76. Ans: (a) 77. Ans: (a)

93. Ans: (c)
Sol:
78. Ans: (c) 79. Ans: (a)
Glass is brittle materials will have negligible
80. Ans: (a) change in lateral dimensions at failure.
Sol:
94. Ans: (c)
G=— Sol:
4)
On mild steel specimen in a tension test
Shear Resistance
= braking stress is less than ultimate stress.
Shear Area
95. Ans: (b)

81. Ans: (b) 82. Ans: (c) 83. Ans: (a)
Sol:
84. Ans: (b) 85. Ans: (b) 86. Ans: (c) Modulus of elasticity, E = Cr
87. Ans: (d) 88. Ans: (b) 89. Ans: (d) Units: N/m2 (or) Pascal
•
ACE Engineering Pitidications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Benauru I Chennai I Vijamvacla i Vag rnruPaii I KukalPally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
"41
:Engmeermg Pubhcations
4 4,
96. Ans: (c) 109. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol:
Linear strain: Deformation in the direction
of force upon its original length. 61 =
6.e
0'2 = —
L Brittle material
97. Ans: (b)
Sol: When brittle material is subjected to shear
Toughness is an index of impact strength. stress the crack propagation if occurs, will
be inclined to the sides of elements at 45°.
98. Ans: (a)
110. Ans: (a)
99. Ans: (c) Sol:
Sol: Maximum stress,
lateral strain P 9x103
Poisson'a ratio , [t = — = = 10 N/mm2
linear strain A 90 x10
100. Ans: (b) 111. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol:
Gauge length = 5.65 V7i Flexural Rigidity = El
im2 x m4 = k INT
Where A = initial cross-sectional area. -m2
101. Ans: (d) 112. Ans: (c)

Sol:
After yielding there will be quick increase in 113. Ans: (c)
strain compared to increase in stress. Sol:
8
A V = V (volumetric strain)
102. Ans: (a) 103.Ans: (d) 104.Ans: (b)
105. Ans: (c) 106.Ans: (a) 107.Ans: (c) 114. Ans: (b)
Sol:
108. Ans: (a) a
Modulus of elasticity, E =
I ACE Engineei ing Pt ill( ation,i)HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknowIPatnalBengaluruIChennailVilayawadalVizagITirupaiiIKukatpallyIKolkai2lAhmalabad

:Engineenng Publications
4.
115. Ans: (b) 116.Ans: (c) 117.Ans: (d) 141. Ans: (b)
Sol:
118. Ans: (d) 119.Ans: (c) 120.Ans: (b) At yield point the extension of material takes
place more quickly with respect to increase
121. Ans: (a) 122.Ans: (a) in load.
123. Ans: (c) 142. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
G = N/mm2, a = N/mm2 Number of elastic constants:
Force/area = N/mm2 i. Isotropic material -> 2
ii. Orthotropic material -> 9
124. Ans: (b) iii. Anisotropic material -> 21
Sol:
143. Ans: (d) 144.Ans: (d)
E=
E
145. Ans: (b)

125. Ans: (c) 126.Ans: (b) 127.Ans: (b) Sol:
Flexural rigidity (EI)
128. Ans: (d) 129.Ans: (d) 130.Ans: (a)
EI = m2 x m 4
131. Ans: (a) 132.Ans: (c) = 1(1\1-m2
133. Ans: (b) 146. Ans: (a)

Sol:
Ductility: The plastic response of material to 147.Ans: (b)
tension force. Sol:
Malleability: Plastic response to
compressive force. Hooks law a oc e (up to proportionality limit)
Hence stress-strain graph is a straight line
134. Ans: (c) 135.Ans: (d) 136.Ans: (b) with constant slope (young's Modulus) upto
proportionality limit.
137. Ans: (a) 138.Ans: (a) 139.Ans: (a) CYcC £ is valid for uni-axial force only.
140. Ans: (a)

ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad] Delhi I Bhopal, Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru J Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
tr 4
v ACE
1, :Engineering Publications : 68 : Strength of Materials
4 4,
148.Ans: (a)
Sol:
111.2. Elastic Constants and
their Relationships
1. Ans: (c)
11.
Strain --. 2. Ans: (b)
B = rupture stress (or) Breaking stress Sol:
E=0
149.Ans: (d)
E
Sol: Weldability cannot be found from static E E
tensile test. CY
0= Y 0.25 x 1000
2x105 2x105
150.Ans: (c) ay = 250 kg/cm2 (tensile)
Sol: Ductility is the property of material, which
shows its ability to be drawn into wires. 3. Ans: (d)
Sol:
151.Ans: (d) E = 3K(1 —
Sol: Fatigue is the phenomenon of decreased 1
resistance of a material due to reversal of E 3(1— 20
stress.
4. Ans: (b)
152. Ans: (c) Sol:
Sol: If a body regains its original configuration
E = 3K (1— 2µ)
immediately and completely after removal
of deformation force it is called as perfectly = 3(1— 2/m)
K
elastic body.
1-t = —
m
153. Ans: (c) The relationship between bulk modulus (K)
and Young's modulus (E) is:
154. Ans: (d) E = 3K (1 — 2µ)
E 3(1 _
K m)
AULLuginecring Publications Hyderabad]DelhilBhopallPurielBhubaneswarlLucknowlPainalBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizag]TirupatilKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
e
le
ACE
%;,cl:Engineering Publications : 69 : Simple Stresses and Strains
g.
5. Ans: (d) 7. Ans: (c)

Sol: Shear modulus (or) modulus of Rigidity; C
8. Ans: (c)
(or) N (or) G = 3-
(i) Sol: The relationship among Young's modulus
(E), modulus of rigidity (G) and Poisson's
6. Ans: (c) ratio (µ)
Sol: E= 2G (1+0
The relationship between Young's modulus
= 2G(1 + 1)
(E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson's ratio
(t.t) is:
K = 2(1+ —
1
E = 3K (1 - (i) mJ
The relationship between Young's modulus,
09. Ans (c)
Rigidity modulus (G) and Poisson's ratio (A)
is:
10. Ans (a)
E = 2G(1 +µ)
Sol: Refer Q.No. 6
Equation Eq. (1) and (2)
3K (1 - 21,) = 2G (1 +1.1) 11. Ans (b)
3K - 6Kµ = 2G + 2Git Sol:
61(11 + 2G[t = 3K - 2G Clateral
= X 0.2= Elat
11. (6K + 2G) = 3K - 2G E longitudinal 0.25
3K - 2G Elat = 0.050
=
6K + 2G
Substitute 1.1 value in equation (ii) 12. Ans (c)
3K - 2G Sol: Bulk Modulus (K): When a body is
E = 2G(1+
6K+2G) subjected to like and equal direct stresses
(6K+ 2G+3K-2G) along three mutually perpendicular
= 2G
6K + 2G directions, the ratio of this direct stress to
corresponding volumetric strain is called
= 2G( K Bulk modulus.
6K + 2G
18GK K= —
Ey
6K+ 2G
P = applied pressure causes direct stress
9
E =KG 8V
3K + G Ey = volumetric strain = —
V
Enailicci-ing Publications
( Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulcatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„-
M t ACE : 70 : Strength of Materials
;,Engineering Publications
fo°
13. Ans (b) 21. Ans: (b)

Sol: E = 2G(1+1.1) ; E = 2xG(1+0.3) Sol:
G = 0.385 E PL VL
As S L = there, 6, =
AE A,G
14.Ans: (c)
22. Ans: (a)
15.Ans: (c) Sol:
Sol: Refer Question No (6) E of steel = 200 GPa
16. Ans: (d) 23. Ans: (c)

Sol: E = 2G (1+0 Sol: ti(-aluminium — 0.33
2x 105 = 2 x 0.8 x 105 (1+µ)
µ =0.25 24. Ans: (d)
Sol: Ev = Ex + Ey Ez
17. Ans: (b) Ex = Ey = Ez = E

Sol: Refer Q. No. 3
E
18. Ans: (dl)
Solt: E = 3K(1 — 25. Ans: (b)
100 x 103 = 3K (1-2x 0.5) Sol: 6t = Pt
AE
a AV Px1000
K V 0.045 =
/1 (12)2 x 2x106 x102
4
AV
.•.K=0 ; =0 P = 101.78 kg
V
19.Ans: (d) 26. Ans: (b)

Sol: /.1cork = 0.00
20. Ans: (b)
E 27. Ans: (c)
Sol: — = 41+ p,)
Sol: For incompressible material
3 = 2(1+0 pt. = 0.5
3 E = 2G(1 + 0.5)
= 2 —1 =0.5
E = 3G
ACE Engineering Publicationsi
'' Hyderabad I Delhi! Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TIrupati I Kukalpally I Kolkata I Atunedabad
t ACE
,,e:Engineezing Publicafions
v4 4.
28. Ans: (c) 32. Ans: (a)

Sol: Strain in the direction of applied force is 1 lateral
Sol: Poisson's ratio (or) µ (or)
linear strain. Strain perpendicular to the m c longitudinal
direction of applied force is lateral strain. 33. Ans: (d)
— E lateral Sol: Refer question (6)
=
elongitudinal 9KG
E= (i)
29. Ans: (c) 3K + G
Sol: Infact 'if ranges from 0 to 0.5 the only 1 3K + G
(ii)
appropriate answer to satisfy the above E 9KG
condition is option (C). Rearranging equation (ii)
1 3K G
30. Ans: (b) = +
E 9KG 9KG
Sol: E = 9KG 1 1+1
3K + G E 3G 9K
9K(40)
100 =
3K + 40 34. Ans: (c)
300 K + 4000 = 360 K Sol: 1.1 = 0.4
4000 = (360 — 300) K E = 2G(1 +1.1)
4000 E = 2G (1 + 0.4)
K= = 66.67 GPa
60
G 5
31. Ans: (b) E = = "57
Sol: E = 3K (1 — 2[1)
35. Ans: (a)
= 3(1— 21.0
Sol: E = 2G(1+µ)
3 (1 — 21.i) > 1 65 = 2G (1 + 0.3)
3-6µ> 1 G = 25 kl•l/nun2
6p, < 2
1 36. Ans: (d)
µ <-
3
Sol: Given: E = K, E = 3K (1 —2µ)
;. Only option (b) satisfies.
1 = 3 (1-20, 61.t = 2
2
= = 0.333
\t 'I I 111!,111, I .111414 >Hyderabad I Delhi I Ilhogal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Ltianow NMI BeliglahnU Chetthal I VlilaYratida I Vligg /tukgpallY I KoDulra Ahtnedabad
41
4 4,V ACE : 72 : Strength of Materials
1 Enineering Pubhcatiaos
37. Ans: (b) 47. Ans: (d)

Sol: Axial Rigidity = AE = mm2 x N/mm2 = N
38. Ans (d)
48. Ans: (d)
Sol: E 3K(1-2µ)µ=v
Sol: Range:
= 0.0 to 0.5; 1
39. Ans (a)
Sol: Refer Question 06.
49. Ans: (b)
Sol: E = 2C (1 +
40. Ans: (b)
ti shear stress E = 2C (1+
Sol: G = = 1
([) shear strain
C=
2(1+-1
41. Ans: (b)
E
Sol: E = 2G ( l+µ) = G=
2(1+ [) 50. Ans: (a)
Sol:
42. Ans: (a) a
K=—
6
43. Ans: (a)

0.667 x105 =100
Sol: As the volume of the material is constant, cv
therefore the ratio of lateral to longitudinal = 1.5 x 10-3
strain will always be constant whether the
load is gradual or sudden. 51. Ans: (c)
Sol:
44. Ans: (a) Poisson's ratio for Mild steel varies from
Sol: Incompressible material µ = 0.5 0.27 to 0.30.
0.29s
45. Ans: (b)
52. Ans: (c)

46. Ans: (d)
Ei
Sol: E = 2G(1+ 110 = 2 x 500 + Sol: Modular ratio, m = but, (E1 > E2)
E2
= 0.1
ACC I 1111,1111,111W, 1'111 ,111.111,11 , Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag IDruPan I Kukatpally I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
ft '4
V .1 ACE
1, :Engineering Publications : 73 : Simple Stresses and Strains
53. Ans: (b) 100 x 103 = 3 K (1 —2 x 0.5)

Sot: E = 3K (1 —2 µ)
K=oo= K=
Ifµ=0 Ey
E The change in volume Sv = 0

K=
3
K, which is less than E. 60. Ans: (b)
Sol: The maximum value of poisson's ratio is
54. Ans: (c) 0.5.
Sol:
Maximum value of Poisson's ratio is 0.5 61. Ans: (b)
Sol: The wrongly matched relation is
55. Ans: (b)
E = 3K(1— 3
Sol:
Diamond has the highest modulus of The correct relation should be
elasticity E (Diamond) = 1200 GPa. )
E =3K(1--2—
m
56. Ans: (d)
Sol: 62. Ans: (d)
For incompressible material µ = 0.5. — 6 lateral
Sol: p =
C longitudinal
57. Ans: (b) Elateral = —0.00024 x 0.3 = 4.00072

Sol:
G = 100 GPa, µ=0.2 63. Ans: (d)
E = 2G(1 +µ)
= 2 x 100 (1 + 0.2) 64. Ans: (d)
= 240 GPa Sol: E = 2G (1 + µ)
Given, E = 2G
58. Ans: (a) 2G = 2G (1 + µ)
Sol: Engineering properties are 1.1, E, G and K 1=1+
µ =0
59. Ans: (d)
Sol: E = 100 kN/mm2 = 100 x 103 1\1/mm2 65. Ans: (d)
µ =0.5 Direct stress
Sol:
E = 3K (1 —2 µ) Volumetric strain
\( I. I 114111( NH), .0„„,,,)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VilaYawada I Vizag I TiruPali I Kuk 27.11Y I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
."4
44,
4
: Engineering Publications
4
66. Ans: (c) G= E

Sol: E = 3K(1— 2µ) 3
E = 3K (1-2/m) Shear modulus is always less than the
modulus of elasticity.
67. Ans: (c)
72. Ans: (b)
68. Ans: (c) Sol: The relationship between Young's modulus
a E, modulus of rigidity G and Poisson's ratio
Sol: K = —
v
E = 2G (1 +
69. Ans: (c) E = 2G (1 + 0.2)
E=2.4 G
70. Ans: (a)
Sol: E = 3K(1— 2p) —
E — 2.4
G
E = 2G(1+µ )
3K (1-2p) = 2G(1+1.1) 73. Ans: (a)
K 2(1+µ) 2(1+0.25) Sol: Modulus of rigidity
G 3(1— 2µ) 3(1— 2 x 0.25) Shear stress
G=
2 1.25 Shear strain
=X — 1.67
3 0.5
Nearest answer is option (a)
74. Ans: (a)
Sol:
71. Ans: (b)
Sol: The relationship between shear modulus (G) E = 3K(1 —2p) use 1,1 = 1;
and modulus of Elasticity (E) is E

E = 2G (1 + p) K=
3(1—
When, IA = 0; m
E = 2G
G= E 75. Ans: (b)

2 Sol: E = 2G (1 +
When , = 0.5 E = 2G (1 + 0.25)
E = 2G(1+ 0.5)
—
G — 0.4
E = 3G E
,\( 1-,neincci PlIbile:111(MN :,,›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar 'Luau:Low I Patna! Dengalum I Chennai Vijayawada j Vieag I TieePati I KAMpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
i
fe4,
1,
ACE
-44
4,Engineering Publications : 75 : Simple Stresses and Strains
76. Ans: (c) 9(KX80)

200 =
Sol: 3K + 80
Given, E = 2C 60K+1600 = 72 K
The relationship among modulus of 12 K = 1600
elasticity 'E', modulus of rigidity 'G' and K = 133.33 GN/m2
Bulk modulus `K' is
80. Ans: (d)
9
E =KC Sol:
3K + C
Shear stress
2C = 9KC Modulus of rigidity, G =
3K + C Shear strain
2(3K + C) = 9 K
81. Ans: (a)
6K + 2C = 9 K
Sol:
3K = 2C
a stress
2 E= =
K= — C E strain
3
82. Ans: (c)
77. Ans: (d) lateral strain
Sol: p, =
Sol: longitudinal strain
Ot 1
6= 7 ,• 0.01= —
83. Ans: (b)
1=100 min
Sol: For mild steel vi = 0.3
E = 2G (1 +
78. Ans: (a)
E = 2G (1 + 0.3)
Sol:
E = 2.6 G
E = 3K (1 —20
E
= 2.6 = 2.5
K= G
3(1— 20
84. Ans: (c)

79. Ans: (b)
Direct stress acting on its volume
Sol: Given: Sol: K=
volumetric strain
E = 200 kN/m2
G = 80 GN/m2 85. Ans: (d)
9 Sol: E = 200 x 103 N/mm2
E =KG
3K + G
E = 2 x 105 N/mm2
1.1 l'tiblicaliot Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
v. -4
ACE
2,'Fzigineeing Publications : 76 : Strength of Materials
86. Ans: (a) 90. Ans: (b)

Sol: Refer Question (6) Sol: Tak µ = 0.3
TheRelationship among Young's modulus
87. Ans: (d) (E), Modulus of rigidity (G) and Poisson's
. change in length SL ratio (µ) is
Sol: Linear strain =
original length E = 2G (1 + p)
= 2G(1 + 0.3)
88. Ans: (b) E = 2.6 G (i)
Sol: AE = Axial Rigidity E>G
The relationship among Young's modulus
89. Ans: (b)
(E), Bulk modulus (K) an poisson's ratio (µ)
Sol: Volumetric strain, cv = Ex + Ey + Ez
is
EX
ax , n az E = 3K (1 — 2p)
E r- E E
= 3K (1 — 2 (0.3))
a a a
= — — 0.25— — 0.25— = 3K (0.4)
E E E
E = 1.2 K
EX = 0.5E E>K
Equating Equation (i) and (ii)
ay ax az
C = 2.6G = 1.2 K
e E E
K = 2.17 G
a
= — — 0.25— — 0.25 2
' K>G
E>K>G
a
E = 0.5—
Y E
91. Ans: (c)
2 az ax aY
E E E
92. Ans: (b)
= G —0.25 (1-0.2551 a direct stress
E E E Sol: K = =
v volumetric strain
ez = 0.5 7
a a a 93. Ans: (b)

cv = 0.5— + 0.5— + 0.5—
E E E Sol: The relationship among Young's modulus
=1.5 I
(T
E ratio (µ) is
.\ l'ubli( idiom
I. HyderabadIDelhilBhopaliPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengaluruIChennailVitiayawadalVizagrnmPaliiKultalPallYIKolkatalAlunedabad
f: 0
441
to
.1
ACE
t :Engineering Publicafions : 77 : Simple Stresses and Strains
E = 2G (1 +1.1) 98. Ans: (d)

=2G (1 + 0.25)
99. Ans: (a)
_25
G Sol: The relationship among Young's modulus
94. Ans: (a) ratio ([1,) is
Sol: For an incompressible material, IA = 0.5 E = 2G (1 +

The relationship among Young's modulus = 2G (1 + 0)
(E), Modulus of rigidity (G) and Poisson's E = 2G
ratio (11) is
100. Ans: (c)
E = 2G (1 +1.1)
Sol: Number elastic constants:
= 2G (1 + 0.5)
(i) Isotropic material = 2
E = 3G
(ii) Orthotropic material = 9
(iii)Anisothopic material = 21
95. Ans: (d)
4PL
Sol: Eve = 101. Ans: (a)
itEDd
Sol:
96. Ans: (b) Total elastic constants = E, G, k v
Sol: The relationship between Young's modulus, Independent Elastic constant = E, v
modulus of rigidity and Poisson's ratio.
E = 2G (1 + vt) 102. Ans: (a)
E = 2G (1 + [1.) Sol:
Given; G = K
—
G — 0.4 The relationship among Young's modulus
E
97. Ans: (b) ratio (A) is
Sol: The relationship between Young's modulus,
E = 2G (1 + IA) (i)
shear modulus and possion's ratio
The relationship among Young's modulus
E = 2G (1 +IA)
(E), bulk modulus (K) and Poisson's ratio
3G = 2G (1 +1.1) (µ) IS
1.5 = 1 + E = 3k (1 — (ii)
µ =0.5 Equation (i) and (ii)
2G (1 +11 ) = 3K (1 — 211)
.\ CI Ell 1111:C1111g 1)111/11C;01, )11, )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luckn ow j Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawad a j Vnag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmed ahad
4 4 ACE : 78 : Strength of Materials
4
L.
2K (1 + = 3K (1 — 211) 109. Ans: (a)

2+2µ=3-6p. direct stress
Sol: K = =
81.1, = 1 cv volumetric strain
1
8 110. Ans: (a)
Sol: E = 200 IcN/mm2 = 200 x 103 N/mm2
103. Ans: (b) = 2 x 105 N/mm2
Sol: The relationship among modulus of
elasticity (E), modulus of rigidity (G) and 111. Ans: (c)
Poisson's ratio is Sol: The relationship among Young's modulus
E = 2G (1 + IA) (E), modulus of rigidity (G) and Poisson's
1.25 x 105 = 2G (1 + 0.34) ratio (µ) is
1.25 x 105 = 2.68 G E = 2g (1 + 1.t)
G = 0.4664 x 105 MPa 200 = 2 x 80 (1 + 11)
104. Ans: (a) 200
= 1+ 1,t
160
105. Ans: No Answer = 0.25
Sol: The relationship among Modulus of
elasticity (E), shear modulus (G) and 112. Ans: (b)
Poisson's ratio (1) is Lateralstrain
Sol: IA =
E = 2G (1 + 1.t) = 2G (1 + 0.4) longitudinal strain
E = 2.8 G
G 1 5 113. Ans: (d)
E 2.8 14
114. Ans: (b)
106. Ans: (a) Sol: Bulk modulus of elasticity, K = 2 x modulus
Sol: The Poisson's ratio of cast iron is 0.2 to 0.3. of rigidity
K=2G
107. Ans: (b) µ =?
a Stress 3K — 2G
Sol: E = — — —
c strain 6K + 2G
6G — 2G
— 2/7
108. Ans: (c) 12G + 2G
ACE Eng-mcci mg- Public:Mc ii )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Luc/mow IPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiniPati KukatPallY Kolkata I Ahmedabad
of
•
„ ACE
Ir4
Engneering Publications
4 4.
115. Ans: (c) 119. Ans: (b)

Sol: K = E Sol:
We know the relation E = 2G
E = 3K (1-2 [t) E = 2G WO
1 u=0
— =1-2µ
3 E=3K (1-20
1 2 K = E/3
21.1 = 1— — = —
3 3
1 120.Ans: (d)
= 0.33
3 Sol:
Given:
116. Ans: (c) Modulus of rigidity = Bulk Modulus
Sol: E = 2C [1+111 G=K
Also
=2C 1+ 11
[ 4 2G(1+11) = 3K (1-20
E = 2.5 C 2+211 = 3-6µ
811 = 1
117. Ans: (b) 1_
= --- 0.125
Sol: The relationship among Young's modulus, 8
modulus of rigidity and Poisson's ratio is;
E = 2G (1-4) 121. Ans: (c)
Sol:
125 = 2G (1 + 0.25)
For non dilatants material, maximum value
G = 50 GPa
of poisson's ratio is 0.33.
118. Ans: (c) 122.Ans: (a)

Sol: The relationship among bulk modulus,
Sol:
Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio is
E = 2G(1+11)
E = 3K (1 — 2 pt.)
2.1x105 = 2G (1+0.25)
E = 3K (1 — 2(0.25)]
2.1 x 105
K 1 1 2 G= =0.84 N/mm2
2x1.25
E 3 x 0.5 1.5 3 = 0.84x105 N/mm2
Hyderabad j Delhi 'Bhopal j Pune I13hubatiemstsI Locknow I Patna I Ilettgalutu I Chetttial I Vilayawada I Vit_ag I Ilrupati I kultaipallY I Kolkata j Ahmedabad
04„:Engineering
ACE
Publications : 80 : Strength of Materials
123. Ans: (b) 125. Ans: (b)

Sol: For isotropic materials E > K > G Sol: E = 2G (given)
We know that E = 2G (1+0 We have E= 2G (1+µ)
New since 0 0.5, we have 2(1+0 > 2G = 2G (1+11)
1 =0
Thus E>G. and E= 3K (1-20
Therefore E < G is not possible. E = 3K (1-2(0))
E = 3K
124. Ans: (b) E
K=—
3
Sol: Poisson's ratio defines in uniaxial state of
stress
126. Ans: (c)
E X= Sol: E = 200 GPa
E
Poission's ratio v = 0.1
—µ6 X
Ey = Ez = Ev
Lame constant X = + µA1-231)
200x 0.2
=, = 55.55 GPa
(1+ 0.2X1— 40.2))
C5 x ar
2Ev _ 2 x 200 x 0.2 83.33 GPa
P, = 1 V =
+ - - / + 0.2X1- 0.2)
• Bulk Modulus defines for hydrostatic 127. Ans: (b)

pressure condition or triaxial state of Shear Stress
Sol: Modulus of rigidity G =
stress Shear Strain
a
K=—
Ey 128. Ans: (a)
Sol: As the material is heated up, it becomes soft.
It undergoes more strain for a given stress
a
(... E — ) The modulus of elasticity
Poisson's ratio is defined by making
decreases.
reference to uniaxial stress whereas bulk
modulus is defined by making reference
to a triaxial hydrostatic state of stress.
1 , 1 ngil c mg NI( d 1.1 Hyderabad' Delhill3hopallPunelBhubaneswariLuclumw1Painal Bengalunil Chennai I Viiayawadai VizagITimPatil KukalPallYIKolkatal Ahmedabad
N ACE
.1 L. Engineering Publications
4' = ly (1 —Ile)
1.3. "Linear and Volumetric /,' = /, (1 —Ile)
changes of Bodies" V' = xl 41 1z
lx l y lz e) (1 — ile)2
V' = V (1 + e) (1 — [te)2
01. Ans: (d)
Sol: Force = Shear stress x area 05. Ans: (b)
= 30 xnd/ Sol:
= 30 x x 20 x 20 = 37699 kg
02. Ans: (b)

Sol: a — vta — x 200 = 0
a (1 — = x 200
r 2) = 200 Elongation in compound bar,
a
3) 3 PL
ML=PL=
= 100 kg/cm2 AE AX E„ + AyE y
03. Ans: (d) 6. Ans: (b)

Sol: Young's Modulus, E;
a Px.e 7. Ans: (a)
E= =
E A x 8f (8d)
16x103 x20 d)
Sol: 11=
4 x 0.01 (M)
= 8 x 106 kg/cm2
Rigidity modulus (G); 8f P
—=—
f AE
E = 2G (1 + [t)
8 x 106 = 2 x G (1 + 1/4) 80x103
G = 3.2 x 106 kg/cm2 x82 x106

4
= 1.59 x 10-3
04. Ans: (c)
r,d)
Sol: Let i„ ly lz be the lengths in 3 directions
8)
V=l /3, lz 0.25 =
1.59x10-3
= /), (1 + e)
8d = 0.00318
ACE Engincet ing Puhlitafv ills Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknow I PatnalBengalurul Chennail Vijayawadal Viaag RiruPati I KukatpallyiKolkata I Ahmedabad
:Engineering Publicat
ions
as 4.
08. Ans: (c) 11. Ans: (d)

Sol:
Sol: 8.e = PL
Force = shear stress x area AE
= 40 XTC X 20x 20
= 50265 N 12. Ans: (a)
Sol: Eve = 4P2

09. Ans: (a) nEDd
Sol: Elongation 81;

13. Ans: (c)
82=PL Sol: Elongation of a uniform rod due to self
AE
1 weight (W)
oeck- WL
e 82 = (i)
E2 2AE
öt 2 E1 Density, y;
4 E2
=
7 E1
W=yxAxL
E1 7
Substituting W value in Equation (i)
E2 4
yAL x L
8.e =
2AE 2E
10. Ans: (d)
ilay µaz a 2'..16 14. Ans: (*)
Sol: Ex = •
E E E E E Pdx
Sol: 8 = f
= ay µ6Z =. 6 211.12 0 EAx
Y E EE E A 2
za µa x Ray a 211
a Ax 4d4D—u)xl =(d+Kx)2
Ez
EE EE E
Ey = + Ey Ez 8=c Pdx —P 1 e
x
fo (d+Kx)2 E (d+Kx)E Klo
= 3—
a — 3µ—
a
E E P [1 1
100 ( 100 EK d D]
=3( 6x0.5 0
100 x1000 100x1000) P r D — di PL
x
6V „ 3 E L Dd (D — d) EDd
Ey = = V OV = MITI
V
No option is correct
ACE Engineuring .iii( n ,HyderabadiDelhi BhopalINne ghubaneawatiLutknotti1PatnalghngalwulChenaailVijayawadalVlzagairupati KukatpallylKollcatalAhmedabad

s‘
J
4.
15. Ans: (d) 19. Ans: (b)
Sol: ot = Pt
16. Ans: (c) AE
Sol: 011000)
1 0.045 =
t = —D .1 (12)2 (2 X 104 )
1
10 4
= 101.78 kg '=• 102 kg

=
A
[E = 2 x 106 kg/cm2
500x103
140= r E = 2 x 104 kg/mm2]
4
[D2 —(0.8D)2]
D = 112 rnm 20. Ans: (a)
Sol: 6t =PL
17. Ans: (a) AE
Sol: (4.45 x103 )00,000)
25 =
P= P 4P (28.5XE)
A Lit D 2 TED 2 E = 187 x 103 MPa
4 = 187 GPa
a 4P
E linear = =
E TED-E 21. Ans: (c)
Clat Sol: In composite bar
lin 8/steel = &brass
6D
Clat = = [t•Clin (as = (ab
200 100
6D = [1.4P a 200
= =2
D I-02E at, 100
1311
8D = 4
TEED
22. Ans: (c)
Sol:
18. Ans: (b)
1= 250 mm
Sol:
P = 20 x 103 N
6x a a
E = 200 x 103 MPa
E E
= 100 MPa
6/ = 0.1 mm, A = ?
\ ( .1 Eliguirciiiii; Hyderabad I DelhilBhopallPune 1BhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengalurul Chennail Vijayavrada I VizagiTtrupati iKukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:at, ACE : 84 : Strength of Materials
tww:Fligineeling Publications
P 20 x103 27. Ans: (a)

a= — 100 =
A A Sol:
A = 200 mm2 -(1) Elongation of rod due to self weight
,vt 2
Pt (20x103)(250) (SO=
S2= — 0.1= 2E
AE Ax200x103
A = 250 mm2 --> (2)
least cross-sectional area is maximum o 28. Ans: (a)
above two values i.e. A = 250 mm2 Pt
Sol: Estee = 3 ; 6t =
E Aluninium AE
23. Ans: (d)
ae steel E Alu minium ,
Sol:
6t Alu minium Estee!
For a solid cube
St Aluminium
= Ex + Ey + Ez St steel —
3
For cube Ex = Ey = Ez
••• EN, = 3ex 29. Ans: (d)

3 Sol: µ = 0.25; 1= 150 nun; d = 10 min
cx 6/= 3 nun
24. Ans: (c)

Sol:
Volumetric strain, EV
Ey = E 1 + E2 E3
+ 800 + 400 — 1200

Ev = 0 units
6D = 0.05 mm
25. Ans: (b)
30. Ans: (c)
Sol:
26. Ans: (d)
In a composite member change in length of
Sol:
each member is the same.
Pt
St = P?
AE
AE E
61 oc /, P, 1 1 a cc E
AE
1('l.higmcciiiig l'ublicattom Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludmow I Patna I Benpluru I Chennai I Vilayawada I Vizag I liruPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.•
le
V V
4
Engineering Publications
4
31. Ans: (b) WL

2 (6t)sw 2AE
Sol: &es, =
2E Elongation in a prismatic bar due to
additional weight (W)
r 3.2 _ (50)(4)2
1000) 2xE WL
(80 Exte l
rna = AE
E = 125 GPa
(8t)s,,, _ WL x AE _ 1
(80 External 2AE x WL — 2
32. Ans: (a)
Sol: Ps + Pc = 55 lcN ---> (1) 35. Ans: (b)
8/, = 8/, Vslt
Sol: 8 =
(Ps )(e) _ (Pc O 2AE
(100)E, (200X0.6Es ) P
8 =e
P, = 0.83 P, —+ (2) AE
Wt Pt
From (1), 2AE AE
Ps +Pc =55kN P=
1.83 P, = 55 lcN 2
P, = 30 kN
From (2), 36. Ans: (c)
P, = 25 kN
37. Ans (b)
Ps 25 x103 Sol: The deformation is given by;
us = = 250MPa
As 100
8t = PL
AE
33. Ans: (b)
ot cc 1
szy A
Sol: E = x
E E E
38. Ans (c)
100-0.2x60-0.2x40 80
E E Sol: Elongation, Si; 8t = PL
AE
1
34. Ans: (a) AE —+ Axial rigidity, 8t cc
AE
Sol: Elongation in a prismatic bar due to its own
8t 2 _ A1 E1
weight (W)
St, A2 E2
Higincernig Pirlilicatiuiis >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar l Lueknow I Patna l Bengalurn I Chennai I Vgayawada I Vizag i Tirupati Ki .k stpsUy I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4 4. ACE
.AN
A.:Enineering Puba®s : 86 : Strength of Materials
4 4.
8.e 2 E 41. Ans: (a)
(E/2) F
Sol: a = —
8/2 = 28/i A
F
8/2 = 2y
d2
4
39. Ans (c)
4F
Sol: Elongation of a prismatic bar due to own
D—d )2
weight (W); x
+ C)
3
7t2 [ cr
se = E= 4Fe 2
2E
Tc[de+ (D — d)x]2
61.1
[ L
42. Ans: (a)
.e
= 71, [ cr = E]
43. Ans: (b)
100 x103
100 = xL Sol: AL = PL as L = 2L
(1000)3 AE
L = 1,000,000 mm
Then AL = 2LP
L = 1,000 m AE
40. Ans: (a) 44. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol: For conical bar
The extension of a circular bar due to 1
= — x deflection of prismatic bar
tapering; 3
e2
4PL p,
8,e = (i) = =
rcEdid2 6E 6E
The extension of a circular bar;
4P (ii)
45. Ans: (a)
IT& .E Sol: As we know in composite bar deflection will
Equating equation (i) and (ii) be same for both materials
4PL 4PL PL
=
TcEd1d2 itd2E AE
d2 = di d2 8L a P
d = F1
1 c12 8L, =
ACE Hut-ince' ing
( Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
iG .44
4 4
t, 1,%Engineezing Publications : 87 :
81,1 PI 51. Ans: (c)
61, 2 — P2 Sol: In composite material total external load is

equal to sum of loads shared by each
PI = 1 =1: 1 material.
P2 1
52. Ans: (a)

46. Ans: (d)
Sol: For analysis of compound bars equilibrium Sol: K = a
equations and compatability conditions are
required.
a 100
ov = =
K 0.667 x 105
47. Ans: (d)
= 1.499 x 10-3-= 1.5 x 10-3
Sol: Compatibility equations are generally deals
with displacements, strains, slopes etc.
53. Ans: (c)
48. Ans: (c) Sol:

Range:
Sol: Ev = Ey ± Ey + Ez
For mild steel µ — (0.27 — 0.3)
For a cube EX = Ey = Ey
= Ex
54. Ans: (b)
E `'
3
PL
cx Sol: of =
AE
49. Ans: (c)

55. Ans: (b)
Sol: of = Pf Sol: Elongation, 6/
AE
= PL
Eve P
Linear strain, E, — = — mm/ mm AE
AE
(having no units)
62 2 _
50. Ans: (c)
E2
Sot: In composite bars the compatability
E _5
condition generally used is same
E2 2
deformations or same strains.
ACT: Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vidayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata j Ahmedali
_4
0
1. ACE
!, :Engineering Publicaiions : 88 : Strength of Materials
56. Ans: (d) 64. Ans: (c)

8e .emm LL
Sol: Tensile strain, E= Sol: E=
.e L. x1000
o.00te 65. Ans: (b)

L
Sol: Deformation, 6/
57. Ans: (c)
PL
Sol: Composite bars analysis requires Se _
AE
compatibility and equilibrium equations.
1
6.e oc —
E
58. Ans: (a)
(60B = EA
(8.0A E B
59. Ans: (b)
(60B = EA 1
yL2 9.81pL2
Sol: A = = (SOA 2EA 2
2E 2E
60. Ans: (a) 66. Ans: (a)
Sol: Here A = b.t 67. Ans: (b)

PL OL P Sol: Compressive — contraction
AL = =
AE L bt.E
Tensile — elongation
61. Ans: (a)

2 2 68. Ans: (b)
So!: 6i +a+ —21-t(cria2+a2c73+ 63 61)< 62
I Shear stress
2 211 (362) < 0. 2 Sol: G =
36 y (I) Shear strain
362 (1 — 21.t) < 6y2
69. Ans: (c)
1/3(1-
70. Ans: (b)
62. Ans: (b) Sol: (60s =
Sol: Pse _ Pie

AE, AEc
Stress = load 6=
area A PS Es 210
Pc Ec 105
63. Ans: (a) PS

=2
Pc
.1('[. l'111)11( ;mon. >Hyderabad Delhi 'Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vjayawada Vrag I Tinmati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1et
•11
ACE
Engineering Publications : 89 : Simple Stresses and Strains
71. Ans: (b) 79. Ans: kb)

Sol: ev = ex + cy + Ez Sol: Elongation, 8/
••• Cy = tx ty tz
8t = PL
AE
72. Ans: (b)
Sol: With increase in Poisson's ratio volumetric
change also increases. 6e 2 E, E
8t E2 (E / 2)
73. Ans: (a)
8/2 = 28/i
Sol: 8t = Pi
AE
St = 12 x 103 x 3000 80. Ans: (c)
(3600 X1 x 105 ) Sol: Elongation in a prismatic bar due to its own
82 = 0.1 mm weight (W)

WL
(80sw =
74. Ans: (c) 2AE
Sol: ev = Ex + Cy ± EZ Elongation in a prismatic bar due to
additional weight (W)
EV = &longitudinal + 2&lateral
WL
El = 4 & Eh = 0.5 (80 External =
AE
£V = El + 2Eh = 2 x 0.5 + 4 = 5
(82). _ WL x AE 1
(8Q) External 2AE x WL 2
75. Ans: (b)
Sol: Stress = Force =

Area A 81. Ans: (d)
Force = shear stress x Area Sol: Elongation, 8/;
= 360 x x 10x 10
8f= PL
= 36 n IcN AE
82 cc
76. Ans: (c) AE
(&1)A = ABEB AA X 2E B 1
77. Ans: (b) (82)B AAEA 2AA x E B x 2 4
78. Ans: (a)
1.11,4111(r] 'mg HyderabadiDelhil BhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowl Patnal Bengaluru I ChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupafil Kukatpally Kolkatal Ahmedabad
_for
iif ACE : 90 : Strength of Materials
0.-A :Engineering Publications
82. Ans: (d) 3 D2

Sol: Free body diagram P 4
a h — D2
4 P N/cm2
ah-3
50 = 70 - P
P=20kN 86. Ans: (d)
Ren
Sol: 6 = + 2 +
83. Ans: (b) A1 E A2E AnE
Sol: The relationship between stress and modulus .e n
8a
o[-el + + IIe 2
of elasticity, Al A2 An
a = EE
CT oc E
89. Ans: (d)
(al > 0'2) when (E1 > B2)
90. Ans: (d)
84. Ans: (b) ot 2
Sol: E = X =1X 10-3
Sol: When sudden load is applied to the body 2000
2P oe -1
a= &= = = lx10-3
A Y b 1000
8d 1
85. Ans: (b) E2 = +1 x 10-3
d +1000
6L
Sol: s = EY = 8x + Ey + 8z
L
=1 X 10-3 - 1 X 10-3 + 1 X 10-3
86. Ans: (c) = 1 X 10-3
Normal stress
Sol: K = = E
Ey volumetric strain V
ov
87. Ans: (d) x =
2000 x 1000 x 1000
1 a Ah
Sol: as = 2 x 106 mm3
A ah AS
7
IC riD )2
D2
4 2) 91. Ans: (d)
h D2
4
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Wag ITIrtiPati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4“4
J ACE
1,0 :Engineering Pub ions : 91 : Simple Stresses and Strains
4.
92. Ans: (c) 96. Ans: (b)
Sol: Sol:
St 1 =4
St 2 6 P
Ei = cri x At 2
E2 62 At1 2L/3 L/3
M2
A2
x x pi 1
F2 Ai Mi
3
R AB = )
El = 6
E2 4
12L)
P
R Bc )
93. Ans: (c) L
Sol:
-r 3
P()
R AB L 1
D R Bc pr 21/ 2
3
L
L
97. Ans: (a)

13t
St = 4 Sol: Volumetric strain cv
nED1D2
Change in diameter
4P? 8P?
=
D 7tED2 - 3[ original diameter
TEED x —
2
= 3[d2 —di l
di
94. Ans: (b)
98. Ans: (b)
95. Ans: (c)
[0+ NtITY,
Sol:
Sol: (8e)s = 2
AE
WL
ma
I
2AE
x 2
99. Ans: (a )
•
\ icc [tit; I 'tit )11( ui Kukatpally I KolicatalAhmedabad
I. Hyderabad !Delhi l 13 hopaliPunelBhubaneswarILucknowl Patna !Bengal urul ChennaiiViivaviadalliizag j Tuupau I
100. Ans: (d) 107. Ans: (b)

Sol: (Ogee' = 0-e)brass Sol: Lateral strain = 0.004
36
r
= 1.11 x le
LAEJSteel ..-)brass
steel = abrass
108. Ans: (a)
200 100
a ged =2
109. Ans: (c)
abrass
Sol:
Total elongation of the bar due to its self
101.Ans: (d)
weight.
Sol:Ev =er +
WL
= 0.02 + 2 (-0.005)
2AE
= 0.02-0.01
1
= 0.01
20
= 0.05 mm
102. Ans: (a)
Sol: s3/ — Pt = 110. Ans: (b)

AE A E
Sol:
500 At
=100x % elongation = — x100
2x1011 x10-6 t
5x104
= 0.25inm
2x105 111.Ans: (b)
Sol:
103. Ans: (a) 104. Ans: (a) 105. Ans: (d) = AV
Volumetric strain = e
v V
106. Ans: (c) Initial volume V = (25 x10 x 5)cm3
Sol: Load is suddenly applied,
1
2P e= (given)
Normal stress; a = — 5000
A
AV = ev x V
100x1000
x2 1
1000 x(25x10x5)
5000
a = 200 N/mm2
= 0.25 cm3
The maximum stress, amax = 200 N/mm2
. \ft; Engineering PublicationN i,)HyderabacIlDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PalnalBengalurul CheanailViiayawathiVizagiTiruparilKukaipallylKolkatal Ahmedabad

4.-
14 ACE
Engineering Publications : 93 : Simple Stresses and Strains
v4111
4 4,
112. Ans: (d) P

AV = x 2µ)
Sol: Given: AE
Length of uniform rod = `L' Pt
AV = 21.1.)
Material density = 8
Let weight of rod be W
Total elongation of rod under its own weight 114.Ans: (*) Given data is wrong
WL Sol: Length of rod '1' = 2 m
2AE Diameter 'd' = 2 mm = 2x1 0-3 m
Axial pull `P' = 12 kN
Changed in length 'Al' = 0.5 cm = 0.5x10-2 m
At = Pt
w AE
W = y xA x L (y - specific weight (N/m3)) Pt (12x103 )x 2
E— —
W = (8g) x AxL AM (2 x10-12 x(0.5 x10-2 )
4
Total elongation — gAxLxL =1520x 109 N/m2
2AE
= 1520 GPa
8gL2
2E
115. Ans: (b)
113.Ans: (b) Sol: Self weight = W = weight density x volume
Sol: =yxAxL
AL
and self weight elongation = 8f = YL2

s" 2E
1
W .L2
Volumetric strain for cylinder = AL = WL
2E 2AE
ev = el +2ed
116. Ans: (b)
P/A
et = Sol: axx = 250 MPa
E
YY =0
P/A
ed = azz =250 MPa
E
E = 2 x109 Pa
ev 2VE (1-4L) = 0.18
E a a.
= 1-1 —YY
ev = V .=
AE(1-2/1) E E E
\C I, l.itR.iiii 11in )1 i 111( )11)))Hyderabad

,e I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Beugalum Chennai Vijayawacla Vizag TiruPati KulmtpallY I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
0
-4
I, 4 ACE Strength of Materials
V Engineeling Publicaiions : 94 :
4 4.
G ZZ CF XX
= 12x10-6x(100 - 20)x3x102 x 2.1 x105
E E = 60480 N = 6048 kg
"(1 µ) = azz) 6057 kg
250x106 /
kl 0.18) 3. Ans: (b)
2x109
= 0.1025 = 0.103
4. Ans: (c)
117. Ans: (c) Sol:
Sol: A (change in length) = La(At)
In a plane stress (2D) problem the number of
non-zero strain components are ex, ey and 5. Ans: (a)
Itoxy Sol: Stress = a AtE

Totally three numbers. Ratio of stress = al : a2 : a3
The 2D tensor is [:x (i)xy 6. Ans: (a)

4,x, 6Y
Sol: Temperature stress is,
11 1.4. Thermal Stresses at -atE
1. Ans: (b) 7. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol: Young's modulus is independent of
temperature.
Stress developed = E a t
= 2 x 106 x 1.5 x x 20
8. Ans: (a)
= 60 kg/cm2 (Compressive)
Sol: A = Lat
Compressive because bar is fixed at both
ends /cc T = (4500) (10 x 10-6) (40)
= 1.8 mm
2. Ans: (c) Yielding = 0.5 mm
Sol: 8- 0.5
Strain in the bar = 1. - 0.0028
4500
Not yielding, 8 = 0
A=Lat •-=' 0.0003 (tensile)
As the bar is heated above and clamped,
at =
AE causing tensile strain.
P=at AE
ACE Engineering Publications) Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vidayawada I Vizag Tirupa4l KukatPallY I KolltatalAhmedabad
4
9. Ans: (b) 14. Ans: (a)
Sol:
Expansion of bar having more oc (oci) is 15. Ans: (a)
faster than less oc (oc2). So 2nd bar restricts 1st Sol: Thermal stress,
bar expansion. So compressive and tensile in a = thermal strain x young's modulus
material 1 and 2 respectively. = (at) E
10. Ans: (c) 16. Ans: (b) 17. Ans: (a) 18. Ans: (b)
Sol: Free expansion of bar =1 a t
= (1000) (1.8 x 10-5) (100) 19. Ans: (c) 20. Ans: (b) 21. Ans: (d)
= 1.8 mm
22. Ans: (a)
Yielding allowed = 1 mm
Sol:
Stress develops
A = Lat
Expansion prevented causes stress
Aoc (At)
x
1.8-1= at 23. Ans: (a)
(1.8 — 4120 x103) 24. Ans: (a)

at = = 96MPa
1000 Sol:
The bar free to expand, no stresses.
11. Ans: (d)
Sol: 25. Ans: (a)
The beam is free to expand at roller end Sol: Temperature stress, a = E ( at)
therefore stress developed is zero.
26. Ans: (a)
12. Ans: (c)
27. Ans: (b)
Sol:
Sol:
Free from stress means, no stresses will be
For mild steel a = 12 x 10-6/°C
develop
28. Ans: (d)

13. Ans: (b)
Sol:
Sol:
Change in length due to temperature,
A(change in length) = Lat
6/ = /at
Which is independent of E.
I ACE higincering Publicatioi \e>HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunellthubaneswariLucknow1P-atnalBengalurulChennailVijayaviadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallyliColkatalAhmedabad

„ ACE : 96 : Strength of Materials
04 :Engineering Publications
4 4.
29. Ans: (c) 37. Ans: (c)

Sol: a =Eat
38. Ans: (a)
30. Ans: (b) Sol: Free to expand means no stress will be
Sol: develop.
6/ = /at
oc la 39. Ans: (d)
ot as 2 Sol: Due to rise in temperature, the bar is in

= =
62 e c 3 compression.
Due to decrease in temperature, bar is in
31. Ans: (a)
tension.
Sol:
40. Ans: (a)
In composite bars forces are equal.
Sol: When supports are fixed & not allowed to
Stresses depend on cross-sectional area.
32. Ans: (a) elongate, E t = =0
t
Free expansion = Expansion prevented
29. Ans: (d)
Pt
Sol: at = atE = 10 x 10-6 (15 — 10)x 2 x 105
AE
eat = —
= 10 MPa
at = (at) E
33. Ans: (d) 41. Ans: (b) 42. Ans: (a)

Shear stress
Sol: G =
Shear strain 43. Ans: (c)
Stress
320 ) 1 Sol: E=
( 80x 80
x
0.04
80
strain
Stress
E_
= 100 kN/mm2 at
Stress = E ac At
30. Ans: (a) Stress = Eoc(t —to)
34. Ans: (a) 44. Ans: (c) 45. Ans: (a)

Sol: A = Lat
A
— at
L
Strain = at
ACE Engineering Publications 4>Hyclerabad i Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,(
%I
46. Ans: (a) 50. Ans: (b)

Sol: Thermal stresses are the stresses induced in a Sol: Temperature stresses occur when thermal
body due to change in temperature. strain is prevented.
47. Ans: (c) 51. Ans: (a)

Sol: If the rod is free to expand, the thermal stress Sol: The hydrostatic stress developed within the
developed would be zero. ball due to temperature change is zero as the
ball is free to expand.
48. Ans: (d) 52. Ans: (a)
Sol: Thermal strain = e = aAT Sol: Free expansion = / a AT
Thermal stress = a = E.e = E a AT = (1000) (12 x 10-6) (100) = 1.2 mm
= (200x109) x (12x10-6) x (120 —20) Expansion prevented = 1.2 - 1 = 0.2 mm
= 200x109 xl2x10-6 x100 0.2 = P.e (... =
AE A
= 240 MPa (compressive)
Since body tries to expand, but it's 2 (c41000)
10 200x103
expansion is restricted.
a = 40 MPa
compressive stresses will be induced.
49. Ans: (c)

Sol: Copper
Steel
If heated and free to expand
Since sac = 18x10-6/°C
aS = 11x10-6/°C
Copper expands more than steel and hence the
bimetallic strip will bend with outer fibre as
copper.
ACE Engineering Publications >)>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Complex stresses and strains
Chapter
01. At a point in a strained material the normal 03. In a strained material the normal stress on
stresses on two mutually perpendicular one plane is 10t/cm2 tensile and the shear
planes are both tensile and they are equal to stress is 5t/cm2. On a plane perpendicular to
10 t/cm2. The stresses on a plane inclined at this plane there is only shear stress. The
an angle of 30° to one of the planes are centre for Mohr's circle
(AEE-1984) (AEE-1984)
(a) 10 t/cm2 tensile and as shear stress of 10 (a) Coincides with the origin
t/cm (b) is at a distance representing 10 t/cm2 on
(b) only shear stress of 10 t/cm the positive side of the axis representing
(c) only normal stress of 10 t/cm tensile stress
(d) a normal stress of 5J t/cm2 and a shear (c) is at a distance representing 5 t/cm2 on
stress 5 t/cm2 the positive side of the axis representing
tensile stress
02. In a strained material the state of stress is a (d) at a distance representing 5-5 t/cm2 on
pure shear stress and the stress is 5t/cm2. The the positive side of the axis representing
principal stresses are (AEE-1984) tensile stress
(a) both are equal to of the same nature and
acts on planes inclined at 45° to the 04. The principal plane is defined as the plane
planes of shear stress on which
(b) one is 5 t/cm2 tensile and the other (AEE-1984)
5 t/cm2 compressive acting on planes (a) there is only shear stress
inclined at 45° to the planes of shear (b) the normal stress is either maximum or
stress minimum
(c) one is 5 t/cm2 tensile or compressive (c) only normal stress either maximum or
and the other is zero on planes inclined minimum is acting
at 45° to the planes of shear stress (d) both normal and shear stressed are either
(d) both are equal to 5-5 t/cm2 and of same maximum or minimum
nature acting on planes inclined at 45° to
the planes of shear stress
AC 1.1 11.111gilleeling Publicationse)Hyderabad1DelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PamalBengalurulChennailVidayawadalVizagairupatilKukaipally1KolkatalAhmedabad

Sys „,
ACE : 99 : Complex Stresses and Strains
%;, :Engineering Publications
5. An element has a tensile stress of 6000 Ksc 09. Along the principal plane subject to the
and compressive stress of 4000 Ksc acting maximum principal stress there would be
on two mutually perpendicular planes, and (AEE 1987)
two equal shear stresses of 1,000 Ksc on (a) Maximum shear stress
these planes the maximum (tensile) principal (b) Minimum shear stress
stress would be, in Ksc (AEE 1987) (c) No shear stress
(a) 5,200 (b) 4,125 (d) None of the above
(c) 8,600 (d) 6,095
10. The number of independent stress
6. In boiler plate the principal stresses across components at a point in a dimension is
two perpendicular planes are 600 Ksc and (AEE-1992)
300 Ksc both tensile, Poisson's ratio is 0.3. (a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 9 (d) 12
The stress in Ksc, which acting along would
produce the same maximum strain is 11. The principal planes at a point are inclined at
(AEE 1987) (AEE-1992)
(a) 510 (b) 430 (a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 180°
(c) 620 (d) 300
12. Maximum shear stress is equal to
7. If a member is subject to a tensile force 'P' (AEE-1992)
having its normal cross section 'A', the (a) Sum of principal stress
resulting shear stress in an oblique plane (b) Half of the difference of principal
inclined at an angle '0' to its transverse stresses
plane will be (AEE 1987) (c) Difference of principal stresses
(a) P Sine 0/A (b) PSin20/2A (d) None of these
(c) P Cos0/2A (d) P Cos20/A
13. Mohr's circle can be used to determine
8. A steel plate is subject to tensile stresses of (AEE-1992)
800 and 500 Ksc at right angles to each (a) Principal stresses
other. The normal stress in Ksc on a plane (b) Principal stresses and strains
inclined at 60 degrees to the 800 Ksc stress (c) Principal strain only
would be (AEE 1987) (d) None of these
(a) 600 (b) 360
(c) 840 (d) 725
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.„et
4
ACE
4.
: 100: Strength of Materials
14. The shear stress on the principal plane is 18. A prismatic bar is carrying only an axial
(AEE-1992) force. The two planes on which normal and
(a) Maximum shearing stresses are equal are inclined to the
(b) Zero axial force at angles (AEE-1996)
(c) Minimum n
(a) 0 and —
2 (b) and
(d) Equal to one of the principal stress 4 4
2n
(a) —
n and- (d) 3 and
15. If the principal stresses at a point in a 6 6 6
strained body are Pi and P2 (Pi > P2) then the
resultant stress on a plane carrying the 19. The obliquity of the resultant stress on a
maximum shear stress is equal to principal plane is (AEE-1996)
(AEE-1996 & 2008 Tribal welfare) (a) 45° (b) 30°
PI2 ▪ p2
(c) 0 (d) 60°
(b)
2
Vp2 ▪ p2
20. The principal tensile stress at a point across
(d) 1 2
two perpendicular planes are 80 N/mm2 and
2
40 N/mm2. The normal stress on a plane at
70° with the major principal stress is
16. If a prismatic member with area of cross-
(AEE-1996)
section A is subjected to a tensile load P then
(a) 44.7 N/mm2 (b) 75.3 N/mm2
the maximum shear stress and its inclination
(c) 12.85 N/mm2 (d) 24.70 N/mm2
with the direction of load respectively are.
(AEE-1996)
21. Two wooden joists 50mm and 100mm are
(a) — and 45° (b) — and 45° glued together along the joist AB as shown.
A 2A
Determine the normal and Tangential stress
(c) — and 60° (d) — and 30° in the glue if P = 200 IN
2A A
17. The radius of Mohr's circle for two equal °
unlike principal stress of magnitude P is

(AEE-1996) (AEE-1996)
(a) P (b) P/2 (a) 165 MPa & 197 MPa
(c) zero (d) none of the above (b) 16.5 MPa & 19.7 MPa
(c) 1.65 MPa & 1.97 MPa
(d) 160 MPa & 190 MPa
LCE.Engineeritig Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi [ Bhopal Pune [BhubaneswarI Lucknow l PatnaIBengaluru j ChennaiI VijayawadaIVizagITirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata [ Ahmedabad
t
ACE
Engineering Publications : 101 : Complex Stresses and Strains
it:
22. In a cantilever, two strain gauges are placed 26. The maximum shear stress from Mohr's
at a distance of 5cm, and the stresses noted circle, is given by the
had a difference of 50 N/cm2 when a (AEE-2007, AE CE/ME-2004)
concentrated load 'P' acts to the right of the (a) diameter of the circle
strain gauges. If the section modulus is (b) distance of the centre from the origin
200cm3, the value of P is given by (c) radius of the circle
(d) distance of the farthest point on the circle
from the origin
Strain Gauges
(AEE-1996) 27. Complementary and applied shear stresses
(a) 20 N (b) 200 N are equal in (AE CE/ME-2004)
(c) 2000 N (d) 20,000 N (a) flexure only
(b) punching shear only
23. The maximum normal stress produced in a (c) direct shear only
stressed material subjected to axial tension (d) All of the above
(AEE-1996)
(a) Twice the maximum shear stress 28. The ratio of strain in a direction at right
(b) Twice the axial tension angle to the direction of applied force to the
(c) Half the maximum shear stress strain in the direction of applied force, is
(d) Equal to maximum shear stress known as (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) Hooke's ratio (b) Euler's ratio
24. A body is subjected to equal tensile stresses
(c) Poisson's ratio (d) None of these
on orthogonal planes; the maximum shear
stress in the body is
29. A short cast iron column of cross-sectional
(AEE-2004, AE CE/ME-2004)
area 4 cm2 carries an axial compressive load
(a) half the applied stress
of 25 tonnes. For a plane inclined at 60°
(b) twice the applied stress
with the direction of load, the obliquity of
(c) equal to the applied stress
the resultant stress is given by
(d) zero
(AEE CE/ME-2004 Feb)
(a) 30° (b) 45°
25. The principal planes at a point in a body,
subjected to external forces, are inclined to (c) 60° (d) 75°
each other at (AE CE/ME-2004. Dec-2006)

(a) 180° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 120°
ACT: Engineering Publications >>Hyderabzd I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
f -44
4-0
e
;, ACE
:Engineering Publianions : 102: Strength of Materials
30. Along the principal plane subjected to (a) for two mutually perpendicular principal
maximum principal stress stresses are equal and alike
(AEE CE/ME-2004 Feb) (b) for two mutually perpendicular principal
(a) maximum shear stress acts stresses are equal and unlike
(b) minimum shear stress acts (c) for both cases above
(c) no shear stress acts (d) invalid in any case
(d) none of these
35. Plane in a strained material is said to be
31. When a member is subjected to an axial principal plane, if it is subjected to
load, a plane inclined at 45° to the axis (2006 Regular)
carries (2004 Feb) (a) direct normal stress and no shear stress
(a) minimum shear strength (b) equal normal and tangential stress
(b) maximum shear stress (c) tangential stress alone
(c) maximum normal stress (d) all of the above cases of stresses
(d) minimum normal stress
36. In a strained material subjected to two
32. A member is subjected to an axial tensile dimensional stress, the sum of the normal
stress a, then the maximum shear stress components of stresses on (2006 Regular)
induced in the member is equal to (a) any two mutually perpendicular planes is
(AEE CE/ME-2004 Feb) constant
(a) (cs / 4) (b) (.5 / 2) (b) any two mutually perpendicular principal
planes is constant
(c) a (d) (a / sI L )
(c) any two mutually perpendicular planes
and as well for principal planes is
33. The complementary shear stress components
constant
may be shown to be equal, by the
(d) any two planes which are not mutual
consideration of (2006 Backlog)
perpendicular
(a) Force equilibrium
(b) Moment equilibrium
37. A solid is subjected to uniaxial tensile stress
(c) Varignon's theorem
of 40 N/mm2 along x-axis. The normal stress
(d) Castigliano's theorem
on a plane whose normal is inclined at 30° to
the x-axis is N/mm2.
34. The radius of Mohr's circle represents the
(2006 Backlog)
maximum shear stress (2006 Regular)
(a) 34.64 (b) 30 (c) 20 (d) 17.32
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kulcatpally j Kolkati I Ahmedabad
V Engineering Publications
d.
38. If the centre of Mohr's circle is at the origin, 43. A body is subjected to equal tensile stresses
the state of stress may be described as on orthogonal planes; the maximum shear
(2006 Backlog) stress in the body is (2006 Dec)
(a) spherical (b) shear stress (a) half the applied stress
(c) fully compressive (d) fully tensile (b) twice the applied stress
(c) equal to the applied stress
39. The state of stress in a plane stress condition
(d) zero
is represented by the stress components,
ax=40 MPa and ay = 16 MPa. The shear
44. The principal stresses at a point are + 150.0
stress on a plane equally inclined to x and y
MPa; & zero the radius of the corresponding
planes is (2006 Backlog)
Mohr's circle will be (2006 Dec)
(a) 28 MPa (b) 20 MPa
(a) 100.0 (b) 200.0
(c) 16 MPa (d) 12 MPa
(c) 50.0 (d) 75.0
40. The state of stress in a plane stress condition
is given by the components, ax = 60 N/mm2, 45. On a principal plane
ay = 30 N/mm2 and txy = 20 N/mm2. The (AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2004)
radius of the Mohr's circle will be (a) shear stress is zero but not the normal
(2006 Backlog) stress
(a) 45 N/mm2 (b) 30 N/mm2 (b) normal stress is zero but not the shear
(c) 25 N/mm2 (d) 15 N/mm2 stress
(c) normal and shear stresses are zero
41. For a state of stress represented on a Mohr's (d) shear stress is maximum
circle, the radius of the Mohr's circle is 8
N/mm2 and the centre of the Mohr's circle is 46. A shaft of sectional area A is subjected to an
at the origin. Maximum shear stress in the axial force P; the normal stress on a plane
solid is (2006 Backlog) inclined at 0 to the shaft axis is
(a) 4 N/mm2 (b) 16 N/mm2 (AE, CE/ME-2004)
(c) 8 N/mm2 (d) 2.828 N/m2 (a) P cos 20 / A
(b) P cos20 / A
42. If the Mohr's circle for a state of stress is a
(c) P sin 20 / A
tangential to the vertical axis at origin, the
(d) P sin20 / A
state of stress may be called (2006 Backlog)
(a) pure shear (b) pure tension
(c) pure compressive (d) uniaxial
( 1 I "101w4 '1 II; Pill )144 .414 )114, .„)Hyderabadi Delhi 13hopel Pune !Bhubaneswar Ludineed I Chennel I Vilayawetle I Vliag Vermeil I KtiketpallylKolluitalAltrnedabad
4* ACE : 104: Strength of Materials
4
4 i i,'Engineering Publications
4..
47. In a truss member, in order to avoid shear 52. Maximum shearing stress planes are inclined
failure, the shear strength of the material at the following angle to the principal planes
should be at least (AEE-2004) (AEE-2007)
(a) equal to tensile strength (a) 45° (b) 90°
(b) half that in tension 1°
(c) 22 — (d) None of the above
(c) twice the tensile strength 2
(d) one third that in tension
53. When a body is subjected to a direct tensile
48. The shear stress along the principal plane stress (a) in one plane. Then tangential or
subjected to maximum principal stress is shear stress on oblique section of the body
(AEE-2007) inclined at angle 0 to the normal of the
(a) minimum section is (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(b) maximum (a) a sin 20 (b) a cos 20
(c) zero a
2 sin 20
(c) — (3 cos 20
(d) —
(d) any value depending on loading 2
49. The extremities of any diameter on Mohr's 54. A body is subjected to a direct tensile stress
circle represent (a) in one plane. The shear stress is
(AEE-2007 & AEE CE/ME - 2008) maximum at a section inclined at to
(a) principal stresses the normal of the section.
(b) normal stresses on planes at 45° (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(c) shear stresses on planes at 45° (b) 45° and 135°
(a) 45° and 90°
(c) 60° and 150° (d) 30° and 135°
50. Mohr's circle can be used to determine, on

55. A body is subjected to a direct tensile stress
an inclined surface (AEE-2007)
of 300 MPa in one plane accompanied by a
(a) principal stresses (b) normal stress
simple shear stress of 200 MPa. The
(c) tangential stress (d) All of the above
maximum normal stress will be
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007 &
51. A solid cube is subjected to identical normal
AEE CE/ME-2008)
forces on all the faces. The ratio of
(a) —100 MPa (b) 250 MPa
volumetric strain to linear strain in any of
(c) 300 MPa (d) 400 MPa
the three axes is (AEE-2007)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d)
LLU=EiMikHyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluni Chennai I Vijayawada Vkag I Timpati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
et ACE : 105 : Complex Stresses and Strains
1,
4 4,:Engineering Publications
56. A body is subjected to two normal stresses 60. When a body is subjected to a tensile stress
20 kN/m2 (tensile) and 10 kN/m2 a, in the plane, then normal stress on an
(compressive) acting perpendicular to each oblique section of the body inclined at an
other. The maximum shear stress is angle 0 to the normal of the section is:
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007 & (AEE CE/ME-2008)
AEE CE/ME-2012) (a) a cos 0 (b) a cost 0
(a) 5 kN/m2 (b) 10 kN/m2 (c) a sin 0 (d) a sine 0
(c) 15 kN/m2 (d) 20 kN/m2
61. An element is subjected to two normal
57. Maximum principal stress theory for the stresses fl and f2, both tensile on two
failure of a material at elastic limit is also mutually perpendicular planes. The
known as (AE CE/ME-2007) maximum shear stress in the body is given
(a) Von Mises theory by (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(b) Haig's theory
(c) Guest's theory (a) —
12 (f; f2) (b) f2)
(d) Rankine's theory (d) (f1 f 2 )
(c) (1.1 f2)
58. A bar of square cross-section side a is

62. The maximum direct stress in a body
subjected to a tensile load P. On a plane
subjected to pure shear stress of 100.0 MPa
inclined at 45° to the axis of the bar, the
is: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
normal stress will be (Managers-2008) (a) + 100.0 MPa
2P
(a) (b) (c) P2 (d) (b) ± 100.0 MPa
a a 2a 4a2
(c) — 50.0 MPa
(d) ± 50.0 MPa
59. When a body is subjected to two equal and
opposite forces, acting tangentially across
63. Principal planes for stresses and strains are:
the resisting section, as a result of which the
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
body tends to shear off the section, the stress
(a) generally the same
and strain induced are:
(b) generally different
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) always different
(a) tensile stress, tensile strain
(d) the same, if Poisson's ratio is zero
(b) compressive stress, compressive strain
(c) shear stress, tensile strain
(d) shear stress, shear strain
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I, ACE Strength of Materials
.„ Wells : 106:
64. Maximum shear stress by Mohr's circle 69. If a member whose tensile strength is more
method is than two times the shear strength is
(Managers-2008 Metro Water Works) subjected to an axial load upto failure, the
(a) the diameter of the Mohr's circle failure of the member will occur by
(b) the radius of the Mohr's circle (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(c) twice the diameter of the circle (a) maximum normal stress
(d) half the radius of the circle (b) maximum shear stress
(c) normal stress or shear stress
65. On a plane resultant stress is inclined at an (d) none of the above
angle 30° to the plane. If the normal stress
on the plane is 50 N/mm2, the shear stress on 70. In a block subjected of pure shear the
the plane will be obliquity 4 of resultant stress on a plane
(Managers, 2008 Metro Water Works) inclined at the angle 0 can be expressed as
(a) 43.3 N/mm2 (b) 76.6 N/mm2 (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(c) 100 N/mm2 (d) None of the above (a) 90° + 20 (b) 20
(c) 90° — 20 (d) None of the above
66. Mohr's circle is the graphical representation
of stresses in a body: (2008 Regular) 71. The centre of Mohr's circle is coincident
(a) along a circle (b) at a point with the origin of the co — ordinate axes
(c) on a spherical surface (d) on a plane when (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(a) a), = 0
67. If the orthogonal stresses on a body are
(b) a), = — ay
100.0 MPa and —70.0 MPa, the radius
(c) shear stresses are zero
Mohr's circle is (2008 Regular)
(d) both normal stresses are zero
(a) 15.0 (b) 170.0
(c) 85.0 (d) 30.0
72. The principal stresses al, a2 and a3 at a
point respectively are 80 MPa, 30 MPa and —
68. The tangential or shear stress on an oblique
40 MPa. The maximum shear stress is
plane at an angle 0 to the cross — section of a
(2008 Tribal Welfare)
body which is subjected to a direct tensile
(a) 25 MPa (b) 35 MPa
stress (p) is equal to (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(c) 55 MPa (d) 60 MPa
(a) —
P sin 20 (b) p cos 0
(c) p cost (d) p sine 0

\CE Enginvey ing HyderabadI DelhiI Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna I Deng-alumI Chennal Vijayawada I VizagI TirupatiI KukatpallyIKolkataI Ahmedabad
if 4
t4 :Engineering Publications
4.
73. For an element under the effect of biaxial -ay ) (a. + )

(a) (b) Y
state of normal stress, the normal stresses on 2 2
a 45° plane is equal to (ax —ay) (a. + ay)
(c) + (d)
(2008 Tribal Welfare) 2 2
(a) difference of normal stresses
(b) sum of normal stresses 78. The resultant stress on an inclined plane
(c) half of the sum of normal stresses which is inclined at an angle 0 to the normal
(d) half of the difference of normal stresses cross-section of a body which is subjected to
direct tensile stress (a) in one plane, is
74. If an element of a stressed body is in a state (AEE CE/ME-2009)
of pure shear with a magnitude of 80 (a) a sin° (b) a cos°
N/mm2, the magnitude of maximum (c) a sin 20 (d) a cos20
principle stress at that location is:
(AEE-2009) 79. Principal plane is one which has
(a) 80 N/mm2 (b) 95 N/mm2 (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) 110 N/mm2 (d) 120 N/mm2
(a) shear stresses
(b) normal stresses
75. A steel block of 10 sq.cm cross-section
(c) normal stresses and shear stresses
carries an axial tensile load of 10 tonnes.
(d) torque
The maximum shear stress of the block is
(AEE-2009) 80. When a member is subjected to a simple
(a) 1000 kg/cm2 (b) 500 kg/cm2
shear stress (t), then normal stress acting on
(c) 250 kg/cm2 (d) 100 kg/cm2
an oblique plane at 0° inclination is
(AE CE/ME-2009)
76. When a square or rectangular block
(a) cos 20 (b) sin 20
subjected to a shear load is in equilibrium,
(c) cos 0 (d) sin 0
the shear stress in one plane is always
associated with a complementary shear
81. For drawing Mohr's circle, the required
stress (of equal value) in the other plane at
stresses are (AE CE/ME-2009)
to it. (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) two mutually perpendicular stress
(a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 180°
(b) two shear stresses
(c) one normal stress one shear stress
77. In Mohr's circle, the centre of circle from y-
(d) two stresses in two inclined planes
axis is taken as (AEE CE/ME-2009)
>
ACE EnOncering Publications e Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 108: Strength of Materials
Engineesing Publications
.3 4#
82. A principal plane is a plane which carries 86. A body is subjected to tensile stress of 1200
(APPSC 2011) MPa on one plane and another tensile stress
(a) Maximum shear stress of 600 MPa on a plane at right angles to the
(b) To give stress of higher magnitude acting former. It is also subjected to a shear stress
(c) No shear stress of 400 MPa on the same planes. The
(d) Plane inclined at 45° to x- axis maximum normal stress will be
(AEE, CE/ME-2011)
83. If an element of a specimen of brittle (a) 400 MPa (b) 500 MPa
material is subjected to shear stress, the (c) 900 MPa (d) 1400 MPa
crack propagation if occurs, will be inclined
to the sides of the element at (APPSC 2011) 87. The maximum shear stress will be equal to
(a) 45° (b) 90° (c) 30° (d) 60° (2011)
(a) One half of the algebraic difference of
84. The maximum shear stress from a Mohr's maximum and minimum normal stresses
circle is given by (APPSC 2011) at that point
(a) Diameter of the circle (b) The intensity of shear stress acting on the
(b) The distance of centre from the origin major principal plane
(c) The distance of farthest point on the (c) The shear stress acting on the planes in
Mohr's circle from the origin the direction of two principal directions
(d) The radius of the circle (d) None of these
85. An element is subjected to two equal and 88. In case of pure shear at a point, the sum of
like stresses a, on two mutually normal stresses on two orthogonal planes is
perpendicular planes. The shape of the equal to (2011 PH & Municipality)
Mohr's circle will be (APPSC 2011) (a) half the maximum shear stress
(a) A circle of radius 2 a (b) zero
(b) A circle of radius a (c) twice the maximum shear stress
a (d) maximum shear stress
(c) A circle of radius —
2
(d) A point 89. The planes of maximum shear stress with
respect to principal planes are located at
(a) 45° (b) 0° (c) 221 (d) 90°

2
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad Delhi l Bhopal I Pune IBhubaneswarlLucknowiPatnal Bengalurul ChermailVijayawadal VizagiTirupatil Kukatpally1 Kolkatal Ahmedabad
le
ti
4
ACE : 109: Complex Stresses and Strains
1,4 :Engineering Publications
t.
90. In Mohr's circle, centre of circle from y-axis 96. At a point in a stressed material, the stress
is taken at (2011 PH & Municipality) system is ax = +800N / mm2 , ay = 0 and
(a) ax + y (b) a x— a y q = 0. The radius of the Mohr's stress circle
+ ay ax — y for this case is units.
(c) (d)
2 2 (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) 800 (b) 600 (c) 400 (d) 200
91. Maximum shear stress in Mohr's circle is
equal to (2011 PH & Municipality) 97. On principal planes (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) diameter of circle (b) radius of circle (a) only normal stresses exist
(c) chord of circle (d) centre of circle (b) only shear stresses exist
(c) both normal and shear stresses exist
92. Principal plane is one which carries (d) none of these
98. For which one of the following stress
(a) no shear stress (b) radius of circle
condition the diameter of Mohr's stress
(c) chord of circle (d) centre of circle
circle is zero? (AEE CE/ME 2011)
al = +400N / mm2 ; a2 = +400N / mm2 ;
93. The Principal planes and planes of (a)
q = 400N / mm2
maximum shear stress are inclined to each
other at an angle of (b) a l = +400N / MI112 cr2 = —400N / mm2 ;
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) q = 400N / mm2
(a) 15° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 90° a, =+400N/mm2 ;a2 = +400N / mm 2 ;
(c)
q = zero
94. On Principal planes only stresses act.
a = —400N / mm2 ; a2 = +400N / inm2 ;
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (d) '
q = zero
(a) axial (b) torsional
Where al = major principal stress,
(c) bending (d) normal
a2 = Minor principal stress and
95. If al = 600N / mm2 (tensile) and q = Shear stress
a2 = 400N / mm2 (compressive), the maximum 99. The diameter of Mohr's stress circle for the
shear stress is (2011 Deputy Surveyor) case of pure shear of intensity 600 N/mm2 is
(a) 100 N/mm2 (b) 200 N/mm2 (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(c) 300 N/mm2 (d) 500 N/mm2 (a) 300 N/mm2 (b) 600 N/mm2
(c) 900 N/mm2 (d) 1200 N/mm2
ACE Engincefing Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patha I Bengaluni I Chermai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolltata I Ahmedabad
40)
4-4 ACE
1:Enginecing Pubhcations : 110: Strength of Materials
100. In a component stress system a. = S, 104. The radius of Mohr's circle for two unlike
principal stresses of magnitude a is
ay = — . The maximum shear stress for this
4 (AEE-2012)
condition is (AEECE/ME 2011) a
(a) 2 (b) a (c) —
4 (d) zero
S S-5 2S 2
(a) — (b) (c) — (d) 105. Principal planes will be free of (AEE-2012)
4 4 4 4
(a) normal stress
101 On a set of two rectangular planes, in a (b) shear stress
stressed material, the stresses are ax = 0; (c) both normal and shear stresses
(d) none of these
ti = 180 N/mm2 and ay = 0 . The value of
major principal stress for this conditions is
106. The shear on principal plane is
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) 360 N/mm2 (b) 270 N/mm2
(a) minimum (b) maximum
(c) 180 N/mm2 (d) zero
(c) zero (d) infinity
102. If the pressure at the centroid of the surface

107. If a body carries two unlike principal
is equal 'P' then the average pressure on a
stresses, the maximum shear stress is given
submerged plane surface is equal to
by (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) sum of the principal stresses
3P
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) P (b) difference of the principal stresses
4 2 4
(c) half the difference of the principal
stresses
103. If a body carries two unlike principal
(d) half the sum of the principal stresses
stresses, the maximum shear stress is given
by (AEE-2012)
108. If the principal stresses at a point in a
(a) sum of the principal stresses
strained body are ax and ay (ax > ay), then
(b) difference of the principal stresses
the resultant stress on a plane carrying the
(c) half the difference of the principal
maximum shear stress is equal to
stresses
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(d) half the sum of the principal stresses
(a) Va2x +a 2y (b) Va2„ — ay
1 2 2 1 2
a + ay a2X — y
(c) (d)
1 2 2
ACE. Engineering Publicanons >HyderabaclIDelhilBhopal' Pune iBhubaneswarILucknowIPatnalBengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada IVizagiTirupatil Kukatpally IKolkatal Ahmedabad
v
J4 :Engineering Publications
dr
109. On two perpendicular planes there are 113. If al, a2 are principal stresses, the shear
normal stresses, al and a2 and shear stress q. stress on the principal planes is given by
If q2 = al a2, the major and minor principal (AE-2012)
stresses respectively are
(a) 1:71 (72 (b) 0
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) 2
(a) al + a2 and zero (b) al + a2 and a l — a2 (c) + (d) al + G2
2
(c) Zero and a l — a2 (d) al — a2 and a l + G2
114. A solid thick cylinder is subjected to an

110. Angle between the principal planes is
external hydrostatic pressure 'T. The state
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
of stress in the material of the cylinder is
(a) 270° (b) 180°
represented as (AE-2012)
(c) 90° (d) 45°
(a) (b)
P
111. For a two-dimensional stress system the
coordinates of the centre of Mohr's circle are
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(c) (d)
ay 6 + a
(a) 0 (b) y, 0 p
2 2
115.The major and minor principal stresses at a
+ point are 3 MPa and —3 MPa respectively.
(c) [0, C7X (d) [0, aX ay
2 2 The maximum shear stress at the point is
(a) 0 (b) 3 MPa
112. A plane stressed element is subjected to the
(c) 6 MPa (d) 9 MPa
state of stress given by ax = Txy = 100
kgf/cm2 and ay = 0. Maximum shear stress
116. A body is subjected to an axial tensile stress
in the element is equal to (AE-2012)
p. Then the normal stress on any oblique
(a) 50 J kgf/cm2 (b) 100 kgf/cm2
plane inclined at an angle 0 to the cross-
(c) 50 -Nikgf/cm2 (d) 150 kgf/cm2 section of the body is given by
(Observers-2013)
(a) pn = p sin 0 (b) pn = p cos 0
(c) pll = p sin' 0 (d) p„ = p cost 0
Lngii !eel Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Bone I Bhubaneswar I LticknoW I Patna Bengalurti I Chermal Vilayttivada Vizag I Tfrupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1:Engineering Publications
4,
117. If a small concrete cube is submerged deep 121 The principal stresses at a point are +150.0
in still water in such a way that the pressure MPa and — 50.0 MPa; the radius of the
exerted on all faces of the cube is P, then the corresponding Mohr's circle will be
maximum shear stress developed inside the (AE CE/ME-2004)
cube is (Research Assistant 2013) (a) 100.0 (b) 200.0
(a) 0 (b) P/2 (c) P (d) 2P (c) 50.0 (d) 75.0
118. A plane carrying normal stress accompanied 122. Pick the incorrect statement from the
by no shear stress is called following four statements (2008 Backlog)
(TSPSC AEE 2015) (a) on the plane which carries maximum
(a) principal plane normal stress, the shear stress is zero
(b) shear plane (b) Principal planes are mutually orthogonal
(c) plane of no shear stress (c) on the plane which carries maximum
(d) normal plane shear stress, the normal stress is zero
(d) the principal stress axis and principal
119. At a point in elastic medium normal stresses strain axis coincide for an isotropic
in two mutually perpendicular directions are material
120 MPa, 40 MPa (both tensile) associated
with a tangential stress of 30 MPa. The 123. When a member is subjected to an axial
principal stresses at the location are load, a plane inclined at 45° to the axis
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) carries (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 130 MPa (tensile), 30 MPa (compressive) (a) minimum shear strength
(b) 130 MPa, 30 MPa (both tensile) (b) maximum shear stress
(c) 130 MPa, 30 PMa (both compressive) (c) maximum normal stress
(d) 120 MPa, 40 MPa (both tensile) (d) minimum normal stress
120. A spherical ball of volume 106 mm3 is 124. When a rod of cross-sectional area 100 mm2
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 90 is subjected to an tensile force 6 kN, the
MPa. If the bulk modulus for the material is maximum shear stress in the rod will be
180 kN/m3, the change in the volume of the (2006 Backlog)
ball is (TSPSC AEE 2015) (a) 6 MPa (b) 30 MPa
(a) 50 mm3 (b) 250 mm3 (c) 2 MPa (d) 1.5 MPa
(c) 100 mm3 (d) 500 mm3
'WE Engineering Publications HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunell3hubanesviarILucknowl PatmalBengalurul ChennailVijayaivadalVizagairupatiiKukatpallyIKolkata I Ahmedabad

6.
4 ACE : 118: Complex Stresses and Strains
.1 4.
125. Which one of the following stress system on 129. If an element in a body is in equilibrium
a rectangular block represents the state of a under shearing stresses only, such a state of
simply shear (AEE CE/ME 2011) stress is called.
(a) (b) (a) Pure rotation
(b) Pure shear
(c) None of the given answers
(c)H (d) (d) Pure bending
4+
130. If normal stresses of same nature px and py

and shear stress q are acting on two
126. A body, is subjected to two normal stresses"' perpendicular planes and q = (pxp0112, then
20 kN/m2 (tensile) and 10 kN/m2 the major and minor principal stresses
(compressive) acting mutually perpendicular respectively are
to each other. The maximum shear stress is (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(AEE-2012) (a) px + py and px —py
(a) 30 kN/m2 (b) 5 kN/m2 (b) px and px —py
(c) 15 kN/m2 (d) 10 kN/m2 (c) 0.5 (px + py) and 0.5 (13x —py)
(d) px + py and zero
127. A shaft of sectional area A is subjected to an
axial force P; the normal stress on a plane 131. The radius of Mohr's circle represents
inclined at 0 to the shaft axis is (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(AEE-2004) (a) Minimum normal stress
(a) P cos 20/A (b) P cos20/A (b) Maximum normal stress
(c) P sin 20/A (d) P sin20/A (c) Minimum shear stress
(d) Maximum shear stress
128. Shearing stresses on principal planes will be 132. For an inclined plane in a rectangular block
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) subjected to two mutually perpendicular
(a) Greater than normal stresses normal stresses 1000 MPa and 400 MPa and
(b) Equal to normal stresses shear stress 400 MPa, the maximum normal
(c) Half the normal stresses stress will be (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(d) zero (a) 1200 MPa (b) 700 MPa
(c) 600 MPa (d) 200 MPa
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
to®4
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 114: Strength of Materials
133. An element is subjected to I), = 35 MPa (b) Positive for points on the circle to the
(tensile) and shear stress q = 7.5 MPa. Then left of the vertical axis through the
the direction of principal stresses is origin
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (c) Negative for points on the circle to the
(a) 30° (b) 15° (c) 45° (d) 22.5° right of the vertical axis through the
origin
134. In case of a member subjected to like (d) Negative for points on the circle to the
principal stresses pi and p2, there exist two left of the vertical axis through the origin
mutually perpendicular planes along which
the greatest shear occurs. These planes are at 137. The normal stresses of 55 N/mm2 tensile and
an angle of with the principal plane 45 Nimm2 compressive on two mutually
carrying the principal stress pi. perpendicular planes are acting at a point in
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) a piece of elastic material. These planes also
(a) 60° or 120° (b) 50° or 130° carry shear stress of 50 N/mm2. The minor
(c) 45° or 135° (d) 40° or 140° principal stress will be
135.A body is subjected to a tensile stress of (a) 65.71 N/mm2 tensile
1200 MPa on one plane and another tensile (b) 65.71 N/mm2 compressive
stress of 600 MPa on a plane at right angles (c) 75.71 N/mm2 tensile
to the former. It is also subjected to a shear (d) 75.71 N/mm2 compressive
stress of 400 MPa on the same planes. The
maximum shear stress will be 138. Complementary shear stresses of intensity q
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) are induced at a point on a body, the plane
(a) 1400 MPa (b) 400 MPa carrying the maximum shear stress are at the
(c) 900 MPa (d) 500 MPa following angle with the principal planes
136. When the principal stresses are unlike, in (a) 90° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 30°
Mohr's circle, the normal and resultant
stresses will be 139. The maximum shear due to an axial
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) compression of 100 MPa is
(a) Either negative or positive depends on (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
the shear stress and radius of the Mohr's (a) 50 MPa (b) 100 MPa
circle (c) 150 MPa (d) 75 MPa
4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar LucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru I Chennai IVilayawada I VizagITirupati I Kukatpally j KammIAhmedabad
ACE Engincei i ng Pi tlit ca lioll,,,,
4-4
urEngineming Publications
4
140. The radius of Mohr's circle of stress is 35 144. When the two principal stresses are equal
MPa and minor principle stress is —20 MPa. and like, the resultant stress on any plane is
The major principle stress is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) equal to principal stress
(a) 15 MPa (b) 50 MPa (b) zero
(c) 60 MPa (d) 95 MPa (c) one half of the principal stress
(d) one third of the principal stress
141. In a pure tensile member, the normal stress
on a plane at right angles to the direction of 145. On a plane, resultant stress is inclined at an
load is 100 N/mm2. What is the normal angle of 45° to the plane, if the normal
stress at a plane whose normal is inclined at stress is 100 N/mm2, shear stress on plane
60° to the direction of the load? will be
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) 75 N/mm2 (b) 100 Nmm2 (a) 71.5 N/mm2
(c) 125 N/mm2 (d) 150 N/mm2 (b) 100 N/mrn2
(c) 86.6 N/mm2
142 What is the normal stress on a plane (d) 120.8 N/mm2
inclined at 45° to the axis of a square rod of
side a subjected to an axial tensile force of 146. The maximum shear stress occurs on
(a) T/a2 (b) T/2a2 (a) Principal planes
(c) T/4a2 (d) T/8a2 (b) plane at 45° to the principal planes
(c) planes at 90° to the principal planes
143. Principal stresses at a point in a stressed (d) planes independent of the inclination to
solid are 400 MPa and 300 MPa the principal planes
respectively. The normal stress on plane
inclined at ±45° to the principal planes will 147. The ratio of the maximum shear stress to the
be difference of the two principal stresses is
(a) 200 MPa and 5 MPa (a) 1/2 (b) 1/3
(b) 350 MPa and both planes (c) 1/4 (d) 1/6
(c) 100 MPa and 600 MPa
(d) 150 MPa and 550 MPa
I ACE Enginticri fig Publ icatio ns •,..)Hyderabad I Delhi l Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna 1 Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kollcata I Ahmedabad
. ACE
114:Engineering : 116: Strength of Materials
1, Publications
4.
148. A specimen is subjected to pure shear, the 151. A solid circular shaft of length L, cross-
shear stress being q. Tensile and section A, second polar moment of area J
compressive stresses of intensity, occur on and shear modulus G has one end fixed. A
planes inclined at 45° to the shear stress. torsion T is applied at the other end. The
What is the value of the ratio Q/q? volumetric strain at an arbitrary point on the
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) surface will be
(a) 2 (b) 1.5 (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(c) 1.25 (d) 1
(a) 0 (b) (GJ)
149. When the Mohr's circle drawn for a certain TL

(c) (GJ) (d) (AL)
stress state on a plane in a body, is tangential
to the X-axis, which of the following be
152. The state of stress at a point is shown below.
true?
0 represents the principal plane
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
corresponding to principal stresses al and 62
(a) One of the bi-axial normal stresses is
(01 >052). Values of 0, a1 and a2 are
zero
(b) Both the bi-axial normal stresses are of
equal magnitude but of same nature
(c) Both the bi-axial normal stresses are of
equal magnitude but of opposite nature
(d) Shear stress on that plane is zero
150. If P1 and P2 are the bi-axial normal stresses ti

and q is the shear stress on a plane in a
strained body then what is the condition that
(a) 0°, 90°, T and —T
both the principal stresses will be of the
(b) 30°, 120°, T and —t
same sign?
(c) 450, 135°, T and —T
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) (P1P2) is equal to q2 (d) 45°, 135°, and -
2 2
(b) (P1P2) + q2 = 0
(c) (P1P2) is greater than or equal to q2 153. Which of the following represents the
(d) (Pi P2) is less than or equal to q2 Mohr's circle for the state of stress shown
below? (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
ACV:Engineering Publication>>HyderabacIlDelhilBhopallPunel Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl PatnalBengaluru I Chennai IVijayairadalVizagiTirupaiiiKukatpally IKolkatalAhmedabad

%4 :Engineering Publications
r.
154. According to the maximum principal stress
theory, the yield locus is a/an
(a) square
(b) circle
(c) hexagon
(d) ellipse
(b)
(a)
(d)
ACE Engineering Publicaions Hyderabadl Delhil Bhopal !Pune IBhubaneswar I Lucknowt PatnalBenpluruiChennaii Vdayawada I Vizagl Tfrupatil Kulotpally IKolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
s
iy
t y a u ACE Strength of Materials
„ :Engineering Publications : 118 :
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) 20 — 90°

Sol: 0 = 45°
10 t/cm2
al = +5 t/cm2 (tensile)
I
a2 = —5 t/cm2 (Compression)
30
.10 t/cm2
TO In pure shear condition, principal stresses are
equal to shear stress only
x + y 6x — a
6
300
= Y cos 20 xy sin 20 03. Ans: (b)
2 2
Sol:
10 + 10
2 Centre of Mohr's circle =?
•N 2
= 10 t/cm2 x + y x 2
al = ' xy
2 2
300
sin 20 — xy sin 20 = 0
_10 10)2 2
+ / +5
2 \ 2
02. Ans: (b)
Sol: 5 t/cm2
10 t/cm2 10 t/cm2
\2
6 + 6y + ax — a y )2
(32 = x + (Tv
2 2 )
—2.07W12.07 a
=0±,i0+52
61, 62 = ± 5 t/cm2 = 12.07 t/cm2
2t a2 = 5 452 +52 = —2.07 t/cm2
tan 20 =
\2
5,5 t/cm2
—a
tan 20 = 0 max = y 2 =
2 ) "
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I PunelBhubaneswar l Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Viiarawatla I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t4,Engineering
ACESublications : 119: Complex Stresses and Strains
.4
4. Ans: (c) 08. Ans: (d)
Sol: Principal planes are defined as three mutually G -F G (0. — 6
Sol: 6 = + cos 20 + T xy sin 0
perpendicular planes on which shear stress is 6°' 2 2
zero and only normal stress exist (maximum (500+800) (500-800)
cos120°
or minimum) 2 2
= 725 Ksc
5. Ans: (d) 801 Ksc
Sol: ax = 6000 Ksc 4000 Ksc
= —4000 Ksc 1000 Ksc 500 Ks 500 Ksc
txy = 100 Ksc 6000 Ksc
800 Ksc
)2
09. Ans: (c)
x -F G y G x —6 2
=G xy
Sol: Vide solution of Q. 4
Y
2 2
6000 — 4000 1(6000 + 4000)2 10. Ans (a)

+ 10002
2 1 2
= 6099.1 Ksc 11. Ans (c)
Sol: Location of principal planes is given by
06. Ans: (a) xy
300 Ksc tan 20 =
Sol: µ = 0.3 (Tx — cry
al = ax Ray
600 Ksc If 01 is the location of first principal plane
= 600 — 0.3 x 300 600 Ksc then 01 ± 90° is the location of second
= 510 Ksc principal plane.
300 Ksc
12. Ans (b)

07. Ans: (b)
ax + 2 2
((Tx j •
Sol: 6l 2 = ± t xy
Sol: = sin 20 + txy cos 20 2 2
2
GI — 6 2
A max
2
2
l( x r2
xy
+A 2
)Hyderabad IDelhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LueknowI Patna I Bengaluru IChennai IVijayawada l Vuag i TiruPan I KukatpallyIKolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publications (
fir ":1‘
et ACE
:Engineering Publicafions : 120: Strength of Materials
13. Ans (b)

tan 20 = ax— ay
Sol: Mohr's circle can be used to determine 2txy
principal stresses, strains and their location.
tan 20 = —> co
0
14. Ans (b) 20 = 90° 0= 45°
15. Ans: (b) 17. Ans: (a)

Sol: Given Principal stresses Pi and P2 — a2 P +
Sol: tmax = = 2PP
We know on maximum shear stress plane 2
Normal stress ai= PI + P2
2 18. Ans: (b)
—P Sol:
Shear stress, T max = PI 2
2
Resultant stress = Va2 T 2 max
= ,11131 -I- P2
PI P2
+
2 2
i 2 2
pi p2
l 2
6 .
ao = 2 + x sin 20
2
16. Ans: (b)
Sol: =x cos 20
io
2
A = Area of cross section For plane AB : Go = -co
6 6 6
sin 20 = xcos 20
2 2 2
1 + sin 2 0 = cos 20
1— cos 20
= sin 0. cos 0
2
al =A, 0'2 = 0 sine 0 = — sin 0 . cos 0
tan 0 = — 1
a2 P
••• max — it 3n
2 2A 0 = and-
4 4
Location of maximum shear stress plane
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabacliDelhill3hopallPunelBhubanesvrariLuclumw1PatnalBengaluru I ChermaiMayawadaiVizag ITirupati MukatpallylKollcata I Ahmedabad

6-4tA ACE
4,Engineaing Publications : 121: Complex Stresses and Strains
4 4.
19. Ans: (c) ao = t 6.5 N/mm2
Sol: Tangential stress, t
ax ay
TO = 2 sin 20 — ixy cos 20
40 —0 .
sm 2(50°) — 0 = 19.7 MPa
2
22. Ans: (c)
(For principal plane)

23. Ans: (a)
41) = 0° Sol: Maximum shear stress is;
a1 —62
max =
20. Ans: (b) 2
Sol: an
tmax
2
= 2 X tmax
Maximum normal stress is twice the
40 N/mm2
maximum shear stress.
24. Ans: (d)

ax + ay a. ay 6
Go = cos 20 + ixy sin 20 Sol:
2 2 1
80 + 40 (80 — 40
a = + Icos40°+0 a a
7°O 2 2
= 75.3 N/mm2
a
21. Ans: (b)
61 a2
P = 200 x1000 Tmax
Sol: ax = — 40 N/mm2 2
A 50x100
a—
Normal stress, a =0
2
a. + a y ax ay
= cos 20 + tixy sin 20
2 2
25. Ans: (c)
40+ 0 40-0
cos 2(50°) + 0
2 2
I. Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Palma I Bengaluni I Chennai WilaYawada I Vizag ITinIPati I KukaVally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•,1
ACE . : 122: Strength of Materials
IEngineering Publications
26. Ans: (c) 29. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: 6.25 t/cm2
60°
I
25
= 6.25 t / cm2
4
Gx Gy Gx Gy
GO = + cos 20 + t sin 20 xy
2 2
— — 6.25 6.25
a + cos120°
60° 2 2
= 4.6875 t/cm2
(3x 6y
TO = sin 20 — xy COS 20
2
Maximum shear stress in Mohr's circle =
6.25
Radius of the circle = 2 sin120°
27. Ans: (d) = 2.706 t/cm2

ti
Sol: Complementary and applied shear stress are tan =
equal in flexure, punching shear, direct shear
(4.6875)
also. (I) = tan -1
2.706 )
28. Ans: (c) Obliquity (I) = 60°
Sol:
L 30. Ans: (c)
• Sol:
• On principal plane, shear stress is zero
P B' B
• On maximum shear stress plane, normal
stress exists
L' .1
— AB / B 31. Ans: (b)
Poisson's ratio —
AL / L
B'—B
L'—L
ACE Engineering at blicatiolis oe

'>HYderabad I Delhi j Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Wayawada I Vizag I TtruPa6 I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4, ACE
4,Engineezing Publicafions : 123: Complex Stresses and Strains
32. Ans: (b)

cry 0
Sol: ax = CY, ay = 0, txy = 0 a(e+ 90 )
Maximum shear stress
max = 212 + 0 2 = a
11(a 2
45
Note: In axial stress case T.., = —
2
33. Ans: (b) ay
Sol: Shear stresses are generally balanced by

37. Ans: (b)
moment equilibrium.
Sol: 30°
40 N/mm2
34. Ans: (b) 40 N/mm2
Sol:
Here, radius of Mohr circle is equal to

maximum shear stress.
a. l a y ax 6y cos 20 + xy sin 20
(30 -=
2
35. Ans: (a)
40 40 I
Sol: Vide solution of Q. 4 a30 = 2 + —
2 coR2 x 30) = 30 MPa
36. Ans: (c)

38. Ans: (b)
Sol: In a strained material subjected to two
Sol: al = - cY2
dimensional stress, the sum of the normal
component of stresses on any two mutually
perpendicular planes is constant.
+ ay = Igo + + 9e) = al +a2
ti = al = --a2
The state of stress is a case of pure shear.
AC'E Engiticei 'nig Publications >Hyderabad IDelhil Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Luclmow Matna IBengaluru IChennai VijayawadalVizagiTirupati I KukatpallylKolkatal Ahmedabad
0.4
If NI
Y :Engineerig Publications
4 I.
39. Ans: (d) 43. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol:
= 40 MPa
CT
aY a1 -62 = „
—CY =V
ti max =
2 2
Gy
T45 -- sin 20 — tixy cos 20
2
44. Ans: (d)
40 —16
sir(2 x 45) Sol: Principal stresses,
2
= 12 MPa al = 150 MPa
a2 = 0
40. Ans: (c) Radius of Mohr circle = Trim
Sol: tmax = radius of Mohr circle al — 62 150 — 0
max — = 75 MPa
2
2 2
= (ax
ay
+ (T x)/ )2
2 45. Ans: (a)
1(60 — 3012+ Sol: Vide solution of Q. 4.

20 2 = 25 MPa
1 2
46. Ans: (b)
41. Ans: (c) Sol: we know
Sol: Maximum shear stress = Radius of the ax + ay — ay
ax 2
ae + cos 20 + Tx), sin 20
Mohr's circle 2
Here a = — , ay = 0, txy = 0
42. Ans: (d) x A
Sol: For uni-axial stress system P
ao = —
P + cos 20
2A 2A
y-Axis
—
P (1+ cos 20)
A 2
a 4-1_1Th.
(State of stress) = P cost 0
A
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai Mayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•
4,Eaginang Publications
4.
47. Ans: (b) 300+0 11(300-01
Sol: In truss members, we consider only axial +(200)2
2 2
stresses.
al = 400 MPa
a
In axial stress case T. =
2
47. Ans (c)
Sol: Maximum shear stress
48. Ans: (c) 49. Ans: (a) 50. Ans: (d)
_11(a1 — 62 1)2 ± 2
I'max y
51. Ans: (c) 52. Ans: (a) 2
10)2
11(20+ +0 = 15 IcN/m2
2
48. Ans: (d)
49. Ans: (c)

Sol:
[ax = 0 , ay = 0, txy
aX ay
sin 20 — tixy cos 20
2
a.
To = —sm
2 20 a. =
a a
= + cos 20
54. Ans (b) a450 2 2
Sol: The shear stress will be maximum on two P P
= +—cos90°
planes inclined at 45° and 135° to the normal 2a2 2a2
section. =
2a2
55. Ans (d)
Sol: Maximum normal stress is nothing but 50. Ans: (d)
maximum principal stress.
51. Ans: (b)
x lLa x Cr y 2
61 + (T.)2
2 i
2
CE Hydetabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lurknow I Patna Bengaluru Chennai VijaYawada I ViZag TiruPati KulmrPolly I Kolkata Ahmedabad
,„„.,
I, li ACE : 126: Strength of Materials
.,0
.1 4,:Engineering Publications
61. Ans: (b) 65. Ans: (d)
Sol: Sol: we know
ax — ay
s in 20 — t xy cos 20
Here ax = 50 N/mm2
f1 4
ay = 0, txy = 0
50 .
T
30°
= sin x 30° )
= 21.65 N/mm2
Biaxial state of stress here al = fl , (52 = f2 66. Ans: (b)

(f1 — f2) Sol: Mohr's circle is the graphical representation
/ max =
2 of stresses in a body at a point.
62. Ans: (a) 67. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: al = 100 MPa, a2= —70 MPa
In pure shear condition the maximum radius of Mohr's circle
tmax =
Principal stress is applied shear only. al — a2 100 — (-70)
— = 85 MPa
Maximum direct stress, max
2 2
a x -1- a y ax — a y )2 i \2 Here al, a2 are principal stresses.
45 1 + k/ xy )
2 2
68. Ans: (a)
= 0 + V(0) +1002
Sol: We know
al = + 100 MPa
ax ay
To = n 20 — t xy COS 20
2 si
63. Ans: (a) P
= sin 20
Sol: Principal planes for stresses and strains are 2
generally the same. 69. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given: / max < ;

64. Ans: (b)
Sol: The radius of Mohr circle is maximum shear The failure of the member will occur by
stress. maximum shear stress only.
ACE Eligillecring l'ul)liGttions1/4;,, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengalum 1 Chennai 1 V9ayawada Prixag rfirapa9 I Kukatpallyj Katmai Ahmedabad
ACE
.„
et
C.:Engineerng Publications
: 127: Complex Stresses and Strains
70. Ans: (a)

Sol: Pure shear condition
N
ae = ti sin20
TO = —"r cos20
'0\
N
ti
Obliquity it* = tan-'
GO /
(— COS 20)
= tan
Tsin 20
= tan-1 ( ) — tan- 1(cot20) = 90 + 20

tan 20 (sz31 (32 ) + (al cv2 ) cos 90° + T xy sin 90°
a 45° 2 2
71. Ans: (b)

ay 6450 =
(al+ cv2)
Sol: 2
i.e. half of sum of normal stresses.
74. Ans: (a)

ay Sol: Maximum principle stress, al
If = —ay = a Gx +6y Gx - G y )2 2
al = -1- 'xy
6 = —6 2 2
The distance from the origin to the centre of
=0+j0+802
Mohr's circle = normal stress.
al = 80 N/mm2
(Y. + Y —
= =0
2 2
75. Ans: (b)
72. Ans: (d) Sol: Maximum shear stress,
Sol: Principal stresses given are a l — a 2 an P
Amax —
al = 80 MPa 2 2 2A
62 = 30 MPa 10 x1000
— 500 kg/cm2
63 = —40 MPa 2x10
(5 - 63
max = 76. Ans: (c)
2
80 — (-40)
= 60 MPa
2
I. Hyderabad I Delhi I B hopall Pune I Bhubanes warl Lucknnw 'Nina I Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayawada I rims i TiruP an I Kukalpally I Kelkand Ahmedabad
ACE
0 11
gingineeling Publications
t.
77. Ans: (b) 79. Ans: (b)

Sol:
80. Ans: (a)
Sol: Normal stress,
Go = 2
+ ay ax —2ay
cos 20 + xy cos 20
a = cos 20
81. Ans: (a)

78. Ans: (b)
Sol: Normal stress, 82. Ans: (c)
as =
a. +ay a. — ay cos 20 + Tx), sin 20 Sol:
2 2 Principal plane is a plane which carries
Shear stress, maximum (or) minimum stress.
tie
a. ay sin 20 — xy cos 20
=
2 83. Ans: (a)
Resultant Stress, Sol:
aR = Al(a0)2 +(t0)2
a. +ay a. —ay cos 20 + t sin 20)2

xy a1 = C
2 + 2
rx —sin
+
ay 20 — t cos 201
xy
2
ti 4 CY2
= a cos 20)2 + (17 sin 20)2
+— Since brittle material is weak in tension,
2 2 2
ry 2 therefore cracks will develop along planes
62 62
= . \I'-
,' —
2 + cos 2 20 + sin 2 20 + 2 cos 20 having maximum and minimum normal
4 4 4 4
stresses which are along planes 45° to the
\I 62 , 2 , 2
= + -'L— + -`-'-- cos 20 sides of the element.
4 4 2
a2
= - (l + cos 20) = — x cost 0 x 2 84. Ans: (d)
2 2
Sol:
aR = a cos 0 Vide solution of Q. 26
ACE Engim.cring Publications

• Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Palma' Bensaluru I ChennaiNtiarawadaIVizagITiruPatiIKaaVallylKelkata I Ahmedabad
• 44
4
ACE
4410
4
4.
: 129: Complex Stresses and Strains
85. Ans: (d) CS 88. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol: Pure shear condition
6—6 al , a2 = 0 ± VO + Txy2
ti
A max = =0
2
61 =
6+6
6'= = a
2 cY2 = —
al ± a2 = 0
89. Ans: (a)

Point circle Sol: Principal plane and maximum shear stress
k plane are inclined to each other at an angle
of 45°
90. Ans: (c)

Gx Gy
Sol: Centre of circle from y-axis (a') =
2
91. Ans: (b) 92. Ans: (a) 93. Ans: (c)

600 MPa
Maximum normal stress a l 94. Ans: (d)

-N 2
ax ± ay ((Tx ay 2
GI = t xy 95. Ans: (d)
2 A, 2 j
Sol: ai = 600 N/mm2
1200 + 600 l(1200 — 600)2 62 = — 400 N/mm2
+ 4002
2 A 2 al — 62 600 — (-400)
Tina =
2 2
= 900 + 500
= 1400 MPa = 500 N/mm2
87. Ans: (a) 96. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: ax = 800 N/mm2, cvy = 0, q = txy = 0
a2
Radius of Mohr's circle = tmax
max =
2 800 — 0
t inax = = 400 N/mm2
2
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Maas I Timpaii Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
t
t ACE
:Engineering
dr
97. Ans: (a)

Publications : 130:
100. Ans: (No answer)

Sol: Maximum shear stress,

98. Ans: (c) (Tx — ay
t max =
Sol: Diameter of Mohr circle 2
2
G S— S
2( max) = 2,4 2G
Y + (t )2 4 3S
2 8
Option (a): 2
(or) (T..) = Ai( x
—G ) 2
y
+ txy
2(t.) = 211(400 — 400)2 + 4002 2
2
s 2
= 800 N/mm2 S
4 +0
2
Option (b): I
2
2(t.) = 211(400 + 400)2 + 4002 3S
+0=
3S
11(4 x 2) 8
= 1,131.37 N/mm2
101. Ans: (c)
Option (c): Sol: Major principal stress,
400— 400)2 Gx +Gy 6x —Gy
2(t.) = 211( +02— 0 61 =
2
xy
2 2 2
Option (d): =040+1802

al = 180 N/mm2
lir 400-400)2
2(t.) = 2 +10
102.Ans: () 103.Ans: (c, d)
= 800 N/mm2
104. Ans: (b)
99. Ans: (d)
Sol: Radius of Mohr's circle,
Sol: Diameter of Mohr circle,
62 _ (-32)
2 -max —
Gx a )2 2 2
2(tmax) 2AI( 2Y (Txy
tmax = CT
= A/2 + 6002 = 1200 N/mm2

105.Ans: (b) 106. Ans: (c)
Eitginee: nig l'u Hu at )HYderabad I Delhi Bh0Pal I Pane I BhUbaneSWar ILUCknOW I Patna IBengalUM I Chennai VijaYaVrada IViZag TirUPaii I KUltatPallY IKdkata IAhMedabad
,e
ACE
It
t :.Engineering Publications : 131: Complex Stresses and Strains
107. Ans: (c) & (d) 109. Ans: (a)

Sol: (Options are vague. Using different logics. Sol: Hint: Using the notation given
The options are (c) & (d) are correct Principle Stress
61 a2 + al 2 62 )2 + E 2
108. Ans: (c) Pi =
2
Sol: 6y
t Principle Stress
al 62 liai 0'2)2 + E2
P2=
2 2
ax Principle Stress
al az + 11(0'1 a2 2
Pi = +6162
2 2 )
a l + (32 a2 + 62 — 261 62 ± 61 62
Plane of maximum shear stress occur at
2 4
diagonals of the element
Normal stress on diagonal ai + az 62 + a22 + 261 62
2 4
(a. +ay )
a45° = 2 al +az + (al + CT2 ) =6
1 +6 2
2 2
Shear stress on diagonal
(Similarly Principle Stress 132 = 0
145° =
2
110. Ans: (c) 111.Ans: (b)
Resultant stress on diagonal
2
R = VC:5*45° + 2
45° 112. Ans: (c)
2 2
Sol:
Maximum shear stress,
rx +
2 GY ) + [ax 2GY )
)2
tmax (t xy ) 2
• \ 2
2 r.,2 2 2
ax ax —Y
a — 6)( .a y
''' Y
= —+ — + CY X .45 +—+
4 4 ' 4 4 1(100-0)2
+1002
2 2
ax ± ay
111 2 = V12,500
= 50I kgf/cm2
ACE Er 04i t weir lg. Pt tblicatiot is :4›HYderabad I Delhi I Bh0Pal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPan I KukaIpally &Ikea I Ahmedabad
•
t ACE
.4 :Engineering Publicafions
4.
113. Ans: (a) 117. Ans: (a)

114. Ans: (b) al a2
tmax
Sol: A solid thick cylinder subjected to an 2
2
external hydrostatic pressure 'T. ax + ay + ((Tx — ay j .4_ ( )2
al,a2 = txy
Circumferential stresses ao is tensile in 2 2
nature. Radial stresses ar is compressive in
= P+P 1113 -P)
2 +0
nature. 2 1 2
...The correct representation of state of at, a2 = P
stress is given by P P-P 0
'cm. - 2 = -
118. Ans: (a)

P P Sol: In principal plane, no shear stress is exists.
119. Ans: (b)

Solt: Given:
P
ax = 120 MPa, ay = 40 MPa, -exy = 30 MPa
115. Ans: (b)
We know principal stresses at, a2
2
a2 3 - (-3) ax + a y +11(ax - ay) + (t
Imax o2
2 2 2 - 2
tmax = 3MPa 120 + 40 11(120 -40)2 + 302
+
2 2
116. Ans: (d)
= 130 MPa, 30 MPa, (both tensile)
Sol: Normal stress,
ax + ax ay 120. Ans: (d)
60 = cos 20 + t xy sin 20
2 2 Sol: Volume = 106 mina
P P Hydrostatic pressure, P = 90 MPa
P = — + — cos 20
n 2 Bulk modulus, k = 180 kN/m+2
P P
k= =
— (1+ cos 20) Ev (8v / V)
=2
90
—(2 cos2 0) 180 x103 =
=2 (8v /106 )
= P cos20 ov = 500 nun3

ACLEogineering l'ublications ,> Hyderabad I DelhilBhopall Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I PatrialBengaluru I ChennailVidayawadai Vizagairupalii KukapallyiKolkata I Ahmedabad
akit A CE
:Engineering Publications : 133: Complex Stresses and Strains
121. Ans: (a) 127. Ans: (b)
Sol: Radius of Mohr's circle Sol: Given axial force = P
al '32
A max — 2
A A
150 — (-50)
— — 100 MPa
2
ax + ay ▪ ax ay
122.Ans: (c) an = cos20 + txy sin20
2 2
Sol: On the plane where maximum shear stress
Here ax = — , ay = 0, txy = 0
occurs, normal stress (Gavg) may not be zero. A
P P
ax — + cos 20
123.Ans: (b) 2A 2A
Sol: P (1+ cos 20
=
x A 2
= —
• .cos CI
0
n A
{ 1 + cos 20}
cos 2 0 -=
2
128. Ans: (d) 129.Ans: (b)

124. Ans: (b)
Sol: 130. Ans: (d)
Sol:
P 6x103
a= = = 60 MPa
A 100 x
T in„ = —
a = 30MPa
2
125.Ans: (a) Px + Py (13x — Py

+ q2
2 2 2
126.Ans: (c) 2
Px Py Px Iy p p
= al — G2 = 20 — (-10) =15 icN xy
Sol: T ina 2 A 2
x 2 2
I ACE Engineering l'ublicatiims.)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna Bengaluru I Cliental Vijayawada Vizag I TamPati KukatnallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4e .4
II ACE : 134: Strength of Materials
t
4.
134. Ans: (c)
+ x + P2y — 2Px Py + 4PxPy
P + Py \1132
2 is 4 Sol:
P2
Py [P. Py A D
2 L 2
Px + Py + [ Px + Py
P1 -+ pi
2 2
C B
[px + Py 1 [P. +13Y
al = + = P +
x Py
2 2 P2
[Px Py [ Px + Py =
17 2 0 For biaxial state of stress diagonals represent
2 2
the planes on which maximum shear stress
occur.
131. Ans: (d)
.*. These planes are at an angle of 45° and
135° with the principal plane carrying the
principal stress pi.
132. Ans: (a)
400
Sol: 400
135. Ans: (d)
1000 Aay = 600 MPa
400
o•T = 400 MPa
400
ax = 1200 MPa
4
1000 + 400 1(1000 — 400)2 2
al = + 400
2 1 2
4
=700+ V9x104 +16x104
= 700 + 500 = 1200 MPa Maximum shear stress, tmax
1
sax ay
133. Ans: (d)
A max + xy
2 x 7.5 =1 2
Sol: tan2a — 2tx =
ax —ay 35 — 20
1(1200 — 600)2 I N2
k400)-
tan 2a = 1 1 2
2a = 45° 500 MPa
45°
a= = 22.5
2
•
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Rule I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vixag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
"Me *44. ACE' g Publications
t‘WEngineeria : 135: Complex Stresses and Strains
136. Ans: (d) Minor principal stress, a2

Sol: a2
a. +ay ia. — ay)2 + ‘Try)
a2 —
2 \ 2
55 — 45 1(55 — 451
0'14 al — -I- 00)
2 1 2
CY2 = 65.71 N/mm2 compressive
138. Ans: (b)
139. Ans: (a)
Sol: Maximum shear stress, ti = al a2

2
100 — 0
2
= 50 MPa
140. Ans: (b)

Sol: Radius of Mohr's circle = maximum shear
For (al > a2) stress
35 = a —
For Point A on the right of the vertical axis 2
the normal and resultant stresses are positive + 20
35 =
while for point B on left of vertical axis the 2
normal and resultant stresses are negative. al = 50 MPa
137. Ans: (b) 141.Ans: (*) All options are in correct

Sol: a = 45 N/mm2 a a
Sol: cro = — +— cos 20
► "Cxy = 50 N/mm2 2 2
(100) ± (10 0
ax = 55 N/mm2 ae cos(2 x 60°)
(TX 4 2 j
ao = 25 N/mm2
A( I Wile(•1111g P111)11, Alum \ )Hydembitcl I Delhl I nhoPal I Pune I Bhubanowar I Lucknow I Patna I nengaluru I Chellilnil"1.°"
,,,..witda I Vizag P I Kukalpally I Kolkata I Ahrnedabad
l
e
ACE
elm 5Engineering Publications : 136: Strength of Materials
142. Ans: (b) Resultant stress on any plane

Sol: a =
2 + 2
0 0
a
GO = a (irrespective of any plane)
tie =0
(ax + Y (ax +a y
fi:Y = cos 20 + xy sin 20 GR = 6 (magnitude of principal stress)
2 2
145. Ans: (b)

2
a Sol: Given : Angle of obliquity = = 45°
cry = 0, txy = 0
ao = 100 N/1111112
15 . ax
.*. 60 =— +— COS 20 To
2 2 tan41=
60
T T
cr 450 = + 2 cos 90° -c
2a 2a tan 45° =
T 100
45°
= 2
2a tie = 100 N/mm2
146.Ans: (b)
143.Ans: (b) 6y=300 MPa
Sol: Maximum shear stress occurs on planes at
Sol:
45° to the principal planes and each
ax 400 MPa
separated by 90°.
147.Ans: (a)
((T x + ay ) (ax (T y )
a0 = COS 20+ xy sin 20 Sol: Maximum shear stress on any plane
2 2
61 — 62
txy = 0 In plane 'rm. =
2
400 +300) (400-300
••• u0±45. =( + cos 90°
JJ T max (al — 62) =1:2
2 2
•• al —62 2(0.1 -0.2)
= 350 MPa on both planes
148.Ans: (d)
Case of pure shear
144.Ans: (a) Sol: q Q=q
Sol: When two principal stresses are equal and
like.
Q=1
q
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I BhopalIPune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna Bengaluru Chennai VijayawadaI Vizag TirupatiIKukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
tet
,
4 .—
ACE
149. Ans: (d)

: 137:
152. Ans: (c)

Complex Stresses and Strains
Sol:
150. Ans: (c)
Sol:
PI
6I2
PI + P2 P2 2
+ (q) 2
2 Ai( 2
Due to pure shear diagonal tension (al = -FT)
(Pi + P2 P12 P22 2PiP2 q2
o.1,2 and diagonal compression (o2 = - "c)
2 4 4 4
develops.
Both ai, $3.2 have the same sign only The angle between principal planes is 90 °.
when P1 P2 Ce 01 = 45°, 02 = 135°, al = 62 -
151. Ans: (a) 153. Ans: (d)

Sol: Element on a shaft subjected to torsion is Sol: Under pure shear condition, centre of
a2 = -T 61 =+T Mohr's circle coincides with origin.
154. Ans: (a)

Sol: As per Maximum principal stress theory
yielding locus is a square
61 = +I (72 =
From figure principal stresses

61 =+T
G2 =
63 = 0
Volumetric strain, cv = 61 + (32 + 63 (1 214
= (-F T)+(—T)+(0) 0
E
ev = 0
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
Shear Force and Bending Moment
Chapter
01. At a point of contraflexure (AEE-1984) 5. A horizontal beam is simply supported at its
(a) The shear force is zero ends and carries a, u.d.l of 3 T/m between
(b) The BM is zero supports places 10 m apart, counter
(c) The slope and deflection are zero clockwise moments of 14 and 10 T.m are
(d) The bending moment and shear force are applied at the left and right supports
zero respectively. The shear force in tons at
support A is
02. A step in the bending moment diagram
(AEE 1987)
indicates that (AEE-1984)
(a) 14 (b) 17.4 (c) 13.6 (d) 15
(a) there is a concentrated load acting on the
beam at that section
6. beam A B C is 8 m long and is simply
(b) there is a change in the intensity of
supported at A and at a point B such that
uniformly distributed load on either side
AB = 6 m. A point load of 1.5 T acts at C,
of the section
and a total u.d.l of 8 T acts over half of AB.
(c) there is a couple acting at that section
The shear force at A in Tons would be
(d) no lead acts at that section
(AEE 1987)
03. If the bending moment at a section of a beam (a) 6 (b) 8 (c) 5.5 (d) 7.5
is zero than (AEE-1984)
(a) the shear force is zero at that section 7. The number of points of inflexion in a
(b) the shear force change sign at the section simply supported beam with u.d.l is
(c) the shear force is maximum at that (AEE-1992)
section (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
(d) nothing is known about the shear force
8. The ratio of maximum bending moment in a
04. A prismatic beam ABC is simply supported
cantilever beam to that of a simply supported
at points A and B spaced 6 m apart and has
beam of same span and uniformly
an overhang BC of 2 m. An u.d.l. of 2 t/m
distributed loading is
acts over entire length AC and a point load
(AEE-1992)
of 5t acts at C. The hogging moment in t-m
(a) 1 : 4 (b) 1 : .25
at B would be (AEE 1987)
(c) 1 : 2 (d) None of these
(a) 15 (b) 18 (c) 14 (d) 12
)1 ,111 ni >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatnaIliengaluu IChennai I Vijayawada I VizasI TirtiPali IKukaipally KollcataIAhmedabad
ACE : 139: Shear Force and Bending Moment
4.110
—
:Engineering Publicafions
9. The transverse load and shear in a beam has 15. In double over hanging beam for the positive
the relation (AEE-1992) bending moment to be equal to negative
(a) w = dV/dx (b) V = dw/dx bending moment the position of supports
(c) V = w.I (d) V = d2w / dx2 must be a (AEE-1992)
(a) 0.251 (b) 0.207/
10. Shear force at any section is the algebraic (c) 0.331 (d) none of these
sum of the following force on the either side
(AEE-1992) 16. Bending moment in a cantilever beam is
(a) Axial forces (b) transverse forces zero at (AEE-1992)
(c) Moments (d) None of these (a) A simple support (b) A fixed support
(c) Moments (d) None of these
11. Between point leads the shear varies
(AEE-1992) 17. A cantilever beam is loaded by a point load
(a) Constant (b) Linearly at the free end. It is likely to fail by B.M.
(c) Parabolically (d) Cubically (AE-1993)
(a) under the load (b) at mid span
12. The bending moment diagram due to (c) at support (d) at any section
uniformly varying load is (AEE-92, 1993)
(a) Parabolic (b) Elliptic 18. In a beam under loading (AE-1993)
(c) Hyperbolic (d) Cubic (a) SF is maximum when BM is maximum
(b) SF is zero when BM is zero
13. The nature of combined stress in a beam (c) SF is zero when BM is maximum
depends on the nature of (AEE-1992) (d) SF is maximum when BM is zero
(a) P only (b) M only
(c) P and M both (d) None of these 19. The left half of a simply supported beam of
span "L" is loaded with u.d.l. of w/metre
14. A cantilever beam of span L carries a run. The point of maximum B.M. will occur
concentrated load of W at the free end also a at (AE-1993)
total load of W over entire length. The (a) Mid span
maximum bending moment is (AEE-1992) (b) 2L/3 from left support
(a) WL (b) 1.5 WL (c) 3L/8 from left support
(c) 0.25 WL (d) W +0.25 WL (d) 5L/8 from left support
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal j Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tinipati j Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
4_4
0
.1,„
ACE
cations
:Engineering Publi
20. A wooden log of length 5m is floating in

: 1 40 : Strength of Materials
wiz
(a) quarter points and is equal to
water. Its self weight is 1 kN/m. If a man of 8
weight 500 N is standing at the mid span, the we 2
(b) quarter points and is equal to
maximum B.M. is (AE-1993) 12
(a) 0 (b) 625 N.m wiz
(c) mid span and is equal to
(c) 250 N.m (d) 312.5 N.m 8
we 2
(d) mid span and is equal to
21. For overhanging beams, the point of 12
contraflexure (AEE-1996)
24. The diagram showing the variation of axial
load along the span is called (AEE-1996)
(a) shear force diagram
(b) bending moment diagram
(a) always lies with in the supports (c) thrust diagram
(b) always lies with in the overhanging (d) influence line diagram
portion
25. The difference in ordinate of the shear curve
(c) may lie with in supports or overhanging
between any two sections is equal to the area
(d) can't be predicted
under (AEE-1996)
(a) load curve between these two section
22. If a structural element is subjected to axial
(b) shear curve between these two sections
loading as well as bending moment then the
(c) bending moment curve between these
cross-section is subjected to (AEE-1996)
two section
(a) only normal stresses
(d) load curve between these two sections
(b) only shear stresses
plus concentrated loads applied between
(c) normal and shear
the sections
26. For a beam subjected to a constant bending
23. A simply supported beam of span carries moment throughout its length (AEE-1996)
over its full span a load-varying linearly (a) The shear force at all sections is zero
from zero at either ends to w/unit length at (1)) The shear force at all sections is constant
mid span. The maximum bending moment (c) The shear force varies linearly along the
occurs at (AEE-1996) length of the beam
(d) The shear force, varies non linearly
along the length of the beam
,›Hyderabad Delhi BhoPal Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowIPabia BengaluruI ChennaiI VijarawadaI VizagI TiruPati I KukatPally Kollcata I Ahrnedabad
ACE Eliginec ring Pi ibl i ca i ions .....
et:Engneer*
i
ACE
i Publiatins
: 141: Shear Force and Bending Moment
,
27. A wooden log of length 5m is floating in w e2
(a) mid span equal to
water. First self weight is 1 kN/m. The 12
maximum B.M at the centre is (AEE-1996)
(b) mid span equal to /442
(a) 0 (b) 6.25 kNm 24
(c) 5 kNm (d) none wiz
(c) quarter span equal to

12
28. In a simply supported beam of length '1' and we 2
(d) quarter span equal to

loaded with linearly varying load (zero to 24
w/unit length) max B.M occurs at a section
(AEE-1996) 30. A beam 'ABC' is simply supported at 'B'
and 'C' and 'AB' being the over hanging
(a) — distance from the end where load is
3 portion. The number of contra-flexure
zero points in the beam under udl will be equal to
(b) distance from the end where load is (PH & Municipality 2001)
43
zero
A
(c) e distance from the end where load is
2-kh
zero
(d) distance from the end where load is

(a) Zero (b) One
w.
(c) Two (d) Three
29. For the beam loaded as shown in the fig Max

31. The rate of change of bending moment
B.M occurs at
represents
(PH & Municipality 2001)
w/unit w/unit
length (a) Shear force (b) Force
length
(c) Bending Moment (d) None
//2 P44 //2

32. The units of bending moment are
(PH & Municipality 2001)
(AEE-1996)
(a) KN-m (b) K_N-m2
(c) KN/m (d) KN/m2
ACE El 10114*(1.111g PI ibill'iltiOnS K Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPama Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPati Kukatpally Kolkata j Ahmedabad
4-0
-4 :Engineering
1,
1, ACEPublicaiions : 142: Strength of Materials
33. A central concentrated load causes a 37. The rate of change of shear force at a section
maximum bending moment M in a simply in a beam is the (AE CE/ME-2004)
supported beam. If the same load is (a) rate of loading at the section
distributed uniformly over the entire span, (b) bending moment at the section
the maximum bending moment is (c) deflection at the section
(AEE-2004) (d) loading at the section
(a) M (b) 2M (c) M/2 (d) M/4
38. A simply supported beam carrying a
34. The maximum sagging moment in a propped
concentrated load at a quarter span section.
cantilever under uniformly distributed load
Failure in bending occurs at its
occurs at a distance of (AEE-2004)
(AE CE/ME-2004, 2006)
3.e
(a) — from the simple support (a) mid-span section
8
(b) support section
le
(b) — from the fixed support (c) both quarter span sections
8
5.e (d) loaded section
(c) — from the simple support
8
5.e 39. Maximum bending moment occurs in simply
(d) — from the fixed support
8 supported beam, where the
(AE CE/ME-2004)
35. A beam with length 1 between the pinned
(a) load is maximum
supports overhangs by a on both sides. Then
(b) shear force is maximum
mid-span bending moment in the beam is
(c) load changes sign
zero under uniformly distributed load
(d) shear force changes sign
covering the entire span, if
(AEE, AE CE/ME-2004)
40. The bending moment at a section in a beam
(a) / = a (b) / = 2a
is the
(c) / = 3a (d) / = 4a
(AE CE/ME-2004 AEE C/ME-2008 &
36. The reaction at a hinged support of a beam Regular)
(AE CE/ME-2004) (a) integral of the load function
(a) normal to the beam axis (b) differential of the load function
(b) normal to the support (c) integral of the shear force function
(c) a function of beam parameters for given (d) differential of the shear force function
load
(d) a function of the applied loads
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Ptme !Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolliata I Ahmedabad
-4
0 1, ACE
4.
41. The number of points of contraflexure in a 45. A cantilever beam of length / is subjected to
propped cantilever is (AEE-2004) a uniformly distributed load w per unit
(a) one for uniformly distributed load length and a concentrated load W at a
(b) two for uniformly distributed load distance L1 from free end. This beam will
(c) one for any vertical load have maximum B.M. of (2004 Feb)
(d) two for any vertical load (a) (w/2 / 2) + %LI
(b) (w/2 / 2) + WL
42. The maximum bending moment in a (c) (w/2 / 2) + W (L — Li)
propped cantilever subjected to a mid-span (d) None of these
concentrated load occurs (AEE-2004)
(a) between the prop and mid-span section 46. Point of Contraflexure is where
(b) under the load (AEE, AEE CE/ME-2004, 2007,
(c) at the fixed end AEE 2006 & 2012)
(d) between the fixed end and mid-span (a) B.M. is zero
section (b) Shear force is zero
(c) B.M. changes sign
43. When a simply supported beam carries a (d) B.M. is maximum
uniformly distributed load of w per unit
length and span of beam is 1, then the left 47. Bending moment on a section is maximum
hand support reaction will be equal to where shearing force (2004 Feb)
(2004 Feb) (a) is maximum (b) is minimum
(a) wl / 3 (b) wl / 2 (c) is equal (d) changes sign
(c) wl (d) w/ / 4
48. The number of reaction components possible
44. A simply supported beam of length 1, cross- at a hinged end for a general loading is
sectional area A, carries a uniformly (AEE-1992, 2004 Feb)
distributed load w per unit length, has (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 3
maximum bending moment of (2004 Feb)
(a) w/2 / 4 (b) w/2 / 8 49. A beam is said to be in general stable and
(c) w12 / 16 (d) None of these statically deteiiiiinate for general loading
when number of reaction components is
(2004 Feb)
(a) greater than 3 (b) 0
(c) less than 3 (d) 3
ACE FIKincuri I'llblitaii”1 ”• 4/>Hrierkbadi Delhi I ilhoPal I Pune I Iihubatierwati LudctickitlratiaalBehsgurul Chehilal IVWyftwaddIVizsgrrintpadiKukatimillyiKotkata I Ahmedabad
Cr'441
Thigin Publications
4941 2:eezing
50. Which of the following beams will have 54. A cantilever beam is the one which is
point of contraflexure? (Neglect self weight supported with (2004 Feb)
of beam) (2004 Feb) (a) one end hinged and other on rollers
(a) A simply supported beam with u.d.l. (b) one end fixed and other on rollers
over entire span (c) both ends on rollers
(b) Cantilever subjected to uniformly (d) one end fixed and the other free
varying loads
55. The difference between bending moment
(c) Both sides overhang simply supported
value at any two sections will be equal to
beam subjected to u.d.l.
(2004 Feb)
(d) None of these
(a) the area of S.F. diagram between those
two sections
51. The moment diagram of a cantilever which
(b) the difference in slope of S.F. diagram at
is subjected to uniform distributed load will
the same section
be (2004 Feb & AEE -2007)
(c) the moment of area of loading diagram
(a) Triangle (b) Parabola
between the two sections
(c) Rectangle (d) Cubic parabola
(d) none of these
52. If the load at the free end of a cantilever is

56. An overhang beam with uniformly
increased the failure will occur
distributed load w per unit length rests on
(AE CE/ME-2007, 2004 Feb 2011 PH &
two supports (12— 2a) metres apart with
Municipality)
overhang of a metre on either side. The
(a) at the free end
length of overhang for the maximum B.M. to
(b) at the support
be the least is given by (2004 Feb)
(c) at the centre
(a) 1.24 m (b) 2.485 m
(d) anywhere between the free end and the
(c) 4.485 m (d) None of these
centre
57. The unbalanced vertical force acting on any
53. Shear force diagram for a cantilever carrying one side of the beam section is known as
a uniformly distributed load over the whole (2006 Regular)
length is (2004 Feb) (a) reaction
(a) Rectangle (b) Parabola (b) uniformly distributed or concentrated
(c) Triangle (d) Cubic parabola load
(c) shear force
(d) gravitational attraction / pull
•
AC1 Engineering Publications Hyderabad' DelhilBhopallPurielBhubaneswarILucluiowiPatnalBensalurul ChennailVijayawadal VizagiTirupatilKukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
St4- 4. ACE
58. The section where shear force is zero or 62. The load acts in manner such that each unit
changes its sign is used to identify the length of the beam is loaded to the same
location on the beam, of extent. Then the beam is subjected to
(2006 Regular) (a) uniformly varying load
(a) minimum bending moment (b) concentrated load
(b) minimum or maximum bending moment (c) point load
(c) zero bending moment (d) uniformly distributed load
(d) average bending moment
63. The shear force at the free end of an
59. The rate of change of bending moment or overhanging beam (with udl) is equal to
the slope of the bending moment curve at (2006 Regular)
any section is equal to (2006 Regular) (a) zero
(a) shear reaction (b) non-zero but of finite value
(b) upward reaction (c) slope of the bending moment curve
(c) downward reaction/load (d) reaction at the support
64. The bending moment for a cantilever beam
60. Simply supported beam is said to be with point load at free end, varies as
(a) supported freely at its both ends (2006 Regular)
(b) fixed at both ends (a) zero to maximum from the free end
(c) fixed at one end and free at other end (b) maximum to zero from the free end
(d) freely supported but away from both free (c) uniform throughout the beam length
ends (d) maximum at middle and zero at fixed
and free ends
61. A beam having its end portion(s) extended
beyond the support is called as 65. A cantilever with uniformly distributed load
(2006 Regular) and its shear force variation is
(a) cantilever beam (2006 Regular)
(b) simply supported beam (a) linear from free end
(c) overhanging beam (b) non-linear from free end
(d) continuous beam (c) parabolic
(d) uniform throughout
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabadpelhi 'Bhopal I PunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnal BengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagairupatilKukatpallyiKolkatalAhmectabad

liat
ii
ACE
4
66. The bending moment variation in a 70. A beam length '1' carrying udl is supported
cantilever beam with uniformly distributed freely at two points at equal distance from
load is (2006 Regular) the two ends. The maximum number of sign
(a) linear from free end changes in shear force occur at
(b) non-linear from free end (2006 Regular)
(c) parabolic (a) zero location (b) one location
(d) uniform throughout (c) two locations (d) three locations
67. For a simply supported beam with point load 71. A beam length '1' carrying udl is supported
at centre, the bending moment will be freely at two points at equal distance
maximum at (2006 Regular) (a< 0.207/) from the two ends. The
(a) left end maximum bending moment occurs at
(b) right end location (s) (2006 Regular)
(c) both ends (a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d)Four
(d) the middle of the beam
72. A simply supported beam is loaded with
point load at midpoint in addition to a udl.
68. For a simply supported beam carrying udl,
The shear force at midpoint will have a sign
the maximum shear force will be at
change and the bending moment at either
(2006 Regular)
end is zero. This is a valid
(a) supporting points
characteristic/statement for the beam with
(b) middle of the beam
(2006 Regular)
(c) other than midpoint and ends
(a) a point load alone
(d) 1/4th length of the beam from ends
(b) a uniformly distributed load alone
(c) point load and uniformly distributed load
69. The maximum bending moment in a simply
(d) All of the above
supported beam with udl is at
(2006 Regular) 73. A simply supported beam, if length '1' takes
(a) supporting ends load; in one case point load W at middle of
(b) midpoint of the beam the span and the other case as uniformly
(c) other than midpoint and ends distributed the load W, throughout its span.
(d) None of the above The ratio of bending moment at centre of the
beam for these loading conditions is
(2006 Regular)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0.5 (d) 4
Hyderabad IDelhiIBhopalI Pwte I BhubaneswarI LucknowI PaulaI Bengal=I ChenntilIVOIlYawada MaasITirupatiI KokotpallyI KolkataIAhmedabad
to
1, ACE : 147: Shear Force and Bending Moment
:Engineering Publkations
— • _1,— .1. —.• . _e
74. A point/section in the beam where the B.M. 78. The support reactions of a cantilever beam
changes in sign from negative to positive or are an upward force of 25 kl\T and a
vice versa, is the point of (2006 Regular) clockwise moment of 60 kN sa. The single
(a) maximum shear force equivalent force on the beam acts at
(b) minimum shear force (2006 ja_aiddog)
(c) contraflexure (a) free end
(d) fatigue failure (b) mid length of beam
(c) at a section 2.4 m from free end
75. A cantilever beam of length 'I,' is subjected (d) at a section 2.4 m from support
to a uniformly distributed load 'w' and a
concentrated load 'W' at a distance 'd' from 79. A beam ABC of segmental lengths AB = 8
free end. The maximum B.M. in the beam is m and BC = 2 m is provided with a roller
(2006 Regular) support at A and a hinged support B. It
(a) wL / 2 + WL carries a point load magnitude 20 !1<.-.N at a
(b) wL2 / 2 + WL section 4 metres from A. What magnitude
(c) w(L — d) / 2 + W(L + d) / 2 of point load placed at C will cause bending
(d) / 2 + W(L — d) moment in the beam to be only hogging?
(2006 0,nelldeg)
76. The shear force is zero at a section where the (a) 10104 (b) 20 kN
bending moment will be (2006 Regular) (c) 40 kN (d) 15 lasji
(a) zero (b) maximum
(c) minimum (d) maximum or minimum 80. A beam ABC of segmental lengths AB = 6
m and BC = 2 m carries uniformly
77. The maximum number of points distributed load of intensity 12 kN/m on AB
contraflexure in a beam corresponds to and a point load of 36 kN at C. Assuniwg
(2006 Regular) simple supports at A and B, the point of
(a) number of times the shear force changes contraflexure can be located at a section
in sign (+ve to — ye or vice versa) m to the right of support A.
(b) number of times the B.M. changes in (2006 15ac klog)
sign (a) 0 (b) 3m
(c) number of maximum and minimum (c) 4 m (d) 2 m
points in B.M.
(d) number of zero bending moments
ACE Engincering Pliblicatioils,„>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennaij VIjayavada Vizag Rimpati Kukalpally I Kolkaus I Ahmedabad
04 4,, ACE
:Eagityeating Publicafions : 148: Strength of Materials
81. A simply supported beam of span L, carries 86. A cantilever beam of span 5 m carries
uniformly distributed load of intensity `cf uniformly distributed load of intensity 8
over one half of the span. Shear force at kN/m for a length of 2 metres from the free
midspan section is (2006 Backlog) end. The maximum bending moment in the
(a) qL / 2 (b) qL / 4 beam is kNm. (2006 Backlog)
(c) 3 qL /8 (d) qL / 8 (a) 40 (b) 100
(c) 64 (d) 25
82. The bending moment in a beam segment is
given by the expression M(x)=(42x-6x2+24) 87. A simply supported beam of span 10 m
kNm The shear force at a section x = 3 m is carries uniformly distributed load, q = 10
(2006 Backlog) kN/m over a length of 6 m from a support.
(a) 6 kN (b) — 6 IN What is the maximum shear force in the
(c) 18 kN (d) — 18 kN (2006 Backlog)
beam?
(a) 30 kN (b) 60 kN
83. The shear force in a beam segment is given
(c) 50 kN (d) 42 kN
by the expression Q(x) = (24 — 6x2) kN. The
maximum bending moment occurs at the
88. A beam of length 10 metres is supported
section x = (2006 Backlog)
with 2 metres overhangers on each side and
(a) 4 m (b) 2 m (c) 3 m (d) 6m
carries uniformly distributed load of
84. The loading on a simply supported beam of intensity, q = 20 kN/m. The maximum
span 10 m is given as u.d.l.,q = 20 kN/m, sagging moment in the beam is
4 m. x 10 m. The shear force at midspan kNm.
section is (2006 Backlog) (2006 Backlog)
(a) — 16 kN (b) — 56 kN (a) 40 (b) 50 (c) 90 (d) 60
(c) + 56 kN (d) + 60 IN
89. An overhanging beam has a supported span
85. In a beam segment where there are no of 4 m with an overhang of 2 m on right
distributed loads, the bending moments at hand side. If the beam is loaded with u.d.l.
section x = 3 and x = 6 respectively are (uniformly distributed load) over full length,
given as 40 kNm sagging and 20 kNm shear force will be zero at a section
hogging. The shear force in the segment is m from L.H.S. support.
(2006 Backlog) (2006 Backlog)
(a) 30 kN (b) 20 kN (a) 2.0 (b) 1.5 (c) 1.0 (d) 2.5
(c) — 30 IN (d) — 20 kN
Engiljeciing Pliblicalions>HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PainalBengalurulChennaiiVijayawadalVizagrrirupatilKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
Li
o
lf
‘4,4 1)Fingineering Publications
90. On a simply supported beam of span 10 94. A beam with length 1 between the simple
metres, 2 point loads of magnitude 50 kN supports overhangs on both sides. The mid-
and 75 kN are applied respectively at span bending moment in the beam is zero
sections 3 m and 6 m from L.H.S. support. under uniformly distributed load covering
The reaction of larger magnitude is the entire span, if (2006 Dec)
(2006 Backlog) (a) / = a (b) / = 2a
(a) 50 IN (b) 75 IcN (c) / = 3a (d) 1= 4a
(c) 60 IN (d) 65 kN
95. A central concentrated load causes a
91. Maximum bending moment occurs in a maximum bending moment M in a simply
simply supported beam, where the supported beam. If the same load is
(2006 Dec) distributed uniformly over the entire span,
(a) load is maximum the maximum bending moment is
(b) shear force is maximum (2006 Dec AIEE-2007)
(c) load changes sign (a) M (b) 2 M
(d) shear force changes sign (c) M / 2 (d) M / 4
92. If the shear force diagram of a simply 96. The reaction at a hinged support of a beam is
supported beam is parabolic, the beam is (AEE CE/ME-20049 N906 Dec)
subjected to (2006 Dec) (a) normal to the beam axis
(a) uniformly distributed load (b) normal to the support
(b) a series of concentrated load (c) a function of beam parameters for the
(c) linearly varying load given load
(d) moments applied at the supports (d) a function of the applied loads
93. The sheaf force dia tin for a cantilever 97. The rate of change of shear force at a section
subjected to uniformly distributed load over in a beam is the
its entire wan is (2006 Dec) (AE-2011, AE CE/ME — 2004,
(a) rectangular 2006 Dec, MEE-2007)
(b) triangular (a) rate of loading at the section
(c) parabolic (b) bending moment at the section
(d) trapezoidal (c) deflection at the section
(d) loading at the section
ACV. Filginecring PublicatiOs • Hyderabadi Delhi 'Bhopal ll'unej Bhubaneswar ILucknowiPatnal Bengaluru IChennaiNuayawadalVizagrIbupatilKuk.tpallyIKolkatalAhmelabajl
f.e.
4. ACE : 150: Strength of Materials
vv z'F_ntincering Publications
98. A simply supported beam of span / carries (b) area of SF diagram between fixed end
two concentrated loads of magnitude P at and the section
each of the quarter span sections; the (c) vertical ordinate at that section in the SF
bending moment at the mid-span section is diagram
(AE CE/ME. AEE-2004 & 2006 Dec) (d) product of the shear force diagram
(a) PI / 2 (h) P/ / 4 (c) 2 P/ (d) P/ ordinate at the section and the distance
from fixed end
99. Shear force diagram of abeam is shown in
the figure given below. The moment at the 102. If shear force diagram between two sections
point C is zero. (AEE-2006) is constant. BM diagram between those two
section varies (AE CE/ME-2007)
20 klq (a) linearly (b) parabolically
v
r 10 kN
A B C (c) hyperbolically (d) remains constant

2m 2m
S.F diagram 103. The moment diagram for a cantilever beam

The maximum moment in the beam is with concentrated load at the end will be
(a) 30 kNm (b) 50 kNm (AEE-2007)
(c) 60 kNm (d) 45 kNm (a) rectangle (b) parabola
(c) triangle (d) cubic parabola
100. In a simply supported beam subjected to
equal clockwise and anticlockwise moments 104. Which of the following beams is likely to
at the left and right supports, respectively have the point of contraflexure?
(AEE-2006) (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) the bending moment diagram has the (a) Cantilever beam
shape of a triangle (b) Simply supported beam
(b) SF diagram is a rectangle (c) Propped cantilever
(c) deflection curve has the shape of cubic (d) Simply supported beam with an
parabola overhang
(d) soffit is subjected to tension.
105. A simply supported beam of length 5 m is
subjected to a point load of 5 kN at a
101. In a cantilever beam the BM at a section is
distance of 3 m from the left support. The
equal to the (AEE-2006)
maximum SF is (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) area of SF diagram between free end and
(a) 2 kN (b) 8 kN (c) 5 kN (d) 3 kN
the section
'511yderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bentraluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publications ii
,ft4,Engineering
. ACE
Publicalions
„,
106.A cantilever beam is subjected to udl over its 111.A cantilever beam is based on resultant at
entire length. Max. SF is 10 kN and max. (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
BM is 10 kNm. Span of the beam is (a) mid span (b) free end
(AE CE/ME-2007) (c) fixed end (d) mid span and fixed
(a) 20 m (b) 10 m (c) 2 m (d) 4 m
112.The bending moment equation for the below
107. A cantilever beam of length '1' is subjected beam is given by: (AEE-2008)
to a udl of w/m over the entire length. Max. w/m
BM at the fixed end is (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) w/ (b) w/2/2 x
(c) w12/4 (d) w12/8 14-- L
AVX 2 x
(a) f (b)wxL.
108.A 3 m long simply supported beam has a 2 2
load of 60 N acting at a distance of 1 m from — xY
(c) w (d) w(L — x)
left hand support. The SF at a distance of 2
1 m from right hand support is
(AE CE/ME-2007) 113. A single span beam extended beyond
(a) 40 N (b) 60 N supports is called:
(c) 30 N (d) 20 N (AEE CE/ME-2008, AE-2013)
(a) simply supported beam
109. If there is an abrupt variation in SFD at a (b) fixed beam
section of a beam, it indicates that (c) overhanging beam
(AE CE/ME-2007) (d) cantilever beam
(a) there is a point load at that section
(b) there is udl at that section 114. The bending moment on a section is
(c) there is no load at that section maximum where shear force is:
(d) there is a failure of beam at that section. (AEE CE/ME-2008,
2011 PH & Municipality)
110. A simply supported beam of length '1' is (a) minimum
subjected to a point load at mid span. The (b) maximum
shape of BMD is (AE CE/ME-2007) (c) zero or changes sign
(a) Rectangle (b) Triangle (d) zero
(c) Parabola (d) Trapezium
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswarl Lucknow1Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I TimPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e,M. ACE : 152: Strength of Materials
I,gligineeting Publications
gAir
4
115. When a load on the free end of a cantilever 119. When the shear forces diagram is a parabolic
beam is increased, failure occurs? curve between two points the loading:
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) at the free end is constant between the two points
(b) at the fixed end comprises a series of point loads
(c) in the middle of the beam is uniformly distributed over the span
2,e varies linearly between the points
(d) at a distance — from its free end
3
120. A cantilever 8 m long carries a point load of
116. Bending moment function is : 5 tonnes at its free end and 5 tonnes at its
(AEE CE/ME-2008, AEE-2008) middle. The bending moment at the middle
(a) always non-linear of the cantilever is
(b) linear when the load is constant (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(c) a third degree curve, when the load (a) 10 tonne — metres
varies linearly (b) 20 tonne — metres
(d) always linear (c) 40 tonne — metres
(d) zero
117. A beam subjected to transverse loads
develops: (AEE CE/ME-2008) 121. A beam 8 m long, simply supported at the
(a) longitudinal shear stresses only ends, carries a uniformly distributed load of
(b) transverse shear stresses only 2 T/m from one end to a distance of 2m, and
(c) longitudinal and transverse shear stresses from the other end to a distance of 2 m. The
(d) longitudinal or transverse shear stresses SF at the centre of the beam is
118. A simply supported beam of span 1 subjected (a) 4 T (b) 2 T (c) 1 T (d) 0
to a load linearly varying from zero at one
end to w/m at the other, develops a 122. A beam carries transverse loads and is
maximum shear force of: simply supported with overhang on both the
(AEE CE/ME-2008) sides. The point of contra flexure is point
(a) w//6 (b) w//2 where (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(c) 2w//3 (d) w//3 (a) Shear force is maximum
(b) Shear force is zero
(c) Bending moment changes sign
(d) Bending moment is maximum
. •
ik( El uprwcring Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I L,ucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Virag I TiruPati I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
‘z,
:Engineering Publicaiions
123. When there is a sudden increase or decrease 127. A b am is a structural member:
in shear force between any two points, it (2008 Regular)
indicates that there is (a) subjected to flexure and straight in plan
(2008 HYD Metro Water Works, (b) on which the external loads act
AEE CE/ME-2009, AE-2011) tangential to its axis
(a) point loads at the points (c) on which axial loads are zero
(b) uniformly distributed load between the (d) curved in elevation and subjected to
points lateral forces
(c) uniformly varying load between the
points 128. Bending moment at a section has the
(d) no load between the points maximum value where: (2008 Regular)
(a) the load function has zero value
124. A beam carries transverse loads. Its SF and (b) the shear force function has zero value
BM diagrams are drawn. In a portion of the (c) the load function has the maximum value
beam where SF is zero, the bending moment (d) the shear force function changes sign
is (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(a) maximum (b) minimum 129. Shear force at a section is defined as the
(c) constant (d) Zero algebraic sum of all the forces:
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 2008 Regular)
125. The shape of the bending moment diagram if (a) to the left or right of the section
the length of a beam carrying a uniformly (b) to the left of the section
increasing load, is always: (c) to the right of the section
(2008 HYD Metro Water Works) (d) transverse to the member axis to the left
(a) linear (b) parabolic or right of the section
(c) cubical (d) circular
130. At a simple support in a beam
126. The number of points of contraflexure that (2008 Regular)
occur in a cantilever beam subjected to (a) bending moment and deflection are zero
uniformly distributed load is (b) bending moment and force are zero
(2008 HYD Metro Water Works) (c) shear force is zero but not the bending
(a) 0 (b) 1 moment
(c) 2 (d) 3 (d) slope and deflection are
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru l Chennai I Vidayawada I Vnag I Twupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
S,Engineeting Pubhcauons
131. At the section of symmetry in a beam the: 135. The shear force diagram for a cantilever
(2008 Regular) beam of length l and carrying a gradually
(a) bending moment and slope are zero varying load from zero at free end and W per
(b) deflection is zero but not the bending unit length at the fixed end is a
moment (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) bending moment and deflection are zero (a) Horizontal straight line
(d) shear force is zero but not the bending (b) Vertical straight line
moment (c) Inclined line
(d) Parabolic curve
132. The equilibrium EMA = E MB =EFx =0
require that points A and B about which 136. The maximum bending moment for the
moments are taken (X being along the beam beam shown in the following figure is
"rn, (AEE CE/ME-2009)
axis), are: (2008 Regular)
(a) on a vertical line (b) on a horizontal line
(c) non collinear (d) collinear
133. The maximum bending moment for a simply

supported beam with a uniformly distributed wf 2
(b)
load w/unit length and span 'I,' is: 61/3
(AEE-2009)
(d) Wee
wL2 w 12A/3
(a) (b) L2
2 4
wL2 w 137. The point of contraflexure occurs in
(c) (d) wL2
8 12 (AEE CE/ME-2009, 2008 Regular & AE 2011)
(a) Cantilever beams
134. The shear force of a cantilever beam of (b) Simply supported beams
length / carrying a uniformly distributed load (c) Overhanging beams
of W per unit length is at the fixed (d) Fixed beams
end. (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) zero (b) W//4 138. Bending moment at supports in case of
(c) W//2 (d) W/ simply supported beams is always
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) less than unity (b) more than unity
(c) zero (d) none of the above
• Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 1 Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vnayawada IVizag I TunPali I KlikalPally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
At, ACE
At : 155: Shear Force and Bending Moment
0,„rEngineeting Publications
139. A cantilever of length L, subjected to two 141. A cantilever is loaded with Uniformly
loads W1 and W2 at distance L1 and L2 Distributed Load (UDL). The shape of the
respectively from the free end will have shear force diagram is
greater bending moment of w N/L
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) %Li + W2L2
(b) Wi(Li — L) + W2(L2 —L) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) W2 (L — Li) + W1 (L — L2) (a)
(d) W1 (L — Li) + W2 (L — L2)
140. A cantilever is shown in figure with loading.

What is the shape of the Bending moment (c)
diagram? (AE CE/ME-2009)
w w
•
142. A simply supported beam is shown below.

The shape of the shear force diagram is
0.6 L
W
(a)
(b) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a)
(c)
(c)
S.F.D
(d)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal 1Pune I BhubaneswarlLucknow1Patna I Bengaluru IChennaiiVijayawadal VizaglTirupati iKukatpallyi Kolkatal Ahmedabad
4, ACE : 156: Strength of Materials
J :Enginering Publications
143. A simply supported beam with UDL of 148. A cantilever beam is subjected to UDL
w N/m has a span of L. The left end reaction throughout the span. The span of the beam is
is (AE CE/ME-2009) mts. The max. shear force is 100 kN and
w N/m max. BM is 200 kN-m. Then the span is
cltmeThrYThr-r-Y-N
A •
4 to. equal to (AE-2011, AEE-2012)
L
(a) 4 m (b) 7 m (c) 8 m (d) 2 m
wL 2w wL
(a) — (b) 2wL (c) — (d)
2 4 149. Rate of change of shear force is equal to
(AE 2011)
144. Shear force is the resultant of all the forces (a) Bending moment
acting on one side of the section acting in the
(b) Slope
direction (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) Maximum deflection
(a) Vertical (b) Inclined at 60° (d) Intensity of loading
(c) Horizontal (d) Inclined at 45°
145. A simply supported overhang beam with 150. The bending moment at the fixed end of a
UDL is shown in figure (AE CE/ME-2009) cantilever beam of length "1" subjected to a
concentrated load 'W' at free end is
w/Unit length
(AE 2011)
wL2 WL3
(a) 8W (b) WL (c) (d)
2 48
L
The maximum BM occurs at 151. Change in Bending moment between two
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) E sections is given by (AE 2011)
(a) Area of SFD
146. In a double overhanging beam carrying UDL (b) Area of BMD
throughout its length, the number of points (c) Area of the loading diagram
of contraflexure are (AE 2011) (d) All the above
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0
152. The shape of Bending Moment diagram with
147. If a cantilever beam is carrying UDL
UDL over a length of a beam is (AE 2011)
throughout the span, the max. B.M occurs at
(a) linear (b) parabolic
(AE 2011)
(c) cubical (d) circular
(a) free end (b) fixed end
(c) at all points of the span (d) mid span
ACE Engineering Puidicatioi HyderabadIDelhilBhopalill'uneiBhubaneswariLuclulow1PatnalBengaluruiChennailVidayawadaiVizagiTirupatilKukatpallyiKolkatalAhmedabad

ir
0 s441, ACE : 157: Shear Force and Bending Moment
‘t, 41Engineeing Publicaiions
153. Shear force is usually associated with (a) — Wa — Wa
(b) + a)
(2011) 2
(a) Bending moment (b) Torsional moment (c) — Wa Wa
(d) 2
(c) Normal thrust (d) Axial thrust 3 3
Where W = total load, L = span and BM is
154. Shear force and transverse load on a beam +ve if it causes compression on load face
are related by (2011)
(a) V = Zwdx (b) V = wL 158. When the force acts to the
dw area of cross section, it is called shear force
(c) V = wydx (d) V=
dx (AE 2011)
Where, w = transverse load intensity (a) perpendicular
V = shear force (b) inclined at an angle of 45°
(c) tangential
155. Shear force and the displacement of the (d) None of the above
beam are approximately related by
(AEE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2011) 159. Variation of bending moment in a beam
d2v d3v along a segment where no external load is
(a) V = EI (b) V = EI
dX 2 dx 3 present in (2011)
d4v (a) Zero (b) Linear

(c) V = EI (d) Not related at all (c) Parabolic (d) Depends on the beam span
dx4
156. Approximate relation between the bending 160. Maximum bending moment on a simply
moment M and the intensity of transverse supported beam caused by a uniformly
load w on a beam is (2011) distributed load over a segment of length 'a'
spread symmetrically about the mid span is
(a) 1\4= wL2
(b) M =If wdx (2011)
8
dw
2 Wa
(c) M = (d) M = w(x — a)x (a) (b) Wall — a
dx 2 4 2L
Wa Wa
(c) — (d) — (2L — a)
157. Maximum bending moment caused by a 8
hydrostatic type of load acting over a length Where W = total load and L = span.
à' with zero intensity at the support on a
cantilever beam is (2011)
ACt Engincering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal IPune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada l Vizag Tirupati IKukatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
"tkxt.s. t,
4-4 ACE : 158: Strength of Materials
l
i'EngineeringPubhcanons
161. Maximum bending moment caused by four (a) A triangle with maximum ordinate at
fixed end
equal loads each = —
4 spaced apart at
(b) A rectangle with ordinate M
L (c) A parabola with maximum ordinate of
intervals of — on a simply supported beam
5 ML2
is (2011) at the fixed end
2
5 (d) No shear force at all
(a) WL (b) WL
6 36
WL 3 165. The following happens at the point of
(c) (d) 3WL
8 20
contraflexure in a beam
Where L = span and W = total of the loads.
(a) Deflection changes its nature
(b) Beam develops crack
162. The slope of curve of S.F. diagram at any
(c) Radius of curvature changes its sign and
section will be equal to (2011)
nature
(a) The slope of loading at that section
(d) Bending moment is just zero
(b) Intensity of load
(c) The area of loading diagram from end to
166. Bending moment at any point is equal to the
that section
algebraic sum of
(d) The bending moment at that section
(a) all vertical forces
163. The slope of the B.M.D at any section will
(b) all horizontal forces
be equal to (2011)
(c) forces on either side of the point
(a) The slope of loading diagram at that
(d) moments of forces on either side of the
section
point
(b) The slope of S.F. diagram at that section
(c) The ordinate of S.F. diagram at that
167. The bending moment diagram for a
section
cantilever beam carrying concentrated load
(d) The area of S.F. diagram starting from
at the end of the beam is
any one end
(a) rectangle (b) parabola
164. A cantilever of length `L' is subjected to
(c) triangle (d) elliptical
bending moment M at the free end. The SF
diagram will be (2011)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Beugahuid Chennai I vijayaivada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-0
-41, ACE
:Enghteering Publications
.1
168. At a roller support in beams 173. A loaded overhanging beam is shown below.
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) Its ratio of reactions at A to B is
(a) Normal reaction is zero (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(b) Normal reaction is not equal to zero
w/unit length
(c) Bending moment is maximum
(d) Slopes are equal to zero
169. A simply supported beam will have number

of contraflexure points along its span.
(2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) Zero (b) One 174. A loaded overhanging beam is shown below.
(c) Two (d) Three The value of bending moment at C is equal
to (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
170. Rate of change of shear force in a loaded
6 icNim
beam represents (2011 Deputy Surveyor) A B
(a) Shear (b) Load intensity
(c) Slope (d) Deflection
171 A cantilever beam AB is fixed at A and free (a)Zero (b)48 kN-m

at B and is of length 4m. The beam is loaded (c)24 (d)52
with a uniformly distributed load of 8 kN/m
acting over a length of 2 m starting from B. 175. For the most economical length of the beam,
The maximum bending moment in the beam shown below from bending point of view,
is (2011 Deputy Surveyor) the condition for the length of the overhang
(a) 64 kN-m (b) 56 kN-m à' should be
(c) 48 kN-m (d) 32 kN-m (2011 Deputy Surveyor, AEE-2012)
w/ nit length
172. The variation of bending moment diagram in
a 1 a
a cantilever beam, loaded with uniformly
distributed load on its full span, represents a
profile of (2011 Deputy Surveyor) (a) 0.207 m (b) 0.414 m
(a) Straight line (b) Parabola (c) 4.14 m (d) 2.07 m
(c) Cubic Parabola (d) Logarithmic Where the total length of the beam =1+2a
= 10m
ACE Engineering Publications e..)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I VijayawadaI VizagI Tirupati IKukatpally I Kolkata IAhrnedabad
,
t ACE : 160: Strength of Materials
lo
176. A roller support in a beam 181.A simply supported beam of span 8 m
(AEE CE/ME 2011) carries a uniformly distributed load of
(a) Shear force is zero 16kN/m over its middle 4 m length. The
(b) Bending moment is zero maximum bending moment in the beam is
(c) Bending moment is maximum (AEE CE/ ME 2011)
(d) Slope is zero (a) 128 kN-m (b) 64 kN-m
(c) 96 kN-m (d) 32kN-m
177. A simply supported beam of length L is
subjected to a mid-point load W. The
182.A beam ABC is simply supported at A and B
maximum bending moment in the beam is
and BC is the overhang portion. The beam is
subjected a uniformly distributed load of 8
(a)
WL
(b)
WL
(c)
VII, (d) WL kN/m over its full span ABC and AB = 4
8 4 2
m and BC = 2 m. The point of contraflexure
178. In a fixed beam of span L and carrying a in the beam occurs at
mid-point load w, the number of (AEE CE/ME 2011)
contraflexure points are (a) Support A (b) Support B
(AEE CE/ME 2011) (c) Mid-point of AB (d) 3 m from A
(a) zero (b) one (c) two (d) three
183.A simply supported beam of span 8 m is
179. Introducing a hinge in a beam means
subjected to a point load of 16 IN acting at 5
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
m from its left support. The support reaction
(a) At the hinge bending moment is zero
at this left support is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(b) At the hinge slope is zero
(a) 10 IN (b) 6 kN (c) 8 IN d) 12 kN
(c) At the hinge bending moment is
maximum
184.A simply supported beam of span ABCD
(d) At the hinge deflection is maximum
which is subjected to a uniformly distributed
180. Rate of change of shear force at any section load of intensity 'w' throughout its span is
of a beam represents at that supported at B and C and AB and CD are
section. (AEE CE/ ME 2011) overhangs . Here, AB = CD = x and BC =1.
(a) Rate of bending moment Then beam will have zero bending moment
(b) Rate of loading at mid-point of BC. What is the value of x?
(c) A hinge condition (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(d) None of these (a) / (b) 0.75/
(c) 0.50/ (d) 0.25/
AC'E Engineciing Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Viljayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkam I Ahmedabad
„ ACE : 161: Shear Force and Bending Moment
Publicafions
185. A double sided equal overhang beam carries 190. In a simply supported beam, of span 8 m and
a point load W at the end of each overhang. subjected to a mid-point load of 24 IN,
The bending moment diagram for the beam which one of the following statement is
represents the shape of a wrong? (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(AEE CE/ME 2011) (a) Point of contraflexure occurs at its mid-
(a) Triangle (b) Rectangle span
(c) Parabola (d) Trapezium (b) Point of contraflexure does not exist in
this beam
186. A cantilever beam of span L canies a mid-
(c) Bending moment is maximum at its mid-
point load W. The maximum bending
span
moment in the beam is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(d) Shear force is maximum at its supports
WL WL WL
(a) WL (b) (c) (d)
2 4 8
191. For a maximum bending moment shear force
187. The rate of change of bending moment
at that section should be (AEE-2012)
represents (2011 Additional)
(a) zero (b) maximum
(a) Shear force (b) Horizontal Force
(c) minimum (d) none of these
(c) Bending Moment (d) None
192. For uniform stress force throughout the span

188. A beam if it is fixed at one end and free at
of a simply supported beam. It should carry
the other end, it is called as beam.
(AEE-2012)
(AEE-2006, AEE CE/ME 2011, AE-2013)
(a) a concentrated lead at the mid-span
(a) Cantilever (b) Free
(b) a couple anywhere in the section
(c) Fixed (d) Simply supported
(c) udl over its entire span
189. The change in bending moment between any (d) two concentrated loads equally spaced
two point on a beam represents also
(AEE CE/ME 2011) 193. Maximum bending moment in a cantilever
(a) The change in shear force between the carrying a concentrated load at the free end
same two points occurs (AEE-2012)
(b) The area of the shear force diagram (a) at the fixed end (b) at the free end
between the same two points (c) at the mid-span (d) none of these
(c) The total load acting on the beam
between the same two points
(d) The difference of loads acting on the
beam between the same two points
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad'; Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tinmali Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:4",
N
ACE
194. The given figure shows the shear force (a) 300 kN-m (b) 180 kN-m
diagram for the beam ABCD (AEE-2012) (c) 90 kN-m (d) 270 kN-m
D
A B 199. if a freely supported beam is subjected to udl
throughout the span, the shape of the BMD
Bending moment in the portion BC of the is (AEE-2012)
beam (a) rectangle (b) straight line
(a) is zero (c) equilateral triangle (d) parabola
(b) varies linearly from B to C
(c) parabolic variation between B and C 200. In a propped cantilever beam, the number of
(d) is a non-zero constant points of contraflexure is (AEE-2012)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
195.A cantilever beam AB of length 1 is
subjected to an anticlockwise couple of 'M' 201. If a fixed beam is subjected to a point load at
at a section C, distance 'a' from support. mid span, total numbers of points of
Then the maximum shear force is equal to contraflexure are (AEE-2012)
(AEE-2012) (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) zero
(a) M (b) (c) zero (d) Ma

a 202. In a double overhanging beam carrying udl
throughout its length, the number of points
196. If SFD between two sections varies linearly,
of contra flexure are (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
BM between these sections varies
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) zero (d) 3
(AEE-2012)
(a) linearly (b) parabolically
203. A beam ABCD is simply supported at B and
(c) constant (d) none of these
C. The simply supported span BC=/. The
197.At section of beam sudden change in BM overhangs are each 'a'. If the beam carries a
indicates the action of (AEE-2012) udl of w/metre over the entire length, the
(a) point load (b) couple maximum BM at the centre is
(c) point load or couple (d) udl (AEE-CE/ME-2012)

1,1,42
wag a2
(a) (b)
198.A freely supported beam of span 6 m is 8 4 4
subjected to a point load of 60 kN at mid wa 2 w12
wa g
span. The maximum BM is equal to (c) (d)
2 8 2
(AEE-2012)
ACE El iginceling Publications4:›Hyderabadi DelhilBhopal I Pone I BhubaneswarILudcnowl PathalBengalurul ChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupatilKultatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

t ACE : 163: Shear Force and Bending Moment
0. :Engineerng Publicaiions
4.
204. Rate of change of shear force is equal to 209. Which of the following are the statically
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) determinate beams? (AE-2012)
(a) Bending moment (a) Cantilevers
(b) Intensity of loading (b) SSB
(c) Maximum deflection (c) Overhanging beams
(d) Slope (d) All of the above
205. Maximum bending moment in a cantilever 210. In a pile of length 1, the points of suspension
carrying a concentrated load at the free end from the ends for lifting it are located at
occurs (AEE-CE & ME-2012) (AEE-2012)
(a) at the fixed end (b) at the free end (a) 0.2071 (b) 0.25 /
(c) at the mid span (d) None of these (c) 0.2931 (d) 0.333 1
206. A simply supported beam is loaded as shown 211. The number of independent equations to be
in fig. The maximum shear force in the beam satisfied of static equilibrium of a plane
will be (AE-2012) structure is (AEE-2012)
W 2W W (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
11,111
1.1 4
C C
212. Fixed support is able to resist the following
(a) Zero (b) W forces (Research Assistant 2013)
(c) 2 W (d) 4 W (a) Vertical forces only
(b) Horizontal forces only
207. Point of contraflexure is where (AE-2012) (c) Moment only
(a) B.M. is maximum (b) S.F. is maximum (d) Horizontal vertical and moment
(c) S.F. is zero (d) B.M. is zero
213. The bending moment diagram for a
208. The point of contraflexure is also called as cantilever beam subjected to moment at free
(AE-2012) end is (Research Assistant 2013)
(a) the point of inflextion (a) triangle (b) parabola
(b) a virtual hinge (c) elliptical (d) rectangle
(c) Either of the above
ACE Engineering Publicalinns >Hyderabad iDelhi I Bhopal IPUne I Bhubaneswar LUCICROWI Patna I Bengaluni I ChCIIIlai IViiayaWadal Vi7-agiTirlIpad Kukatpally IKOlkata I Ahmedabad
4o 4
:Engiticering Publications
4 4,
214. Maximum bending moment in a cantilever 218. A simple supported beam of length, 1, has a
beam of length 1, carrying a uniformly distributed load of linearly varying intensity
distributed load of intensity, w, is with zero at each end to 'w' at the mid span.
(Research Assistant 2013) Maximum shear force in the beam is
we 2
we e
(a) (b)
4 8 (Research Assistant 2013)
we 2 wt 2 we we
(c) (d) (a) — (b)
16 2 4
we we
215. A cantilever of span 10 m is subjected to (c) (d)
4 2
uniformly distributed load of 3 kN/m for 6 m
span starting from the free end. Then the
219. If the end portion of a beam is extended
maximum B.M in the beam and its location
beyond the support, such a beam is known as
is (Research Assistant 2013)
(AE-2013)
(a) 126 kNm at free end
(a) Cantilever beam
(b) 126 kNm at fixed end
(b) Supply supported beam
(c) 54 kNm at free end
(c) Overhanging beam
(d) 54 kNm at fixed end
(d) Roller beam
216. A simple supported beam carries a couple at
its centre of span. The shear force 220. The shear force at a section where there
(Research Assistant 2013) is a vertical point load. (AE-2013)
(a) varies by cubic variation (a) Remains constant
(b) varies by parabolic variation (b) Changes gradually
(c) varies linearly (c) changes suddenly
(d) is uniform throughout (d) Is zero
217. A beam 10 m long supported over 8 m span,

221. The shear force between any two vertical
having equal overhang on both the sides,
loads (AE-2013)
carries loads of 8 kN each at its ends and a
(a) Remains constant
load of 8 kN at its centre. The point of
(b) Changes gradually
contraflexure lies(Research Assistant 2013)
(c) Changes suddenly
(a) at the supports
(d) Is zero
(b) at the centre
(c) at 2 m from each end
(d) at 3 m distance from each end
ACE' rAgineciing Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 'Pune 'Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkats l Ahmedabad
1. ACE : 165: Shear Force and Bending Moment
1, :Engineering Publications
222. Bending moment is at a section 226. The point of contra flexure in a laterally
where shear force is zero after changing its loaded beam occurs where
sign. (AE-2013) (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) Maximum (a) bending moment changes its sign
(b) Minimum (b) shear force is minimum
(c) Zero (c) shear force changes its sign
(d) Either maximum or minimum (d) shear force is maximum
223. When a beam is subjected to a couple at a 227. A simply supported beam which carries a
section, then bending moment at the uniformly distributed load has two equal
section (AE-2013) overhangs. To have maximum B.M.
(a) Changes suddenly produced in the beam the least possible, the
(b) Changes gradually ratio of the length of the overhang to the
(c) Remains unaltered total length of the beam is
(d) Is zero (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) 0.207 (b) 0.307 (c) 0.407 (d) 0.508
224. For a beam of span 'I,' subjected to a couple
228. A cantilever beam of 3 m long carries a
`M' at the centre, the shear force at the left
point load of 5 kN at its free end and 5 kN at
support is (AE-2013)
its middle. The bending moment at the
4M
(a) — (b) M (c) — (d) Zero middle of the cantilever beam is
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
225. A cantilever of span L is subjected to (a) 30.0 kN-metre (b) 22.5 kN-metre
bending moment M at the free end. The (c) 7.5 kN-metre (d) 15.0 kN-metre
shear force diagram will be
229. The maximum bending moment for a simply
(Observers-2013)
supported beam subjected to uniformly
(a) a triangle with maximum ordinate at the
varying load with zero intensity at the right
fixed end
end and w per meter length at the left end is
(b) a rectangle with ordinate M
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
(c) a parabola with maximum ordinate of
(a) w12/2 (b) w12/
me
at the fixed end (c) w/2/9 (d) w12/ 9
2
(d) No shear force at all
ACE En,,inccring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludmow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vtzag I Tirupati I Kultamally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
4"4
•I ACE
V : 166: Strength of Materials
230. In a beam, where the variation of shear force 233. If a simply supported beam of 5 m span
is a second degree parabola and the variation carries a point load of 100 kN at 2 m from
of loading is , the variation of LHS, the maximum bending moment on it is
bending moment is (TSPSC AE 2015)
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) (a) 62.5 kNm (b) 120 kNm
(a) linear, cubic parabola (c) 125 kNm (d) 312.5 kNm
(b) linear, square parabola
(c) cubic parabola, square parabola 234. Variation of bending moment under a UDL,
(d) constant, cubic parabola in a beam is (TSPSC AE 2015)
(a) Straight line variation
231. A simply supported beam of span L, carries (b) Parabolic variation
a UVL with intensity varying from w/unit (c) Cubic variation
downward at left support to w/unit upward at (d) Zero i.e horizontal straight line
right support. The reactions at left and right
supports are respectively. 235. The number of unknown reactions to be
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) found at a fixed support of a beam, during
(a) wL/8 upward and wL/8 downward analysis is/are (TSPSC AE 2015)
(b) wL/4 downward and wL/4 upward (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) wL/6 upward and wL/6 downward
(d) wL/4 upward and wL/4 downward 236. The bending moment on a section is
maximum where shear force is
232. A simply supported beam of span L, carries (TS TRANSCO 2015)
two couples of magnitude M each acting at (a) Minimum (b) Maximum
both middle third locations of the beam. (c) Changing sign (d) Zero
While one of them is acting clockwise the
other is acting counter clockwise. Magnitude 237. The shear force diagram of a cantilever
of the maximum shear force acting in the beam of length 1 and carrying a uniformly
beam (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) distributed load of w per unit length will be
(a) 0 (b) M/L (TS TRANSCO 2015)
(c) 1.5 M/L (d) 2 M/L (a) A right angled triangle
(b) An isosceles triangle
(c) An equilateral triangle
(d) A rectangle
ACE Engineeting Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru j Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I'Drupati I Kukaipally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
1,
t ACE
:Engineeig Publications
238. A beam with overhangs on both sides is
243. Moment area method can be easily adopted

subjected to concentrated loads at the ends for the following case: (TSPSC AE 2015)
of overhangs. The number of inflection (a) Simply supported beam with eccentric
points in the bending moment diagram will point load
be (TS TRANSCO 2015) (b) Simply supported beam with point loads
(a) zero (b) one & UDL
(c) two (d) three (c) Simply supported beam with two
symmetrically placed unequal point
239. A simply supported beam of span "L" is loads
subjected to a concentrated moment of "M" (d) Cantilever with point loads and UDL
at the mid-span. The bending moment value
at "L/4" is (TS TRANSCO 2015) 244. When a simply supported beam carries a
(a) 0.25 M (b) 0.5 M uniformly distributed load of w per unit
(c) M (d) 2 M length and span of beam is 1, then the left
hand support reaction will be equal to
240. When shear force at a point is zero, then
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
bending moment at that point is
d we
(TS GENCO 2015) (a) — (b) (c) w/ (d)
3 2 4
(a) Zero (b) Minimum
(c) Maximum (d) Infinity
245. The moment diagram of a cantilever which
is subjected to uniform distributed load will
241. The maximum bending moment in a beam
be (AEE CE/ME-2004)
occurs where (TS GENCO 2015)
(a) Triangle (b) Parabola
(a) Shear force is minimum
(c) Rectangle (d) Cubic parabola
(b) Shear force is maximum
(c) Shear force changes sign
246. A cantilever beam is the one which is
(d) Deflection is zero
supported with (AEE CE/ME-2004)
242. Simply supported beam of length L is loaded (a) one end hinged and other on rollers
with a triangularly varying load intensity, (b) one end fixed and other on rollers
starting from zero at the left end to w at the (c) both ends on rollers
right end. Find the maximum shear force (d) one end fixed and the other free
(TS GENCO 2015)

wL 2wL
(a) — (b) 6(c) (d) wL
Hyderabad I Dal I Bhopal I Nile I Bhubaneswar I Ludutuve I Patna I lithitgliat I amnia' I VijaYEWiatikI rtikiiPaki I 101,4* I kolkiita I Ahinedabad
4."-)
J ACE : 168: Strength of Materials
S
4.
Tingincering Publications
247. At a given section the shear force varies 252. A cantilever beam of length 3 m is subjected
along the depth as (AEE-1992) to a point load of 8 kN at its free end apart
(a) Constant (b) Linearly from a uniformly distributed load of 4 kN/m
(c) Parabolically (d) none of these over its full length. The maximum shear
force in the beam is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
248. Shear force diagram for a cantilever carrying (a) 36 kN (b) 32 kN
a uniformly distributed load over the whole (c) 24 kN (d) 20 kN
length is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) Rectangle (b) Parabola 253. The number of reaction components possible
(c) Triangle (d) Cubic parabola at a hinged end for a general loading is
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
249. If the shear force diagram of a simply (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 3
supported beam is parabolic, the beam is
subjected to (AE CE/ME-2004) 254. A cantilever beam AB of length 1 is
(a) uniformly distributed load subjected to an anticlockwise couple of 'NV
(b) a series of concentrated load at a section C, distance 'a' from support.
(c) linearly varying load Then the maximum shear force is equal to
(d) moments applied at the supports (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) M (b) — (c) Zero (d) Ma

250. In an I-section almost all the shear force is
taken by (AEE CE/ME-2004, 2004 Feb) 255. The ratio of the strength of a fixed beam to
(a) web (b) top flange that of a simply supported beam of the same
(c) bottom flange (d) both flanges span under uniformly distributed load on the
entire spans with reference to shear is
251. If the shear force diagram of a simply (AEE 2003)
supported beam is parabolic, the beam is (a) 3.0 (b) 2.0 (c) 0.5 (d) 1.0
subjected to (AEE-2004)
(a) uniformly distributed load 256. Bending moment is maximum at a section of
(b) a series of concentrated load a beam where
(c) linearly varying load (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)

(d) moments applied at the supports (a) shear force is zero
(b)shear force changes from —ve to +ve
(c) all the given answers
(d) shear force changes from +ve to —ye
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal j Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I ViLjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
V 4 ACE : 169: Shear Force and Bending Moment
4.
.1
257. The elastic curve of a beam means 262. For a beam subjected to point loads, the
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) shear force between the point loads
(a) BMD (b) Stress-strain curve (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(c) Deflection curve (d) SFD (a) Is constant
(b) Varies linearly
258. For UDL (uniformly distributed load) on a (c) Has parabolic variation
beam, the bending moment diagram (BMD) (d) Always remains zero
shows
263. At a hinge in a beam
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) Rectangle or constant value
(a) Shear force is zero
(b) Linear variation
(b) Bending moment is maximum
(c) Parabolic (curve) variation
(c) Bending moment is zero
(d) Trapezoidal variation
(d) Bending moment changes sign
259. The number of contra flexure points that
occur in a cantilever beam subjected
264. The bending moment for a beam with equal
uniformly distributed load is
overhangs and carrying equal point loads
each of P at the free ends, the shear force for
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) 3
the beam portion between the supports is
260. Which of the following is giving correct (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
relation between load (w), shear force (F) (a) Zero
and bending moment (M) (b) Equal to P
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (c) Linearly varying from —P to + P
dM (d) Linearly varying from 0 to P
(a) F (b) M
dx dx
dw 265. Shear force diagram for a simply supported
(c) W = dM (d) M =
dx dx beam carrying a uniformly distributed load
of w per unit length, consists of
261. The reaction at a roller support of a beam
will be (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) one right-angled triangle
(a) Tangential to the support
(b) two right-angled triangle
(b) Normal to the support
(c) one equilateral triangle
(c) Unknown in direction
(d) two equilateral triangle
(d) Inclined to the support
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.4
It; 11 ACE : 170 : Strength of Materials
4 I.
266. Shear force at a section of a horizontal (c)
beam is the (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) algebraic sum of the vertical forces to
any one side of the section
(b) algebraic sum of the moments of all (d)
forces on any one side of the section

(c) algebraic sum of the moments of all
/ \
forces on both sides of the section 269. A beam with equal overhangs is carrying
(d) algebraic sum of the vertical forces on UDL as shown in the following figure. The
both sides of the section bending moment at the centre of the beam
will be zero for the condition.
267. A cantilever beam of length 3 m carries a UDL w in kN/m
uniformly distributed load w (in kN/m) over

I 1 1 1 1 141 1 I
the entire length of the cantilever beam. If A
the bending moment at the fixed end of the
1. aL
.1. + a
cantilever is 9 kN-m. What is the value of (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)

w? (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) L
(a) a = (b) a = —
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 3 2
3L
(c) a = — (d) a = L
268. The cantilever beam is loaded with a 2
uniformly distributed load w as shown in the 270. A cantilever of length 4 m is subjected to a
figure given below. The shape of the clockwise couple of 12 kN-m at free end.
bending moment diagram will be What is the shear force at fixed end?
\\ A B (a) zero (b) 4 kN (c) 3 kN (d) 12 kN
a
L .1
271. A simply supported beam with a gradually
(a) varying load from zero at 'B' and 'w' per
unit length at 'A'. The shear force at 'B' is
Mx
WX 2 equal to (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
2a
we 2w.!
(b) (a) (b)
6 3
3
(c) we (d) 3w2
2
La:F. Engin( (Ting Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4,Engineering Publications
272. Bending moment at a section has the unit run at the mid span. The value of
maximum value where maximum shear force is
(a) Shear force is zero or changes sign (a) 2.96 w (b) 1.75 w
(b) the load function has zero value (c) 3.42 w (d) 2.38 w
(c) the load has maximum value
(d) shear force is zero 277. A cantilever of length 6 m is carrying a
uniformly distributed load of w per unit run
273. The maximum number of reaction for a distance 4 m from the free end. The
components possible for a hinged support value of maximum bending moment is
for all kinds of loading is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (a) 16 W (b) 18.5 W
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 0 (c) 22 W (d) 21 W
274. Shear force diagram for a simply supported 278. The shape of the shear force diagram for a
beam carrying a uniformly distributed load cantilever beam carrying a uniformly
of w per unit length, consists of distributed load throughout its length is
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a) one right-angled triangle (a) a straight line (b) a parabola
(b) two right-angled triangle (c) a hyperbola (d) an ellipse
(c) one equilateral triangle
(d) two equilateral triangle 279. If the SF diagram for a beam is a triangle
with length of the beam as its base, the
75. A hinged support can transmit beam is
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) two reactive forces (a) A cantilever with a concentrated load at
(b) one reactive force its free end
(c) four reactive forces (b) A cantilever with UDL over its whole
(d) three reactive forces span
(c) Simply supported with a concentrated
276. A simply supported beam of length 7 m is load at its mid-point
carrying a load whose intensity varies (d) Simply supported with a UDL over its
uniformly from zero at each end to co per whole span
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vidayawada I Vizag ITiruPati I KukatPailY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
"M
Sr N% ACEPublications
AIIIIWEngineering : 172: Strength of Materials
280. The bending moment diagram for a simply (c) the bending moment changes its
supported beam is a rectangle over a larger algebraic sign and is zero at the point.
portion of the span except near the supports. (d) the shear force changes its algebraic
What type of load does the beam carry? sign
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) dM
283. For a cantilever — = a constant for its
(a) A uniformly distributed symmetrical dx
load over a larger portion of the span whole length. What is the shape of the SF
except near the supports. diagram for the beam
(b) A concentrated load at mid span (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) Two identical concentrated loads (a) Rectangle (b) Triangle
equidistant from the supports and close (c) A parabola (d) A hyperbola
to mid-point of the beam
(d) Two identical concentrated loads 284. SF diagram for a simply supported beam is
equidistant from the mid span and close a rectangle with its longer side equal to
to supports. beam length. What type of load is acting on
the beam? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
281. Which one of the following is the correct (a) Concentrated load at its mid span
statement? (b) UDL over its whole span
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (c) Concentrated load along with a couple at
If for a beam, dM/dx = 0 for its whole a point on beam length
length, the beam is a cantilever (d) Couple at a point on the beam length
(a) Free from any load
285. A cantilever beam of span/ carries a
(b) subjected to a concentrated load at its
uniformly varying load of zero intensity at
free end
the free end and w per metre length at the
(c) subjected to an end moment
fixed end. What does the integration of the
(d) subjected to a UDL over its whole span
ordinate of the load diagram between at the
limits of free and fixed ends of the beam
282. Which one of the following is the correct give? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
answer? (a) Bending moment at the fixed end
The point of contraflexure in a beam is a (b) Shear force at the fixed end
point on its length where (c) Bending moment at the free end
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (d) Shear force at the free end
(a) the shear force is zero. 1
(S.F)fixed end
(b) the bending moment is maximum 2
ACI: Engineering Publicalions>>HyderabadiDefiillfihepaliPunelBhubaneswarILucknowiPatnalBengaluniiChennailVijayawadalVizagITinipaliiKukatpallyIKolkatalAlunedaliad
‘4 :Engineering Publications
•
286. Due to some point load any where on a 289. Calculate the shear force and bending
fixed beam, the maximum free bending moment at point B for the beam AB
moment is M. The sum of fixed end subjected to linearly varying load as shown
moment is in the figure. The value of the linearly
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) varying load at the point is 6 kN/m and 4
(a) M (b) 1.5 M kN/m, respectively. Point B is an internal
(c) 2.0 M (d) 3.0 M hinge.
(APPSC—AEE—Prelims-2019)
287. For the shear force to be uniform
6 klsi
throughout the span of a simply supported 4 kN
beam, it should carry which one of the
following loadings? rig
3m 2m
(a) A concentrated load at mid span (a) 2.67 kN and 0 kN-m
(b) UDL over the entire span (b) 4 IN and 0 Ith-m
(c) A couple anywhere within its span (c) 4 kN and 1.33 kN-m
(d) Two concentrated loads equal in (d) 1.33 kN and 0 kN-m
magnitude and placed at equal distance
from each support 290. At the point of contraflexure
288. Calculate the shear force and bending (a) bending moment changes sign
moment at the mid point of the beam (b) bending moment is maximum
(c) shear force is maximum
10 kN/m
.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 , (d) None of the above
A AB 1114441111111 C D
291. Out of the options given below, which one is
2m 2m 1 2m 2m
the correct shear force diagram?
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) B is an internal hinge
(a) 0 IN, 0 kN-m (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(b) — 20 kN, —20 kN-m
(c) 20 kN, —20 kN-m
(d) 20 kN, 0 kN-m
ACE Engineering Ptibliciiiions I I I I

Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
eiatEngineering
legur:
4.
Publicafions
292. For the beam shown below, the vertical

50 kN
10 kN
reactions at A and B are respectively
2m 2m 2m , 5 IcN
D
B
A 70 kN 50 kN
50 kN
(a) 30 C D 2m + lm 2m
50 kN
70 kN
(a) 2 kN, 3 kN (b) 3 IcN , 2 kN
110 kN (c) —1 lcN, 1 lcN (d) 1 IcN, —1 kN
A 90 kN
(b) 50 kN C D
110 IN
A 70 kN 50 kN
(c) 30 kN C 70 kN D
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulcatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4* ACE
4,40Engineering PublicaIons
Solutions
1. Ans: (b) 5. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
It is the point where the BM is zero after 14 T-mom 3 T/m
changing its sign from positive to negative
or vice versa.
Take moment at B;
2. Ans: (c)
10+3x10xL+14—RA x10 = 0
Sol: 2
A step in the bending moment diagram RA = 17.4 T
indicates, there is a couple acting at that
section. A step in the shear force diagram 4. Ans: (c)
indicates, there is a concentrated load at that Sol: 1.5 T
section. ik4r-v-v-v-y-.
8T B /C
3m
.1 14 2 m H
3. Ans: (d) 6m
14 .1
Sol: At the point of zero bending moment shear
Taking moment at B,
force need not be maximum.
EMB = 0
RA x 6 — 8 x 4.5 + 1.5 x 2 = 0
RA = 5.5 T
6. Ans: (a)
Sol: w/m
A
The beam BC part is subjected to hogging
moment 1
The hogging moment at B V/12/8

2
=5x 2+2x 2x- = 14 t-m
2
The number of points of inflexion is zero

Hyderabad I Delhi I thapal Pune I iihtibariestild I Luatiow patina I iithgEdutu thetitial I Vijayatvada I Vit,ig rnrUpati I kukatpitily I kolkata I Munedabad
4 — 4.
8. Ans (d) 13. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: Combined stress depends on axial force; `p'
and bending moment `M'.
fThrY-Y-Y-M-•
we 14. Ans: (b)
=
2 Sol: w
(Mmax )2 -
w e2
i'y-NyThe-WYThr4/VVVVYT
L
8
we 2 W = wL (given)
M, The maximum bending moment always
= w2e = 4 :1
M2 occurs at fixed support = WL + W L/2
8 = 1.5 WL
9. Ans: (a) 15. Ans: (b)

Sol: The slope of shear fore diagram is intensity Sol: In economical design, support must be
of loading w = dV placed at a distance of 0.207 1 from free
dx ends.
The slope of bending moment diagram is
dM 16. Ans (a)
shear. V =
dx Sol:
10. Ans: (b)
Sol: Shear force at any point (or) at any section is A
444
the algebraic sum of transverse forces either Since a simple support cannot resist any
to the left (or) to the right of a section point of moment about it, therefore bending
moment about support is zero.
11. Ans (a)
Sol: Shear force is constant between two point 17. Ans: (c)
loads. Sol:
In general loading maximum bending
12. Ans: (c) moment occurs at fixed end only.
Sol: The bending moment diagram due to 18. Ans: (c)
uniformly varying load is cubic parabola. Sol:
The shear force diagram due to uniformly At the point of maximum magnitude of B.M,
varying load is 2° parabola. S.F must be zero.
•
ACE Engineering Pnblicalions ›H y der a ba d Delhi B h opal rune Bhu banes w ar I c k no w I Patna Be ng al uru Ch e nn ai I V a y a w akin V izag ITiny ati KukarP y I Ko ata Ahmedabad
(
4 1, ACE Shear Force and Bending Moment
.0 ,t,,Engineering Publications
f.
: 177:
19. Ans: (c) 21. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol:
A
rw
k 1/2 014 l/2 .1

14
1(._.]
We know
RA ± RB
we
2 (I)
Taking moments about A
RB x e=w—x-
2 4
we 3w e
R =
B 8 ,RA 8
For maximum B.M, S.F must be change sign
Shear force at x = RA —wx = 0
3we
WX =0
8
x = 3e
8
20. Ans: (d)

500 N P.O.0
Sol: 25m
14 .
1 kN
5m
Ii 01
Point of contraflexure lies within the
Neglecting self weight, equal load of udl supports.
will act to counter act point load.
Intensity of udl, 22. Ans: (a)
500 = w x 5 Sol: Axial load and bending moment both cause
w= 100 N/m normal stress only.
Maximum bending moment will occur at 2.5
m from centre of beam.
2.5
1\4 max =100 x- x 2.5 = 312.5 N-m
2
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I liteknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Mug I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
f
i,"'f tau ACE : 178 : Strength of Materials
,, :Engineering Publications
4 I.
23. Ans: ( d) 26. Ans: (a)

Sol: dM
Sol: — = F
dx
A If bending moment is constant throughout its
length, then shear force is zero at all sections
we we
4
27. Ans: (a)
Sol: Due to self weight SF and BM will not occur
when the member is freely floating.
we
28. Ans: (b)
Sol:
3° parabola
For above case

We know B.M.D
we
we • Maximum shear force =
RA +RB = - 2
2 • Maximum bending moment occurs from
Maximum B.M occurs, where S.F changes
sign (i.e @ C) A=
BM@C= RA X-e ---1 xw—x—x-1 we 2

2 2 2 2 3 • Maximum bending moment —
9-Nrj.
we e wet we
=— x --
4 2 24 12
29. Ans: (b)
24. Ans: (c) Sol:
Sol: Thrust diagram is variation of axial load
along the span
B
C
25. Ans: (d)
1/2
dF
Sol: =w
dx
I I I I I
Hyderabad bead FlImpdi I Puce I 131filbahobw I Lutkitow I Palm hengalutu I Cheitrial Vilaytwada I Vizag Ttrupatt Klikatvally Kolkatn Altmecitibad
— ._ - . .
M
:Engineezing Publican=
Point of contraflexure is the point where
we bending moment becomes zero and change
its sign.
In the given figure there is only point of
inflexion.
3° parabola 31. Ans: (a)

we'
dM
• 94 Sol: =F
B.M.D dx
32. Ans: (a)

EFy = 0
Sol: Units of Bending moment are
1 1
R A +RB = 2(ixwx +- wx- E=M ExI
2 2 2 —— M
R I
we
2 x mm4
2 Units of M — N / mm
mm
we
RA = N-mm or kN-m
4
For maximum B.M, S.F must be changes
33. Ans: (c)
sign
Sol:
Maximum B.M @ c
AA 1
.e 1 .e 2 t .54
= RA x — — x w x — x 3 x
2 2 2 2
M= WL
4
we e we2 we2 w/m
=—x
4 2 12 24
30. Ans: (b)

wee
Sol: M° = =
8 8 4x2
M
Mu — —
2
ACE Engia:cting Publications I I I I I I I I I I I I

Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pone Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
'`.1k
4,0
%, ACE . : 180 : Strength of Materials
'4., :Engineering Pubhcanons
.1 4.
34. Ans: (a) 37. Ans: (a)

Sol: dV
Sol: w =
dx
38. Ans: (d)

Sol: For this case, the maximum B.M. occurs at
To find reactions at A and B.
loaded section so failure in bending occurs at
W/m
B its loaded section
we3
8E1
39. Ans: (d)
lt,t3 Sol:
•• Y. 3E1
A
L/2 L/2
Yd = Yu
We R we3 SFD
8E1 3E1
3w
RB =
8 BMD
The shear force is zero where the bending
moment is maximum
VX = w — w.x = 0 At C, shear force where bending moment is

8 maximum.
3
— w = wx
8
3 40. Ans: (c)
x = — from the simple support
8
Sol:
35. Ans: (b) am F = M = S.F.dx

Sol: If a =1/2 BM at mid span is zero
dM = Fdx
M = f.F.dx
36. Ans: (d)

Sol: Reaction at hinge depends on magnitude and
direction of load on beam.
.
ACE Eni,nincering Ptiblicanonsi Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubanestra I IA,cknow I Paina I BRIMPluni Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I ThiPati 1 Kuk.ipal ly I Kolkata Ahmedabad
t ACE : 181: Shear Force and Bending Moment
1, Engineering Publications
41. Ans: (a, c)
Sol: Propped cantilever with central point load.
w
•
•
L/2 L/2
Maximum B.M = 2 + w — L1 )
C
wf 2
Propped cantilever with uniformly
M max = +WM-1,1)
distributed load. 2
w/m
A\ 46. Ans: (c)
14 Sol: Point of contraflexure is where B.M changes
sign.
WL2/8 3L/4
M
POC 47. Ans: (d)
3L/8
42. Ans: (b) 48. Ans: (a)

Sol:
43. Ans: (b) 02 reactions of H and V
Sol:
49. Ans: (d)
50. Ans: (c)

Total load we Sol:
RA RB
2 2 Maximum
Beam
44. Ans: (b) number of P.O.0
Sol: Cantilever 0
Simply supported 0
Single overhang 1
Double overhang 2
Fixed 2
Propped Cantilever 1
B.M.D
•
A(.11 Engineering Publications >Hyderabad IDelhilliShopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowlPatrialBengalurulChenriailVtiayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatrallyiKolkatalAhmedabad
4ti
t
t ACE
:Engineering Publications : 182:
56. Ans: (b)

51. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
B.M.D
If a = 0.2071= 0.207 x 12 = 2.485 m then,
52. Ans: (b) Maximum positive B.M = Maximum
Sol: In cantilever maximum B.M occurs at negative B.M
support. If load at the free end is increased
the B.M at support also increases. Than the 57. Ans: (c)
failure occur at the support. Sol: The algebraic sum of transverse force (or)
unbalanced vertical force acting on any one
53. Ans: (c) side of the beam section is known as shear
Sol: force.
w
1 58. Ans: (b)
Sol: The section where shear force is zero (or)
changes its sign is used to identify the
S.F.D
location on the beam of minimum or
maximum bending moment.
54. Ans: (d)
Sol: 59. Ans: (a)
A B dM
Sol: — = F = Shear reaction
A Cantilever beam should be fixed at one dx
end (A) and free at the other end (B). dF
= w = Intensity of loading
dx
55. Ans: (a)
dM 60. Ans: (a)
Sol: We know — = S.F
dx Sol:
Difference between B.M value at any two A
sections will be equal to the area of S.F
diagram between these two sections A simply supported beam of AB as shown in
dM = S.F x dx figure
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawacla I Vizag I Tirupali I Kulcatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
et ACE : 183: Shear Force and Bending Moment
A f.
61. Ans: (c) 65. Ans: (a)
Sol: Sol:
A 13 W kN/m
AB and CD are over hanging portions as

shown in over hanging beam
w/
62. Ans: (d)
Sol: S.F.D
44“1,4,“ Ud/ (N.m)

66. Ans: (c)
63. Ans: (a) Sol: W IcN/m
Sol: For any point on beam which is free from

any point loads or supports, there is no shear
B.M.D
force at that point.
we:
2
2° Parabola
cw units/metre B.M.D
C
AA rThrYThr• B
4
a 1.4 a 67. Ans: (d)
Sol:
SFD 1
B.M.D
64. Ans: (a) 68. Ans: (a)
Sol: P Sol: W kN/m

MIMI do di di
A A
w
we
0
2
13/
BMD
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizagi TimPati I Knicalpally I Kollcata I Ahmedabad
tJ, :Engineering Publicafions
69. Ans: (b) 72. Ans: (d)

Sol: W kN/m Sol: If simply supported beam is loaded with
point load at mid point alone (or) uniformly
distributed load alone (or) point load at mid
point and uniformly distributed load, the S.F
at mid point will have a sign change. In
simply supported beam for any type of
loading, the bending moment at either end is
B.M.D
zero.
70. Ans: (d)
73. Ans: (b)
Sol: W kN/m
Sol: Case: I
14 a °I4 1-2a a
we
— 4
Case: II W kN/m
71. Ans: (c)

Sol: W kN/m
14 a °I 4 I-2a a
we
B.M po int load 4
=2 [... we = w]
B.M..d.i we
8
74. Ans: (c)

If a = 0.207
Sol: The point where B.M changes its sign (or)
Maximum positive bending moment =
the curvature of the beam reverses its
maximum negative bending moment.
direction is called point of contraflexure.
ACE rognicil ing Pnldicalihiu, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kulcatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
40-41, ACE : 185: Shear Force and Bending Moment
N
J
75. Ans: (d) 79. Ans (c)
Sol: Sol: 20 kN W=?
A
A
4m
L I 8m )14 2m .1
Maximum B.M = 2 + W(L — d)

Hogging bending moment B due to over
hanging load must be equal to sagging
76. Ans: (d) bending moment due to 20 kN
Sol: If shear force is zero at a section where the 20 x 4 = w x2
bending moment will be maximum or w = 40 IN
minimum. If shear force changes sign, the A
C
(—)
point indicates maximum bending moment 80 kNm
location.
80. Ans: (c)
77. Ans: (b) Sol:
12 kNim 36 kN
Sol: Number of times the B.M changes sign is the
maximum number of points of contraflexure C
in a beam.
2m
78. Ans: (d)
Sol: RA 4- RB = 12 x 6 + 36 = 108 IN
MR = 60 kN-m
x Taking moment about A
R, = 25 kN x 62
122
R B x6= +36x8
25 kN 25 kN
RB = 84 kN, RA = 24 IN
S.F.D B.M @ section XX is zero
x2
wx = 60 RA xx-12x— =0
EV = 0 2
B.M.D
W = 25 kN 12x 2
24 x x =
25.x = 60 x = 2.4 m 2
The single equivalent force on the beam x=4m
acts at a section 2.4 m from support
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad IDelhil BhopallPune Bhubaneswar ILucknowl PatnalBengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada I VizagiTirupatilKulc.tpaUyIKollcatalAtunedabad
e
,4"
J
t ACE
81. Ans: (d)

: 186:
Taking moments about B

Sol:
RA X 1 0 = 20x6x-6-
2
RA = 36 kN
Rg = 120 — 36 = 84 lcN
L
S.F at mid span
Taking moment about A =-36 + 20 =-16 kN
L (or)
R B xL=q— x-
2 4L = 84 — 100 = —16 IN
qL
RB = —
8 85. Ans: (d)
Since no load in span BC so S.F @ mid span Sol:
40 kN-m
= qL 20 kN-m
8 3m
20 kN 20 kN
82. Ans: (a)
Sol: Given: dM
= S.F
M = 42 x — 6x2 + 24 dx
dM 40 — (-20)
S.F — — 42 —12x S.F = = 201th
dx 3
S.Fatx=3mis Left 4, right 1' = negative S.F
= 42 — 12 x 3 = 6 kN
86. Ans: (c)
83. Ans: (b) Sol: 8 IcN/m
Sol: Given: ThThrYV
S.F = Q = 24 — 6x2 2m
Maximum B.M occurs where S.F is zero

I 5m
Q = 24 — 6x2 = 0
x=2m
Maximum B.M = 8 x 2 x +
2
84. Ans: (a) 20 kN/m = 64 lcN
Sol:
ACE Engiticerillg ,."›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubanesvrar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
oi ACE STAgineering Pubhcahons
87. Ans: (d)

RB = 4.5q, RA = 1.5q
Sol: Shear Force @ x = 0 is
1.5q - qx = 0
b x = 1.5 m from A+
We know H- 10 m
RA + RB = 10 x 6 = 60 lcN 90. Ans: (d)
Taking moments about A Sol:
50 IcN 75 kN
RB X10 = 10X 6X — RB =18 IcN
2 A
RA = 60 - 18 = 42 lcN
h 3m °14 3 m
A
14 10 m
88. Ans: (a)
Sol: 20 kN/m
We know
RA ± RB = 125 lcN
RB X 10 = 50 x 3 + 75 x 6
RB = 60 IcN, RA = 65 lcN
91. Ans: (d)

Maximum sagging moment
Maximum sagging moment 92. Ans: (c)

2 Sol:
= 20 x 2 x — = 40 IcNm
2
89. Ans: (b)

Sol: 2° P rabola
3° Parabola
We know
RA RB = q x 6 • In determinate beams, if linearly varying load
Taking moments about A is applied the shear force diagram is always
q x 62 2° parabola and bending moment diagram is
RB x 4 =
2 always 3° parabola.
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadlDelhil Bhopal' PunetBhubaneswarlLuclulow1PatnalBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagrriruPatilKukatpallyIKolkatilAlunedabad
4,EngineeringPubli
adison
93. Ans: (b) 95. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: Case: I
c—w units /metre
14
B
x
wt
=—
4
W11 Case :II
Shear force S.F cc x (Linear variation)

Shear force diagram is triangular
we
94. Ans: (b) — we = wi
8
Sol: w Maximum B.M in 2nd case (M) = we = M

4x22
96. Ans: (d)
97. Ans: (d)

Sol: The rate of change of S.F at a section is
loading at a section
We know RA RB = W (1 + 2a)
The rate change of S.F between two sections
If / = 2a
is rate of lading
RA RB = 4wa
Since it is a symmetrical section
So RA RB = 2wa
xa w(2a)2
B.M at mid point E= RB
2
4wa
2wa x a —0
2
If 1 = 2a. The midspan bending moment
becomes zero. B.M.D
CD portion has constant maximum Bending
moment
Bending moment at midspan section is
Bending moment at C (or) D only.
I ACE Ent,,ineccing Publications:: Hyderabad iDelhil Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatnalBengaluru Chennai Vijayawada 1Vizag Irrinipati IKukatpally1 KolkatajAhmedabad
41 SI,
,4
,111 ,Nngineering Publications
99. Ans: (b) 104. Ans: (c)
Sol: Area of shear force diagram Sol: In over hang beam loaded only in supported
span, P.O.0 will not occur
100. Ans: (d)
Sol: 105. Ans: (d) 5kN
Sol:
al3
1 We know 3m r
sm
RA RB = 5 kN N bi
I(SFD)
M (BMD)
RB X 5 = 5x 3
Case of pure bending RB = 3 kN, RA = 2 IN
101. Ans: (a) 106. Ans: (c)

Sol: The bending moment at a section is equal to Sol:
•
•
the area of S.F diagram between free end A ::/-s^1-v-v-v-'
4-`rww•
7 B
• —Pi
and the section in cantilever beam
wr
102. Ans: (a) S.F.D

Sol: Relation between variation of B.M and SF is
wee
dM _ 2
F
dx
Between two sections
Maximum S.F = 10 kN = w/
If S.F is constant, means B.M between those we 2
two section varies linearly. Maximum B.M = 10 kN-m —
2
By solving l = 2m, w = 10 kN
103. Ans: (c)
Sol:
107. Ans: (b)
Sol: wpm
MOM A B
/////%/%1 A SFD •
14 L 01
BMD
WI Maximum bending moment at A,
We2
MA =WXZX
The moment diagram is triangle in shape 2 2
of>HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruiChennailVijayawadalVizagairupatilKukatpallyIKolkahilAhmedabad
AC'E, Eilgincering Publicatiom\
t„ :Engineering Pubhcations
108. Ans: (d) 112. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: %vim
60N
x
; c
10_11_,
11
3m wv — x)2
14- - *I
B.M @ a section XX is
40 N 2
20 N
S.F.D
113. Ans: (c)
We know Sol:
RA Rg = 60 N A C
Taking moments about A s‘lk
Span 614 Over hang 14
Rg X 3 = 60 x 1
Rg = 20N, RA = 40 N Overhanging beam
109. Ans: (a) 114. Ans: (c)

Sol: A step in S.F.D at a section of beam, Sol: Vide Solution of Q. 39
indicates that there is a point load at that
section. 115. Ans: (b)
Sol:
110. Ans: (b)
Sol:
W/2 W/2
BMD W/ BMD
//2 1/2
Maximum bending moment for a cantilever
with load at free end always occur at fixed
The BMD is triangular in shape end.
Therefore increase in load will affect
111. Ans (c) maximum bending moment and failure
occurs at fixed end.
ACE Eng-int:cling Publications HyderabadlDelhilBhopallPunellilhubaneswariLucknowlPatnalliengalurulChennailVijayaviadalVizagITirupatilKitkaipallyliColkatalAhmedabad

1, ACE : 191: Shear Force and Bending Moment
116. Ans: (b) When SFD is parabolic, then variation of
dM loading, must be one degree lower than
Sol: Bending moment variation — = F
dx shear force variation, hence it must be
If load is constant, bending moment linear.
variation is linear
120. Ans: (b)
117. Ans: (b) Sol: 5t 5t
•
•
•
118. Ans: (d) 14 4m

8m
Sol:
5x4 = 20 t m
B.M.D
To find reactions; B.M at middle of cantilever = 20 t.m.

EMA -= 0;
1 1 121. Ans: (d)

RB(e)--2Wxex(- xe)=0
Sol:
2 T/m
We
RB =
D
1.4•
1
EFy = 0;
8m
1
RA + R B = V<WX.e
RA = 2 x2 = 4 T RD = 2 x2 = 4 T
3we we
R=
A 6
6
we S.F.D
RA = 3
The maximum shear force will occur at A. • Shear force between portion CD is zero
as shown in figure
119. Ans: (d) • For symmetrically loaded beams, the S.F
Sol: Variation of shear force with loading at centre of beam is zero
dF w
dx
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl1Paina I Bengaluni I Chennai I Artjayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4f s4
4.044
V V ACE : 192 : Strength of Materials
4 .
122. Ans: (c) 125. Ans: (c)

Sol: W units/metre Sol:
C
rThri?(Thir\ B
a
SFD
SF CC x2
BMD oc x3
P.O.0
Point of contraflexure is point where 126. Ans: (a)

bending moment changes sign. Sol:
_NV units /m
123. Ans: (a)
c
Sol: Sudden increase (or) decrease in S.F
between any two points indicates point loads
at the points. BMD oc x2
• Sudden increase (or) decrease in B.M.D

indicates concentrated moment.
124. Ans: (c) No point of contraflexure is observed.

Sol:
A 1 127. Ans: (a)
C D A
B
Sol: Beams are designed mainly to carry flexure.
I. a °I4 1-2a
014
a
128. Ans: (d)

A C D B Sol: Vide Solution of Q.39
S.F.D
129. Ans: (d)

Sol: Shear force at a section is defined as the
A
algebraic sum of all the forces transverse to
In portion of CD, S.F is zero so B.M is the member axis to the left or right of the
constant and it is maximum B.M section.
ACE Engineering Publications:2, Hyderabad; Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai VilaYawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kant-pally Kollcata I Ahmedabad
„d, ACE : 193: Shear Force and Bending Moment
;„ti
J 4
130. Ans: (a) 135. Ans: (d)
Sol: At a simple support in a beam B.M and Sol:
deflection are zero. w/unit length
• At a simple support in a beam force and
slope are not zero.
1
131. Ans: (d)
Sol: Example:
SFD oc x2
• Section of symmetry is mid span point

for above example.
• At mid span point, S.F is zero and slope 136. Ans: (c)
zero but B.M and deflection are not zero. Sol:
132. Ans: (b)
133. Ans: (c)

Sol:
WN/m
A
137. Ans: (d)
WL/2 WU2 Sol: Point of contraflexure occurs in overhanging
beams and also in fixed beam.
W12/8
a 1 a
134. Ans: (c)
Sol:
wl
SFD

• Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar LucknowIPatna Bengaluru I ChennailVijayawada VizagiTirupati I Kukatpally IKolkatajAhmedabad
It
v.
ACE
141. Ans: (c)

Sol:
X
L/2 L/2
II
WL
138. Ans: (c)
Sol:
Due to symmetry of loading and position of
supports, the supports share the load equally.
W/214 L/2 L/2 W/2 wL
RA = RB = 2
142. Ans: (c)
143. Ans: (a)

B.M.D
Sol: wN/m
Bending moment at support of simply
supported beams are always zero until and L
wL/2 wL/2
unless a concentrated moment acts at them.
Due to symmetry of loading and position of
139. Ans: (d) supports the support share the load equally
Sol: I2
W W1 wL
RA R B =
A 1 1 B 2
L2
14 01
144. Ans: (a)
L
11 *I
Sol: Shear force is the resultant of all the
MA = WAL L2) + wi (L — Li) transverse forces acting on one side of the
section.
140. Ans: (b)
1 1111,1uccruiL P111/11, ati,n1, >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar! LucknowIPatna I Bengaluni Chennai I VilaYawada I Viug ainiPati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4
40Engmeesing Publications
145. Ans: (*) 150. Ans: (b)
Sol: If overhanging portion less than 0.207 1, Sol:
maximum B.M occurs at E. If over hanging "B
portion greterthan 0.2071, maximum BM
occurs at A and B wl
146. Ans: (b)

Sol: Vide solution of Q. 122 151. Ans: (a)
Sol:
147 Ans: (b) dM _
F
dx
148. Ans: (a) Change in bending moment between two
Sol: • section is given by area of the shear force
•
AN /"Ne'leNrselr4W
/eNelt-NeYN/N B
diagram.
152. Ans: (b)

S.F.D
153. Ans: (c)

Sol:
If any beam is subjected to normal loads
Maximum S.F = 100 kN = wl along the beam axis. The beam under goes
we 2 S.F and B.M
Maximum B.M = 200 kN-m —
2
e 154. Ans: (a)
200 = we x —
2
155. Ans: (b)
200 = 100 x :e-
2 Sol:
/=4m d2v
EI x — = M(Moment)
dx2
149. Ans: (d)
EI x — = V(Shear force)
, dF dx
dx3
Sol: — = w
dx
d4v
Rate of change of shear force is equal to EI x = w (Intensity of loading)
dx4
intensity of loading.
. IA 1g-in ccjing Pu blicatiuns )Hyderabad

( Delhi !Bhopal IPune !Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl Patna' Bengaluru IChennai I Wayawada Vizag ITirupati Kukatpally Kollcata Ahmedabad
Vet
t ACE : 196 Strength of Materials
J :Engineering Pub
lications
156. Ans: (b) 161. Ans: (d)
Sol: we know Sol:
W/4 W/4 W/4 W/4
• slope of B.M.D is S.F
dM
=FM=fFdx
dx L/5 L/5 L/5 L/5 L/5 w/2
• Slope of S.F.D is intensity of load w/2
dF j•
=wF= wdx
dx
A C D E F B
From above two equations M = f f wdx B.M.D
DE portion has constant maximum moment

157. Ans: (d)
W 2L W L
Sol: B.M at @D — x — — 4 x
2 5 5
WL WL
—5 20
.1
a 3WL
- 20
wa 2a
B.M @ A = — x— 162. Ans: (b)
2 3
2Wa r... wa Sol: Slope of S.F.D is intensity of load
- 3 2 oF
—
ax w
158. Ans: (c) 159.Ans: (a) The change in S.F between any 2 points is
equal to area of loading diagram between
160. Ans: (d) that 2 points.
Sol:
163. Ans: (c)
14.1 Sol:
wa L
2 wa Slope of B.M.D is the ordinate of S.F
2
B.M @ mid span diagram at that section.
wa L aa am = S.F
= —X-- W X—X-
2 2 24 ax
The change in B.M between any two points
wa ( L wa
= — — — = — (2L — a) is equal to area of S.F.D between two points.
2 2 4 8
ACE ing Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Paftia Bengaluru I Chennai VijaYawada Vizag I TimPati I Kukatpally I Kollcata I Ahmedabad
4,Engineering Publicaiions
4 4.
164. Ans: (d) 171. Ans: (c)
Sol: Sol:
•
A;
S.F.D I
M M
Maximum B.M occurs at fixed support
B.M.D
B.Mni„ = 8 x 2 x 3 = 48 kN-m
165. Ans: (c)
Sol: At point of contraflexure in a beam, the 172. Ans: (b)
radius of curvature changes its sign and Sol: Vide solution of Q. 126
nature.
B.M also changes sign at point of 173. Ans: (c)
contraflexure. Sol:
166. Ans: (d)

Sol: B.M at any point is equal to the algebraic 14 3114 ► 1/4
sum of moments either to the left (or) to the
right of a section. We know RA RB = w/
Taking moment about A

167. Ans: (c) 3.e .e xe
RB X—
4 =wx
Sol: 2
2we we
R=
B 3 ,RA =
w/ (-)
we
B.M.D
RA _3 _1
RB 2we 2
168. Ans: (b)
3
Sol: Roller support has normal reaction only.
169. Ans: (a) 174. Ans: (a)

Sol: Unless specified concentrated moment Sol: Standard Case:
simply supported beam has no P.O.0
170. Ans: (b)

oF
1/4 1/2 '14 .
Sol: — = w = Intensity of loading 14
ax
ACE Engineering Publicalions Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal IPuneIBhubaneswar ILucknow1PatnaIBengalum I Chennai IVijayawadaI VizagI TimPati I KukarPallyI KolkatalAhrnedabad
I.
:At ACEPublications : 198: Strength of Materials
AIWEogineedag
.)
176.Ans: (b)
6 kN/m
4m 8m 4m 177.Ans: (b)
A B Sol:
6 x 16
RA = RB = = 48kN
2
w/2
B.M at mid span point wL w/2
8
= 48x 4-6 x8x- = 0
2
B.M.D
• If overhanging portion is 1/4, the B.M at mid
point is zero 178.Ans: (c)
175. Ans: (d)
Sol: 179.Ans: (a)
a a Sol: Internal hinges can transmit shear force but
WL WL
=2 ttp =
2 cannot resist moment
L
w
2
Maximum negative B.M at support = wa •
2
Maximum positive B.M at mid point
wL L
= wL
— x— La), — — x —
2 2 4
For economical over hang maximum
positive B.M = maximum negative B.M
wL L — 2a wL L wa 2
=
2 2 ) 2 x4 2
L— 2a L) 2 180.Ans: (b)
( 2 4
=a
(L — 4a) = a 2
4 181.Ans: (c)
L2 — 4a L= 4a2 Sol: 16 kN/m
4a2 + 4a L— L2 = 0
a = 0.207L 2m 0, 4m
8m
-01
a = 0.207 x 10 (... L = + 2a =10m]
= 2.07 m
ACT Engineering Ptililications >HyderabarliDelhilBhopallPunellihubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagrnruparilKultaVanylKolkatalAlunedabad
%.4 gsigineezing Publications
• 4
We know We know
RA RB = 16 x 4 = 64 kN Wb 16 x 3
RA = = = 61th
It is a symmetrical section £ 8
RA = RB = 32 IcN Wa 16 x 5
RB = = = 101cN
Maximum B.M occurs at mid span section ,e 8
2 184. Ans: (c)

= RA x 4 — 16 x 2 x —
2 Sol:
A
= 96 kN-m C
x
I' L oi
182. Ans : (d)
Sol: 8 kN/m We know that, for zero B.M at middle, over
hanging portion should be 1/4.
L = /+2x , x = L/4 L = 4 x
4x = / + 2x
x = 0.5 /
We know
RA + RB = 8 x 6 = 48 IcN 185. Ans: (a)
Taking moments about A Sol: W
RB x 4 = 8 x 6 x 3
RB = 36 kN
RA= 12 IcN a
At contraflexure point moment is zero
Trapeziun
8xxxx
B.M@x=R A xx 2 =0 BMD shape
12x-4x2 =0 wa
x=3m 186. Ans: (b)
w
••
Sol:
183. Ans: (b) • L/2
Sol: 01
L
wL/2
WL
Maximum bending moment, M..„
2
Luckhow I hank I Holmium I Chennal I ViJayawgdit I VW* I Iltuptiti Kulditimily I Kolkitlit I Alutitabeid
e
lo 4
I/ ACE : 200: Strength of Materials
%; :Engineering Publications
4 4.
187. Ans: (a) 198. Ans: (c)

Sol: Vide solution of Q. 102 x
Sol: Maximum B,M = we = 60 = 90 Ic_N-m
4 46
188. Ans: (a) 189.Ans: (b)
199. Ans: (d) 200.Ans: (a) 201.Ans: (b)
190. Ans: (a)

202. Ans: (b) 203.Ans: (c) 204.Ans: (b)
Sol: Point at contraflexure never occurs in a
simply supported beam.
205. Ans: (a)
191. Ans: (a) 192.Ans: (b) 193.Ans: (a)

206. Ans: (c)
194. Ans: (d) Sol: W 2W W
Sol: At I I I
SFD
C
A B
AD
. k C C C .14 C
Since between points B and C shear force is
zero 2W
Bending moment is a non-zero constant
195. Ans: (c) 2W

Sol: Concentrated moment do not cause any S.F
S.F.D
in cantilever beams.
It is a symmentrically loaded beam
196. Ans: (b) RA = RB = 2W = Maximum shear force
197. Ans: (b) 207. Ans: (d) 208.Ans: (c) 209.Ans: (d)
Sol: Mil
210. Ans: (a) 211.Ans: (c) 212.Ans: (d)
213. Ans: (d)

Sol:
A
B)M
M M
Abrupt changes in bending moment BMD
indicates presence of couple.
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayasvada I Vizag I Timpati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
214. Ans: (d) 218. Ans: (b) 219.Ans: (c) 220.Ans: (c)
Sol:
A B
14 221. Ans: (a) 222.Ans: (d) 223.Ans: (a)
W/2/2 224. Ans: (c)

BMD
Sol:
AB
215. Ans: (b)
L/2 .14 L/2
Sol:
3 1(1\11m
EMA = 0;
k 6m
10 m RB X L = M
RB = M/L
In cantilever maximum B.M occurs always
EFy = 0;
at fixed end.
Maximum B.M = 3 x 6 x (4 + 3)= 126 kN.m RA = M
—
L
The shear force at the left support is
216. Ans: (c)
M/L
217. Ans: (d)

Sol: 225. Ans: (d)
Sol:
8k1\1 81th •
A
• 13) m
l
A
B C
I
SFD
I .14 .14
lm 8m lm
x BMD
It is symmetrical section
RD = RD = 12 IN
226. Ans: (a)
P.O.0 occurs at a section XX from left end
at a distance x from left end.
227. Ans: (a)
B.M @ XX = —8 x + RB X (X - 1) = 0
8 x x = 12x — 12
x=3m
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
1,4
t ACE
I.
228. Ans: (c)

: 202 :
240. Ans: (c) 241.Ans: (c)

242.Ans: (a)
Sol: 5k_NI 5kN
243. Ans: (c) 244.Ans: (b) 245.Ans: (b)
3m 246. Ans: (d) 247. Ans (a) 248.Ans: (c)

I
249. Ans: (c) 250.Ans: (a) 251.Ans: (c)
5 x 1.5 = 7.5 Ith-m

252. Ans: (d)
B.M.D
Sol: 8kN/m
4kN/m
229. Ans: (d) 230.Ans: (a)
A /-•v-,e,nn4r.,
• 3m
231. Ans: (c) 232.Ans: (a)
Maximum shear force will occur at the
233. Ans: (b) support
Sol: We know RA =4 x3+8=201(1\1
Maximum B.M - Wab

253. Ans: (a)
100x2x3
- 120 kN-m
5
254. Ans: (c)
M
234. Ans: (b) 235.Ans: (c) 236.Ans: (c) Sol:
a
SFD
237. Ans: (a) 238.Ans: (a) 255. Ans: (d)
239. Ans: (a)
Sol: ("max )Fix = 2 =
AA Sol:
("max )ss We
L/2 L/2 2
L
14 256. Ans: (c) 257.Ans: (d) 258.Ans: (c)
Bending moment at L/4,
L 259. Ans: (c)
M L/ 4 = RB X
4
260. Ans: (*)
M L
= - x - Sol: There is no relation between the three
L 4
parameters at a time.
M L/4 = 0.25 M
Hydtrabtld I Bail I Bhopal I Pune I Ahubitiesittr I Lueltibit I Plank' Bengalurti Chennai I Vijaylivrada I Vizag I 'iltupaii I Kuludolly I Kaaba Alunectabad
i0
g.
s444„ ACE
:Engineezing Publications : 203: Shear Force and Bending Moment
261. Ans: (b) 267. Ans: (a)

Sol:
w/m
262. Ans: (a)
Sol:
MA = 9 Ith-m k---
For example
1 Taking moment at 'A'
beam
wx3x1.9
2
S.F.D w = 2 kl\i/m
Shear force between the point loads is
constant 268. Ans: (a)
263. Ans: (c) 269. Ans: (b)

Sol: The B.M at the centre of the beam will be
264. Ans: (a)
Sol: zero for a = —
2
t Beam t
1/2
W(kN/m)
r„cr
S.F.D
B.M.D
So shear force between two supports is zero
270. Ans: (a)

265. Ans: (b)
B Sol:
Sol: A A8 12 1c1•1-m
4m
VA
EFy = 0
S.F.D
VA = 0
Because of U.D.L the shear force
continuously decreases.
266. Ans: (a)
\( I. L114111(1'111114 Public:01cm,, >Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' Lucimowl Patna I Bengalutu Chennai I Vilayawada I Vizag airupati Kukatpaily I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
(
lip ACE ,rnigineelng Publications
4,
271. Ans: (a) 273. Ans: (a)

Sol:
274. Ans: (b)
Sol:
A ill111111ftft
wim
B
RAZIMININKT R
To find reaction at B;
EMA = 0;
\ 1
R B (e)—-XtXWX— = 0
3
We
RB =
6 Take moment at A;
1
V 7)--- x w x 3.5(3.5 -1- 3
272. Ans: (a) B( 2 3
1
-- xwx3.5xx3.5 = 0
270. Ans: (a) 2 3
Sol: 7VB — 8.167w — 4.083w = 0
Vg = 1.75 w
VA = Vg = 1.75w
Maximum shear force will act at the
VA supports.
Reaction components; ...Maximum shear force = 1.75 w
EMA = 0
EF„ = 0 277. Ans: (a)

Sol:
271. Ans: (b)
Sol:
A B
The maximum bending moment will occurs

at fixed end.
MA=wx 4 x (2+ 4)
Because of U.D.L the shear force
continuously decreases. Mmax 16 W
I !iglu, cling l'111)11, .1i 1,,11,,›HyderabacilDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBengalitruiChennailVdayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallyIKollcatalithmedabad
0
t
.1
ACE
4.
278. Ans: (a) 280. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: W W
I
A t
RA=W IB
RB=W
B.M = const
279. Ans: (b)

Sol: 281.Ans: (c)
(a) E: IP
dM
Sol: If fora beam =0
SFD dx
rectangular
M = const (say K)
Then cantilever is subjected to an end
moment with no point loads along its length.
(b)
Triangular MR=M
Triangle with BMD
length of beam rectangular
as its base
W
I
(c)
282. Ans: (c)
Sol: Point of contraflexure in a beam is a point
where bending moment changes its sign and
is zero at that point.
(d)
283.Ans: (a)
dM
Sol: — =constant = K
dx
M = Kx Ci
Max
BMD is a straight line
SFD is a constant line
shape of SFD is rectangular
A( .1.1 1.:1)1,911CCI ing Publicalion,./>HyderabadiDelhillihopallPunelBhubaneavrariLucknowiPatnalBengalurulChennaiMayawadalVizagiTirupatilKultatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
4
:P.ingineeling Publications
284.Ans: (d) 288. Ans: (a)
Sol: Sol: 10 kN/m
M/! 1111111 11 .
M/! Al
kN E C
SFD
1134o
I
40 kN
—Mil 2m 2m 2m 2m
-M/1 rectangular
285.Ans: (b)
Sol:
W/m
1 Due to symmetry, RB (or) Rc

Shear force between any two points on the Total load 10 x 8
= 40 kN
loaded beam is equal to total area of the 2 2
loading diagram between these two points. At mid span
1 SFE = 10 x 4 - 40 = 0
(SI) fi xedend = xQxw
BME = 40 (b) - 10 x 4x2=0
286. Ans: (a) SF and BM both will be zero at mid point.
287.Ans: (c) 289. Ans: (d)
Sol: Sol:
M/I
M/I
1
SFD 3 In
Mi! rectangular
Consider BC part
(4X2)
SFB = R B — =1.33 kN
6
BMB = 0 (@ hinge moment is zero)
ACE Engineciing Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatvally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•••,,
J
,5Engineering Publications
4
290. Ans: (a) 292. Ans: (a)

Sol: The point at which bending moment changes Sol:
its sign (from +ve to -ye and vice-versa) is 5 kN-
Al
known as point of contra flexure. D
RAI
.14
2m 1 in 2m
291. Ans: (c)
Sol: E Fy = 0
50 kN
10 kN RA ± RB = 5 kN
A
I io E MA = 0
RB(5) = 5 x 2+5
B C RB = 3 IN and RA = 2 IN
R=50 kN
A 70 kN 50 kN
30 kNL C 70 kN D
SFD
Hyderabad I Delhi I nhopal Punt I Bhubatiesirtit I Lticknow I Nina I Liens:alai' ChetinEti nayawada Vizaii rlirupati Kukatpally I KolkAta I Alunedabad
—,. __ -
Centre of Gravity and Moment of
Chapter Inertia
01. Polar moment of inertia is (AEE-1984) 4. The first moment of an area 'A' about the y
(a) The moment of inertia about an axis in axis in the plane of the area is given by
the plane of the cross-section (AEE-1992)
(b) The product of inertia about two (a) AxdA (b) yrA
J
mutually perpendicular axis in the plane
(c) RdA (d) AydA
of the cross-section
(c) About the axis of the member
(d) None of the above 5. The moment of inertia about a diagonal of a
square plate of side "a" is (AE-1993)
02. The principal axes of a cross-section are (a) a4/12 (b) a4/16
defined as (AEE-1984) (c) a4/6 -5 (d) none
(a) the axes about which polar moment of
inertia is zero 6. The moment of inertia of square section of
(b) the axes about which modulus of size 10.0mm about a diagonal is
sections are zero (AEE-2004, 2006 Dec)
(c) the axes about which the product of (a) 1666.67 mm3 (b) 833.33 mm3
inertia is zero (c) 333.33 mm4 (d) 833.33 mm4
(d) the axes about which radial of gyration
are zero 7. The ratio of the moment of inertia of a
square plate to that of the circular plate of
03. The moment of inertia of a triangular lamina the same depth is (AEE-2004, 2006 Dec)
of base width B and height H about its base (a) 1.563 (b) 1.571
(AEE-1992, AE CE/ME-2009) (c) 1.698 (d) 3.141
(a) BH3 / 36 (b) BH3 / 12
(c) BH3 / 6 (d) None of the above 8. The Moment of Inertia of a rectangular
section b x d about its base is
(2004 Feb, AE -2011, AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) (1/12) bd3 (b) (1/3)bd3
(c) (1/36)bd3 (d) (1/6)bd3
I ACE Engineering Publications)>Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal 'Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow PatnaIBengaluru ChennaiI VbayawadaIVizagI Tirupati KukatpallyIKolkata Ahmedabad
1, ACE
Engineering Publications : 209: Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia
4 4.,y
09. A wooden beam has the cross-section of an 14. The modulus of a rectangular section of
isosceles triangle of base width b and height depth d and breadth b is (2006 Dec)
h. The modulus of section of the beam is (a) bd2 / 6 (b) bd3 / 6
(2006 Backlog & 2004 Feb) (c) bd3 / 12 (d) bd2 / 12
(a) bh2/ 18 (b) bh2/12
(c) bh2/16 (d) bh2/24 15. If the moment of inertia of a section about its
base is 4000.0 units, its area is 10.0 units and
10. Area moment of inertia has the unit of the height of neutral axis above the base is
(2006 Regular) 10.0 units, its moment of inertia about the
(a) per metre(m-I) NA is: (2008 Regular)

(a) 4000.0 units (b) 5000.0 units
(b) sq. metre (m2)
(c) 3000.0 units (d) 2000.0 units
(c) cubic metre (m3)
(d) fourth power of metre (m4)
16. The sum of moments of inertia of a section
about any set of orthogonal axes is constant
11. Methods of finding out moment of inertia is
because of the : (AEE CE/ME-2008)
by (2006 Regular)
(a) assumptions of bending theory
(a) using Routh's rule
(b) material properties
(b) the method of integration
(c) theorem of parallel axes
(c) using either (1) or (2) above
(d) theorem of perpendicular axes
(d) the above methods are not applicable
17. The moment of inertia of a rectangular
12. The ratio of the polar moment of inertia of a section of width B and depth D about an axis
circular section to that of its second moment passing through C.G. and parallel to its
of area about a diagonal is (2006 Dec) width is: (AEE-2009)
(a) 1.0 (b) 2.0 (c).\ri' (d) 0.50 B2D2 BD3
(a) (b)
6 6
13. The radius of gyration of a section BD3 B2D2
(c) (d)
proportional to the square root of the 12 12
(2006 Dec)
(a) depth of the section 18. The radius of gyration of a rectangular
(b) inverse of its area section (depth D, width B) from a centroidal
(c) inverse of its second moment of area axis parallel to the width is (AEE-2009)
(d) inverse of its first moment of area D2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 1/3 2A/3 4../
ACE Engineering Publications>>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludulow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vliayawada I ViZag I Tillman I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0
.4
1,
41, ACE
19. I is the moment of inertia (area), A is the

: 210:
24. Moment of inertia of a square of side d about

area of the plane, the radius of gyration is the diagonal is (2011 PH & Municipality)
(AE CE/ME-2009) d4 d4 d4
(a) (c) (d)
I 12 (b) 24
24 6 18
(a) IA (b) —
A
I 25. The units of moment of inertia of an area are

(c) (— (c) [-112 (2011 PH & Municipality)
A A
(a) m (b) m2 (c) M3 (d) m4
20. The position of a neutral axis from

centroidal axis is (AE CE/ME-2009) 26. The moment of inertia of a thin ring having
Rh 2 external diameter 13' and internal diameter
R2h
(a) about an axis perpendicular to the plane
R+h (p)
(R 2 + h2 )
of the ring is (2011 PH & Municipality)
(c)R2
Rh+h2 (d) Rh (a) It (D4 + d4
R2 +h2 (b) (D4 d4 )
64 64
Where, R = Radius
h2 = Constant (c) It (D4 + d4 ) (d) '(134 d4 )
32 32
21. Moment of inertia of a semicircle about its

27. According to parallel axis theorem for a
centroidal axis (AE 2011)
plane area A, the moment of inertia about
(a) IXX = 0.006859d3 (b) Ixx = 6859 d4
centroidal x- axis and parallel x 1 separated
(c) Ixx = 0.006859 d2 (d) Ixx = 0.006859 d4
by distance r is (2011 PH & Municipality)
22. The point at which the total area of the plane (a) 'xi = I x —Ar2 (b) Ix + Ixl = Ar2
figure is assumed to be concentrated is

(c) Ixt = I x + Ar2 (d) ix = Ar2
known as of that area 'xi
(AE 2011)
(a) centre (b) eccentricity 28. Centroid of a semi-circle of diameter 18.84
(c) centroid (d) none cm will be at a distance of from its base.
23. For a triangle, centroid lies at (AE 2011) (a) 2 cm (b) 4 cm
h h h h (c) 9.42 cm (d) 4.71 cm
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) —
8 2 3 4
tlydetatwal I pal I 13hupal I Rate Ithutkanehuut I Lucian*" . Rengaltitu I Cheittuti I Vliayorada I Vim/ I Tarupai I KAN:pally I kolktua Atuneciabati
ta,Engineering
1,
ACE
Publications : 211: Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia
29. A rectangular plane area is of size 33. In a beam of I cross — section

120mm x 80mm . From this area a circle of (AEE CE & ME 2011)
60mm diameter is cut out with its centre (a) Most of the bending moment is taken by
coinciding with the centroid of the rectangle. flanges
Due to this cut out, the center of gravity of (b) Most of the shear force is taken by web
the original rectangle shifts by an amount of (c) Both of the above
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (d) None of the above
(a) 4mm horizontally (b) 4mm vertically
(c) 4mm diagonally (d) Zero 34. Section modulus of a circular section about
an axis through its centre of gravity is
30. The moment of inertia of a square of side (AEE-2012)
lmm about its base is
(a) (13 (b) d3
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) 32 16
1 min 4 1 4 ds
(a) — (b) — MM (c) g (d) d3
12 6 64
1 mm 4
(c) — (d) lmm4
3 35. Section modulus of a beam is defined as
(AEE-CE & ME-2012)
31. The moment of inertia of a triangle about its Y
(a) IY (b) — (c) (d) Y21
base axis is than its moment of inertia I Ymax
about that centroidal axis which is parallel to
the base axis. (2011 Deputy Surveyor) 36. Moment of inertia of a semicircle about its
(a) 4 times more (b) 3 times more XX-axis is given by (AE-2012)
(c) 4 times less (d) 3 times less (a) 0.22 r3 (b) 0.11 r4
(c) 0.14 r4 (d) 0.2 r4
32. The moment of inertia of a rectangular
section b x d about its horizontal centroidal 37. An inverted T-beam is having a web
axis is (AEE CE & ME 2011) dimension of 30 mm (width) and 90 mm
bd3 bd 3 (depth). It's flange width (b) is to be
(a) — (b)
3 6 computed for a thickness of 30 mm, and a
bd 3 bd3 centroidal distance of 90 mm.
(c) (d)
9 12 (Lecturers-2013)
(a) 270 mm (b) 300 mm
(c) 120 mm (d) 90 mm
.1( 'F. IC 11111 C1.11)(4 i'llb I it •at ions e>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal j Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Pama I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITirupati I KukatpallY j kolkata I Ahmedabad
041, ACEu
:Engineering Pblications : 212: Strength of Materials
4.
38. The radius of gyration of a solid sphere of 44. Select the incorrect statement from the
radius 'r' is equal to (AE-2013) following: (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(a) 0.8 r2 (b) 0.5 r2 (a) The C.G of a circle is at its centre
(c) 0.4 r2 (d) 0.3 r2 (b) The C.G of a triangle is at the
intersection of its medians
39. The moment of inertia of a semi-circle of
(c) The C.G of a rectangle is at the
diameter D about its base diameter is
intersection of its diagonals
(TSPSC AE 2015)
(d) The C.G of a semicircle is at a distance
D 4 TC
(a) D4 (b) of r/2 from the centre
32 64
TED 4 TCD 4
(c) (d) 45. The point through which the resultant
128 256
gravitational force acts for any orientation of
40. The ratio of moment of inertia of a circular the body is termed as
plate to a square plate for equal depth is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(TS TRANSCO 2015) (a) Origin
(a) less than one (b) equal to one (b) Centroid
(c) Centre pair of plane area
(c) more than one (d) equal to —
lc
2 (d) Centre of gravity
41. In a right circular cone with a height 'h', the

46. The centre of gravity of a semi circular arc
centre of gravity lies at what distance from
of radius 'r' is on the central from the base
the vertex along the axis of rotation?
diameter at a distance of
(a) 3h/4 (b) h/2 (c) 2h/3 (d) h/4
3r 2r
(a) — (b) I (c) (d)
TE TC TC
42. The units of moment of inertia of an area are
(d) m3 47. The moment of inertia of a given
(a) kg m2 (b) (c) kg/m2
rectangular area is minimum about
43. The M.I of a hollow circular section about a (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
central axis perpendicular to the section as (a) its longer centroidal axis
compared to its M.I about horizontal axis is (b) its polar axis
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) (c) its axis along the diagonal
(a) same (b) double (d) its shorter centroidal axis
(c) half (d) four times
ACE Enkincering. Publications >nyderabadiDeuIshopall Pune Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl Patna' BengalumIChennailVijayawadalVizagrrinipatilKi xkatpallylKolkata I Ahmedabad
zit" ACE Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia
40 :Engineering Publications : 213:
4 4.
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) MI of square about diagonal = 2 x MI of

Sol: Polar MI is about the axis of member which triangle
is perpendicular to plane of cross-section.
.2x a x ( a )3
12
2. Ans: (c)
Sol: About principal axis product of inertia is a4
12
zero.
3. Ans (b) 6. Ans: (d)

Sol: The moment of inertia of the whole Sol: Square size (d) = 10 mm
BI-13 a4 104
triangular section about the base Iba„ = I= = - = 833.33 mm4
12 12 12
The moment of inertia of the triangular 7. Ans: (c)
section about an axis passing through the Sol: We know,
BI-13 d4
C.G and parallel to the base ICG = I square =
36 12
icd4
4. Ans (a) 'circular =
64
Sol: First moment of area about y-axis = dA.
d4
64
•.• 'square = 12 1.698
5. Ans: (a) 'circular TCd 4 127c
Sol: 64
08. Ans: (b)

a
Ti Sol:
We know MI of triangle of base b and height

d
y=—
h about base is bh3 2
12
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow1Pathal Bengalunt I Chennai I VdayawatialVizag ITirupati I Kukarpally I Kolkatal Ahmedabad
ACE
For rectangular section moment of inertia 12. Ans: (b)

bd3 Sol: For circle we know
about neutral axis , N.A =
12 7td4 7td4 rcd4
I = = — I = I"x+ I
M. I about base Lase = INA + A si2 "" 64 3' 64 YY 32
d) 7td4
(... 'diagonal =
2 64
nd4
bd3 bd3 Ip 32 2
Ibase = + bd x 2)
12 3 'diagonal nd4
64
9. Ans: (d)
13. Ans: (b)
Sol: A wooden cross section
II min
Sol: Radius of gyration (r) =
I A
h
—
14 .1 roc.11 A
b
We know,
14. Ans: (a)
bh3
Moment of inertia for triangle I = bd3
36
12 bd2
Sol: Z=
Maximum depth of neutral axis y max —_ 2h Y max d/2 6
3
Modulus of beam section z I
Y max 15. Ans: (c)
bh3 Sol: Given
36 = bh2
M.I about base (Lase) = 4000 units
2h 24
3 Area (A) = 10 units
Height of neutral axis above the base is
= 10 units
10. Ans: (d)
cm4, m4 We know
Sol: Moment of inertia units are mm4, ,
Ibase = IN.A + A y 2
inches4.
IN. A = Ibase — Ay2
11. Ans: (c) = 4000-10x102
= 3000 Units
ACE Enginiming Publicaticins Hyderabad I DelhiIBhopalIPune BhubaneswarILucknowIPatnaIBengalurul Chennai WayawadaIMug I TinPali I KukatPallyIKolkata I Alunedabad
t.".1
to
ACE
t, :Engineering Publications : 215: Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia
16. Ans: (d) 24. Ans: (a)

Sol: = + = Ix, + y Sol:
Polar moment of inertia is the sum of
moment of inertia about any two mutually
perpendicular axes in the plane of area. d = side of square
4
Moment of inertia about diagonal I
17. Ans: (c) 12
18. Ans: (c) 25. Ans: (d)

Sol: The radius of gyration of a rectangular Sol: Units of moment of inertia are mm4, cm4,
section, m4, inches4
I BD3 _ D2
r 26. Ans: (d)
A 12 xBD 4x3
Sol:
D
r=
We know,
2,/3
TC d4
xx 64
19. Ans: (d)
I yy =—
:(D4 —d4 )
I [I "2 4
Sol: r =11 I_
A A Moment of inertia about an axis
perpendicular to the plane of the ring is
20. Ans: (b) Ixx + Iyy
Sol: The question is not clear. Just based on the ;

2c (134 —d4)
unit of the options, the answer is gussed. 27. Ans: (c)
21. Ans: (d) 28. Ans: (b)

Sol:
22. Ans: (c) 12D
Sol: Centroid is the point through which entire 311
area is concentrated.
We know centroid from base

23. Ans: (c)
= 2D 2 x18.84
4 cm
37c 37c
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada i Vizaz j TiruPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
4."4
t,
SI
4 ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 216: Strength of Materials
4 4,
29. Ans: (d) 32. Ans: (d) 33. Ans: (c)

Sol: The area removed is symmetric
CG will not shift 34. Ans: (a)
I TEd 4 x 2 Tcd 3
Sol: Section modulus, Z = =
y 64 x d 32
35 Ans: (c)
0 cm
36. Ans: (b)

1, 601 cm .1 Sol:
ix= 0.11924 r4
120 cm X X X
30. Ans: (a)

Sol: We know 37. Ans: (a)
d4 1 Sol: 30 mm
M.I for square I = — = — mm4 A,
12 12 —A-
31. Ans: (b) 90 mm
Sol: -r
130mm
b
51
AI = 30 x 90 = 2700 mm2; yl = 45 mm
30
A2 = 30 x b = 30 b; y2 =90+- = 105 mm
Moment of inertia about centroidal axis 2
bh3 _ Al yl +A2 y2
I= Y=
36 Ai +A2
Moment of inertia about base (2700 x 45) + (30b x105)
90 =
Ibase = INA AY 2 2700 +30b
243000 + 2700 b = 12500 + 3150b
bh3 bh (102 _ bh3
x b = 270 mm
36 2 3) 12
bh3 bh3
Ibase = 3 x IN .A= 3 X = 38. Ans: (c) 39. Ans: (c)
36 12
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vidayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
ACE
v. :Engineering Publications : 217: Centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia
40. Ans: (a) 44. Ans. (d)

Sol: The C.G of a semicircle is at a distance of
Sol: Icir = 64d4 4r
from the centre.
sq = x(64) 3t
12
22 12 45. Ans: (d)
= --= 0.59 < 1
7 64 Sol: Centre of gravity of a body is the point
through which the whole weight of the body
41. Ans: (a) acts. A body is having only one centre of
gravity for all positions of the body. It is
42. Ans: (b)
represented by C.G or simply G.
Sol: Consider moment of inertia of a rectangular
section with width 'b' and depth 'd'.
46. Ans: (d)
bd3
I= — m x m3 = 4
12
47. Ans: (a)
The unit for moment of Inertia is m4.
1 y
Sol: Ixx = — bc13
43. Ans: (b) 12
Sol: Moment of inertia about horizontal axis 1 x x d
= — db3
I" 12
Ixx = Iyy = —d4 )
64 Since b< d
y
Moment of Inertia about a central axis b
perpendicular to the section: Hence MOI of a given rectangular section is
Izz I xg Iyy minimum about longer centroidal axis.
Izz = Igg
Izz 2Igg
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter 5
01. A beam of uniform cross-section is
Theory of Simple Bending
04. The bending stress calculated by using the
subjected throughout its length to a uniform formula M=fz is absolutely accurate when
moment. Then the deflection shape of beam the bending moment
is (AEE-1984) 1.variation is linear
(a) catenary 2. variation is parabolic (2'd degree)
(b) a third degree parabola 3. is constant
(c) a circular arc 4. none of the above (AEE-1984)
(d) 4`11 degree parabola (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) l& 3 (d) 4
02. The intensity of bending stress in the cross 5. The maximum compressive stress at the top
section at any point distant y from the of a beam was 1600 kg/cm2 and the
neutral axis is proportional to (I is moment corresponding tensile stress at its bottom
of inertia) (AEE-1984) was 800 kg/cm2. If the depth of the beam
1 was 15 cm, then the neutral axis from the top
(a) — (b) I.y
y will be (AEE-
1984)
(c) y (d) 2 (a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm
(c) 7.5 cm (d) 12 cm
03. Bernoulli's assumption in theory of simple
bending is (AEE-1984) 06 . A beam is said to be of uniform strength if
(AEE-1984)
(a) the material obeys Hooke's law (a) the bending moment is same throughout
(b) the value of Young's modulus is same the beam
for beam material in tension as well as in (b) deflection curve is an arc of circle
compression (c) maximum shear stress is same
(c) the elastic limit is not exceeded throughout the beam
(d) the transverse section of the beam which (d) the maximum bending stress is same at
is plane before bending will remain every section along its longitudinal axis
plane even after bending
•
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhilBhopaljPtmeiBhubaneswariLudulow1PatnalBengaluruIChermailVijayawadalVizaglirinmatilKukatpallyIKolkatalAturiedabad
ACE : 219: Theory of Simple Bending
4, ngineering Publications
4
• I.
7. Wire of diameter 'd' is wound round a 11. The shear force diagram for a cantilever of
cylinder. The diameter of the cylinder is 'D'. span 2 m with a couple of 10 T.cm acting at
The bending stress (maximum) induced in the free end is a rectangle with span of the
the wire is (AEE-1984) cantilever a base and the height represents
ED (AEE-1984)
(a)
d (a) 10 T (b) 50 kg (c) zero (d) 5T
d
(c)
ED 12. The ratio of the curvature of the 3 loose
beams (b X d) placed one over the other to
8. The ratio of the strength of 'n' loose beams an integral beam (b x nd) is (AEE-1984)
(bxd) placed one over the other to the 1
(a) 9 (b) 9 (c) 1.0 (d) 27
strength of one integral beam ( b x nd) is
(AEE-1984)
(a) n2 (b) n 13. A cantilever has length of 2.5 cm. It is of T
1 section with Ix = 2127 cm4 and fibre distance
(c) — (d)
n (tensile) from neutral axis is 7 cm. If the
maximum allowable tensile stress is 300
9. The ratio of flexibility of 'n' loose beams kgs/sq.cm. then the maximum u.d.l. that can
(b X d) placed one over the other to the be applied in kg/m is (AEE 1987)
flexibility of one integral beam (nb x d) is (a) 368 (b) 2409 (c) 485 (d) 292
(AEE-1984)
(a) n2 (b) 14. The width of the strongest beam of

reactangular section that can be cut out of a
(c) 1.0 (d) n3 cylinderical log of wood whose diameter is
30 cm. would be (in cm) (AEE 1987)
10. The radius for which a steel strip of 1 cm (a) 10.4 (b) 15.6 (c) 20.2 (d) 17.3
depth can be bent without the maximum
stress exceeding 1400 kg/cm2 is (E = 2 X 106 15. For a given stress, the moment of resistance
kg/cm2). (AEE-1984) of a beam of square section placed with two
10000 14 sides horizontal, is K times the moment of
(a) cm (b) cm
14 1000 resistance of the same beam section placed
10000 7
(c) cm (d) cm with a diagonal horizontal, where K is
7 10000
(AEE 1987)
(a) Ah (b) (c) 1.5 (d) 1.8
.NCI Engineering Publications

I. Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
J d.:Engineering Publications
16. Two beams of cross-section circular and 21. Section modulus of circular cross-section of
square have the same length, same allowable diameter D is (AEE-1992)
bending stress, and the same moment of (a) IT D2/64 (b) rcD3/32
resistance. The 'le of the beam with (c) rcD2/4 (d) itD4/32
circular section is K times that of the square
section, where 'IC is (AEE 1987) 22. A wooden beam of rectangular cross section
(a) 0.852 (b) 1.118 100 mm x 200 mm is formed by giving two
(c) 1.856 (d) 2.00 identical beams of square cross section. If
the safe shear stress of the glue is 3 N/mm2,
17. Bending stress at a section is maximum at the safe shear strength (AE-1993)
(AEE-1992) (a) 30 IN (b) 40 IcN
(a) Mid-depth (c) 50 IN (d) 60 IN
(b) Extreme top and bottom fibre
(c) Centroidal axis 23. For a rectangular section, keeping breadth
(d) None of these "b" constant, the depth "d" for uniform
strength beam will have relation with
18. The most efficient section to resist bending bending moment "M" as (AE-1993)
stress is (AEE-1992)
(a) d 00 My (b) d oc -Nrg
(a) Rectangular section (b) I-section
(c) boo.X1 (d) boo M2
(c) T-section (d) Circular section
24. The beam of uniform strength is one in

19. Pick the correct bending equation:
which (AE-1993)
(AEE-1992)
(a) Bending stress varies uniformly
(a) (MA) = (y/f) = (E/R)
throughout the length of the beam
(b) (M/I) = (f/y) = (E/R)
(b) Bending stress is constant throughout the
(c) (M/R) = (y/E) = (f/I)
depth of the beam
(d) (RA) = (E/M) = (y/f)
(c) Bending stress is constant throughout the
length of the beam
20. A beam of uniform strength has
(d) none
(AEE-1992)
(a) uniform cross-section 25. Curvature in deflection of beams is given by
(b) uniform bending moment (AE-1993)
(c) uniform stress across the section (a) dy/dx (b) d2y/dx2
(d) same maximum stress at all sections (c) d3y/dx3 (d) d4y/dx4
ACE Enginexring Pliblicitionse)HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPuneiBhubartemvarILucknow1PatnalBengalumIChennailVliaYawadalVizagiThwatilKukatPallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
t ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 221: Theory of Simple Bending
4.
26. When a beam deflects into a circular arc, the 31. The theory of simple bending assumes that
expression for slope is given by radians (AEE-2004)
(AE-1993) (a) the Young's modulus is the same
(a) L/2R (b) L/8R everywhere in the beam
(c) L2/8R (d) L2/2R (b) the strains are inversely proportional to
the distance from the neutral axis
27. The diameter of the circular cross section is (c) the strains are proportional to the
400 mm. The breadth of strongest beam is distance from the beam soffit
mm. (AE-1993) (d) the Young's modulus varies linearly with
(a) 400/3 (b) 200 distance from the neutral axis
(c) 400 / J (d) 400 /
32. Along the neutral axis of a simply supported
28. If a beam is cut in halves horizontally and beam (2004 Feb)
the two halves are laid side by side, it can in (a) fibre undergoes minimum stain
comparison to the original beam carry (b) fibre does not undergo strain
(AE-1993) (c) fibre undergoes maximum strain
(a) the same load (d) none of these
(b) double the load
(c) half the load 33. A hollow beam of square section with
(d) one-fourth the load external dimensions of 50.0 mm and
thickness 5.0 mm can sustain a stress of
29. The ratio of width to depth of a strongest 100.0 MPa. Its capacity in flexure is
beam that can be cut out of a cylindrical log (AEE-2004)
of wood is (AEE-1996) (a) 1.54 kN.m (b) 1.23 kN.m
(c) 0.72 kN.m (d) 7.16 kN.m
1 1 1 2
(a) — (b) (c) — (d)
2 Vi 3
34. Which of the following sections is the most
efficient in carrying bending moments?
30. The diameter of a circular cross-section is
(2004 Feb & 2011)
400mm. The breadth of strongest beam
(a) Rectangular section
is
(b) Circular section
(AEE-1996)
(c) I-section
(a) 400 400 VW)
(b) (c) (d) none (d) T-section
3 V3 3
ACE Engineering Piiblications >HyderabadiDelhilBhopalipuneighubanesiradLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagITirupatiIKukalpallyIKolkataiAhineilabad

yc a
u
44
au ACE
4
35. The flexure formula is valid only for 40. In the theory of simple bending, the neutral
(2004 Feb Tribal welfare) plane or layer is (2006 Regular)
(a) static loads (a) acted upon by compressive stress alone
(b) dynamic loads (b) acted upon by tensile stress alone
(c) static load with no residual stress (c) acted upon by shear stress alone
(d) dynamic load with no residual stress (d) neither compressed nor stretched
36. Beams of uniform strength are preferred to 41. In case of a beam with symmetric cross-
those of uniform section because these are section (2006 Regular)
economical for (2004 Feb & 2006 Dec) (a) centre of gravity lies at the geometrical
(a) Short span (b) Large span centre of the section
(c) Heavy weight (d) None of these (b) neutral axis passes through its
geometrical centre
37. Modulus of section is the ratio of its (c) both conditions (1) and (2) are valid
(AEE-2004) (d) None of the above
(a) moment of inertia and extreme fibre
distance from the neutral axis 42. In case of circular, square and rectangular
(b) moment of inertia and the extreme fibre cross-sectional beams, neutral axis
distance from the soffit coincides/passes through. (2006 Regular)
(c) bending moment and moment of inertia (a) centre of gravity of the section
(d) moment of inertia and bending moment (b) geometrical centre of the section
(c) both centre of gravity and geometric
38. The section modulus of a rectangular section centre of the section
of depth d and breadth b is (AEE-2004) (d) None of the above
(a) hd2/6 (b) bd3/6
(c) bd2/12 (d) db2/6 43. Section modulus of a beam has the unit of
(2006 Regular)
39. In a mild steel bar subjected to an axial pull, (a) per metre (mI )
the strain after elastic limit (b) sq. metre (m2)
(AEE, AE CE/ME-2004, 2006) (c) cubic metre (m3)
(a) increases slowly (d) fourth power of metre (m4)
(b) increases suddenly
(c) decreases suddenly
(d) is zero
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayawada Vizag Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
%4
4
44. The beams of same cross-sectional area are compared for strength in terms of smaller
circle, square and rectangle, each of length Z (section modulus). The ratio of Z, section
are used to compare for their B.M. modulus, is (2006 Regular)
f (a) 0.25 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 2/3
characteristics using the M= — or M= f Z
I y
relation, Indicate the beams in order, which 48. For obtaining bending stress fmax in equation
can take maximum load or B.M. at first. (M/I) = (f/y) = (E/R) the value of 'y' used
(2006 Regular) for beams of non-uniform cross-section is
(a) rectangle, circle, square the (2006 Regular)
(b) circle, square, rectangle (a) largest 'y' value either in tension or
(c) square, circle, rectangle compression
(d) rectangle, square, circle (b) smallest 'y' value either in tension or
compression
45. Two beams, one of square section of sides (c) average of 'y' value either in tension or
(axa) and other of rectangular section compression
(a x 2a). It is found that (2006 Regular) (d) none of the above
(a) square beam takes 0.5 times that of
rectangular 49. Beam of uniform strength can be constructed
(b) square beam takes 2 times that of (2006 Regular)
rectangular (a) keeping width uniform and varying depth
(c) rectangular beam takes 2 times that of (b) keeping depth uniform and varying width
square (c) varying both width and depth
(d) rectangular beam takes 4 times that of (d) one among the above three methods
square
50. The plane section hypothesis used in the
46. Two beams a square of side à' and one with theory of simple bending leads to the
rectangular sides 'a' in width and 2a in depth conclusion that (2006 Backlog)
are compared. The ratio of moment of (a) bending stress is zero at neutral axis
inertia of square to rectangular section is (b) bending strain is proportional to distance
(2006 Regular) from neutral axis
(a) 1/2 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 1/8 (c) neutral axis passes through the centroid
of the cross-section
47. Two beams a square of side à' and one with (d) neutral axis divides the cross-sectional
rectangular sides 'a' in width and 2a in depth area into two halves
•
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal IPunelBhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna IBengalurul ChennailVijayawadal VizagITfrupaii IKukatpallyl KolkatalAlunectabad
„,„ ,„
4„ ACE
‘' :Engineering Publications : 224: Strength of Materials
4.
51. A beam of rectangular section 120 mm x 56. For a cantilever beam of uniform depth in
200 mm is made of material with elevation and loaded by concentrated load at
permissible bending strength 10 N/mm2. The the end, the profile of the shape of the beam
allowable bending moment on the beam is in plan for uniform strength of the beam,
kNm. (2006 Backlog) should be (AEE-2007)
(a) 20 (b) 16 (c) 12 (d) 8 (a) uniform width (b) parabola
(c) triangular (d) cubic parabola
52. When a circular rod of a diameter 20 mm is
bent into an arc of a circle of radius 20 m the 57. The bending stress in a beam is
maximum bending stress produced is (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
determined as 40 MPa. The Young's (a) equal to section modulus
modulus of the beam material is (b) directly proportional to section modulus
(2006 Backlog) (c) inversely proportional to section modulus
(a) 40,000 (b) 60,000 (d) inverse of section modulus
(c) 80,000 (d) 1,20,000
58. Units for section modulus are
53. The assumption that sections plane before (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
bending remain plane after bending in a (a) cm3 (b) cm2 (c) cm4 (d) cm
beam implies that the strains vary linearly
along the (2006 Dec) 59. If a beam is subjected to hogging moment
(a) Span (b) Depth the upper side of the neutral axis is subjected
(c) Width (d) Width and Span to (2008 HYD Metro Water Works)
(a) Compressive stress
54. The ratio of the moment capacity of a square
(b) No stress
section with its sides horizontal to that of the
(c) Tensile stress
section with its diagonal horizontal is
(d) Either compressive or tensile stress
(2006 Dec)
(a) 2.10 (b) 0.577
60. Euler-Bernoullis's bending theory assumes
(c) 1.414 (d) 0.70
that the radius of curvature of a beam is
55. A beam of square section with size 5.0 cm large compared to its: (2008)
can sustain a stress of 100.0 MPa. Its (a) strains (b) deflections
capacity in flexure is (2006 Dec) (c) depth (d) span
(a) 1.54 kNm (b) 2.08 Ithm
(c) 0.72 kNm (d) 7.16 kNm
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vtjayawada I Vizag I Tirupan I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•44
I/ V ACE : 225: Theory of Simple Bending
‘z, :Engineering Publications
4,
61. Euler-Bernoulli theory is valid for: (2008) 66. When a cantilever beam is loaded at its free
(a)T-sections end, the maximum compressive stress shall
(b) only steel members develop at (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) L-sections (a) bottom fibre (b) top fibre
(d) only concrete members (c) neutral axis (d) centre of gravity
62. The assumption of sections that are plane 67. A rectangular section 100 x 200 mm is
before bending remain plane after bending subjected to a moment of 20 kN-m. The
implies that the (2008) maximum bending stress is (2011)
(a) material is linearly elastic 5
(a) 30 N/mm2 (b) —N / mm2
(b) material is isotropic 6
(c) sections do not warp (c) 10,000 N/mm2 (d) 300 N/mm2
(d) members is a continuum
68. Bending stress on a beam section is zero at
63. The simple theory of bending was developed (2011)
by Bernoulli and: (2008) (a) Depends on the shape of the beam
(a) Mohr (b) Maxwell (b) Top fibre
(c) Euler (d) Lag-range (c) Bottom fibre
(d) Neutral axis of the section
64. The curvature of a beam is given by:
(2008) 69. Bending stress on a T — beam section is
(a) M/EI (b) EI/M maximum at (2011)
(c) (d) arna./Ymax (a) Top fibre (b) Centroid
(c) Bottom fibre (d) Depends on the moment
69. For a given area, a circular section is
flexurally (2008) 70. A simply supported beam of span L carries
(a) more efficient than a rectangular section two point loads as shown in fig. The zone of
of the same depth pure bending for the beam is
(b) less efficient than a square section (AEE CE & ME 2011)
(c) more efficient than a I-section of the
a WW WW
same depth
(d) less efficient than a I-section of the same ATC D
113
Span = L
depth
(a) AC (b) CD (c) DB (d) AB
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
eM,Eagineefing
ACE
Publicafions : 226: Strength of Materials
71. The ratio of width to depth of a strongest 77. Ratio of maximum bending stress in the
rectangular beam that can be cut out of a flange to that in the web of an I - section at
cylindrical log of wood (AE 2011) any distance along the length of the beam is
1 always (2011)
(a) — (b) (c) (d)
2 3 3 (a) Less than one
(b) Equal to one
72. In a simply supported beam, subjected to
(c) More than one
UDL over the entire length, the bending
(d) No exact relation exists
stress at mid span section across width of the
C/S at a distance 'y' from N.A varies 78. An equal flange I — section of 300 mm depth
(AE 2011) and 200 mm wide flanges is having a
(a) parabolically from one end to the other uniform thickness of 10 mm. It is subjected
end to a bending moment of 100 kN-m. The
(b) linearly from one end to other end bending stress at top most fibre is (in MPa)
(c) not varied along the width (2011)
(d) none (a) 135 (b) 146 (c) 235 (d) 325
73. The units for section modulus are 79. A circular section of 200 mm diameter is
(AE 2011) subjected to a bending moment of 10 IN -m.
(a) mm (b) mm2 The maximum tensile stress caused in the
(c) mm (d) mm4 , section (in MPa) is (2011)
(a) 13 (b) 43 (c) 65 (d) 40
74. The units of flexural rigidity are (AE 2011)
(a) N/mm2 (b) N/mm 80. Three beams of circular, square, rectangular
(c) N-mm (d) N-mm2 (depth = twice the width) sections and of
same length are subjected to same bending
1
75. In the basic bending equation, — = moment. If the allowable stress is same then
least weight of same material will be
(AEE CE & ME 2011)
required for
ME MI
(a) — (b) (2011 PH & Municipality, Observers -2013)
(c) EI (d) MI
(a) circular section
76. The section modulii of a section is given by (b) square section
(AEE CE/ME 2011) (c) rectangular section
M M I (d) more data is required to determine the
(a) — (b) — (c) M (d) — same
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadiDelhilBhopal I Pune IBhubaneswariLucknowl PainalBengalurul ChermailVdayawadal VizagiTinipatilKukatpally Molkata I Ahmedabad
••
4
4
81. Section modulus Z is expressed as 86. A log of wood is of 3 m diameter circular

(2011 PH & Municipality) section. Then the width of the strongest
E M I rectangular section is bending that can be cut
(a) — (b) — (d) —
(c) El out from this log of wood is
82. If the section modulus of a beam decreases, (a) 3 m (b) /3-m (c) 2 m (d) hm
then bending stress will
(2011 PH & Municipality) 87. With respect to the theory of simple bending
(a) decrease which one of the following assumptions
(b) increase is not correct? (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(c) remain same (a) Material of the beam is homogeneous.
(d)there is no such correlation (b) Material of the beam is isotropic.
(c) Bending stresses are not within the
83. Stress in a beam and the section modulus elastic limits
(2011 PH & Municipality) (d) Plane sections remains plane after
(a) are directly proportional loading.
(b) have unpredictable relationship
(c) are curvilinearly related 88. At the neutral axis of a loaded beam
(d) are inversely proportional (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) Bending stresses are Zero
84. The radius of curvature (R) of a loaded beam (b) Bending stresses are maximum
is expressed as (c) Shear stresses are Zero
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (d) None of these
Ef
(b) Ey (c) (d) Eyf
y 89. Which one of the following is an assumption
in simple theory of bending?
85. The modulus of section for a beam of (AEE CE & ME 2011)
rectangular cross-section of width 200 mm (a) plane section remains plane even after
and depth 300mm is bending
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (b) Young's modulus is same in both tension
(a) 60000mm3 (b) 3 x104 mm3 and compression
(c) 3 x 106 mm3 (d) 3 x102 mm3 (c) The stresses are within elastic limits
(d) All the above
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawaela Vimg I Tirupati I Kam-pally I Kolltata I Ahmedabad
fr 3 ACE
5
Engineering Pubhcanons : 228: Strength of Materials
90. In a simply supported beam of rectangular 95. The maximum stress induced in a cast iron
cross-section 100 mmx 200 mm, the bending pipe of external diameter 40mm, internal
stress is limited to 6 N/mm2. The moment of diameter 20mm and of length 4m when the
resistance of the beam is pipe is supported at its ends and carries a
(AEE CE & ME 2011) point load of 80N at its centre, is
(a) 2 kN-m (b) 4 kN-m (AE-2013)
(c) 6 kN-m (d) 8 kN-m (a) 1.358 N/mm2 (b) 13.58 N/mm2
(c) 135.8 N/mm2 (d) 1358 N/mm2
91. The ratio of moment of resistances of a
square cross-section to that of solid circular 96. The differential equation which gives the
cross-section, of same material and same relation between BM, slope and deflection of
section modulus is around beam is (AEE-2012)
(AEE CE & ME 2011) d2y M d2y

(a) EJ = (b) — = M
(a) 0.8 (b) 1.0 (c) 1.2 (d) 1.5 dx2 I dx2
d2 y
(c) EI =M (d) EI—Y
d —= M
92. If D is the diameter of log of wood and b dx 2 dx F
width of the strongest flexural section that
97. Neutral axis of a beam is the axis at which
can be cut out from the log of wood, then K
(AEE-2012)
(AEE CE & ME 2011)
(a) the shear force is zero
(a) x b (b) 1/3 x b (c) x b (d) b (b) the section modulus is zero
(c) the bending stress is maximum
93. The c/s of a simply supported beam is that of
(d) the bending stress is zero
a uniform T-section with 100 mm x 10mm
flange and 10 mm x 100 mm web. The 98. A beam cross-section is used in two different
maximum bending stress in the beam occurs orientations as shown in figure
at (AEE CE & ME 2011) b
b
(a) top of flange (b) bottom of flange
(c) bottom of web (d) neutral axis b
94. A steel plate of width 120mm and of 2

thickness 20mm is bent into a circular arc of 41 1 .1/ 11
radius 10m. The maximum stress induced is Bending moments applied in both cases are
(Take E = 2 x 105 mm3)(AE-2013) same. The maximum bending stresses
(a) 100 N/mm2 (b) 200 N/mm2 induced in case (A) and (B) are related as
(c) 400 N/mm2 (d) 600 N/mm2 (AEE- CE/ME-2012)
I ACE ng Publications i.)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal IPuneIBhubaneswarI LucknowI PatnaIBerigaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada j Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
: 1. ACE : 229 : Theory of Simple Bending
U :Engineering Publicafions
4
(a) GA = saB (b) GA = 20.B

(a) -N/. (b) 2 (c) 2J (d)
GB 5
(c) GA = (d) GA = (3.13
2 4
104. If the flexural rigidity of the column is
99. A steel plate 50mm wide and 100mm thick
doubled, then the strength of the column is
is to be bent into a circular arc of radius
increased by (AEE-2012)
10m. If E = 2x105N/mm2, then the (a) 16 (b) 8 (c) 2 (d) 4
maximum bending stress induced will be
(AEE-CE & ME-2012) 105. The strength of the beam mainly depends on
(a) 200N/mm2 (b) 100 N/mm2 (AE-2012)
(c) 10,000N/mm2 (d) 1000 N/mm2 (a) Bending moment
(b) C.G. of the section
100. Radius of curvature of the beam is equal to
(c) Section modulus
(AEE-CE & ME-2012)
(d) Its weight
ME EI MI
(a) — (b) — (c) —
M (d)
E
106. Circular beams of uniform strength can be
made by varying diameter in such a way that
101. A beam of uniform strength is one which has
(Lecturers-2013)
same (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
M
(a) bending moment throughout the (a) — is constant
section
(b) shearing force throughout the section (b) -7 is constant
y
(c) deflection throughout the beam
E
(d) bending stress at every section (c) — is constant
M
102. Neutral axis of a beam is the axis at which (d) — is constant
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) the shear force is zero
107. In case of T-section maximum bending
(b) the section modulus is zero
stress will occurs at (Observers-2013)
(c) the bending stress is maximum
(a) neutral axis
(d) the bending stress is zero
(b) extreme fibre in the flange
103. The ratio of flexural strength of a square (c) extreme fibre in the web
section with its two sides horizontal to its (d) no shear force at all
diagonal horizontal is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
I ACE Ei1g-ince ring Publications e\,>Hyderabad Delhi IBhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally1 Kolkata I Ahmedabad
uu ACE : 230: Strength of Materials
4
108. A cantilever of length 2m fails when a load 113. A beam of uniform strength is one which has
of 2 kN is applied at the free end. If the same: (Tribal Welfare)
section of the beam is 40mm x 60mm, the (a) bending stress at every section
stress at failure will be (AE-2013) (b) deflection throughout the beam
40min
14—ol (c) bending moment throughout the beam
160mm
(d) shear force throughout the beam
(a) 1666.7 N/mm2 (b) 166.67 N/mm2 114. For beam of uniform strength keeping its
(c) 16.667 N/mtn2 (d) 1.6667 N/ nine depth constant the width will vary in
proportional to: (Tribal Welfare)
109. In a triangular section of size 'b x h', if width (a) bending moment (M)
is reduced to half and height is double, then (b) 1X/I
its Ixx is increased by (TSPSC AE 2015) (c) M2
(a) 2 times (b) 4 times (d) none of the above
(c) 8 times (d) 16 times
115. A square beam and a circular beam have the

110. For a solid circular beam of 40 mm dia, the
same length, same allowable stress and the
section modulus is (TSPSC AE 2015)
same bending moment. The ratio of weights
(a) n X 103 mm3 (b) 27c X 103 mm3
of the square beam to the circular beam is
(c) 47-c x 103 mm3 (d) 8rt x 103 mm3
(Tribal Welfare)
111 A beam having rectangular cross section 200 (a) 1 / 2 (b) 1 (c) 1 / 1.12 (d) 1 / 4
mm wide and 400 mm deep is simply

supported over a span of 5 m. it is carrying a 116. A beam of square section a, is used with its
concentrated load of 10 kN at the centre of diagonal horizontal. The modulus section of
the span. The maximum bending stress the beam is given by (Tribal Welfare)
developed at quarter span of the beam is a2 a4

(a) (b)
(TS GENCO 2015) 6-n 12n
(a) 2.34 Nimm2 (b) 1.25 N/mm2 a3 a3
(c) (d)
(c) 1.17 N/mm2 (d) 2.0 N/min2 12-n
112. Most efficient and economical section used 117. The bending stress in a beam is_ bending
as a beam is (TS TRNASCO 2015) moment. (Tribal Welfare)
(a) I section (b) H section (a) equal to (b) less than
(c) angles (d) circular section (c) more than (d) directly proportional to
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar: Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Cbennai Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
yLi
4N1 ACE : 231: Theory of Simple Bending
t.
118. The neutral axis of a beam is subjected magnitude `P'. the load can be placed
to stress. (Tribal Welfare) anywhere along the span of the beam. The
(a) zero maximum flexural stress developed in beam
(b) maximum tensile is (Tribal Welfare)
(c) minimum compressive 2 PL 3 PL
(a) (b)
(d) minimum tensile 3 BD 2 4 BD2
4 PL 3 PL
(c) (d)
119. The intensity of direct longitudinal stress in 3 BD 2 2 BD 2
the cross-section at any point distance 'r'
from the neutral axis is proportional to 123. For a beam of uniform strength having
(Tribal Welfare) constant width, the depth of the beam at a
(a) r (b) 1/r (c) r2 (d) 1/r2 distance 'x' from the support caries with
(Tribal Welfare)
120. In the case of a T — section, the maximum
(a) (b) x (c) x114 (d) x314
bending stress will occur at
(Tribal Welfare)
124. A mild steel flat of cross-section thickness
(a) neutral axis
10mm x width 120 mm is bent into a
(b) extreme fibre in the flange
circular arc of radius 10m. Assuming
(c) extreme fibre in the web
Young's modulus as 2 x 105 N/mm2, the
(d) junction of flange and web
required bending moment is;
(Tribal Welfare)
121. In the case of beams of brittle materials, and
(a) 2 kNm (b) 20 kNm
with square cross-section and if they are
(c) 0.2 kNm (d) 200 Nm
supported with one diagonal as neutral axis,
by removing small triangular portions from
125. At cast iron T — section beam is subjected to
top and bottom corners, the section modulus
pure bending. It is desired that the
will (Tribal Welfare)
maximum compressive stress is three times
(a) no change
the maximum tensile stress. If the height of
(b) decrease
the section is h, the centre of gravity of the
(c) increase
section is located at the following distance
(d) depend on bending moment
from the extreme fibres of the web.
122. A homogeneous, simply supported prismatic (Tribal Welfare)
beam of width 13', depth `D' and span 'I,' is (a) h/4 (b) h/3 (c) h/2 (d) 2h/3
subjected to a concentrated load of
Hyderabad I Hal nhoPil I Pune Ilhubdnet vim I Ltleklafit I Patna I Iktigglithl awing!' Wiwi& I Vfrag I Tfrupil I Kuknipilly I Kolkatit I Alimethibad
, `..?
l p ACE : 232: Strength of Materials
.4 4.
126. A log of wood is of 3 m diameter circular 130. Section modulus (Z) for a rectangular cross-
section. Then the width of the strongest section is (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
rectangular section is bending that can be cut bh3 bh3
(b)
out from this log of wood is (a) 12 6
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) bh2 b
(d) bh2
6
(a) Arg m (b) m
A/3
131. The assumption made in the theory of
(c) 16 m (d) — m
3 bending is (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
127. If a timber beam 8 cm wide and 16 cm deep (a) Radius of curvature is small
is to be converted into an equivalent steel (b) Radius of curvature is large
section of the same depth for analysis (c) Transverse sections of the beam do not
purpose, then the width of the equivalent remain plane after bending
section for a moduluar ratio of 20 will be (d) Doesn't follow Hooke's law in bending

(a) 0.4 cm (b) 2.5 cm 132. The point of contraflexure is a point where
(c) 160 cm (d) 12 cm (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)

(a) shear force changes its sign
128.A simply supported beam of span L and (b) bending moment changes its sign
constant width b carries a point load W at (c) shear force is maximum
mid span. The depth of the beam required at (d) bending moment is maximum
the mid span for maximum extreme fibre
133. If the depth is kept constant for a beam of
stress p (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
uniform strength, then its width will vary in
3WL
(a) d = 2 (b) d3 = 3WL proportion to (where M = Bending moment)
2bp 2bp
3WL
(c) d = (d) d = 3WL (a) M (b) 2M
2bp 2bp
(c) M2 (d) M3
129. The differential equation of flexure is 134. In a simple bending theory, one of the
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) assumptions is that the material of the beam
d2y dy =M is isotropic. This assumption means that the
(a) EI—
dx 2 = —M (b) EI 2
dx (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
d2y d2 y (a) normal stress remains constant in all the
(c) EI— =M2 (d) M dx = —EI
dx2 2
directions
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadIDelhiIBhopalIPuneIBhubaneswar I LueknowIPatnaIBengaluruI ChennaiIVijayawadaIWagI TiruiratiI KukatpallyIKaratsI Ahmedabad
bi
O s.1
ACE Theory of Simple Bending
‘;, :Engineering Publications : 233:
I,
(b) normal stress varies linearly in the 139. A rectangular bar of width b and height 'h'
material is being used as a cantilever. The loading is
(c) elastic constants are same in all the in a plane parallel to the side b. The section
directions modulus is
(d) elastic constants vary linearly in the (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
material b2d bd2
(a) (b)
6 8
135. Euler' formula holds good for bd3
(c) (d) b62
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) 12
(a) short columns
(b) weak columns 140. A hollow cast iron pipe is of external
(c) long columns diameter 60 mm and 12 mm thick. The
(d) both short and long columns section modulus is
136. The neutral axis of the cross-section of a (a) 18448.13 mm3 (b) 19362.24 mm3
beam is that axis at which the bending stress (d) 16496.75 mm3
(c) 17017 mm3
is (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(a) zero (b) minimum 141. The curvature of a beam at a section is given
(c) maximum (d) infinity (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
by
137. When a rectangular beam is loaded

(a)
transversely, the maximum compressive
stress is developed on (c)
y
(a) the top layer (b) the bottom layer
142. A beam of symmetrical section is subjected
(c) the neutral layer (d) every cross-section
to a bending moment which produces a
maximum stress of 110 N/mm2. If the beam
138. The neutral axis of the cross-section a
is 260 mm deep, find radius to which the
beamis that axis at which the bending stress
longitudinal axis of beam will be bent. Take
is
E = 2 x 105 MPa
(APPSC AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) minimum (b) infinity
(a) 192.71 m (b) 236.36 m
(c) maximum (d) zero
(c) 21.46 m (d) 28.9 m
ACE Engineering Publications:›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolltata I Ahmedabad
f."4
tip ACE
:EngineezingPubhcanons : 234 : Strength of Materials
4
143. In a simple bending theory, one of the 146. A pipe of external diameter 3 cm and
assumptions is that the material of the beam internal diameter 2 cm and of length 4 m
is isotropic. This assumption means that the supported at its ends. If carries a point load
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) of 65 N at its center-section, modulus of
(a) normal stress remains constant in all the pipe will be
directions (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(b) normal stress varies linearly in the 6571 3 657c 3
(a) cm (b) cm
material 64
(c) elastic constants are same in all the 657c 3 (d) 657c 3
(c) cm
directions 96 124 cm
(d) elastic constants vary linearly in the
material 147. In a loaded beam under bending
144. A cantilever of length of 2 m fails, when a (a) both the maximum normal and
load of 2300 N is applied at free end. What maximum shear stresses occur at the
is the stress at failure. If the section of skin fibres
cantilever is 50 mm x 70 mm (b) both the maximum normal and
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) maximum shear stresses occur at the
(a) 132.93 MPa (b) 121.38 MPa neutral axis
(c) 141.64 MPa (d) 112.65 MPa (c) the maximum normal stress occurs at
the skin fibres and the maximum shear
145. A cantilever beam of rectangular cross stress occurs at the neutral axis.
section is 1 m deep and 0.6 m thick. If the (d) the maximum normal stress occurs at the
beam were to be 0.6 m deep and 1 m thick, neutral axis while the maximum shear
then the beam would stress occurs at the stress fibres.
(a) be weakened 0.5 time 148. Which one of the following is the preferable
(b) be weakened 0.6 time cross-section of a beam for bending loads?
(c) be strengthed 0.6 time (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(d) have the same strength on the original (a) Circular
beam because the cross-sectional area (b) Annular circular
remains the same (c) Rectangular
(d) I-section
erabad I belhiI Ilhnpal I Pune I ilhubattesWat I LucknowI Patna I BengaluruI ChennaiI Vijayawada VizagI Tfrupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
v„ 1
1111
.-41.:Engineering
ACE Theory of Simple Bending
Publications : 235:
149. Three beams of 100 mm x 1200 mm section (a) A beam in which extreme fibre stresses
are made from RCC, aluminium and timber are same at all cross-section along the
respectively. These three beams are loaded length of the beam
identically with similar supports. Maximum (b) A beam in which the moment of inertia
bending stress will occur in which beam? about the axis of bending is a constant
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) at all cross-section of the beam.
(a) Timber beam (c) A beam in which the distribution of
(b) Aluminium beam bending stress across the depth of
(c) RCC beam cross-sections of the beam
(d) The three beams will have same (d) A beam in which the bending stress is
maximum bending stress uniform at the maximum bending
moment cross-section
150. A beam has rectangular section 100 mm x
200 mm. If it is subjected to a maximum 153. A mild steel plate is subjected to a moment
BM of 4x107 Nmm, then the maximum M each at its ends such that it bends into an
bending stress developed would be arc of a circle of radium 10 m. The plate has
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) width 60 mm and thickness 10 mm. E = 2 x
(a) 30 N/mm2 (b) 60 N/mm2 105 N/mm2.

(c) 90 N/mm2 (d) 120 N/mm2 What is the maximum bending stress
produced in the plate?
151 A beam of rectangular cross-section is to be (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
cut from a circular beam of diameter D. (a) 100 MPa (b) 200 MPa
What is the ratio of the depth of the beam to (c) 300 MPa (d) 400 MPa
its width for maximum moment of
resistance? 154. A mild steel structural beam has cross-
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) section which is an unsymmetrical I-section.
(b) The overall depth of the beam is 250 mm.

The flange stresses at the top and bottom are
3
ozo 2 N/mm2 and 50 N/mm2 respectively. What
is the depth of the neutral axis from the top
of the beam?
152. A beam of uniform strength refers which
one of the following?
(a) 50 mm (b) 100 mm
(c) 150 mm (d) 200 mm
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vuag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
41
;4
;1 ACE
4.
155. The relationship between the radius of 158. Consider the following:
curvature R, bending moment M and (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
flexural rigidity EI is given by (P) Bending moment is a moment about the
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) longitudinal axis of a beam.
EI (Q) A structural component cannot have
(a) R = —
EI ((b) M=R
=—
axial force and shear force together.
R MI (a) Only P is correct
(c) EI = — (d) E =
(b) Only Q is correct
(c) Both P and Q are correct
156. Bending moment in a beam is not a (d) Both P and Q are incorrect
function of (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) Type of beam 159. A mild steel flat of width 100 mm and
(b) Span of the beam thickness 12 mm is bent into an arc of a
(c) Cross section of the beam circle of radius of 10 m by applying a pure
(d) Position of the load moment M. If Young's modulus E = 200
GPa, then the magnitude of M is
157. The beam of triangular cross-section as (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
shown in the figure below, is subjected to (a) 72 Nm (b) 144 Nm
pure bending. If a plastic hinge develops at a (c) 216 Nm (d) 288 Nm
section, determine the location of neutral
axis (distance b from top) at that section. 160. A square section of side a is oriented as
The beam material is elastic-perfectly plastic shown in the figure. Determine the section
(i.e., yield stress is constant) modulus of the following section?
y
h a4 a3
(b) — (a) /— (b) ,--
2 1242 12V 2
(d) a4 a3
3 (c) r-
6-J 2 (d) 642
ACE Eilgificuring Puhlication; Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t ACE
etis
4
4,Engineering Publications : 237: Theory of Simple Bending
161. A rectangular beam section with depth 400 162. In case of pure bending, the beam will bend
mm and width 300 mm is subjected to a into an arc of a/an
bending moment of 60 kN/m. The maximum (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
bending stress in the section is (a) parabola (b) hyperbola
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (c) circle (d) ellipse
(a) 7.50 MPa (b) 2.50 MPa
(c) 1.56 MPa (d) 0.42 MPa
A( higinucring Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaI BengaluruI ChennaiIVijayawada VizagI Tirupati I KukatpallyI KolkaiaIAhmedabad
kze 4.:Engmeermg Pubhcabons
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) 24,000 — 1600 x„ = 800 xu

x„ = 10 cm
02. Ans: (c)
Sol: Bending equation, 6. Ans: (d)
E=Mf Sol: A beam is said to be of uniform strength if
R I y bending stress at each and every cross-
fay section remains same and is equal to the
maximum permissible value of stress.
03. Ans: (d)
Sol: Bernoulli's assumption in theory of simple
7. Ans: (b)
bending is the transverse section of the beam
Sol: E = f
which is plane before bending will remain R y
plane even after bending. This is possible =Ed
only if strain varies linear from neutral axis (D/2) (d/2) ' f D
(e = 0) to the extreme fibre (emax)
8. Ans: (c)
04. Ans: (a) Sol:
—4"
05. Ans: (b)

1600 kg/cm2
Sol:
n nd
beams
15cm
b b
-Y-
800 kg/cm
Stress diagram
I \
By similar triangle (M.R)ll = 1
1600 800
x„ 15 — x,,
ACE I. ng ci ig l't li( io 1,I. Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I VijaYawada I Vizag 11111Pali I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1et
,
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 239: Theory of Simple Bending
9. Ans: (c) Maximum bending moment occurs at A.

Sol: If a beam is divided into 'n' parts by making 2.5
MA = wx 2.5x
vertical cuts, then there is no effect in the 2
moment of resistance. MA = 3.125 w

Substituting M value,
3.125 w = 911.571
10. Ans: (c)
w = 291.7 kg/m
f
Sol: =E
y R
14. Ans: (d)
1400 2 x 106
= Sol:
1
10000
R= cm
7
11. Ans: (c)
12. Ans: (a) b = —,_ • h= I d

V3 3
b(m1)3 = n2
Sol: P loose = 'Integral =
= 32 = 9 30
pintegrai Loose n(bd3 ) b= = 17.32 cm
13. Ans: (d)

15. Ans: (b)
Sol: Bending equation,
E M f
16. Ans: (b)
R I y
Sol: Zcircie = Zsquare
M 300
2127 7 lid' = a3
32 b
M = 91,157.143 kg-cm
= 911.571 kg-m 6n
= , a = 0.838 d
32
weight of circular beam Area of circular beam
w/m
A \n B weigth of square beam Area of square beam
2.5 cm Tcd 2
oi itd2 7cd2
4
a2 4a 2 4 x (0.838d)2
k= 1,118
Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Illtutatheithri Luektiorl Patna' Iienglarti I eltertail I Vdayttwatia I Vitas ITiraPali I Kukatpally I Kelkata I Ahmedabad
40
4.4".1
I,to ACE
%. ',Engineering Publications
1,
4
17. Ans (b) 23. Ans: (b)

Sol: Bending equation Sol: The strength of section is uniform
E M f M=fxZ
R I y bd 2
M=f x
f cc y 6
Stress will be maximum at extreme fibres M oc b
18. Ans (b) M oc d2;
Sol: Efficiency of a section to resist bending d oc ArVI
stress depends upon its Section Modulus.
The most efficient section to resist ')ending 24. Ans: (c)
stress considering section moduli 3 is I- Sol: Vide solution of Q. 24
section.
25. Ans: (b)
19. Ans (b) Sol: In beams subjected to bending
y = deflection
20. Ans (d)
dy
Sol: Vide solution of Q.6 — slope of beam
dx
d2y
21. Ans (b) curvature in deflection of beam
dx2
Sol: Section modulus, Z =
Y ma,
26. Ans: (a)
TC
D4
Z = 64 Sol: When a beam deflects into a circular arc
D/2 (that is it undergoes pure bending), then
Z= D3
32
22. Ans: (b)

Sol: Maximum shear stress
I L
_3F
max 2 bh By properties of circle
3 F _ ,
(L
3—2 x 100 x 200 ye — yc
2
F = 40 x 103 N
= 40 IN
45Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publications „.
0.
4
,o1
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 241 : Theory of Simple Bending
....
LZ 31. Ans: (b)

(neglecting y)
= 2RYe
32. Ans: (b)
Ymax = Yc =
8R Sol: When a beam undergoes pure bending,
According to Bernoulli's assumption strain
varies linearly from neutral axis or neutral
surface, hence at neutral axis fibre does not
undergo any strain.
33. Ans: (b)

, 50 j
Sol:
L M=fx
OA --> 0 sin OA = L
OA =
R 2R
1 4 4 1
=100 x—(50 — 40 )x —
12 25
27. Ans: (d) 369 4 --*15 4 40 5I4-
= x10 = 1.231th-m
D = 400 3
Sol: For strongest beam, b = mm
A/3 A/3
34. Ans: (c)
28. Ans: (c) Sol: Vide solution of Q. 18
Sol:
b h b
h
35. Ans: (c)
2
2 Sol: Flexure formula is valid only for constant
static load (whose magnitude does not
2b(-112
(str)2 2 1 change with time) and also with negligible
(str)1 (b) (h 2 ) 2
residual stresses.
29. Ans: (b)

36. Ans: (d)
Sol: Beams with uniform strength
30. Ans: (b)
M = fZ
Sol: For strongest rectangle cut from a circular
log b= D 400
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadiDelhilBhopal PunelBhubanesivarILucknow1PatnalBengalurulChennaiMayawadalVizagiTiruPatilKultalpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

ao ACE : 242: Strength of Materials
4 sEngineering Publications
,4
37. Ans: (a) 43. Ans: (c)

Sol: Modulus of section or section Modulus of Sol: Section modulus of a beam units are mm3,
3 m3
any cross section of beam is given cm ,
Moment of Inertia
Z=
Extreme fibre distance from neutral axis y. 44. Ans: (d)
Sol: The section has more area far from neutral
Eg: axis will have more bending strength.
Most economical section in bending
d/2 I-section followed by rectangle, square,
N.A Hollow circular, circle.
d/2
45. Ans: (d)
b Sol:
bd3
z= = bd2
u 6 Square 2a
2
38. Ans: (a) Rectangle
bd3 Strength of rectangle Section modulus of rectangle

Strength of square Section modulus of square
Sol: Z = I = 12 = bd2
y d) 6
a(2a)2
2
Z rec tangle = 6 =4
Zsquare aa 2
39. Ans: (b) 6
Sol: After elastic limit, strain increases suddenly 46. Ans: (d)
and undergo plastic deformation. Sol: Moment of inertia of square
a4
I square =
40. Ans: (d) 12
Sol: In theory of simple bending, the neutral Moment of inertia of rectangle
layer is unaffected by bending hence it is 3
a(2a)
I rec tangle
neither compressed nor stretched, hence 12
bending stresses induced at neutral plane is a4
'square
12 1
zero
'rec tangle a(2a)3 8
12
41. Ans: (c) 42. Ans: (e)
itylitrabad I Dtlhi I hhopal0.0.011hubdittavrittl
—. Lucknovi I lithgaluit I Cliekind I Vijonvfarla I Vimg I Kukatpally I Kolkata I AlittiedEibild
e
0 44,, ACE
: 243: Theory of Simple Bending
%4 :Engineering Publications
47. Ans: (a) 51. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: Bending equation,
(S) a bd 2
(R) M = fZ = f x
2a 6
a
2002
=10 x120 x
a 6
M = 8 x 106 N-mm
Z= s Z = f IR \ M = 8 kN-m
S (Ymax R kYrnax )12.
a4 /12 a(2aY /12

52. Ans: (c)
a/2 2a/2
a3 2 3
= —a E_M_f
6 3
R I y
a3
E 40
ZS = 6 = 1 = 0.25
ZR 2 4 20000 10
a3
3 E = 80,000 MPa
48. Ans: (a) 53. Ans: (b)

Sol: Bernoulli's equation is valid for non-
uniform cross-section also. Therefore 54. Ans: (c)
Sol: Vide solution of Q.15
maximum bending stress is obtained always
at largest distance from neutral axis (weather
55. Ans: (b)
it is on tension side or compression side)
Sol: M= Ez
5 x 52
49. Ans: (d) =100 x
6
Sol: Beam with uniform strength,
= 2.08 kN-m
M = fZ
bd2
M —x f 56. Ans: (c)
6
Sol: For cantilever of uniform strength
NAANkkkkkkk\k‘kk'
50. Ans: (b)

Sol: Vide solution of Q..3
I. 1. 12,111..t.ci it tg I 't 11 tl t 5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I PuneI Bhubaneswar I LuclulowI Patna I Bengalum I Chennat VtlayawadaIIrizagI Tirupali I KulcaMally Kolkala I Ahmedabad
I) )1i , 4te
• ACE
4,Enginecring Publications : 244: Strength of Materials
Mx-x = P x x The above figure shows a beam is subjected

to hogging moment.
Moment of resistance (MR) = fb h 2
6 xx The upper side of the neutral axis is
subjected to tensile stress.
P.x = f b 2
6 xh
1 60. Ans: (b)
6 b h` (keeping depth constant)
P.x = —f
x Sol: Euler-Bernoulli's bending theory assumes
6Px radius of curvature of a beam is large
b=
f h2 compared to its depth. Hence we take radius
6P of curvature from Neutral layer of beam and
bx = —)x
fh2
keep it constant.
bx cc x when h= c
.*. Shape of beam. 61. Ans: (b) 62. Ans: (c)
63. Ans: (c)
64. Ans: (a)

Sol: Flexure formula
b=0 E = = sab
R I y
57. Ans: (c) For pure bending
Sol:
R = Radius of curvature
Bending stress,
1
— = Curvature
f= R
1 M
1 ———
f oc — R EI
65. Ans: (b)

58. Ans: (a)
Sol: Decreasing order of efficiency of beam
cross-sections under bending.
59. Ans: (c)
Sol: I-section > T — section > Rectangle > Square
> Circle
- A
Section Modulus (4) —>
1/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I BhoPal I Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknowi Patna' Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITiruPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahrnedabad
ring; Pi 11 )1 icN II( ,51,,,
:et ACE : 245: Theory of Simple Bending
J :Engineering Publications
66. Ans: (a) Condition for pure bending — Constant

Sol: bending moment and absence of axial
stresses, shear stresses.
Hence portion CD satisfies above condition
Neutral axis is free from any bending 71 Ans: (c)
stresses. The top fibre undergoes maximum

72. Ans: (b)
tensile stress and bottom fibre undergoes Sol: Bending stress at any cross-section varies
maximum compressive stress (only for the linearly from neutral axis across the width of
given direction of loading) cross-section.
67. Ans: (a) 73. Ans: (c)

Sol: Maximum bending stress Sol: Units for section Modulus
M= fZ mina
100 x 2002 Z= = mm3
20 x106 = f x Ymax mm
6
f = 30 N/mm2
74. Ans: (d)
Sol: Flexural rigidity = EI
68. Ans: (d) 69. Ans: (c)
= N 2 x mm 4
mm
70. Ans: (b)
unit = N-mm2
Sol:
75. Ans: (c)

Sol: Bending equation
E_M_f
R I y
1 M
SFD
A R EI
76. Ans: (d)

BMD Sol:
.\CF. Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhilBhopalIPurieiShubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruiChennaiNijayawadaNizagairupatilKukatpallyIKolicalalAhmedabad

77. Ans: (c) Bending stress

Sol: flange M = fZ
100 x 106 = f x 682844.44
Yt f = 146.44 N/mm2
Yw
N.A web
79. Ans: (a)
Sol: Maximum tensile stress,
M
f=
(ab)max of flange > (61)max of web x2003

•Yf > Yw 32
The ratio is always greater than one f = 12.73 MPa
78. Ans: (b) 80. Ans: (c) 81. Ans: (d)

Sol: 200 mm
82. Ans: (b)
Sol: The relationship between section modulus
and bending stress
M = fZ
0
1
oc —
83. Ans: (d)

Due to symmetry,
=100 mm M, E
=- ab
I R y
si =150mm
( 200 x103 M
10 x 2803 = I/ y
+ (200 x10)(145)2 x 2+
12 12
Ixx = 102426666.7 mm4 M
b=—
Z
I 102426666.7
Z = xx 1
150 b CC
= 682844.44 mm3
ACE Engineering-Publications Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lacknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Viljayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultamally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1,0 4
ACE : 247 : Theory of Simple Bending
4 4,
84. Ans: (a) 89. Ans: (d)

E M f 90. Ans: (b)
R I y Sol: Bending Moment,
Ey bd 2 2002
R=— M=fZ=f— = 6x100x
f 6 6
M = 4 x 106 N-mm = 4 IcN-m
85. Ans: (c)
Sol: Modulus of section, 91. Ans: (a)
Z = bd2 Sol: Section modulus of square section (Z)square

6 section modulus of circular section (z)circular
200 x 3002 a3 rtd3
6 b 32
Z = 3 x 106 mm3 a = 0.838 d
Weight of square cross section Area of square cross section
86. Ans: (b) weigth of solid circular section Area of solid circular section
Sol: Width of the strongest rectangular section, a2 (0.838d) 2
= — 0.89
d 3 Tcd2 ird2
b= = = -N5na
1/3 1/3 4 4
92. Ans: (a)

87. Ans: (c)
Sol: For strongest rectangle
Sol: For theory of simple bending always we
considered Hooke's law to be obeyed by the b=
beam material.
D= b(J )
Hence bending stresses are always within
elastic limit. 93. Ans: (b)
Sol: 100 mm
88. Ans: (a) A 110 mm
Sol: For pure bending
e cc y (from N.A) I
100 mm
Also csb oc e (Hooke's law)
yl
••• ch cc y (from N.A)
.*. At neutral axis bending stresses are zero.
10 mm
.XCE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Palma I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizagl Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0.
4
vv
J
J
Location of centroid : x = 0 96. Ans: (c) 97. Ans: (d)
Yi +A2Y2
Y=
— 98. Ans: (b)
AI +A2
Sol: Bending moments are equal.
— 100x10x 50+100 x10 x105
Y= cYAZz = ahzB
2 x100 x10
— 100x10(50+105) bxb2 bxb2
6 X — BX
Y- B
4xb 2x6
2x100x10
— 155 GA = 2GB
y= =77.5mm from Reference line
2
99. Ans: (d)
Sol: Bending equation
32.5 mm E M f
R I y
Ey 2 x10' x 50
f= =
75 mm R 10000
= 1000 N/mm2
Since lab cc y 100. Ans: (c)

(6b)max occurs at 77.5 mm distance of
centroid i.e. bottom of web 101. Ans: (d)
94. Ans: (b) 102. Ans: (d)
max = M = E
Sol: f
Z R 103. Ans: (a)
Ymax
2x105 (20)
fmax
10000 2
104. Ans: (c)
= 200 N/mm2
Sol: Strength oc Z oc I
95. Ans: (b)

105. Ans: (c)
80 x 4000
M (wf 41 4
Sol: f = — =
Z Z TC 106. Ans: (a)
32 x 40(404 — 204 )
= 13.58 MPa 107. Ans: (c)
ACE Engineering Publications 4>Hyderabad
.0, Delhi Bhopal' Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna! Bengal uru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag iTirupari I Kulcarpally Kulicalia l Ahmedabad
ACE
;;Engineering Publications : 249: Theory of Simple Bending
i
108. Ans: (b)

M i(6bxhX
Sol: BM,M=2 x 2kN-m J
2x 2x106 1 2
f= = 166.67 N/mm2 M=- fb h {keeping depth constant}
(40 x 602 / 6) 6 x
6M
b.=- 1),,ocM
f h2
109. Ans: (b)
Ans: (c)
110. Ans: (b)
nd3 x 403
Sol: Section modulus, Z = — = 116. Ans: (c)
32 32
Sol:
= 2n x 103 mm3
111. Ans: (c)

1011th
A t41.25 C B
x 5m
RA = 51th RB = 5kN I a4 /12
Z=
ymax a/42 642
Moment at quarter span,
M = 5 x 1.25 = 6.25 kN-m 17. Ads: (d)
Maximum bending stress,
M = fZ 118. Ans: (a)
=f x 200 x 4002
6.25x106
6 119. Ans: (a)
f = 1.172 N/mm2
120. Ans: (c)
112. Ans: (a) Sol: Vide solution of Q. 93
121. Ans: (c)
113. Ans: (a)
114. Ans: (a)

Sol: For a beam of uniform strength
M = (6b)max x Z
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luelinow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiniPati I Kukatpally I Kolkaia I Alunedabad
JJ
4
122. Ans: (d) 125. Ans: (a)
Sol: Sol:
"a-
A D
Ye
B
N.A
P/2 P/2 h
ab cc M
Yt
...Bending moment at mid point is
-Y-
3 1 PL
Let Neutral axis be located as shown,
( 2 )(2) 4
Given
(3b )max = (6c)max = 3 (6b)max
Z
PL / 4 PL/ 4 = 3 PL Since cy oc y
=
kBD3 /12) BD2 2 BD2 ye `6c )max
=3
(D/2) 6 Yt (t Lax
Also ye + yt = h
123. Ans: (a) yt = h/4
3Yt + yt = h
Sol: Beam of uniform strength
ye = 3h/4
M= d2 126. Ans: (a)
6 f b"
127. Ans: (a)
Pxx=fbd2
6 x Sol: Modular ratio = 20
Width of the equivalent section
( 6P )x = d2„= ,z1„ ocj
fb 8
= = 0.4 cm
20
124. Ans: (c)
Sol: Bending equation 128. Ans: (c)
E=Mf E M F w
Sol:
R I y R I y i
2 x105 x120 x103 I I
M= — 2 x 105 N-mm M = We
12 x10000 4
M = 0.21c1\1-m M f
I y
ACE Lttkjurrring Publica tic) us 4>Hyderabad

.,. I Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatnaI Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Twupati I Kukatpally I Kolkatt I Ahmedabad
.
01
‘.-% ACE
1, :Engineering Publications : 251: Theory of Simple Bending
r we) 136. Ans: (a)

fc
4) P Sol:
bd3 d
12 2 N A
3We
=P
2bd2
13 w e b
d=
1 2bP Bending equation
E M f
129. Ans: (a) R I y
y = Linear distance from neutral axis. The
130. Ans: (d) bending stress is zero in neutral axis and
bh3 maximum at outer most fibres.
Sol: Z = I = 12 = bh
2
h 6 137. Ans: (b)

2
131. Ans: (b) 132. Ans: (b) 138. Ans: (d) fc

Sol:
133. Ans: (a)
134. Ans: (c)
Bending equation,
Sol: Isotropic material is as shown
E M f
R I y
E E'
fay
y —> Linear distance from neutral axis. Thus,
E' bending stress is zero at neutral axis and
• E • E'
maximum at outermost fibres
which means elastic constants at any point

139. Ans: (a)
are same in all directions.
Sol: A
1 B
135. Ans: (c)
b
d
.1(1: higincciing Public uiuus~ HyderabacliDelhilBhopalIPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruiChennailVijayawadalVizagainmaliiKukatpallyiKolkatalAhmedabad
utyy' ACE
Section modulus, Z Ey = 2 x105 x 260

R=
I db3 x f 110 x 2
Z= = 2
y 12xb R = 236.36 x 103 mm
bed R = 236.36 m
Z—
6
143. Ans: (c)
140. Ans: (a)
Sol: 144. Ans: (d)
Sol:
2300 N
1 70 nun
14 do = 60 mm 2m ♦
50 nun
Internal diameter,
Maximum bending moment occurs at fixed
di = do — 2t
end.
= 60 — 2(12)
= 36 mm = 2300 N x 2 m
Section modulus of hollow cost iron pipe, = 4600 Nm

Z= n(d4o —d4)x 2 = rcx (60 4 —364 )x2 Maximum bending stress (6b)max = M/Z
64 x do 64 x 60
4600 x 103 N — mm
Z = 18,457.49 mm3 50 x 702
6
141. Ans: (a) = 112.65 N/mm2
Sol: Bending equation = 112.65 MPa
EM_f
R I y 145.Ans: (b)
1 M Sol: Flexural strength of beam depends upon it's
R EI section modulus.
1
— x 0.6x13
142. Ans: (b)
Z1 = 12 =0.1m3
Sol: Bending equation; 1/ 2
E=M=f 1
— X l X 0.63 /2
R I y 12 0 6)
zu - ' = 0.6x 0.1= 0.06m3
0.6/2 - 6
ACE Engineering Publicadons 1e/4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal! Pune[Bhubaneswar I Lucknow1PatrialBengaluru taiennail VijayawadalVizag InrupaiiIKukstrallyiKolkata Ahmedabad
v ACE : 253: Theory of Simple Bending
:FAigineering Publications
ZII < Z1 148.Ans: (d)

Zll _ 0.06 _ 0 6 Sol: For a given cross-sectional area, material and
Z1 0.1 — bending moment applied.
Beam would be weakened by 0.6 times.
146.Ans: (c)
X>
Sol: External diameter = 3 cm = Do `Z' value decreases —>
Internal diameter = 2 cm = Di MR decreases —>
Modulus of cross-section of pipe Bending stress (ab ) max increases —>

I section is preferred for bending applications.
Z
Y max
149. Ans: (d)
I= [VI—V.1] Sol: Bending stress does not depend upon
64 °
material.
Ymax = Do/2
(distance of extreme fibre from neutral axis) 150.Ans: (b)
IC 4 241 Sol: Rectangular section = 100 mm x 200 mm
[3
Z= 64 1
3/2 I = — x100 x 2003
12
Z = 65rc 200
96 Ymax = =100
147.Ans: (c) 1
Sol: In a loaded beam — x100 x 2003
I 2
Z=
= 12 x106 mm3
Y max 100 3
umax
MR = amax xZ
MR 4x107 N mm
••• a max
2 x106
Bending Shear 3
Stress Stress distribution
distribution Amax = 60 N/mm2
Normal stress occurs maximum at extreme

fibers while maximum shear stress occurs at
neutral axis
' 1* 1'316 Ill't• I II W. Plibill .1111 Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Bengal= I Chermai I VijaYawada I Vizag RimPali Kuk.fr.11y Kolkata I Alirne.lah.d
VI ACE
4.
151. Ans: (b) 152.Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol: Beams of uniform strength are those beams
whose cross-section varies along length of
beam, such that maximum bending stress at
each cross-section reaches permissible
stress and is constant throughout the length
b
b2 d2 D2
of beam.
d2 = D2 — b2
153. Ans: (a)
For the strongest beam in bending its 'z'
Sol: Given: Thickness of plate = 10 mm
should be minimum
Radius of curvature = 10 m
—A— E = 2x105 N/mm2

E f
d .NA Flexure formula = — = —
R y
Exy
f=
R
dz =o 2x105 41
2
db f=
10x1000) N/mm2
z= bd2 = 100 N/mm2 = 100 MPa
6
(D3 —b2)
Z=b 154. Ans: (*)
6
Sol:
D2 —3b2 2
2 N/mm
=0 b=
6 -‘/3
b2 + d2 = D2
D2
d2 = D2 — d=
3
d = b.15 Unsymmetrical I-section
depth =
width 6t V
= t
ab Ye
y=2=1
ye 50 25
I:\Cl: l:ngiuccrunt Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune' Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna Bengaluru j Chennai I VtjayawadalVizagatruPaliIKuk.,PAy 1Kolltata 'Ahmedabad
ket
, .f."4
t,
J
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 25.5 : Theory of Simple Bending
ye = 25 yt
b = Ul
Also, 2
yt + yc = 250 mm h2
b=
~yt +25yt =250mm bx2
250 h2
y, = = 9.61 mm b2 = —
26 2
h
b=
155.Ans: (b)
M E 158. Ans: (d)
I R Sol:
M = EI • Bending moment is the moment about
R neutral axis, but not about longitudinal
axis.
156. Ans: (c)
• Structural components can have axial
Sol: Bending moment doesn't depend on the
forces, shear forces together when
dimension of cross section.
inclined loads are acting, on a beam.
157. Ans: (c)
Sol: 159. Ans: (d)
Sol: Radius of curvature (R) = 10,000 mm
h Modulus of elasticity (E) = 200 x 103 MPa
Thickness (t) = 12 mm
2h From bending equation
M E
Ac — At I R
1 1 M 200 x103
— xbxb, = 2 [-1 x2hxhl
2 2 [100 x123 1 10,000
h2 12
b,
M = 288000 N-mm
from similar triangles = 288 N - m
b —> bt
h —> 2h
b x 2h = bi h
I ACE Eriginettling Publicaliolise.1/4>HyderabadiDelhill3hopallPttnelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengalltrulChennaiNijayawaflaiVizagairupatilKukatpallyliColkatajAhmectabad

4iEngineeringPublications
160. Ans: (d) 161. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol: Maximum bending stress in the beam
a
f
max Z [bd2
60 x 106
= 7.5 MPa
[300 x 4002
The section modulus is
6
a.a3
I L 12 a3
162. Ans: (c)
a 6-5
Y. [ -5 Sol: If a beam is subjected to pure bending the
elastic curve is a circular arc with constant
radius.
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Paina I Bengaluru Chennai MaYaivada I VizagjTirupaii I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
Chapter
01. A channel section is used for beam with the (a) linearly varying from zero at A to
web of channel horizontal and flanges maximum at B
vertically upwards. The shear stress (b) parabolically varying with maximum at
distribution is (AEE-1984) C
(c) triangularly varying with maximum at C
(a) (b) (d) constant along AB
(e, (d) None of these 04. The capacity of the beam to resist external
transverse loads does not depend on
02. The maximum shear stress in a beam of (AEE-1984)
rectangular cross-section occurs at the point (a) the cross-sectional properties of the
shown in (AEE-1984) material
(b) the strength of the beam material
(a) • I d
2
(b)
2-
(c) the span of the beam
(d) elastic properties of the material
05. The maximum shearing stress in beams of

(c) (d) • cross-sections having horizontal axis of
symmetry occurs (AEE-1984)
(a) at centre of gravity of the section
03. The variation of shear along the line AB in (b) at about mid-depth of the section
the cross-section shown in figure (the (c) at farthest point from the centre of
member is used as a beam) (AEE-1984) gravity of the section
(d) at a quarter depth from the top or bottom
C of the cross-section
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pains I Bengaluni I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolliata I Ahmedabad
.4
etEnigner
t
ACE
e ing Publications : 258: Strength of Materials
4 4
S
6. The ratio of maximum shear to the mean 11. A beam of I section 600mm deep and
shear stress in case of a beam of circular 200mm wide has flanges 50rnm thick and
cross section is (AEE 1987) web 20mm thick. If the shear stress in the
(a) 4:3 (b) 3:2 (c) 5:4 (d) 2:1 web is T, then the shear stress in the flange
at the junction is (AEE-1996)
7. The ratio of maximum shear stress (a) i (b) 0.1 i (c) 10 ti (d) none
developed in a beam of rectangular section
that of the average shear stress is 12. The ratio of max. shear stress to average
(AE-1993) shear stress in a beam of circular cross-
(a) 4/3 (b) 3/4 (c) 3/2 (d) 2/3 sections is (PH & Municipality 2001)
(a) (1.0) (b) (1.33)
8. Maximum shear stress intensity in a circular (c) (1.5) (d) (1.88)
cross-section is (AEE-1996)
13. In case of a beam for the same shear force, a
9
(a) — x q (b) 3 x q avg rectangular section when compared with
8 "g
circular section of the same area of cross-
3 8
(c) — x (d) — x clay section is (AEE CE/ME-2004, 04 Feb)
2 g g
(a) stronger (b) weaker
9. A beam of square cross-section with side (c) equal (d) none of these
10mm is placed with one diagonal vertical.
14. In case of a beam of rectangular cross-
If the shear force acting on the section is 10
section the maximum shear stress developed
IN, the maximum shear stress is(AEE-1996)
is N times the average shear stress where
(a) 1 N/mm2 (b) 1.125 N/mm2
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) 2 N/mm2 (d) 2.25 N/mm2
(a) N = 1 (b) N = 1.5
(c) N = 2 (d) N = 4
10. A beam of triangular cross-section is placed
with its base horizontal. The maximum shear 15. The variation of shear stress over the cross
stress intensity in the section will be section of a beam of T-section is
(AEE-1996) (AE CE/ME-2004, 08, 09)
(a) at the neutral axis (a) rectangular
(b) at the base (b) parabolic
(c) above the neutral axis (c) parabolic with a step
(d) below the neutral axis (d) parabolic with two steps
fl
ACE Engineering Publication:, >Hyderabad DelhiI BhopalI P un e Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I BengaluruI ChennaiIVjjayawadaIVvagI T rupati l Ku k a tp allyI Ko k a 1 a I Ahmedabad
4" ACE
•,:Engineming Publicaiions
: 259: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
16. The ratio of the moment of inertia of a (a) 2.0 (b) 0.577
square plate to that of the circular plate of (c) 1.414 (d) 0.707
the same depth is (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 1.563 (b) 1.571 21. An element subjected to shear force V acting
(c) 1.698 (d) 3.141 over shearing area As, resulting in total
shearing Deformation 8s in the length L with
17. The radius of gyration of a section is modulus of rigidity of material G, the
proportional to the square root of the relation is expressed as (2004 Feb)
(AE CE/ME-2004) (a) 6s= (V As / G L )
(a) depth of the section (b) 6s = (V L / As G)
(b) inverse of its area (c) 8s = (V G / As L)
(c) inverse of its second moment of area
(d) 8s = (2 L V / As G)
(d) inverse of its first moment of area
22. The moment of inertia of a beam of T

18. Along the neutral axis of a simply supported
section is 0.012 m4. The flange of the beam
beam (AEE CE/ME-2004, 04 Feb) is 0.3 m wide and 0.1 m deep. The neutral
(a) fibre undergoes minimum strain
axis of the beam is 0.25 m below the top of
(b) fibre does not undergo strain
the flange. If the shear force on the section is
(c) fibre undergoes maximum strain
720 kN, the maximum shear stress in the
(d) none of these
flange is N/mm2
(2006 Backlog)
19. A rectangular beam 20 cm wide is subjected
(a) 0.72 (b) 0.6
to a maximum shearing force of 1000 kg, the
(c) 1.2 (d) 2.4
corresponding maximum shearing stress
being 5 kg/cm2. The depth of the beam is
23. A beam of rectangular section 100 mm x
(AEE CE/ME-2004, 04 Feb)
200 mm carries a shear force of 400 kN. The
(a) 15 cm (b) 20 cm
maximum shear stress in beam is
(c) 25 cm (d) 30 cm
(2006 Backlog)
(a) 30 MPa (b) 20 MPa
20. The ratio of the moment capacity of a square
(c) 33 MPa (d) 40 MPa
section with its sides horizontal to that of the
section with its diagonal horizontal is
(AEE-2004)
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad! Delhi I BhopallPitne I BhubaneswarlLucknowl PathalBengalum IChennai IVilaYawadarrizagIMIPalil Kukaipally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44 -4 .J ACE
.4„v :Engineering Publications : 260: Strength of Materials
24. For which of the following beam sections, 29. When a rectangular beam is loaded
will the shear stress be not maximum at the longitudinal shear develops on (AEE-2007)
neutral axis? (assume the cross sectional (a) top fibre (b) middle fibre
area is same for all the cross-sections) (c) bottom fibre (d) every horizontal plane
(2006 Backlog)
(a) T section (b) Circular section 30. For a beam subjected to transverse shear
(c) Triangular Section (d) Pipe Section force, the shear stress in the upper fibre will
be (AEE-2007)
25. Identify the shear free condition from among (a) maximum (b) minimum
the following : (2006 Backlog) (c) zero (d) depends on other data
(a) A bolt under tension
(b) A concrete cube under compression 31. In a circular beam, the ratio of maximum
(c) Surface of a spherical shell under internal shear stress to average shear stress is
pressure (AEE-2007)
(d) A thick cylinder under fluid pressure 3 4 7
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) 2
2 3 4
26. A cantilever beam of T-section carries
uniformly distributed load. The maximum
32. A circular section with area 100 mm2 is
shear stress occurs (AEE-2006)
subjected to a transverse shear force 6 IN.
(a) at top of cross-section
The magnitude of the maximum shear stress
(b) at the junction of the web and flange
developed at the section is
(c) at neutral axis
(Managers-2008)
(d) at the bottom of the section
(a) 100 N/mm2 (b) 80 N/mm2
27. For which of the following sections, will the (c) 120 N/mm2 (d) 40 N/mm2
shear centre lie outside the section?
(2006 Backlog) 33. The ratio of maximum shear stress
(a) Angle section (b) Tee section developed in a rectangular beam and a
(c) Channel section (d) I section circular beam of the same cross sectional
area is (AEE CE/ME-2008, 09)
28. The ratio of maximum shear stress to
3
maximum normal stress at any point in a (a) 3 (b) -4- (c) 1 (d) 9
*
solid circular shaft is (AEE-2007)
1 2
(a) 1 (b) — (c) 2 (d) —
2 3
ACE Engineering, Publications> Hyderabad! Delhi I 13hopallPune I BhubaneswariLucknow1Patna I Bengaluni I ChennaiWijayawadal Vizag1Tirupatil Kukatpally IKolkatal Ahmedabad
ACE : 261: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
0. :Engineering Publications
34. Flexural shear stresses do not have the 39. When a rectangular beam is loaded
maximum value at the neutral axis for a transversely, the maximum tensile stress is
section of the profile: (2008) developed on (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) rectangle (b) triangle (a) the top layer
(c) circle (d) square (b) the bottom layer
(c) the neutral axis
35. The fraction of S.F sustained by the web of (d) top layer in a cantilever
rolled steel I section is about:
(APPSC 2008) 40. At the neutral axis of a rectangular beam, the
(a) 0.35 (b) 0.55 shear stress is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) 0.75 (d) 0.90 (a) zero (b) minimum
(c) maximum (d) infinity
36. The maximum shear stress developed in a
beam of circular section is the average shear 41. The maximum shear stress developed in a
stress (2008) beam of rectangular cross-section is
(a) equal to (b) 4/3 times the average shear stress.
(c) 1.75 times (d) 1.5 times (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) equal to (b) 4/3 times
37. In the case of H-section the maximum shear (c) 1.5 times (d) twice
stress will occur at (2008)
(a) top fibres 42. The bending stress at the neutral axis is
(b) bottom fibres (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) neutral axis (a) Zero
(d) the junction of the web and flanges (b) Maximum tensile
(c) Minimum compressive
38. The maximum magnitude of shear stress due (d) Minimum tensile
to shear force F on a rectangular section of
area A at the neutral axis, is: (AEE-2009) 43. In case of an I-section beam maximum shear
2F 3F 2F stress is at (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) — (b) (c) (d)
A 2A 2A 3A (a) the junction of the top flange and web
(b) middle of the web
(c) top of the section
(d) within the flange
I ACE Et mil leering Pi iblications f>Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Pune l Bhubaneswar I LueknowI Patna j Bengaluru IChennai I VijayawadaIVizagI Tirupati I Kulcatpally j Kolkata l Ahmedabad
44 4.:Engineering Publications
44. A square section with the side 'x' of a beam 49. In I section, almost all the shear force is
is subjected to a shear force S. The taken by (AE 2011)
magnitude of the shear stress at the top edge (a) Web (b) Top flange
of the square is (AEE CE/ME-2009) (c) Bottom flange (d) Both the flanges
1.5S .
(a) 2 (b) (c) 0 55
2 (d) zero
x 50. The ratio of maximum shear stress to
average shear stress in the case of
45. The shear stress distribution across a circular rectangular section is (2011)
section is (AE CE/ME-2009) 3
(a) (b) — (c) 1 (d) 2
(a) circular (b) parabolic 3 2
(c) hyperbolic (d) elliptic
51. At the neutral axis of a beam cross-section
46. For circular section shear stress is maximum (AEE CE/ME 2011)
at (AE CE/ME-2009) (a) Bending stress is zero
(a) the periphery (b) Bending stress is maximum
(b) neutral axis (c) Torsional stress is maximum
1 (d) None of the above
— radius from the centre
(c) 2
1 52. In a beam of circular cross-section. the
(d) — rd radius from the centre
3 average shear stress is 1.8 N/mm2. The
maximum shear across the section is
47. The shear stress on a rectangular beam (AEE CE/ME 2011)
section is max. (AE 2011) (a) 2.7 N/mm2 (b) 2.4 N/mm2
(a) on the extreme free surface fibres (c) 2.2 N/mm2 (d) 2 N/mm2
(b) at the centroid of the section
(c) at the NA 53. A beam of square cross-section of diagonals
(d) at the free edges 80 mm is placed such that one of its diagonal
is horizontal. The maximum shear stress in
48. The ratio of the max. shear stress to the the beam section occurs at a distance of
average shear stress of a rectangular section mm from top of the section.
or rectangular beam is (AE 2011) (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) 2 (b) 1.75 (a) 10 mm (b) 20 mm
(c) 1.5 (d) None of the above (c) 30 mm (d) 40 mm
ACE Eru
ngineering HyderabadiDelhilBhoPallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBeligalurulChennailVdayawaclalVizagiTirupatilliukalpallyiKollcatalAhmedabad
4„ ACE
0:
t4 Engineering Publications : 263: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
54. A uniform I-section consists of 150mm x 10 59. The cross-section of a beam is that of a
mm flanges and 10 mm x 100 mm web. The triangle with a width of 0.4 m and a height
shear stress at the junction is 6 N/mm2 for of 0.6 m . If the section is subjected to a
the flange portion. Then the shear stress at shear force of 6 kN, the maximum shear
the same junction increases to stress across the beam section is
for the web portion. (AEE CE/ME 2011) (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) 30N/mm2 (b) 60N/mm2 (a) 15kN/m2 (b) 301th/m2
(c) 90N/mm2 (d) 120N/mm2 (c) 501th/m2 (d) 75kN/m2
55. In a beam of rectangle cross-section of 150

60. The ratio of maximum shear stress to the
mm x 300 mm, the maximum shear stress is
average shear stress in case of a rectangular
for an applied shear force of 150 kN.
beam is equal to (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0 (c) 2.5 (d) 3
(a) 5 N/mm2 (b) 8 N/mm2
(c) 12 N/mm2 (d) 15 N/mm2
61. The nature of distribution of horizontal shear
56. In a rectangular block under a state of pure stress in a rectangular beam is
shear, the ratio of its diagonal longitudinal (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
strain to the shear strain is (a) linear (b) parabolic

(c) hyperbolic (d) elliptic
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) one (b) two
(c) three 62. A beam of square section is placed with one
(d) half
diagonal placed horizontally. The maximum
57. The distribution of stress in a beam of shear stress occurs at (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
rectangular cross-section is 3
(a) the N.A. (b) — d from top
(2011 PH & Municipality) 8
(a) Triangular (b) Parabolic 3
(c) — d from N.A (d) at the extreme fibres
(c) Rectangular (d) Elliptical 8
Where d = depth of the beam
58. The ratio of maximum to mean shear stresses
across a circular cross-section is 63. In a beam of I section, the maximum shear
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) force is carried by (AE-2012)
(a) 2.00 (b) 1.50 (a) the upper flange (b) the web
(c) 1.33 (d) 1.25 (c) the lower flange (d) Any of these
—
64. The ratio of maximum shear stress to 1.5

(a) --T
a S (b)
average shear stress is 1.5 in a beam of a
(AE-2012) 0.55
(c) 2 (d) zero
(a) Circle (b) Rectangle a
(c) Traingle (d) Any cross-section
69. In a case of a circular section, the maximum
65. In case of rectangular section (AE-2012) shear stress is percent more than the
1 mean shear stress. (AE-2013)

(a) t max — mean (b) 'tmax = tmean
2 (a) 10 (b) 20
3 5 (c) 33.33 (d) 66.66
(c) t max = mean (d) 't max — Imean
22
70. For a circular cross section subjected to
66. A square section with side 'X' of a beam is shear force, the ratio of maximum shear
subjected to a shear force ' S' . The stress to average shear stress is
magnitude of shear stress at the top edge of (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
the square is (AE-2012) (a) 4/3 (b) 2.0
(a) 1.5S (c) 1.5 (d) 1.0
(b)
X X2
0.5S 71. A rectangular section of a beam is acted
(c) (d) Zero
X
upon by certain amounts of shear force and
bending moment. Whereas the shear stress
67. A beam of square cross-section with side varies , the variation of bending
100mm is placed with one diagonal, vertical. stress is along the depth.
If the shear force acting on the section is 10 (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
kN, the maximum shear stress is (a) linear with zero value at centroid,
(AEE-2012) parabolic with zero value at top &
(a) 1 N/mm2 (b) 1.125 N/mm2 bottom.
(c) 2 N/mm2 (d) 2.25 N/mm2 (b) parabolic with zero value at centroid,
linear with zero value at centroid.
68. A square section with side a of a beam is
(c) parabolic, with zero value at top &
subjected to a shearing force S. The
bottom, linear with zero value at middle.
magnitude of shear stress at the top edge of
(d) linear with zero value at centroid, linear
the square is (Lecturers-2013)
with zero value at centroid.
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally l Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
:et ACE
.4 :Engineering Publications : 265: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
72. In case of an I-beam, major percentage of one inside the other) of E = 2x 106 kg(f)/m2
the shear force at a section is resisted by and shrinkage factor = 0.002, is equal to
(TSPSC AE 2015) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) Top flange (a) 2500 kg(f)/m2 (b) 1000 kg(f)/m2
(b) Bottom flange (c) 4000 kg(f)/m2 (d) 2000 kg(f)/m2
(c) Top and bottom flanges together
(d) Web 77. The shape of the shear stress distribution
diagram for a rectangular beam is
73. A rectangular beam 200 mm wide and 400 (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
mm deep spans over a distance of 4 meters (a) Rectangle (b) Hyperbola
and carries a uniformly distributed load 40 (c) Parabola (d) Triangular
kN/m. Determine the maximum shear stress
acting on the beam cross section 78. A horizontal beam of square section is
(TS GENCO 2015) placed with one diagonal (d) placed
(a) 1.5 N/mm2 (b) 1.0 N/mm2 horizontally. The average shear stress occurs
(c) 3.0 N/mm2 (d) 2.0 N/mm2 at (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) d/4 from neutral axis
74. The ratio of the max. shear stress to the (b) neutral axis
mean shear stress in case of a beam of (c) 3d/8 from neutral axis
triangular cross section is (AEE-1996) (d) d/8 from neutral axis
(a) 3:2 (b) 2:3 (c) 4:3 (d) 3:4
79. The ratio of maximum shear stress of a solid
75. If the average shear stress in a rectangular shaft of diameter D to that of a hollow shaft
section beam is 5 N/sq. mm, then maximum having external diameter D and internal
shear stress for the circular section of the diameter 0.5 D is
equal area is (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (a) 0.50 (b) 1.00 (c) 1.50 (d) 0.94
(a) 6.65 N/sq. mm (b) 2.50 N/sq. mm
(c) 10 N/sq.mm (d) 7.50 N/sq.mm 80. In a beam of rectangular cross-section, the
ratio of the maximum shear stress to the
76. The maximum shearing stress produced by average shear stress is
shrinkfit between two cylinders (mounted (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) 2.50 (b) 2.00 (c) 1.50 (d) 1.33
ACE Eliginecring Publications vi
b5Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswarl Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayauada l Vizag Tirupati !Kultatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
et ACE
4 4.
81. A beam is triangular in section and is of base (a) 20 IN (b) 40kN

`b' and height 'h'. If it is placed with its base (c) 80 kN (d) 160 IN
horizontal, what is maximum shear stress if
the shear force is S. 86. A timber beam is simply supported at the
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) ends and carries a concentrated load at mid
8S 3S span. The maximum longitudinal stress T
(b)
àj 3bh 4bh 3 is 12 N/mm2 and the maximum shear stress
4S 8S `q' is 1.2 N/mm2. The ratio of span to depth
(d)
‘cl 5b 2 h 5bh would be
82. In an I section, most of the shear force will
(a) 10 (b) 6
be taken by
(c) 5 (d) 4
(a) web (b) top flange
87. For a beam of rectangular section under
(c) near to web (d) bottom flange
bending the shear stress across the depth
83. For a solid circular section, the shear stress varies
distribution is according to a (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (a) Linearly (b) Exponentially
(a) parabolic law (b) linear law (c) Hyperbolically (d) Parabolically
(c) cubic law (d) constant
88. In the cross-section of rectangular beam,
84. The ratio of maximum to mean value of what is the ratio of the average shear stress
shear stress in a circular section is to the maximum shear stress?
(a) 1.75 (b) 1.5 (a) 3/2 (b) 2/3
(c) 1.25 (d) 1.33 (c) 4/3 (d) 3/4
85. A simply supported beam of rectangular

89. In a beam of solid circular cross-section,
cross-section 100 mm x 200 mm carrying a what is the ratio of maximum shear stress to
concentrated load at mid-span. If the the average shear stress?
maximum shear stress developed in the (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
beam is 3 MPa, what is the magnitude of (a) 3/4 (b) 4/3 (c) 3/2 (d) 2/3
concentrated load? (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
ilyderaliad I Delhi I I4holial I PutteI BhubaneswarILucknowI Palm I Eteligalum Cheortal I VijayatradaI Vag I PA I KultatpallyI Kolluita I Ahmedabad
. _
11
wg
1, ACE
Engineezing Publications : 267: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
90. In case of a beam of I-section subjected to 92. A beam of rectangular section 200 mm x
trasverse shear force 'F', the maximum 300 mm carries certain loads such that
shear stress occurs at the bending moment at a section A is M and at
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) another section B it is (M + AM). The
(a) top edge of the flange distance between section A and B is 1 m and
(b) centre of the web there are no external loads acting between A
(c) junction of the flange and web and B. If AM is 20 kNm, maximum shear
(d) bottom edge of the flange stress in the beam section is
91. An I-beam section is of 100 mm width (a) 0.5 MPa (b) 1.0 MPa
flange and 20 mm thick web. Under a (c) 1.5 MPa (d) 2.0 MPa
given shear force, the increase in the shear
stress at the junction of flange and web
would be
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 2000 times (b) 80 times
A C.F. Et mi n.c m ica Li° 4>HYderahad I Delhi I Bh0Pal I Pune I BhubaneswarI Lucknow PalmIBengaluru I Chennai IVoayawada I VizagI Tirupati IKulutpally KolkataIAhmedabad
v„,
•
4,Engineezing Publications
Solutions
01. Ans: (d) 5. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol: Vide solution of Q. 2
06. Ans: (a)

4
Sol: 11 ( = — in a solid circular section.
Tmin 3
7. Ans: (c)
Sol:
None of the options match correctly.
02. Ans: (d)

Sol:
d/21
h—b—P1
gmax
•
Shear stress distribution in case of
rectangular cross section is given by
Say = 6S rhY _ ]
q y2
q=
Ib bh 3 2 )
q oc ay At y = 0 (neutral axis)
Shear stress is maximum at centre of 6S h2
rectangular cross section. cimax bh3 x 4
3S
3. Ans: (d) cim" = 2 bh
Sol: On horizontal fibre shear stress is constant.

Amax = gavg
[bh clan ]
4. Ans: (d)
08. Ans: (b)
Sol: Strength, f = — which is independent of E.
4
Sol: max =—
3
qAvg
ACE Engineering Publications ›HyderabacIlDelhilBhopallPunetBhubaneswarlLucknowlPanalBellgalunlIChermailVilarawadalVkaglrintPalilKukalPallYIKolkaralAhmedabad

4.... ...),
kit
0 14 4 ACE
:Engineering Publications : 269: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
t
9. Ans: No answer 16. Ans: (c)

9 9 d4
Sol: T = —T =
max 8 "g 8 a 2 Sol: 'square 12 = 64 =1.698
'circle 7CC14 12 X 7C
9 10 x103)
— 112.5 N/min2 64
8 100
17. Ans: (b)

10. Ans: (c)
Sol: Radius of gyration
11. Ans: (b) 1
r =.\1— ;r cc
b, =20 =1 A -s/A
mange
Sol:=
web b f 200 10
Cflange = 0.1 Tweb = 0.1(t)

18. Ans: (b)
12. Ans: (b) 19. Ans: (a)

Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 6
Sol: l ave
For circular cross section
4 5_ 3 x F = 3 x 1000
gala. = 3clay 2 Area 2 20 x d
g
qm. = 1.33 qavg d= 15 cm
13. Ans: (b) 20. Ans: (c)
Sol: MR square Zsquare

14. Ans: (b) = = 1.414
MR Diamond ZDiamond
Sol: For a rectangular cross-section
;MX 3 _ 1.5 21. Ans: (b)
Tavg 2
Sol: Shear. Modulus
Shear Stress
15. Ans: (c) G=
Shear Strain
Sol:
V
G—
os
As x —
N --A L
V
5, =L
GA,
AC1: Log-Meiling Publicanims Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkaia l Ahmedabad
yt
V ACE : 270: Strength of Materials
4.:Engineciag Publications
22. Ans: (c) 28. Ans: (a)
Sol: Sol: An element on a shaft subjected to torsion is
0.3m
in normal stress on diagonal is equal to shear
I0.1 m
0.25m stress only.
A
N
29. Ans: (b)
Sol: In a rectangular beam subjected to torsion
maximum shear stress develops on middle
Max shear stress in flange develops on fibre at NA.
bottom fibre of flange
100 ,) 30. Ans: (c)
(720 x103)(300 x100)(250
V Ay Sol: For rectangular cross section
flange =
Ib f (0.012 x10'2 )(300)
= 1.2 MPa
23. Ans: (a)

3 ( V ) 3 400 x103
Sol: qmax = — — 30 MPa Shear stress distribution
2 bd) — 2 100 x 200
6S [(11 )2 _ 1
y2
h3 2
q b
24. Ans: (c)
Sol: For triangular section maximum shear stress In the upper fibre y = h/2
is not at neutral axis. q = 0 ( at extreme fibre)
25. Ans: (c) 31. Ans: (b)

Sol: On the surface of a spherical shell no shear 4
Sol: For a circular beam m" =
stress develops. avg 3
32. Ans: (b)

26. Ans: (c)
4
Sol: Maximum shear stress in a T-beam occurs at Sol: qm.= —qav
3
g
neutral axis.
4 (6 x103 )
= 80 MPa
3 100
27. Ans: (c)
Sol: For channel section shear centre lines out of
web.
ACE Engineering Public:di( ms45Hyclerabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Luclutow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Irtrupati I Kukatpally Kollcata I Ahmedabad
l• 4 ACE
t4 — :Engineering Publications : 271: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
33 Ans: (d) bottom layer. If it is cantilever then tensile

max (Rectangular) 3/ 4-can) _ 3/2 _ 9 stress will develop on top layer.
Sol: q
q ma x (Circular) 4 /3(Tavg) 4/3 8
40. Ans: (c)
34. Ans: (b) Sol: At neutral axis maximum shear stress occurs
Sol: For triangular section distribution of flexural in case of rectangular section
shear stress is given by
41. Ans: (c)
Sol: For rectangular cross section
qmax at h distance
2 -c max =
3 = 1.5
qN.A from apex
-c avg 2
42. Ans: (a)

35. Ans: (d) Sol: The bending stress at neutral axis is zero in
all cross sections.
36. Ans: (b)
Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 12 43. Ans: (b)
Sol:
37. Ans: (d) R
Sol: .P
Q max
38. Ans: (c)

Maximum shear stress occurs at mid section
Sol: For a rectangular section
of the web.
3( 3(F
tmax
44. Ans: (d)
Sol:
39. Ans: No answer
Shear stress at top and bottom fibres is
Sol: If rectangular beam is simply supported
always zero.
maximum tensile stress will develop on
Hytletabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I 13hubafiesiVat lAickrisaiil Patna I Retigalluil I Chetutai I VijaYaWada I Viiag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Vu ACE
"Engineering Publications : 272: Strength of Materials
4 4.
45. Ans: (b) 50. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 7
51. Ans: (a)
52. Ans: (b)

46. Ans: (b) 4 4
Sol: tmax = — (Tavg) = — (1.8) = 2.4 MPa
Sol: Shear stress distribution for circular section 3 3
53. Ans: (c)

N.A 111
) qmax
Sol:
3d
8=x
3d
47. Ans: (c) 8 x
Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 7 3d

From top, x = —
8
48. Ans: (c) = X 80 = 30 mm

Sol: Vide solution of Q. N. 7 8
49. Ans: (a) 54. Ans: (c)
Sol: For I-section shear stress distribution is T web = bf

Soh
given by flange bw
= 150 _ 90 w 2
web
6 10
55. Ans: (a)

Sol:
3
'tmax = — (tavg )
2
From the distribution itself we can say 3 (150 x103

—5 MPa
almost all the shear force is taken by web. 2 150 x3001
ACE Engineering PubliOtions f4‘I>ilyderabad

. I Delhi I Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag 1Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
„
‘z,
. Engineering
ACEPublications : 273: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
56. Ans: (b) 63. Ans: (b)

Soli: E = 2 (1) for a rectangular block. Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 49
57. Ans: (b) 64. Ans: (b)

Sol: Distribution of stress in a beam is given by
6S [1h )2 y2 65. Ans: (c)
q_
bh3 Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 7
Thus we can say distribution is parabolic.

66. Ans: (d)
Sol: No shear stress at top and bottom fibres.
58. Ans: (c)
Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 12
67. Ans: (b)
10 x103 )
59. Ans: (d) Sol: Trim = —
9 Cravg = 9 =1.125 MPa
8 1 8 100 x100
3
Sol: max = 2 (T,)
( 68. Ans: (d)
3 6kN Sol:
- 75 kN/m2
2 1 (0.4 x 0.6)
-
a
a
60. Ans: (a)
at y = -a- from N.A
2
61. Ans: (b) q=0
Sol:
69. Ans: (c)
max - ti ave
Sol: % more =
h ave
4
—h ave — rave 1
=3 = = 33.33%
Taw
62. Ans: (b)

70. Ans: (a)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I'Drupati I Kultarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44
71. Ans: (c) 76. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: tmax = ?
E = 2 x 106 kg(f)/m2
N Shrinkage factor = 0.002
o EE
2 2
Rectangular Shear stress Bending stress
section distribution distribution 0.02x 2 x106
= 2000 kg(f)/m2
2
72. Ans: (d)
Sol: Vide solution of Q. No. 49 77. Ans: (c)
Sol: Vide solution of Q. NO. 57
73. Ans: (a)
we 40 x 4 78. Ans: (b)
Sol: max SF = — = = 80 IN
2 2 Sol:
3 3 80x103 d/8
I' 2 ‘
('t"g) 2 200x400) d/8
d/8
= 1.5 MPa
3d/8
74. Ans: (a)

Sol: For triangular section 79. Ans: (d)
3
A max = t avg
2 32 [D4 — (L)
2 )41
tsolid
Sol:
t hallow (D4)
75. Ans: (a) 32
Sol: Tavg = 5 N/mm2 15
= = 0.94
Tmax =
16
4
For circular section, "Ernax = —
3 t avg
80. Ans: (c)
4 Sol: For Rectangular
=—x5
3 I max = 3 _ 1.5
= 6.67 N/mm2 t avg 2
thininhubaneowitiLticknow1PathitilititgaliniiiClieiinhijinlykwatiEtivi2agrrirupatilktilitpallyikbiklittilAhniedaliad
tv
v ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 275: Shear Stress Distribution in Beams
81. Ans: (a) 84. Ans: (d)

Sol: Triangular section:
_ 3S 85. Ans: (c)
Amax
bh Sol:
= lt" at 12- from apex or base

2 g
4 Maximum shear stress t max = 1-cave
ti at N.A. = 8s = tavg 2
3bh 3
3
3=—
2 T ave
2h
3 lave = 2 MPa
h/3 load
=2
c/s area
82. Ans: (a) =2

2x100x 200
Sol:
W = 80 kiN1
Flange
Web d/2-4. 86. Ans: (c)
N
d Sol:
b d/2
W/2 W/2
FAy 3
Shear stress, ti = Maximum shearing stress q = —
2 gave
Ib
0CF (for rectangular section)
Maximum shear stress is taken by web, = 3 ( \Ai) 1

q x
Thus, maximum shear force will be on web. 2 ) bd
3W
q= —> (1)
4bd
Maximum bending stress f = —

Z
.C'pax
We
f= 4 3We (2)
bd2 /6 2bd2
4
f 2e
—=— = —1 xj-
2 =5
tmax = 3 tavg q d d 2 1.2
ACE Engineering Publications I

Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
WM ACE : 276: Strength of Materials
mm:Faguleernig Pubbcations
87. Ans: (d) 91. Ans: (c)
Sol: 11.
ma. Shear stress Sol: k- 100 -01
distribution
MIN 1
Ta—
IIIM b
NOW
■ ... i
Q
_b P 100
Variation is parabolic bQ 20
P
88. Ans: (b)

Sol: For a rectangular section 92. Ans: (a)
3 Sol:
Maximum shear stress =-
2 dM F
(average shear stress) dx
2 20kN — m
gayg = 3 gm. =F
lm
gayg = 2 F = 20 kN
max 3 For rectangular cross section
I max l[
2t "g
89. Ans: (b)
Sol: For circular cross section
4
max
2[ bFd
gmax = gay
3 g 3 [ 20x10' 1
= 0.5 mpa
max 4 2 200 x 300
=
Clavg
90. Ans: (b)

Sol: Maximum shear stress occurs at centre of
the web.
talaX
I- -1
ACE Engineering Publication!. e>Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune !Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Bengaturu I Chennai Mayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkataj Ahmedabad
Torsion
Chapter P7
01. Torsional rigidity is (AEE-1984) 04. Two beams are of same length and same
(a) also known as flexural rigidity weight. One beam is of solid circular section
(b) the product of modulus of elasticity and and the other is a hollow section. The
moment of inertia internal diameter is half of the external
(c) the torque which develops unit twist per diameter. The ratio of the strength of hollow
unit length section to that of solid section is
(d) the product of shear modulus and (AEE-1984)
moment of inertia 15
(a) 1.0 (b) (c) (d) 2
61/3 15
02. A circular shaft is subjected to torsion. The
shear stress in the cross-section 5. A shaft 10 cm dia. 2m long is subjected to
(AEE-1984) torque of 800 kg.m. The maximum shear
(a) varies parabolically with the maximum stress in kg./sq.cm developed is (AEE 1987)
stress occurring at the centre (a) 308.6 (b) 407.4
(b) uniform over the cross-section (c) 128.6 (d) 216.2
(c) varies linearly with the radius with the
maximum at the circumference and zero 6. A shaft transmits 80 H.P at 60 rpm. If the
at the centre maximum torque is 30% greater than the
(d) the length of the shaft mean, the maximum torque is kg.m is
(AEE 1987)
03. The power, a shaft can transmit is (a) 1800/it (b) 3200/it
independent of (AEE-1984) (c) 1920/it (d) 3900/7c
(a) the material used for the shaft
(b) the cross-sectional property 7. The ratio of Torsional resistance of a solid
(c) the twist allowed per unit length circular shaft of dia. `13' and a hollow shaft
(d) the length of the shaft of external dia. `1130' and internal dia d' is
(AEE 1987)
(a) D4/(D4—d4) (b) D3/(D3—d3)
(c) (D4—d4)/D4 (d) (D3-d3)/D3
ACT. Enginect ing Publicalions) Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Mune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow1PatnaI Bengaluru I Chennai I Viiayawada I Vizaairupati Kukatpallyi Kolkata I Ahmedabad
164„ ACE
4
8. A steel shaft 5 cm. dia and 50 cm long is 13. In a shaft subjected to pure twist, the shear
subject to a twisting couple of 11,000 kg.cm stress at a section is maximum at
If the angle of twist be 0.6 degree modulus (AEE 1987)
of rigidity of material of shaft in Kg/sq. cm (a) Centre of section
(AEE 1987) (b) Mid-radius
(a) 0.762 x 106 (b) 0.936 x 106 (c) Surface
(c) 0.856 x 106 (d) 0.892 x 106 (d) 3/8 radius from centre
9. Two shafts are made of same material and 14. When a circular shaft is subjected to a state of
same outer dia. with one having a circular pure torsion the cross — section of the shaft
section, and the other a hollow circular subjected to
section with inner dia. half that of outer dia. (AEE-1992)
the torque that can be transmitted by the (a) shear stress (b) bending stress
solid section is N times that of the hollow (c) bending and shear (d) none of the above
section, where N is (AEE 1987)
(a) 8/7 (b) 17/16 (c) 1.5 (d) 16/15 15. The torsion equation of the form
(AEE-1992)
10. A shaft is simultaneously subject to a torque T fs q NO
(a) — = — = =
T and a bending moment M. The ratio of J RR t
maximum bending stress and maximum T f Gj N.e
(b) =
shearing stress is (AEE 1987) R R 0
(a) M/T (b) T/M (c) 2M/T (d) 2T/M E q0
(c) = = —=—
I yR N
11. When a shaft is subjected to pure twisting, (d) None of the above
the type of stress developed in the shaft is
(AEE 1987) 16. For efficient transmission of power the
(a) Bending stress (b) Axial stress cross-section of shaft must be
(c) Shear stress (d) Normal stress (AEE-1992)
(a) rectangular (b) circular
12. A shaft running at 150 rpm is subjected to (c) elliptical (d) hollow circular
torque of 150 kg.m. The H.P transmitted by
the shaft is (AEE 1987 2004 Feb)
(a) it (b) 1 On (c) ire (d) 1/7c
ACE Engineering Publications,, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarILudulowl PatnalBengalurui Chennai 11/bayawadatVizagrrirupatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad
v ACE
JJ :4)Engineering Publications : 279: Torsion
17. When a shaft is subjected to a twisting 22. If two shafts of the same length are
moment, every cross section of the shaft will subjected to the same angle of twist per unit
be under (AE-1993) torsional moment over the total length
(a) Tensile stress (b) Compressive stress (AEE-1996)
(c) Shear stress (d) Bending stress (a) the shaft sections must be identical
(b) the shaft sections must have the same
18. In pure torsion of hollow circular shafts, the
polar modulii
maximum shear stress occurs at of the
(c) the shaft sections must have the same
cross section (AE-1993)
torsional rigidity
(a) the axis (b) the outer surface
(d) the shaft sections must be of the same
(c) the inner surface (d) every point
material
19. The torque required in a circular shaft 23. A shaft 100mm in diameter is subjected to
rotating at 100 r.p.m to produce 1 h.p. is bending loads that produce a maximum
kg. cm (AE-1993) bending moment of 2500 TEN-m along with a
(a) 35.8 (b) 7.16 shear stress of 30 MPa. The principal
(c) 716 (d) 358 stresses are (AEE-1996)
(a) 90 MPa, 50 M (b) 40 MPa, 50 MPa
20. For a shaft subjected to torsion the (c) 90 MPa, —10 MPa (d) 90 MPa, 10 MPa
maximum shear stress occurs. (AEE-1996)
(a) at the axis of the shaft at the mid section 24. It shafts of the same material and same
(b) at the axis of the shaft at the end section lengths are subjected to the same torque. If
(c) at half the radius measured radially from the first shaft is a solid circular section (D),
the axis of the shaft and the second shaft is of hollow circular
(d) at the surface of the shaft
section whose internal diameter is — of the
3
21 A hollow shaft having an inside diameter outside diameter (Do), and the max. shear
60% of its outside diameter is to replace a D
stress developed in each is same — = ?
solid shaft transmitting the same power at Do
the same speed. If the material is the same, (AEE-1996)
the percentage saving in the materials is (101/3
9 •N 1/3
(b) —
(AEE-1996) (a) ( 27i
u3
(a) 29.84% (b) 30.25% 65)
(d) (73 )11 3
(c) 15% (d) 18.2% (c) 81 81
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna' Bengaliuu I Chennai I Vijayawada l Vizag I Tirupaii Kukatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
NJ ACE
,5Engineering Pubhcauons : 280 : Strength of Materials
—.
25. Determine the torsions in the two portions of 29. The ratio of the polar moment of inertia of a
the shaft shown in fig. (AEE-1996) circular section to that of its second moment
30 kN-m of area about a diagonal is (AEE-2004)
A
(a) 1.0 (b) 2.0
(c) (d) 0.50

2m 6m *I
30. The horse power H.P. transmitted by a shaft

(a) TA + 2TB = 20 kN.m
with applied torque T kg.m. at N revolutions
(b) TA ± TB = 30 Ith.m
per minute is given be(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) TA + 4TB = 40 Ith.m
(d) TA + 5TB = 50 kN.m (a) H.P (b) H.P = 2icNT
4500 4500
26. The minimum diameter of solid steel shaft 31-cNT 47cNT

(c) H.P = (d) H.P =
4500 4500
that will not twist through more than 3°
(degrees) in a 6 metre length, when 31. A solid shaft experiencing applied torque T
subjected to a torque of 14 kN-m with and its diameter d, for the torque not
modulus of rigidity G = 83 GN / m2, is equal exceeding proportional limit, the maximum
to (2004 Feb) shearing stress Tmax is
(a) 59 mm (b) 118 mm (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) 177 mm (d) 236 mm 2T 4T
(a) t max = (b) ti max = TA
Tcd3 3
27. A hollow circular shaft whose inner
8T 16T
diameter is half the outer diameter has a (c) A max = (d) max =
'MI 3 Tcd3
torsional strength as a ratio to that of a solid
shaft of the same outside diameter is given 32. The bending moment and torsion of shaft
as (2004 Feb) [Mf E Tf CO
equations — = — = —and = = are
(a) 5 / 16 (b) 8 / 16 I y R J y I
(c) 12 / 16 (d) 15 / 16 analogous / similar. If 'f' represents bending
stress, correspondingly fs is (2006 Regular)
28. A propeller shaft transmits 540.0 kW at 720
(a) compressive stress
rpm; the torque developed in the shaft is
(b) tensile stress
(AEE-2004)
(c) compressive or tensile stress
(a) 65.65 Nm (b) 53.71 Nm
(d) shear stress
(c) 7162.0 Nm (d) 7.162 Nm
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
S'Enitineming Publications : 281 : Torsion
4 4.
33. The power transmitted by a shaft of diameter 37. Co Jared to a solid circular shaft, a hollow
20 mm rotating at 6000 rpm, with a Aar shaft of same material and same
permissible shear stress 60 N/mm2 is of the outer diameter with internal diameter of 0.8
order of times the outer diameter will have its torque
(2006 Regular) carrying capacity reduced by
(a) — 60 kW (b) — 120 kW (2006 Backlog)
(c) — 240 kW (d) —30 kW (a) 64 (b) 56.25
•(c) 41 (d) 33.3
34. The bending moment relation M = fax
38. The torsional rigidity of a tube of 200.0 mm
(11/32) D3 is for a beam of diameter D. Then
diameter and 1.0 mm thickness, and rigidity
correspondingly the analogous relation
modulus 100.0 GPa is
(torque) for shaft of diameter D is
(2006 Dec)
(2006 Regular)
(a) 314.1 GN mm2 (b) 314.1 GN m2
(a) T = fs (n/64) D3 (b) T = fs (n/16) D3
(c) 157.1 GN (d) 637.8 GN mm2
(c) T = fs (it/32) D4 (d) T = f, (it/32) D3
39. A solid circular shaft of diameter D is

35. A torque of 200kNm can be permissible on a subjected to a torque T; the maximum tensile
shaft. At what speed should it run in order to stress induced in the shaft is
transmit a power of 440 kilowatts ? (2006 Dec)
(2006 Bacldog) (a) zero (b) 16 T / (703)
(a) 300 rpm (b) 21 rpm (c) 32 T / (7tD3) (d) 64 T / (icD3)
(c) 540 rpm (d) 1440 rpm
40. A shaft of 9.0 in length is subjected to a
36. If the allowable shear stress on a shaft torque of 300.0 kN-m at a distance of 3.0 m
materials is 56 N/mm2, what is the safe from one end. The maximum torque in the
torque that may be applied on a circular shaft is
shaft of diameter 100 mm? (2006 Backlog) (2004 & 2006 Dec)
(a) 11 kN-m (b) 14 kN-m (a) 50.0 kNm (b) 100.0 kNm
(c) 28 kN-m (d) 22 kN-m (c) 300.0 kNm (d) 200.0 kNm
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarILockman,' PatnaI Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Tinipati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
:Engineezing Publications : 282: Strength of Materials
4..
41. In a circular shaft subjected to torsion the 46. For a torsioned hollow shaft the radius used
shear stress varies (2006 Dec) for calculating the maximum shear stress is
(a) linearly from zero at the centre of the (AEE-2007)
section to the maximum value at its (a) outer radius
periphery (b) inner radius
(b) linearly from zero at the periphery to the (c) mean radius
maximum value at the centre of the (d) bother inner and outer radii
section
(c) linearly from the minimum value at the 47. A hollow shaft of same cross-section area as
centre to the maximum value at the a solid shaft, transmits
periphery (AEE-2007)
(d) parabolically along the depth (a) same torque (b) more torque
(c) less torque (d) None of the above
42. Torsional rigidity of a shaft is an index of
the (2006 Dec) 48. For a solid circular shaft, strain energy is
(a) power transmitted proportional to
(b) shear stress sustained (AEE-2007)
(c) deformability (a) GJ (Torsional rigidity of shaft)
(d) failure load (b) (GJ)2
, 1
43. Torsional rigidity of a shaft of diameter D is c) GJ
proportional to (2006 & 2004 Dec) 1
(d)
(a) D4 (b) D3 (c) D2 (d) D (GJ) 2
44. The ratio of the strength of a solid shaft and

49. Two shafts A and B transmit 100 kW each.
hollow shaft of the same external diameter
Shaft A turns at 250 rpm while B at 300
and internal diameter half of the external
rpm. Which one has greater diameter?
diameter is (2006 & 2004 Dec)
(a) A
(a) 0.94 (b) 1.02 (c) 1.07 (d) 0.53
(b) B
(c) Same diameter for both
45. Twisting couple in a shaft introduces in it
(d) Unpredictable
(AEE-2007)
(a) bendng moment (b) deflection
(c) shear strain (d) shear stress
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad IDelhi I Bhopal IPune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna I Bengahuu I Chennai NllayawadaI Vizag Tirupati Kukatpallyj Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
„.•
et:Engineering
ACE
J44 4. Publications : 283: Torsion
50. Torsion bars are in parallel (AEE-2007) 56. Polar moment of inertia of a solid circular
(a) if same torque acts on each shaft is (AE CE/ME 2007)
(b) if they have equal angels of twist and (a) twice the area of cross-section
applied torque apportioned between (b) equal to the area of cross-section
them (c) twice the moment of inertia
(c) are not possible (d) four times the moment of inertia
(d) if their ends are connected together
57. The ratio of the polar moment of inertia to
51. The product of shear modulus and polar
the radius of the shaft is known as
moment of inertia is called
(AE CE/ME 2007)
(AE CE/ME 2007) (a) torsional rigidity
(a) Torsional rigidity (b) Axial rigidity
(b) shaft stiffness
(c) Flexible rigidity (d) Tension
(c) torsional section modulus
52. Polar modulus of a 16 mm diameter shaft in (d) flexural rigidity
mm3 is (AE CE/ME 2007)
(a) 167c (b) 2567c (c) 5127c (d) 327c 58. Torsional rigidity of shaft is
(Managers-2008)
53. Two shafts A and B are of same length and (a) twisting moment
subjected to same torque T. If the diameter (b) torsional stiffness per unit length
of shaft B is twice that of shaft A, the ratio (c) twist per unit length
of shear stresses developed in shafts A and B (d) flexural rigidity per unit diameter
is (AE CE/ME 2007)
(a) 8 (b) 1/8 (c) 1 (d) 59. A solid circular shaft is subjected to the
twisting moment such that the maximum
54. In a shaft, the shear stress is not directly
shear stress developed on this shaft is 40
proportional to (AE CE/ME 2007)
(a) length of the shaft (b) modulus of rigidity N/mm2. The maximum principal stress
(c) radius of the shaft (d) angle of twist developed on the surface of the shaft is
(Managers-2008)
55. Torsion equation is valid for shafts of (a) 80 N/mm2 (b) 40 N/mm2
(c) 20 N/mm2 (d) None of the above
(AE CE/ME 2007)
(a) square tubes (b) any cross-section
(c) hollow section (d) circular tubes
ACE Engineering Publicationse.)HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengalurulChennailWayawadalVizagairupatijKa.tpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

60. A solid shaft of diameter d and length 1 is 64. When a shaft is subjected to a twisting
subjected to a twisting moment T. Another moment, every cross section of the shaft will
shaft of the same material and diameter d be under: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
and length 0.5/ is also subjected to the same (a) tensile stress (b) compressive stress
twisting moment T. If the angular twist in (c) shear stress (d) bending stress
shaft A is 0, the angular twist in shaft B is:
(Managers-2008) 65. The torsional rigidity of a shaft is
(a) 20 (b) 0 proportional to: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) 0.5 0 (d) 0.25 0 T T
(a) — (b) 6 (c) — (d)
J r G
61. Torsional rigidity of a shaft is given by

(Managers-2008) 66. When a shaft is subjected to torsion, the
(a) T/G (b) T/J shear stress induced in the shaft varies from:
(c) GJ (d) TJ (AEE CE/ME-2008)

Where T = Torque, J = polar moment of (a) minimum at the centre to maximum at
inertia and G = Shear modulus. the circumference
(b) maximum at the centre to minimum at
62. Torsion equation is not applicable to non- the circumference
circular sections because: (c) zero at the centre to maximum at the
(AEE CE/ME-2008) circumference
(a) shear stress distribution is not uniform (d) maximum at the centre to zero at the
(b) the section warp circumference
(c) shear stress distribution is nonlinear
(d) torque is not uniform 67. The polar moment of inertia of a solid
circular shaft of diameter D is
63. The maximum torque a shaft can transmit is
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
proportional to: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
MD' TED'
(a) length of the shaft and cube of shaft (a) (b)
16 32
diameter
itD4 irD4
(b) shaft diameter and allowable stress (c) (d)
32 64
(c) allowable stress and cube of shaft
diameter
(d) length of the shaft and torsional rigidity
ACE Engineering Publicitti(,nse.)HyderabadiDelhilBhopal)PunelBhubarieswariLucknowiPatrialBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagITinmatilKukatpallyIKollutalAhrnedabad

4„ ACE
: 285: Torsion
VO Engineering Publications
68. The torque transmitted by a hollow shaft of 71. A shaft of diameter D is subjected to a
outer diameter (D) and inner diameter (d) is twisting moment (T) and a bending moment
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (M). If the maximum bending stress is equal
(D2 d2 to maximum shear stress developed, then M
(a) x ts x
71. D is equal to : (AEE CE/ME-2008)
T
IC 133 —d3 ) (a) — (b) T
(b) 1 fs x( D
(c) 2T (d) 4T
7C D 4 - d4
XfS D 72. Shear stress trajectories in a shaft subjected
to torsion are: (2008 regular)
(d) x f xi D 4
32 Dd (a) straight lines
Where fs = Maximum shear stress (b) helical curves
(c) straight lines and circles
69. A circular shaft has a diameter D over half (d) straight lines and parabolic curves
the length and D/2 over the other half. When
subjected to torsion the rotation of the mid- 73. Torsion equation is valid for: (2008 regular)
length section relative to the larger end was (a) any cross-section
0.10 radian; the rotation of the smaller end (b) prismatic shafts
relative to the mid-length section will be: (c) circular prismatic shafts
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (d) shafts of rectangular sections
(a) 0.4 radian (b) 0.8 radian
(c) 1.6 radian (d) 3.2 radian 74. The maximum power a shaft can transmit is
proportional to the: (2008 regular)
70. When a shaft is subjected to torsion T and
(a) shaft length
bending moment M, the equivalent torsion is
(b) shaft diameter
given by: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) cube of shaft diameter
(a) VM2 +T2 (d) reciprocal of allowable stress
(b) VM2 — T2
75. A thin circular tube under torsion is likely to
(c) 2 + VM2 + T2 )
fail: (2008 regular)
(a) by buckling (b) in compression
(d) —
1 — A/M2 + T2 )
2 (c) in tension (d) in shear
ACE Engineering rtililii'arions;›H erabadiDelhilBhopaliPuneiBhubaneswariLucknow1PallialBengakniIChennailViiayawadaNizagiTirupaiiIKukatpallyiKolltatalAhmedabad
liei ACE Strength of Materials
w„ :Engineering Publinations : 286:
4 4.
76. In shafts with key was the allowable stresses 81. The torque transmitted by a hollow shaft of
are usually of the value given outer diameter (D) and inner diameter (d) is
(a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 75% (d) 95% (a) it (D2 d2)
(b) -c (133 (13)
16 D 16 D
77. For the same material, length and given (D4
d4 ) it (D 4 (iv )
(c) it (d) ti
torque, a hollow shaft weighs a 16 D 32 D
solid shaft. (AEE CE/ME-2009) Where = Shear stress
(a) less than (b) more than
(c) equal to (d) none of the above 82. A shaft revolving at co rad/sec transmits
torque (T) in N-m. The power developed is
78. The shear stress at the outermost fibres of a (AEE CE/ME-2009)
circular shaft under torsion is (a) T.w watts (b) 21r Tco watts
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) zero (c) 27cTw watts (d) 27cT6) watts
(b) minimum 75 4500
(c) maximum (d) infinity
83. Two shafts A and B are made up of same
79. The polar moment of Inertia of a hollow material. The shaft A is of diameter D and
shaft of outer diameter (D) and inner D
shaft B is of diameter — . The strength of
diameter (d) is (AEE CE/ME-2009) 2
(b) 7C (D4 —d4) the shaft B is as that of shaft
(a) . (D3 —d3 )
16 16 A. (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) 32 (D4 —d4 ) (d) '(D4 —d4 ) (a) one-eight (b) one-fourth
64 (c) one-half (d) four-times
80. Two solid shafts A and B are made up of the 84. A shaft is in Torsion when
same material. The shaft A is of 50 mm (AE CE/ME-2009)
diameter and shaft B is of 100 mm diameter. (a) two equal and opposite torques are
The strength of shaft B is as that of applied
shaft A. (AEE CE/ME-2009) (b) two equal and opposite compressive
(a) one-half (b) double stresses are applied
(c) four times (d) eight times (c) two equal tensile stresses are applied
(d) two equal bending moments are applied
I ACE Enginecritig Publications( Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal' Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknow1PatnalBengalurul ChennailVidayawada I VizagiTirupatilKukatpally I Kolkatal Ahmedabad
ACE
r;„ ,5Engineering Pubhcations : 287: Torsion
85. The relationship maximum shear stress 89. The maximum shear stress produced in a shaft
induced in a shaft subjected to twisting is 5 N/mm2. The shaft is of 40 mm diameter.
moment is (AE CE/ME-2009) The value of twisting moment is
(b) R LA (2011 Regular)
(a) =
R C
CO (a) 628 N — m (b) 62.8 N — m
LOR (c) 125.6 N — m (d) 1256 N — m
(c) i = (d) i =
LOR
Where t = Shear stress 90. The power transmitted in W by a shaft
R = Radius rotating at speed of a 'n' rpm, transmitting a
0 = Angular twist mean torque of T (in N — m) is given by
L = Length of the shaft (2011 Regular)
C = Modulus of rigidity (a) icnT/3060 (b) 27E11T/4500
(c) 27cnT/60 (d) 3060 rcNT
86. Torsional section modulus is
(AE CE/ME-2009)
91. Torsional rigidity is (2011 Regular)
(a) Polar moment of inertia x Radius
(b) (Polar moment of inertia) /Radius (a) EI (b) Z (c) NJ (d) NO
(c) {Polar moment of inertia x (Radius)2}
(d) (Polar moment of inertia)/(Radius)2 92. Polar moment of inertia of a circular section
87. Power transmitted by a shaft is with radius, R is (2011 Regular)
(AE CE/ME-2009) nit 3 nit 4
(a) (b)
271NT TNT 32 32
(a) (b)
30 30 1TR 4 JCR 4
(c) (d)
2rcNT itNT 16 2
(c) (d)
60 60
Where, T = Torque; N = Speed 93. The moment on the pulley which produces
rotation is called
88. If a shaft is subjected to pure twisting
moment, an element on the surface is
(a) inertia
subjected to (2011 Regular)
(b) momentum
(a) Normal tensile stress
(c) moment of momentum
(b) Normal compressive stress
(d) torque
(c) Pure shear stress (d) Bending stress
ACE Engineering Publications,, Hyderabad I DelhilBhopall Pune IBhubaneswariLucknowlyatnal Bengalurul Chennai I Vijayawadal VizagiTirupatilKukatpallyi KolkatalAhmedabad
11.. ACE
:Eugineaing Publications
94. Two solid shafts are made of same material

: 288:
98. The maximum twisting moment a shaft can

and have their diameters D and D/2. The resist is the product of permissible shear
ratio of strength of bigger shaft to smaller stress and (AEE CE/ME 2011)
one in torsion is (a) Modulus of rigidity
(2011 PH & Municipality) (b) Polar section modulus
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) Moment of Inertia
(c) 8 (d) 16 (d) Polar moment of Inertia
95. Circular shafts, under pure torsion, are 99. The S.I units of power transmitted by shafts
subjected to stresses. are (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) (a) Newtons (b) Watts
(a) axial (b) tensile (c) Joules (d) Horse Power
(c) bending (d) shear
100. Torsional rigidity of a shaft is expressed as
96. The angle of twist (e) of a circular shaft of (AEE CE/ME 2011)
length L by a pure torque T, is 0 = C
(a) 21 (b) —
TJ TC (c) CJ (d) None of these
(a) (b) Where
\ CL JL
CL C = shear modulus and
(d)
(c) TL
CJ TJ J = polar moment of inertia
Where J = Polar moment of inertia.
101. If moment of inertia of a solid circular
section is 106 mm4 , then its polar moment of
97. A solid circular steel shaft transmits 314 kW
inertia is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
power at 200 r.p.m. The maximum torque
that can be developed by the shaft, if it (a) (0.5 x106 mm4 ) (b) (1x106 mm4 )
exceeds the mean torque by 40%, is (c) (2 x106 mm4 ) (d) (8 x106 mm4 )
(a) 21N-m (b) 15N-m 102. If a shaft of diameter d is subjected to a
(c) 26N-m (d) 8N-m torque 'T', the max shear stress is
(AE 2011)
32T 16T 64T 16T
(a) (b) (c) (d)
TA icd 2 icd 4 itd
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kuk2tpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
I.
,„,
ACE
‘z, Engineering Publications : 289: Torsion
103. The units for polar moment of inertia are 600

108. A shaft transmits 100 kw at rpm. The
(AE 2011)
(a) mm (b) mm2 (c) mm3 (d) mm torque in N-m is (AE 2011)
(a) 250 (b) 5000
104. The torque required to produce unit angle of (c) 500 (d) 50
twist per unit length is called (AE 2011)
(a) Flelxural rigidity 109. Polar moment of Inertia is (AE 2011)
(b) Torsional rigidity (a) M.I about Z axis of the member
(c) Torsional flexibility (b) M.I about X axis of the member
(d) Torsional stiffness (c) M.I about Y axis of the member
(d) M.I about X — Y axis
105. If a shaft is subjected to torsion, the max.
shear stress occurs at (AE 2011) 110. A solid circular shaft is subjected to a
(a) centre maximum shearing stress of 140 MPa. The
(b) outer most surface magnitude of maximum normal stress
2 developed in the shaft is (AEE-2012)
(c) — radius
3 (a) 140 MPa (b) 80 MPa
(d) between centre and outer most fibre (c) 70 MPa (d) 60 MPa
106. The angle of twist at the fixed end of a shaft 111. Torsional rigidity of a shaft is given by
is (AE 2011) (AEE-2012)
(a) maximum (b) zero T T
(a) — (b) (c) — (d)
(c) minimum (d) None E
107. The radius of a friction circle for a shaft of 112. If two shafts of the same length, one of
radius r rotating inside a bearing is which is hollow, transmit equal torques and
(AE 2011) have equal maximum stress, then they
(a) r sin4 (b) r cos (I) should have equal (AEE-2012)
(c) r tan 4 (d) r cot (1) (a) angle of twist

(b) polar modulus of section
(c) polar moment of inertia
(d) diameter
ACE Engineering Publications ie

4'>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
.`40:Engineering
4"4
, ACE
4
Publications
4 4.
113. A circular shaft subjected to torsion 117. Shear stress for a circular shaft due to torque
undergoes a twist of 1° in a length of 1.2 m. varies (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
if the maximum shear stress induced is 100 (a) from surface to centre parabolically
MPa and the rigidity modulus is 0.8 x 105 (b) from surface to centre linearly
MPa, the radius of the shaft in mm should be (c) from centre to surface parabolically
(AEE-2012) (d) from centre to surface linearly
70
(a) (b)
7C 270 118. The equivalent bending moment under
80 combined action of bending moment M and
(C)
It (d) 180 torque T is (AE-2012)
(a) Vm2 +T2
114.Two shafts are of same length and same
1
material. The diameter and maximum shear (b) — VM2 + T2
stress of the second shaft is twice that of the
(c) m+Vm2 +T2
first shaft. Then the ratio of power
I
developed between the first and second shaft (d) — 1M+ AtM2 +T2 I
2
is (AEE-2012)
16 3
(a) 16 (b) (c) (d) — 119. Polar moment of inertia of a circular area is
fV3 16 16
(AE-2012)
(a) (b) da
115. Section modulus of a circular section about
32 64
an axis through its centre of gravity is
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (c) E d4 (d) d3
4 4
(a) -Id' (b)
32 16
120. A solid circular shaft is subjected to pure
(c) Ed' (d) d3 torsion. The ratio of maximum shear to
8 64
maximum normal stress at any point would
be (AE-2012)
116.Torsional rigidity of a shaft is given by
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(c) 2: 1 (d) 2 : 3
T T T T
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) —
0
I ACE Engineering Publiciiiios i

h‘ Hyderabad IDelhitBhopal IPunell3hubaneswaribicknow1PainalBengaluruiChennailVdayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpally1 KolkatalAhmedabad
et ACE
&g Publican= : 291: Torsion
J
121. Consider the following statements: 125. When a solid shaft is subjected to torsion,
(AE-2012) the shear stress induced in the shaft at its
A splined shaft is used for centre is (AE-2013)
(1) transmitting power (a) Zero (b) Minimum
(2) holding a flywheel rigidly in position (c) Maximum (d) Average
(3) moving axially the gear wheels mounted
on it 126. Find the maximum shear stress induced in a
(4) mounting V-belts pulley on it solid circular shaft of diameter 200 mm
Code: when the shaft transmits 190 kW power at
(a) 2 and 3 are correct 200 rpm. (AE-2013)
(b) 1 and 4 are correct (a) 4.69 N/mm2 (b) 5.78 N/mm2
(c) 2 and 4 are correct (c) 5.14 N/mm2 (d) 6.12 N/mm2
(d) 1 and 3 are correct
127. Polar moment of inertia of a hollow circular
122. If the diameter of a shaft subjected to torque section with external diameter D and internal
alone is doubled, then horse power P can be diameter d is equal to (Observers-2013)
increased to (AEE-2012)
(a) : (D4 — d4 ) (b) (D3_ d3)
(a) 16 P (b) 8 P (c) 4 P (d) 2P 4 64
(d) (D3 — d3 )
123. A shaft turns at 150 rpm under a torque of (c) .32 (134 —(14)
1500 Nm. Power transmitted is

(AEE-2012) 128. A solid circular shaft of diameter and
(a) 15 it kW (b) 10 TC kW length L is fixed at one end and free at the
(c) 7.5 It kW (d) 5 n kW other end. A torque T is applied at the free
end. The shear modulus of the material is G.
124. What is the torque transmitted a solid shaft The angle of twist at the free end is
of diameter (D), when subjected to a shear (Research Assistant 2013)

16TL (b) 32TL
stress (t)? (AE-2013) (a) nd
4G nd4G
(a) TD2 (b) 128TL
16 16 (c) 64TL (d) itd
nd4G 4G
(c) TD2 (d)
32 32
ACE Engineering Pnhlicalions i

'\, Hyderabad DelhilBhopal' Pim I Hhubanegwarl [ucknowl Nina] Bengal= IChennailVdaYawadalVizagiTimPatil KukatPallyi Kollcata. j Ahmedabad
vt.)

. :Engineering Publications
129.The torsional rigidity of a tube of thickness considering the shear stress criterion alone is
1.0 mm, diameter 200 mm, and rigidity . (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
modulus 100.0 GPa is (a) .52 (b) 5,5/7
(TSPSC AEE 2015) (c) (d) 2.5/ ,5
(a) 157.1 GNm2 (b) 628.3 GNm2
(c) 341.1 GNm2 (d) 314.1 GNmm2 134. In a solid circular shaft subjected to pure
torsion, the maximum shear stress occurs at
130. The ratio of strengths of solid to hollow (TS TRANSCO 2015)
shafts, both having outside diameter 'D' and
(a) the axis of the shaft
hollow having inside diameter 'D/2', in (b) between surface and axis
torsion, is (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(c) shear stress is uniform throughout the
(a) 1/4 (b) 1/2 (c) 15/16 (d) 1/16
cross section
(d) the surface
131. The maximum twisting moment, a shaft can
resist, is the product of the permissible shear 135. A capacitor-start, capacitor-run motor has
stress and (TSPSC AEE 2015) (TS GENCO 2015)
(a) modulus of rigidly (a) low power factor (b) high power factor
(b) polar moment of inertia (c) low efficiency (d) high starting torque
(c) polar modulus
(d) moment of inertia 136. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion,
shear stress induced in the shaft at its centre
132.The ratio of strength of a solid shaft to shall be (TS GENCO 2015)
hollow shaft for same material, same weight (a) Minimum (b) Maximum
and same length is (TSPSC AEE 2015) (c) Zero (d) Average
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.0 (c) 0.94 (d) 1.44
137. In a circular section of diameter D, if 'D' is
133. Two circular shafts of same length, weight doubled, then its polar M.I. will be increased
and material are compared for strength. The by (TSPSC AE 2015)
first one is a solid shaft and the other is a (a) 4 times (b) 8 times
hollow shaft of outer to inner diameter ratio (c) 16 times (d) 32 times
as 2. The ratio of the torque carrying
capacity of the hollow shaft to solid shaft
ACE Engineering POblications:;,›Hyderabad IDelhi I Bhopal I Pune BhubaneswarILudmowl Palma I Bengaluru I Chennai IVijayawada Wing ITirupati I KilicatrallyIKolkata.IAhmedabad
ACE : 293: Torsion
138. If the circular shaft is subjected to a torque 142. Power transmitted by a shaft (kW) subjected
`T' and bending moment 'M' the ratio of to an average torque T (kNm), rotating at
maximum bending stress and maximum N rpm is equal to
shear stress is (TS GENCO 2015) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
2M T 2iNT 7tNT
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b)
2T 4500 3060
27tNT 2nNT
(c) (d)
139. If a shaft of diameter d is subjected to a 60 3600
torque T. The maximum shear stress is
(AEE-1996) 143. A shaft of J point moment of Inertia and C
32T 16T 16T 64T modulus of rigidity is fixed at one end and
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ttd3 Rd 2 nd3 nd 4 subjected to torque T at the free end and the
same torque at mid length in opposite
140. The torque that produces a twist of one
direction as shown in figure Then the
radian in a shaft per unit length is called
difference in the twist between the free end
and the midpoint is equal to
(a) Torsional rigidity
(b) Bulk modulus
(c) Torsion
(d) Modulus of elasticity
141 If a shaft is simultaneously subjected to a (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)

torque T and bending moment M, the TL TL
(b)
maximum shear stress is (a) 2CJ CJ
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) TL 3TL
(c) (d)
16 m Vm2 + T2) 4CJ 2CJ
(a)
MD 3 (
16 3 ( 144. For shaft in torsion
+ T)
(b) 70 (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
163( O
(c) + VM2 + T2 ) (b) =
arD
16 (Vm2 + T 2 ) (d) all the above
(d)
TCD 3
ACE Engineering Publications i

\>Hyderabad I Delhi) Bhopal Punel BhubaneswariLucknowl Patna' Bengalurul Chennai I Vtiayawadal VizaglirintPatil KukatpanylKolicatal Ahmedabad
ACE
v.110:Engineering Publications
145. In slope deflection equations, the (b) torque required to produce a twist of one
deformations are considered to be caused by radian per unit length of the shaft
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) (c) torque required to produce a twist of one
(a) Axial force (b) Shear force radian per unit polar modulus of the shaft
(c) Bending moment (d) All the above (d) torque required to produce a twist of one
radian per unit cross sectional area of the
146. When the diameter of a shaft is doubled, its
shaft
torque transmitting capacity will increase by
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) 150. Polar modulus is the ratio of
(a) 8 times (b) 2 times (AEE Mains 2017)
(c) 4 times (d) 16 times (a) Polar moment of inertia of the shaft to
the maximum radius
147. The polar moment of inertia of the cross-
(b) Moment of inertia of the shaft to the
section of the member is required to assess
maximum shear stress
the strength of the member in
(c) Moment of inertia of the shaft to the
maximum radius
(a) bending (b) shear
(d) Polar moment of inertia of the shaft to
(c) axial force (d) torsion
the permissible shear stress
148. A shaft of circular section is said to be in
151. A shaft of diameter D is subjected to a
pure torsion when it is subjected to equal
twisting moment (T) and a bending moment
and opposite end couples whose axes
(M) If the maximum bending stress is equal
coincides with the
to maximum shear stress developed then M
is equation
(a) Normal line to the axis of the shaft
(b) Parallel line to the axis of the shaft
(a) 2T (b) T (c) T/2 (d) 4T
(c) any line passing through the section of
the shaft
152. If the moments of inertia of a section about
(d) axis of the shaft
its orthogonal axes are 1 x 106 and 2 x 106
149. Torsional stiffness is defined as and its area is 100 units. Its polar moment of
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) inertia is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) torque required to produce a twist of one (a) 3 x 106 (b) 5 x 106
radian over the length of the shaft (c) 4 x 106 (d) 3.1 x 10
ACE. Engineering Publications /

44' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune BhubaneswarILueinowl Patna I Bengalurtil Chennai IVilaYaveadalVing KukarPallYIKdkatal Ahmedabad
s..1
•11
ACE
0„ :Engineering Publications : 295: Torsion
.1 A.
153. The inside diameter of a hollow shaft is 156.A hollow shaft of length L is fixed at its both
one-third of its outside diameter. The ratio ends. It is subjected to torque T at a distance
of its torque carrying capacity to that of a of L/3 from one end. What is the reaction
solid shaft of the same material and the torque at the other end of the shaft?
same outside diameter is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) T
(a) 2T (b) —
(a) 2/3 (b) 8/9 2
(c) 26/27 (d) 80/81 T T
(c) — (d) —
3 4
154. Two steel shafts, one solid of diameter D
and other hollow of outside diameter D and 157. Which one of the following is true for
inside diameter D/2 are twisted to the same torsional shear stress at the axis of a circular
angle of twist per unit length. Ratio of shaft?
maximum shear stress in solid shaft to that (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
in the hollow shaft is (a) Minimum (b) Maximum
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (c) Negative (d) Zero
4
(a) — (b)
9 158. A circular shaft of length 'I,' a uniform
16 cross-sectional area 'A' and modulus of
(c) — (d) 1
15 rigidity `G', is subjected to a twisting
moment that produces maximum shear
155. Steel shaft and brass shaft of same length stress 't' in the shaft. Strain energy in the
and diameter are connected by a flange shaft is given by the expression AL/kG,
coupling. The assembly is rigidly held at its where k is equal to
ends and it twisted by a torque through the (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
coupling. Modulus of rigidity of steel is (a) 2 (b) 4
twice that of brass. If torque of the steel (c) 8 (d) 16
shaft is 500 Nm, then the value of the torque
in brass shaft will be 159. When subjected to a torque, a circular shaft
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) undergoes a twist of 10 in a length of 1200
(a) 250 Nm (b) 354 Nm mm, and the maximum shear stress induced
(c) 500 Nm (d) 708 Nm is 80 N/mm2. The modulus of rigidity of the
( I I ,1111•4•1111g P111,114 Hyderabad' belhl I ilhoPtil I Pulielnhubatieswitr I Girinowlhittuilfttrigtluttlithetituall VilaYawadAlVitailllitulmitilKulthilmllyiKullutulAltrneddbed

es
4, o
ACE
V
Si Eng inea ing Publicatio ns : 296: Strength of Materials
4 0,
material of the shaft is 0.8x105 N/mm2. (a) 6Tc kW (b) 12n kW

What is the radius of the shaft? (c) 247r kW (d) 36n kW
(a) 90/7cmm (b) 108/itmm 164. Radius of gyration of a circular section with
(c) 180/Tc mm (d) 216hunm diameter D is
160. Power is transmitted through a shaft, (a) —
D
2 (b)
rotating at 2.5 Hz (150 rpm). The mean
D
torque on the shaft is 20x103 Nm. What (c) (d)
magnitude of power in kW is transmitted by
the shaft? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) 165. In case of a torsional problem the
(a) 507c (b) 120m assumption- "Plane sections perpendicular
(c) 10071 (d) 150m to longitudinal axis before deformation
remain plane and perpendicular to the
161. Torque per unit twist of a shaft is known as longitudinal axis after deformation" holds
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) true for a shaft having
(a) Deflection of shaft (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(b) Stiffness of the shaft (a) circular cross-section
(c) Curvature of shaft (b) elliptical cross-section
(d) Strength of the shaft (c) circular and elliptical cross-section
(d) any cross-section
162. At a section of a shaft, a bending moment of
8 kN-m and a twisting moment of 6 Ith-m
act together. The equivalent twisting
moment in kN-m is given by
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 48 (b) 2
(c) 14 (d) 10
163. A shaft turns at 200 rpm under a torque of

1800 Nm. The power transmitted is
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal l Pune IBhubaneswarILucknowI Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VijayawadaIVizagITimpati I KukatpallyIKollculaIAhmedabad
11.4,Engineering
ACEPublications : 297 : Torsion
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) d

Assume k = —
Sol: From Torque equation D
T GO D2 (1—k2) = d21
J — k2 ) = dl
T.0 Zh D 4 —d 4 D4 (1 — k4 )
GJ = =
Z, d3I D D4 (V1—k2 )(1—k2 )
0
Torsion rigidity, GJ = — 1—k 4
(PTO)
Ai1 — k 2 )(1 — k2 )
02. Ans: (c) Zh 1+ k 2

Zs — k2
Sol: X
tmax
ti max
05. Ans: (b)
Sol:
tmax
Given, d = 10 cm
Shear-stress distribution
/ = 2 m = 200 cm
03. Ans: (a) T = 800 kg-m
Sol: T = 800 x 100 kg-cm
27cNT _ 16T 16 x 80000
P and T — —
60 Zp Imax nd3 is X103
16 x 80
— 407.43 kg/cm2
04. Ans: (b) TC
Sol: Solid and hollow sections have same weight
Wh Ws 06. Ans: (d)
y X Vh = y X Vs Sol: Given, P = 80 H.P
Ah As N = 60 r.p.m
It 2 TC 2TtNT
-x(D2 —d )=-(1 P=
4 4 4500
D2 d2 _ d2 Where, P = Power in H.P
1
ACE Engineering, Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
V. :Engineering Publicafions : 298: Strength of Materials
4.
N = r.p.m 09. Ans: (d)

T = kg-m D
Sol: Given d =
27cx 60 xT 2
80=
4500 n
80 x 4500 Ts (ZIA 16 133 D4
T= 4 4
— d4 )
x 60 Th (Z p t 4
It (D D —d
16D
3000
T= kg — m
It T, D4
Th = (D2 1
T. =1.3 x 3000 D4 —
3900 D4 = D4
= kg — m
It D4 15 D4
D4 —
16 16
07. Ans: (a) T, 16
Th 15
T ) 16
Sol: s = P s = 16
Th (Z1) 11 (D4
T = — T,
Ts
— d4
)
15 -
16D
16
N=
T, _ D4
15
Th D4 — d 4
10. Ans: (c)

08. Ans: (c) 32M
Sol: Given, d = 5 cm; Sol: Maximum bending stress,maxf =
1= 50 cm Tcd
3
T = 11000 kg.m; 0 = 0.60 16T

Maximum shearing stress, tmax =
T G.0 Tcd3
e
.
fmax 32M TCd3 2M
x
T.e max Tcd3 16T T
G=
J.0
11000 x 50
G= 11. Ans: (c)
x54 x 0.60 x Sol: When a shaft is subjected to pure twisting
32 180
only shear stress will act.
G = 0.856 x 106 kg/cm2
("1' Eiminrcump, Hyderabad I Delhi I Mama' I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luckhow I Patna I &haunt I Chehnsi I Vijayamada I Vag I TiniPati I KukatPally I Kolas I Ahmedabad
,„
4, 4 ACE
S,EngineeringPubhcattons : 299: Torsion
4 4.
12. Ans: (b) 0 = Twist of cross-section

Sol: Given N = 150 r.p.m Ts = Maximum shear stress due to torsion
T= 150 kg.m r = radius distance from centre of shaft
27cNT / = length of shaft
P=
4500 N = shear modulus
Where, P = Power transmitted in H.P J = Polar moment of inertia
N = r.p.m
T = Average torque in kg-m 16. Ans (d)
27c x150 x150
P=
4500 17. Ans: (c)
27cx 150 Sol: Due to torsion shear stresses develop.
P=
30
P = 10 ic 18. Ans: (b)
X
Sol:
13. Ans: (c) Tmax
Tmax
Sol: T
Tmax
Tmax
Tmax
Tmax Shear-stress distribution
Tmax
Maximum shear stress developed at surface
Tmax
X Shear-stress distribution
19. Ans: (c)
Sol: Given,
.*. Maximum shear stress developed at
N = 100 r.p.m
surface
P = 1 H.P
14. Ans (a) T=?
Sol: Due to torsion shear stresses develop. P =27cNT
4500
15. Ans (a) 27cx100xT
1=
Sol: Torsion equation 4500
T=NO 45
= ; T= = 7.16 kg-m
J r 27c
Where, T = 7.16 x 100 kg-cm
T = Torque applied T = 716 kg-cm
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabadl DelhilBhopallPune P3hubaneswarl LucknowlPatnal Bengaluru I Chennai I ViJayawadal VizagrriruPatil KukApallyjKolkata I Ahmedabad
4 ACE : 300: Strength of Materials
d.
20. Ans: (d)

Area of hollow shaft, AH =-
7C [D20
Sol: Torsion Formulae: 4
GO x = 40.6130 )2 ]
4°
L r
GO = 0.502 D20
=—Xr
L For the shafts of the same material, the
GO weight of the shaft is proportional to the
tar {... — = constant
areas
.'.at r=0= •r=-0 JJ
Saving in material = Saving in area
r = R T=Tmax
As — AH
Maximum shear stress occurs at surface = x 100
As
of shaft.
0.716D2o — 0.502D20 x 100
21. Ans: (a) 0.716D2o
Sol: Torque transmitted by solid shaft = 29.88%
T = 16TD3 —› (1)
22. Ans: ( c)
Torque transmitted by hollow shaft T
Sol: = GO
J L
T= T(1):—D/ 1 1 0
16 Do — — x—
GJ L T
,{ D40 — (0.6D0 )4 ) If length is same and angle of twist per unit
16 Do torsional moment is same for both shafts,
then the shaft sections have same torsional
ix 0.8704D30 —> (2) rigidity.
= 16
Torque transmitted is the same equate (1)
23. Ans: (c)
and (2)
M (250 x102 x 7c)
•.cD3 = —71 TX 0.87041Y.
Sol: f = = — 80 MPa
16 16 Z 32 (100)3
D = 0.9548 Do
= 30 MPa
Area of solid shaft,
ax = 80 MPa, ay = 0;
As = 4 D2 =I: 0.954m.y 30 MPa;
1 Txy =
= 0.716 D20
A( 'E Engineering Publicali()Ils")HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILuduiowiratnalBengalumIChennailViiaYawadaiVizagITirupaiiiKukatpallyIKolkatalAhrnedabad
40,V
4, ACE
Torsion
:Engineering Publicafions : 301 :
.1 4.
2 J =T.t
ax + a cy. — a
+ G.0
:12}= 2 Y 11 2 Y ± TxY2
n x —4 = 14 x106 x 6000 — 118 nun
—
= 80 ± iii80)2 32 83x103 x3x
+302 = 40 + 50
2 2 180
= 90 MPa, 62 = —10 MPa

27. Ans: (d)
D
24. Ans: (c) Sol: Given, d = —
2
Sol: Maximum shear stress is same
solid = thollow Th = (Zp)i, _ 16D (D4 —(14)
Ts
D3
Zsolid Z hollow 16
Zhollow = Zsolid D4 — d4
D4
( 2 )4 \
D40 D.
—(3 D D4
= D3
16 D. 16 4 2 ) _ 15
D4 16
1 /3
D = (_
65
28. Ans: (c)
0 81)
Sol: Given,
P = 540 kW
25. Ans: (b)
N = 720 r.p.m
Sol: a= 0
2itNT
TA + TB = 30 kN-m P=
60
Where, P = Power transmitted in watt
26. Ans: (b)
N = r.p.m
Sol: Given,
T = Torque in N-m
ic
0 = 3° = 3 x — radians 2n x 720 x T
180 540 x1000 =
60
1= 6 m; T = 14 IcN-m; G = 83 GN/m2
540 x1000 x 60
T _ GO T=
2rc x 720
J t T = 7162 N-rn
A( '1. 1.1 mil u•c ri i Ig )lica I lo :,,›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal l Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengal uru I Chennai iVilayawada I Vizag ITIrupaii I Kukatpally l KoUcallAhmedabad
,f.4
11 ACE
11
,
4
:Engineering
4.
Publications : 302: Strength of Materials
29. Ans: (b) 2mNT

P=
60
Sol: Polar moment of inertia, J =
32 P = 27c x 6000 607c x 203
x
60 16
Second moment of area, I =.D 4
64
P = 59.21 kW 60 kW
, .134
32 34. Ans: (b)
it
I
D4 Sol: Bending Stress, fin., =
32M
3
64 7cD
= 16T
30. Ans: (b) Shear stress, fs
7cD 3
27(NT
Sol: P=
4500 T= f ()D3
s 16
Where, P = power transmitted in H.P
N = r.p.m 35. Ans: (b)
T = Torque in kg-m Sol: Given:
T = 200 kN-m
31. Ans: (d)
P = 440 kW
T T 16T
Sol: T
max = = = N=?
ZP TC d3 7cd3
P = 27tNT
16
60
32. Ans: (d) 27cN x 200
440 =
60
33. Ans: (a) 440 x 60
N=
Sol: Given: 27c x 200
d= 20 mm; N = 6000 r.p.m N = 21 rpm
ti = 60 Nmm2;
36. Ans: (a)
16T
= Sol: Given:
7cd3
ti = 56 N/mm2
16T
60 = d = 100 nun
7C X 203
16T
607c x 203 'C =
T= 7Cd3
16
56x7cx1003
T= — 11 kN-m
16
I ACE Engineering Publicalions i
'' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
it s4
ACE
4. 4
N
Engineering Publications : 303: Torsion
4 4,
37. Ans: (c) 300 x 6

TA = 9 — 200 Ith-m
T703
Sol: Tsoiid =
16 = 300 x 3
TB 9 — 100 Ith-m
-cir(D40 —
Thollow Maximum torque = 200 kN-m
16X Do
= T71 (D40 — (0.8D0 )4 )

16xDo 41. Ans: (a)
TIE Sol: Vide solution of Q.20
(C1.5904D40 )= (0.5904D30 )
16xDo 16
% Reduction in torsion 42. Ans: (c)
Tsolid Thallow
Sol: Torsional rigidity is a parameter representing
Tsolid stiffness (or) deformability
D3 —0.5904D: x100 _ 41%

D3 43. Ans: (a)
Sol: GJ = G. ir/32 (D4)
38. Ans: (d)
Sol: Given:
44. Ans: (c)
d = 200 mm
(Strength)s —16 =1.07
G = 100 GPa Sol:
(Strength)h 15
Torsional rigidity = GJ
= Zs = D4
= L6 = 1.07
= 1 x105 x (2024 — 2004) Zh (DI 15
32 D4 —
2
= 6.378 x 106 x 105 N-mm2
= 637.8 G N-mm2 45. Ans: (c)
Sol: Twisting couple introduces shear strain
39. Ans: (b) which then introduces shear stress.
16T
Sol: Maximum tensile stress =
ltd 3
46. Ans: (a)
40. Ans: (d) T 16TD
Sol: ;lax = Z
p = ic(D
Sol: 4 — d4 )
HyderabadtDelhillthopallhinell3hubaneswariLuckoottiVatotillkitplurtilChtntiallituayarradalVinsigirupatijKokAtpallylKolkmalAhroodahad
CE
-41, EAein
40:ngine g Publications : 304: Strength of Materials
47. Ans: (b) 52. Ans: (b)

Sol: If area of solid and hollow section are equal 3
Sol: Polar modulus, Z = —7( .d
Th l+k2 16
T, (1—k2)"2
Z p = 6 X (16)3 = it X 162
1
Where
zp = 256 IT
d
k=
D 53. Ans: (a)
Eg: k = 0.60 Sol: Given:

16T
Th = 1 + 0.602 We know, =
=1.7 7td 3
T, 1/1— k2
'T A d3B (2d)3 3
Th = 1.7T, =2 =8
B d'A d3
Hollow shaft have 70% more torque
=23= 8
48. Ans: (c) B
Sol: Strain energy due to torsion
54. Ans: (a)
U= GO x
2GJ Sol: =
r
1 1
U oc — OC
GJ e
49. Ans: (a) 55. Ans: (d)
Sol: P = 231NT Sol: Torsion equation valid for circular shaft
1 (hollow or solid) only.
T oc —.Zp oc
N Hollow section (option-c) need not be a
dia: = 'A' circular section. It can be hollow rectangle
also.
50. Ans: (b)
Sol: In parallel shafts TA + TB = T 56. Ans: (c)
But OA = OB 7C 4
Sol: Polar moment of inertia, J = — .d
32
51. Ans: (a)
Moment of inertia, I = 4:14
Sol: GJ = Torsional rigidity 64
J=2 X I
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi hopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Luclulowl Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai Wayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 305: Torsion
4.
57. Ans: (c) OB 0.50.e

0 e
Sol: Z =
P r OB = 0.50 0
When Zp = polar (section) modulus.
61. Ans: (c)
58. Ans: No Answer Sol: Torsional rigidity = GJ
T GO
Sol: =
J e 62. Ans: (b)
T.
GJ =.
0 63. Ans: (c)
T GJ
•• 0 .e Sol: T = T
J r
T ti
59. Ans: (b) 4 d/2

.d
Sol: Given: 32
timax = 40 N/mm2 T oc T.d3
Maximum principal stresses
f f2 64. Ans: (c)
6, = — + — +'L2
2 4 Sol: When a shaft is subjected to a twisting
moment, torque at each and every section of
61 = 0 + LZ
the shaft remains constant with angular
61 = = 40 N/mm2 rotation of one cross section with respect to
other. This generates shear stresses in the
60. Ans: (c) shaft.
Sol: Given:
dA = dB
65. Ans: (b)
TA = TB
T GO
GA — GB, /B — 0.50 / Sol:
J
T GO
J .e GJ = —
e
OGcl
66. Ans: (c)
BB
OA .e A Sol: Vide solution of Q. 20
ACE Engineering Publications o'5Hyderabad

„,, I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru J Chennai I Vtjayawada Vizag I TiruPati I KukalPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
J :Engineering Publicaiions : 306 : Strength of Materials
67. Ans: (c) 72. Ans: (b)

4 Sol: Shear stress trajectories in a shaft subjected
Sol: Polar moment of inertia J = .D to torsion
32
68. Ans: (c)

16T
Sol: For hollow circular shaft, fs =
iD 4 -d 4 Helical curves
It
D
(D4Dd
_a
T =x f x
16
f, = maximum shear stress
69. Ans: (c)

Sol: Assume the shaft is series connection
73. Ans: (c)
Sol: Torsion equation is valid for circular
prismatic shafts considering uniform radial
A 2
2
distance from axis of shaft throughout its
rre length and circular cross sections are free
0=
GJ from warping.
0)4
OA O. 1 = 32 2 74. Ans: (c)
OB JA OR n (D4) 271NT
32 Sol: P=
60
OB = 16 x 0.1 = 1.6 radians
P CC T
70. Ans: (a) Pa d3
T
Sol: Equivalent torque, Te = VM2 +T2
J r
71. Ans: (a) T ti
Sol: Given: da d/2

32 .
f= ti
T oc d3
32M 16T
It& nd3
75. Ans: (d) 76. Ans: (c)
M=
2
itydektliddllitlitil Bhopal' Pin likubanemr1Lurknowl Pauillknolutul thermal I VII4unithil VinglittottilKukatpally I Kolkatil Ahmedabad
44
t
-441, ACE
:Engineering Publications : 307 : Torsion
77. Ans: (a) 83. Ans: (a)

Sol: Hollow shaft weight is less than a solid (strength) B (Z p )B
Sol:
shaft. (strength) A (Z p )A
78. Ans: (c) _16 x (DB )3

Sol: Shear stress at the outermost fibres of It
16 x (DA )3
circular shaft under torsion is maximum.
(D/2)3 1
79. Ans: (c) D3 8
n
Sol: Polar moment of inertia = —(D 4 — d4 ) 84. Ans: (a)
32
Sol: A shaft is in pure torsion when the shaft is
subjected to equal and opposite torques
80. Ans: (d)
acting and same axis of shaft.
(strength)B = (Z.)8
Sot:
(strength)A (ZB)A
-x (Da
_ 16
—
16X
7C (1) A )3
.(DB )3 000)3 =8
(D A )3 50 ) 85. Ans: (b)
Strength of shaft B is 8 times strength of shaft A

86. Ans: (b)
Sol: Torsional section Modulus
81. Ans: (c)
Polar Moment of Inertia
Sol: For a hollow circular shaft
Radius of Shaft
(D4 —d4)
T= .T
16 D Z=
P rmax
82. Ans: (a) units = mm3, cm3
21c/•IT
Sol: P = — coT
60 87. Ans: (c)
co = 2 TcN/60 Sol: Power transmitted is the product of torque
applied and angular velocity
•
:\(•I Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal IPuneI Bhubaneswar j Lucknow l PatnaI BengaluruIChennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
et ACE
w„ 4,Engineeling Publica
tions : 308: Strength of Materials
P=T 91. Ans: (c)

21/N Sol: Torsional rigidity is product of modulus of
P=T x
60 rigidity and polar moment of inertia. (GJ )
2itNT [analogous to flexural rigidity EI
P=
60
92. Ans: (d)
88. Ans: (c) Sol: J = .d
Sol: If a shaft is subjected to pure twisting 32
moment, an element on the surface is d

R=
2
subjected to pure shear stress because the
shaft is free from axial loads and bending J =nR4
2
moment.
93. Ans: (d)
94. Ans: (c)

Sol: DA = D, DB = D/2
(strength) A = DA3= D3 =8
(strength) B DB 3 (D / 2)3
89. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given: 95. Ans: (d)
T = 5 N/mm2
d = 40 mm 96. Ans: (c)
16T
T= Sol: T = CO
itd3 J L
5n x (40)3 TL
T_ 0=
16 CJ
5nx40x1600
T=
16 97. Ans: (a)
T = 200n x 100 = 62.83 N-m Sol: P = 314 kW
N = 200 r.p.m
90. Ans: (c) P 2nNT
Sol: Vide solution of Q. 87 60
AcE 'Engineering Pr I
Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal Pune iBhubaneswariLucknow1Pallial Bengalunil CheimailVijayawada l VizagrrirupatilKuliatpallyiKolkata I Ahmedabad
":11
et
„
ACE : 309: Torsion
! :Engineering Publications
2Tcx 200 xT 103. Ans: (d)

314 x1000 =
60 Sol:. Polar Moment of inertia = izz = I3oc Iyy
T = 15 N-m units = mm4
Tmax = 1.4 x 15
= 21 N-m 104. Ans: (b)
T GO
Sol: =
98. Ans: (b) J f
T T T
Sol: =— = GJ
J r
(;)
T=—xT
r
T = Zp X t 105. Ans: (b)
Where, Zp = polar section modulus Sol: Vide solution of Q. 20
T = shear stress
106. Ans: (b)
99. Ans: (b) Sol: Angle of twist at fixed end of a shaft is zero.
Sol: S.I units of power transmitted
Work Done 107. Ans: (a)
Power
time
P = N- m/s = watts 108. Ans: (b)
Sol: P = 100 kW
100. Ans: (c) 600
N= rpm
Sol: Torsional rigidity = CJ 7C
P =21NT
60
101. Ans: (c)
27tx 600
Sol: Moment of Inertia polar moment of Inertia, 100x1000 = xT
it x60
I = 106 mm4
100 x1000
J=2 xI=2 x 106 mm4 T=
20
T = 5000 N-m
102. Ans: (d)
16T
Sol: T x
ma =
icd3
.\CI Engineering-Publicaionsf
1 /4' Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal IPurtel Bhubanesvrarl Luclutow1Patnal Bengalurul Chennai I Vijayareadal VizagiTirupatil Kukalpally I Kolkatti Ahmedabad
me -4 ACE
3.14:Engineexing
109. Ans: (a) 113. Ans: (a)

Sol: Polar Moment of Inertia Sol: Given:
Tc
0 =1° = x 1° radian
180
1= 1.2 m = 1200 ill
= 100 MPa
G = 0.8 x 105 MPa
GO = ti
Z XX+YY e r
12x180 100x1200
r=
8X n 7t
110. Am: (a) 0.80x105 x
f 2
180
Sol: lkiL "`mum normal stress, 6, = —+ —+ -c 2 3x180
2 4 r=
27c
es, — 0+ VO +1402 270
r= mm
erl = 140 MPa It
111. Ans: No answer 114. Ans: (c)

Sol: Given
112. Ans: (b) /A= /13
Sol: GA = GB
T dB = 2 dA
T
"CB = 2'CA
(I) P = 2itNT
60
4 P oc T
do d
T
T Here, =
Case : I J r
(rm.)I= I
)
P1 T ti
T d d/2
Case: II (C max )11 —
(z P )11 32
From given conditions : (Zp Tocd3 x ti

(ZP )11
...Pocd3 xt
Polar Modulus of sections are equal
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag rfiniPati I KukatPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4
ACE
:Engineelng Publicaiions : 311 : Torsion
.1 I.
PA (CIA HTA
3 120. Ans: (a)
PB dB TB Sol:
1 )3 1 1
= (— X — — —
2 2 16
115. Ans: (b) Maximum shear stress in this case

Sol: Section Modulus of a circular section about
T max =T (along AB, BC, CD, & AD)
its axis.
Maximum normal stress
d4 (along diagonals AC and
al a2 = ±
-t
Polar section Modulus : Zp = j = 32
R d/2 BD )
Ratio =1:1
zp =
116.Ans: (c) 121. Ans: (a)

Sol: Torsional formulae:
T _ GO _ 122. Ans: (b)
J r Sol: Given:
GJ = —
T P = 2rcNT
0 60
If 0 is angle of twist per unit length P ocT
But, T ocd3
117. Ans: (d)
P OC d3
P2 = (d 2 )3 (2d i 3
118. Ans: (d)
d1 d1
Sol:
Equivalent bending moment; P2 = 8 P1
123. Ans: (c)

M [M -l- VM2 +T 2 ,1
e Sol: N = 150 rpm
T = 1500 N-m
119. Ans: (a) P = 2icNT 27t x150 x1500
— 7.5 n kW
60 60
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow 1 Patna Bengaluru I Chennai Mayasvada 'Wag I Tirupati Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
z,Engineeting Publications
124. Ans: (b) T GO

Sol: T= t xZ p L
d
32
T = ti X— D3 32TL
16 O=
icGd4
— TD-
Torque transmitted = 16
129. Ans: (b)
Sol: Torsional rigidity,
125. Ans: (a)
x "(2024 —2004)
GJ=100x103
32
126. Ans: (b)
= 637.8 x 109 N-m2
27TNT
Sol: Power, P = = 637.8 GN-m2
60
27c x 200T
190 x103 =
60 130. Ans: (*)
ti = 9.0711(.1\1-m Sol: Ratio of strengths of shaft is determined by
16T 16 x 9071 ratio of its Polar Modulus
= = x o3
itd3 TCx 2003 n 3
D
= 5.78 N/nun2 16
( ( \ 4\
TC
16(Do Y 1
127. Ans: (c) \• Do
D3 1
=16:15
128. Ans: (b) 15/16
D3 1-
Sol:
-1
—
d 131. Ans: (c)
132. Ans: (c)

(Zp Ts / T„,a„
Torsional formulae Sol:
Vp ) TH max
11
For same weight and length of shafts
T GO
J L As = AH
ACE Engineering Publications i.)HyderabadIDelhiI Bhopal Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna! Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada VizagI Tirupali KokatpallyI Kolkata IAhmedabad
a ACE
J
u
,44 :Engineering Publications : 313: Torsion
141. Ans: (d)

= (IX -D4)
4 4 -
Sol: = G' '72
max
2
D4 = D(1- HD•)4 ) 16 ( vm2 +T2)
=
m±
I 'it&
1/4
. 16 4 vm2 ± T2 )
D1--)
= =0.984 su 2 ,4
o 16 ltd
16 .442 +T2
A max
133. Ans: (d) 134.Ans: (d) 7Cd 3
142. Ans: (c)

135. Ans: (d) 136.Ans: (c)
Sol: Power transmitted by shaft
27cNT 21cNT
137. Ans: (c) P= Watt P = kW
60 60,000
Sol: Jac
27cN
w
138. Ans: (a) 60
Sol: = Angular speed
T = Torque in N m
N = rpm
143. Ans: (a)

M
Sol: ()end — Omid point
32M
Maximum bending stress : 66 = 3
nd TL T2
16T CJ CJ
Maximum shear stress : ti =
TCd 3 = TL TL
CJ 2CJ
b — 2M
t T 2TL — TL TL
2CJ 2CJ
139. Ans: (c)
144. Ans: (c)
140. Ans: (a)
Sol: Torsional rigidity = CJ 145. Ans: (c)
Units: kg cm2 (or) Nmm2
ACE Engineering Publications? HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubanesivarILucknowlPatnalBengalurulChennailVriayawadalVizagrrinTaliMukaipallyIKollcaialAhmedabad
ACE
:Engineeting Publications : 314: Strength of Materials
146. Ans: (a) 32M

Bending stress f = —> (1)
Sol: Torsion equation ltd3
T CO T Torsional equation
R = .e = J T _ CO
TJ Txird4 x 2 J L R
T= =
R 32 x d Txdx32
ti =
2 x nd4
T= lc&
16 16T
Shear stress, ti = — —> (2)
ltd3
T cc d3
Bending stress is equal to shear stress
T2 [d 2 3
32M 16T
Ti di
nd3 Tcd3
T2 ( 2d1 3
M= T
Ti di 2
T2 = 8T1
Polar moment of inertia of the shaft
Maximum radius
147. Ans: (d) 148.Ans: (d)

152. Ans: (a)
149. Ans: (a) Sol: Polar moment of inertia
T Ixx + Iyy
Sol: Torsional stiffness = —
0 = 1 X 106 + 2 x 106
i.e. torque required to produce unit angle IZZ = 3 x 106
of twist per unit length.
153. Ans: (d)
150. Ans: (a) Sol: Torque T = ti x Zp (Section modulus)
Sol: Polar modulus T oc Zp
-L
I D3
151. Ans: (c) Ts _ Z5_ 16
Sol: Bending equation Th iC (D4 d4
Zh
16D
E M f
R I y D4
=
D4 — d4
My M.d x 64
f= =
I 2 xnd4
I ACE Engineering Publications1 HyderabadiDelhilBhopal' Pune IBhubaneswarlLucknow1PatnalBengalurul ChennaiIVijayawadaIVizag ITirupatiiKukalpally I Kolkatul Ahmedabad
'44
lo 4
ACE Torsion
e
D4 Also angle of twist at coupling is equal for

both shafts.
D4 —(11 4
3 TSB = Tbt
81 • GsJ GbJ
80 [ /, J are equal for both shafts]
Th _ 80 Ts = Gs = 2
--> (2)
Ts 81 Tb Gb
500
Tb = = 250 Nm
154. Ans: (d) 2
Sol: Torsion formula
156. Ans: (c)
T GO
Sol: L/3
rmax £
For solid shaft rmax = D / 2

For hollow shaft rmax = D/2
Since both are made of steel I oi
G remains same TxL/3 T

Given angle of twist per unit length is same. T2= L 3
0
— for both shafts is same
157. Ans: (d)
Sol:
. Ts (rmax) 2
1
th (rm. D
2
tmax
155. Ans: (a) 158. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol: Strain energy stored in a shaft due to torque.
2
U = (HVolume
T, 4G
t2
U= - xAxL
Gs = 2 Gb 4G
T, = 500 Nm
If U =AL
T, + Tb = T -›(1) KG
Then K = 4
,•1CL. Eliginecring Publicationse,
'‘ Hyderabad IDelhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vtjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahrnedabad
ie
—
159. Ans: (d) 162. Ans: (d)

Sol: Given: Sol: M = 8 kN-m
= 80 N/mm2 T = 6 kN-m Equivalent
0 10 10 T.M = Te = 1/M2 + T 2 = 1182 + 62
= = x (in radians)
1200 1200 180
= 10 IcN-m
G = 0.8 x105 N/mm2
Torsion formula 163. Ans: (b)
GO 27INT
Sol: P =
rmax 60
2rc(200)(1800)
80 0.8x105 x1Oxit — 12000 (TO
60
rffia„ 1200 x180
= (12 n) kW
1200 x180 216
=
ax 105 TC it
164. Ans: (b)
1166, Ans (c) Sol: For circular section I = -7--d2 A = -!d2

64 4
Soh N = 150 rpm
T = 20 x 103 Nm Radius of gyration = k = .1 1 I
VA
27tNT
P (kw)
60 x1000 7C d4
64 u
27c x150 x 20 x103
4
d2
60 x1000 4
loom x 103
=100ickW
1000
165. Ans: (a)
Sot: In case of a torsional problem the
161. Ans: (b) assumption- "Plane sections perpendicular
Solo From
From torsion formula = max = —
GO to longitudinal axis before deformation
J R
remain plane and perpendicular to the
T GO
longitudinal axis after deformation" holds
J
true for a shaft having circular cross-section
T GJ
only. It is not valid for other shape of cross
0
section.
K., = Torsional stiffness
ACE Engineering Publication, 45Hyderabad

/ Delhi! Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai Wayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kiikarpally Kollsata tAhmeclabad
Springs
Chapter 131
01. If closely coiled helical spring is subjected to 04. In a laminated spring strips are provided in
axial tension, the type of stress developed in different lengths for (AEE-2007)
the spring material is (AE-1993) (a) equal distribution of stress
(a) tensile (b) better look
(b) compressive (c) light in weight
(c) shear (d) ease in installing
(d) varies with type of material
05. For a closed coiled helical spring of diameter
02. In a closely coiled helical spring subjected to D the total angle of twist in full length is 0.
a axial load, other quantities remaining the The deflection of the spring is
same, if the wire diameter is doubled, then the (AEE-2007)
stiffness of the spring when compared to the
(a) DO (b) DO (c) 2D0 (d) DO2
original one will become 2
(AE-1993)
(a) twice (b) four times 06. In leaf springs, the maximum bending stress
(c) eight times (d) sixteen times developed in the plates is
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
03. A composite spring consisting of two stepped We 3We
(a) (b)
portions with spring constant k1 and k2 is nbt2 2nbt 2
supported rigidly at ends. Its equivalent 2We 3We
(c)
spring constant is nbt2 (d) nbt22
(AEE-2007) Where,
(a) W = load acting on the spring,
(b) k 1k2
+k2 / = span of the spring,
2 k1 +k2
k+k n= Number of plates,
(c) k1 + k2 (d) 2
kik2 b = width of plates, and
t = thickness of plates
AC11 Enitinccring Publication, >Hyderabad(Delhij Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru j Chennai j Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati j Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
(
e
.3
t
4
ACE
:Engineaing Publications
07. Two closely coiled helical springs 'A' and

: 318:
11. Stiffness of a helical coiled spring is

`13' are equal in all respects but the number of (AE CE/ME-2009)
turns of spring 'A' is half that of spring 'W. Load
(a) (b) Load x Deflection
The ratio of deflections in spring 'A' to Deflection
spring '13' is Load (d) Load
(c)
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) Area
(a) (b) (c) I (d) 2 12. When a close coiled helical spring is
8 4 2
compressed, its wire is subjected to
08. When a closed coil helical spring is subjected (2011 PH & Municipality)
to axial load its axial deflection is directly (a) Tension (b) compression
proportional to (c) Shear (d) All of the above
(AE CE/ME-2007)
13. The stiffness (k) of a close-coiled helical
(a) mean radius of the coils of the spring
spring for an elongation of 4mm under an
(b) Young's modulus of the spring material
axial load of 100 N is
(c) Shear modulus of the spring material
(d) Diameter of the wire
(a) 12.5N/mm (b) 25 N/mm
(c) 50 N/mm (d) 65 N/mm
09. The greatest load which a spring can carry
without getting permanently distorted is 14. If D be the diameter of coil of a closely coiled
called. (AEE-2009) helical spring and total angle of twist in full
(a) Stiffness (b) Proof resilience length be 0 , then deflection of spring is equal
(c) Proof stress (d) Proof load to (2011 PH & Municipality)
DO D
(a) D 0 (b) 2 D 0 (c) (d) — 0
10. The central deflection of the laminated spring 2
is (AE CE/ME-2009)
ae 0.e2 e suf 2 15. Two identical springs of spring constant k are
(a) (b) (c) (d) attached in series with a parallel combination
4Et 4Et 2 Et 2 4Et 2
Where, of two identical springs of spring constant k,
a = Stress The overall equivalent spring constant is
E = Young's modulus (2011 PH & Municipality)
/ = Length of the leaf spring (a) 2.5 k (b) 1.25 k (c) 0.4 k (d) 0.2 k
T = Thickness of each leaf

ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal l Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolliam I Ahmedabad
0. 4
to 4
ACE
ong : 319 : Springs
..-
16. The stiffness of a helical spring is expressed 21 If two springs with stiffness k1 and k2 are
as (AE 2011) connected in series, then stiffness of the
(a) load per unit length composite spring is given by (AE-2012)
(b) load per unit diameter 1
(a) ki + k2 (b) — + 1
(c) load per unit deflection kl k2
(d) deflection per unit load 1
(c) — 1 (d) k1 — k2
k1 k 2
17. The strain energy stored in a helical spring
carrying an axial load 'w' and compression 22. Two close-coiled springs are made from a
`6' is (AE 2011) small diameter wire, one wound on 2.5 cm
(b) 2w6 diameter core and the other on 1.25 cm
3 diameter core. If each spring had 'n' coils,
(d) 32T
Tcd3 then the ratio of their spring constant would
be (AE-2012)
18. If the diameter of the wire in the closely 1 1 1 1
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) —
coiled helical spring is increased then 16 8 4 2
(AE 2011)
(a) strain energy is decreased 23. A close-coiled helical spring absorbs 80
(b) strain energy increased N-mm of energy while extending by 4 mm.
(c) strain energy will not be changed The stiffness of the spring is
(d) None of the above (AE-2012)
(a) 5 N/mm (b) 10 N/mm
19. The deformation of a spring produced by a (c) 16 N/mm (d) 20 N/mm
unit load is called (AEE-2012)
(a) stiffness (b) Flexibility 24. A body having weight of 1000 N is dropped
(c) Unit strain (d) None of these from a height of 10 cm over a close coiled
helical spring of stiffness 200 N/cm. The
20. In case of laminated springs, the load at resulting deflection of spring is nearly
which the plates become straight is called (AE-2012)
(AE-2012) (a) 5 cm (b) 16 cm
(a) Working load (b) Safe load (c) 35 cm (d) 100 cm
(c) Proof load (d) None of the above
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chetanai I Vijayasvada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4 ACE
l'aEgineering Pubhcations : 320: Strength of Materials
25. A close coiled helical spring is to carry a load number of coils; d is diameter of wire; N is
of 500 N. Its mean coil diameter is 10 times modulus of rigidity.
the diameter of a wire. Calculate the diameter (Research Assistant 2013)
of the wire if the maximum shear stress in the (b) .8nWD3
(a) 6 = nWD3
material of the spring is to be 80 MN/m2. Nd4 Nd4
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2013) 4nWD 3
(c) 6= (d) 6 = nWD3
(a) 10.2 nun (b) 12.6 mm Nd4 4Nd 4
(c) 13.8 mm (d) 16.9 mm
29. A spring has a stiffness of k. If it is cut into
26. An open coiled helical spring consists of two equal portions, the stiffness of the cut
12 coils, each with mean diameter of 60 mm. portion of the spring is (Observers-2013)
The wire forming the coil has a 6mm k k
(a) k (b) — (c) 2 k (d) —
diameter. Each coil makes an angle of 30° 4
with the plane perpendicular to the axis of the
spring. Calculate the axial twist that would 30. The stiffness of a close coiled spring is more
cause a bending stress of 50 MN/m2 in the when
coil. (Polytechnic Lecturers-2013) (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(a) 7.1 N-m (b) 5.2 N-m (a) rigidity modulus is more and wire
(c) 3.5 N-m (d) 1.22 N-m diameter, mean radius, number of turns
are lesser
27. The initial deflection of the plates of a semi (b) number of turns, rigidity modulus are
elliptical spring is given by more and mean radius, wire diameter are
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2013) lesser
3We3 (b) 3WR3n (c) mean radius, rigidity modulus are more
(a)
8EN bt3 Cd4 and wire diameter, number of turns are
lesser
6we3 5We4
(c) (d) (d) wire diameter, rigidity modulus are more
EN bt3 384E1
and mean radius, number of turns are
lesser
28. The deflection of a closely coiled spring
under axial load is given by where W
is axial force; D is diameter of coil; n is
ACE Engineering Publications:,' HyderabatilDelhilBhopaliPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengaluruIChermailVijayawadaIVizagiTirupatilKulcatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

ff .t.?
0
v:.,to .
J ACE Springs
4 4.
31. A simply supported beam of span L and 35. Two closely coiled helical springs 'A' and
flexural rigidity EI carries a UDL of intensity 13' are equal in all respects but the number of
w/unit run all along its span. The beam is turns of spring 'A' is half that of spring 'W.
supported at its centre by a linear spring of The ratio of deflection in spring 'A' to spring
stiffness k. The force carried by the spring is `13' is
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) AE Sub-ordinates Mains-2017)
(a) 5wL4/8(kL3 + 48E1) (a) 1/8 (b) 'A (c) 1/2 (d) 2
(b) 5kwL4/8(kL3 + 48E1)
(c) 5wL4/8(kL3 + 8E1) 36. A helical spring is subjected to an axial load
(d) 5kwL4/(kL3 + 8EI) W and corresponding deflection in the
spring is 8. Now if the mean diameter of the
32. The product of circular pitch and diameter spring is made half of its initial diameter
pitch is equal to (AE CE/ME-2007) keeping the material, number of turns and
(a) 1/it (b) IC (c) ic/2 (d) ic/4 wire cross-section same, the deflection will
be
33. The deformation of a spring produced by a (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
unit load is called its (AEE-2007) 8 8 8
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) 28
2 8 4
(a) Stiffness (b) Flexibility
(c) Influence coefficient (d) Unit strain
37. If two springs of stiffness k1 and k2 are
connected in series, the stiffness of the
34. A close-coiled helical spring of n turns is
combined spring is
carrying an axial load w. If the diameter of
the rod of the spring is d, mean radius of the
(ki + k2 ) kl k2
coil is R, and modulus of rigidity is c, what is
(a) kik2 (b) (ki +k2 )
the strain energy stored by the spring?
(c) kik2 (d) k1 + k2
32wR2n (b) 16wR
(a)
cd3 icd3
16wR3 (d) 32wR3n
(c)
nd 2 cd4

•
I. Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I PatnalBengaluru I ChennailVidayawada I Ming I TiruPati I Kukatnally I Kollsara I Ahrnedabad
LL
J
ACE
VVV Engineering Publications Strength of Materials
: 322 :
t.
1. Ans: (c) 6. Ans (b)

Sol: Due to axial tension shear stress develops
Sol: Max BM, M = Wt
4
2. Ans: (d) 2
_n x f bt
4—
Sol: We know, 6
Gd4 3 we
k= f_
64R3n 2 nbt2
k oc d4
4 7. Ans (c)
k (2d)
d4 x ki Sol: We know
2
k2 = 16 k1 64Wlen
Deflection, 8 =
Gd 4
k1= stiffness of original spring
Where n is the number of turns
03. Ans: (c) 8 oc n
Sol: 8A = n A
6 B nB
• k
n
Given, n A = B
In parallel spring system ke = k1 + k2 2
8A nB / 2 1
04. Ans: (a) OB nB 2
Sol: Strips are provided with different lengths to
have uniform stress distribution. 08. Ans: (a)
64WR3 n
Sol: Deflection 8 =
05. Ans: (b) R = D/2 Gd4
Sol: 8=deflection 8 oc R3
I
The deflection is proportional to cube of
8 = R.0 mean coil radius
The most appropriate answer is (a)
= 12.0
2
.NCE Engineci ing Publicani)11, Hyderabad I Delhi] Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Paul Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Wag I Timpati I Kukaipally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0
„,
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 323: Springs
-
9. Ans: (d) 15. Ans: (a)

Sol: Proof load is the maximum load beyond Sol:
which the spring is getting permanent
distortion.
10. Ans: (b) 11. Ans: (a)
12. Ans: (c) Equivalent stiffness of Ist set of springs

Sol: Due to a axial force on the spring, The wire 1 1 1
of the spring is subjected to torsion, the k ei k k
corresponding stress developed is torsional k e, = 0.5k
shear stress.
The overall equivalent spring constant
= k e, + k + k
13. Ans: (b)
Sol: We know that = 0.5 k + 2 k
axial load (w) = 2.5 k

Stiffness k =
elongation of spring (8)
16. Ans: (c)
100
— = 25 N/mm
4
17. Ans: (c)
14. Ans: (d) Sol:
Sol:
R = D/2 W
Load
8
tan 0 = 0 = —
R
8 = R.0
Strain energy = Area under load deflection
8=D.0
2 curve
= w6
2
ACE Engineering Publications:›Hyderabad j Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vitiayawada i Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
yLt
18. Ans: (a) 1

k oc (...R = Radius of core)
Sol: R3
• Strain energy is directly proportional to k1 R32
deflection. k2 R3
1 ( 2.5)3
( U = — W6)
2 . k, _ 2) 1
• Deflection is inversely proportional to dia k2 r1.251 ▪ 8
of wire in helical spring. 2
64 WR2n D21.25
6= ) Where
Gd4 R2 = 2 = 2
Therefore if diameter of wire in helical spring DI 2.5
R1 =
is increased then strain energy is decreased. 2 2
19. Ans: (b) 23. Ans: (b)

Sol: Given:
20. Ans: (c) Strain energy stored in spring U = 80 N-mm
Sol: The load at which the plates become straight Deflection (6) = 4 mm
in laminated springs is called proof load. W 1
Stiffness(k) = — , U = — W8
6 2
21. Ans: (b) 2 x 80
Axial load W = = 40 N
Sol: 4
• If springs connected in series equivalent W

k = — = 40 =10 N/mm
6 4
1 1
spring stiffness k e = — +
kl k2
24. Ans: (d)
• If springs connected in parallel
1
equivalent spring stiffness ke = ki + k2 Sol: Ph = — W6
2
1
22. Ans: (b) 1000 x10 = — x K62
2
Sol: We know
1
x200x62
Gd4 2
Spring constant k —
64R3n 6 = 100 cm
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad Delhi BhopalI Pune BhubaneswarI Lucknowl Patna l Bengaluru ChennaiIVijayawada I Vizag ITimpatiI KukatPallyI Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
se"
ACE : 325: Springs
‘t, gingineezing Publications
25. Ans: (b) Tc x 0.0063

= 50 x106 x
Sol: Assume diameter of wire as 'd' 32
Given = 1.0603 N-m
Axial load on spring, W = 500 N M'
Axial twist, T =
Mean diameter of coil, D = 10 d cos a
Mean radius of coil, R = 5 d 1.0603
= — 1.22 N-m
Since axial load on spring causes torque in cos 30°
spring wire.
Torque in spring wire (T) = WR 27. Ans: (c)
We know
16T 28. Ans: (b)
Shear stress i =
td3 Sol: We know
16x500x5d Deflection in closely coiled spring
80 =
icxd 3 64 WR3n
=
Diameter of wire d = 12.6 mm Nd4
D
Where given radius of coil (R) = —
26. Ans: (d)
Sol: Given:
64W( 121 n
n= 12 2
=
D= 60 mm Nd4
d = 6 nun 8nWD3
=
a = 30° Nd4
a = 50 MN/m2 = M' d )
I 2 29. Ans: (c)
xI Sol:If a spring cut into two equal portions, the
Bending moment, M'=
)
number of turns (n) become half(II
2 2
4
itd
CY X k2 ni k Gd4
=
64 lc, n2 n/2 64R3n
d k2 =2 k1
nd3
=6x
32
A( .1.; Enheineciing Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luciumwl Pal=I Bengal=I Chennai MaYawada I VizagrnruPali I KukalPallY I Kolkma I Ahmedabad
..4
ACE
‘;., :Engineering Publications : 326: Strength of Materials
30. Ans: (d) 32. Ans: (b)

Sol: We know Circular pitch rd)
Sol: 71
Gd 4 Diameter pitch D
k=
64R 3n
Therefore stiffness (k) is directly proportional 33. Ans: (a)
to rigidity modulus (G) and wire diameter (d)
and inversely proportional to mean radius (R), 34. Ans: (*)
number of turns (n). Sol:
64WR3n
=
31. Ans: (b) w/unit
Cd4
Sol: Given: 1
Strain energy = — x W x
2
1 641en
=- xWxW
We know 2 Cd4
14 L
Stiffness k = 32W2R3n
Where
[ Cd4
P = load on spring due to intensity of load on

35. Ans: (c)
beam
Sol:
8 = deflection in spring due to load '13' Deflection of a closely coiled helical spring is
Deflection at C in spring given by
5w1,3 PL3
8= 6 = 64WR
3n
384E1 48E1 Cd4
P 5wL4 PL3 8 oc n
k 384E1 48E1 8A nA
1 3 \ 5wL4 B nB
P( + L
k 48E1 384E1 6A nB
8B 2 x n
B
(48E1+ kL3 ) 5wL4
k48E1 384E1 8A 1
8B 2
5kwL4
8(48E1+ kL3)
ACE Engineering Publications ;>Hyderabad

' I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I \ ring I Tirupati I Kulcatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1.:Engineering Publications
,t,f
ACE
10
, : 327: Springs
36. Ans: (b) 37. Ans: (b)

8WD3n Sol: Given springs are connected in series.
Sol: Deflection in spring = = A 8 oc D3
Gd' 1_1+1
. 82 = D2 3
keg — k, k2
81 DI )
k k k2
= 1
D 3 k, +k2
82 = 2
8 D
Mai licighlthultitetialMotttado Vitglittilidilliti!atolly I kalkatil Alunethiliads

Slopes and Deflections
Chapter
01. A cantilever of length V' carries a 4. A simply supported beam of span '1' is
uniformly distributed load of 'w' per unit of subjected to a clockwise moment of 'M' at
span over the outer half. The maximum the left hand support. The moment of inertia
deflection is (AEE-1984) of the left half of the beam is I and the right
we4 41we4 half of the beam is 1/2. The slope at the
(a) (b)
128E1 384E1 right-hand support to
1 l we 9we4 (AEE-1984)
(c) (d)
272E1 128E1 Me Me
(a) (b)
4E1 6E1
02. The deflection, at the free end of a (c)

Me
(d)
me'
3E1 4E1
cantilever due to a load there, is 1 cm. The
deflection at the free end, if this load is
distributed such that it varies linearly from 5. A simply supported beam of span 6 m
zero intensity at the free end to the carries two concentrated loads of 2 each at
maximum intensity at the fixed end, is 1 m distance from each of the support. If
(AEE-1984) the flexural rigidity of the beam is constant,
(a) 1 cm (b) 0.2 cm the slope at the support is
(c) 0.1 cm (d) 0.375 cm (AEE-1984)
900
(a) degree (b) deg ree
EI icEI
03. A beam (EI constant) of length V' rests on
EI
three supports, the central support being 'x' (c) 7t degree (d) — radians
900E1 5
below the straight line joining the ends. The
beam carries u.d.l over the span. The value
06. The left-hand support of a fixed beam, of
of 'x' if the central support carries 1/3 of
span 8 m and of uniform cross-section,
the total load is (AEE-1984)
yields and rotates by 1° clock-wise. The
we 4 7w-e4
(a) (b) moment developed at the right-hand support
3 x 48E1 1152E1
is (E1 is given in kg cm2)
Swe 1 lwe (AEE-1984)
(c) (d)
3 x 384E1 272E1
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Timpati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
le
4 ACE : 329: Slopes & Deflections
‘t, :Engineering Publications
2EItc (b) 2EIrc (a) 1/2 (b) 1/4

(a) kg.m kg.cm
1440 144000 (c) 1/8 (d) 1/16
2EI 2EI x180
(c) — kg.cm (d) kg.m
8 TC X 8 11. A cantilever carries a total u.d.l of 'W' over
its entire length, and a force W acts as its
7. A prismatic beam of length L is simply free end upwards. The max. deflection at
supported at its ends and subjected to a total the free end is
u.d.l of W spread over its entire span. It is (AEE 1987)
then propped at its centre to neutralize the (a) zero
deflection. The net B.M. at its centre will be (b) 5W13/ 24 EI upward
(AEE 1987) (c) 5W13/ 24 EI downward
(a) WL (b) WL/3 (d) None of these
(c) WL/24 (d) WL/32
12. The maximum deflection at the free end of
8. A cantilever of flexural rigidity EI and span a cantilever subjected to u.d.l is
L is subjected to a moment M at its free (AEE-1992)
end. The slope at its free end would be (a) W/3 / 16 EI (b) W14 / 6 EI
(AEE 1987) (c) W/4 / 8 EI (d) (5/384) x W14 / EI
(a) ML/2EI (b) ML2/EI
(c) ML/EI (d) ML/4EI 13. The deflection of elastic curve of a beam is
given by
9. A fixed beam of span L carries a
(AEE-1992)
concentrated load W at mid point. The
beam has flexural rigidity EI the deflection (a) if M • dx / EI (b) f f W • dx / EI
at the mid-point of beam is (AEE 1987) (c) if V • dx / EI (d) f f Mn • dx / EI

(a) WL3/128 EI (b) WL3/192 EI
(c) WL2/64 EI (d) WL3/384 EI
14. The maximum slope in a simply supported
10. A cantilever beam of rectangular cross- beam subjected to a concentrated load at its
section carries a point load W at its free midspan is (AEE-1992)
end. If the depth of beam is doubled, and (a) W/2 / 16 EI
the load halved, the deflection of the free (b) (5/48) x W/2 / 16 EI
end, as compared to its original value, will (c) W/2 / 16 EI
be (AEE 1987) (d) (5/48) x W/3 / EI
1(•1 1111ginccritig Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai j Vtjayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
4,Engineering Publications : 330: Strength of Materials
.
4
15. The mid-span deflection of a fixed beam wee we

(a) (b)
due to concentrated load at mid-span is 16E1 16E1
(AEE-1992) we 2
we
(c) (d)
(a) W/3 / 48 EI (b) (5/384) (W/4 / El) 24E1 24E1
(c) W/3 / 192 EI (d) W/3 / 384 EI
20. If the deflection at the free end of a
16. Deflection at the free end of cantilever uniformly loaded cantilever beam is 15mm
beam of span "L" loaded with concentrated and the slope of the deflection curve at the
load at the free end is (AE-1993) free end is 0.02 radian, then the length of
(a) PL3/2EI (b) PL2/3EI the beam is (AEE-1996)
(c) PL3/3EI (d) PL4/8E1 (a) 0.8 m (b) 1 m
(c) 1.2 m (d) 1.5 m
17. A rectangular beam simply supported at the
ends and carrying point load 'W' at the
21. If the length of simply supported beam
centre causes a deflection A1. If the width of
carrying a concentrated load at the centre is
the beam is doubled, the deflection at the
doubled, the deflection at the centre will
centre under the same load will be
become (AEE-1996)
(AE-1993)
(a) two times (b) four times
(a) Ai (b) A1/4
(c) eight times (d) sixteen times
(c) 2A1 (d) A1/2
22. A cantilever of length carries a

18. A prismatic beam of length / and fixed to
uniformly distributed load of w per unit run
both ends carries a uniformly distributed
for a distance 'a' from the fixed end. The
load. The distance of points of contraflexure
deflection at the free end is (AEE-1996)
from either end is (AEE-1996)
wa 4
(a) 0.277/ (b) 0.21/ (a)
24E1
(c) 0.207/ (d) 0.25/
7 wa 4 wa3L
(b)
24 EI 6E1
19. Slope at the end of simply supported beam
wa3
of span '/' with uniformly distributed load (c) (3a + 4L)
24E1
w/unit length over the entire span is given
wa 3 wa 4
by (AEE-1996) (d) (3a + 4L)
24E1 6E1
, . .
ilydtiabid I ikiiii i lihttpal I PLint113tinbarienzarI Lticktio*I Patna1 iletigalten I Chetunti I VijayaJrada I Vizag I Tittipaliikultatpa01 iintkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Slopes & Deflections
Engineermg Public ations : 331:
4
23. A simply supported beam of length 1 carries 26. A simply supported steel beam 6 metres
a point load W which may be placed long is circular in cross-section and is of
anywhere on the span. The distance of the 20cm diameter. What heaviest central point
section of maximum deflection, from the load can be placed on it so that the max.
centre is within (AEE-1996) deflection of the beam does not exceed
10
cm. E = 2 x 105 N/mm2 (AEE-1996)
71
100 100
(a) N (b) N
7 9
1 00 1 00
(c) N (d) N
24. A beam ABC of length 3L has one support 8 6
at the left end and the other support at a
distance 2L from the left end. The beam 27. The curvature of a beam is given by
carries a point load W at the right end. The (AEE-1996)
deflection at the right end is
(AEE-1996)
WL3 WL3 (d) none
(a) (b)
24E1 3E1
W WL3 28. The shear force at a section in the conjugate
(c) WL3 (d)
EI 48E1 beam corresponds in the real beam to
25. A uniform beam of length I,' is simply and (AEE 2003)
symmetrically supported to a span '1' Find (a) shear force at the corresponding section
L (b) deflection at the corresponding section
the ratio — so that the upward deflection at
(c) slope at the corresponding section
each end equals the downward deflection at (d) bending moment at the conjugate
mid span, due to a concentrated point load section
at mid span. (AEE-1996)
3 5 29. The ratio of the maximum deflection of a
(a) — (b) —
5 3 fixed beam under a point load at midspan to
7 that of the beam with the same load
(c) — (d) -5-
5 distributed uniformly over the entire span is
(AEE 2003)
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6
4,0
ACE
30. In a cantilever of unit length the ratio of 34. In a simply supported beam of span 6
slope to vertical displacement at the free metres, carrying a point load of 10 tonnes at
end for a load at the free end is 4m from left hand support, the maximum
(AEE-2004) deflection is located (AEE CE/ME-2004)
2 (a) 1.66 metres from left hand support
(a) — (c) 7 (d) 9
3 9 7 (b)2.266 metres from left hand support
(c) 3.266 metres from left hand support
31. If the depth of a beam is doubled, the (d)none of these
maximum deflection for a given loading
will be (AEE-2004 & 2006) 35. A cantilever of span 1 subjected to
(a) halved (b) doubled uniformly distributed gravity loading w/m
(c) reduced by 4 (d) reduced to 1/8 is subjected to an upward force P at a
distance //2 from the free end. If the
32. A simply supported beam of span L
deflection at the free end of the beam is
carrying point load W at mid-span and has
zero, (w//P) is (AE CE/ME-2004)
constant E and I for the whole length of the
(a) 1.50 (b) 2.00 (c) 0.67 (d) 0.83
beam. The deflection Y at the mid-span is
given by (AEE CE/ME-2004)
36. A central concentrated load causes a
(a) Y = (b) Y maximum bending moment M in a simply
16E1 48E1
supported beam. If the same load is
WL
(c) Y = (d) Y = distributed uniformly over the entire span,
24E1 384E1
the maximum bending moment is
(AE CE/ME-2004)
33. The ratio of the maximum deflection of a
(a) M (b) 2M
beam simply supported at its ends with an
(c) M/2 (d) M/4
isolated central load, and that with identical
uniformly distributed load over its entire
37. A simply supported beam of span L
length is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
carrying a uniformly distributed load
24
(a) 1 (b) registers a deflection of Y cm at the centre.
15
If the span of the beam is doubled, the
15
(c) — (d) none of these deflection at the centre for the same
24
uniformly distributed load would be
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
A( T, Engineering Pt iblicalionsb:›Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar lAicknowl Patna liengaluni I Chenhai I Viiarmvada I Vizag KukatPallY ikatala i Ahmedabad
44.4
4, ACE
si
t :Engineering Publications : 333: Slopes & Deflections
4 t.
(a) 2 Y (b) 4 Y 41. A simply supported beam of span L carries

(c) 8 Y (d) 16 Y a concentrated load W at mid-span. The
slope at the end is given by (EI = constant
38. The maximum deflection of a simply for total length)
supported beam of span 1 carrying a (AEE CE/ME-2004)
uniformly distributed load w per unit length WL2 W
(a) (b) WL2
with constant E and I value for total length 4E1 8E1
is given by WL2 WL2
(c) (d)
(AEE CE/ME-2004) 16E1 48E1
3we 4 5w.e4
(a) (b) 42. The maximum deflection in a cantilever of
348 E1 348 E1
span / subjected to a moment M at its free
5we4 3we 4
(c) (d) end is
384E1 384 EI
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) M/2/(2EI) (b) M//(2EI)
39. In a cantilever beam carrying a uniformly (c) M/2/(3EI) (d) M//(3EI)
distributed load w per unit length and span 1
with constant E and I value for total length 43. The maximum deflection of a fixed beam if
of beam the maximum slope is given by 4.0 m span and EI = 20.0 MNm2 subjected
(AEE CE/ME-2004) to distributed load of 6.0 kN/m is
(a)
We 3
(b) w.e3 (AE CE/ME-2004)
6E1 8E1 (a) 1.00 mm (b) 0.20 in
we 3 (c) 0.20 mm (d) 10.00 mm
(c) (d) none of these
16E1
44. The reaction at a hinged support of a beam
40. A cantilever beam of span 1 carries a load is (AEE-2004)
W at a distance a from the fixed end. The (a) normal to the beam axis
maximum deflection is given by (b) normal to the support
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (c) a function of beam parameters for the
wt.2
Wa 2 given load
(a) (3.e a) (b) (3f — a)
6E1 6E1 (d) a function of the applied loads
Wa 2
(c) — a) (d) none of these
8E1
•
lug Ptihlications., Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
(5EngineeringPubhcations : 334: Strength of Materials
.
45. A fixed beam of span V' is subjected to a 49. Which of the following represents shear
uniformly distributed load w/m over its force at a section of a beam?
entire length; the maximum deflection in (2004 Feb)
the beam is (AEE-2004) (a) E I (€14y / dx2) (b) E I (day / dx3)
(a) 0.0026 w/3/(EI) (c) E I (d2y / dx2) (d) E I (dy / dx)
(b) 0.0130 w/4/(EI)
(c) 0.0026 w/4/(EI) 50. A fixed beam length L is subjected to
(d) 0.0130 w/3/(EI) uniformly distributed load of w per unit
length on half of span from mid-span to one
46. The ratio of the maximum deflections in a end. For a given value of EI, the deflection
simply supported beam subjected to a Y at its mid-span is equal to
concentrated load and in that subjected to (2004 Feb)
the same load distributed over the entire (a) E I Y = (w L4 / 384)
span is (b) E I Y = (w L4 / 768)
(AEE-2004, 2006) (c) E I Y = (w L4 / 1920)
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.625 (d) None of these
(c) 0.500 (d) 1.600
51. The slope (i) and deflection (6) at a section
47. The maximum deflection in a cantilever of in beam carrying several loads can be
span l subjected to a moment M at its free obtained suitably by (2006 Regular)
end is (AEE-2004) (a) double integration method
(a) M/2 / (2 EI) (b) M/ / (2 EI) (b) moment area method
(c) M/2/ (3 EI) (d) Ml / (3 EI) (c) Macaulay's method
(d) one among the above three methods
48. The ratio of the maximum deflection of a
beam simply supported at its ends with an 52. The slope and deflection at a section in a
isolated central load, and that with identical beam of carrying single load suitably found
uniformly distributed load over its entire by (2006 Regular)
length is (2004 Feb) (a) moment area method
(a) 1 (b) 24 / 15 (b) double integration method
(c) 15 / 24 (d) None of these (c) both the above two methods
(d) Macaulay's method only
ACE Et iginceripg Publ lea Lim is Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I PuneI Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru I ChennaiI Vijayawada I VizagI TirupatiIKulcatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.lo
s
ACE : 335: Slopes & Deflections

al le, F.ingineering Publications
.1 4.
53. Using equation M = EI d2y/dx2, the slope (b)maximum deflection at ends and
and deflection at any section can be found maximum slope at centre can occur
on (2006 Regular) (c) neither (1) nor (2) can occur
(a) first integration only (d)no maximum deflection or slope at any
(b) double integration only point in the beam can occur, with beam
(c) first and second integration respectively weight zero
(d)not by integration but by some other
methods 57. The deflection of cantilever beam of span
`1' is observed on two counts; one loaded
54. A simply supported beam subjected to a with free end point load 'W' and the other
central point load 'W'. The maximum with load 'W' distributed uniformly such
slope and deflection occur respectively at that 'w' per unit length. The ratio of
(2006 Regular) maximum deflection for the case of former
(a) both ends and centre of the beam to the latter is (2006 Regular)
(b) centre and both ends of the beam (a) 2.6 (b) 26
(c) left end and right end of the beam (c) 1/3 (d) 1/8
(d) any one or two point in the beam
55. The deflection of a simply supported beam 58. The slope or deflection at fixed and free end
of length V' is observed separately on two of the beam are respectively observed as
counts; a uniformly distributed load 'w' per (2006 Regular)
unit length and secondly with a centre point (a) zero and maximum
load 'W' equivalent to the total load of the (b) maximum and zero
former. The ratio of maximum deflection (c) zero and zero
for the case of point load to udl beam is (d) none of the above
(2006 Regular)
(a) 1.6 (b) 5 / 384 59. A cantilever beam has the following details
(c) 1/ 48 (d) 0.62 span = 2 m; flexural rigidity = 2000 kNm2.
Point load at a section 1 metre from support
56. In an ideal beam, uniformly distributed load = 60 IN. What is the deflection at the free
acts over the entire span and is compensated end? (2006 Backlog)
with same intensity of udl upward. Then (a) 16 mm (b) 25 mm
(2006 Regular) (c) 10 mm (d) 15 mm
(a) maximum slope at ends and maximum
1 777A ig="77=-7,>Hyderabad I Delhi IBhopal j Pune Bhubaneswar Litckdo?1PatnaIpentiluruICherub:II VjjapaaadaIViiagirirupati Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
fr S)
. .
,, ACE
J
%''s :Engineering Publications : 336: Strength of Materials
J
60. A simply supported beam of span 'I,' and (a) Fixed (b) Roller support
flexural rigidity EI is subjected to a (c) Hinge (d) Free end
clockwise moment at section over R.H.S.
support. The slope of the L.H.S. end will be 65. A cantilever beam of uniform cross-section
(2006 Backlog) and length L is subjected to upward force
(a) ML / EI (b) ML / 2 EI W at mid-span and downward force P at the
(c) ML / 3 EI (d) ML / 6 EI free end. For the deflection to be zero at the
free end. W and P are related by
61. Conjugate Beam method based on (AEE-2006)
(2006 P icklog) (a) W = 2P (b) W = 16 P/5
(a) Macaulay's method (c) W = 3P (d) W = 5P
(b) Area moment theorem
(c) Castigliano's theorems 66. The governing differential equation of a
(d) Principle of virtual work beam, with the usual notation, is
(AEE-2007)
62. On a prismatic cantilever beam of span L (a) d3y/dx3 = + M(x)/(EI)
and flexural rigidity EI. 'AC is applied at a (b)d2y/dx2 = + M(x)/(EI)
distance L /2 from support. The deflection (c) d2y/dx2 = — q(x) /(EI)
at free end is (2006 Backlog) (d)dy/dx = —q(x)/(EI)
(a) 3 ML2 / 8E1 (b) ML2 / 4 EI
67. The maximum deflection of a cantilever of
(c) ML2 / 8 EI (d) ML2 / 3 EI
10.0 m span, and EI = 200.0 MN m2
subjected to a distributed load of 8.0 kN/m
63. A prismatic simply supported beam carries
is (AEE-2007)
a point load at midspan section due to
(a) 20 mm (b) 50 mm
which a slope of 2° is produced at support
(c) 225 mm (d) 500 mm
sections. The slope at quarter span sections
is (2006 Backlog) 68. In a cantilever beam loaded at the end, if
(a) 1° (b) 1.414° the end load is increased the failure will
(c) 1.5° (d) 1.732° occur (AEE-2007)
(a) in the middle
64. The roller support in a given beam is (b) at the tip below the load
modeled in conjugate beam is (c) at the support
(AEE-2006) (d) anywhere
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucluiow 'Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Virag Tirupali I KukalpanY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
set:Engineering
Publications
.4 4.
69. Two equal length beams are fixed at their w/unit length
ends. One carries a distributed load while

the other carries a load equal in magnitude Beam A
but concentrated in the middle. The ratio of

w/unit length
maximum deflections is
(AEE-2007) //2
Beam B
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 6 8 2 48
(a) — (c) (d) —
7 7
70. Figure shows a simply supported beam. The
maximum deflection shall occur at point 73. A simply supported beam 'A' of length 1,
(AEE-2007) breadth b and depth d carries a central load
1, a 1.14 b `W'. Another beam 'B' of the same
B dimensions carries a central load equal to
`2W'. The deflection of beam 'B' will be
(a) between B and C (b) between A and C as that of beam 'A'.
(c) A (d) C (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(a) one-fourth (b) one-half
71. The simply supported beam 'A' of length (c) double (d) four-times
`1' carries a central point load W. Another
beam 'B' is loaded with a uniformly 74. For the same cross-sectional area, which
distributed load such that the total load on beam will deflect least? (AEE-2008)
the beam is W. The ratio of maximum (a) Circular beam (b) I-beam
deflections between beams A and B is (c) Rectangular beam (d) T-beam
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007, 2008,2009)
5 8 5 4 75. The maximum slope in a fixed beam
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) —
8 5 4 5 occurs: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) at the support
72. Two cantilever beams A and B are shown (b)at the midspan section
in the figure. The ratio of maximum (c) near the quarter span sections
deflections of beam A to the beam B is (d)at the points of inflection
ACE Engineering Publications :::›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada t Vizag Tirupan I Kukatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-41. ACE
0:E ngineering Publications : 338: Strength of Materials
76. The governing differential equation of a 80. The maximum deflection in a cantilever of
beam is the relationship between: 4.0 m span with a uniformly distributed
(AEE CE/ME-2008) load of 10 N over its length is
(a) deflection and bending moment (2008 Regular)
(b)deflection and applied load (a) 320.0/(EI) (b) 80.0/(EI)
(c) bending moment and shear force (c) 106.0/(EI) (d) 50.0/(EI)
(d)bending moment and flexural rigidity
81. The ratio of maximum deflections in a fixed
77. At the section of symmetry in a beam: beam and a similar simple beam of the
(AEE CE/ME-2008) same span and cross-section under
(a) slope is zero but not the shear force uniformly distributed load is:
(b)shear force is zero but not the deflection (2008 Regular)
(c) slope is zero but not the loading (a) 0.20 (b) 0.25 (c) 3.0 (d) 5.0
(d)shear force and deflection are zero
82. The elastic curve of a beam is its:
(2008 Regular)
78. The maximum slope in a simple beam of
(a) stress strain curve
10.0 m span subjected to a uniformly
(b) load displacement curve
distributed load of 12.0 kN/m is:
(c) deflection curve
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(d) bending moment diagram at the
(a) 500.0/(EI) (b) 900.0/(EI)
elasticity limit
(c) 450.04E1) (d) 1350.04E1)
83. Macauley's parenthese simply that the

79. The deflection at the centre of a fixed beam
expression within: (2008 Regular)
carrying a central point load 'W' is
(a) always zero (b) zero, if negative
(2008 HYD Water Works)
(c) always negative (d) zero, if positive
(a) one fourth the central deflection of
simply supported beam of same length 84. Moment area method is valid for:
(b) one fifth the central deflection of simply (2008 Regular)
supported beam of same length (a) simple beams
(c) one third the deflection of simply (b) determinate beams
supported beam of same length (c) continuous beams
(d) twice the central deflection of simply (d) beams within continuous elastic curve
supported beam of same length
ACE EI e Puhlicalif )Hyderabad belhi I hopal ilupe 13_111.1131h
. .1 ,Lt2 cknd* ,113Pngauiti
,
Vijayawada I Vizag I _
'Mu
patilKsikatplly I kollutt. I Alitti
edabad
..._
6, „4
ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 339: Slopes & Deflections
85.A symmetric uniformly distributed load of the 89. The ratio of the maximum deflection of a
same magnitude as a central point load cantilever beam with an isolated load at its
induces: (2008 Regular) free end and with a uniformly distributed
(a) larger stresses but smaller deflections load over its entire length is
(b)smaller stresses but larger deflections (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(c) larger stresses but smaller shear forces (a) 1 (b) 24/15 (c) 3/8 (d) 8/3
(d)smaller curvature
d 4y
86. The slope at the free end of a cantilever of 90. The expression EI at a section of a
dx 4
length 1 m is 1°. If the cantilever carries
member represents (2008 Tribal Welfare)
uniformly distributed load over the whole
(a) shearing force (b) rate of loading
length then the deflection at the free end
(c) bending moment (d) slope
will be: (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(a) 1 cm (b) 1.309 cm
91. A simply supported beam carries a
(c) 2.618 cm (d) 3.927 cm
uniformly distributed load over the whole
87. A cantilever of length (1) carries a span. The deflection at the center is 'y'. If
distributed load whose intensity varies the distributed load per unit length is
uniformly from zero at the fixed end to 'w' doubled and also depth of the beam is
per unit length at the free end. The doubled, then the deflection at the center
deflection at the free end will be: would be (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(2008 Tribal Welfare) (a) 2y (b) 4y (c) y / 2 (d) y / 4
w14
(a) w14 (b) 92. The statement that 'the deflection at any point
3E1 8E1
wri in a beam subjected to any load system is
1 lw/4
(c) (d) equal to the partial derivative of the total
120E1 30EI
strain energy stored with respect to the load
88.The deflection due to couple 'M' at the free acting at the point in the direction in which
end of the cantilever of length 'I.,' is deflection is desired' is called
(2008 Tribal Welfare) (2008 Tribal Welfare)
2 (a) Battle's law
(a) ML (b) 2ML
EI EI (b) The first theorem of Castigliano
ML2 M2L (c) Clapeyron' s theorem
(c) (d)
2E1 2E1 (d) Maxwell's law
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lud,now I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai J Vijayawada Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally Kollcata I Ahmedabad
to ACE
t
4.:Engineering Publications : 340: Strength of Materials
93. A simply supported uniform rectangular bar 96. For a beam shown in the following figure,
breadth b, depth d and length L, carries an the maximum deflection lies at
isolated load 'W' at its mid-span. The same
a
bar experiences an extension è' under same A 4 111
tB
1 C
tensile load. The ratio of the maximum
deflection to the elongation, is 1
(AEE-2009) e
(a) — from B (b) — from A
L L 3 3
(a) — (b) —
2d Q Z —a 2 e2 — b2
(c) from B (d) from A
L 3 3
()
d )2
`c/ 2d 3d
97. The cantilever beam A and B are shown in
94. A simply supported rectangular beam of the following figures. The ratio of
span L and depth d carries a central load W, maximum deflection of beam A to beam B
modulus of elasticity is E, the ratio of is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
maximum deflection to maximum bending
stress is: W/u it length
(AEE-2009)
01
L2 L2 (a) beam A (b) beam B
(a) (b)
6Ed 8Ed
L2 L2 (a) 3/8 (b) 8/3 (c) 6/15 (d) 15/6
(c) (d)
4Ed 12Ed
98. The value of the maximum deflection for
95. A rectangular beam of length 1 supported at the beam of length 1 carrying a gradually
its two ends carries a central point load W. varying load from zero at free end and W
The maximum deflection occurs at per unit length at the fixed end is
(a) the ends
(a)
We
(b)
we'
(b) 1/3 from both the ends 8E1 16E1
(c) at centre we 4 we 4
(c) (d)
(d) none of the above 30E1 48E1
.NC E. En gnucling Publications 4/

" Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I nengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITiruPati Kukatvally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
40,:Engineeting
0,„
ACE
Publications : 341: Slopes & Deflections
99. A simply supported beam A of length 1, 102. A cantilever AB of length 1 has a moment
breadth b and depth d carries a central point M applied at free end. The deflection at free
load W. Another beam B has the same end B is given by (AEE CE/ME-2009)
length and depth but its breadth is doubled. 2e
,
Mee
(a) (b)
The deflection of beam B will be EI 2E1
as compared to beam A. w 2
Me
(c) ( d) M
(AEE CE/ME-2009) 2E1 () 2E1
(a) one-fourth (b) one-half
(c) double (d) four times 103. Deflection of cantilever at the free end is
WL3 2 WL3
100. Two beams 'A' and '13' carrying a central (a)
EI (b) 3 EI
point load W are shown in the following
WL3 1 WL3
figures. The deflection of beam 'A' will be (c) (d)
3E1 6 EI
as compared to beam 13'.
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
Where W = Load at the free end
• L = Length of the cantilever
•
• I = Moment of inertia
E = Young's modulus of the beam material
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) one-eighth (b) one-fourth

104. The slope of cantilever at the free end is
(c) one-half (d) double
(AE CE/ME-2009)
WL2
101. A cantilever of length 1 is carrying a (a) (b)
2E1 4E1
uniformly distributed load of W per unit run
2 2
of a distance 'a' from fixed end. The slope (c) (d) WL
8 EI 16E1
at the free end is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
Where W = Load applied at the end
Wa3 Wa3 L = Length of cantilever
(a) (b)
6E1 8E1
E = Young's modulus
3 Wa3 I = Moment of inertia
(c) Wa
12E1 (d) 24E1
ACE Ewineiming Publications> Hyderabad' Delhi' Bhopal Pune j Bhubaneswar' Lucknow1PatnalBengalurui Chennai I Vijayawada I VingiTirupati i Kukatpally I Kolkatal Ahmedabad
Erb
.41 1, ACE
'44 .
105. The slope of an elastic curve of a beam can 109. Maximum deflection of a cantilever beam
be related as (2011 Regular) subjected to a concentrated load at free end
m Mx is (2011 Regular)
(a) I— dx (b) dx
EI EI WL3 WL3
(a) (b)
Vx 3E1 8E1
(c) f dx (d) f dx
EI EI WL3 WL3
(c) (d)
48E1 36E1
106. The elastic curve profile of a beam can be Where,
obtained from (2011 Regular) W = total load,
wx L = span,
(a) v - dx (b) f dx
EI EI EI = flexural rigidity.
(c) wx dx (d) ff.11A1dx
f f EI EI 110. Maximum deflection of a simply supported
beam subjected to uniformly distributed
107. Maximum or minimum deflection of a beam
load V' over entire span is (2011 Regular)
occurs at (2011 Regular)
WL3 WL3
(a) (b)
3E1 8E1
(a) Zero bending moment location of the
WL3 5WL3
beam (c) (d)
48E1 384E1
(b) Zero shear force location of the beam
(where, W = Total load)
(c) Zero slope location of the beam
(d) Point of contraflexure of the beam
111. The relation between rate of loading and
108. The deflection of a beam depends mainly on deflection is (2011 Regular)
(2011 Regular)
(a) Rate of loading = EI d3
(a) Total stresses and boundary conditions dx 4
(b) Total external loads
(b) Rate of loading = EI d4Y
(c) Fixity of joints dx 4
(d) Cumulative strains and boundary
(c) Rate of loading = EI dx
dY
conditions
(d) Rate of loading = EI 2 Y2

d
ACE Engineering Rtiblicanons h5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennat I Vijayawada I Vizag I Ttrupati Kukatpally I Kolkatal Ahmedabad
4". s.)
SI
J
°, :Engineering Publications
44 4.,
112. The bending moment and displacement are 116. Maximum slope in case of a cantilever
related as (2011 Regular) beam of length '1' carrying a load 'P' at its
dy end is (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) B.M. — EI (b) B.M. — EI
dx dx pi2 P12
(b)
2y (a) 4E1 2E1
(c) B.M. — EI d (d) B.M. = -EI . y
dx 2 P12 pi2
(d)
(c) 3E1 EI
113. Two equal length beams are fixed at their
ends. One carries a distributed load and 117. The maximum deflection in a cantilever
other carries same load but concentrated in beam of length I and subjected to an end
the middle. The ratio of maximum point load W is
deflections will be (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
3
(2011 PH & Municipality) WL3
(a) (b) WL
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 4 2EI 3E1
WL3 WL3
(c) (d)
114. Maximum deflection in a beam supported 6E1 8E1
freely at both ends due to a central load P at
middle is (2011 PH & Municipality) 118. A loaded cantilever beam is shown below.
Pe P23 The maximum deflection in the beam is
(a) (b)
48E1 64E1 (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
Pe P e3 8 kN/m
(c) (d)
32E1 96E1 A/ 2m C 2m
115. When a number of loads acts on a beam, the 42 36 112

(a) (b) (c) (d)
EI EI EI 3E1
deflection at any point is equal to the sum
of the deflections at this point due to each
119.A loaded simply supported beam is shown
of the loads taken separately. This is
below. The maximum deflection in the
according to (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) Castigliano's theorem beam (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(b) Theory of flexure

(c) Maxwell's theorem
(d) Principle of least work
ACE Engineering Publications :

,›Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal Pane I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow l Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata 1 Ahmedabad
ACE
.)
(a) at C 123. A cantilever beam of span L is subjected to

(b) in CB and very close to C a uniformly distributed load of intensity
a+ b `w' kN/m. The beam is now supported by a
(c) at 2 point
rigid prop at its free end. Then the reaction
(d) in AC and very close to C at the fixed support is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
3wL 5
(a) (b) 5wL
120. The maximum slope in a simply supported 8 8
beam of span 1 and carrying a mid-point wL
(c) (d) wL
load W is 2
124. A cantilever beam of span L and is
(a) (b)
8E1 12E1 subjected to a uniformly distributed load of
intensity 'w' over its half span starting from
WL2
(c) (d) the fixed end. The maximum slope in the
16E1 24E1
beam is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
121. The maximum deflection in a cantilever wL3

(a) (b)
beam of length L and subjected to a point 6E1 12E1
load W at its free end is wL3 wL3
(c) (d)
(AEE CE/ME 2011) 24E1 48E1
(a) (b) 125. A fixed beam of span L is subjected to a

3E1 2E1
mid-point load W. The maximum deflection
WL2 WL2
(c) (d) in the beam is equal to
3E1 2E1
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
122. The maximum deflection in a simply WL3 W
(a) (b) WL3
supported beam of span 8 m and subjected 48E1 96E1
to a central point load of 120 kN is WL3 WL3
(c) (d)
(taking EI = 64,000kN-m2) 128E1 192E1
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(a) 5 mm (b) 15 mm 126. A cantilever beam of length 2.0 m is
(c) 20 mm (d) 24 mm subjected to a point load of 3.0 kN at free
end. Then the max. deflection is equal to
(AE 2011)
ACE Engineering Publications 1/4
,›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4r 4
l•
V
4
: 345: Slopes & Deflections
‘144 :Engineering
ACEPublications
10 (a) circle (b) triangle
(a) (b) (c) (d) —
EI EI EI EI (c) parabola (d) hyperbola
127. A simply supported beam of span 3.0 m is 132. According to Mohr's theorem, the
subjected to a central point load of 5 deflection of the beam is given by '6' and is
Then the slope at the mid span is (AE 2011) equal to (AE 2011)
40 256 A MR A
(a) (b) (a) — (b) (c) (d)
48E1 EI EI EI EI
25
(c) Zero (d)
24E1 133. A simply supported beam of span 4 m is
subjected to a point load of 4 kN at a
128. For a deflected beam, the differential distance of 3 m from the left support. The
equation is (AE 2011) max. slope occurs (AE 2011)
d2y (a) at the left support
(a) EI = —
M (b) — = M
dx F dx 2 (b) at right support
d2y (c) at mid span
(c) EI = d2y = M (d) EI. M
dx2 I dx 2 (d) under the point load
129. If the depth of a simply supported

134. A simply supported beam span 3 m is
rectangular beam subjected to concentric
subjected to a central point load of 5 kN.
load at the centre is doubled, the deflection
Then the slope at the mid span is equal to
at the centre will be reduced to
(AEE-2012)
(AE 2011)
25 256
(a) 25% (b) 12.5% (c) 37.5% (d) 40% (a)
24E1 (b) EI
40
130. Curvature in deflection is given by (c) (d) zero
48E1
(AE 2011)
(a) R2 (b) R (c) YR 2 (d) 135. In a fixed beam, at the fixed ends
(AEE-2012)
(a) slope is zero and deflection is maximum
131. A member AB of span '1' is subjected to a
(b) slope is maximum and deflection is zero
uniform bending moment 'AC. Then the
(c) both slope and deflection are maximum
shape of the elastic curve (AE 2011)
(d) slope and deflection are zero
ACE Engineering Publicationse Hyderabad !Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru j Chennai j Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,„,
ACE
‘;) :Engineering Publications : 346: Strength of Materials
J
136. A beam of length 1, fixed at both ends 140. A simply supported beam of span V is
carries a uniformly distributed load of w per carrying point load 'W' at the midspan.
unit length. If EI is the flexural rigidity, What is the deflection at the centre of the
then the maximum deflection in the beam is beam? (AE-2012, 2013)
(AEE-2012) w.e 2 w
we4 (a) (b) we3
we4 48 EI 48 EI
(a) (b)
192E1 24E1
5 we3 iiwe'
we 4 (c) (d)
(c)
we4 348 EI 120E1
(d)
384E1 12EI
141. A beam length 4 m, fixed at both ends

137. The differential equation which gives the
carries a point load of 120 kN at the centre.
relation between BM, slope and deflection
If EI for the beam is 2000 kN-m2, deflection
of a beam is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
at the centre of beam is (AE-2012)
2y M 2y (a) 1.0 cm (b) 2.0 cm
(a) EI d = (b) =M
dx2 I dx2
(c) 5.0 cm (d) 10.0 cm
d2 y dy M
(c) EI =M (d) EI — =
dx2 dx F 142. Slope at the end of the simply supported
beam of span/with uniformly distributed
138. A cantilever of length '1' carries a udi of w
load w/unit length over the entire span is
per unit m, over the whole length. If the free given by (AEE-2012 & 2013)
end be supported over a rigid prop, the we 2 w e2
We We
reaction of the prop will be (a) (b) (c) (d)
16E1 16E1 24E1 24E1
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
2we 5we
(a) (b) 143. A simply supported beam of span I carries a
8 8
uniformly distributed load, 'w' per unit
3we 7we
(c) (d) length over the entire span. The deflection
8 8
at the center is 'y'. If the distributed load
per unit length is doubled and also the depth
139. Maximum deflection for a cantilever of
of beam is doubled, the deflection at the
span L loaded at the free end by P is given
center would be (Research Assistant 2013)
by (AE-2012)
(a) 2 y (b) 4 y
PL2 PL2 PL3
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) 0.5 y (d) 0.25 y
3E1 6EI 8 EI 3E1
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Ilerigaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
yi
t,te 4
ACE
us.,
4. :Engineering Publications : 347: Slopes & Deflections
4
144. System A is a simply supported beam with 148. Compute the slope at the support of a
a load P at mid span. System B is the same simply supported beam having a span of 5.0
beam but the load is replaced by a m, carrying a central load of 10 IN. The
uniformly distributed load of intensity P/L, beam has section 150 mm wide and 250
where L is the length of the beam. The mid mm deep. Adopt E = 1.06 x 108 Ith/m2.
span deflection of system B will be (Lecturers-2013)
times the deflection of system A. (a) 0.0457 radians (b) 0.00547 radians
(Research Assistant 2013) (c) 0.000754 radians (d) 0.0000106 radians
(a) 1 (b) 5/8 (c) 8/5 (d) 1/L
149. A cantilever of length of span / carries a
2 ,t
uniformly distributed load of w per unit
145. The expression EI 0
ax 2
at a section of a
length over its entire span. If its span is
member represents halved, then its slope will become
(Research Assistant 2013) (AE-2013)
(a) shear force (b) rate of loading (a) Half (b) One-fourth
(c) bending moment (d) slope (c) One-eight (d) One-sixteenth
146. A cantilever is subjected to a point load at 150. A cantilever beam of span I is carrying a
free end. The deflection at the free end is triangular load of zero intensity at its free
(Research Assistant 2013) end to w per unit length at its fixed end. The
5we3 deflection at its free end will be
(a) 0 (b)
48E1 (AE-2013)
5we e we 4 we 4
(c) (d) w (a) (b)
24E1 3E1 30EI 24E1
we 4 we4
(c) (d)
147. Slope deflection method is 16E1 12E1
(Lecturers-2013)
(a) equilibrium method 151. The shear force at any section of the
(b) deformation method conjugate beam is equal to the slope of the
(c) stiffness coefficient method elastic curve at the corresponding section of
(d) all of the above the actual beam. (AE-2013)
(a) Mohr's theorem I
(b) Mohr's theorem II
ACE Engineering Publications if
4'>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
s
Ile ACE
4
(c) Conjugate beam theorem I 155. A simply supported beam of span L carries
(d) Conjugate beam theorem II a UDL of w.N m-1. What is the magnitude
of concentrated load to be supplied at the
152. If the actual beam has both ends fixed, then centre of this beam which would produce
the ends of the conjugate beam ill be the same deflection as the UDL?
(AE-2013) (Observers-2013)
(a) Fixed at both ends wL
(a) wL (b)
(b) Free at both ends 8 2
(c) Fixed at one end, free at other end 7
(c) wL (d) — wL
(d) Hinged at one end, free at other end 8 8
156. Fixed end of fixed beam of span L settles

153. A cantilever of length I is carrying a
by an amount 6. The ratio of the slope and
uniformly distributed load of 'w' per unit
deflection at the centre of the beam will be
run for a distance of 'b' from fixed end. The
(Observers-2013)
slope at the free end is given as
(a) 0.5 L (b) 1.5 L
(AE-2013)
(c) 0.75 L (d) 0.667 L
wb3 wb3
(a) (b)
6 EI 8 EI
157. A fixed beam of span L and uniform
wb3 W b3 flexural rigidity EI carries a vertical
(c) (d)
12 EI 24 EI downward load W at its mid span. If a
hinge is introduced in the beam at the
154. A cantilever AB is subjected to a location of the load, the deflection under the
concentrated load at the free end. The slope load is
and deflection at the free end are (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
we wi2 (a) WL3/48E1 (b) WL3/24E1
respectively and 3E1 . If the same
2E1 (c) WL3/16EI (d) WL3/12EI
load is applied at mid-span point, the
deflection at the free-end will be. 158. A cantilever beam AB is fixed at left end A
(Observers-2013) and free at B. The corresponding conjugate
5 WL3 5W12 beam will supports
(a) (b)
384 EI 48 EI (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
WL3 WL3 (a) simple support at both A and B
()
C (d)
6E1 16E1 (b) free at A and simple support at B
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lueknow I Patna I Beogalutu I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I KokatPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
O &
t ACE
4'Enginering Publications : 349: Slopes & Deflections
(c) free at A and fixed at B 163. A cantilever beam of span L is carrying a

(d) fixed at A and free at B uniformly distributed load of intensity
w/unit length on the entire span. The
159. If maximum slope of a simply supported deflection at the free end is given by
beam of span 'I,' with midpoint load is 1°, (TS GENCO 2015)
then maximum deflection is wL4 wL4
(TSPSC AE 2015) (a) (b)
6E1 8E1
TcL IEL
(b) 5wL4 wL4
(a) 240 270 (c) (d)
384E1 48E1
icL ztL
(d)
(c) 540 576 164. A cantilever beam of span L, uniform
flexural rigidity EI is subjected to a unit
160. Maximum deflection in a simply supported couple at its free end. The deflection at the
beam subjected to pure bending is given by centre of the beam is
(TSPSC AE 2015) (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
ML ML2 (a) L2/1 6E1 (b) L2/8EI
(a) 8 = (b) 8 =
2E1 8E1 (c) L2/4EI (d) L2/2E1
ML2 5 ML2
(c) 8 = (d) 8 =
12E1 48 EI 165. For the beam shown in the fig, the elastic
curve between the supports B and C will be
161. Other parameters being unchanged, if the
span of a cantilever carrying end point load C
2b a .1
is doubled, the maximum slope is increased
by (TSPSC AE 2015)
(AE-2012)
(a) circular (b) parabolic
(c) elliptic (d) a straight line
162. A cantilever beam of span "L" is subjected

166. Two beams carrying identical loads, simply
to a concentrated moment of "M" at the free
supported have same width, but beam A has
end. If the value of flexural rigidity is unity,
double the depth of beam B. The elastic
then the vertical deflection at the free end is
strength of beam A is K times that of beam
(TS TRANSCO 2015)
B, where K is (AEE 1987)
(a) 0.33 ML2 (b) 0.5 ML2
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 6
(c) ML2 (d) zero
ACE Engineci ing l'ublications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Rirupaii Kukatpally i Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
ACE
:Enghieefing Pubca
litions : 350: Strength of Materials
167. A cantilever beam of length L is subjected (a) Moment area method

to a point load W at free end. Then the (b) Conjugate beam method
slope at the free end is equal to (c) Macaulay's method
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (d) 6-method of superposition
w-L2
WL2
(a) (b)
2EI 24E1 171. A cantilever beam with a UDL of w N/m
WL3
WL3 for entire length of L will have maximum
(c) (d)
60 EI 3E1 deflection equal to
168. A simply supported beam of span L carries wL4
(a) (b) wL4
a point load P at center, the slope at left end (48E1) (384E1)
is (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) wL4
(c) (d) wL4
PL2 (8E1) (3EI)
(a) , (b) ,
08E1) 08E1)
172. A simply supported beam of 10 m span is
(c) p (d) PL3 , carrying a load of 4.8 kN at mid span. If
(16EI) (16EI)
Young's modulus of elasticity (E) is 2 x 108
kN/m2 and moment of inertia (I) is 20 cm4,
169. A simply supported beam AB of L span and
then the maximum deflection will be
EI flexural rigidity is subject to MB moment
at B. Then the rotation at A is given by
(a) 5.00 mm (b) 2.500 mm
(c) 0.50 mm (d) 0.25 mm
ML
(a) OA
3E1 (b) °A =
173. In the procedure of Macaulay's method, for
ML
(C) OA = (d) OA = getting the deflection equation
4ELI
M 3E1
(a) The differential equation of flexure is
170. The method in which a single equation is
integrated for once
formed for all loads on the beam and the
(b) The differential equation of flexure is
equation is constructed in such a way that
integrated for twice
the integral constants apply to all the
(c) The differential equation of flexure is
sections of the beam, is
integrated for thrice
I ACE Engil tcc ring Publications 1i/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludulow l Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
41 „ ACE ,
:
4.•
Engineering Publications : 351: Slopes & Deflections
174. A simply supported beam 'A' of length 1 177. A cantilever of length / is carrying a
carries a central point load W. Another uniformly distributed load of a per unit run
beam 13' is loaded with a uniformly for a distance 'a' from fixed end. The slope
distributed load such that the total load on at the free end is (where EI is the flennral
the beam is W. The ratio of maximum rigidity) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
deflections between the beams A and B is wa 4 wa 4
(a) (b)
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) 8E1 6E1
5 8 wa3 wa3
(a) — (b) (c) (d)
8 8E1 6E1
5 4
(c) — (d) — 178. A beam of length 1 simply supported at the
4 5
ends carries a point load W at a distance 'a'
175. A beam simply supported at the ends caries from the left end. Also /—a = b. The
a load W at the centre, causing deflection y. deflection under load is given by
If the depth of the section of the beam is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
doubled, the deflection at the centre will be Wab Wa2b2
(a) (b)
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) 6Efe 3Efe
Water Wa2b e
(a) y (b) y (c) (d)
2 3E1 3EI
(c) 1 y (d) y 179. If the width of a simply supported beam

4 8
carrying an isolated load at its centre is
176. The width b and depth d of a cantilever doubled. The deflection of the beam at the
beam carrying a point load at its free end centre is changed by

are changed into 0.5b and 2d respectively.
(a) 1/2 (b) 4
Then its maximum deflection for the same
(c) 1/8 (d) 2
load condition reduces by
(a) one-fourth 180. A cantilever beam of span 'I,' is subjected
(b) three-fourth to a clockwise moment at free end. What is
(c) half the ratio of deflection to rotation at the free
(d) zero end? (TSPSC-AEE-2017)

(a) 2L (b) 3L/2 (c) L (d) L/2
ACE Engineering Publicarions*1/;

4 Hyderabad DelhOhopallPunel Bhubaneswar' LucknowIPatnal Bengaluru I Chennail Vijayawadal Vizag ITirupatil Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-
4, 4
.1 ACE
v,„ :Engineering Publications : 352: Strength of Materials
181. The basic unknowns of slope deflection 5

(a) —
method are 3
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) 5
(c) —
(a) Slopes of joints only 8
(b) Deflections of joints only
(c) Both slopes and deflections of joints 185. A simply supported beam AB of span L is
(d) Moments at joints subjected to a concentrated load W at the
centre C of the span. According to Mohr's
182. Moment required to rotate prop end of a moment area method, which of the
propped cantilever beam by 2 radians is 40 following gives the deflection under the
kNm. What will be the moment required to load?
rotate the same end by lradian if length of (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
the beam is doubled and the other end of the (a) Moment of the area of M/EI diagram
beam is changed to hinge? between A and C taken about C
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (b) Moment of the area of M/EI diagram
(a) 7.5 kN-m (b) 20 kN-m between A and B taken about B
(c) 10 kN-m (d) 5 kN-m (c) Moment of the area of M/EI diagram
between A and B taken about A
183. The ratio of area under the bending moment (d) Moment of the area of M/EI diagram
diagram to the flexural rigidity between two between A and C taken about A
points along a beam gives the change in
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) 186. For a simply supported beam of given
(a) deflection (b) slope material and cross section, if the udl
(c) shear force (d) bending moment throughout is replaced by a central point
load equal to the total load due to udl, the
184. In a simply supported beam AB of span L, central deflection of the beam would
the mid-point is C. In case -1, the beam is (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
loaded by a concentrated load W. In case-2, (a) Would decrease by 1.6 times
the beam is subjected to a UDL of intensity (b) Would increase by 1.6 times
W such that wL = W. The ratio of central (c) Remain same
deflection in case -1 to that in case -2 is (d) Would be doubled
ACE Engineering Publicationse,

‘' Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknowl Patna Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kuk.tp2Ity I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
s, 4 ACE
u,, :Engineering Publications : 353: Slopes & Deflections
J
187. A cantilever beam with rectangular cross-

section is subjected to uniformly distributed
load. The deflection at the tip is Si. If the
width and depth of the beam are doubled
8,
then deflection at tip is 82. Then = is
8
(a) 0.0625 (b) 16
(c) 0.5 (d) 2
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Mune IBhubaneswarl Lucknow1Patnal BengaturulChennai IVilaYawacla I Vitag ITimPati I Kukatpallyj Kolkata I Ahmedabad.
,,Ou
„
V
ACE
:Engineeig Publicadons : 354: Strength of Materials
Solutions
01. Ans: (b) 1

Total load, W = — we w1= 2W
Sol: 2
r./w-‘
U 112
we4 2W x e
8=
30E1 30E1
w(1?I2)4 w(e/2)3 (e) wt
Ymax — 8=
8E1 6E1 2) 15E1
we4 1 1 _3
EI L128 96 15
7we4 5= 0.2 cm
Ymax =
384E1
03. Ans: (b)
r e—s.eme—vme--NemiThrTh
Sol:
we4
Ymax =
8E1
1/2 li2
5we4 We
we4 7we4
+x
384E1 48E1
Ymax —
8E1 384E1
But central support takes a load of we
4 lwe4 3
384E1
5we4 (w3t 3
) +x
02. Ans: (b) 384E1 48E1
Sol: we4 r 5 1
=x
1 EI L384 48 x 3
we 7we4
=1 _>e =3 x=
3E1 EI 1152E1
ACE Faiginceling Publication, >Hyderabad IDelhilBhoPal 'Pune I Bhubaneswarluidmowl painalBenalurul ChennailWaYawadal KakatPally I Kolkaial Ahmedabad
4"4
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 355: Slopes & Deflections
04. Ans: (a) 5 5 180

= — radians= x
Sol: El EI
900
= degree
TrEI
M
EI
6. Ans: (b)
7. Ans: (d)
R B x e = iivi x f x (e + ej + i m ee Sol:
— +—x_x —
2 EI 2 2 3 2 2 2E1 2 3 2 2E1 2 4
A(ThrY—Y-y-YThiThr—IB
me2 me 2 me2 R
R B Xt Prop reaction
6E1 48E1 16EI
8Me2 +Me2 +3Me2 12Me2 Mee The propped reaction neutralize
RB xe=
48E1 48E1 4E1 Downward deflection due to udl = upward
,„ NV' deflection due to support at C
RB UPI B
4E1 5We3 Rue
384E1 48E1
05. : (b) 5
Rc =- W
Sol: 2 2 8
Moment at C Mc = R A X—e — vv(-

-e17-1
2 2A4
RA + RB RC = W
5
RA ±R /3 =W-- W=—W
BMD Diagram 8 8
Due to symmetry R A =R B = W
6
EI
lm 1 in diagram wir _w
EI Mc
16 2) 2
Slope at B = due to symmetry 3We We

32 8
1 M
(- x Area of — diagram)
2 EI
1 2 2 3We-4We We We
=- x- xl+- x2 = =—
32 (Clockwise)
2 EI EI 32 32
ACE Engineering Publications I I I I I I

Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal !Pune 'Bhubaneswar l Lucknow Patna' Bengaluru Chennai J Vjjayawada Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
ACE
4.
08. Ans: (c) 10. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: The deflection at free end of a cantilever
"BD
beam due to point load is
we3 we x12
Y=
BMD 3E1 3Ebd3
Y d3
—diagram
M
EI Y2 w2 3
—
M yt wi d;
Slope at B = area of dtagrarn
EI d3
x 3
m 2w, 8d1
= —x L
El EI
2 = 1
y1 16
09. A s: (b)
w
H. Arms: (b)
1--
Deflection = Deflection due to plant load

Total deflection at free end,
without and moments — Deflection due to
and moments we we
—
w//8 3E1 8E1
5we 3
TJ Ymax. (upward)
24E1
12. Ans (c) 13. Ans (a)

we we e e—
—x—x
48E1 8 2 4
14. Ans (c)
we3 we
48E1 64E1
15. Ans (c)
we
192E1
16. Ans: (c)
ACE Engineering Publicatii is 1i

/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal! Pune I Bhubaneswar! LucknowIPama I Bengalurui Chennail Vijayawada I Vizag Kulmtpally Kolkatni Ahmedabad
4 NA
ACE
t :Engineering Publications 357: Slopes & Deflections
17. Ans: (d) 20. Ans: (b)

Sol: Central deflection of a simply supported Sol:
beam carrying point load 'w' at mid span
5wt 4 5wt 4 x12 6= 15 trim
Y=A=
384E1 384E x bd3 1
0.02 radians
A oc
b wt 4
Deflection at free end, (5 = 8E1 =15 mm
A2 b1
A b2 We3
Slope at free end, 0 = 6E1 = 0.02
A2 b1
Al 2b1 From above two
A2
A 15 mm we 6£
21 6E1 )
15 = 0.021--e)
18. Ans: (b) 8
40
19. Ans: (c) 0.04
Sol: 1= 1 m
A
21. Am: (c)

we e
Sol: The deflection at the centre of a simply
supported beam carrying a concentrated
load is
w e'
Y=
48E1
ycc
m
Slope at A = Area under — diagram Y2 = e2
EI
1 el
between A & C
Y2 =
2 t wt 2 1
= X X x -- (ei)3
3 2 8 EI
yz = 8yi
We 3
24EI
ACE nginecring Publications HyderabacIlDelhilBhopallPuneighubaneswarILuclumw1PatnalBengaluruiChennailVijayavradalVizagairuPanIKukaPallyIKolliatalAhmedabad
e t ACE
:Engineeaing
22. Ans: (d)

r
Sol: a C Mc M
ArY-rNi-\ B —diagram
EI
Hinge
L
wa g
2E1
BM at B in conjugate beam = deflection at

B in original beam
1 wa2 (
6B = a x t a +-3—a ) Bic
3 2E1 4
wa3 4e — a) wa3 1 WL(2L) WL2
= (4.2—a) WA +RIB = X
6E1 4 24E1 2 El EI
2 WL2
wa3 4wa 3 =
(4e +3a) RIB 3 EI
24E1 24E1
Deflection at C,
wa 3
=(4e+3a) wa3
24E1 6E1 2 WL2 1 WL x L 2 L
5c = Mc = xL + x
Method 2: 3 EI 2 EI 3
Deflection B = deflection at C + Oc x(L—a) 2 WL3 WL3
= +
wa4 wa3 3 EI 3E1
= + (L — a)
8E1 6E1 WL3
8c =
wa3 wa 4 EI
(3a + 4L)
24E1 6E1
23. Ans: (a) 25. Ans: (b)
Sol: V'fr
24. Ans: (c)
Sol:
2L L wl
RA JAB
4E1
M
— Diagram
EI
we
— W
By solving R A = W = (4) 16E
2 2 •
r
•
•
•
RB = W 2 )
2
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar ! Lucknow I Patna] Beugaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupan I Kukatpally Kollrata I Ahmedabad
:444 1. ACE
:Enginecing Publication
1.
: 359: Slopes & Deflections
Deflection at mid point = deflection at free end 1 we

Y1
we3 we e IL 0) 4 48E1
48E1 16E1 2
L
3— 2 )
L 5
Y2 =
1 [ 5We3
3 5 384E1
yi 1 5x384
—2
26. Ans: (b) y2 4x48 5
Sol: Maximum deflection of simply supported
beam carrying central point load 30. Ans: (b)
we 3 Sol:
Y= 1= 1
48E1
10 w x 6003 x 64 18
It 48x 2 x1000xrcx 204 _w
0= we = w(1)2
10x 48x 2 x1000xnx 204 2E1 2E1 2E1
w=
x6003 x64 . We3 2(1)3 W
100 3E1 3E1 3E1
w = —N
9 .13 3
8 21 2
27. Ans: (b)
Sol: Curvature, e = 31. Ans: (d)

R EI 1 1
Sol: ya— and ya (T3
i
28. Ans: (c) 1 1
Sol: SF at a section in conjugate beam is equal Ya 23 a 8
to slope in real beam at the same section. Reduced by 8 times
29. Ans: (a) 32. Ans: (b)

Sol: 1W Sol:
A
C
I .1B
( Hog , •I ing Hyderabad I Dellill 13hcoal I Puhe I hhubaneswarl Lucithow1Pgmal HertgaltirulthennallValwatithilVittgrritupatlIKuktitollyIKoliumi Ahmedabad
vyc
V 1, ACE
Deflection at A with respect to C e2

—a3
Maximum deflection is at from B
3
Deflection at C with respect to A
i 2 —42 120
So maximum deflection at 6 =—
i 3 1 3
Deflection at A with respect to C =
= 2.58 m from B
M
Moment of — diagram between A and C = 3.42 m from left support
EI
about point A 35. Ans: (d)
w//4
Sol:
P
Deflection at free end due to vertical load
wf 4
6=
1 L we 2 (e) 1 1 8E1
= —x—x—x— — x-
2 2 4 3 2 EI Deflection at free end due to support P
2
we3
6=
48E1 P(2)3 P(le2)
62 = +
3E1 2E1 2)
33. Ans: (d)
Pe3 Pea 2Pe3 +3Pe3 5Pe3
Sol: = +
24E1 16E1 48E1 48E1
The deflection at free end is zero
I I we 4 5Pe3
W=wl
•-v-vmr-v-v-v-v-ws
8E1 48E1
we 5
= = 0.83
We 8 6
Yi = 48E1 384 8
Y2 ( 5We3 48 x 5 5
36. Ans: (c)
384E1,/
Sol: w
we
f-Y-Y-Y-Ymitmc"\
we M i
(M,,i,x )z = — =
8 2
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITirupati Kultatpally I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
i0 41, ACE
:Engineering Publicaiions : 361: Slopes & Deflections
37. Ans: (d) 41. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol:
Span, / OA 1 OB
we 2
5w.e4
Y= OA = OB =
384E1 16E1
When l is made 2/
y becomes = 24(y) = 16(y) 42. Ans: (a)
Sol: •
•
•
38. Ans: (c)
Sol:
Moment diagram
5wel
— diagram
Ymax
384E1 EI
Maximum deflection is at free end
39. Ans: (a) M
Ymax = Centroidal area of — diagram
Sol: EI
M
=—>( x—
El 2
2
2E1
40. Ans: (a) 43. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol:
w
a I (1—a)
Ymax
Wa3 wag
8= + (e a) we 4
3E1 2E1 (6)(4)4
Y. = — 0.2 nun
384E1 384(20 x103
wa 2
6E1 [2a + 3(e — a)]
wa 2
(32 — a)
6E1
•
ACE Enginecting Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
4-4
.4 ACE
Y. &:Engineering Pblications
u : 362 : Strength of Materials
44. Ans: (d) 47. Ans: (a)

Sol: The reaction at a hinge support depends on Sol:
magnitude and direction of load on beam
R = VV2 +H2 mL,2

R I
y max @ free end =
V
2E1
45. Ans: (c)
48. Ans: (b)
Sol:
Sol: Maximum deflection of a simply supported
beam with point load at mid span
we
1 w e4 (
Ypomt (1)
Y max = = 0.0026 48E1
5 EI
Maximum deflection of a simply supported
beam with u.d.l throughout
46. Ans: (d) 5we3
Sol: Y ude = (2)
384E1
(1) we x 384E1 8 24
(2) 48E1 x 5we 5 15
we3
1. y. =
48E1 50. Ans: (b) 51. Ans: (d)
49. Ans: (b)
52. Ans: (c) 53. Ans: (c) 54. Ans: (a)

5we4
2• y max =
384E1 55. Ans: (d)
1 384 8 .1
5 we4
y2 48 5 5— Sol: 8 =
384 EI
w1= W
(Ymax )conc. we3
48E1
5 we3
6,
5(we)e3 ' 384 EI
(y. Judi
384E1 We
(y.). 1 384 8 2=
=1.6 48E1
48 5 —
5
(Ymax )1MI 8 5
=x 48 = 0.62
82 384
Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lticlmow l Pamx I Baagaltm I Chermai j Vi ayawada I Vizag I tiruPati J Kukatpally l Kolkata l Ahmedabad
4
4.
56, Ans: (d) 62. Ans: (a)

Sol:
M
57. Ans: (a)
Sol:
M
L
2
We EI 2 4)
6,
3E1 Me r ae) 3Me
62
we4 we =
2E1 4 ) 8E1
8E1 8E1
61 26 63. Ans: (c)

—38 — •
62 — Sol:
58. Anus: (a)
59. Ans: (b)

§ il:
60 kN
a
ml
16E1
60
El we t
= 2°
16E1
1 2) 1 We
6=- x 60 x1(1+- =32°
2 3 EI EI
305 e we2 1 xe we
0 at = x
EI (3) 4 16E1 2 4E1 8
we 2
50 wee
x100 mm
2000 16E1 64E1
= 25 mm 32_32
16 64
60. Ans: (d) 61. Ans: (b) = 2 — 0.5 = 1.5°
ACE Engineering Publications:5Hyderabail j Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswarj Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„ „ ACE
J
64. Ans: (b) 69. Ans: (a)

Sol: w = wi
rThrThrYThffirThl
65. Ans: (b)
SoR: P we4
61 384E1
L/2
Si =
384E1
Deflection at free end due to load, P =

3E1
Deflection at free end due to support load F-
62
w — 192E1
3
6 =1
WHe
2 2 f) 82 2
3E1 2E1 2
70. Ans: (a)
=
we'+we3
5We
=
24E1 16E1 48E1
71. Ans (b)
.*. Me deflection at free end is zero
Pe 5We
3E1 48E1 72. Ans (d)
16 we4
W= P Sol: 6
5 A 8E1
( )4 ( )3
66. Ans: (b) w

2
w
2) it )
5B 8E1 + 6E1 2
67. Ans: (b)
we4 we'
We = 8x10 4 = 16x8E1 16x6
Sol: 8 = =0.05 m
8E1 8 x 200 x103
3We + 4We 7We
= 50 nun
16x4x3x2 16x8x3
Wt a
68. Ans: (c) = 48
8A _ 8E1
8B — 7We4 7
16x8x3
ti ince' mg Pi [141( al 1, )11,,e

)Hyderabadi Delhi 'Bhopal Pune 1BhubaneswariLucknow1PatrialBengalurul ChennailVijayawaxlal Vizag likupatiiKultatpally I Kolkaial Ahmedabact
4
ACE 365: Slopes, & Deflections
,4 :Engineering Publications
4
73. Ans (c) 80 Ans: (a)

Sol: Deflection cc load we' = lox 16x162 320
Sol: 6 =
8E1 8E1 EI
74. Ans: (b)
Sol: I section has maximum moment of inertia 81. AIA5: (c) U. Alb:: lb)
for same cross sectional area.
84. Ans: (b) 85. Ans; (b)
75. Ans: (d)
86. Ans; (h)
76. Aug: (d) 6 Wi4 we3 6 )
Sot:
8E1 6E1
Sol: EI =M
dx2 it 6
x x100 cm = 1.309 Qn
180 8
77. Ans: (c)
Sol: At the point of symmetry slope is zero but 87. ADS: (C)
load may act. Sol:
FITTTFT1 we'
- ---
78. Anus: (a) 6!
'ail
Sol: ri
V C
DA
diagram
•'2 -
z
:COO"
Slope at any support = 1x2x fe
2 3 8E1
24E1
12x103 500
24E1 EI We We
63 = 61-62 =
8E1 30E1
79. Ans: (a) 15We4 - 4w.e4 n1ose
120E1 I 2,09- FJ
A' F. higincering Pilblirdinns e>14yderabacliDelhilBhopaliPiinelBhubaneswarILuclutowiPatnalEen,galuru IChennailVijayawadalVizagITimPailiKultalpallylKolkatalithinedabaci

)
HHL
ACE
E.
88. Ans: (c) 6 WL3 AE AL2 b.DL2

e 48E1 WL 481 (bD3)
48
89. Ans: (b) 12
we L2 ( L
)2
Sol:8 =3E1 8= =
24
4D2 2D
6 2 • we 3 15
8E1
94. Ans: (a)
90. Ans: (b) 6 WL3 4xIx 2 1 1,2
Sol: = x
f 48E1 WL x d 6 Ed
91. Ans: (d)
Sol: Deflection of simply supported beam 95. Ans: (c) 96. Ans: (c)
carrying u.d./ throughout
97. Ans: (b) 98. Ans: (c)
5w.e 4 5w.e 4 x12
Y=
384E1 384E x bd3
99. Ans: (b)
Y cc d 3 1
Sol: 6 cc —
I
Y2 = W 2
x -
I cc b
w1 d3
2
2w, d Ga l
X b
w, 8d,
So deflection is half.
Y2 =
4
100. Ans: (b)
we
92. Ans: (b) Sol: 6A =
192E1
93. Ans: (c) 9 E4 =

48E1
WL3
Sol: Central deflection -- 6A = 1
48E1
6B 4
WL
Elongation e =
AE
ACE Engineeriiig P tiblicitti( '1/4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubanesvar I Lucicnow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabac71
e.
4,0
4. ACE Slopes & Deflections
4—
101. Ans: (a)

Deflection at free end = moment of
Sol: EI
diagram about B
A ThrThrffi-Y- Th B
a/
oi
M WL
Area under — diagram between A & B =
EI
slope at B
WL L
= x ex ix
Wa EI 2 3
2
WL3
3E1
Wag 1 1
xa x—x-
2 3 EI 104. Ans: (a)
Wa3 Sol:
A 1B
6E1
14 L
102. Ans: (c) M
Slope of B = Area of — diagram between
Sol: EI
A and B
B L
A l4 II
1
Deflection at free and moment of WL

EI
diagram about B
WL2 1
M/EI
A B 2 EI
e me2
x ex
EI 2 2E1 105. Ans: (a) 106. Ans: (c) 107. Ans: (c)
103. Ans: (c) 108. Ans: (b) 109. Ans: (a) 110. Ans: (d)
Sol:
A
111. Ans: (b) 112. Ans: (c) 113. Ans: (a)
L
ACE Er Iginee Publica )flyclerabad Delhi I hhopal I Nine I Blitibaheswg Lticknow I Patna I Behgaitu-ti I Chetihal Vgayawatia I Vitag I Tirupati Kdkatpally Kolkata Allinedabad
s se
4 ACE
„10
10.
:Engineermg Publications : 368: Strength of Materials
114. Ans: (a) Re3

6=
Sol: Vide solution of Q. 32 2 3E1
61 = 82
115. Ans: (c) We 4 Re 3
8E1 3E1
116. Ans: (b) 3
R ==—
R We
Sol: Vide solution of Q.104 8
3
Reaction at fixed
fixed support
support==We
We— We
117. Ans: (b) 8
Sol: Vide solution of Q. 103 S We
=
118. Ans: (d)
W(2)4 124. Ans: (d)
Sol: 6 = + W23 (2)
8E1 6E1
2W _ 8W w(i
!
i
4 we 3
EI 3EI Sol: 0 =
6E1 48E1
6W+8W 14x8 112
3E1 3E1 3E1
125. Ans: (d)
119. Are (a) 120. Ans: (c) 121. Ans: (a)
126.Ans: (c)
122. as: (c)
we3 120 x 64 x 8 3EI 3E1 EI
Sol: 6= = x1000
48E1 48 x 64000
= 20 mm
127. Ans: (c)
123. Ans: (b) Sol: At the point of max deflection slope is zero.
Sol:
128. Ans: (d)
p4
81 = n't
8E1 129. Ans: (b)
• 1 x 100)y = 12.5%
Sol: yi = —13 y = (-
• 2 8
IR
ACE Engineering Publieiations Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune ! Bhubaneswar i Lucknow l Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai IVilaYawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukalpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4 44 ACE : 369: Slopes & Deflections
kt L,Engineering Publications
4 4
130. Ans: (d) 131.Ans: (c) 132.Ans: (c) 139. Ans: (d)
133. Ans: (b) 4kN
Sol: 140. Ans: (b)
The load is closer to right support, the slope 141. Ans: (b)
is max at right. 1 we 120x16x 4
Sol: 6 = x =
4 48E1 4 x 48 x 2000
134. Ans: (d) 135.Ans: (d) 1000
= — 20 mm = 2 cm
50
136. Ans: (c)
Sol: Vide solution of Q. 9 142. Ans: (c) 143.Ans: (d) 144.Ans: (b)
137. Ans: (c) 145. Ans: (c) 146.Ans: (d) 147.Ans: (b)
138. Ans: (c) 148. Ans: (c)

Sol: w IcNim Sol:
10 kl\I
w
EI = 1060 x 105
wee 10 x 25 x12
0A = =
16E1 16x1060x105 x 0.15x 0.25'
= 0.000754 radians
= 81+ 62
IRB 149. Ans: (c) 150.Ans: (a) 151.Ans: (c)
6=0
81— — 82 152. Ans: (b) 153.Ans: (a) 154.Ans: (b)
we RBe3
8E1 3E1 155. Ans: (c) 156. Ans: (b)
3we
R =
B 8
I
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I TiruPati Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
`..1,
ACE
157. Ans: (a) 162. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
•
•
•
WW
M
2
• El
•
•
•
•
•
L
6 =14 xLx = ML2 — 0.5 ML2
WL M
—diagram
EI 2 2E1
4E1
EI
163. Ans: (b)

1W L 2 )
Deflection at hinge = 2 x x x
4EL1 2 3 (2 )
164. Ans: (b)
we Sol:
•
•
•
48E1 L
c, 1 L L L2 2
158. Ans: (c) o= x x
EI 2 4 8E1 El
159. Ans: (c) 165. Ans: (b)

Sol: 6 =
we .ew.e2
=
) e
48E1 3 16EI) 3 180 540 166. Ans: (c)
1)(2d 2 )3
160. Ans: (b)
Sol: YA = IA = 12 =8
Sol: YB 1B b(d 2 )3
Ct 12
I
167. Ans: (a)
M
ML L ML 168. Ans: (c)

2E1 2E1
MLxL L Sol:
6= MXLX
2E1 2 EI 2 4
ML2 ML2 ML2
4E1 8E1 8E1 pe2
Slope —
16E1
161. Ans: (b) Pt 3
Deflection —
48E1
liyderabal I bellit I Bhopal I Fund I Bhubaneswar I Luclutbw Rana I lithgaluru Chenhal I Vijayavrada I Vitig rrirtiPtiti I Kukartully I Kcillcata I Ahmedabad
0
le J ACE
%.;„rEngineering Publications : 371: Slopes & Deflections
169. Ans: (b) Maximum deflection of beam B,

Sol: 5We3
it =
384E1
ML MB
0A = We3
6E1 YA ^ 48E1
ML YB 5We3
OB
3E1 384E1
384 8
170. Ans: (c) 171.Ans: (c) 48 x 5 5
172. Ans: (b) 175. Alln: (d)
Sol: Maximum deflection (y) Soil:
We
3
Al
I
48E1
14
4.8x10 3
48x 2 x108 x 20x10-8 Deflection at C;
= 2.5 m 5we3
Y=
48E1
1 1
Ycci;Y°c—
173. Aug: (b) d3
Y2 ( d1
174. Ans: (b) Yl ,d2)
••\ 3
y2 1
y1 2d 1 /
1
Y2 = — x y
8
176. Ans: (b)

Sol: IF
Maximum deflection of beam A,
we 3 Width b, depth d
YA —
48E1
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad j Delhi I Bhopal j Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow 1 Patna I Bengal uru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag jTirupab j Kukatpally j Kolkatn !Ahmedabad
ACE
Amp Fm egg Publications : 372: Strength of Materials
3
P.e3 P 4132 dy — w —
Max deflection = = EI = ( C,
3E1 [I13 Ebd3 dx 2 3
3E
12
=— — x)3 + C1 -(1)
= 4y
dx
When x = 0; = 0
dy
— wa 3
CI =
b 6
Width = — , depth = 2d To find the slope at a distance 'a' x =a ;
wn 3
Pe' EI. Oa = —
W — a)3 —
Max deflection = Re3 6 6
3E1
3E r2) 12
(2dr
0
a
=
wa 3
6E1
Pt3 178. Ans: (b)

= —Y
Ebd3
179. Ans: (a)
3
Max deflection reduced by — th times
4
Sol: A T
177 ATIP5: (d)
‘,_,./ 1/2
C
1/2
Set
Deflection of the beam at point C
w/m
We3
A 12 kN-m Y=
C 48E1
RA Wa
RA Wa
Y cic —
b
Mx = — W(a — x) a-2 x)
y2 bl
Bending moment of any section is given by Yl b2
d 2y Y2
= b
M = EI
dx2 y, 2b
Integrating the above equation 1
2 -7-
- Y
2
wet ing hilthcatioi I I

Hyderabad I Delhi ] Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Luclulow1Patna Bengalutu I Chennai Vijayawada j Vizagairupati I Kulsatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4, 4
ACE
:44 &
41EngineeringPubhcahons : 373: Slopes & Deflections
180. Ans: (d) 183.Ans: (b)

Sol: d2y M
>M Sol: =
dx 2 EI
ML2 Integrating it between two points A and B on
Deflection at free end 6 =
2EI elastic curve.
ML Bd2 v sm
Rotation at free end 0 =
EI JA dX 2 Ai EI
I
ML2
clY if r Max
6 2E1 L
ML 2 [ dx A JA El
EI rB
Mdx = (area of bending moment diagram
181.Ans: (c) between A and B)
Sol: Both slopes and deflections of joints
184.Ans: (d)
182.Ans: (a) Sol: Case — I
Sol:
WL3
Deflection at C = 81 =
48E1
Case — H
2L wL=W
4E1(2) = 5 we 4
40 Deflection at C= 82 =
L 384E1
EI 5 WL3 384E1
Now = x
L 2L 3EIBB
62 48E1 5WL4
2L
31 81 = 384 WL3
M= 0 .% B =1
x
L B 82 48 x 5 W
3x5 L
2 6
M = 7.5 Ith-m 62
ACE. EngineOing Publicgioits >Hyderabad I Delhill3hopal I Pune Bhubaneswar' Lucluxow Patna! Bengaluni I Chennai I VilaYawada I Vizag I TinVali I &thatPallY I Kolkata iMunedzbad
00„,:gzigineering Publications
il
fl 85.Aus: (d)
Ymax due to udl — 5WL 5W-12
Sol: 384E1 384E1
Ymax due to point load — 3

48E1
1
(31 max )po int load
— 48 = 384 =1.6
max iuttL 5 48 x 5
384
(b) 187. Ans: (a)

1
Sot: Sol: Deflection oc
Case I: Case 2: W=w1
W
bd3
82 _ 12 1
- - , , = = 0.0625
81 12 (2b)(2d)3 16
12
5w-e4
Y1 =
384E1
w'
Y2 1--
48E1
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi l Bhopal I Pune j Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna Bengaturu I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Timpati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Thin Cylinders
Chapter
01. If the cylindrical pipe is subjected to 5. Thin cylinders are used to store(AEE-2007)
internal fluid pressure, the nature of hoop (a) water (b) oil
stress is (AE-1993) (c) steam (d) any one of the above
(a) shear (b) compression
(c) tension (d) any one 6. The longitudinal stress induced in a thin
walled cylinder (p — pressure, D — diameter,
02. In a thin cylinder, circumferential stress is x t— wall thickness) is (AEE-2007)
times longitudinal stress, where x is pD
(a) (b) pD
(AE-1993) 2t 4t
(a) 0.5 (b) 1
(c) pD (d) PD
(c) 2 (d) 0.2 3t
3. A cylindrical shell 3 metres long, 1 metre in 7. A spherical vessel of inner diameter 2 m

diameter, thickness of metal 10 mm is and allowable tensile stress 49 MPa is to
subjected to a internal pressure of withstand a pressure of 24.5 bar. The
1.5 N/mm2. If E = 200 Ith/mm2 and thickness of shell should be (AEE-2007)
1/m = 0.3, the volumetric strain produced in (a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm
the cylinder is (AE-1993) (c) 2.5 cm (d) 1.25 cm
(a) 0.000075 (b) 0.000319
(c) 0.0007125 (d) 0.0006375 8. Hoop stress set-up in a thin cylinder
subjected to internal fluid pressure is
4. A thin cylindrical vessel closed at both ends (AE CE/ME-2007)
is subjected to fluid pressure resulting in a 1
(a) — of longitudinal stress
hoop stress of 24 N/mm2. The maximum 4
shear stress in the cylinder is 1
(b) — of longitudinal stress
(2006 Backlog) 2
(a) 6 N/mm2 (b) 12 N/mm2 (c) 4 times the longitudinal stress
(c) 9 N/mm2 (d) 3 N/mm2 (d) twice the longitudinal stress
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowi PatnalBeagalund Chennai I ViiaYawadal Vizag I Tuupad I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
e as J
4, ACE
S 'Engineering Pubhcations : 376 : Strength of Materials
4.
09. Spherical pressure vessels are preferred 14. For thin cylinders, the longitudinal stress is
over cylindrical shapes because they (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AE CE/ME-2007) p pd
(a) Pd (b) — (c) 111 (d) PA
(a) have greater capacity 2t 4t
(b) are easier to fabricate
(c) are light in weight for the same storage 15. The design of thin cylindrical shells is
(d) are subjected to low value of hoop stress based on
(2011 PH & Municipality, 2007)
10. The ratio of the tensile stress developed in (a) hoop stress
the wall of a boiler in the circumferential (b) volumetric stress
direction to the tensile in the axial direction (c) longitudinal stress
is equal to (2008 Tribal welfare) (d) average of hoop and longitudinal stress
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1/2
16. A large cylindrical vessel was sealed in
11. A pipe having internal diameter d, wall summer. What is likely to happen to it in
thickness t and internal pressure P, the winter? (2011 PH & Municipality)
bursting pressure is : (AEE-2009) (a) Explode
x Pxd (b) Buckle and collapse
(a) P d (b)
2t (c) seal will get loosened
Pd Pxd (d) Nothing
(c) (d)
3t 4t
17. The hoop stress in a thin cylinder of
12. The maximum thickness of a tube subjected diameter d and thickness t subjected to
to compressive stress should not be less pressure P is (2011 PH & Municipality)
than the value given by (D = diameter): Pd Pd Pd 2Pd
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d)
(AEE-2009) 4t 2t
(a) 0.865 D"2 (b) 0.865 D312
(c) 0.865 D "3 (d) 0.865 D213 18. If the hoop strain and longitudinal strain in
case of a thin cylindrical shell are eh and e1
13. For a thin cylinder, the hoop stress is then volumetric strain is
(AE CE/ME-2009) (2011 PH & Municipality)
(a) pd (b) p (c) tp (d) 2p (a) eh + (b) eh + 2et
t
2t 2dt 2d (c) 2( el, +e) (d) 2 el, + et
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatually I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
4.414
ACE Thin Cylinders
kt,4 :Engineering Publications : 377:
4.
19. The value of longitudinal stress for thin 24. In a thin cylinder, hoop stress is 48 N/mm2.
cylinder is (2011 PH & Municipality) The max. shear stress developed in the pipe
Pd Pd material is (AE 2011)
(a) — (b)
2t 4t (a) 17 Nimm2 (b) 15 N/nirn2
Pd Pd (c) 40 N/mm2 (d) 12 N/nirn2
(c) — (d)
3t
25. Hoop stress is (AE 2011)
20. The max. shear stress developed in a thin (a) radial stress
cylinder is equal to (AE 2011, 2009) (b) longitudinal stress
pd pd (c) circumferential tensile stress
(a) (b) (c) (d) None
2t 4t 8 (d) None
21. In case of thin walled cylinder the ratio of 26. If the hoop stress in a thin cylinder is
hoop strain to volumetric strain is 20 N/mm2, then its longitudinal stress is
(AE 2011) (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
m-1 2m —1 (a) 10 N/mm2 (b) 20 N/mm2
(a) (b)
3m — 5 5m — 4 (c) 5 N/rnm2 (d) 8 N/mm2
m —1 4m — 5
(c) (d)
5m — 4 3m — 2
27. Auto frettage is the method of
(AE-2012)
22. A 600 mm dia pipe contains a fluid at a
(a) joining thick cylinders
pressure of 3 N/mm2. If the safe stress in
(b) calculating stresses in thick cylinders
tension is 75 N/mm2, the minimum
(c) prestressing thick cylinders
thickness of pipe is equal to (AE 2011)
(d) increasing the life of thick cylinders
(a) 12 mm (b) 10 min
(c) 13.2 mm (d) 11.25 mm
28. In a thick cylinder pressurized from inside,
the hoop stress is maximum at
23. If cylinder is subjected to internal pressure,
(AE-2012)
then the hoop stress is in
(a) the centre of the wall thickness
nature (AE 2011)
(b) the outer radius
(a) shear (b) compressive
(c) the inner radius
(c) tensile (d) bending
(d) both inner and outer radii
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati j Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Isd
Engi nee ri ng Publications
4 4.
29. The ratio of circumferential stress to 34. A cylindrical pipe of diameter 1.5 m and
longitudinal stress in a thin cylinder thickness 1.5 cm is subjected to an internal
subjected to internal hydrostatic pressure is fluid pressure of 1.2 N/mm2. The hoop
(AE-2012) stress developed in the pipe is_ (AE-2013)
1 (a) 30 N/mm2 (b) 60 N/mm2
(a) — (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
2 (c) 90 N/min2 (d) 15 N/mm2
30. The stresses in a thick cylinder subjected to 35. A cylinder of internal diameter 2.5m and of
uniform pressure vary proportional to thickness 5cm contains a gas. If the tensile
(AE-2012) stress in the material is not to exceed 80
1 N/mm2, the internal pressure of the gas
(a) r (b) (c) r2 (b) —
r2 should be (AE-2013)
(a) 3.2 N/mm2 (b) 6.4 N/mm2
31. The bursting pressure for a cold drawn
(c) 7.2 N/mm2 (d) 1.6 N/mm2
seamless steel tubing of 60 mm inside
diameter with 2 mm wall thickness is (The
36. A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel
ultimate strength of steel is 380 MN/m2)
having a radius of 0.5 m and wall thickness
(AE-2012)
of 25 mm is subjected to an internal
(a) 25.33 MN/m2 (b) 24.33 MN/m2
pressure of 700 kPa. The hoop stress
(c) 26.33 MN/m2 (d) 50.66 MN/m2
developed is (Research Assistant 2013)
32. Pressure vessels are made of (AE-2012) (a) 14 MPa (b) 1.4 MPa
(a) non-ferrous materials (c) 0.14 MPa (d) 0.014 MPa
(b) sheet metal (steel)
(c) cast iron 37. In a thick cylinder, the radial stress on the
(d) Any of the above inner surface is (Lecturers-2013)
(a) equal to the magnitude of the fluid
33. Circumferential and longitudinal strains in a pressure
cylindrical boiler under steam pressure are (b)less than the magnitude of the fluid
El and 62 respectively. Change in volume of pressure
the boiler cylinder per unit volume will be (c) more than the magnitude of the fluid
(AE-2012) pressure
(a) El + 282 (b) si + 822 (d)Independent of the magnitude of the of
(c) 2E1 + 82 (d) 621 62 the fluid pressure
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluns Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0_4
1, ACE
0, 6:Engieeing Publications : 379: Thin Cylinders
38. The cylinders are compounded with a 80%, the diameter of the cylinder
purpose (Lecturers-2013) is (AE-2013)
(a) to make the circumferential stress (a) 160m (b) 160 cm
distribution uniform (c) 160 mm (d) 160 km
(b)to increase the strength of the cylinder
(c) to increase the pressure bearing capacity 42. Thin cylinder are frequently required to
of a single cylinder operate under pressure upto
(d)all of the above (AE-2013, 2012)
(a) 5 MN/m2 (b) 15 MN/m2
39. A thin cylinder of internal diameter 1.25m (c) 30 MN/m2 (d) 250 MN/m2
contains a fluid at an internal pressure of
2N/mm2. The longitudinal and 43. In case of thin walled cylinders, the ratio of
circumferential stresses are not to exceed longitudinal stress to hoop stress is
30N/mm2 and 45 N/mm2 respectively. (AE-2013)
The maximum thickness of the cylinder
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 4 (d) 1
is (AE-2013) 2 4
(a) 2.08 cm (b) 2.22 cm
(c) 2.77 cm (d) 2.80 cm 44. A thin cylinder of diameter 100 mm and
thickness 5 mm is subjected to an internal
40. A water main 80 cm diameter contains fluid pressure of 10 N-mm-2. The hoop
water at a pressure head of 100m. If the stress is (Observers-2013)
weight density of water is 9810 N/m3 and (a) 100 N-mm-2 (b) 10 N-mm-2
the permissible stress is 20 N/mm2, then the (c) 50 N-mm-2 (d) 5000 N-mm-2
thickness of the metal required for the water
main is (AE-2013) 45. Which one of the following pairs is not
(a) 0.5 cm (b) 1 cm correctly matched? (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(c) 2 cm (d) 4 cm (a) Eddy's theorem: Torsion of shafts
(b)Macaulay's method: Deflection of
41. A cylinder of thickness 1.5 cm has to beams
withstand maximum internal pressure of 1.5 (c) Euler's method: Theory of columns
N/mm2. If the ultimate tensile stress in the (d) Lame's constant: Thick cylinder
material of the cylinder is 300 N/mm2,
factor of safety 3.0 and joint efficiency
'5Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar !LudcnowI Patna I Bengaluru ChennaiI Vijayawada VizagITirupati KukatpallyI Kolkara I Ahmedabad I
I ACE Engineering Publications i
O
bf
v A
t
:,
, Fib PuliiAatin : 380 Strength of Materials
46. The ratio of longitudinal stress to 51. In a thick cylinder subjected to internal
circumferential stress in the case of a thin pressure, the hoop stress is at the outer
cylindrical shell is (TSPSC AEE 2015) surface and is at the inner surface
(a) 2 (b) 0.5 (c) 1 (d) 1.5 (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) min, max (b) max, min
X1.7. Stress variation across the wall thickness of (c) max, max (d) min, min
a thick cylinder is computed by using
(TSPSC AEE 2015) 52. Maximum value of shear stress in thin
(a) Lames theorem cylinders is equal to
(h) Maxwell's theorem (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(c) CAstigliano theorem (a) 2(hoop stress)
Cila.ficyrori theorem (b) 0.25 (hoop stress)
(c) hoop stress
vessel in the form of a thin
(d) 0.5 (hoop stress)
cd 1 m diameter and 1 mm plate
Otictness is subjected to an internal fluid
53. A thin spherical shell of diameter`d' and
of 0.2 MPa. The maximum shear
thicknessT is subjected to an internal
.stress iry the material is
pressure 'p'. The hoop stress in the shell
(TSPSC AEE Madmcge.r 2015)
material is
(a) 37..5 IVll'a (b) 0 MPa
(c) 25 IVAPa (d) 50
(a) pd/t (b) pd/2t
(c) pd/4t (d) pd/8t
i slylierical shell of diameter d and
tliDuess t is subjected to internal pressure
54. In a thin cylindrical shell, the longitudinal
tensile stress in the shell will be
stress is (Where d is the diameter of thin
(TS GENCO 2015)
cylinder and t is the thickness of thin
.til pt pt
6. (b) 1114- (c) (d) cylinder) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
2t 4t 2d 4d
pd pd pd d
(a) — (b) — (c) (d)
4t 6t 2t
LC Me hoop stress in a thin cylinder is 24
Wig then its longitudinal stress is
55. The ratio of hoop stress to longitudinal
tr:qtaal to
stress (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) 12 N/sq. mm (b) 6 N/sq. mm
(a) 2 (b) 2/3 (c) 1 (d) 3/2
) 24 Nisei. mm (d) 36 N/sq. mm
'ACE Engineerilig Piiblications Hyderabad j Delhi IBhopal IPune I Bhubaneswar j LudmowIPatna IBenialum IChennai VilaYawada IVizag ITirupali I Kukalpally I KolkatiIAhmedabad
,
0N
u.
ACE
4'Eugineesing Publicafions : 381 : Thin Cylinders
56. It is desired to shrink a thin steel tyre on to 58. A thin cylinder is subjected to an internal
a rigid wheel of 3600 mm diameter. What is pressure of 40 MPa. If the longitudinal
the internal diameter of the tyre, if after stress is 60 MPa, then the circumferential
fitting the hoop stress in the tyre is stress is
95 N/mm2. Take E = 2 x 105 MPa (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (a) 120 MPa (b) 30 MPa
(a) 3598.29 mm (b) 3618.38 mm (c) 20 MPa (d) 10 MPa
(c) 3614.27 mm (d) 3592.46 mm
59. A thin cylindrical shell of internal diameter
57. The thin cylinder analysis is generally D and thickness t is subjected to internal
applicable for a d/t ratio of (Where d is the pressure p, E and v are respectively the
diameter of the thin cylinder and t is the Elastic modulus and Poisson's ratio. The
thickness of the thin cylinder) change in diameter is
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (APPSC-AEE-1Prekimas-20119)
(a) 15 (b) 10 1
(a) PD2 (1 2v) (b) D2 (2 v)
(c) 20 (d) 8 4tE 4tE
,t2
Pt2 (2 v) (d) 2v)
(c) 4DE 4DE (l
1/4' Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal ll'unel BhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluru IChennailVijayawadalVizagiTtrupatilKultatpallyIKnIkatajAhmedabad

ACT. Engine'eting.PUblicaions,,,
•
4, ACE Strength of Materials
:Engbeering Publications : 382 :
4 4.
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) 4. Ans: (a)

Sol: Hoop stress acts along the circumference, Sol: Hoop stress, csh = 24 N/mm2
this stress is tensile in nature. cyi = 12 N/mm2
Max shear stress,
2. Ans: (c) (Ye 12
Sol: In a thin cylinder, "rmax
2 2
= 6 N/mm2
Hoop stress, a h
2t
PD 5. Ans: (d) 06. Ans: (b)
Longitudinal stress, at = —
4t
circumferential stress = PD / 2t 7. Ans: (c)
—2
longitudinal stress PD / 4t Sol: Diameter, D = 2m
Allowable tensile stress = 49 MPa
3. Ans: (c) Pressure, P = 24.5 bar
Sol: Volumetric strain, = 24.5 x 105 MPa
ev er + 2 eh PD
CT = —
4—
t
ae h +2( — ')
cv= E — E E E 24.5 x105 x2
49x106 =
4t
+ — 2µa
E E E t = 2.5 cm
= E (1— 2p,) + a(2 — la)

8. Ans: (d)
PDE PD
= — (1— 20 + — (2 — Sol: 6h = 2 tri
4 2 tE
PD
= — (1— 211 + 4 — 20 09. Ans: (d)
4tE
D d
= (5 — 40 Sol: In spherical vessels, hoop stress = 11—
4tE 4t
1.5 x1000 Pd
(5 4 x 0.3) = 0.0007125 In cylindrical vessels, hoop stress = —
4x10x2x105 2t
)HYderabad 1 Delhi I Bh0Pal Piffle I BhUbane6War I LUCIMOW I Patna I BengakrU I ChClIllai I VijayaVgada I ViZag I TIMPali I KUkatPallY I K°Ikata I AhMedabad
Publiciiiio 11 e
4, ACE : 383: Thin Cylinders
4
10. Ans: (c) _ PD (1 _ 2 PD (2 _1 )

a v 4tE m) 2tE m)
Sol: " =2
of
PD PD
ch 2tE 4tEm
11. Ans: (b) 12. Ans: (*) 13. Ans: (a) cv PD 2 ) _ PD (2 1
1
4tECl m) 2tE m)
14. Ans: (d) 15. Ans: (a) 16. Ans: (c)
1 2m —1
2
m m
17. Ans: (b) 4 5m — 4
5
m m
18. Ans: (d) ch 2m —1
Sol: Ey = 2Ch E/ 8, 5m-4
19. Ans: (b) 20. Ans: (c) 22. Ans: (a)

Sol: Diameter, D = 600 mm
21. Ans: (b) Pressure, P = 3 N/mm2
1a Safe stress = 75 N/mm2
Sol: Hoop strain , ch = —
EmE Minimum thickness, t = ?
PD 1 PD 3 x 600
75 =
2tE m 4tE 2xt
Longitudinal strain, t = 12 mm
=
at 1 h
EmE 23. Ans: (c)
PD PD
4tE 2tEm 24. Ans: (d)
Volumetric strain ,
Sol: ah = 48 N/mm2, a/ = 24 N/mm2
sv = E e + 2E h
Max shear stress =
2
PD PD PD 1 PD = 12 N/mm2
+2 — — --
4tE 2tEm 2tE m 4tE
25. Ans: (c)
PD PD PD PD
+
4tE m2tE tE 2tEm
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI PatnaIBengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vieag I TiruPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,e
4
_
44
t ACE
:Digineezing Publications
d.
26. Ans: (a) 35. Ans: (a)

Sol: ah = 245/ Px 2.5x1000
Sol: 80 =
20 = 2a/ 2x 5x10
cri = 10 N/tnm2
P = 3.2 N/mm2
27. Ans: (c) 28. Ans: (c) 36. Ans: (a)
Sol: ah —
= =
29. Ans: (c) 2t 2 x 25
Sol: In thin cylinder
Circumferential stress 37. Ans: (b) 38. Ans: (d)
longitudinal stress
39. Ans: (c)
Pd
= 2t 2 Sol: a/ = 30 N/mm2; ah = 45 N/mm2
Pd D= 1250 mm
4t P = 2 N/mm2
PD 2 x1250
a,h = = 45 =
30. Ans: (d) 2t 2xt
= 27.7 mm = 2.77 cm
31. Ans: (b) PD 2x1250
a, = — = 30 =
Sol: Bursting pressure = P.D.L 2t 4xt
62 t= 20.8 mm = 2.08 cm
= 380 x x1
1000 Considering maximum thickness.
= 23.56 MN/m2
40. Ans: (c)
32. Ans: (d) Sol: Pressure in the pipe, P = 7 H
= 9810 x 100
33. Ans: (c) = 981000 N/m2
= 0.98 N/mm2
34. Ans: (b) Max permissible stress,
PD 0.981x 800
Sol: Hoop stress, ah = 20 =
2t 2xt
1.2 x1500 t = 19.6 = 2 cm
= 60 N/mm2
2x15
ACE
4,Engineering Publications : 385: Thin Cylinders
4 4.
41. Ans: (b) _1(13d)

G
300 1.5 x D L 2Lt)
Sol:
3 2x1.5x10x 0.8
24 =12N/mm 2
D = 1600 mm = 160 cm (31 = 2 —
—2
42. Ans: (c) 43. Ans: (b) 51. Ans: (a)

Sol:
44. Ans: (a)
PD
Sol: Hoop stress, ah = — r1
2t
10 x100
=100 N-mm2
2x5 r2
45. Ans: (a)
46. Ans: (b)
Sol: crh = 2ae = -

c51= 2 = 0.5 In thick cylinders, hoop stresses vary
ah hyperbolically with maximum value at inner
and minimum value at outer surface
47. Ans: (a)
52. Ans: (b)
48. Ans: (c)
PD 0.2 x1000
Sol: at = = — 50
4t 4x1
50
— = 25 MPa
2 2
49. Ans: (b)
50. Ans: (a)
Sol: Longitudinal stress = aL =Pd

4t PD
2
ah.n.D.t = P. — D
Hoop stress = a„ = Pd 4 4t
2t
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I BhopalI PuneI Bhubaneswar ILucknow 'PatnaI Bengaluni l Chennai I VilaYawadaI VizagI Tirupari IKultatpallyl Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.".)
lt
e ACE : 386: Strength of Materials
t.1 :Engineering Publications
4.
54. Ans: (b) 57. Ans: (c)

Sol: Circumferential stress or hoop stress (an)
pd 58. Ans: (a)
an =
2t Sol: Internal pressure P = 40 MPa
Longitudinal stress (ai) Longitudinal stress ai= 60 MPa
pd Circumferential stress ah = tar
a=
4t = 120 MPa
Circumferential stress
= 2 x longitudinal stress 59. Ans: (b)
crh= 2a / Sol: Circumferential strain in thin cylinder
ch = E (1
55. Ans: (a) 2l
Sol: The ratio of hoop stress to longitudinal
(where ah = 1D)
stress is 2. 2t
ah SD _ PD (2-11)
=2
ae •• D 2tE 2
PD2
.*. SD = 4tE —1.t)
56. Ans: (a)
f E
Sol: —=—
y R
95 2x105
y 1800
y = 0.855 mm
Internal diameter = 3600 — 2 x 0.855
= 3598.29 mm
ACE Engineering hiblicaii(m,Ne)HyderabadlDelhilBhopallPunelBhubanesvarILucknowIPatnalBengalurulChennailVidaYawadalVizagiTiuPatilKukatpallyiKolicatalAturnedabad

Chapter
01,
1
The effective length of the column shown in
Columns & Struts
04. In Rankine's formula for determining the
figure is (AEE-1984) buckling load the constant a does not
L depend on
(a) the crushing strength of the material
(AEE-1984)
(b)Young's modulus of the material

(c) Bulk modulus of the material
(d)None of the above
05. Members with the following cross-section

(a) (b) / (c) 2/ (d) are used as columns are same. The areas of
2
all the cross-sections are same. The
maximum buckling load for the column
02. The effective length of the column shown in
with the cross-section shown in figure.
figure below is (AEE-1984)
(AEE-1984)
10 cm 20 cm
T (a) § (b) U
14-20cm
(d)
(a)1 (b) 0.7/ (c) 0.5/ (d) 0.8/
03. The slenderness ratio is the ratio of

(AEE-1984)
(a) length of column to radius of gyration
06. A column is subjected to an eccentric load.
(b) effective length of column to the least
The buckling load can be determined by
radius of gyration
using (AEE-1984)
(c) effective length of column to least
(a) Euler' s formula
moment of inertia
(b)Rankine-Gordan formula
(d) length of the column to least radius of
(c) Straight line formula
gyration
(d)Secant formula
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad l Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITinvati Kukatpally l Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
(
go, ACE
07. For a column fixed at one end and free at (a) 224.6 (b) 248.4
the other, the Euler's crippling load is (c) 316.8 (d) 296.6
(AEE 1987)
(a) it2 EUL2 (b) 2712 EI/L2 12. The ratio of effective length of column to
(c) it2 E1/4L2 (d) 7t2 EU2L2 its minimum radius of gyration is known as
(AEE 1987)
08. Column of given length, cross-section area (a) Bukling factor (b) Slenderness ratio
and material, have different buckling loads (c) Crippling factor (d) Section modulus
for different end conditions, the strongest
column is one for which (AEE 1987) 13. A short column of external dia D and
(a) one end is fixed and the other hinged internal dia 'd' carries an eccentric load W.
(b) both ends hinged The greatest eccentricity which the load can
(c) one end fixed and other free have with-out producing tension in the
(d) both ends fixed column, is (AEE 1987)
(D+d) 2 +d2 )
(a) (b) (D
09. A cast Iron column 5 m long is of hollow 8 8
circular section with internal dia 25 cm and + dY D2 +d2)
(c) (d) (
external dia 30 cm. The axial load in tonnes 8d2 8D
which develops a compressive stress of
800kg/sq.cm in the column is (AEE 1987) 14. A hollow cylindrical column of Cross-
(a) 96.4 (b) 172.8 Sectional area 1.7 sq cm. and I = 1766 cm4,
(c) 148 (d) 120.6 is 6 in long. If E = 0.8 x 106 kg/sq. cm, the
Euler's Crushing load in kg. is
10. The equivalent length of a column fixed at
(AEE 1987)
one end and free at the other is (AEE 1987)
(a) 30,500 (b) 28,600
(a) 0.5L (b) 0.7 L (c) L (d) 2L
(c) 42,000 (d) 38,700
11. A column hinged at both ends is 4 m long

and has cross-sectional area 145.3 sq. cm 15. For no tension in column of diameter D the
and radius of gyration 6.25 cm. Assuming fc eccentricity of compressive load must be
= 5500 kg/sq.cm and a = 1/1600. The (AEE-1992)

(a) D/4 (b) D/6
rankine's crippling load in tons would be
(c) D/8 (d) D/12
(AEE 1987)
AC'E Engineciing Publicaionh> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TkoPati I Kukaillally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
:e
16.
t ACE
The ratio of Euler's load for a column with

:389 :
21. A short column of square cross section 2 m

Columns & Struts
both ends hinged to that of with both ends wide is loaded with a point load of 8 kN at
fixed with same length is (AEE-1992) one of the corner. The stress at the corner in
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 1: .5 (d) 4 : 1 kN/m2 is (AE-1993)
(a) 14 (b) 2 (c) 12 (d) 8
17. Euler theory is applicable to (AEE-1992)
(a) short columns 22. When the diameter of the circular section is
(b) long columns doubled, its radius of gyration (AE-1993)
(c) short and long columns (a) is reduced to half
(d) none of the above (b) increases by 8 times
(c) is doubled
18. Long column is a column whose (d) increases by three times
slenderness ratio is greater than or
whose length is more than times the 23. Configuration of a column to have a
least laterial dimension (AE-1993) uniform strength throughout its length
(a) 112; 40 (b) 80; 20 under its own weight and an applied stress
(c) 120; 30 (d) 32; 8 `cy' on its top is (AEE-1.996)
(a) Al = A2.ewhi' (b) A2 = Ai.ewhkr
19. For a column fixed at both ends, the (c) AI = A2 . e"21' (d) A 2 = A1 'ewh2
effective length of the column as a fraction Where Al = area at top of column
of unsupported length according to Euler's A2 = Area at its base; w = unit weight;
formula is equal to (AE-1993) h = height of the column
(a) 1/ Vi (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 1/2
24. The effective lengths (L) of the column
20. The slenderness ratio of a column is ZERO, hinged at both ends is equal to
when (AE-1993) (PH & Municipality 2001)
(a) its length is exactly equal to radius of (a) (L) (b) (2L) (c) (L/2) (d) (4L)
gyration
(b) its length is half the radius of gyration 25. Core is a zone in which stresses are purely
(c) its length is supported all sides (PH & Municipality 2001)
throughout its full length (a) Shear (b) Bending
(d) none (c) Compressive (d) Tensile
:10E El inccrink Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j LucknowIPatnaIBengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I VizagITirupati I Kulratpally Kolkata !Ahmedabad
•,§
1, :Enineerin Publianions
26. The Euler load of a section of area A, 8D D2 + d2

(a) = (b) Is =
slenderness ratio ?, moment of inertia I, D2 + d2 8D
Young's modulus E and equivalent length I D2 — d2
(c) = D 2 +d2 (d) Is =
is given by (AEE 2003) D 8D
(a) it2 EI/ X2 it2
(b) EA/12
(c) it2 EA/ k2 (d) 4 it2 EI//2 31. As per empirical column formula developed
by Rankine Gordon, the average stress for
27. The outside diameter of a hollow steel tube L
of wall thickness one-tenth of the outside given slenderness ratio — and constant of
diameter, carrying a tensile load of 500 kN proportionality 4) is given by
at a stress of 140 MN/m2 is equal to (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
a 2a
(a) 97 mm (b) 107 mm (a) A = L (b) =
A
(c) 112 mm (d) 127 mm 1+4)(12 1--(1(
)
28. The slenderness ratio of a free stable (c) = (d) none of these
A
column of effective length 3.0 m and 30.0 1-4)(12
mm diameter is
(AE CE/ME-2004, 2006 Dec)
32. A column that fails primarily due to direct
(a) 100.6 (b) 200.8
stress is known as a (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) 692.8 (d) 400
(a) long column (b) short column
(c) medium column (d) wear column
29. Compression members fail in buckling
about (AE CE/ME-2004, 2006 Dec)
33. The equivalent length of a column with its
(a) major principal axis
fixed ends 1 apart is (AE CE/ME-2004)
(b) minor principal axis
(a) l (b) 1/2 (c) (d) 21
(c) neutral axis
(d) centroidal axis
34. The ratio of the effective length of a column
and its minimum radius of gyration is
30. The maximum eccentricity of the vertical
known as (AE CE/ME-2004)
load on a short column of external diameter
(a) buckling factor (b) toughness ratio
D and the internal diameter d for no tension
(c) slenderness ratio (d) slenderness factor
to occur (AEE CE/ME-2004)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswarl LucknowIPatna I Bengalum Chennai Vijayawadal VizagiTirupatilKukarially IICollcata I Ahmedabad
ACE :391: Columns & Struts
4 4° Engineezing Publications
35. The kern of a section of size 40. In the Euler theory for Long Column it is
300.0 x 600.0 mm is a (AE CE/ME-2004) assumed that (2004 Feb)
(a) rectangle of size 50.0 x 100.0 mm (a) the failure occurs by crushing of the
(b) rectangle of size 100.0 x 200.0 mm material
(c) parallelogram of diagonals (b) the failure occurs by buckling only
100.0 x 200.0 mm (c) the column is having initial curvature
(d) parallelogram of diagonals and the load is eccentrically applied
50.0 x 100.0 mm (d) none of these
36. The radius of gyration of a section is 41. Euler's formula for column is not valid for
proportional to the square root of the slenderness ratio L/r, less than
(AEE-2004) (2004 Feb)
(a) depth of the section (a) 150 (b) 100
(b) inverse of its area (c) 175 (d) 200
(c) inverse of its second moment of area
(d) inverse of its first moment of area 42. A column that fails primarily due to direct
stress is known as a (2004 Feb)
37. The Euler's critical load for both ends (a) long column (b) short column
hinged column is (2004 Feb) (c) medium column (d) weak column
(a) (4 it2 EI / L2) (b) (2 it2 EI / L2)
(c) (n2 EI / L2) (d) (it2 EI / 2 L2) 43. The profile of the kern of a rectangular
section is a (AEE-2006)
38. The strength of a both ends fixed column is (a) parallelogram extending to shorter sides
N times the strength of both ends hinged (b) parallelogram within the section
column where (2004 Feb) (c) square within the section
(a) N = 2 (b) N = 4 (d) rhombus
(c) N = 1 (d) N = 1/2
44. The first rational attempt to study the
39. The effective length of a column fixed at one stability of long columns was made by
end and free at the other end is (2004 Feb) (2006 Regular)
(a) L (b) 2 L (a) Rankine (b) Poisson
(c) L / 2 (d) 4 L (c) Young (d) Euler
Hyderabad Delhi 111hopal1Pune1 BhubanawariLudthow1Patrailknpluru lehennallitijayaveltlitiV1241TirupatliKuluitpally1 kolkatal Ahmedabad

1
1,
-141. ACEPublications
4 E ngneering : 392: Strength of Materials
4
45. An equation was derived for the buckling (c) certain struts (vertical) called as
load of long column based on columns and all columns can be
(2006 Regular) called as struts
(a) shear stress (d) converse statement of three
(b) bending stress
(c) bending and direct stresses 50. The advantage of Rankine formula over
(d) direct stress Euler's is that it takes care (2006 Regular)
(a) takes crushing load and effect of large
46. Euler's formula cannot be used in case of crippling load of Euler's formula small
(2006 Regular, 2008 Tribal) for short column.
(a) short columns (b) long columns (b) the effect of small crippling load of
(c) small (k/1) values (d) large (1/k) values Euler's formula is large enough in
comparison to ultimate crushing load
47. A column that fails primarily due to direct effect in case of long column.
stress is called (2006 Regular, 2008 tribal) (c) of statements (1) and (2) above
(a) long column (b) weak column (d) none of the above statements is valid
(c) medium column (d) short column
51. A long column starts buckling at load called
48. Rankine's formula for columns is valid for as (2006 Regular)
(2006 Regular) (a) axial load
(a) long columns (b) crippling or buckling load
(b) short columns (c) crushing load
(c) either long or short columns (d) none of the above
(d) very small crippling loads
52. For a column pinned at both ends, Euler's
49. A definition of column and strut is theory determines the critical load by the
(2006 Regular) formula. (2006 Backlog)
(a) a structural member subjected to (a) it2 EI / L2 (b) 2.04 7E2 EI / L2
compressive stress (c) m12 EI / L2 (d) 7u2 EI / 4L2
(b) a structural member subjected to tensile
stress
)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE En gii ec ring PI [IA i c:t I io n s i
4r .4
ACE :393 : Columns & Struts

4.
53. The effective length of a column pinned at 58. The core of a circular column is defined
top and fixed at base is concentric circle of diameter equal to
times the actual length. (2006 Backlog) times the radius of the circular
(a) 0.7 (b) 2 (c) 0.5 (d) 1.25 section. (2006 Backlog)
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.33 (c) 0.5 (d) 0.66
54. The Young's modulus and yield strength of
a column material are known as 80 kN/mm2 59. For eccentric loads on long columns,
and 50 N/mm2 respectively. The critical subjected to loads critical value, the secant
slenderness ratio for the column is formula yields unrealistic results because of
(2006 Backlog) the assumption that (2006 Backlog)
(a) 88 (b) 160 (c) 110.5 (d) 125.7 (a) the column material is homogeneous
(b) plane sections remain plane during
55. A column of effective length 5 m has the bending
following cross-sectional properties : (c) column curvature may be represented
Area = 1000 mm2 ; IX = 4 x 108 mm4; by 1/R
Ty = 108 mm4 ; Ixy = 0.
(d) column curvature may be represented
The slenderness ratio for the column is by d2y/dx2
(2006 Backlog)
(a) 100 (b) 50 (c) 80 (d) 64 60. The ratio of axial force in a member
designed by plastic theory to the Euler
56. The specification of column stresses in steel buckling load should not exceed
columns as per I.S. 800 is based on (AEE-2007)
(2006 Backlog) (a) 1.15 (b) 1.50 (c) 0.50 (d) 0•33
(a) Euler's theory (b) Rankine's theory
(c) Pery formula (d) Secant formula 61. A structure made up of several bars joined
together is called (AEE-2007)
57. The middle third rule satisfies the condition (a) frame (b) beam
that a masonry wall will be safe against (c) column (d) strut
(2006 Backlog)
(a) overturning 62. A long column fails by (AEE-2007)
(b) sliding (a) crushing (b) buckling
(c) compression failure (c) shearing (d) tension
(d) tension failure
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
et,
411
Ar •I ACE : 394: Strength of Materials
0. —.
63. For a column hinged at both the ends the 68. The limit of eccentricity for no tensile
effective length is (AEE-2007) stresses condition for circular column of
(a) its own length (b) twice its length diameter D subjected to axial compressive
load is: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) half its length (d) — of its length
.V2 D D D D
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) —
4 8 12 16
64. When a column is subjected to an eccentric
load, the stress induced in the column will 69. A short column of rectangular section
be (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) carries a vertical point load 'W' axially.
(a) direct stress only The stress on the section of the column will
(b) bending stress only be (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(c) Shear stress only (a) uniform
(d) direct and bending stress both (b) zero at one end maximum at the other
end
65. Slenderness ratio has dimensions of (c) zero at the axis and maximum on the
(AE CE/ME-2007) outer ends
(a) cm (b) cm2 (d) tensile on one end and compressive on
(c) cm 1 (d) None of the above the other
66. Effective length 1 of a column held in 70. A short column of rectangular section
position at both ends, but not restrained in carries a point load (W) acting with an
direction in terms of actual length L is eccentricity (e). The shape of kernel area
given by : (AEE-2008) would be (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(a) / = 0.5 L (b) 1— L (a) square (b) rectangular
(c) / = 1.2 L (d) / = 2.0 L (c) circle (d) rhombus
67. Bulking of columns is also known as: 71. The maximum axial compressive load
(AEE CE/ME-2008) which a column can take without failure by
(a) inelastic stability lateral deflection is called
(b)elastic stability (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(c) longitudinal instability (a) critical load (b) buckling load
(d)lateral instability (c) cripping load (d) any one of the above
.10E Etiginecting Publications :)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalutu I Chentiai I Vjjayawada I Virag l Tirupan I Kukalpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lo
72. If the slenderness ratio for a column is 100, 77. The Euler crippling load for a column with
then it is said to be a column. one end fixed and the other end hinged is:
(2008 Tribal Welfare) (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(a) long (b) medium ic2EI 47c2EI
(a) (b)
(c) short (d) none of the above L2
rc2EI 2t2EI
(c) (d)
73. In case of eccentrically loaded struts is 4L2 L2
preferred. (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(a) solid section (b) hollow section 78. A short column of external diameter To'
(c) composite section (d) reinforced section and internal diameter `4:1', is subjected to an
eccentric load '13' at an eccentricity of 'e'
74. A column with highest equivalent length causing zero stress at the extreme fibre. The
has value of eccentricity 'e' is:
(a) both ends fixed (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(b) both ends hinged or pin — joined 2 + d2 D2 +d 2
(a) D (b)
(c) one end fixed, the other entirely free 87ED 8D
(d) one end fixed, other end hinged 2 — d2 D2 d2
(c) D (d)
8irD 8D
75. A column of length 240 cm, area of cross —
section 20 cm2, moment of inertia I, = 720 79. The kern of a thin circular section is
cm4 and Iyy = 80 cm4 is subjected to (2008 Tribal Welfare)
buckling load. The data corresponding to (a) a circle within the section of half its
slenderness ratio: (2008 Tribal Welfare) radius
(a) 40 (b) 80 (b) within the middle quarter of the section
(c) 120 (d) 160 (c) a circle of one third the diameter
(d) a circle of half its diameter
76. The core of a circular section short column
80. Columns of intermediate length fail by:
of diameter 'd' is a concentric circular area
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
having a diameter: (2008 Tribal Welfare)
(a) buckling
(a) d / 4 (b) d / 3
(b)buckling and crushing
(c) d / 2 (d) d / 8
(c) crushing
(d)crushing or buckling
A('1 Engineering Publications)>HyderabacIlDelhilEhopall Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclulow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayaveada I Vizag I Tirupali Kukatpally Kolkati I Ahmedabad
cf,

Publicaiims
81. Bending moment in a slender column of 86. The effective length of a column of actual
length 1 due to load P applied at an length L, held in position and restrained in
eccentricity e is: (AEE CE/ME-2008) direction at both ends is: (AEE-2009)
(a) P e sec (k//2) (b) P.e (a) 0.67 L (b) 0.9 L
(c) P.e sec (k/) (d) P.sec (k/) (c) L (d) 1.2 L
82. The relation between equivalent length (L) 87. For a column of length L, hinged at both
and actual length (1) of a column for one ends, if the flexural rigidity is EI, then the
end fixed and the other end free is: critical load P, is given by: (AEE-2009)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) it 2 E12
2n2 EI
(a) (b)
(a) L = (b) L = 21 L L2
112 E1 ic2 E1
(c) L = l (d) L = 41 (c) (d)
L2 L
83. Euler's buckling theory is not applicable to

88. A short column of external diameter D and
columns with: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
internal diameter d, is subjected to a load
(a) large slenderness ratio
W, with an eccentricity e, causing zero
(b) fixed ends
stress at an extreme fiber. Then the value of
(c) large axial stresses
è' must be: (AEE-2009)
(d)eccentric loading
D2 + d2 D2 +d2
(a) (b)
84. As per IS 800 : 1984, the equivalent length 87ED 8D
of columns with the ends fixed is: D2 —d 2 D2 +d2
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (c) (d)
8D 8D2
(a) 2.001 (b) 0.651
(c) 0.85 / (d) 0.7071 89. The Rankine's formula holds good for
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
85. The safe load that can be applied on a
(a) Short columns
column at a given eccentricity can be
(b) Long columns
determined by: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) Both short and long columns
(a) Euler's formula
(d) Weak columns
(b)Rankine's formula
(c) Perry's formula
(d)Straight line formula
:10EEngineeiing Hyderabad I DelhiI BhopalIPune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow 'Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai Viiayawada I VizagI Tirupati KnkatpallyIKolkata I Ahmedabad
, ACE :397: Coitunns Sr. Struts
:EngineeingPublicadons
90. Rankine's formula takes into account which 95. When a column is subjected to an eccentric
of the following? load, the stress induced in the column will
(a) The effect of slenderness ratio be (AE CEMEE-VVPI)
(b) The initial curvature of column (a) Direct stress only
(c) The eccentricity of loading (b) Bending stress only
(d) The effect of direct compressive stress (c) Shear stress only
(d) Direct and bending stresses both
91. To avoid tension in short columns the load
must be (AEE CE/ME-2009)
96. A column that fails due to direct sityres.-3
(a) at the centre of gravity of the section
called (AEE CE/MIE-MIRI
(b) within the middle third of the cross-
(a) short column (b) long column
section
(c) weak column (d) n~egligA~ le
(c) within the one-third of the cross section
(d) outside the middle-third of the cross-
97. According to Euler's column theou, the
section
crippling load for a column of length, 11
fixed at birth ends is the
92. The secant formula is used for
crippling load for a similar column hinged
(AEE CE/ME-2069)
at both ends.
(a) long columns under eccentric loading
(ATEIE CE/ThiliF-13M
(b) long columns under axial loading
(a) equal to (b) two times
(c) short columns under axial loading
(c) four times (d) eight times
(d) short columns under eccentric loading
98. The relation between equivalent length, IL,

93. The ratio between buckling load and safe
and actual length / of a column for one end
load is known as (AEE CE/ME-2009)
fixed and the other end hinged is
(a) slenderness ratio (b) buckling factor
(AEE 02EfInfLi'”?.,909)
(c) factor of safety (d) none of the above
(a) L = (b) L =1/2
(c) L = (d) = zi/
94. A member of a structure or bar which
carries an axial compressive load is called
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) strut (b) tie
(c) shaft (d) none of the above
ACE Engineering PubliGintnis :)Hyderabad I Delhi l Bhopal I Pune l Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru l Chennai I V,_
‘;,..yawada Vizag Illrupali I Kukapal ty I Kolkata AlimedAbad
_
-4
0- 1, ACE
4
:Engineering Publicaiions : 398: Strength of Materials
99. Slenderness ratio is the ratio of 102. A strut is defined as

(AEE CE/ME-2009, 2008) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) area of column to least radius of (a) a member of the structure
gyration (b) a member of the structure and may not
(b) length of column to least radius of be vertical
gyration (c) a member of the structure and is not
(c) least radius of gyration to area of vertical and its one or both ends are
column hinged
(d) least radius of gyration to length of (d) a member of the structure and is not
column vertical and its ends are fixed
100. A column with maximum equivalent length 103. All short columns fail due to
has (AEE CE/ME-2009) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) both ends hinged (a) crushing (b) tension
(b) both ends fixed (c) shearing (d) bending
(c) one end fixed and the other end hinged
(d) one end fixed and the other end free 104. Long columns fail due to
(AE CE/ME-2009)
101. A column is defined as (a) Buckling and crushing loads
(AE CE/ME-2009) (b) Bending and compression loads
(a) A vertical member of structure (c) Shearing and tensile loads
(b) A vertical member of a structure fixed (d) Couple action
at both ends
(c) A vertical member of a structure fixed 105. The load at which the column buckles is
at both ends carrying compressive load known as (AE CE/ME-2009)
(d) A vertical member of the structure fixed (a) critical load
at both ends carrying an axial (b) safe load
compressive load (c) two times safe load
(d) 3 times safe load
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pime Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Watna I Bengalttru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
4-
404
V
„ ACE
:Engineering Publicaiions :399: Columns & Struts
106. The crippling load for a column by Euler's 109. Crippling load by Rankine's formula is
formula, when both ends hinged is (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AE CE/ME-2009) cre x A (b) 1+ a rLy
(a)
ae xAc)
(b) EI
(d) cre x A
1+4112
107. Crippling stress in terms effective length is
(AE CE/ME-2009) 110. Crippling load straight line formula is
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) nE (b) Th2E
( Lej ( Le 2
(a) cre xA+n( Le)A
k k
(c) TEE nE 2 (b) (ye x A — —

1 (Le JA
2 (d) 2
(L (Lke nk
ke
(c) (sae x A) — n(L).A
Le = effective length
E = Young's modulus L 2
(d) (ye x A — 2( e A
I
k = radius of gyration =1. 1—
A
111. Johnson's parabolic formula is
I = least moment of inertia
(AE CE/ME-2009)
2
L 2
108. Slenderness ratio is (a) sae .A — r( A (b) cre .A + r(--s- A
(AE CE/ME-2009)
( Le )2 A
(b) k Le (c) cye .A — r(-1A2 (d) cre.A + r2
k
1
(d) 112. Euler's theory is not valid for mild steel
k.Le
structure, if the slenderness ratio
(AE 2011)
(a) more than 120 (b) more than 80
(c) in between 80 — 120 (d) less than 80
ACE Engineering l'ublicafinnse,
44' tlydeitbad I belhi I Bhopal I Putt I iihubithesveu Ltickhow I liana' Hetigalitit I Clietinnl Vljaytiwitda I Vba,g ITirupati IKukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-.)
t. ACE
Engineering Publications : 400: Strength of Materials
113.Column will be having max. buckling load, if 118. The least radius of gyration for solid
Irs (AE 2011) circular column (AE 2011)
(a) both ends are hinged
(a) 4 (b) 4
(b) one end fixed and one end hinged 2 3
(c) one end fixed and other end is free
(c) 4 (d) d
(d) both ends are fixed
114. The Euler's critical load of a column with 119. The slenderness ratio of vertical column of
both ends fixed is `13'. If one of the end is square cross section of 2.5 cm side and 300
made free, the Euler's critical load ill be cm length is (AE 2011)
(AE 2011) (a) 2001/- (b) 240Ah
P P P (c) 300- (d) 360Ah
(a) — (b) P (c) — (d) —
16 4 8
120. The member at which load, just starts

115. When the slenderness ratio is increased for
buckling, that load is called (AE 2011)
a column, then the crippling load is
(a) Axial load (b) Crushing load
(AE 2011)
(c) Crippling load (d) Vertical load
(a) increased (b) decreased
(0 will become zero (d) None
121. The limit of eccentricity for no — tensile
conditions for a column of circular section
116 If the flexural rigidity of the column is
of diameter 'd' is (2011 Regular, 2009)
doubled, then the strength of the column is
(a) d/4 (b) d/8
increased by (AE 2011, 2009)
(c) d/12 (d) d/16
122. Compression members always tend to
buckle in the direction of the
117. The critical length of a column corresponds
(2011 Regular, 2009)
to (AE 2011)
(a) Axis of load
(a) Static equilibrium
(b) Perpendicular to axis of load
(b) Unstable equilibrium
(c) Minimum cross section
(c) Neutral equilibrium
(d) Least radius of gyration
(d) None
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I P u n e Bhubaneswar I Lu c k o w I Pa n a B n g a 1 u r u I C h e n n a i I V tj a y a w a d a I V z a g I Tuupati I K u a 1p a 1 y I Ko k a la I Ahmedabad

123. According to Euler's column theory, the 128. For all end conditions as per Secant formula
crippling load for a column of length 1, the maximum compressive stress in the
fixed at both ends is the crippling column is given by (2011 Regular)
load for a similar column hinged at both the
(a) P {1+ eYe sec 11—}
ends. (2011 Regular) A r2 2 EI
P
(a) Equal to (b) Two times
(c) Four times (d) Eight times (b) P {1 + eYc sec LE
A r4 2 EI
124. According to Euler's column theory, the ,a‘,2 L p

(C) -P{1 ± sec E
crippling load of a column is given by A r2 2 EI
P = 7t2 EI / c12. If this equation, the value of
c for a column with both ends hinged, is P eY4c LE P
(d) — 1+ sec 2 EI
A r4
(2011 Regular, 2009)
(a) 1/4 (b) 1/2 (c) 1 (d) 2
129. A column has its equivalent length equal to
its length in case of
125. A column of length '1' with both ends fixed
may be considered as equivalent to a
(a) both ends fixed
column of length with one end
(b) both ends hinged
fixed and the other end free (2011 Regular)
(c) one end fixed and other hinged
(a) 1/8 (b) 1/4 (c) 1/2 (d) 1
(d) one end fixed and other free
126. The Rankine's constant for a mild steel 130. The ratio of effective length of column to the
column with both ends hinged is minimum radius of gyration of the cross —
(2011 Regular) sectional area of the column is
(a) 1/750 (b) 1/1600 (2011 PH & Municipality)
(c) 1/7500 (d) 1/9000 (a) Slenderness ratio (b) Buckling factor
(c) Crippling factor (d) Column factor
127. In case of eccentrically loaded struts
is preferred (2011 Regular) 131. The effective length of a column with one
(a) Solid section end fixed and other end free is
(b) Hollow section (2011 PH & Municipality)
(c) Composite section (a) Its own length (b) Half its length
(d) Reinforced section (c) Twice its length (d) thrice its length
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclulow I Patna! Bengaluru j Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolltaia I Ahmedabad
t4 :Engineering Publications : 402:
132. Euler's theory is valid for columns. 137. Euler's critical load for a column of length
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) and hinged at its both ends is given by
(a) short (b) medium (AEE CE/ME 2011)
(c) long (d) All of these n2 EI 2ic2EI
(a) 12 (b)
133. The equivalent length for a vertical 8 m 4rc2 EI

(c) 12
column, fixed at its base and free at the
other end is (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(a) 4 m (b) 8 m 138. The minimum slenderness ratio for the
(c) (8/ Min (d) 16 m applicability of Euler's theory for columns
is (AEE CE/ME 2011)
134. The diameter of core, for a solid circular (a) 60 (b) 80 (c) 250 (d) 325
column section of diameter d, is
(2011 Deputy Surveyor) 139. The secant formula for maximum bending
d d d moment in an eccentrically loaded column
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) 2d
8 4 2 is given by (AEE CE/ME 2011)
Pe1 1 P
(a) P/ sec 11— (b) — sec —
135. Euler's theory of columns is applicable to EI 1 EI
only (AEE CE/ME 2011) \
(c) Pe sec [(11- (d) None of these
(a) Short columns EI /
(b) Long columns
(c) Eccentric short columns
140. Slenderness ratio of a column may be
(d) Eccentric medium columns
defined as the ratio of its effective length to
the (AEE-2012)
136. If a column of length 8 m is fixed at its both
(a) radius of column
ends, its effective length is
(b) minimum radius of gyration
(AEE CE/ME 2011)
(c) maximum radius of gyration
(a) (16 m) (b) (8 m)
(d) are a of the cross section
(c) (6 m) (d) (4 m)
ACE Engineering Publications :4›Hyderabad I DelhilBhopal iPune iBhubaneswarlLucknOWIPatnalBehgaluruiCheiinallVijaYavradalViiagiThiPatilKlikAPallYIKadtalAhineddbad

4, ACE
1‘:1, ;,:Engineering Publications :403: Columns & Struts
141. The formula given by I.S code in 146. Slenderness ratio of a column may be
calculating allowable stress for the design defined as the ratio of its. effective length to
of eccentrically loaded column is based on the (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE-2012) (a) radius of column
(a) Johnson's parabolic formula (b) minimum radius of gyration
(b) Straight line formula (c) maximum radius of gyration
(c) Perry's formula (d) area of the cross-section
(d) Secant formula
147. The formula given by I.S. code in
142. The Rankine constant (A) in Rankine's calculating allowable stress for the design
formula is equal to (AEE-2012) of eccentrically loaded columns is based on
1.c2E aC 7r2E EaC
(a) (b) (c) (d) (AEE-CE/Mi&-2012)
aC 7r2E aCE (a) Johnson's parabolic formula
(b) Straight line formula
143. When both ends of the column are pinned,
(c) Perry's formula
then the formula for crippling load (p) is
(d) Secant formula
equal (AEE-2012)
(a) p IC 2 EI (b) P 47c2EI
£2 £2 148. The Rankine constant (a) in Rankine's
formula is equal to (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(c) p 27E2E1 (d) 7E2E1
£2
P £2 TC 2 E
(a) (b)
c TC2 E
144. The least radius of gyration for solid Ea
TC 2
circular column is (AEE-2012) (c) a (d) 2c
cE 7r
d
(a) d (b) 42 (c) —
4
(d) 4
3
149. When both ends of the column are pinned,
145. In a mild steel tube 4 m long, the flexural then the formula for crippling load (P) is
rigidity of the tube is 1.2 X 1010 N-mm2. equal to (AEE-CE/ME-20/2)
The tube is used as a strut with both ends EI
(a) P = 7c212 (b) P = 4rc22EI
hinged. The crippling load in IN is given by
(AEE-2012) 27r2EI (d) it2EI
(c) P = 12 P
(a) 14.80 (b) 7.40 12
(c) 29.60 (d) 1.85
Eng-incciing Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pttne I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Che anal Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolltala Ahmedabad
t.
v ACE, : 404: Strength of Materials
150. If the flexural rigidity of the column is 153. The crippling load of a column with one
doubled, then the strength of the column is end fixed and other end hinged is
increased by (AEE-CE/ME-2012) (AEE-CE/ME-2012 & AEE 2012)
(a) 16 (b) 8 (a) 1/2- times that of a both ends hinged
(c) 2 (d) 4 column
(b) Two times that of a both ends hinged
151. The diameter of the core for no tension in a column
column of diameter 120 mm is (c) Four times that of a both ends hinged
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) column
(a) 30 mm (b) 15 mm (d) Eight times that of a both ends hinged
(c) 40 mm (5) 20 inm column
152. Match List-I with List-II and select the 154. The diameter of kernel of a circular section
correct answer using the codes given below of diameter `d' is (AE-2012, 2013)
the lists: (AE-2012) d
(a) — (b) 3 (c) (d) 7-
List-I 2 4
A. Both ends hinged
B. One end fixed and other end free 155. The equivalent length of a column fixed at
C. One end fixed and the other pin-joined both ends is (AE-2012)
D. Both ends fixed (a) 0.7/ (b) 0.5/ (c)1 (d) 2/
156. The safe compressive load on a hollow cast

List-II iron column(one end fixed other hinged) of
1.L 150 mm external diameter, 100 mm internal
2. L/-5 diameter and 10 m length is (Use Euler's
formula with a factor of safety of 5, and
3,
2 E = 95 GN/m2) (AE-2012)
4. 2L (a) 74.8 IN (b) 149.6 kN
(c) 37.4 IN (d) 299.2 kN
Codes:
157. The radius of gyration of a circular column
AB CD AB CD
of diameter `4:1' is (AE-2012)
(a) 1 3 4 2 (b) 1 4 2 3
(c) 3 1 2 4 (d) 3 1 4 2 d d d2
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d)
4 2 4 16
. 1. Igineciim )11( Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludmow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag airupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4. ACE
.„ :EngineezingPu
blications :405 : Columns & Struts
158. The ratio of equivalent length of the column 163. Which of the following relations.is correct?
to the maximum radius of gyration is called (Observers-2013)
(AE-2012) (a) factor of safety
(a) Poisson's ratio (b) Bcukling factor = crippling load — safe load
(c) Factor of safety (d) None of the above (b)factor of safety
= crippling load / safe load
159. A member under tension is called (c) factor of safety
(AE-2012) = crippling load x safe load
(a) struct (b) tie (d) factor of safety
(c) struct-tie (d) column = safe load / crippling load
160. If diameter of a long column is reduced by 164. The effective length of a column of length
L, fixed against rotation and translation at
20%, the percentage of reduction in Euler
one end and free at the other end is
buckling load is (AE-2012)
(a) 4 (Research Assistant 2013)
(b) 36
(a) 0.5L (b) 0.7 L
(c) 49 (d) 59
(c) 1.414 L (d) 2L
161. The most economical section for a column 165. Euler's buckling formula is applicable for
is (AEE-2012) columns (AE-2013)
(a) Hexagonal (b) Rectangular (a) Subjected to eccentric loads
(c) Tubular section (d) Solid round (b) Having inertial curvature
(c) Initially straight and subjected to only
162. Slenderness ratio of compression member is axial loads
(AEE-2012) (d) All of the above
Moment of Inertia
(a) 166. The square root of the ratio of moment of
Radius of gyration
inertia of the cross section to its cross
Effective length
(b) sectional area is called
Radius of gyration
Radius of gyration
(c) (a) Second moment of area
Area of cross — section
(b) Slenderness ratio
Moment of Inertia
(d) (c) Section modulus
Area of cross — section
(d) Radius of gyration
.ACE Engineering Public:16(ms Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag l'HroPali I KukApally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
C. ‘4,1
It
0 I,
' ACE : 406: Strength of Materials
,.1 4
:RagiosPii ing Publications
167. The ratio of the theoretical critical buckling 172. All short column fail due to (AE-2013)
load for a column with fixed ends to that of (a) Crippling (b) Buckling
another column with the same dimensions (c) Crushing (d) Twisting
and material, but with pinned ends, is equal
to (Research Assistant 2013) 173. The load at which the column just buckles
() s (b) 1.0 (c) 2.0 (d) 4.0 is called (AE-2013)
(a) Breaking load (b) Permissible load
168. A column has an effective length 1, when (c) Crippling load (d) Ultimate load
both ends are fixed. What will be the new
effective length if one end becomes hinged? 174. The Crippling load (P) for a column by
(Lecturers-2013) Euler's formula when both ends are hinge is
(a) (b) 0.51 (Where E = Young's Modulus of the
(Cy 1.41 / (d) 21 material of the column, L = Actual length of
the column, I = Least moment of inertia of
169. An eccentric load W, with eccentricity e, is the column) (AE-2013, 2012)
equivalent to (Lecturers-2013) n 2 EI ic2EI
(a) (b)
(a) an axial load W L2 4L2
(b) a moment equal to W x e 47E2E1 2n2EI
(c) (d)
(c) both (1) and (2) L2 L2
(d)none of the above
175. The Crippling load (P) for a column by
170. In a rectangular section the stresses will be Euler's formula when one end is fixed and
of same sign throughout the section, if the the other end is hinged
load lies within of the section. (Where E = Young's Modulus of the
(Lecturers-2013) material of the column, L = Actual length of
(a) middle half (b) middle third the column, I = Least moment of inertia of
(c) either of the above(d) none of the above the column) (AE-2013)
7c2 EI n2EI
(a) (b)
171. The shape of the kern area for a rectangular L2 4L2
section is (AE-2013) 47E2E1 2n2EI
(c) (d)
(a) Circle (b) Square L2 L2
(c) Rectangle (d) Parallelogram
1 /4>HyderabadIDethi 'Bhopal I Punel BhubarieswariLucknow1PatrialBengalurulChennailvoyawadalVizagiTirupati MukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad

ACE Eilgincering l'ublicationsi
et
Iv
kr V ACE :407 : Columns & Struts
:Enineering Publications
176. A strut is a member which 181. The equivalent length of a column fixed at
(Observe rs-2013) both ends is (TS TRANSCO 2015)
(a) connects two joints (a) 0.5L (b) 0.7L (c) L (d) 2L
(b) is subjected to axial tension primarily
182. If the moment of inertia of a section about
(c) is subjected to axial compressive force
its axis is I, its effective sectional area is A,
predominantly
and its effective length is 1, its radius of
(d) is subjected to bending moment and
gyration r about the axis is given by
shear force along with any axial force
(TS TRANSCO 2015)
177. For a column of length '1,', fixed at both
(a) r = I (b) r = A
ends, and flexural rigidity EI, the critical A
load is given by (TSPSC AEE 2015, 2013)
(c) r = (d) r= -Ng
2E (b) 2n 2 EI
(a) It
4L2 L2
2 ,, 183. In an RCC column, if As = 1000 mm2,
(c) 4n2EI
(d) = 10000 mm2, a, = 5 N/mm2 and
\ L2 L2
m = 20, then load on the column is
178. The effective length of a circular electrical (TS GENCO 2015)
pole of length '1' and constant diameter (a) 75 lcN (b) 145 kN
erected on ground is, where '1' is un (c) 150 IN (d) 1005 IN
supported length (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) 1.2 / (b) 1.5 / (c) 0.8 / (d) 2.0 / 184. Buckling of columns is also known as:
(HYD Metro Water works)
179. For an eccentric load on a circular section, (a) elastic stability
not to cause any tension in it, the (b) inelastic stability
eccentricity of loading should not exceed (c) lateral instability
(TSPSC AEE 2015) (d) longitudinal instability
(a) d/6 (b) d/3 (c) d/4 (d) d/8
185. Euler curve is the graphical representation of
180. Effective length of a column of length 'I,' the relationship between:
with one end fixed and other end hinged is (a) slenderness ratio and radius of gyration
given by (TSPSC AE 2015) (b) slenderness ratio and crippling load
(a) Le = L (b) Le = L/2 (c) compressive strength and Euler's load
(c) Le = L/15 (d) Le = 2L (d) slenderness ratio and crippling stress
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Ludmow I Patna Bengaluni I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
`..?
186. Columns of intermediate length fail by 191. The slenderness ratio for a column with
(HYD Metro Water works) effective length as 2 m, area of cross-
(a) buckling (b) buckling or crushing section 1000 mm2 and moment of inertia
(c) crushing (d) bucking and crushing 1 x 107mm4 is : (Managers-2008)
(a) 20 (b) 10 (c) 150 (d) 200
187. The equivalent length of columns with one
end fixed and the other end hinged is 192. Formula used to determine safe load
(HYD Metro Water works) carrying capacity of a steel column under
(a) 0.71 / (b) 0.50 / (AEE-2006)
eccentricity is
(c) 0.85 / (d) 1.50 / (a) IS code formula
(b) Perry's formula
188. Perry Robertson formula considers :
(c) Johnson's parabolic formula
(d) Euler's formula
(a) crushing mode
(b) Buckling mode
193. A column that fails essentially by direct
(c) initial curvature
crushing at ultimate load is called
(d) initial eccentricity and curvature
189. Critical length of a column is that length for (a) long column
which: (HYD Metro Water works) (b) None of the given answers
(a) buckling strength is less than crushing (c) Euler's column
strength (d) short column
(b) buckling strength is more than the
crushing strength 194. Rankin's formula proposed for crippling
(c) buckling and crushing strength are load (Pr) to cover all cases from short to
equal very long column in terms of ultimate load
(d) buckling does not occur for short column (Ps) and Euler's crippling
load for long column (Pc) is
190. Secant formula is applicable to (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) Pr = (b) P = + Pc
(a) short columns with large eccentricity p p
s c
r 2
(b) long columns with eccentric loading 1 1
(c) columns of intermediate length (c) Pr = PS + Pc (d) =—+—
Pr Ps Pc
(d) long column
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarILudmowI Patna I Bengaluru Chennai IVijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
01,4,Engineering
ACE
Publications :409: Columns & Struts
4.
195. Condition for no tension in a solid column 200. The slenderness ratio of a free standing
of dia D the eccentricity e must be less than column of length 4m and 40 mm x 40 mm
or equal to (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) section is (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) D/4 (b) D/6 (c) D/8 (d) D/2 (a) 115.2 (b) 230.4
(c) 692.8 (d) 346.8
196. For Euler formula to be valid for mild steel
struts which has yield stress of 3200 kg(f)/
201. Euler's crippling load for a colunn of
sq.cm, the slenderness ratio should not be
length 1 with both ends hinged and flexural
less than (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
rigidity EI is given by
(a) 40.28 (b) 53.65 (c) 160.96 (d) 80.48
197. A compression member effectively held in 27c2EI (b) p 7C2 E/
(a) P = e2 2
position and restrained in direction at one
end but not held in position or restrained in 4112E1 (d) p rc2EI
(c) P = 2
direction at the other end. If it's actual 4.e2
length is L, then its effective length is equal
to (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 202. Rankine's formula for the collapse load
(a) 0.67 L (b) L (c) 2L (d) 1.5L covering both short and long columns is
given by (where P is the actual collapse
198. The Rankine's constant for a cast iron load; Pc is the crushing load; Pe is the
column with both ends hinged buckling load)
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
1 1 (a) 1 = 1 1 (b) P = Pe Pe
(a) (b)
1600 7500 P Pc Pe Pe + Pe
1
(c) (d) 0.00016 (d) 1= 1 + 1
9000 (c) P = PePe
Pe Pc Pc Pe
199. Euler's buckling load for both ends fixed

203. If the slende ness ratio for a column is 100,
condition is equal to (in usual notations)
then it is said to be a column.
27E2E1 (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
rc2EI
(a) e 4 (b) 2 (a) long (b) medium
(c) short (d) large
(c) 0.25it2EI 41E2E1
(d)
.e5 e2
ACE Engineering Publicauons> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vuag Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lo
4 4
204. The load at which the member just buckles 208. The buckling load for a column fixed at
is called both ends is 50 kN. If the ends of same
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) column are changed to hinged condition,
(a) ultimate load (b) Critical load then the buckling load will be
(c) equilibrium load (d) crushing load (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a) 37.5 kN (b) 25 kN
205. Eulers critical load is proportional to (c) 12.5 kN (d) 100 kN
(Where L = length of the column, k =
constant depends on end conditions and EI 209. A short hollow cylindrical column has 200
= flexural rigidity) mm external diameter and 100 mm internal
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) diameter. What is the diameter of core for
(a) 1/EI (b) L2 the column?
(c) k2/EI (d) EI (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a) 62.5 mm (b) 25 mm
206. A column that fails due to direct stress is (c) 50 mm (d) 33.3 mm
called
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) 210. A square beam of cross sectional size 100
(a) Medium column mm and span 3 m is fixed at both the ends.
(b)Long column Young's modulus of the beam material is
(c) Short column 200 GPa. What is the area of analogous
(d)Slender column column for the beam?
(TSPSC-AEE-2017)
207. When both ends of the column are hinged, (a) 6 x 10-4 m/kN-m2
the crippling load at which the column just
(b) 18 x 10-4 m/kN-m2
buckled is
(c) 6 x 04 m/kN-m2
(Where E is Young's modulus of column, I
(d) 18 x 104 m/kN-m2
is moment of inertia of column and L is
effective length of column)
211. Which one of the following statements is
correct?
EI 2n2 El
(a) 2 (b) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
L2 L2
(a) Euler's formula holds good only for
7c2EI 7rEI
(c) (d) short columns
2L2 L2
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna! Bengaluni I Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I TtruPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
IA, ;Enginering Publications
(b) A short column is one which has the 215.The axial load which just produces the
ratio of its length to least radius of condition of elastic instability in a column is
gyration greater than 100 (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) A column with both ends fixed has (a) Rankine load (b) Euler load
minimum equivalent length or (c) Yield load (d) Crushing load
effective length
(d) The equivalent length of column with 216. If the stress on the cross-section of a
one end fixed and other end hinged is circular short column of diameter D is to be
half of its actual length wholly compressive, the load should be
applied within a concentric circle of
212. What is the cause of failure of a short MS diameter.
strut under an axial load? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) D/2 (b) D/8
(a) Fracture stress (b) Shear stress (c) D/45 (d) D/6
(c) Buckling (d) Yielding
217. Column C1, has both the ends hinged while
213. Which one of the following columns has the column C2 has one end hinged and other
effective length twice the value of actual end fixed. What is the ratio of the critical
length? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) load for C1 to that of C2 according to the
(a) Hinged-Hinged column Euler's formula?
(b) Fixed-Fixed column (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) Fixed —Hinged column (a) 2 (b) 1/2
(d) Fixed —Free column (c) 4 (d) 1/4
214. Critical Euler buckling load for a long 218. In an axial loaded compressive member
column of diameter D was evaluated as P. If with a circular cross-section of radius, r,
the diameter of the section is reduced to what is the radius of the core section which
D/2, what is the load carrying capacity of is proof against tensile stress?
the modified column? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) r/2 (b) r/3
(a) P/2 (b) P/4 (c) r/4 (d) r/6
(c) P/8 (d) P/16
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad j Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow 'Patna I Bengaluru Chennai l Vijayawada J Vizag airupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
e2lineeftimiNtmcmions
219. A short column of external diameter D and 222. Which of the following statements is
internal diameter D1 is subjected to an correct?
eccentric load P at an eccentricity 'e' (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
thereby causing tensile stress at the extreme (a) Euler buckling load increases with
fibre. What is the magnitude of increase in effective length.
eccentricity? (b) Buckling load of a column does not
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) depend on its cross-section.
1 D2 2 (c) If free end of a cantilever column is
(a) D+ ' (b) D2 +
81ED 8D propped then the buckling load increases.
D2
- D2 (d) Two geometrically identical columns
(c)
D2 — (d) D2 —
8D 8d made of different material have same
buckling load.
220. A c.:oltionn of length 4 m, an area of cross-
section 2000 min2, moments of inertia, Ixx = 223. Rankine -Gordon formula is applicable for
720 cm4, Ixy = 80 cm4, is subjected to a (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
buckling load. oth the ends of the column (a) Short columns
are fixed. What is the slenderness ratio of (b) Long columns
the', column? (c) Both (a) and (b)
& ME-2017) (d) None of the above
(a) 200 (d) 120
1100 (d) 80
22.11. The diagram showing the variation of axial

load along the span is called
(a) shear force diagram
(b) bending moment diagram
(c) thrust diagram
(d) influence line diagram
ACCONiriceljng Publicatiops'>Hyder a b a d 'Delhi jB hopall Puce Bhubaneswar I Lucknow IPatrialBengalurui ChennaiiVjjayaw a d al Vizagr r iniPa ti I K ilk a IP ally 11(.0 'kat aAhmedabad
lAhme
e•
1, ACE :413 : Columns & Struts
tr :Fraktembg pumcgivalg
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) 02. Ans: (a) 03. Ans: (b) 09. Ans: (b)
Sol: / = 5 m
04. Ans: (c) Outer dia, D = 30 cm
f Inner dia, d = 25 cm
Sol: a =
k2 E fc = 800 kg/cm2
Pc = fe.A
5. Ans: (c)
= 800 x 1 (302 — 252 )
Soft: P, cc M.I 4
For these options = 172.8 tonnes
MI of hollow > M.I of Iseciton
10. At= (d)
Soh The equivalent length of alumni fixed at
6. Ann: (a)
one end and free at the other is 21.
7. Ads: (e)
11. Ans: (a)
n2E1
Sol: Euler's Crippling load, Pe = Sol: Given, Leff = 4 m
e2
Cross sectional area, A = 145.3 cm2
= Effective length of column
Radius of gyration, r = 6.25 cm
fe = 5500 kg/cm2
L eff
= 22 1
Rankine's coefficient a —
1600
fA.
Rankine's crippling load, PR = 2
1+ ak
7c2EI it2EI
Pe = (2e)2 = £ = 400= 64
4.2 2 Slenderness ratio, —
rmin 6.25
5500 x145.3
N. Ads: (d) PR
— 1
1+ x (64)2
1600
= 224.5 tonnes
ACE Engine:c.ring Pubrications1;I Hyderabadi Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni J Chennai Wijayawada I Vizag j Tirupaii Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,,
Fang Publications
0
9—
12. Ans: (b) 15.Ans (c)

P Pe
Sol: — = —
A Z D/4
F. Pe D
= e=— I ------
-
1) 2 71 D3 8
-0'.
14
4 32 Di&
16.Ans (b)
TC 2E/
D2 +d2
Sol: Euler's load, PE = 2
8D
( fi \2
PM Phinged—hinged "C fixed—fixed
Grain = — — — (For no tension, 'min 0)
AZ Pfixed—fixed 'e hinged—hinged )
Moment M = p x e
r ,,2)2 =1 (i.e 1:4)
e = eccentricity ) 4
P Pxe
TC (D2 d2) TC (D 4 d4)
4 32D 17.Ans (b)
D2 +d2
e= 18.Ans: (c)
8D
Sol: For long column, X > 120
14. Ans: (d) Length is more than 30 times the least
Sol: Given dimension.
I = 1766 cm4
/=6m 19.Ans: (d)
E = 0.8 x 106 kg/cm2 Sol:
Cross sectional area, A = 1.7 cm2
Euler's crushing load,
1E 2E1 7E2 x 0.8x106 x1766
Pe = e2
= — 38732
, (600)2
Nearest option is (d)
20.Ans: (c)
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Be ngaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkam I Ahmedabad
ff
t
?' ACE
. :Engneering Publications :415: Columns & Struts
4.1 4,.
21. Ans: (a) differentiate w.r.t x

P M My dA
Sol: a = + x y+— (x) a— = pgA
z A Ix Iy x dx
dA pgdx
8 2M(x)
= + A a
4 I y
Integrating on both sides, we get
•.•(M, = M ,ex =ey ,Ix =I )
8 2x8x1x1 loge A = Pgx + C

= + a
4 24
At x = 0, a = A1
12
C= loge A l
8 8x 2 x12
= + — 2 + 12 = 14 IcN/m2
4 16 loge A = +
pgxloge Al
a
pgh
A2
22. Ans: (c) e6=
Al
Sol: Radius of gyration,
wh2
d42 A2 = Al e c`
I 64 d
rmin =
2 16 4
d
4 24. Ans: (a) 25. Ans: (c)
Hence rmin a d
26. Ans: ( c)
2 2
23. Ans: (d) rcE
Sol: Per = —
1£c2 EI = k2 A
Sol:
27. Ans: (c)
Sol: ty = =
A n (D2 w)
4
Let aA1 = P D
Given Di = D — 2 x — = 0.8D
10
P + f pgAdx
0 500 x103
GA = 140 =
A
D2 [1-0.8]
2
4
aA = Pf pgAdx D=112 mm
ACE Engineering Publications ))Hyderabad DelhiIBhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowlPatnaIBengaluruI ChennaiIVijarawadaI VizagI Tirupan IKukarpallyl Kolkata l Ahmedabad
:et ACE : 416: Strength of Materials
4,
28. Ans: (d) 37. Ans: (c) 38. Ans: (b) 39. Ans: (b)
Ic
d4
I 64 _D_30 40. Ans: (b) 41. Ans: (b)
Sol: rinin = 11— =
A 1 n x d2 4 4
14
4
42. Ans: (b)
.e 3000 Sol: Short columns will fail due to direct stress.
= = - 400 mm
rmin /30)
4
43. Ans: (d) 44. Ans: (d) 45. Ans: (c)
29. Ans: (b)

46. Ans: (a)
Sol: Euler cannot be used in short column
30. Ans: (b) because it considers failure due to buckling
z only and not due to crushing.
Sol: For no tension condition, e = —
A
TC D4 — d4 47. Ans: (d)

32 D Sol: Short column fails by crushing
and long column fails by buckling
'Ll (D2 -d2 )
4
D2 +d2 48. Ans: (c)
8D
49. Ans: (c)
31. Ans: (a) 32. Ans: (b) 33. Ans: (b) Sol: Column is a member subjected to
34. Ans: (c) compressive stresses and moments also but a
strut is only subjected to axial compressive
35. Ans: (c) stresses but no moments.
d
Sol: Kern of a rectangle = 12- (or) -
6 6
50. Ans: (c) 51. Ans: (b)
36. Ans: (b)
Sol: Radius of gyration, r = il-I- 52. Ans: (a) 53. Ans: (a)
A
1
r oc
ACE Engineering Publications 4/5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally i Kolkala I Ahmedabad
54. Ans: (d) 65. Ans: (d)

TC
2E Sol: Slenderness ratio
Sol: Yield stress, fc =
Effective length
k2 2 X 80 x103 Least radius of gyration m
50 Dimensionless
X = V15791 = 125.66
66. Ans: (a) 67. Ans: (d)
55. Ans: (15.81)
Sol: least radius of gyration 68. Ans: (b)
Iy 108 P Pe n
r = 11 - 316.23 mm Sol:
A 1000 A z -
Ae = z
Slenderness ratio, X = = 5000=15.81
r 316.23 z
e=—
A
56. Ans: (c) 57. Ans: (d) TV 4
e x
32 irD2
58. Ans: (c) D
e=—
d 8
Sol: Core of a circular column, = -
4
2r r 69. Ans: (a) 70. Ans: (d) 71. Ans: (d)
= — = - = 0.5r
4 2
72. Ans: (a) 73. Ans: (b) 74. Ans: (c)
59. Ans: (d) 60. Ans: (a) 61. Ans: (a)
75. Ans: (c)
62. Ans: (b)
Sol: r = Ilmin
Sol: Long column have high value of slenderness mm A
ratio due to which failure occurs by buckling 180
and not crushing. 1—
20 2c111
A-
63. Ans: (a) r
240
= =120
64. Ans: (d) 2
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupali I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
76. Ans: (a) 77. Ans: (d) 78. Ans: (b) 119. Ans: (b)
d4
79. Ans: (a) 80. Ans: (b) 12 = d
Sol:
rffIni A - (12 211i.
81. Ans: (b) .e 300x 21h
A, = = =240
Sol:M=Pxe cnin 2.5
82. Ans: (b) 83. Ans: (c) 84. Ans: (b) 120. Ans: (c) 121. Ans: (b) 122. Ans: (d)
85. Ans: (d) 86. Ans: (c) 87. Ans: (c) 123. Ans: (c) 124. Ans: (c) 125.Ans: (b)
88. Ans: (b) 89. Ans: (c) 90. Ans: (d) 126. Ans: (c) 127. Ans: (b) 128. Ans: (a)
91. Ans: (b) 92. Ans: (a) 93. Ans: (b) 129. Ans: (b) 130. Ans: (a) 131. Ans: (c)
94. Ans: (a) 95. Ans: (d) 96. Ans: (a) 132. Ans: (c) 133. Ans: (d) 134. Ans: (b)
97. Ans: (c) 98. Ans: (a) 99. Ans: (b) 135. Ans: (b) 136. Ans: (d) 137. Ans: (a)
100. Ans: (d) 101. Ans: (a) 102. Ans: (b) 138. Ans: (b) 139. Ans: (c) 140.Ans: (b)
103. Ans: (a) 104. Ans: (a) 105. Ans: (a) 141. Ans: (c) 142. Ans: (b) 143. Ans: (a)
106. Ans: (a) 107. Ans: (b) 108. Ans: (c) 144. Ans: (c)
109. Ans: (d) 110. Ans: (c) 111. Ans: (a) 145. Ans: (b)
Tc2E1
112. Ans: (d) 113. Ans: (d) 114. Ans: (a) Sol: Per =
_e2
7r2 X1.2X101°
115. Ans: (b) 116 Ans: (c) 117. Ans: (c) 16x106
= 7402.2 N
118. Ans: (c) = 7.402 IN
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhilBhopalIPunell3hubaneswarlLuckriowIPathalBengalurulChennailVilayawadalVizagITirupatilKuliatpallylKolkatatAhmedabad

e t
146. Ans: (b)

ACE
gzigineoring Publications
147. Ans: (c) 148. Ans: (b)

:419:
=
P -P
1 2 x 100
Columns & Struts
P1
149. Ans: (a) 150. Ans: (c) 151. Ans: (a) = 1 - 0.4096= 59%
152. Ans: (b) 153. Ans: (b) 154.Ans: (d) 161. Ans: (c) 162. Ans: (b) 163.Ans: (b)
155. Ans: (b) 164. Ans: (d) 165. Ans: (c) 166. Ans: (d)
156. Ans: (a) 167. Ans: (d) 168. Ans: (c) 169. Ans: (c)
27t2EI
Sol: Pc, = £2
170. Ans: (b) 171. Ans: (d) 172. Ans: (c)
27r2x95x103x-(150 4 -100 4 )
64 173. Ans: (c) 174, Ans: (a) 175. Ans: (d)
100x106
Pcr = 373.952 kN
176. Ans: (c) 177. Ans: (c) 178. Ans: (d)
F.O.S = 5
Safe compressive load = " 179. Ans: (d) 180. Ans: (c) 181. Ans: (a)
5
373.952
= - 74.8 kN 182. Ans: (b)
5
183. Ans: (c)

157. Ans: (a) 158. Ans: (b) 159. Ans: (b) Sol: P = Cle Ac + Mac As
= 5 x 10,000 + 20 x 5 x 1000
160. Ans: (d)
= 50,000 + 100000
Sol: Pcr a I Perad4 = 150,000 N = 150 kN
1
P2 = d 2
184. Ans: (c) 185. Ans: (b) 186. Ans: (d)
Pl \ d l /
P2 r 0.8d )4
187. Ans: (a) 188. Ans: (b) 189. Ans: (c)
P d )
190. Ans: (b) 191. Ans: (a) 192. Ans: (b)

P2 = 0.4096 P
% reduction in Eular buckling load 193. Ans: (d) 194. Ans: (d) 195. Ans: (c)
ACE Engincering Publications e
k>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayaivada l Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata Àhmedabad
i
If 4
.
196. Ans: (d) 201. Ans: (b)

7c2E Sol: Both ends hinged
Sol: fc = x2
Leff = /
Fe = 3200 kgf/cm2 ic2 Ez

P= ,e 2
n2 x2.1x106
3200 = x2
=80.47 202. Ans: (b & d) 203. Ans: (a)
197. Ans: (c) 198. Ass: (a) 204. AXIS: (b)
199. Ans: (d) 205. Ans: (d)

Set: For both ends fixed Soli Euler's critical load, Per ;
IT E1
2
Jeff Pcr
rc2EI oc El
1c = p2
eff
206. Ans: (c)
200. Ans: (c) Sol! A column that fails essentially by direct
Sol: a = ieff rrnin crushing at ultimate load is known as short
rmi„ = VI/A column.
40 x 403 40 207. Ans: (a)

12x 40x40 12 Sol:
Free standing column means fixed free
I
condition
Leff — L
/eff = 2L = 2x 4 = 8 m
8000 r—
... X= x 12 L _
40
= 692.8
The crippling load, Pcr
ACE Engineering Publications )}1yderabad

e. !Delhi I Bhopal !Pune !Bhubaneswar' LucknowiPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VjjayawathdVizagilirupati Kukatpally Kolkatal Ahmedabad
-
04 t ACE
:Engineering P0®B :421: Columns & Struts
n2 E1 108 =10 —4 m4
PCP 2
12 12
(Leff )
Here, Leff = L
EI 4n2EI
L 3x12
IT 2 = = =18x10-4 m/kNm2
Pcr = £2 EI 200x106 x10-4
L2
211.Ans: (c)
208. An: (c)
Sol: Euler's formula holds good for long
Sol: If both ends fixed
columns only.
4n2EI
(ICA e2 5° kl\T For a short column
If both ends hinged < 100

Rmin
n2EI 50
(Pcr /2 £2 — 4 Equivalent length of column with one end
fixed and other end hinged is
= 12.5 lcN
=
e
209. An.: (a)
Sot: Diameter of the core
20.2. Ann: (b)
= 2xeceentricity
D2 + d2
=2x 213. A115: (d)
8D
D2 +d2
Sol: Fixed —free end column
4D
2002 +1002
800 =2L
500
= = 62.5 mm
8
214. Ans: (d)

210.Ans: (b)
Sol: Area of analogous column for the fixed beam n2EI
Sol: Pcr = £
e
EI Percc
L = 3m, E = 200 GPa = 200x106 KPa Pcr CC D4
I ACE Engineering hiblications.:›HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPurielBhubaneswariLucknowiPaimajBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupatilKultatpallylKollmtalAhmedabad

4"4
00 4
I5Engineering Publications
4 .
Pcrl D4
217. Ans: (b)
Pcr2 (D )4 Sol: Per oc e 2
2 e
P
Per,
16 (Per )hinged—hinged Afi 2
=1:2
(Pcr )11inge—fixed (02
215. Ans: (b)

Sol: The axial load which just produces condition 218. Ans: (c)
of elastic instability in a column is called
Sol: Core section which is proof against tensile
Euler load or Buckling load on crippling load. stresses in case of circular section is of
D
216. Ans: (*) no answer diameter — .
4
Sol: For short columns for no tension condition D
Core section radius will be —
Direct stress + Bending stress _1:1 8
P Pe If radius of circular section is `r' then radius
— + — 0 (compressive)
A Z of core section will be
To avoid any tensile stresses in the column 2r r
r, — = —
load should be applied with is a concentric 8 4
circle of diameter D/4
219. Ans: (b)
I = 1— D4 Sol:
64
yma, = D/2
=
32
A = 132 For short colu s eccentric load P will cause

4
no tension.
—P Pxe
• <0 —P P
If
71 D2 n D3 A Z
4 32
e D/8 Here A = [D2 — D,2 ]
4
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Be ngaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada l Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,.
J
4
4: %
X44
ACE
4..
:423: Columns & Struts
221. Ans: (c)

I = 64[D4 -13;]
Sol: Diagram showing variation of axial load
_ D along the span is called thrust diagram.
Ymax —
2
—P <0 222. Ans: (c)

+ Pe
[D2 —D12 ] it (D4 —0 Sol: If the free end is supported by a prop, the
4 64
D effective length of column decreases. The
2 load carrying capacity increase.
D 2 +Di2
e=
8D
223. Ans: (c)
220.Ans: (c) Sol: Rankine Gordon Formula accounts both
Sol: Given direct load effect and buckling effect.
Length of column = L = 4 m area of cross- Applicable for both short and long
section = A= 2000 nam2 columns.
Ixx = 720 cm4
Tyy = 80 cm4
L
e fixed—fixed = — 2m
2
Slenderness ratio = = e
Kmin
min =
A
80 cm4
11 2000 x10-2 cm2
100 =
2 cm
-_11 25
_ Le = 200cm =100
Kmin 2 cm
Hydetabkd I belhi I Bhopal I Nile I ilhubbneaveat I Lucknowl Patna I Ilengaluni I Chouial I Vidayawada I VW%I Tinipati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
Strain Energy
Chapter Resilience
01. The maximum stress produced in a bar 5. The strain energy in a bar of 20 mm
when a load is applied suddenly is diameter,1.0 m length, and Young's
40 N.mm2. If the same load is applied modulus 200.0 GPa under an axial force of
gradually, the stress produced is (AE-1993) 100.0 N is (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 10 N/mm2 (b) 20 N/mm2 (a) 0.0796 N-mm (b) 0.796 kNm
(c) 40 N/mm2 (d) 80 N/mm2 (c) 0.080 Nm (d) 0.080 kNm
02. A simply supported beam of span V' and 6. The strain energy in a bar of 20.0 mm
flexural rigidity EI carries a unit load at its diameter, 1.0m length, and Young's
midspan section; the strain energy of the modulus 200.0 GPa under an axial force of
beam is (AEE 2003) 100.0 IN is (AEE-2004)
(a) /3 / (48 EI) (b) /3 / (192 EI) (a) 0.796 Nmm (b) 0.796 kNm
(c) (96 EI) (d) /3 / (24 EI) (c) 0.080 Nm (d) 0.080 kNm
03. The maximum strain energy stored in a 7. The strain energy stored in a body due to
material at its elastic limit per unit volume suddenly applied load compared to when it
is known as (AEE-2004) is applied gradually is (AEE-2007)
(a) resilience (a) same (b) twice
(b) proof resilience (c) four time (d) eight times
(c) modulus of resilience
(d) toughness modulus 8. Resilience of material is considered when it
is subjected to (AEE-2007)
04. A simply supported beam of span / carries a (a) fatigue (b) creep
uniformly distributed load w/m over the (c) shock loading (d) resonant condition
entire span; the strain energy of the beam is
given by (AEE-2004) 9. For a body of volume V and stresses due to
w 2 e2
‘
w 2 e5
,
gradually applied load, the strain energy
(a) (b) stored is (AEE-2007)
84E1 184E1
w2e 5
.
w2 e 5 s2V sE sE 2 sV2
(c) (d) (a) (b) (d)
240E1 384E1 2E V (c) V
L....WE Engineering Publications :

44e>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Timpati I Kuliatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
10.
t ACE
:Engineering Publicanons
Shear strain energy theory of the failure of a
: 425:
14. Proof resilience is defined as

Strains Energy Resilience
material at elastic limit is due to (AE CE/ME-2009)

(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) maximum strain energy stored in the
(a) Haig (b) Von Mises body
(c) Rankine (d) St. Venant (b) maximum stress
(c) maximum load
11. Modulus of resilience of a material is the (d) maximum stress per unit strain
area of the stress-strain curve upto
(AE CE/ME-2007) 15. Modulus of resilience is defined as
(a) failure (AE CE/ME-2009)
(b)upper yield point (a) proof resilience of a material per unit
(c) proportionality limit length
(d)elastic limit (b) proof resilience of a material per unit
area
12. If the load is dropped from a height on a (c) proof resilience of a material per unit
column of uniform section, the maximum volume
stress developed will be a function of (d) proof resilience of a material per unit
(AE CE/ME-2007) energy
(a) load dropped and bar length
(b)height of drop and load 16. Strain energy stored in a solid circular shaft
(c) load, height of drop, material properties subjected to torsion is proportional to
and bar diameter (2011 PH & Municipality)
(d)load, height of drop, material properties (d)
(a) GJ (b) (GJ)2 (c) 1
and bar size GJ (GJ)2
17. Modulus of resilience is
13. Resilience is defined as (2011 PH & Municipality)
(AE CE/ME-2009) (a) an index of elasticity
(a) total strain in a body (b) property to withstand heavy pressure
(b)total elastic strain energy stored in a (c) the property to store energy without
body undergoing permanent deformation
(c) total stress in the body (d) property to resist shocks
(d) total area of stress-strain diagram
I ACE Eintincering Publicalionsi,

‘\ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vnag I Tirupui I Kulcatpally I Kollcata I Ahmedabad
0
_4
:Engineering Pubhcations
18. Resilience is the energy stored in 22. The maximum strain energy stored in a
deformed body (AE 2011) circular shaft, under pure torque, per unit its
(a) kinetic energy volume is expressed as Umax =
(b) partially kinetic and partially potential (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(c) potential energy n2 n2
(a) (b)
(d) None of the above 4C 2C
q2 q2
(d)
19. The strain energy stored in a body of (c) 16C 64C
volume 'V' due to direct shear stress ' Where, q = permissible shear stress and
and shear modulus 'C' is C = shear modulus.
TV 2C 23. The Modulus of resilience for a body can be
(a) — (b) 2 v
2C expressed as (Where ap = Proof stress and
'CV 2
,r2v
(c) (d) E = Young's Modulus)
2C 2C
2
262
20. A load P is applied onto a body gradually (a) (b) EP volume x
2E
and the elongation observed is 12mm. If the
a2
same load P is applied suddenly. The (c) x volume (d) i x E
2E
instantaneous elongation in the body will be
24. The work done per unit volume in
(a) 12mm (b) 24mm
elongating a body by a uniaxial force is
(c) 6mm (d) 3mm
(AE-2012)
21. (a) stress/strain (b) stress x strain

An axial load of 100 kN is applied onto a
bar of length 3 m and cross-sectional area 1
(c) — xstress x strain(d) None of the above
2
100mm2. If E = 200 kN/mm2 the total strain
energy stored in the bar is equal to
25. The stress due to suddenly applied load is
times that of gradually applied
(a) 750N-mm (b) 7500N-mm
load (AE-2012)
(c) 75,000N-mm (d) 7,50,000N-mm
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
ACE Engineering Ptiblications 1//4>Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal Pune BhubaneskarIIucknowIPamaIBengaluru Chetniai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
Iv
v.
.
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 427 : Strains Energy Resilience
26. Strain energy(U) caused by bending is Height through which the load falls, E =
given by the relation (AE-2012) Modulus of rigidity, L Length of the
m2 body) (AE-2013)
(a) U = f 2 EI -dx (b) U = 2 EI dx
2AEh
(a) 11 (1+111+
m2 m2 A PL
dx (d) U = f dx
(c) U= J EI 3 EI
P 2AEh
(b) — 2 +111+
A PL
27. Strain energy stored in a hollow circular
shaft of external diameter D and internal P( 2AEh
(c) — 1+ 2 +
A 11 PL
diameter d when subjected to a shearing
stress t is equal to (AE-2013) P( 2AEh
(d) — 2 + 2 +
T 2 D2 d2 A 11 PL
(a) X Volume of shaft
2c D
T
2 (
d2 -\ D
2
+
30. Proof resilience is the mechanical property
(b) X Volume of shaft
2c D j of materials which indicates their capacity
to bear (Lecturers-2013)
T2 /D2 — d 2
(c) X Volume of shaft (a) static tensile loads
4c D
(b) static compressive loads
(D2 + d2 ) (c) shocks
(d) x Volume of shaft
4c D (d) none of the above
28. The maximum strain energy stored in a 31. A mild steel specimen is under uni-axial
body without permanent deformation is tensile stress. Young's modulus and yield
(AE-2013) stress for mild steel are 2 x 105 MPa and
(a) Resilience 250 MPa respectively. The maximum
(b) Proof Resilience amount of strain energy per unit volume
(c) Modulus of Resilience that can be stored in this without permanent
(d) Impact Resilience set is (Research Assistant 2013)
(a) 156 Nmm/mm3 (b) 15.6 Nmm/mm3
29. The maximum stress induced in a body if (c) 1.56 Nmm/mm3 (d) 0.156 Nmm/mm3
the load 'P' is applied with impact upon an
area of cross section 'A' is (Where h =
1 /4>Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally!Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-4 1.
.90 ACE
428: Strength of Materials
M :Engineezing Publications
4 I,
32. A weight W falls freely on a body from a

(a) q2 (b)
height of h. If the instantaneous (4C)
deformation of the body in the direction of
(c) q (d) 3
weight is 8, the work done by the force (4C) (4C)
is (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(a)Wh+Y2W (b) W (h + 8) 37. The ratio of energy stored in a rectangular
(c)V2Wh+W (d) V2 W (h + 8) cantilever beam loaded at the free end
without producing permanent set to the
33. The unit for modulus of resilience is energy stored in the same bar in simple
(TSPSC AE 2015) tension is (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) Joule (b) Joules/mm (a) 1/3 (b) 1/6 (c) 1/9 (d)
(c) Joules/mm2 (d) Joules/mm3
38. The strain energy stored due to bending for
34. If o. and E for a body of volume 2x105 mm3 a cantilever beam of span 1, modulus of
elasticity E, moment of inertia I and a point
are 10 N/mm2 and 1 x 105 N/mm2,
load P at the free end is
Resilience of the body is(TSPSC AE 2015)
(APPSC AEE Prelim 2016)
(a) 10 N mm (b) 120 N mm
p2e3 p2e5
(c) 125 kNm (d) 312.5 kNm (a) (b)
(60) (40EI)
p2 e3
35. A cantilever beam of length L is subjected , p2 e5
(c) (d)
to a point load P at free end. Then strain (96E1) (240E1)
energy in usual notations is expressed as
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 39. Strain energy is the
(a) PL3/(3EI) (b) PL/(6EI) (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(c) PL2/(36EI) (d) P2L3/(6EI) (a) energy stored in a body when strained
within elastic limits
(b) energy stored in a body when strained
36. The strain energy stored in a solid circular up to the breaking of a specimen
shaft, under pure torque, per unit its volume (c) maximum strain energy which can be
(take max shear stress = q and modulus of stored in a body
rigidity = C) is expressed as (d) proof resilience per unit volume of a
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) material
ACE Engineering Ptiblicalioni:,,,

‘‘ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal' Pune I Bhubaneswari Lucknowl PatnalBetigalutul Chennail Vilayawadal VizagritypatiiKukatpallyjKoLkaia I Ahmedabad
V
J
ACE 429 5U-aulus Einercgy
,rftittublications
40. A prismatic bar 1 m long and 4 sq. cm in 43, A specimen 160 mrn2 icy cros , sectio-o.
cross sectional area is compressed by a force stretches by 0.06 mm over a 50 7f-ffn
of 80 kN. if E = 200 kN/sq.mm, the total length under an axial load of 35 kl'4. The:
strain energy stored in the bar is equal to strain energy is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-20116) (AE Sub-ordinOwl, MOrp..s-J.q11?)
(a) 80 kN-mm (b) 40 kN-mm (a) 1436 N-mm (b) 'MO N--;r1,1;i.A
(c) 0.05 kN-mm (d) 400 kN-mm (c) 1050 N-ano (d) 1298 N-R-675.
41. As compared to uniaxial tension or 44. For ductile material, the suita.bie
compression, the strain energy stored in theory is
bending is only (ARTSC-A}E,E-Ffrviiriff-2(1-0TC''p
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-20117) (a) Maximum shear strain energy tiicsoy
(a) 1/4 (b) 1/3 (c) 1/8 (d) 1/2 (b) Maximum shear stress theory
(c) Both (a) and (b)
42. The stress induced in a body, when (d) None of the above
suddenly loaded, is how many times the
stress induced when the same load is
applied gradually
(a) equal to (b) Four times
(c) one-half times (d) two times
1/4 Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal I Pune BhubaneswariLucluiowi PatnalBengalurulChennailVijayawada Vizag rnrupati iKukatpaliy KoikaulAliinecUadi
I ACE Engineering PublicationN .i
yLi
ou ACE
:Enginouing Publications : 430 : Strength of Materials
Solutions
1. Ans: (b) we WX 2
MX = - X
Sol: asudden = 2agradual 2 2
2
40 = 2 (\ agradual) we wx 2
x dx
agradual = 20 MPa M2dx i( 2 2
U=
.1O 2E1 0 2E1
2. Ans: (a) 1 e w 2f 2 x 2 2w 2ex 3 w2x4
dx
Sol: x
2E1i. 4 O
4 4
x P1 1
5
W 2 e2X 3 2tX4 X
X
R AL Px RBI= Px
—
8E1 3 4 5
2
w2 Le2 x3 2ex4 x 5 ].
e
Px +—
Mx = 8E1 3 4 5
e /2 p2 x
"2 M2dX 2 CIX W2 e5 2t5 w215 20-30+12
= jo 2E1 = 0 2E1 8EI
L 3 4 5 8E1 60
3
e12
p2 3 w 2 ,e5
U= P2 [x
2E1 3 48E1 240E1
O
If P = 1 unit
05. Ans: (a)
U= Sol: Diameter, d = 20 mm
48E1
Length, 1 = 1000 mm
E = 200 x 103 MPa
3. Ans: (c)
P= 100N
P2 L (100)2 (1000)
U= =
2AE 7t4 x 20 2 jk200 x103 )
2( —
10'
27cx 200 x105
U = 0.0796 N-mm
e, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patina I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publications 1/4'
:0 ACE : 431: Strains Energy Resilience
J, :Engineering Publications
f.
6. Ans: (d) Modulus of resilience is the area under

Sol: Load, P = 100 x 103 N stress strain curve upto proportionality
E = 200 x 103 MPa limit.
Length, / = 1000 mm
P 12. Ans: (d)
U =2L
2AE Sol: Stress due to impact
2
(100x103 )2 x1000 P.h = .V
2E
2x—x 20 2 x 200x103
4 12PhE
impact =
= 0.08 x 106 N-mm = 0.08 kN-m 1 V
aimpact is a function of load, height of fall,

7. Ans: (b) modulus of elasticity (material property),
Sol: Strain energy due to sudden load is twice bar size (volume).
that of gradual load.
13. Ans: (b)
8. Ans: (d) Sol: Resilience: (Appropriate answer is) total
Sol: Resilience of a material is tested under elastic strain energy stored in a body.
resonant condition.
14. Ans: (a)
9. Ans: (a) Sol: Proof resilience: Maximum strain energy
Sol: For gradually applied load stored in a body.
a2 a2
U = — .V (or) .V 15. Ans: (c)
2E 2E
Sol: Modulus of resilience is the proof resilience
per unit volume.
10. Ans: (b)
Sol: Shear strain energy theory is given by Von
mises & Henkey. 16. Ans: (c)
Sol: Strain energy due to torsion
11. Ans: (c) T2 L
U=
Sol: P.L 2GJ
um = modulus of resilience 1
Ucc —
GJ
ACEEn{iuceiingPublicatiuiis IIydtfdlledIDellilI$Ilt0IftlhejliiittiatttortitILUhhriiii,Wawa!tketlgalWilICheutlalIVijayoradalVlbgI`hNlpatiIktikatpally KdlkataIAittiiedabad

4,
4.41110
0#
44
17. Ans (c) 22. Ans: (a)
Sol: Modulus of resilience is also defined as the
property to store strain energy without 23. Ans: (a)
permanent deformation. Sol: Vide solution of Q. 15
18. Ans: (c) 24. Ans: (c)

Sol: Resilience is the potential energy stored in a
body. 25. Ans: (a)
Sol: sudden = 2 X agradual
19. Ans: (d)
Sol: Strain energy due to direct shear stress.
26. Ans: (b)
T2 V 'r 2 V
U— or
2G 2C 27. Ans: (c)
Where G = C = rigidity modulus
T 2 ( D 2 — d2
Sol: U = . x Volume of shaft
4c D
20. Ans: (b)
Sol: gradual = 12 mm
28. Ans: (b) 29. Ans: (a) 30. Ans: (d)
sudden — 2 (gradual) = 24 mm
31. Ans: (d)

21. Any: (d)
Sol: E = 2 x 105 MPa
Sol: Axial load P = 100 x 103 N
= fy = 250 MPa
Length, /=. 3000 mm
1
Cross section area, A = 100 mm2 Um =-XGXE E= 6,£= 6}
2 c E
E = 200 x 103 N/mm2
1 a
p2L Um = —
2 xx—
U= E
2AE 1
U m = — x 250 x 250 5
(100 x 103 )2 x 3000 2 2x10
2 x100x 200x103 Um = 0.156 Nmm/mm3
1000 x 3000
2x2 32. Ans: (b)
= 750000 N-mm
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad Delhi 'Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Ludo:Low' Patna Bengaluru Chermai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkala Ahmedabad
4 4 ACE : 433: Strains Energy Resilience
..
4'Engineering Publications
33. Ans: (d) 36. Ans: (a) 37. Ans: (c)

1
Sol: = — X GX E
Um 2 38. Ans: (a)
N N — mm Joules Sol:
2 3 3
Mila MIT1 MITI
34. Ans: No answer

Sol:
a = 10 N/mm2
U = 1 SM2dx
E = 1 x 105 N/mm2 2E1
V = 2 x 105 Nimm3 1
= —(— P x)2 dx
2E1
U=62
U=—xV
2E
0 x3
1 P2
102 2E1 3 jo
U= x2x105 L
2x1x105
P2
r e31 p2 e3
= 100 Nmm
2E1[ 3 6E1
35. Ans: (d)

Sol: 39. Ans: (a)
40. Ans: (a)

Sol:
Length = 1 m
1
Area = 4 cm2
U M2dx
2E1 J Force = 80 kN
E = 200 kN/mm2
= 1- P XY dx p2 e
2E1 0 Total strain energy stored =
AE
1 p2[ X 3
802 x 1
2E1 3 10 — 80 kN-mm
4 x102 x 200
P2
[ e31 p2 e3
2E1 3 6E1
ACE Engineering Publications:: HyderabacliDelhilBhopaliPunelBhubaneswarILucknowlPatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad

P2L 31
Sol: Strain Energy =
2AE AL2
802 x 1 E1 = 3r 2
2x4x10-4 x2x105 E 2 L2
= 40 1cNum So cannot be compared
4L Ans: (*)
Soli: Energy stored in uniaxial compression 42. (d)
,A
; 43. Anis: (c)
;
;
1
14
1 :L 'hP Solt: Strain energy = — load x Deflection
p2L
Energy = = E1 = —x
1 35 x 0.06 x103
2AE 2
Energy in bending = 1050 Nmm
,A
44, Anus: (c)
iL
P2L3
Energy =
6E1 = E2
El P2L 6E1
x
E2 2AE P2L3
.5f-tydeea,b,a...tilbeilii1BhopallPtintliiiiiibintswiliAtiekiitfitillit
ACE Engineering Publicatinns, .
Propped eaags
Chapter Fixed Beams
01. In a fixed beam, the point of contraflexure: 4. In a propped cantilever the 13.-. •,:nber of
(a) For a uniformly distributed load are 4 possible points of contraflexure :,:.:_der any
(h) For a concentrated load is 1 type of loading is (AEE-1984)
(c) For a moment applied at the mid point (a) two (b) three
are 3 (c) one (d) none
5. A propped cantilever of span "L carries a
02. The maximum hogging moment in the case UDL of "w" per unit length. If r,.,.%oo is at
of a cantilever of span V' carrying a u.d free end prop reaction is (AE--',993)
load of intensity 'w' per unit length and (a) 1/2 wL (b) 5/8 wL
propped at the free end to the level of fixed (c) 3/8 wL (d) 3/4 wL
end is (AEE-1984)
we 2 we 2 6. A cantilever beam of span "L" is subjected
(a) (b) to point load "W" at the free end. it is
8 2
propped at the distance of L/4 from free
9we2
(c) wee (d) end. The prop reaction is. (A 1993)
4 128
(a) W (b) W/2
03. The left-hand support of fixed beam of span (c) 3W/2 (d) None
4 in sinks by 2 cm and the right hand
support sinks by 4 cm. The flexural rigidity 7. A cantilever beam AB of length 1 carries a
of the beam is 2 x 1011 kg cm2. The concentrated load W at its mid span C. If
moments developed at the fixed ends are: the free end B is supported o a rigid
(AEE-1984) prop, then there is a point of contrafexure
(a) 1.5 x 105 kg cm hogging at left end and (AEE-1996)
sagging at right end (a) between A and C
(b) 1.5 x 105 kg cm hogging at both sides (b)between C and B
(c) 1.5 x 105 kg m sagging at left end and (c) one between A and C and other between
hogging at right end C and B
(d) 1.5 x 105 kg cm hogging at both sides (d)no where in the beam
ACE Engi fleeting PublicaliOns:‘, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 'PuneI Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna I BengalttruI Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati Kultatpally j KolltataIAlunedabadi
4r
:ANN ACE : 436: Strength of Materials

tvergagineeling
4. Publications
08. A beam of length e is supported at two 11. In a fixed beam subjected to uniformly
points with equal overhangs a each. The distributed load throughout the span, points
beam carries a uniformly distributed load of of inflection occur at (AEE 2003)
w per unit run over the whole length. For (a) midspan section
the condition that the maximum bending (b) fixed ends
moment as small as possible. (c) 0.211 1 from the supports
(AEE-1996) (d) 0.2021 from the supports
(a) a = --e- (b) a = 0.207

2 12. A propped cantilever is subjected to a
(c) a = 0.25 .e (d) a = 0.35 .e uniformly distributed load w/m over its
span 1. The fixed end moment is
09. A cantilever of length 1 carries a uniformly (AEE 2003)
distributed load of w per unit run over the (a) —w/2/1 2 (b) —w12/24
whole length. If the free end is supported (c) + w//8 (d) —w12/8
over a rigid prop, the point of contraflexure
is (AEE-1996) 13. Points of inflexion in a fixed beam of span /
with uniformly distributed load over the
(a) -- / from the fixed end
entire span occur at (AE CEA/11E-2004)
(h) 1 from the free end (a) 0.207 / from each end
(b) 0.211 / from each end
3 (c) 0.2221 from each end
(c) — / from the free end
4 (d) 0.333 / from each end
1
— 1 from the free end
(d) 2
14. In a fixed beam with a central point load,
the bending moment is zero at
10. The ratio of the load carrying capacity of a
(AEE-2004)
fixed beam to that of a cantilever of the
(a) mid span section
same span subjected to uniformly
(b) quarter span sections
distributed load over the entire spans with
(c) one third span sections
reference to the bending moment is
(d) a distance of 0.211 times the span from
(AEE 2003)
the supports
(a) 6.0 (h) 4.5
(c) 3.0 (d) 1.0
Engincei-ing Publications f
''' HyderabadiDelhilBhoPaliPunelBhubanerwarILucknow1PainalBetiplumIChennailVijayawadalVizagiTiniPaliIKukatvallyIKolkaujAhmedabad
Cr .14
4
ACE . : 437: Propped Beams & Fixed Beams
V zigineering Pubhcattons
4
15. The maximum bending moment in a 18. A propped cantilever of span 1 with
propped cantilever subjected to a mid-span distributed load w/m over its entire length is
concentrated load occurs subjected to design bending moment.
(AE CE/ME-2004) (AE CE/ME AEE-2004)
(a) between the prop and mid-span section (a) — (w12/8) and shear force w//2
(b) under the load (b) + (w12/2) and shear force (3w1/8)
(c) at the fixed end (c) — (w12/2) and shear force (3w1/8)
(d) between the fixed end and mid-span (d) (w12/8) and shear force (5w1/8)
section
19. A cantilever of span / is propped by a spring
16. A cantilever beam of span L is fixed at one of stiffness k at the free end at the same
end propped at the other end. It carries a level as the fixed support. If the beam is
point load W, at mid-span, the level of the loaded uniformly w/m, the prop re.,..hction is
prop is the same as that of the fixed end. (AEIE-26041)
The reaction R at the fixed end is equal to
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (b) 31
8
k
(
22W 3\
(a) R = I I W (b) R =
16 16 we
8)
=106W (d)
(c) R = 5W (d) R ( 3E1)
16 1+
ke3 ) V'
17. A cantilever beam carrying uniformly

20. The ratio of the load carrying capacity of a
distributed load w per unit length is propped
fixed beam to that of a propped cantilever
at the other end. The bending moment at the
of the same span subjected to uniformly
propped end is zero and also at
distributed load over the entire span with
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
reference to shear force is (ABZE-10641)
(a) Mid point of cantilever
(a) 1.25 (b) 0.80
(b)Fixed end of cantilever
(c) L33 (d) 0.75
(c) 3/4 length from free end
(d)1/4 length from free end
ACE Engincring Publications:,>Hyderabad IDelhijBhopallPunelBhubaneswar ILucknowl Patna! BengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupatiiKukatpally I Kolkatal Ahmedabad

0 t . A.CE : 438: Strength of Materials
•,'Tam:mealy* Publications
21. If the load at the free end of a cantilever is 25. The number of points of inflection in a fixed
increased the failure will occur beam with a moment at its mid span is
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (2006 Regular)
(a) at the free end (a) zero (b) one
(t ,A the support (c) two (d)three
(c) _FA the centre
(c) anywhere between the free end and the 26. A redundant beam has: (2006 Regular)
•T:entre (a) too few supports
(b) too many supports
22, The maximum bending moment in a propped (e) too many equilibrium conditions
illever subjected to a mid-span (d) too many loads
c(-_,•1•1,:.entrated load occurs (2006 Dee)
(r) between the prop and mid-span section 27. In a fixed prismatic beam the area of free
(b) under the load bending moment diagram is equal to area of
(c) at the fixed end support moment diagram, because
(d) between the fixed end and mid-span (2006 Backlog)
section (a) deflection is zero at both ends
(b) slope is zero at midspan
23. A fixed beam of span '1' is subjected to a (c) deflection is maximum at midspan
un'formly distributed load w/m over its (d) slopes are zero at both ends
entire length; the maximum deflection in
the beam is (AE CE/ME-2004, 2006 Dee) 28. A prismatic fixed beam of span 12 in and
(a) 0.0026 w/3/(EI) (b) 0.0130 w/4/(EI) flexural rigidity 15000 kNm2 is loaded. If
(c) 0.0026 w14/(EI) (d) 0.0130 w/3/(EI) the right hand side support sinks by 6 mm
the shear force produced at the L.H.S.
24. A cantilever with uniformly distributed load support will be (2006 Backlog)
and propped at free end has (a) 3.75 kN (b) 9.00 kN
(2006 Regular) (c) 0.625 IN (d) 1.5 kN
(a, contraflexure at two points
(b) only one contraflexure point
(c) contraflexure at three points
contraflexure point at all
ACE Engineering Publications_ j>Hyderabad 'Delhi I Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar l Loeb:tow' Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
o
14
-41, ACE : 439: Propped Beams & Fixed Beams
v. :Engineering Publications
-
29. A propped cantilever beam of span 4 m and 33. The degree of indeterminacy of a propped
uniform section carries uniformly cantilever beam is (2006 Backlog)
distributed load of intensity 12 kN/m over (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
full span. The prop reaction is kN.
(2006 Backlog) 34. A fixed beam of span 6 m carries uniformly
(a) 16 (b) 18 distributed load over full span. What is the
(c) 24 (d) 12 distance of point of contraflexure from
midspan section ? (2006 Backlog)
30. In a prismatic fixed beam of span 6 m a (a) 1.5 m (b) 1.414 m
point load of 54 kN is applied at a section 4 (c) 1.6667 m (d) 1.732 m
metres from L.H.S. support. The reaction of
the L.H.S. support is (2006 Backlog) 35. Statically indeterminate structures are opted
(a) 27 kN (b) 14 kN inspite of being indeterminate because
(c) 12 IN (d) 10 kN (2006 Backlog)
(a) they can be made of good materials
31. A prismatic beam of span 10 metres is fixed (b) they can be designed to have larger
at both ends and a central concentrated load dimensions
is applied. The point of contraflexure lies at (c) higher loads can be supported with less
a distance from midspan. consumption of materials
(2006 Backlog) (d) they can be easily analysed
(a) 2.5 m (b) 3 m
36. A cantilever beam carrying uniformly
(c) 3.333 m (d) 2 m
distributed load w per unit length is propped
at the other end. The bending moment at
32. A propped cantilever beam of span L and
the propped end is zero and also at
flexural rigidity EI carries a central point
(2006 Backlog)
load P. The shear force at a distance L / 4
(a) mid point of cantilever
from the prop is (2006 Backlog)
(b) fixed end of cantilever
(a) P / 2 (b) P / 4
(c) 3/4 length from free end
(c)5 /16P (d)3 / 8P
(d) 1/4 length from free end
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vimg Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lo
4—
37. A cantilever beam of span L is fixed at one 41. If the beam is fixed at both ends is centrally
end propped at the other end. It carries a loaded by W, bending moment at the centre
point load W, at mid-span, the level of the will be (AEE-2007)
prop is the same as that of the fixed end.
(a) W/ (b)
we
The reaction R at the fixed end is equal to 2
(2006 Backlog) We We
(c) — (d)
(a) R = (11 W / 16) (b) R = (22 W / 16) 4 8
(c) R = (5 W / 16) (d) R = (10 W / 16)
42. A beam firmly supported at both the ends
38. In a fixed beam with a central point load,
and having uniformly distributed load will
the bending moment is zero at (2006 Dec)
have the location of zero bending moment
(a) mid span section
from either end at a distance (l being the
(b) quarter span section
length of the beam) (AEE-2007)
(c) one third span section
(d)a distance of 0.212 times the span from (a) zero (b)
8
the supports
(c) (d) None of the above
39. Point of inflection in a fixed beam of span 1 4
with uniformly distributed load over the
entire span occur at (2006 Dec) 43. Two beams 'A' and ÌE3' carrying a central
(a) 0.207 1 from each end point load W are shown in figure. The
(b) 0.211 1 from each end deflection of beam 'A' will be as
(c) 0.222 1 from each end compared to beam 13'.
(d) 0.333 1 from each end (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
w
40. The design bending moment and shear
force in a two span continuous beam of Beam A
equal spans I subjected to distributed load w

w/m over the entire length are, respectively
Beam B
(AEE-2007)
(a) (—w/2/8) and (w//2) (a) One-eighth (b) one-fourth
(b)(+w12/2) and (3w1/8) (c) one-half (d) double
(c) (—w/2/2) and (5w1/8)
(d)(—w12/8) and (5w1/8)
ACE Engineering Publications \ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ie
le
„ ACE : 441: Propped Beams & Fixed Beams
.1 4.
44. A fixed beam of span V' is loaded with 48. A beam AB is fixed at both ends and carries
uniformly distributed load throughout the a udl of intensity 'w' per unit run over its
span. The contraflexure point will be at entire length. Due to some constructional
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) defects, the end B is now reduced to a
(a) 0.21 1 (b) 0.271 sample support. The percentage ir ,v.e.ase in
(c) 0.25 / (d) 0.01 1 bending niciment at A is: (AEL-2008)
(a) 25 (b) 50 (c) 75 (d) 100
45. The magnitude of fixed end moments in a
fixed beam of uniform flexural rigidity 49. The deflection at the centre of a fixed beam
carrying a total load W triangularly carrying a central point load 'W' is
distributed over the entire span L are (Managers-2008)
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) (a) one fourth the central deflection of
(a) W//10, W//15 (b) W//10, W//12 simply supported beam of same length
(c) W//12, W//15 (d) W//8, W//10 (b) one fifth the central deflection of simply
46. A cantilever of effective length V' carries a
(c) one third the central deflection of
total load w/ uniformly distributed
simply supported beam of same length
throughout the length. If the cantilever is
(d) twice the central deflection of simply
propped on a point 1/4 from the free end
such that there is no deflection of free end,
the reaction at the prop is
50. A propped cantilever of span / with
uniformly distributed load w/m over its
(a) 16 w//81 (b) 16 w//49
entire length is subjected to design.
(c) 16 w//35 (d) 16 w//27
(2008)
(a) bending moment (w12 /8) and shear
47. The number of contraflexure points that occur
force (w//2)
in a fixed end beam and subjected to
(b) bending moment (+w/2/2) and shear
concentrated load is
force (w//8)
(c) bending moment (—w12/8) and shear
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 3
force (5w1/8)
(d) bending moment (—w12/2) and shear
force (5w1/8)
ACE Engineering Publications 1/4ve>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vjjayawada I Vizag I Tinipati I Kultatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
st as
ACE
4
4,
51. Indeterminate beams: (2008) (a) M (b) 1.5 M

(a) are continuous (c) 2 M (d) 3M
(b) have all the supports fixed
(c) cannot be analysed 56. In the propped cantilever beam carrying a
(d) requires compatibility conditions for uniformly distributed load of w N/m, the
analysis reaction at the propped end is
(2008 Tribal Welfare)
52. The reaction at the support that sinks:
(2008) (a) wL (b) wL
8 8
(a) increase 1 3
(c) — wL (d) — wL
(b) decrease 2 4
(c) may increase or decrease depending
upon the span 57. A cantilever is propped at the free end. A
(d) may increase or decrease depending load W is acting at the mid-span of the
upon the loading cantilever, L is the length of the cantilever.
The upward deflection of the cantilever due
53. The effects of support sinking can be
prop-reaction P at the free end is
ignored in: (2008)
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) determinate beams
PL2 PL2 PL4 PL
(b) indeterminate beams (a) (b) — (c) (d)
3E1 3E1 3E1 3EI
(c) continuous beams
(d) continuous beams with long spans
58. Two fixed beams A and B are shown in the
54. What is the maximum number of unknown following figures. The ratio of maximum
reaction components that can be deflection of beam A to maximum
determined using only statics. deflection of beam B is
(2008 Tribal Welfare) (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3 Total load W
k-4 01
N 1/2
55. Due to some point load anywhere on a fixed 1 r
beam, the maximum free bending moment (a) beam A (b) beam B
is 'W. the sum of fixed end moment is

(2008 Tribal Welfare) (a) 1/2 (b) 1/3 (c) 1/4 (d) 1/8
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna( Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ie 4
ACE : 443: Propped Beams & Fixed Beams
4
59. A cantilever of length '1' carries a UDL of 62. The Maximum deflection caused in a
10 per unit run, over the whole length. If the propped — cantilever beam subjected to a
free end be supported over a rigid prop, the uniformly distributed load is
reaction the prop will be (AE 2011) Where,
5we 3we 7we 2we W = total load,
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 8 8 8 L = span,
EI = flexural rigidity. (2011)
60. Maximum deflection of a beam caused by WL3 WL3
(a) (b)
uniformly distributed load acting on a beam 185E1 192E1
with both the ends fixed is (2011) 5WL3 WL3
(c) (d)
WL3 11WL3 384E1 384E1
(a) (b)
15E1 60E1
WL3 63. A rigid prop is one which (2011)
(d)
60E1 384E1 (a) Permits 50% of free deflection, that
Where, would have occurred if the prop were
W = total load, not there
EI = Flexural rigidity, (b) Does not permit any displacement
L = span perpendicular to plane of prop
(c) Does not offer any reaction
61. Maximum deflection caused by a (d) Supports the entire load and relives all
concentrated load at mid point of a fixed other supports completely
end beam is (2011)
WL3 WL3 64. A cantilever beam subjected to a uniformly
(a) (b)
185E1 192E1 distributed load of intensity w/m run is
5WL3 WL3 propped by a rigid prop to the same level
(c) (d)
384E1 384E1 of fixed support. The reaction in the prop is
Where, (2011)
W = Total load, 3 w/ 5
(a) — w/ (b) — (c) w/ (d) — w/
EI = Flexural rigidity, 8 2 8
L = Span
ACE Engineering Publications ve Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow j Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Arljayawada j vizag I Tirupan I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad I
ACE
‘:
'FAgineoring Pithliatfions : 444: Strength of Materials
65. A beam is a structural member 70. The degree of static indeterminacy of a

predominantly subjected to (2011) propped cantilever beam is
(a) transverse loads (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(b) axial loads (a) Zero (b) One (c) Two (d) Three
(c) twisting moment
71. A Propped cantilever beam of span / carries
a uniformly distributed load of intensity w
66. In a fixed beam is subjected to udl throughout per unit length over its full span. The point
the span; the point of contraflexure will of contraflexure in the beam occurs at a
oecur at (2011) distance of from its fixed end.
(a) 112 (2011 Deputy Surveyor)
(b)! ter.1 wo fixed supports / 2/ 31
(a) — (b) — (c) (d)
(t4 0.21 L front each of the supports 4 4 4
(ii) 0.667 L from each of the supports
72. A beam 'ABC' is simply supported at 'B'
1
. 1 governing differential equation of a
and 'C' and 'AB' being the over hanging
with the usual notation, is (2011)
portion with udl. The maximum number of
(a) (.1.2y/dx3 =--F- / (El)
contra-flexure points in the beam will be
cl2y/dx2 = M(x) / (El)
equal to (2011 Additional)
(4:;) 2y/c1x.2 = — q(x) / (El)
(a) Zero (b) One (c) Two (d) Three
(d' dy/dx q(x) / (El)
73. The units of bending moment are
cantilever- carr.ying a uniformly
(2011 Additional)
distributed load 'w' kg per unit length is
(a) kN-m (b) kN-m2
propped at free end. The reaction at the
(c) kN/m (d) kN/m2
lis (2011 l R & Municipality)
/4 3w/ 55w/ 74. A fixed beam 'AB' 6 m long carries a
(a; wi (b) (c) (d)
8 8 8 vertical load 90 kN at 2 m from 'A'. The
69. A Propped cantilever beam of length 8 m fixed end moments at 'A' and '13' are
CNtrikYi a central point load of 32 kN. The (AEE-2012)
1'rop reaction here is (a) 40 kN-m, 801N-rn
(201 fl Deputy Surveyor) (b) 40 kN-m, 120 kN-m
(24 22 k-N (b) 10 kN (c) 80 kN-m, 40 kN-m
(e) 16 IN (d) 24 kN (d) 120 kN-m, 80 kN-m
ACE Eng ieerillg Pt thlicatioi e
)Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal 'Pune 'Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Benxduru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukaipally I Kolicata I Ahmedabad
ps
u 4 ACE : 445 : Propped Beams & Fixed Beams
u,, :Engineering Publications
-
75. In a fixed beam, at the fixed ends 79. Reaction at the level of prop at free end of a
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) cantilever of span '1' carrying a u.d./. of
(a) slope is zero and deflection is maximum "W" per unit length is
(b) slope is maximum and deflection is zero (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(c) both slope and deflection are maximum (a) -\-V-± (b) 5 e
4 8
(d) slope and deflection are zero
(c) ge
(d) 311"
76. A cantilever of length L carries a udl of a w
per unit run, over the whole length. If the
80. A cantilever beam of span L and flexural
free end be supported over a rigid prop. the
rigidity EI carries a point load W, vertically
reaction of the prop will be (AEE-2012)
downwards at its free end. The free end of
2we 5we
(a) (b) the beam is resting at the centre of another
8 8
simply supported beam of span L and
3w e 7we
(c) (d) flexural rigidity EL The support reactions
8 8
for the simply supported beam are and
77. A propped cantilever beam of span, 1, is . (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
loaded with uniformly distributed load of (a) 8W/3, 8W/3 (b) W/2, W/2
intensity w/unit length, all through the span. (c) 8W/17, 8W/17 (d) W/4, W/4
Bending moment at the fixed end is
(Research Assistant 2013) 81. What is the magnitude of fixed end moment
we 2 of a propped cantilever beam having length
wet
(a) (b) `L' carrying a concentrated load `P' at the
8 2
we e mid-span? Take EI = constant
(c) (d) wee
(TS GENCO 2015)
12 24
3PL (b) 3PL
(a)
8 16
78. A beam fixed at both ends carries a UDL of
5P L PL
20 kN/m over the entire span of 6.0m. The (c) (d)
16 4
bending moment at the centre of the beam
is (Lecturers-2013)
(a) 10 kNm (b) 30 kNm
(c) 60 kNm (d) 90 kNm
I ACE Ighlecri ng Publica.tiolis ;‘,›Hyderabad !DelhiI BhopalI PuneIBhubaneswarILucknowI Patna BengaluruI ChennaiIVjjayanadaI VitagITitupati J Kulmtpally KolkataI Ahmedabad
4-4 ACE : 446: Strength of Materials
JJ :0Engineering Publications
4.
82. What is the reaction of a prop, supported at 84. The variation of the bending moment due to
the free end of a cantilever of length '1' a moving load on a fixed ended beam
carrying a uniformly distributed load of 'w' occurs
per unit run the whole length? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (a) linear (b) parabolic
5 (c) cubic (d) constant
(a) awe (b) we
7 85. A prismatic beam of length L is fixed at

(c) !we (d) we
8 both ends carries a uniformly distributed
load. The distance of points of contraflexure
83. A point load 'W' is acting at mid span of a from either end is
cantilever of length '1' . If the free end is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
supported on a rigid prop, the reaction of (a) 0.207 L (b) 0.211 L
the prop is (c) 0.277 L (d) 0.25 L
W W
(a) (b)
13 11
5W
(c) (d) 7W
16 9
ACE Engineering Publicarions >HyderabadIDelhilBhopoiruneIBhubane.riLucknowipatnalsengaumichennailvijayawadaivizagiTimpatiliailtatpallyixowatalAhmethbad

4'0
t :Engineering
Pu
ACE
blications : 447: Propped Beams & Fixed Beams
J
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) Downward deflection due to load W
2. Ans: (a)
Sol:
1 we 3 3 1 3 we 3 2(3
—E
4 EI 4 8 2 4 EI 4 3 4
We4 RBe3
8E1 3E1 9we3 27we3
128E1 192E1
RB = We
8 , 27we3 +54we 81we3
01 =
3 384E1 384E1
... MA = — We>ce—Wexl
8 2
P(-
3 el
3we2 we
8
-
2
_
3we 2
8
4we 2
62 —
4
3E1
= 27Pe3
192E1
••• 81 — 62
we 2 we2
81we3 27Pt3
= (hogging)
8 8 384E1 192E1
3
P=—w
3. Ans: (a) 2
6E18
Sol: M = 2
(8 = 4 - 2 = 2cm )
07. Ans: (a)
4. Ans: (c) 5. Ans: (c) Sol:
AI
6. Ans: (c)
Sol: 5
•
R =
• B 16
•
e 5 we
MA = — w x t +
P 16 2
The deflection at P = 0
ACE Engineering Publications)>Hyderabadi Delhi' BhopallPune 'Bhubaneswar ILueknow1PatnalBengalunil Chennai Viiayawada 1Vizagairupatil KukatpallyjKolkatil Ahmedabad
4
t ACE
Y4 :Engneering Publications : 448: Strength of Materials
4 4
3we wx 2
MX RB X
16 2
Rife _ we4
3E1 8E1
3
R = we
B
11 3 ,vvx 2
M = — wex
8 2
The point of contraflexure is the point
8. Ans: (b) where the BM changes its sign
Sol: Mx= 0
wx 2
3
— wex =
8 2
1
=x
Maximum sagging moment maximum 4
hogging BM 3e From free end
we r .e_ wt ,)_ wa 2 4
a)
2 ) 2( 2
10. Ans: (a)
e-2a)22 2
( 2 4
=a
£ 2 =4a2
Sol:
w22
212 -4 .0A 2
4a2 + 4/a_ /2 = 0
a = 0.207/
9. Ans: ( c)
Sol: w.2 2 we e
M max
12 12
Ratio of load carrying capacity
x we e
N = 2 =6
w22
12
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow1Patna Bengaluni I Chennai VilaYawada l Vuag rnruPali iK4a1PallYi Kolkata l Ahmedabad
4, 4
:Engineesing Publications
4 4.
11. Ans: (c) 14. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
\
W
MX = 0
x
2 x+ 2 -8 =-
Points of inflection occur at Mx =0 4x - 8x + - =0
we 2 Wet 8
(x) wx 0
2 2 12 -4x+31=0
3
- x2 =0
—
2 x = -e
6 4
x = 0.211 1 from the supports
15. Ans: (d)
12. Ans: (d)
16. Ans: (a)
Sol:
3
-we
8
RB
3 „
Fixed end moment M = -weV)
8
2
R 3 W( 2 )22
3we2 - 4we 2
W(2)
3E1 3E1 2E1 2)

8
we 2 R B.e3 w 3 We3
= vv
8 3E1 24E1 16E1
R B 5W
13. Ans: (b) 3 48
RB = W
16
11
Fixed support reaction = W
16
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknowl Patna Bengalum Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,
et ACE : 450: Strength of Materials
1, :Engineerng
i Publications
4 4,
17. Ans: (c) 18. Ans: (d) 21. Ans: (b)
19. Ans: (c)

Sol:
NV
Down ward deflection due to UDL — up

ward deflection due to prop reaction =
deflection in spring
we4 Rwe' RB
8E1 3E1 k
We know
we4 ( 23 1)
= RB +- RA RB = W
8E1 3E1 k
5we3 R we3 = 0
we 4 23 3E1)
=RB 48E1 3E1
8E1 3E1 1+kt3 5W 11W
RB = ,RA =
16 16
we(3)
Moment at A
RB
3E1 we 5wt we
1+ RB xt—=
ke3 2 16 2
3we
20. Ans: (b) (hogging)
—16
Sol: Fixed beam SF = wt BM under load
2
5wt
= RB x 2 = —(Sagging)
Propped cantilever max S.F = we 32
8
we
23. Ans: (c) 24. Ans: (b) 25. Ans: (d)
Ratio of load carrying capacity — 5 2
we
8 26. Ans: (b) 27. Ans: (d)
4
= — = 0.8
5
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I DelhiIBhopalIPune I BhubaneswarI LueknowlPainaIBengaluruI ChennaiIVijayawadaIWagI Tirup atiIKukatpally j Kolb&IAhmedabad
Iiifinimeesing Publications
28. Ans: (c) 31. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol: . W
•
I 12E18
CNN r wt
6E16 8
£2 Id 8
6E18
.e2 2
2
12 EIS Point of contraflexure occurs at 3/4 / from
LHS support reaction —
any one end x = 7.5 m
12x15000x6x10-3 x = 2.5 m from
123 midspan
= 0.625 kN
32. Ans: (c)
29. Ans: (b) Sol: ••
Soh
3
R B = -3- W£ = — xl2x 4 =18kN
.4 1/2 44 //2 •
8 8
30. Ans: (b) P(2,) 3 P(2)2 (,)

Sol: 54 kN 3E1 3E1 2E1 2)
24 (A p48
RBe3 Re3 513.e3
t = + =
3E1 24E1 16E1 48E1
P
R, =L
wab2 _ 54x4x4 16
MA= £2 36 513
= 24 kN-m 16
11P
wa2 b 54x16x 2 16
MB= Q2 = 4
36 L 5P
The SF — From prop is
= 48 kN-m 4 16
E MB = 0
RA x 6+48=54 x 2+24 33. Ans: (b)
RA x 6 = 84
RA = 14 kN
higinecling Publications
(>HyderabadIDelhillihopaliPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennaiMayawadalVizagITtruPaiiIKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
44.
ACE
so 4
l,
:Fagineezing Publications : 452:
3 )3
3 2
34. Ans: (d)
Sol: we4 4t
R B (- RB -
4
8E1 3E1 2E1 4
wet we2
we4 RB(27e3 ) RB (9t3 )
12 C. 41 12 +
8E1 64 x 3E1 128E1
we
2 we 9RB + 9RB
Mx = 0 8 64 128
we WX 2we 2 we 18RB +9R B = 27RB
(x) = 0
2 2 12 8 128 128
tp 2 6
fx - 2 - = 0 = L we
6 - 27
6x2 -6fx+ e 2 =0
x= 4.732 from any support. 47. Ans: (b)
Distance of POI from midspan = 4.732 - 3
= 1.732 m 48. Ans: (b)
wee we e
35. Ans: (c) 36. Ans: (c) 37. Ans: (a) Sol: Percentage Increase - 8 12 x100
wee
38. Ans: (b) 39. Ans: (b) 40. Ans: (d) 12

=50%
41. Ans: (d) 42. Ans: (d) 43. Ans (b)
49. Ans: (a) 50. Ans: (c) 51. Ans: (d)
44. Ans (a) 45. Ans (a)
46. Ans (d) 52. Ans: (b) 53. Ans: (a) 54. Ans: (d)
Sol:
•
• 55. Ans: (a) 56. Ans: (b) 57. Ans: (b)
RB
58. Ans: (a) 59. Ans: (b) 60. Ans: (d)
Deflection at free end is zero

61. Ans: (b) 62. Ans: (b) 63. Ans: (b)
deflection due to udl = deflection due to
support
64. Ans: (a) 65. Ans: (a) 66. Ans: (c)

\ Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknowIPatnalBengaluruiChennai IVijayawadalVizagITiruPaliIKuluiPallyiKolkatalAhrnedaind
116.

SiEugineeting Publications
4 ....
67. Ans: (b) 68. Ans: (c) 80. Ans: (c)
w
Sol:
69. Ans: (b)
Sol: RB = W
16
= 5 x 32 =10 kN
16
RB
70. Ans: (b) 71. Ans: (a) 72. Ans: (b) I
I
73. Ans: (a) RB
(w-Rof3 RBe3
74. Ans: (c) 3E1 48E1
Sol: 48
90 kN RB = w
Wab2 51
a R 24 8
Reaction at C & D = B = —w = — w
90x 2x16 2 51 17
=80 kN-m
36
81. Ans: (b)
Wa 2b 90 x 4 x 4
MB = — = 40 kN-m
e2 36
82. Ans: (a)
75. Ans: (d) 76. Ans: (c) 77. Ans: (a) Sol:
w/unit run
78. Ans: (b) A; B
/ it
We2
Sol: Bending moment at centre —
24
R e3
Upward deflection due to prop — B
20 x 6 2 3E1
24 4
we
= 30 kN-m Download deflection due to U.D.L —
8E1
Upward deflection = Download deflection
79. Ans: (d)
R Be we4
3E1 8E1
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabacIlDelhilBhopaliPurielBhubaneswarlLucknowiPatnalBengalurulChennailVilayawadalVizaglTimpatilKulcatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad

.„
.1
83. Ans: (c) 85. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
1
Point of contraflexure
A
we2 wt2 we2
w 12 • 8 12
B
A% 5wL3
Yb =
48E1 Iwee
12
VBL3 we 2
1
Yu =
A! 3E1 Y=
12
4h
y= x(e —
Equating upward and downward deflection
VBL3 5wL3 We2 4 (We j (e x)
x
3E1 — 48E1 12 .Q 2 8
5 2
V = —W
B 16 6 = X (.e — X )
84. Ans: (b) x 2 — .ex + =

6
x= 0.2111 r450.212
ACE binginvering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Palma! BengahiniI Chennai I VilaYa•ada I VizagillruPati I K0,84,841 K08,28,1Alm8xWod
A Shear Centre and
Chapter Unsymmetric bending
01. In which of the following the centroid lies twisting of the cross-section of the beam is
outside the section? called
(AE-1993) (Research Assistant 2013)
(a) Symmetrical I-section (a) Moment centre
(b) Tee-section (b) Centroid
(c) Unsymmetrical I-section (c) Shear centre
(d) Angle section (d) Elastic centre
02. It is preferable that the resultant transverse

load on a beam may pass through the shear 05. The shear centre for an angle section is
centre of the section, otherwise will be located
induced on the beam (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(APPSC-2006 Backlog) (a) at the rigidity centre of the angle
(a) shear lag (b) at the intersection of flanges
(b) torsion (c) at the centroid of the angle
(c) unsymmetrical bending (d) at the tip of the flange
(d) crippling
06. A beam has a circular cross section. If the
03. Shear flow on a section indicates: plane of loading on the beam does not
(APPSC-2008) coincide with the centroidal axis of the
(a) shear stresses at the neutral axis beam the member is subjected to
(b) shear force per unit length (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(c) shear resistance of the section (a) axial force, shear force and torque
(d) shear force per unit depth (b) torque, shear force
(c) torque, shear force and bending moment
04. The point within the cross-sectional plane of (d) axial force, shear force and bending
a beam through which the resultant of the moment
external loading on the beam has to pass
through to ensure pure bending without
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadlDethilBhopallhatelBhubaneswarliucknowlPatrialBengalitrulChennailVijayawadalVizaglTirupatilKultaqullylKolkaialAhmedabad
4.,
ACE
.4 -
:Engineering Academy : 456: Strength of materials
07. If the load does NOT passes through shear 08. Shear centre is a point through which the
centre of the section of the beam, then there load should act in a member such that
will be (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) Only twisting acts and no bending
(a) No bending of the beam (b) Bending and twisting act
(b) Only bending of the beam (c) Shear and bending acts but no
(c) Only twisting of the beam twisting
(d) Both bending and twisting of the beam (d) Only shear acts and no bending and
twisting
(ACE Erigg. Academy ) Hyderabad I Delhi! Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Hengalurul LucknowIPatna I ChennailVidayawadalVizag I Tirupati !Guntur' Kukatpally(Hyd)
4. 4
tv
I, ACE : 4.57 : Shear Center
:Engineering Academy
4
4
Solutions
01. Ans: (d)

/P
Sol:
Shear
Centre
No Torsion Torsion:
As resultant load does
not pass through shear centre
3. Ans: (b)
4. Ans: (c)
5. Ans: (b)
Sol:
02. Ans: (b)

Sol: Torsion will occur when resultant of
transverse force do not pass through shear
centre of the section.
Shear centre
06. Ans: (c)

Sol: Torsion along with shear force and bending
moment will occur if plane of loading does
not coincide with centroidal axis.
(-II:ngi nci ring Nications >Hyderabad! Delhi I Bhopal I Pune iBhubaneswariLucknow I Patnal BerwiluruIChennaiMayawadalVizag ITirupatil Kukatpally1 Kolkata I Ahmedabad
tet
ACE : 458 : Strength of materials
sEngineefing Academy
7. Ans: (d)
8. Ans: (c)
Sol: If the load acts through shear centre, it
avoids twisting in the section
Ex:
No Twisting Produces Twisting
Hyderabad! Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Bengalurul Lucknowl Patna I Ckennail VilaYawada I Vizas Ilirupati I Guntur' Kukatpally(Hyd)
Chapter
5 Theories of Failure
1. At a material point the principal stresses are el = 100 MPa and 02 = 20 MPa. If the elastic limit is 200 MPa,
what is the factor of safety based on maximum shear stress theory?
(a) 1.5 (b) 2
(c) 2.5 (d) 3
2. Let al, 02 and 03 are the principal stresses at a material point. If the yield stress of the material is
ay, then according to von Mises theory yielding will not occur if
(a) (at _ 02)2 + (02- 03)2 + (03- 002 < 2(002
(b) maxKor 02), (02- 03), (03- at )] <

(c) (01)2 + (02)2 4_ (03)2 <0:02
(d) (0i)2 + (02)2 + (03)2 - 2v(01 02 + 02 03 + 03 01) < (or) 2
ACT higinccring Publications HyderabadIDelhill3hopalIPunelBhubaneswariLucknowlPatnalBengaturulChennailVdayawadalVizagiTirupaiiiKuk.trullylKolkatajAhmedabad

0,
,..4., ....„
.;4 ... ACE
,`,'Engineezing Academy : 460 : Strength of materials
Solutions
1. Ans: (b)
Sol: al = 100 MPa
az= 20 MPa
cr3 = 0 (Minimum principal stress)
cry = 200 MPa
According to Maximum Shear Stress theory
cry
Imax
2FOS
61 —63 = 6y
2 2FOS
ay
6, — 6, =
' ' FOC
200
100 — 0 = 200 FOS = =2
FOS 100
2. Ans: (a)
45HyderabadIDelhilBhopall Pune I BhubaneswarILucknowl Patna I BengaluruICI tennai I VijayawadaIVizag ITimpati I Klikatpally IKolkataI Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publicationsi,
Page No. 46
Fluid Medlani
Properties of Fluids
Chapter
01. The viscosity of gases 05. An ideal fluid is (AE-1993)

(AEE-1984) (a) One which obeys Newton's law of
(a) decreases with temperature viscosity
(b) increases with temperature (b) Frictionless and incompressible
(c) is independent of temperature (c) Very viscous
(d) is none of the above (d) Frictionless and compressible
02. The height of water in capillary tube 06. The dynamic viscosity of a fluid is 0.139
(AE-1993) kg(f)-s/m2. If the specific gravity of the fluid
(a) increase with increase in diameter is 0.95, its kinematic viscosity is
(b) increase with decrease in diameter (AE-1993)
(c) decreases with an increase in surface (a) 0.1463 m2/s (b) 0.001435 m2/s
tension (c) 0.000146 m2/s (d) 0.5 m2/s
(d) increase with an increase in specific
weight 07. Coefficient of viscosity has the dimensions
of (AE-1993)
03. An iron needle placed on water surface in a (a) FL-2T (b) FL-1T-1
tank floats on the water although its weight (c) (d) FL2T
is more. This is due to
(AE-1993) 08. Shear stress in a fluid body
(a) Specific gravity (b) Cohesion (AEE-1996)
(c) Compressibility (d) Surface tension (a) is proportional to the shear deformation
(b) is proportional to the rate of shear
04. The intensity of pressure developed by deformation
surface tension of 0.075 kg/m in a droplet of (c) is proportional to the velocity
water 6 x 10-3 mm diameter is (d) is proportional to the variation of the
(AE-1993) velocity in the direction of motion
(a) 0.01 kg/cm2 (b) 0.04 kg/cm2
(c) 0.05 kg/cm2 (d) 0.06 kg/cm2
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru ChennaiI Vijayawada I VizagI TinipatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 463: Properties of Fluids
t4 :Engineering Publications
09. Kinematics viscosity of liquids by equation 14. Newton is the force exerted, under gravity,
by a body of mass (AEE-2004)
v = 0.0022t — =
1 8 is determined by:
(a) 0.100 kg (b) 250.0 g
(AEE-1996, APPSC 2006) (c) 102.0 g (d) 1.0 kg
(a) Redwood viscometer
(b) Engler viscometer 15. Surface tension in fluids is measured in
(c) Saybolt universal viscometer (AEE-2004)
(d) None of these (a) MPa (b) N/mm
(c) kPa (d) Nmm
10. Velocity of sound wave in terms of Bulk
modulus is given by (AEE-1996) 16. One poise is equal to (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 0.2 N-sec/m2 (b) 0.1 N-sec/m2
(a) KP (b)
(c) 1.2 N-sec/m2 (d) 0.5 N-sec/m2
(c) (d) VKp2 17. The unit of kinematic viscosity is

(AEE CE/ME-2004)
Where p = density of gas
(a) N-sec/m2 (b) N-m2/ sec
(c) m2/ sec (d) m3/ sec2
11. Velocity of sound in Adiabatic pressure is
given by (AEE-1996)
18. Viscosity of an oil changes with
(a) VRT (b) (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) temperature (b) speed
(c) jKRT (d) KR (c) weight (d) type of bearing
T
19. At a certain point in an oil of mass density

12. As the temperature is increased, the 959.42 kg/m3, the shear stress is 0.216 N/m2
viscosity of water (AEE-2004)
and velocity gradient 0.21 sec-1. The
(a) increases (b) decreases
kinematic viscosity is
(c) remains constant (d) varies with pressure
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 1.042 m2/sec
13. Cavitation is caused by
(b) 1.042 x 10-2 m2/sec
(AEE-1996, 2004, APPSC 2006)
(c) 1.042 x m2/sec
(a) low pressure (b) High pressure
(d) 1.042 m2/sec
(c) low velocity (d) High velocity
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadiDelhilnhopalIPunellihubaneswarILueknowli'attut I ilettgaluru I Chennail Vijayawadal Vizag ITirupatil Kukatpallyi Kolkata l Ahmedabad
g g
NI
ACE : 464: Fluid Mechanics
.4 :Engineering Publications
20. Newton's Law of Viscosity relates 25. Cavitation will begin when (APPSC 2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (a) The pressure at any location reaches an
(a) pressure, velocity and viscosity absolute pressure equal to the saturated
(b) shear stress, and rate of angular vapour pressure of the liquid
deformation in a fluid (b) The pressure becomes more than critical
(c) shear stress, temperature, viscosity and pressure
velocity (c) Flow is increased
(d) pressure, viscosity and rate of angular (d) Pressure is increased
deformation
26. The bulk modulus and density of a liquid are
21. Pascal in SI units is a unit of given as 2 kN/mm2 and 8000kg/m3. What is
(AE CE/ME-2004) the velocity of sound through the liquid?
(a) force (b) stress (APPSC 2006 Limited Recruitment)
(c) mass (d) length (a) 400m/s (b) 500m/s
(c) 250m/s (d) 800m/s
22. As the temperature is increased, the

27. Pick up the correct statement from the
viscosity of water (AE CE/ME-2004)
following
(a) increases (b) decreases
(AEE-1996, APPSC 2006)
(c) remains constant (d) varies with pressure
dv
(a) The fluids which follow ti = 1-1..— are
dy
23. An ideal flow of fluid satisfies (AEE-2004)
known as Newtonian fluids
(a) Newton's law of viscosity
(b) The fluids which do not follow the
(b) Darcy's law
linear relationship between shear and
(c) continuity equation
rate of strain, are known as non-
(d) the condition of zero velocity at the
Newtonian fluids
boundaries
(c) The substances which flow after yield
24. The speed of sound in a medium (perfect strains are known as plastics
gas) is (d) All the above.
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) proportional to square root of temperature 28. Units of kinematic viscosity are
(b) inversely proportional to temperature (AEE-1996, APPSC 2006)
(c) proportional to density (a) m2/sec (b) Newton sec/m2
(d) None of the above (c) Newton sect/m3 (d) kg sec/m2
ACE Engineering Publications >11yderabadiDelhi illhopaliPuneiBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBenauruiChennaiiVijayawadalVizagiTiruPatilKukatpallyiKolkatal Ahmedabad

i
i
29. The general term fluid is used, representing 34. The continuum model would be appropriate
(a) liquids only (b) gases only (a) if the mean free path is much smaller
(c) either liquid or gas (d) gases and vapour than the typical body dimensions
(b) if microscopic and macroscopic length
30. The unit or dimension of kinematic viscosity scales are different
is (AEE CE/ME-2006) (c) Smaller length scales is of the order of
(a) m2/s (b) kg/m2 mean free path of molecules and larger
(c) N-m (d) W scales is of the order of linear body
dimensions
31. Fluids that obey the Newton's law of (d) for all or one among three above
viscosity shall
(AEE CE/ME-2006) 35. A real fluid flow must fulfil
(a) be called Newtonian fluids (AEE CE/ME-2006)
du (a) Newton's law of viscosity
(b) satisfy the equation T = id
dy (b) Newton's second law of motion
(c) have zero velocity at fluid —solid (c) The continuity equation
interface (d) All of the above
(d) follow (a) to (c) above
36. Pressure of one N/m2 is equivalent to
32. Surface tension effect and capillarity (AEE CE/ME-2006)
phenomenon are due to (a) one Pascal
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (b) 10-5 bar
(a) cohesion of molecules (c) —750 mm Hg
(b) adhesion of molecules (d) Any one among the above
(c) cohesion and adhesion of molecules
(d) None of the above 37. Shear stress in a fluid body (APPSC 2006)
(a) is proportional to the shear deformation
33. An ideal fluid is one that (b) is proportional to the rate of shear
(AEE CE/ME-2006) deformation
(a) has frictionless and reversible flow (c) is proportional to the velocity
(b) is inviscid and incompressible (d) is proportional to the variation of the
(c) has no surface tension and vaporization velocity in the direction of motion.
(d) behaves as given in above three
ACE Enginccring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vuag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
-41, ACE : 466: Fluid Mechanids
2,'E11ginecsing Publications
38. The property of a liquid by virtue of which 43. If no resistance is encountered by

the molecules of the liquid remain attached displacement, such a substance is known as
to each other is (AEE-1996, APPSC 2006) (APPSC 2007)
(a) surface tension (b) adhesion (a) fluid (b) water
(c) cohesion (d) density (c) gas (d) ideal fluid
39. Fluid is a substance that (APPSC 2006) 44. The dimensional formula of kinematic
(a) cannot be subjected to shear forces viscosity is
(b)always expands until it fills any container (AE CE/ME-2007)
(c) has the same shear stress at a point (a) LT (b) L2 T-1
regardless of its motion (c) LT2 (d) L2T
(d)cannot remain at rest under action of any
shear force 45. For satisfactory working of syphon, the
minimum pressure in the pipe as compared
40. A fluid in equilibrium cannot sustain to vapour pressure of liquid should be
(APPSC 2007) (AEE-2007)
(a) tensile stress (b) shear stress (a) more (b) less
(c) compressive stress (d) bending stress (c) equal (d) anything
41. Mercury is often used in barometer because 46. An ideal flow of any fluid must fulfill the
(APPSC 2007) following
(a) It is the best liquid (AEE-2007)
(b) The height of barometer will be less (a) Newton's law of motion
(c) Its vapour pressure is negligibly low (b) Newton's law of viscosity
(d) Both (b) and (c) (c) Pascal's law
(d) Continuity equation
42. The angle of contact in case of a liquid
depends upon (APPSC 2007) 47. Mercury does not wet glass due to a
(a) Nature of liquid and solid property known as
(b) The material which exists above the free (AEE-2007)
liquid surface (a) adhesion (b) cohesion
(c) Both (a) and (b) (c) surface tension (d) viscosity
(d) Any one of the above
ACE Engineering Publications ve Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Palna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayavrada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,
ACE
:Fzigineering Publications : 467: Properties of Fluids
48. The normal stress in a fluid will be constant (a) 2.5 centistoke (b) 1.6 m2/s
in all directions at a point only if (c) 2.5 m2/s (d) 1.6 centistoke
(AEE-2007)
(a) it is at rest 54. The rise or fall of a liquid level in a narrow
(b) it is incompressible tube when held vertically in the liquid is
(c) it has uniform viscosity called (AE CE/ME-2007)
(d) it is frictionless (a) capillarity (b) gradient
(c) tension (d) compression
49. The speed of sound in an ideal gas varies
directly as its 55. The unit of specific weight is
(AEE-2007) (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) pressure (b) absolute temperature (a) N/m (b) N/m2
(c) temperature (d) density (c) N/m3 (d) N
50. The weight per unit volume of a liquid at a 56. The kinematic viscosity of an oil whose
standard temperature and pressure is called specific gravity is 0.96 and viscosity is
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) 0.00109 N s/m2 is
(a) Specific weight (b) Mass density (AE CE/ME-2007)
(c) Specific gravity (d) None of these (a) 9 x 10-6 m2/s (b) 9 x 10-5 N/m2
(c) 1.53 x 10-6 N/m2 (d) 1.135 x 10-6m2/s
51. The specific gravity of an oil whose specific
weight is 7.85 kN/m3 is 57. Ideal fluid (AE CE/ME-2007)
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) (a) is incompressible and frictionless
(a) 0.8 (b) 1 (b) has low viscosity
(c) 1.2 (d) 1.6 (c) has high viscosity
(d) deforms continuously
52. The mass of a fluid of weight 500 N is
(AE CE/ME-2007) 58. Compressibility of a fluid is inversely
(a) 50.99 kg (b) 50.00 kg proportional to
(c) 25.6 kg (d) 100.0 kg (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) pressure
53. If the dynamic viscosity of a fluid of density (b) bulk modulus of elasticity
800 kg/m3 is 2.0 x le Pa s, its kinematic (c) Young's modulus
viscosity is (AE CE/ME-2007) (d) Velocity
ACE Enginrci-iny, Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclumw I Paula I Bengaluru Chennai Mayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulcatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1, ACE : 468: Fluid Mechanics
gsigineezing Publications
59. Vapour pressure of water at 100° C is 65. Sonic velocity in air at 15°C is
(AE CE/ME-2007) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 3.45 m of water (b) 7.6 m of water (a) 340 m/s (b) 100 m/s
(c) 20.66 m of water (d) 10.33 m of water (c) 1440 m/s (d) 1400 m/s
60. Newton's law of viscosity states that shear 66. In isentropic process the flow is governed by
stress is (AE CE/ME-2007) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) inversely proportional to angular (a) a negative constant
deformation (b) ratio of specific heat of the gas at
(b) proportional to angular deformation constant pressure to that at constant
(c) proportional to the rate of angular volume
deformation (c) ratio of specific heat of the gas at
(d) proportional to shear strain constant volume to that at constant
pressure
61. A pressure head of 30 mm of mercury is (d) an arbitrary value
equivalent to (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) 4 kPa (b) 3 kPa 67. The property by which the mercury does not
(c) 40 kPa (d) 30 kPa wet the glass is (Managers-2008)
(a) cohesion (b) surface tension
62. Coefficient of surface tension is expressed in (c) adhesion (d) viscosity
(AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) Nm2 (b) Pa (c) N/m (d)Nm 68. The ratio of specific weight of a liquid to the
specific weight of pure water under standard
63, Surface tension (APPSC 2007) temperature is called (Managers-2008)
(a) acts in the plane of the interface normal (a) Specific weight (b) Specific gravity
to any lino in the surface (c) Density (d) Viscosity
(b) is also known as capillarity
(c) is a function of curvature of the interface 69. The variation in the volume of a liquid with
(d) has no unit the variation of pressure is known as
(Managers-2008)
64. Surface tension in fluids at the interface is (a) compressibility (b) viscosity
measured in (APPSC 2008 LR) (c) dynamic viscosity (d) rogosity
(a) kN/m (b) kNm
(c) kPa (d) MPa
I AUF: Enginccring Publication', f>Hyderabad IDelhillihopal Mune I Ilhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pabla I Bengaturu I Chennai I Vijayawada I Wag I Tirupali I Kukatpally I Kolicatz I Atunedabad
-.,
1. ACE : 469: Properties of Fluids
4.
70. The dynamic viscosity (i.t) and kinematic 74. The speed of sound in air varies as
viscosity (u) are related in terms of mass (AEE CE/ME-2008)
density (p) as (Managers-2008) 1
(a) Aff (b) A/17) (c) (d) p
(a) P = it° (b) = yY
(c) p = tili.t (d) µ = fm)
75. For a fluid at rest
(APPSC 2008)
71. A glass tube of small diameter is dipped in
(a) The shear stress depends upon the
fluid. The height of rise or fall in the tube is
coefficient of viscosity
given by:
(b) The shear stress is zero
(Polytechnic Letcurers-2007, AEE CE/ME-
(c) The shear stress is zero only on
2008)
horizontal planes
4 CS cos a
(a) 4wd (b) (d) The shear stress is maximum on a plane
6 COS 04 4wd
(c) 4a cos a inclined at 45 degree to the Horizontal
wd
(d)
wd 4a cos a
Where, w = specific weight of liquid 76. Viscosity of water (APPSC 2008 LR)
a = angle of contact of the liquid surface (a) Decreases with temperature
a = surface tension (b) Increases with pressure
d = diameter of tube (c) Increases with temperature

(d) Decreases with velocity
72. With an increase in size of tube, the rise or

depression of liquid in the tube due to 77. A fluid is characterized by its:
surface tension will: (AEE CE/ME-2008) (APPSC 2008 LR)

(a) decrease (a) Ability to obey 'Newton's law
(b) increase (b) Incompressibility and invicidity

(c) remain unchanged (c) Ability to expand to fill the container
(d) depend upon the characteristics of liquid (d) Inability to sustain shear stresses
73. In order to avoid capillary correction, the 78. A tube of fine hole is dipped in a fluid. Fluid
minimum diameter of a manometer used for rises in the tube to a level above the fluid
measuring pressure, should be level in the tank. This effect called as
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (AE CE/ME-2009)

(a) 2 tnm (b) 4 mm (a) viscosity effect (b) vacuum effect
(c) 6 nun (d) 8 mm (c) capillary effect (d) suction effect
ACE 'Engineering Publications Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal 'Pune 'Bhubaneswar! Lucknow1Patnal Bengalurul Chennai Vijayawada VizagiTtrupati Kukatpally Kolkataj Ahmedabad
0
4.-
ACE : 470 : Fluid Mechanics
',Engineering Publications
79. An ideal fluid (AE CE/ME-2009) 85. The property of a real fluid by virtue of
(a) has no viscosity which it offers resistance to shear forces is
(b) satisfies the relation pv = RT called its (DYSY — 2011)
(c) obeys the Newton's law of viscosity (a) drag (b) viscosity
(d) is both incompressible and non-viscous (c) surface tension (d) density
80. Ball pen works on the principle of 86. The ratio of dynamic viscosity of water to
(AE CE/ME-2009) that of air is about (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Viscosity (b) Surface tension (a) 25 (b) 35 (c) 45 (d) 55
(c) Gravitational force (d) Boyle's law
87. Which of the following is the unit of
81. Units kinematic viscosity of a liquid is kinematic viscosity
(AE CE/ME-2009) (APPSC — 2011)
(a) stokes (b) Poise (a) Pascal (b) Poise
(c) centistokes (d) centipoise (c) Newton (d) Stoke
82. A fluid has dynamic viscosity kinematic

88. The shear stress required to produce unit
viscosity v and density p, then the relation
rate of angular deformation is defined as
of the three is (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AEE — 2011)
(a)µxv=p (b) v= µ (a) Specific gravity (b) Surface tension
p (c) Specific volume (d) Dynamic viscosity
(c) v
(d)vxµxp=1
p 89. A fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 6 stokes
and a specific gravity of 2. Then the
83. One cubic metre of water weighs
viscosity of the fluid is N.s/m2.
(APPSC — 2011)
(DYSY — 2011)
(a) 100 liters (b) 250 liters
(a) 0.6 (b) 0.8
(c) 500 liters (d) 1000 liters
(c) 1.0 (d) 1.2
84. The ratio of density of a fluid to the density

90. For an ideal fluid (APPSC — 2011)
of water is called as of the fluid.
(a) Bulk modulus of elasticity is zero
(DYSY — 2011)
(b) There is no friction
(a) specific gravity (b) specific weight
(c) It is incompressible
(c) surface tension (d) specific volume
(d) Both b & c
anntwinamm* >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune BhubaneswarlLucknowl PatnalBengalurul Chennai I Vidayawada IVizagiTiniPati I KukAtPallY Kolkaild Ahmedabad
vJ, :Engineering Publications
91. Mercury does not wet glass. This is due to 97. The bulk modulus of water is about
the property of liquid known as times more than that of air. (APPSC-2011)
(AEE CE/ME-2008, APPSC — 2011) (a) 5550 (b) 4500
(a) Adhesion (b) Cohesion (c) 15000 (d) None of these
(c) Surface tension (d) Viscosity
98. The units for specific gravity are
92. The rise or fall of head 'h' in a capillary tube (AE 2011)
of diameter 'd' and liquid surface tension (a) N/mm2 (b) N/mm3
à' and specific weight 'w' is (c) No units (d) N-mm2
(APPSC — 2011)
(a) 4 du cy 99. Compressibility is equal to (AE-2012)
(b) 4 w
w wd — dV
c3. 4 (a) V dp
(c) 4 (d) d (b)
wd WG dp clV
v
93. The rise or depressions of liquid in a tube dp dp

(c) — (d) —
due to surface tension with increase in size p 11dp
of tube will (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Increase (b) Decrease 100. If the surface tension at the air-water
(c) Remain unaffected (d) Be unpredictable interface is 0.073 N/m, estimate the pressure
difference between inside and outside an air
94. The fluid with zero viscosity is called bubble of 0.01 mm (AE-2012)
fluid. (AEE, AE — 2011) (a) 159.7 kN/m2 (b) 159.7 MN/m2
(a) real (b) ideal (c) 319.4 kN/m2 (d) 29.2 kN/m2
(c) compressible (d) shear
101. Select the correct statement
95. Surface tension of fluids is expressed as (a) Viscosity of gas increases with
(DYSY — 2011) temperature
(a) N/mm (b) N-mm (b) Density of gas increases with
(c) N/mm2 (d) N-mm2 temperature
(c) Surface tension of liquid increases with
96. An Ideal fluid (DYSY — 2011) temperature
(a) is incompressible (b) has zero viscosity (d) Bulk modulus is independent of
(c) Both of these (d) None of these temperature
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad 'Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luctuaow I Pains I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
441
le
ACE
ngineering publications : 472 : Fluid Mechanics
.4 L.:E
102. Cavitation will take place if the pressure of (c) in a laminar flow
the flowing fluid at any point is (d) in a turbulent flow
(AE-2012)
(a) more than vapour pressure of the fluid 107. Units of kinematic viscosity are
(b) equal to vapour pressure of the fluid (Research Assistant 2013)
(c) less than vapour pressure of the fluid (a) m/s (b) m2/s
(d) None of the above (c) N.s/m2 (d) N.m/s2
103 The height through which water rises by 108. The capillary rise or fall of a liquid is given
capillary action in a glass tube of 2 mm bore by
if the surface tension at the prevailing (Research Assistant 2013)
temperature is 0.075 g/cm, is (AE-2012) 4a cos 0
(a) h = acos0 (b) h =
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 3 cm 4pgd pgd
(c) 0.75 cm (d) 10.3 cm 86 cos 0 acos0
(c) h = (d) h
pgd 2pgd
104. An ideal fluid is defined as the fluid which
(Research Assistant 2013) 109. Compressibility is equal to where
(a) is compressible P and dP are pressure and change in pressure
(b) is incompressible and V and dV are volume and change in
(c) is incompressible and inviscid volume respectively.
(d) has negligible surface tension (Research Assistant 2013)
dV
105. A Newtonian fluid is defined as the fluid v
(a) )
which (Research Assistant 2013) dP (b) dP
dV)
(a) is incompressible and inviscid ))
V
(b) obeys Newton's law of viscosity
(c) is highly viscous (c) dv)
( dP
dP
(d) dV
(d) is compressible and non-viscous
110. For v = 3 x 10-4 stokes and p = 0.8 g/cc,

106. Pascal's law states that pressure at a point is
in ms//m-s is
equal in all directions
(Lecturers-2013)
(a) 2.45x 10-6 (b) 3.06x 10-6
(a) in a fluid flow under pressure
(c) 3.83x 10-6 (d) 0.79x 10-6
(b) in a fluid at rest
ACE Eugincoing Publications ›iyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„ ACE : 473: Properties of Fluids
1, :Engineering Publicalions
4,
111. Curve-D in figure corresponds to (a.) i 'ater

(AE-2013) (b) Air at 1 atm. Pressure
(c) A gas at 5 atm. Pressure
(d) All of (a), (b) & (c)
116. An ideal flow of any fluid must fulfill the

following:
(AE-2013)
Velocity gradient B (a) Newton's law of viscosity
(b) Newton's law of motion
(a) Ideal fluid (c) Boundary layer theory
(b) Newtonian fluid (d) Continuity equation
(c) Non-Newtonian fluid
(d) Non-ideal fluid 117. Surface tension is a phenomenon due to
(AE-2013)
112. The stress-strain relation of the Newtonian (a) Cohesion only
fluids is (AE-2013) (b) Viscous force
(a) Linear (b) Parabolic (c) Adhesion between liquid and solid
(c) Hyperbolic (d) Involutic molecules
(d) Difference in magnitude between the
113. The increase of temperature force due to adhesion and cohesion
(PSC-2013)
(a) Increase the viscosity of a liquid 118. Newton's law of viscosity states that
(b) Decrease the viscosity of a gas (Observers-2013)
(c) Decrease the viscosity of a liquid (a) shear stress is directly proportional to
(d) Increase the viscosity of a fluid the velocity
(b) shear stress is directly proportional to
114. The units of kinematic viscosity are velocity gradient
(AE-2013) (c) shear stress is directly proportional to
(a) kg/m2.sec (b) kg.sec/m2 velocity
(c) m/kg.sec (d) m2/sec (d) shear stress is directly proportional to
the shear strain
115. Which of the following fluids has the
highest compressibility? (AE-2013)
AcE Engineering publications Hyderabad I DelhiI BhopalI PuneI Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna I BengaluruI ChennaiI Vijayawada VizagI TirupatiI KukatpallyI KolkataI Ahmedabad
itt-4 z. ACE
,
t,'Fingineezing Publications : 474: Fluid Mechanics
119. Poise is the CGS unit of 125. If cohesion > adhesion, then
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) (TSPSC AE 2015)
(a) Weight Density (b) Dynamic viscosity (a) Capillary rise occurs
(c) Mass Density (d) Kinematic viscosity (b) Depression occurs
(c) Remain plane
120.The velocity gradient is 1000/s. The viscosity (d) Either rise or fall
is 1.2 x10-4 N-s/m2. The shear stress is
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) 126. If R1 and R2 are the radii of curvature of a
(a) 12 x 10-5 N/1112 (b) 1.2 x10-7 N/m2 non-uniform meniscus in two orthogonal
(c) 12 N/m2 (d) 0.12 N/m2 planes, the capillary rise is given by:
121. The dimensions for Kinematic Viscosity is 6 R1
(a) he =
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) ryw 2}
(a) L2T-1 (b) ML-IT-1

1
(b) h a
(c) L2T-2 (d) FL-2T Y, ( R12 j}
a
122. The condition of "No slip" at rigid (c) h, = {R1 x R 2
Yw j
boundaries is applicable to
(TSPSC AEE 2015) a
(d) h, = {R, +R2}
(a) Flow of Newtonian fluids only Yw
(b) Flow of all real fluids
(c) Flow of all non-Newtonian fluids 127. In Newtonian fluids, for a given shear
(d) Flow of ideal fluids only stress, the rate at which the fluid deforms is
123. A drop of water maintains its spherical (a) Directly proportional to the dynamic
shape on account of its (TSPSC AE 2015) viscosity
(a) Cohesion (b) Adhesion (b) Inversely Proportional to the dynamic
(c) Viscosity (d) Capillarity viscosity
(c) None of the given answers
124. Capillarity is due to (TSPSC AE 2015) (d) Independent of kinematic viscosity
(a) Cohesion only
(b) Adhesion only 128.What is poise? (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(c) Both cohesion and adhesion (a) Unit of viscosity (b) Dyne-sec/cm2
(d) Viscosity only (c) 0.1 times Ns/m2 (d) All the above
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
40
4"4
ACE
us.,4 :Engineering Publications : 475: Properties of Fluids
129. Surface tension has the units of 132. The pressure difference between inside and
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) outside of a soap bubble of diameter d in
(a) Nm (b) N/m (c) N/m2 (d) N/m3 terms of surface tension cY is
130.A perfect gas obeys 8cy
(a) — (b)
(a) Boyle's law only
(d) I
(T
(b) Charles' law only
(c) Both Boyle's law and Charles' law
(d) None of the above 133. Two horizontal plates are placed 14 mm
apart and the space between them is filled
131. Match List I and List II and select the with an oil of viscosity of 14 poise. If the
correct answer using the codes given below upper plate moves with 2.5 m/s velocity, the
the lists shear stress in the oil is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
List — I (Description) (a) 25 N/sq.m (b) 2.5 N/sq. m
P. Property which explains the spherical (c) 2500 N/sq. m (d) 250 N/sq. m
shape of the drop of a liquid
Q. Property which explains cavitation in 134. If a solid steel sphere of 10,000 cm3
fluid flow subjected to a uniform hydrostatic pressure
R. Property which explains rise of sap in of 700x104 kg(f)/sq.m, then decrease in
free volume of the sphere for 1/K = 6x10-11
S. Property which explains flow of oil jet (kg(f)/sq.m)-1
List —II (Property of fluid) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
1.Viscosity (a) 8.4 cm3 (b) 1.2 cm3
2. Surface Tension (c) 2.4 cm3 (d) 4.2 cm3
3. Compressibility
4. Vapour pressure 135. When a pressure of 2x 104 kN/m2 is applied
5. Capillarity to 50 litres of a liquid, its volume is
Codes: decreased by 0.5 litre. The bulk modulus of
PQRS PQRS liquid in N/m2 is
(a) 3 4 5 1 (b) 1 2 3 4 (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(c) 2 4 5 1 (d) 1 2 4 5 (a) 40x109 (b) 20x 109
(c) 2x109 (d) 4x109
ACE Engineering Publications ›Fyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Wag I Tirupati j Kukatpally Kolkala I Ahmedabad
f.• ,dJ
4
136.Match List-1 with List-II and select the 139.The surface tension of mercury at normal
correct answer using the codes given: temperature compared to that of water is
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
List-I (Fluid Property) (a) more
A. Compressibility (b) less
B. Gravity (c) same
C. Viscosity (d) more or less depending on the size of
D. Vapour Pressure glass tube
List-II (Flow Phenomenon)
1. Flow of real fluid past a tiny sphere 140.The stress-strain relation of the Newtonian
2. Cavitation fluid is
3. Hydraulic jump (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
4. Flight of supersonic aircraft (a) linear (b) parabolic
(c) hyperbolic (d) inverse type
Codes:
ABCD 141. Compressibility force in fluid motion is due
(a) 4 3 2 1 to (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(b) 4 3 1 2 (a) Adhesive property of fluid
(c) 3 4 1 2 (b) Elastic property of fluid
(d) 3 4 2 1 (c) Viscosity of fluid
(d) Cohesive property of fluid
137.A fluid is said to be ideal, if it is
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) 142.Which one of the following with reference to
(a) Incompressible fluid property is true?
(b) non-viscous and incompressible (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(c) viscous and incompressible (a) Capillarity is due adhesion and surface
(d) non-viscous and compressible tension is due to cohesion
(b) Capillarity is due cohesion and surface
138.The density of water is maximum at tension is due to adhesion
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (c) Capillarity is due adhesion and surface
(a) 0°C (b) 0 °K tension is due to cohesion and adhesion
(c) 4 °C (d) 4 °K (d) Capillarity is due cohesion and adhesion
and surface tension is due to cohesion
I L Enginetlitig Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I VliaYawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1111
-4 1, ACE
:Engincexing Publications
143. The temperature influence of dynamic
: 477:
(a) 1.0 x m2/s (b) 2.2 x

Properties of Fluids
m2/s
viscosity on a fluid is as follows (c) 1.6 x m2/s (d) 1.2 x 10-5 m2/s

(a) For gases ' viscosity decreases with 147.The capillary rise of water h, in a glass tube
increases in temperature and for liquids can be determined using (Where a is surface
it decreases with increase in temperature is tension: 0 is contact or wetting angle; w is
(b) For gases viscosity increases with specific weight of liquid and R is radius of
increase in temperature and for liquids it tube). (AE Sub-ordinate's, Mains-2017)
increases with increase in temperature (a) h . 4a cos 0 a cos 0
(c) For gases viscosity decreases with (b) h =
Rw 2Rw
increase in temperature and for liquids it (c) h . a cos 0 (d) h = 2a cos 0
increases with increase in temperature Rw Rw
(d) For gases viscosity increases with
increase in temperature and for liquids it 148.If mercury is filled in a small circular glass
decreases with increase in temperature tube, the value of contact angle for mercury
and the glass is equal to
144.What is the internal pressure intensity p in (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
excess of the outside pressure intensity for a (a) 0° (b) 90° (c) 75° (d) 130°
jet of liquid of radius R and length / ?
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) 149.The shear stress developed in lubricating oil,
(a) — (b (d) of viscosity 9.81 poise, filled between two
2R ) — (c) Re
parallel plates 1 cm apart and moving with
relative velocity of 2 m/s is:
145.The diameter of the hole at the gauge point
while for making connection for various
(a) 29.62 N/m2 (b) 196.2 N/m2
devices for pressure measurement should be
(c) 20 N/m2 (d) 40 N/m2
about (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) 9 mm to 12 mm (b)1 mm to 3 mm
150.The dynamic viscosity of a liquid is
(c) 6 nun to 9 nun (d) 3 mm to 6 mm
1.2 x 10-4 Ns/m2, whereas the density is 600
146.Kinematic viscosity of air at 20°C is given to kg/m3. The kinematic viscosity in m2/s is
be 1.6 x10-5 m2/s. Its kinematic viscosity at (a) 72 x 10-3 (b) 20 x 10_8
70°C will be approximately (c) 7.2 x 103 (d) 70 x 106

•
:1(1 Engincui ing Publicatim, >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukamally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t. ACE
:Engineeting Publications : 478: Fluid Mechanics
,
151. Newton's law of viscosity for a fluid states 155. A barometer at a given location
that the shear stress is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) shows the local atmospheric pressure
(a) Proportional to angular deformation which is invariant with time
(b) Proportional to rate of angular (b) always shows the local atmospheric
deformation pressure which may change with time
(c) Inversely proportional to angular (c) shows the standard atmospheric
deformation pressure, if it is of aneroid type
(d) Inversely proportional to rate of angular (d) shows the local temperature if it is of
deformation mercury column type.
N— 156. Property of fluid that describes its internal

152. A flow of a viscous fluid with µ =1.0 2S
resistance is known as
has a velocity distribution given by (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
u = 0.9 y — y2. The shear stress at y = 0.45 m (a) Resistance
is (b) Internal energy
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (c) Friction
(a) 0.90 N/m2 (b) 00 (d) Viscosity
(c) zero (d) —0.90 N/m2
157. The predominant fluid property associated
153. If a Mohr circle is drawn for a fluid element with Cavitation phenomenon
inside a fluid body at rest, it would be (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) Vapour pressure
(a) a circle not touching the origin (b) Mass density
(b) a circle touching the origin (c) Bulk modulus of Elasticity
(c) a point on the normal stress axis (d) Surface tension
(d) a point on the shear stress axis
158. If the bulk modulus of elasticity of the water
154. Local atmospheric pressure is measured by is 2.2 x106 kN/m2, the speed of pressure
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) wave is given by
(a) Hydrometer (b) Barometer (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(c) Hygrometer (d) Altmeter (a) 22000 m/s (b) 1483.2m/s
(c) 3561.2 m/s (d) 500.3m/s
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TirupatilKukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.
ACE : 479: Properties of fluids
:Engineming Publications
.1414.
159. In Newtonian fluids, the shear stress is 162. If a is the surface tension and R is the
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) cylinder radius, the pressure increase (AP) in
(a) directly proportional to the viscosity the interior of a liquid cylinder is given by
(b) inversely proportional to the viscosity (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(c) directly proportional to the deformation 2a
(a) -7 (b) —
rate 1
(d) directly proportional to the shear strain 3cr
(c) —
R
160. The specific gravity of mercury is

163. In an incompressible fluid flow, the density
of the medium is
(a) 1360 (b) 13600
(c) 1.36 (d) 13.6
(a) Zero (b) Infinity
(c) Constant (d) Unity
161. For pseudoplastic non-Newtonian fluids, the
apparent viscosity
(a) increases with increasing deformation
rate
(b) decreases with increasing deformation
rate
(c) is independent of the deformation rate
(d) decreases with time
ACE L.ngii ieeringPubl ieations1//4>flyderahad 1 Delhi Bhopal j Pune j Bhubaneswar' Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPali J KukatPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Jet ACE : 480 : Fluid Mechanics
v„ :Engineering Publications
4 G
Solutions
1. Ans: (b) 4. Ans: (c)

Sol: Excess hydrostatic pressure inside a droplet
2. Ans: (b) = gauge pressure inside the droplet (AP)
Sol: Rise or depression of liquid due to surface 4c 4 x 0.075
4cy cos 0 d 6x10-3 x10-2
tension, h =
Yd = 50000 kg/m2 = 0.05 kg/cm2
1
h cc —
d 5. Ans: (b)
As size of tube increases, rise or depression
of liquid decreases. 6. Ans: (b)
Sol: 1 kg(f) = 9.81 N
3. Ans: (d) = 0.139 kg (0-s/m2
Sol: = 0.139 x 9.81
= 1.364 N.s/m2
Specific gravity, S = 0.95
Mass density, p = 950 kg/m3
µ. 1.364
Kinematic viscosity, v — —
p 950
Upward force due to surface tension = 0.001435 m2/s
= 245 sin 0
Downward force due to self weight of 07. Ans: (a)
needle = W dv
Sol: = —
For vertical equilibrium W = 26 sin 0 dy
Note: In the second line of the question, the L
11, =F x
word weight shall be understood as weight dv/dy L2 L/T
density. A printing mistake in the question FT
= — = FTL-2
framed. L2
08. Ans: (b)
ACE Engineering Pliblications %

i.‘ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal j Pune !Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai i Viiayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
JJ sEnginecting Publications
09. Ans: (c) structure. When temperature is increased,
Sol: The approximate relationship between the water is heated up. This excites the
kinematic viscosity and time 't' for a molecules and they start moving rapidly and
Saybolt universal viscometer is expressed by the atoms form the molecules of the heated
.8 water, start moving faster. The energy that
v = 0.0022t — -1—
t is caused by increased temperature makes
Where 'v' is in stokes and 't' is in seconds. the molecules move at a faster rate to a level
where they overcome the bonds or the
The Saybolt viscometer measures kinematic
binding forces of the molecules, there by
viscosity of the liquid, assuming the flow
weaken the cohesive forces of own
through the tube to be laminar. Hagen-
molecules. This makes the water at high
Poiseuille equation is used in its derivation.
temperature decreasing its viscosity. Graph
• Redwood viscometer does not provide a shows the viscosity change with
direct value of the viscosity of any liquid. It temperature.
only facilitates a comparison of viscosities
of different liquids. The exact value of Conclusion: Dependence of the viscosity of
viscosity of any liquid can, however, be water on temperature is a phenomenon
obtained by comparison with value of time whereby the viscosity decreases with
T for liquids of known viscosity. increasing temperature.
10. Ans: (b) 11. Ans: (c) NOTE: Alternatively, fluidity (opposite to
viscosity) of any liquid tends to increase
12. Ans: (b) with increasing temperature.
Sol:
13. Ans: (a)
2.0
Sol: If fluids pass through low pressure region
8 1.5 (pressure less than vapor pressure) of the
Viscosity vs temperature
Body
1.0 flowing fluid, bubbles will be formed The
temperature
formation of these bubbles is called
0.5
Cavitation. When theses bubbles reach a
0.00 I I I I
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 high pressure region, they collapse releasing
Temperature °C
lot of energy, adjoining boundaries get
Increase in temperature affects viscosity of damaged, called Pitting.
water by impacting on its molecular
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal Ihme 1BhubaneswariLucknow I Palm IBengaluru Chennai VijayaivadajVizag ITiniPali I KukalpallylKolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
reEngineering Publicaiions : 482: Fluid Mechanics
14. Ans: (a) Note: Kinematic viscosity is often

Sol: Newton is the force required to produce unit measured in the CGS unit "Stoke".
acceleration in unit mass of a body.
Given the body is subjected to gravitational 18. Ans: (a)
force. Sol: Oil viscosity is a measure of the amount of
Hence, resistance to flow the oil has. Higher values
a = g x 10 m/s2 indicate more resistance to flow.
Force = 0.1 kg The greater the change of viscosity of the
oil with temperature and vice versa.
15. Ans: (b) Characterize viscosity changes with relation
Sol: Surface tension is an effect where the free to temperature in oils. The viscosity of
surface of a liquid is strong. The surface can liquids (like oils and water) decreases as
hold up a weight (i.e. force), per unit length temperature increases.
perimeter exposed. For oil, the viscosity decreases with
Hence it is measured in force per unit length increasing temperature and pressure (up to
exposed (Newton per meter,N/m). the bubble point).
Note: Pressure change not much influence
16. Ans: (b) the viscosity of liquids like oils, for
Sol: A poise (P) is a non-SI (non-System practical consideration, pressure change
International) measurement unit of dynamic ignored.
viscosity in the centimeter gram second
(CGS) system of units. 19. Ans: (a)
Different forms: 959.42
Sol: Poll = 959.42 kg/m3 — = 97.9 N/m3
1 poise (p) = 1 gram per centimeter-second 9.8
(1 P = 1 g/cm-s) or (P=Dyne-sec/m2) = 0.216 N/m2
1 poise (p) = 0.1 kilogram per meter-second du
— = 0.21 sec
(1 P = 0.1 kg/m-s) dy
1 poise (p) = 0.1 Newton-second per meter2 v=?
(1 P = 0.1 N-sec/m2) _ du
't dy
17. Ans: (c) = 1.0286 Pa.sec
Sol: Unit of kinematic viscosity: v= p
The SI unit for kinematic viscosity is square 1.0286
= — 1.042 x 10 3 m2/s
meters per second (m2/s). 97.9
ACE Engincering Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I 13engaluru I Chennai I Wayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpa1ly I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
0 -4 1, ACE : 483: Properties of Fluids
v. 4.:Engineering Publications
20. Ans: (b) 25. Ans: (a)
Sol: Viscosity is the physical property that Sol: The process of cavitation begins when the
characterizes the flow resistance of fluids. pressure on portions of the liquid decrease
Newton's law of viscosity defines "the to a point low enough for the fluid to
relationship between the shear stress and change states, from a liquid to a gas. This
shear rate of a fluid (rate of angular occurs at the vapour pressure of the liquid.
deformation)" subjected to a mechanical Saturated vapour pressure is that pressure at
stress. which a liquid begins to vaporize.
The ratio of shear stress to shear rate is a
constant, for a given temperature and 26. Ans: (b)
pressure, and is called dynamic or Sol: Given, k = bulk modulus of fluid
coefficient of viscosity. The viscosity is = 2 IcNimm2 = 2x 109 N/m2
independent of the shear rate. p = mass density of fluid
= 8000 kg/m3
21. Ans: (b) Velocity of sound,
Sol: The Pascal (symbol: Pa) is the SI derived
_ _ 12 x109
unit of pressure used to quantify internal p 1 8000
pressure, and stress.
= 500 m/s
22. Ans: (b) 27. Ans: (d)

Sol: Ref. to Q. No. 12 Sol: Water, air are generally treated as
Newtonian fluids.
23. Ans: (c) • The study of Non-Newtonian fluids is
Sol: An ideal fluid is purely hypothetical fluid, called rheology.
which is assumed to have no viscosity and
no compressibility, also, in the case of 28. Ans: (a)
liquids, no surface tension and vaporization. Sol: Kinematic viscosity is the ratio of dynamic
Ideal flow of fluid as that corresponding to viscosity and mass density of fluid.
an infinitely large Reynolds number and
v= —
zero viscosity. The velocity distribution P
profile is rectangular (uniform) with M 1,2
= — X — = — = I112 /sec
boundary equal velocity. LT M T
• Stoke is the unit of viscosity
24. Ans: (a)
1 stoke = 1 cm2/sec
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad ! Delhi 'Bhopal j Pune I Bhubaneswar ] LucknowIPatnal Berigaluru I ChennailVijayawadalVing ITirupati IKultatpallyiKollcata I Ahmedabad
44..)
.., ACE : 484: Fluid Mechanics
‘z, :Engineering Publications
29. Ans: (c) Surface tension is a contractive tendency of
Sol: Fluid is a substance that has no fixed shape the surface of a liquid that allows it to resist
and yields easily to external pressure; a an external force.
liquid or a gas is said to be fluid. Capillary action, or capillarity: It is the
ability of a liquid to flow in narrow spaces
30. Ans: (a) without the assistance of, and in opposition
Sol: The kinematic viscosity (m2/s) is the ratio to, external forces such as gravity. Occurs
between the dynamic viscosity (Pa-s=1 because of intermolecular attractive forces
kg/m-s) and the density of a fluid (kg/m3). between the liquid and solid surrounding
The SI unit of the kinematic viscosity is surfaces (Adhesive forces).
m2/s Surface Tension and Capillary
Other units are: 1 St (Stoke) = 1 cm2/s = phenomenon: Attractive forces between
104 m2/s. molecules cause effects such as surface
1 cSt (centistoke) = 1 mm2/s = 106m2/s. tension and capillary action.
NOTE: Attractive forces between
31. Ans: (d) molecules of the same type are called
Sol: Newton's law of viscosity defines the cohesive forces.
relationship between the shear stress (t) Attractive forces between molecules of
du different types are called adhesive forces
and shear strain rate of a fluid( — (both
dY
du 33. Ans: (b)
are directly proportional). i.e.,
dy Sol: Ideal Fluid is an imaginary fluid. It does not
Newtonian fluids obey Newton's law of exist and the following are assumptions:
viscosity is called Newtonian's fluids i) Incompressible
(linear relationship). ii) has zero viscosity (inviscid)
Zero velocity of fluid at solid boundary iii) no resistance is encountered as the fluid
surface. moves
iv) Uniform velocity profile with non- zero
32. Ans: (c) velocity at boundary
Sol: Surface tension property is caused by v) frictionless
cohesion of similar molecules .The cohesive vi) no surface tension
forces among liquid molecules are vii) irreversible flow
responsible for the phenomenon of surface viii) vaporize
tension. ix) No fluid is perfectly ideal.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pime I Bhubaneswar I Lucian-m.1 Pahiu I Bengaltau I Chennai I Viiayarrada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1# ACE : 485: Properties of Fluids
34. Aiis: (c) characteristic length, then the continuum
Sol: concept holds good.
i) The concept of continuum is a kind of vii) If characteristic length is sufficiently
idealization of the continuous description of smaller to the mean free path of the fluid
fluid matter where the properties of the fluid particle, then cannot assume that the whole
matter are considered as continuous chunk (control volume) of the fluid is acting
functions of space variables. as bulk, because the control volume is so
ii) Any matter is composed of several small that, cannot neglect the movement of
molecules, the concept of continuum each particle. This is reverse of concept of
assumes a continuous distribution of mass continuum.
within the matter or system with no empty viii) Continuum point of view, matter is a
space (there is no vacuum/gap), instead of continuous homogeneous matter with no
the actual conglomeration (mixture) of holes, which is called a continuum. This
separate molecules. Velocity means of mass assumption will be applicable only when the
averaged' velocity, not the actual velocity system is large in comparison to the
of the particle. distance between molecules. This
iii) The concept of continuum is used in idealisation allows us to treat the properties
macroscopic approach and not in of the system as point functions without any
microscopic approach of engineering discontinuities.
sciences. Matter is supposed to be Note: Mean free path is defined as the statistical
composed of molecules with intermolecular average distance travelled by the molecules
spacing in between. There is no voids, before their successive collisions.
instead the entire volume is occupied by
that fluid matter. 35. Axis: (d)
iv) Mean free path of the molecules is the Sol:
smallest significant characteristic 1. For real fluids, tangential or shearing forces
dimension. always develop where there is motion
v) An example of a continuum is a range of relative to solid body. Hence Newton's law
temperatures from freezing to boiling. of viscosity is valid.
vi) The mean free path (X) is less than 2 Real fluids obeys conservations of mass
0.01times of is the characteristic length (L) (continuity Eq.) and conservation of energy
treated as a fluid is a continuum. The mean (Bernoulli's energy eqn.)
free path is very less compared to 3 Conservation of momentum (Newton's
second law)
ACE Engineering Publications•) Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhuban var I Lueknow I Patna I Bengalttru Chennai Vijayaivada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,
vv 4 ACE : 486: Fluid Mechanics
4
36. Ans: (d) 39. Ans: (d)
Sol: Sol: Fluid is a substance capable of flowing even
a) 1 N/m2 is called Pascal under a small amount of shear force. Both
b) Pa= N/m2 liquids and gases are fluids.
lbar = 100000 N/m2 = 100000pa. Liquids cannot expand freely as they have
c) Pressure = p g h sufficient cohesion with free surface.
=13600x9.81x0.75 =100000 N/m2
40. Ans: (b)
Sol: Even a small amount of shear stress causes
37. Ans: (b)
the fluid to deform continuously.
Sol: According to Newton's law of viscosity
_ dv
11. dy
41. Ans: (d)
Sol: Mercury has high density of 13.6 times that
According to experiments of Newton
of water. The standard atmospheric pressure
dv dO
is 76cm of mercury. The local atmospheric
dy dt
pressure is nearer to the above value.
Where, 't = shear stress
Barometer with mercury is used to measure
dv
= velocity gradient local atmosphere pressure on absolute scale.
dy
If say water is used, the height of barometer
= rate of shear deformation
shall be about 10.3m. keeping in view the
= Shear strain rate
practical limitation of height, mercury is the
= rate of shear strain
better choice.
= rate of angular deformation
38. Ans: (c)

• Cohesion is the force of attraction
between molecules of same fluid which
makes them attached together.
• Adhesion is the force of attraction
between molecules of two different
fluids.
• Surface tension is the tangential force at
surface of fluid due to cohesion. • The atmospheric pressure is the height of
liquid column in the barometer. If the vapor
pressure is more, the liquid column is
ACE Engineering Publications 1/4
o„..>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:et ACE : 487: Properties of Fluids
4
pressed down, showing less height of fluid. 44. Ans: (b)

It indicates wrong value of atmospheric Sol: The dynamic viscosity 40 has the
pressure. As mercury has low vapor dimension ML-1T-1 and the unit is kg/m.s .
pressure, the barometric mercury column The ratio of dynamic viscosity to mass
will get affected negligibly. density (p) (ML-3) is known as kinematic
Vapor pressure viscosity (v).
Mathematically,
Kinematic viscosity (v) = Dynamic
viscosity (µ) / Density (p)
Mercury tub
Putting these values in above equation we
get the dimension of (v) = L2T-1
42. Ans: (c)
Sol: 45. Ans: (a) 46. Ans: (d)
• Wetting fluids like water will rise in capillary
tubes as the adhesion is more than cohesion. 47. Ans: (b)
For such fluids, contact angle is less than Sol: Mercury does not wet the glass due to the
90°. Further if the solid boundary is pure, property of surface tension.
contact angle will be further less. The cohesive forces within the drops are
• Non-wetting fluids like mercury will have stronger than the adhesive forces between
depression or fall as cohesion is more than the drops and glass tube material. Cohesive
adhesion. For such fluids, contact angle will forces stronger than adhesive forces in case
be more than 90°. of mercury.
• The contact angle depends upon the interface
of two different fluids. Such as water-air 48. Ans: (a) 49. Ans: (b)
interface, water-mercury interface etc.,
50. Ans (a)
43. Ans: (d) Sol: Weight per unit volume is called weight
Sol: Ideal fluids are non-viscous (in viscid), density or specific weight or unit weight.
incompressible and have no surface tension. The symbol of specific weight is (the
Viscosity is the resistance against motion. Greek letter Gamma).
As ideal fluids are non-viscous, no = W/v (N/m3)
resistance (friction) is offered against
displacements.

I. Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Bengalurul ChennailVijayawadal Vizag ITkupati I Kukatpally1 Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Ot
.
w
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 488: Fluid Mechanics
4.
51. Ans (a) 56. Ans: (d)
Sol: S = 0.96
Sol: The specific gravity of oil = 7.85— 0.8
9.81 p = 960 kg/m3
= 0.00109 Ns/m2
52. Ans: (a)
v = I-1
—
Sol: Weight =mxg P
500 = m x 9.81 0.00109
m = 50.97 kg 960
= 1.135 x 10-6 m2/sec
53. Ans: (a)
2 x10-3 57. Ans: (a)
Sol: v = =
p 800 Sol: Ideal fluid is incompressible and
= 2.5 centistoke frictionless. Other properties as follows:
i) Incompressible
54. Ans: (a) ii) has zero viscosity (inviscid)
Sol: Capillarity is the ability of a liquid to flow iii) no resistance is encountered as the fluid
in narrow spaces without the assistance of, moves
or even in opposition to, external forces iv) Uniform velocity profile with non- zero
like gravity. The effect can be seen in many velocity at boundary
cases. It occurs because of intermolecular v) frictionless
forces between the liquid and surrounding vi) no surface tension
solid surfaces. If the diameter of the tube is vii) irreversible flow
sufficiently small, then the combination viii) vaporize
of surface tension (which is caused
by cohesion within the liquid) and adhesive 58. Ans: (b)
forces between the liquid and container wall Sol: Compressibility of a fluid is inversely
act to propel the liquid. proportional to Bulk modulus of elasticity
It is a qualitative specification.
55. Ans: (c) Compressibility (13) of a liquid is defined as
Sol: Unit of specific weight is N/m3 the ratio of volumetric strain to the
Weight per unit volume is called weight compressive stress while Bulk Modulus of
density or specific weight or unit weight. Elasticity (K) is the ratio of compressive
The symbol of specific weight is y (the stress to volumetric strain.
Greek letter Gamma). y = W/v (N/m3) Hence, 13 = 1/k is the correct relation
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I 'Firupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ltu ACE
tt, : 489: Properties of Fluids
59. Ans: (d) surface= energy —

_FxLF
6=
Sol: At 100° C, the vapour pressure of water is 1 surface area L2
atmosphere (760 mm Hg = 10.33m of Hence, it is also the tangential force per unit
water=1 atm.),i.e. 100°C is the normal length.
boiling point of water. It has a unit of N/m (or) kN/m (or) Joule/m2
Note: At room temperature (25°c) the vapour

64. Ans: (a)
pressure of water is 0.0313 atm.(0.0316 bar)
Sol: Surface tension, is measured in force
(or) 24 mm of mercury (or) 0.33m of water .
per unit length.
Its SI units is Newton per meter (N/m) or
60. Ans: (c)
KN/m.
Sol: Newton's law of viscosity states that the
shear stress applied to the fluid is directly
65. Ans: (a) 66. Ans: (b)
proportional to the velocity gradient (du/dy)
(or) rate of angular deformation.
67. Ans: (a)
Sol: Mercury does not wet the glass due to the
61. Ans: (a)
property of surface tension.
Sol: 760 mm of Hg = 101.3 kPa
The cohesive forces within the drops are
30 mm of Hg = ?
stronger than the adhesive forces between
101.3
= x 30 = 4 kPa the drops and glass tube material. Cohesive
760
forces stronger than adhesive forces in case
of mercury.
62. Ans: (c)
per unit length. 68. Ans: (b)
Its SI units is Newton per meter (N/m). Sol: Specific gravity is the ratio of the mass or
weight density of a matter to the mass
9. density or weight density of a reference

Ans: (a)
A line matter (i.e., water).
Sol:
69. Ans: (a)

Sol: The terms compressibility and
Plane of interface
incompressibility describe the ability of
• Surface tension is the surface energy per unit molecules in a fluid to be compacted or
area. compressed (made more dense) and their
A( I, l.otmic rms.; I )1 cil lioi ) Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar LucknowI PatnaIBengaluru Chennai I VijayawadaI VizagI TiniPati I Kultalpally I KolkattIAhmedabad
ACE
:Engineaing Publicanons : 490: Fluid Mechanics
ability to bounce back to their original andcos0

density, in other words, their "springiness."
Compressibility 03) is a measure of the
relative volume change of fluid as a
response to a pressure change.
l av Upward force is the product of two

13 = v ap
factors: OW (the circumference of the
70. Ans: (d) circle) (ii)the liquid is in contact with the
Sol: Kinematic viscosity (v) is the measure of a surface and surface tension of liquid
fluid's inherent resistance to flow when no exposed (acosoc)
external force, except gravity, is acting on The expression for the upward force is
it. equal to (ird. acosoc)
Kinematic viscosity is the ratio of absolute
(or dynamic) viscosity to density .It is II) Down ward gravitational force on the liquid
quantity in which no force is involved.
in the tube is equal to [w. 11)
(- . d2 . h]
4
v=µ
p Equating these two forces, we get
Where 4acos a
h=
v = kinematic viscosity (m2/s) wd
p = absolute or dynamic viscosity (N. s/m2)
p = density (kghn3) 72. Ans: (a)
Hence u= v.p cc
Sol: Capillarity height, h = 4a cos
wd
71. Ans: (c) h oc (-
1
Sol: Capillarity formula:
CC
Hence, rise in size of capillary tube results
Capillarity height, H = 4a cos
wd fall in height of liquid in tube(keeping other
Where: parameter constant).
h is the height the liquid is lifted,
a is the liquid-air surface tension, 73. Ans: (c)
w is the weight density of the liquid,
d is the diameter of the capillary tube, 74. Ans: (a)
a is the angle of contact
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaltuv I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I efirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
g %.
'„ ACE
1,4 :Engineering Publication : 491: Properties of Fluids
4.,
75. Ans: (b) 77. Ans: (d)

Sol: According to Newton's law of viscosity Sol: Characterises of fluid:
_ dv 1. Fluids have the ability to flow because the
dy particles of liquids and gases are free to
Where, x = shear stress move about and change their shape, is
dv precisely inability to sustain shearing
— = rate of shear deformation
dy stresses. Fluids can be either liquids or
For fluid at rest, v = 0 gases.
dv 2 A liquid is hard to compress and takes the
— =0
dy shape of the vessel containing it. However it
=0 has a fixed volume and has an upper level
surface.
76. Ans: (a) 3 Gas is easy to compress.
Sol: 4 Gases only expands to fill its container.
• In liquids, viscosity depends upon There is thus no free surface for gases.
cohesion. As temperature increases, 4 Liquids are generally assumed to be
cohesion decreases. Hence, water being incompressible fluids and gases
liquid, its viscosity decreases with compressible fluids.
temperature. 5 Liquids can only compressible when they
• In gases, viscosity depends upon are highly pressurised, and the

compressibility of gases may be disregarded
molecular momentum exchange between
different particles. As temperature whenever the change in pressure is very
small.
increases collisions increase, molecular
momentum exchange increases, hence
viscosity increases. 78. Ans: (c)
Sol: Capillary action is the ability of a liquid to
flow in narrow spaces without the assistance
Liquids of external forces like gravity. It occurs
0
0 because of intermolecular forces between
Gases the liquid and surrounding solid surfaces
i.e., cohesive and adhesive forces
Temperature difference.
ACE. Engineering Publications „.

4>F1yderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
`.1
Engineerng Publications
79. Ans: (d) does not work in zero gravity. Due to
Sol: Ideal fluid characteristics: surface tension, the ink can spread all over
• Fluid having zero viscosity (i.e., non- the ball. If the ink has high surface tension
viscous) then ink won't be spread over the ball and
• Zero surface tension. hence for proper writing of the pen the ink
O Incompressible used should be of medium surface tension
• There is no ideal fluid, but air and water since if ink of low surface tension is used
considered as ideal fluid for theoretical then ink will be spoil unnecessary.
analysis.
81. Ans: (a)
80. Ans: (b) Sol: Units of kinematic viscosity of a fluid:
Sol: When the cohesive force (of ink molecules) The SI unit of kinematic viscosity is m2/s.
is less than adhesive force (of ink molecules The CGS unit for kinematic viscosity is the
and the molecules of the material the ball stokes (St)
of pen is made up of ) , surface tension
would be low and lower the surface tension 82. Ans: (b)
the softer and easier and most flowing the Sol: Kinematic viscosity is the ratio of absolute
pen would be. (or dynamic) viscosity to mass density
Explanation: There is narrow clearance
v=
between ball and socket of the pen so that p
when the ball is rolled across the paper it Where
spreads a thin film of the sticky ink and gets v = kinematic viscosity (m2/s)
deposited on the pressurized point on the = absolute or dynamic viscosity (N. s/m2)
paper due to gravity. Due to adhesive force p = density (kg/m3)
between ball and ink, ink gets stick to the
surface of ball pen and when the ball of pen 83. Ans: (d)
is rolled then the ink will enter through that Sol: A cubic metre of pure water at the
narrow clearance due to gravity to the temperature of maximum density (4°C) and
pressurized point on paper since the standard atmospheric pressure (101.325
adhesive force between ink with paper is kPa) has a mass ofl 000 kg and 10001itres.
high than with ball.
In the question, the best answer will be
surface tension and gravity (not
gravitational force). Note: The ball pen
1 /4>Hyderahad j Delhi Bhopal Pune j Bhulnuteswarj Luelutow Patna l Bengaluni I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineeiing PlibliciltiOns/
to .1 ACE : 493: Properties of Fluids
:Enineering Publications
84. Ans: (a) 87. Ans: (d)
Sol: Specific gravity (S) Sol: The SI unit of kinematic viscosity is m2/s.
Mass density of fluid pf The CGS unit for kinematic viscosity is the
Mass density of water pW stokes (St).
Weight density of fluid y f
88. Ans: (d)

Weight density of water y w
dv
• If specific gravity of a fluid is known, Sol: T =
dy
then its mass density or weight density
According to experiments of Newton
can be calculated using the above
dv dO
relation.
dy dt
Ex: Specific gravity of mercury = 13.6 =

d0/ dt
Mass density of water = 1000 kg/m3
Mass density of mercury = 13.6 x 1000 89. Ans: (d)
= 13600 kg/m3 Sol: Specific gravity, S = 2
Fluid density, p = S x nr water
85. Ans: (b) = 2 x 1000 = 2000 kg/m3
Sol: In liquids viscosity is due to cohesion. Kinematic viscosity, v = dynamic vis cos ity([1)
• In gases viscosity is due to collision of fluid density (p)
different molecules (molecular = 6 stokes = 6 cm2/sec

momentum exchange) = 6 x 10-4 m2/sec
= vx p
86. Ans: (d) = (6x10-4 m2/s) x (2000 kg/m3)
Sol: Dynamic Viscosity at 20° : = 1.2 Ns/m2 or Pa.s
For water pi 1.005 x10-3 Pa.s
90. Ans: (d)
For air IA 1.81x10-5 Pa.s
Sol: Ideal fluids are incompressible (volume is
constant. Change in volume is zero). Hence
• Dynamic viscosity of water is
volumetric strain (dv/v) is zero.
approximately 50 to 55 times that of air
at 20 'C. Bulk modulus, k = ( ) dP
dv / v
• Dynamic viscosity of water is
dP = 00
approximately 100 times that of air at 0
0 c. Option (a) is wrong.
I A( '1. En gincei mg Ptiblit al ion ,,,)Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal 'Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag IllrupatilKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
ACE
%Jay
91. Ans: (b) 96. Ans: (c)

Sol: Mercury has more cohesion compared to the Sol: Ideal fluid is incompressible and zero
adhesion between the glass and mercury. viscosity.
Other properties as follows:
92. Ans: (c) i) Incompressible
Sol: Rise or depression of liquid due to surface ii) Frictionless
iii) No resistance is encountered as the
tension, h = 46 cos 0
yd fluid moves
For pure water and clean glass 0 = 0 iv) Uniform velocity profile with non- zero
46 velocity at boundary
h=—
yd v) frictionless
Note: Paper setter used the notation of 'w' vi) Zero surface tension
for specific weight.
97. Ans: (d)
Sol: The bulk modulus of elasticity at NTP :
93. Ans: (b)
(20°C and 1 atm or 101.325 kPa)
4cr cos GC
Sol: Capillarity height, h = For water = 2.06x109 Pa
wd
For air = 1.03 x105 Pa
h oc (dJ
—1 For steel = 2.06x 1011 Pa
Air is about 20,000 times more
compressible than water.
Hence, rise in size of capillary tube results
It means bulk modulus of water is around
fall in height of liquid in tube (keeping other
20000 times more than that of air.
parameter constant).
Water is about 100 times more
compressible than mild steel.
94. Ans: (b)
Sol: Ideal fluid characteristic important one is 98. Ans: (c)
zero viscosity (i.e., non- viscous) Sol: Specific gravity is a dimensionless quantity;
that is, it is not expressed in units.
95. Ans: (a) To find the specific gravity of any matter is
Sol: Surface tension, is measured in tensile force its mass or weight density divide this by the
exerted by free surface per unit length. mass or weight density of pure water in the
Its SI units is Newton per meter (N/m). same units.
s = P matter
P water
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Bengalutu Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.4.1
„4f 4 ACE : 495: Properties of fluids
1,sf :Engineering Publications
99. Ans: (a) 103. Ans: (a)
Sol: Compressibility (also named as the Sol: d = 2 mm = 0.2 cm
coefficient of compressibility) is a = 0.075 g/cm
a measure of the relative volume change of 46 4x 0.075
h= _ _ 20 x 0.075
a fluid as a response to a pressure change. yd 1 x 0.2
= 1.5 cm
1 aV
13 =
ap 104. Ans: (c)
UNITS: (m2/N) Sol: Other properties as follows:
Where V is volume and p is pressure. i) Incompressible
ii) Frictionless and zero viscosity
100. Ans: (d) iii) No resistance is encountered as the
4a 4 x 0.073 fluid moves
Sol: AP = = = 29.2 IcN / m 2
d 0.01 x 10-3 iv) Uniform velocity profile with non- zero
velocity at boundary
101. Ans: (a)
v) frictionless
Sol:
vi) Zero surface tension
(a) Viscosity of gas increases with of
temperature.
105. Ans: (b)
(b) Mass density of gas decreases with
Sol: Newtonian fluid is a fluid in which the
temperature
viscous shear stresses arising from its flow,
(c) Surface tension of liquid decreases with
at every point, are linearly proportional to
temperature
the local strain rate-the rate of change of its
(d) Bulk modulus of elasticity is function
deformation over time. It obeys
of pressure and temperature
Newtonian's law of viscosity.
106. Ans: (b)

102. Ans: (c)
Sol: Cavitation occurs when the pressure at a
107. Ans: (b)
location falls below a critical
Sol: The SI unit of kinematic viscosity is m2/s.
pressure(vapour pressure) of the fluid at
The CGS unit for kinematic viscosity is the
saturation temperature for cavity formation.
stokes (St).
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi t Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I IAICIUIOW I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Ttrunan I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
if 4
4 4
108. Ans: (b) 110. Ans: (a)

4a cos 0
Sol: h= Sol: v =
pgd p
3 x 10-4 cm2 / sec =

Proof: 0.8 gram
3
andcos0 CM
= 2.4 x10-4 gram

cm — sec
= 2.4 x10-6 mse

m—s
111. Ans: (c)

Sol: Curve D represents a pseudo plastic fluid, a
1. Upward force is the product of two
non-Newtonian fluid.
factors: (i) ltd (the circumference of the
• Curve C represents a Newtonian fluid.
circle) (ii) the liquid is in contact with the
surface and surface tension of liquid • X axis (B) represents ideal fluids.
exposed ( acos0) • Y axis (A) represents ideal solid or rigid
The expression for the upward force is body
equal to Ord. 6cos0)

112. Ans: (a)
2. Down ward gravitational force on the liquid

113. Ans: (c)
in the tube is equal to [ pg. (it/4). d2 h]
Sol: The Viscosity of gases increases with
Equating these two forces, we get
increase of temperature
- cos 0
h = 4o Reasons: As temperature of gas increases
pgd
momentum of gas molecules increases and
collision takes place. Momentum transfer
109. Ans: (a)
dominates the cohesion between the gas
Sol: Compressibility is a measure of the relative
molecules causing closeness of gas
volume change of a fluid as a response to
molecules. Hence viscosity of gas is more at
a pressure change.
high temperature.
1 av
R=- ap
ACE Engineering Publications i Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
toe
tr
0°4 °Engineering Publications
4:1
114. Ans: (d) 118. Ans: (b)
Sol: Kinematic viscosity is the ratio of absolute Sol: Newton's law of viscosity defines the
(or dynamic) viscosity to density .It is a relationship between the shear stress (t )
quantity in which no force is involved. and shear strain rate, (du/dy) (Velocity
gradient) of a viscous fluid (both are
v=—
directly proportional)
Units: m2/sec (L2T-1 ) du
i.e., ti OC
dy
Where 119. Ans: (b)
v = kinematic viscosity (m2/s) Sol: 1 N.s/m2 = 105 Dynes.sec. / 1002 cm2
= absolute or dynamic viscosity (N. s/m2) = 10 dynes.sec. / cm2
p = density (kg/m3) 1 N.s/m2 = 1 Pa.s
Units: m2/sec 1 Dyne.sec /cm2 = 1 Poise
1 Pa.s = 10 Poise
115. Ans: (b) 1 Poise = 0.1 Pa.s
Poise is the unit of dynamic viscosity.
116. Ans: (d)
120. Ans: (d)
Sol: ti = 1.2 x10-4 N-s/m2
117. Ans: (a) dv
= 1000 /s
Sol: The cohesive forces among liquid molecules dy
are responsible for the phenomenon of dv
-c = [i.— = 0.12 N/m2
surface tension. dy
At liquid—air interfaces, surface tension
121. Ans: (a)
results from the greater attraction of liquid
Sol: Kinematic viscosity is the ratio of absolute
molecules to each other (due to cohesion)
(or dynamic) viscosity to density .It is a
than to the molecules in the air (due to
quantity in which no force is involved.
adhesion). The net effect is an inward force
at its surface that causes the liquid to behave v= µ
P
as if its surface were covered with a
Units: m2/sec (L2T-1 )
stretched elastic membrane. The surface
Where,
becomes under tension from the imbalanced
v = kinematic viscosity (m2/s)
forces.
= absolute or dynamic viscosity (N. s/m2)
p = density (kg/m3)
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupan Kukatpally I Kolkam I Ahmedabad
ACE
It
4
:Engineeling Publications
L.
: 498:
3. Cohesion causes water to form drops,

Fluid Mechanics
122. Ans: (b)

Sol: No-slip condition: In fluid mechanics, the surface tension causes them to be nearly
no-slip condition for viscous fluids assumes spherical, and adhesion keeps the drops in
that at a solid boundary, the fluid will have place.
zero velocity relative to the boundary. The
124. Ans: (c)
fluid velocity at all fluid—solid boundaries is
Sol: Difference between the cohesive and
equal to that of the solid boundary.
adhesive forces causes capillarity action.
Valid for all real fluids, assumed zero
Adhesion of water to the walls of a vessel
velocity at boundary of solid surfaces.
will cause an upward force on the liquid at
Ideal fluid flow, assumed that, velocity
the edges and result in a meniscus which
profile is uniform at given cross section (at
turns upward. The surface tension acts to
boundary ideal fluid also possess velocity).
hold the surface intact. Capillary action
• occurs when the adhesion to the walls is
►►
stronger than the cohesive forces between
► the liquid molecules.
•
► •
125. Ans: (b)
Ideal flow Real flow Sol: The curved surface of a liquid inside a
capillary tube is the meniscus. When the
123. Ans: (a) cohesive forces between the liquid
Sol: molecules are greater than the adhesive
1. The cohesive forces between liquid forces between the liquid and the wall of the
molecules is responsible for the surface tube, the surface of the liquid is convex.
tension. So the moleculeslying in the Depression of mercury column is observed
surface are attracted or pulled downward by in capillary tube. Ex: Mercury in a tube.
the adjacent water molecules. So the Mercury exhibits more cohesion than
water droplets tend to be pulled adhesion with glass.
into shape of spherical due to cohesive
forces. NOTE-1:
2. The sphere has an internal pressure pointing When the cohesive forces between the
in all directions outward from its center and liquid are less than the adhesive forces
it also has a surface tension (cohesive between the liquid and the container, the
forces) which keeps the water molecules surface curves up. Ex: water in a glass
bound in the spherical arrangement. capillary action.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pains I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata j Ahmedabad
4- -4
ACE : 499:
ziEngineering Publications Properties of Fluids
NOTE-2: Let Yw is weight density of the liquid.

When both adhesive and cohesive forces are Under equilibrium, by balancing the upward
equal, the surface is horizontal. force due to surface tension (Ft) and down
Ex: Distilled water in a silver vessel. ward gravity force (W) of liquid raised in
between planes.
126. Ans: (b) AP= pghe = Y„, = (1/R1 + 1/R2)}
Sol: hc = {ir (1/R1 + 1/R2)} Yw
127. Ans: (b)

du
Sol: T =
dy
T = Shear stress,
du d0
= = rate of angular deformation
dy dt
du,T
dy
Rate of angular deformation is inversely
proportional to viscosity.
128. Ans: (d)

Sol: Poise is unit of the dynamic viscosity.
1 poise (p) = 1 gram per centimetre-second
(1 P = 1 g/cm-s) or (Poise=Dyne-sec/m2)
1 poise (p) = 0.1 kilogram per meter-second
(1 P = 0.1 kg/m-s)
1 poise (p) = 0.1 Newton-second per meter2
(1 P = 0.1 N-sec/m2)
129. Ans: (b)

Let R1 and R2 are the radii of curvature of a per unit length.
non- uniform meniscus in two orthogonal Its SI units is Newton per meter (N/m).
planes and he is the capillary rise in between
the parallel planes. 130.Ans: (c)
ACE Enginiering Publications „..

45Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4. 4
4
4.
131. Ans: (c) 133. Ans: (d)

Sol: Property Sol: dy = 14 mm
Surface tension = 14 poise
Vapour pressure V = 2.5 m/s
Capillarity u
Shear stress, i =
Flow of oil dy
Application 2.5
=1.4x
Spherical shape of a liquid droplet 14x10-3
Cavitation phenomenon of fluid flow = 250 N/m2
Rise of liquid in trees (sap phenomenon)
134. Ans: (d)
132. Ans: (a) Sol: Solid steel sphere = 10,000 cm3
Sol: The difference between the inside and Hydrostatic pressure = 700 x 104 kg (f)/m2
outside pressures of a soap bubble due to Decrease in volume of the sphere = ?
surface tension: 1
— = 6 x10-11 (kg(f)/sq.m)-1
86
AP =
d
Proof: 1 \.dv)
v
Let d be the diameter of the soap bubble, o K dp
is the surface tension of the liquid with air dv
exposed. " = 10,000
6 x10-
700 x104
dv = 4.2 cm3
135. Ans: (c)

AP
Sol: K =
AV
Force acting on the surface due to excess V
pressure (Fe) = AP. II/4 .d2
Force acting on the section due to surface 2x10' =2x10' x102 = 2x109 N/m2
0.50
tension (Fr ) =( a x ad) x 2 50
Balancing these forces under equilibrium,
AP= 8 / d 136. Ans: (b)
86
...AP =
d
ACE EnOneering Publications >>1-lyderabad j Delhi BhopalI Pune I BhubaneswarILucknow! Patna j Bengalund ChennaiI Vijayawada I Vizag TirupatiIKukalPallY I Kolkat aI Ahmedabad
137.Ans: (b) and the density increases. At 4 °C, the

Sol: Ideal fluid properties: clusters start forming. The molecules are
i) Incompressible still slowing down and coming closer
ii) Non- viscosity and frictionless together, but the formation of clusters
iii) No resistance is encountered as the makes the molecules be further apart.
fluid moves Cluster formation is the bigger effect, so the
iv) Uniform velocity profile with non- zero density starts to decrease. Thus, the density
velocity at boundary of water is a maximum at 4 °C( accurately
v) Frictionless 3.98 °C ).
vi) Zero surface tension
1.0000
Maximum density at
, 3.98°C = 39.2°F
138.Ans: (c) Density
Sol: The maximum density of water occurs at 4 g/cm3
°C
0.9997
Reason: At this temperature two opposing 0 4 10
Temperature °C
effects are in balance.
The water molecules are in a crystal lattice
(in ice state) that has a lot of empty space. 139.Ans: (a)
When the ice melts to liquid water, the Sol: Surface tension is a measure of liquids
structure collapses and the density of the tendency to take a spherical shape, caused by
liquid increases. At temperatures well above mutual attraction of liquid molecules. It is
freezing, the molecules move faster and get more in mercury
further apart. The density decreases as
temperature increases. 140.Ans: (a)
At temperatures near 0 °C, the water still Sol: cn
<1.)
contains many ice-like clusters. These 4--- Newtonian fluids
Co0
clusters are free to move relative to each

other, so water is still liquid. The clusters
4, 1
still have empty spaces, so they decrease the Strain
density of the liquid. The molecules of the
In Newtonian fluids stress-strain Relation is
water are closer together, and this increases
linear. Newtonian fluids have constant
the density of the liquid. Now, let's cool the
viscosity, viscosity is independent of rate of
water. As the temperature of warm water
deformation.
decreases, the water molecules slow down
ACE Engineering Publicatiori Ilyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag Titupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
141.Ans: (b) L= length of the jet

Sol: All fluids may be compressed by the d= Diameter of the jet
application of external force, and when the Considering the equilibrium of the section
external force is removed the compressed jet of liquid,
volumes of fluids. Thus fluids also possess i) Force due to surface tension =6.2L
elastic characteristics like elastic solids. ii) Force due to pressure =P. (L.d)
Under equilibrium,
142.Ans: (d) P. (L.d) =6.2L
Sol: Surface tension (a): ...AP=2 a/d = a/R
Surface tension is a measure of liquids
tendency to take a spherical shape, caused by 145.Ans: (b)
the mutual attraction of the liquids molecules
(cohesion). 146.Ans: (b)
Capillarity: Sol: With an increase in temperature, there is
The phenomenon of rise or fall of a liquid typically an increase in the molecular
surface relative to the adjacent general level interchange of gases as molecules move
of liquid in small diameter tubes. Capillarity faster in higher temperatures.
is due to both cohesion and adhesion. The gas viscosity will increase with
temperature. According to the kinetic theory
143.Ans: (d) of gases, viscosity should be proportional to
Sol: In liquids viscosity is due to intermolecular the square root of the absolute temperature,
cohesion. As temperature increases, cohesion in practice, it increases more rapidly.
reduces and hence viscosity decreases.
As temperature increases, the gases become 147.Ans: (d)
more dynamic, more collisions leading to Sol:
more transfer of molecular momentum
undeose
between different layers. Hence as
temperature increases, viscosity of gases
increases.
144.Ans: (b)
Sol: Let a = Surface tension of liquid.
P = pressure inside the liquid jet above
outside pressure,
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhiIBhopalIPuneIBhubaneswarILueknowIPatnaIBengaluruIChennaiI VdayawadaIVizagITirupatiI KukalpallyIKolkala IAhmedabad
t,J :Engineering Publications
—41 2R 14— 148: Ans: (d)

Sol:
T Glass
13
0
1 mercury
When the liquid is in contact with solid, the

angle between the solid surface and the
tangent to the free surface of liquid at the
27cRa
point of contact, measured from inside the
liquid is called the angle of contact. The
angle of contact is acute and when the liquid
surface is curved convex upwards, the angle
1. Upward force is the product of two of contact is obtuse. Mercury and glass it is
factors: (i) nd (the circumference of the about 130°.
circle) (ii) the liquid is in contact with the
149.Ans: (b)
surface and surface tension of liquid
Sol: Shear stress, 'r
exposed (47VQ1 9 )
du
The expression for the upward force is = 11 X
dy
equal to (nd. Q cos 9 )
1Poise = 0.1N sec/m2
2. Down ward gravitational force on the liquid 9.81 poise = 0.981 —sec/m2
in the tube is equal to [ pg. (n/4). d2 h] 2x100
t= 0.981x =196.2N/m2
1
Equating these two forces, we get
150.Ans: (b)
p(—
Tc d2h)g = and cos 0
4 Sol: Dynamic viscosity, p, = 1.2 x N.s/m2
4cy cos 0 Density, p = 600 kg/m3
h=
pgd
Kinematic viscosity, v = 1-t
—
4cr P
h=
pxgxd 1.2 x10-4
h = 26cos 0 600
pgR = 20 x 1 0-8 m2/s
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadIDelhil Bhopal' Pune' BhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennaiMayawadalVizagITirupati IKulcatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad
I.
61
4
SEngmeenng Publications
151. Ans: (b) attraction & in gases it is present because of

Sol: As per Newton's law of viscosity, shear momentum exchange between adjacent fluid
stress is directly proportional rate of shear layer.
strain or rate of angular deformation or
velocity gradient. 157. Ans: (a)
Sol: The liquid starts boiling if the minimum
152. Ans: (c) pressure in the liquid fall below vapour
pressure. The vapour bubbles formed then
Sol: -c =µ u
d = µ-1:1(0.9y — y2 ) = vt(0.9 — 2y)
dy dy travel to high pressure zone where they
-c = 1 x (0.9 — 2 x 0.45) collapse causing very high local pressure
=0 which can damage to adjacent metal
component. This phenomenon is called
153. Ans: (c) cavitation.
Sol: Fluid element inside a fluid body at rest
experiences hydrostatic pressure. 158. Ans: (b)
Sol: The speed of pressure wave (or sonic speed)
Mohr's circle is a point is given by
11( 2.2 x10 =
a Pan v_ 1483.2 m/s
1 =1 1000
G
159. Ans: (c)

154.Ans: (b)
Sol: As per Newton's law of viscosity, shear
Sol: Local atmospheric pressure is measured by
stress is directly proportional to rate of shear
" Barometer".
strain or deformation rate.
155. Ans: (b) 160. Ans: (d)

Sol: Barometer stress local atmospheric p
Sol: S = m = 13600 =13.6
pressure. m p„, 1000
156. Ans: (d)

Sol: The viscosity represents internal resistance
to the motion of fluid. In liquids it is present
due intermolecular cohesive force of
4>HYderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vidayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolltaia I Ahmedabad
ACE EA lice ring Publications ,e
44
0
tJ
la ACE
:Engineering Publications : 505: Properties of Fluids
161. Ans: (b) 162. Air (a)

Sol: Sol: The pressure rise across cylindrical liquid jet
Thixotropic
Q is iven by
DBingham plastic
Ideal So id R Rheopectic
plastic 2a a
seudo- AP=—=—
G plastic DR
ewtonian
C
,---Dilatant
yield Ty
shear stress 163. Ans: (c)
du Sol: For incompressible flow
dy
0 p = constant
Ideal fluid
Pseudo plastic fluid: (represented by line OE).

• Ty = 0 and n < 1
• The apparent viscosity decreases with the
rate of deformation or shear rate. Hence,
Pseudo plastic fluids are also called Shear
thinning fluids.
e.g: Blood, milk, Paper Pulp, Polymeric
solutions such as rubber, suspension paints.
ACE Engineering Publications 'i

5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kultatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter
2 Pressure Measurement & Fluid
Statics
01. The magnitude of hydraulic pressure on one 04. A vertical gate 3 by 3 m holds water upto its
side of a circular surface, 1 m2 area, with top. The moment in kgf.m, about the top
centroid 1 m below free water surface edge of the gate is
(AEE-1984) (AEE-1984)
(a) depends on the orientation of the area (a) 27000 (b) 20250
(b) is the product of specific weight and (c) 13500 (d) None of these
vertical distance from free surface to the
centre of pressure 05. The horizontal component of the total
(c) 1000 kgf hydrostatic pressure on a curved surface is
(d) none of the above equal to the
(AEE-1984)
02. The centre of pressure of a vertical circular (a) weight of the liquid vertical above the
surface of 1 m2 area with centroid 10 m curved surface
below the free water surface, is (b) product of pressure at its centroid and
(AEE-1984) the area
(a) above its centroid (c) pressure on a vertical projection of the
(b) at the centroid curved surface
(c) below its centroid (d) scalar sum of all elemental components
(d) none of these
06. The intensity of pressure is the same in all
03. The hydrostatic pressure, in kgf, exerted on directions at a point in a fluid
one side of an annular area enclosed by (AEE-1984)
concentric circles of radii 2 and 1 m and (a) only when the fluid is frictionless and
having its centriod 4 m below free water incompressible
surface, is (b) only when the fluid has zero viscosity
(AEE CE/ME-1984, 2012) and is at rest
(a) 12000 7C (b) 11000 it (c) regardless of the motion of one fluid
(c) 10000 7C (d) none of these layer relative to an adjacent layer
(d) for none of the above reasons

• Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vgayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally l Kolkala I Ahmedabad
I.
ACE : 507: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
07. With barometer reading 74 cm mercury, 12. Gauge pressure is equal to (AEE 1987)
5.05 kgf/cm2 abs is equivalent to (a) Absolute pressure—atmospheric pressure
(AEE-1984) (b) Absolute pressure+ atmospheric pressure
(a) 13.6 cm of mercury abs (c) Atmospheric pressure—Absolute pressure
(b) 3.99 kgf/cm2 suction (d) None of the above
(c) 5.00 atmosphere
(d) 4.00 kgf/cm2 gauge 13. A vertical gate closes horizontal tunnel 5m
high and 3m wide running full with water
08. The depth of the Centre of pressure of a The pressure at the bottom of the gate is
vertical Semi Circular Plane Submerged in a 2x104 kgf/sq.m. The total pressure on thg
liquid with dia `d' at the free Surface is gate would be, in kgf. (AEE 1996, 1987)
(AEE 1987, AEE CE/ME -2012) (a) 192,000 (b) 250,000
(a) TC d/16 (b) TC d/ 32 (c) 262,500 (d) 225,000
(c) it d/12 (d) 3 itd/32
14. The center of pressure is (AEE-1992)
09. On an inclined plane, the centre of pressure (a) at the centroid of sub-merged area
is located (b) the centroid of the pressure prism
(AEE 1987) (c) independent of the orientation of the
(a) above is centroid (b) below centroid area
(c) at centroid (d) anywhere (d) a point on the line of action of the
resultant force
10. Thrust on a plane area is equal to area
multiplied by intensity of pressure at 15. A circular area of diameter 'd' is vertical
centroid if and submerged in a liquid. Its upper edge is
(AEE 1987) at liquid surface. Its center of pressure is at
(a) Area is horizontal (b) Area is inclined a depth of (AEE-1992)
(c) Area is vertical (d) All the above (a) d/2 (b) d/4
(c) 3d/8 (d) 5d/8
11. For a vertical rectangular gate 4m wide and
3m high, with water surface at top of the 16. The pressure in a tank is 50 N/cm2. The
gate, the depth of centre of pressure in equivalent pressure head of oil with specific
metres, is (AEE 1987) gravity 0.9 is (AEE-1992)
(a) 1.0 (b) 2.0 (a) 0.5663 m (b) 5.663 m
(c) 1.5 (d) 2.5 (c) 56.63 m (d) 566.3 m
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal !Pune Bhubaneswar I Imeknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Mayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I Kuhl-Pally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4. ACE : 508: Fluid Mechanics
4 4.
17. The pressure in meters of oil of specific 21. In the inverted U-tube, the manometer
gravity 0.8, equivalent to 80 m of water is liquid is the flowing liquid.
(AE-1993) (AE-1993)
(a) 64 (b) 80 (c) 100 (d) 88 (a) heavier than (b) lighter than
(c) same as (d) none of these
18. The horizontal component of force on a
curved surface is equal to the 22. Select the correct statement
(AE-1993) (AE-1993)
(a) weight of liquid vertically above the (a) Absolute pressure = Gauge pressure —
curved surface Atmospheric Pressure
(b) weight of liquid retained by the curved (b) Gauge pressure = Absolute pressure —
surface Atmospheric Pressure
(c) product of pressure at its centroid and (c) Absolute pressure = Atmospheric
area Pressure + Vacuum pressure
(d) force on a vertical projection of the (d) Gauge pressure = Atmospheric Pressure
curved surface — Vacuum pressure
19. A circular plate 1 m diameter is submerged 23. A lamina 1 units long and h units deep is
vertically in water such that its upper edge placed in a liquid vertically so that its upper
is 8m below free surface of water. The total edge lies at the free liquid surface. The
hydrostatic pressure force on the side of the distance of the centre of pressure from the
plate is centroid of the lamina is
(AE-1993) (AEE-1996)
(a) 6.7 IN (b) 65.4 kN h h 2 h
(a) — (b) — (c) — h (d) —
(c) 45.0 kN (d) 77.0 kN 3 6 3 2
20. A mercury water manometer has a gauge 24. A circular plate of diameter d is held
difference of 0.6 m. The difference in vertically in water so that the upper end of
pressure, measured in meters of water, is the vertical diameter is at the water surface.
(AE-1993) The depth of the centre of pressure is
(a) 0.6 (b) 7.56 (AEE-1996)
(c) 9.16 (d) 7.86 3 3 5
(a) — d (b) — d (c) d (d) — d
4 2 8
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhOhopalIPunelBhubaneswariLueknowiPatnalBengaluruiChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupafilKantpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

4"4
et ACE : 509: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
4 4
25. The tank in figure discharges water at 28. Differential Manometers measure
constant rate for all water levels above the (AEE-2004)
air inlet R. The height above datum to (a) low pressures
which water would rise in the manometer (b) high pressures
tubes M and N respectively are (c) differential pressures
(d) velocity of flow
29. The depth of the centre of pressure of a

vertical rectangular plate of depth 3.0 m and
width 4.0 m when the water surface
coincides with the top of the gate is
---
(AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2004)
Datum (a) 1.0 m (b) 2.0 m
(c) 1.5 m (d) 3.0 m
(AEE-1996) 30. The vertical triangular area, submerged in

(a) (30 cm, 10 cm) (b) (20 cm, 20 cm) water, with one side in the free surface,
(c) (10 cm, 10 cm) (d) (10 cm, 30 cm) vertex downward and altitude 'h' has the
pressure centre below the free surface by
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
26. For exerting a pressure of 4.8 kg/cm2, the (a) h/4 (b) h/3
depth of oil (specific gravity 0.8), should be (c) 2h/3 (d) h/2
(AEE-1996)
(a) 40 m (b) 41 m 31. The point at which the resultant pressure on
(c) 56 m (d) 60 m an immersed surface acts is known as
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
27. With usual notation, the manometric (a) centre of gravity
efficiency (imano) is given by (b) centre of depth
(AEE-1996) (c) centre of pressure
(d) centre of immersed surface
(a) gH m (b) gH2m
V„ 2 X U2 V„ 2 .U2
(c) gV„2
(d) g'112
Hmu2 \Iva .11,n
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally i Kolkata I Ahmedabad
iy
Enginee.ring Publications
32. The magnitude of hydrostatic force on one 38. The point at which the resultant pressure
side of a circular surface of unit area, with acts on an immersed body is known as
the centroid 10m below a free water (AEE-2004)
(density p) surface is (AEE CE/ME-2004) (a) centroid (b) centre of depth
(a) less than 10 pg (b) equal to 10pg (c) centre of pressure (d) metacentre
(c) greater than 10 pg (d) none of these
39. The minimum angle of inclination of
33. Piezometers measure very manometer to avoid the effects of surface
(AE CE/ME-2004) tension is (AEE, AE CE/ME -2004)
(a) low pressures (b) high pressures (a) 2° (b) 3° (c) 4° (d) 5°
(c) high velocities (d) low velocities
40. Piezometers measure vary (AEE-2004)
34. The point at which the resultant pressure (a) low pressures (b) high pressures
acts on an immersed body is known as (c) high velocities (d) low velocities
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) centroid (b) centre of depth 41. Piezometers measure (AEE-2004)
(c) centre of pressure (d) metacentre (a) velocity head (b) static pressure
(c) total pressure (d) discharge
35. Piezometers measure (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) velocity head (b) static pressure 42. Gauge pressure is (AEE-2004)
(c) total pressure (d) discharge (a) absolute pressure + atmosphere pressure
(b) absolute pressure — vacuum pressure
36. In a lock gate, with the gates inclined at 0 to
(c) atmospheric pressure + vacuum pressure
the channel walls, the reactive force
(d) absolute pressure atmospheric
between the gates sustaining pressure P is
pressure
(AEE-2004, AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) P/sin 0 (b) 0.5 P cosec 0 43. In a cylindrical vessel water stored up to a
(c) P. cos° (d) P. cosec (0/2) depth of 400 mm and over the water an oil
weighing 8.8 kN/m3 is stored to a further
37. Manometers measure
height of 500 mm. What is the pressure at
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) low pressures the bottom of the vessel?
(b) high pressures (APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) differential pressures (a) 8.4 kN/m2 (b) 9 kN/m2
(d) velocity of flow (c) 8.8 kN/m2 (d) 8 kN/m2
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayamida I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4 ACE
Ja ,1,%Engineering Pubhcations : 511: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
44. One of the walls of a water reservoir has a (a) 18000 Pa

side slope of 12 verticals to 5 horizontals. (b) 0.018 N/mm2
Depth = 3.5 m. What is the magnitude of (c) 18 kN/m2
resultant force on the wall per meter length? (d) Any one among the above three values
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) 451N (b) 65.24 kN 48. A rectangular tank a x b in plan contains hi
(c) 56.25kN (d) 48.75kN m depth of water underlying a metre depth
of oil, specific gravity 0.9. The hydrostatic
45. A vertical sluice gate of a dam is provided pressure and total force acting on the side
for a opening 3 m wide and 2 m high. If the wall for a # b follows (AEE CE/ME-2006)
water levels on upstream and downstream (a) same pressure and total force on each
sides of the gate respectively are 10 m and 2 wall is same
m above the top of the opening, what is the (b) same pressure and total force on each
resultant force on the gate? [g = 10 in/s2] wall is different
(APPSC 2006 LR) (c) same pressure and total force on the
(a) 840IN (b) 720kN longest wall is more than the shortest
(c) 600kN (d) 4801N wall
46. Pascal's hydrostatic law of pressure
distribution in a fluid is 49. A rectangular tank of square cross-section is
(AEE CE/ME-2006) having its height equal to twice the length of
(a) pressure at a point in a fluid is the same any side at the base. If the tank is filled up
in all directions with a liquid, the ratio of the total
(b) a function of depth only and hydrostatic force on any vertical wall to that
independent of the shape of the at the bottom is (AEE CE/ME-2006)
boundary (a) 2.0 (b) 1.5 (c) 1.0 (d) 0.5
(c) only atmospheric
(d) None of the above 50. A lamina V' units long and 'h' units deep is
placed in a liquid vertically so that its upper
47. An open vessel contains 1 m of oil of edge lies at the free liquid surface. The
specific gravity 0.8 floating on water to a distance of the centre of pressure from the
depth of 1 m at a place, where g = 10 m/s2. centroid of the lamina is
The pressure at the bottom of the vessel is (APPSC 2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (a) h/3 (b) h/6 (c) h/4 (d) h/2
ACE Engineering Publications>>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukalpally j Kolkara I Ahmedabad
1"4
44
u,Vo :Engineering
J Publicaiions
51. A circular plate of diameter 'd' is held 54. For exerting a pressure of 4.8 kgf/cm2, the
vertically in water so that the upper end of depth of oil (specific gravity 0.8) should be
the vertical diameter is at the water surface. (APPSC 2006)
The depth of the centre of pressure is (a) 40 m (b) 41 m (c) 56 m (d) 60 m.
(APPSC -2006)
55. A U-tube manometer measure the
(a) d (b) d (AE CE/ME-2007)
5 4
1 (a) absolute pressure at a point
(c) —d (d) d (b) pressures at two points
2 8
(c) difference in pressure between two
52. The horizontal component of the force on a points
curved surface is equal to (d) velocity head at a point
(APPSC 2006)
(a) weight of liquid vertically below the 56. The pressure in Pascal at a depth of 1 m
curved surface below the free surface of a body of water
(b) force on a vertical projection of the will be equal to (APPSC 2007)
curved surface (a) 1Pa (b) 98.1Pa
(c) product of pressure at its centroid and (c) 981Pa (d) 9810Pa
the area
(d) weight of liquid retained by the curved 57. A differential manometer is used to measure
area (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(a) atmospheric pressure
53. A rectangular tank of internal dimensions (b) pressure in pipes and channels
0.6m x 0.8 m x1.2 m is connected to a U (c) pressure in venturimeter
tube such that the mercury in both limbs of (d) difference of pressures between two
the tube is at the same level. If 240 liters of points in a pipe
water is added to the storage in the tank.
What will be the difference in the mercury 58. The intensity of pressure on an immersed
levels? surface with the increase in depth
(APPSC 2006 LR) (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(a) 60mm (b) 40 mm (a) does not change
(c) 53mm (d) 37mm (b) increases
(c) decreases
(d) first increases then decreases
ACE Engin e ring Publications \>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I KukatPally I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
of
40
t
-41, ACE : 513: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
4 4.
59. The total pressure on an immersed surface 64. A water tank contains 1.3 m deep water.
inclined at an angle 0 with the liquid surface The pressure exerted by the water per metre
is (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) length of the tank is
(a) wA (b) w (Polytechnic lecturers 2007,
(d) wAR AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) wA x
sin 0 (a) 2.89 (b) 8.29 IcN
(c) 9.28 kN (d) 28.9 IN
60. Fluid pressure acts to the surface.
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) 65. The line joining all piezometer heads at a
(a) Parallel (b) Perpendicular salient sections of a pipe line is called the
(c) Normal (d) Equidirectional (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) contour (b) isotherm
61. Piezometer is used to measure (c) isobar (d) hydraulic gradient
(a) Atmospheric pressure 66. The gauge used in steam boilers to see
(b) Very low pressure pressure is (AE CE/ME-2007)
(c) Differential pressure (a) Bourdon's pressure gauge
(d) Pressure in pipes (b) Manometer
(c) Piezometer
62. Pascal's law states that pressure at a point is (d) Differential manometer
equal in all directions in
(AE CE/ME-2007) 67. 10m of water column is equal to
(a) fluid at rest (b) liquid at rest (APPSC 2007)
(c) laminar flow (d) turbulent flow (a) 10 kN/m2 (b) 1 kN/m2
(c) 100 kN/m2 (d) 0.1 kN/m2
63. The difference in pressure between two
points is measured by 68. The resultant hydrostatic force acts through
(AE CE/ME-2007) a point known as
(a) Piezometer (APPSC 2008)
(b) Venturimeter (a) centre of gravity
(c) Differential manometer (b) centre of buoyancy
(d) Barometer (c) centre of pressure
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I Kukal:Pally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Vii ACE : 514: Fluid Mechanics
:Engineering Publication
69. A hollow hemi-spherical object of diameter (a) vapor pressure (b) gauge pressure
`D' was immersed in water with its plane (c) absolute pressure (d) vacuum pressure
surface coinciding with the free surface.
The verticamponent of the force (F,) on 74. The absolute pressure is equal to
the curved surface is given by: (Managers-2008)
(APPSC 2008) (a) atmospheric pressure — gauge pressure
3 1 (b) gauge pressure — atmospheric pressure
(a) Fv = — wicD3 (b) F, = — wirD3
12 (c) gauge pressure + atmospheric pressure
1 (d) vacuum pressure — atmospheric pressure
(c) Fv = — wnD3 (d) Zero
24
75. Total pressure on a horizontally immersed
70. A Cylindrical tank 2 m in diameter is laid surface is (w = specific weight of liquid,
with its axis horizontal and completely A = the area of immersed surface and x =
filled with water when both ends are close. depth of the cg of the immersed surface
The hydrostatic force on one end of the from the liquid surface)
plate is given by : (Managers-2008)
(APPSC 2008) (a) wA/x (b) wAx
(a) 123 kN (b) 61.5 kN (c) wx (d) wx/A
(c) 30.76 IN (d) 19.6 kN
76. The point at which the resultant pressure on
71. The depth of center of pressure for a
an immersed surface acts is
rectangular lamina immersed in a fluid up to
(Managers-2008)
depth 'h' is APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) centre of gravity (b) centre of depth
(a) 0.75h (b) 0.67h
(c) centre of pressure (d) meta centre
(c) 0.50h (d) 0.25h
77. To measure difference in pressure between

72. In a cylindrical vessel, the total force on the
two points in a pipe the following
bottom surface is equal to that on the
instrument is used
vertical surface, when the depth of liquid is
(Managers-2008)
(APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) Current meter
(a) d (b) d/2 (c)2d (d)1.5d
(b) Differential Manometer
(c) Pressure meter
73. Pressure below atmospheric value is called
(d) Orifice
(Managers-2008)
I ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pone Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
;•dt, ACE
:Enginee.ring Publications : 515: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
78. The height of a water column equivalent to 82. The liquid used in manometer should have:
a pressure of 0.15 MPa is: (Polytechnic lecturers-2007, AEE CE/ME-
(AEE CE/ME-2008) 2008)
(a) 15.3 m (b) 25.3 m (a) low density
(c) 35.3 m (d) 45.3 m (b) high density
(c) low surface tension
79. The atmospheric pressure at sea level is: (d) high surface tension
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 108 kN/m2 83. A differential manometer is used to
(b) 10.8 m of water measure: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) 760 mm of mercury (a) atmospheric pressure
(d) 763 mm of mercury (b) pressure in pipes and channels
(c) pressure in venturimeter
80. When the pressure intensity at a point is (d) difference of pressure between two
more than the local atmospheric pressure, points in a pipe
then the difference of these two pressures is
called: 84. A rectangular plate of size 3.0 m x 2.0 m is
(AEE CE/ME-2008) immersed vertically in water such that the
(a) gauge pressure horizontal side of 2.0 m is 1.5 m below the
(b) absolute pressure water surface. The centre of pressure is at a
(c) positive gauge pressure depth below the water surface of:
(d) vacuum pressure (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 3.00 m (b) 3.25 m
81. The pressure of a liquid measured with the (c) 3.50 m (d) 3.62 m
help of a piezometer tube is:
(AEE CE/ME-2008) 85. A water tank contains 1.3 m deep water.
(a) Vacuum pressure The pressure exerted by the water per metre
(b) gauge pressure length of the bank
(c) absolute pressure (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(d) atmospheric pressure (a) 16.6 kN (b) 8.3 kN
(c) 9.2 IN (d) 5.6 IN
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I DelhiI BhopalI Pune I Bhubaneswar I LuelinowI Patna l BengaluruI ChennaiI VijayawadaI VizagITirupatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„•
„ ACE Fluid Mechanics
,y Engineering Publications : 516:
86. A vertical wall is subjected to a pressure 89. In a cylindrical vessel, the total force on the
due to liquid on one of its sides. Which of bottom surface is equal to that on the
the following statement is correct? vertical surface, when the depth of liquid is
(a) The pressure on the wall at the liquid (a) d (b) d/2 (c) 2d (d) 1.5 d
level is minimum, and increases
parabolically with depth 90. The depth of centre of pressure for a
(b) The pressure on the bottom of the wall rectangular lamina immersed in a fluid upto
is maximum, and decreases depth 'h' is (AEE CE/ME-2008)
parabolically with height (a) 0.75 h (b) 0.67h
(c) The pressure on the wall at the liquid (c) 0.50h (d) 0.25h
level is zero, and on the bottom of the
wall is maximum 91. Pascal's law states that pressure at a point is
(d) The pressure on the bottom of the wall equal in all directions
is zero (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) static conditions (b) dynamic conditions
87. The horizontal pressure on a curved body (c) laminar flow (d) any conditions
immersed in a fluid is Ph, and the vertical
pressure is Pv, the total pressure on the body 92. Small pressure differences are measured by:
is given by (APPSC 2008 LR)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (a) pressure gate
(a) (p,2 (b) anemometer
ph )112 (b) (Pv + Ph )
(c) inverted U —tube manometer
1
(c) (Pv2 Ph 2 )312 (d) (pv +ph ) /2 (d) piezometer
88. Barometer is used to measure: 93. The pressure intensity at a point in a fluid is
(AEE CE/ME-2008) the same in all directions, only when
(a) Velocity of liquid (APPSC 2008)
(b) Atmospheric pressure (a) The fluid is frictionless
(c) Pressure in pipes and channels (b) The fluid is frictionless and incompressible
(d) Difference in pressure between two (c) The fluid has zero viscosity and is at rest
points in a pipe (d) There is no motion of one fluid layer
relative to an adjacent layer
I ACE Engineering Publications:: Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0. 4.:Engineering Publications
,
94. The hydrostatic law states that rate of 98. When a vertical wall is subjected to
increase of pressure in a vertical direction pressures due to liquid on both sides, the
(APPSC — 2008) resultant pressure is the of the
(a) Is equal to density of fluid two pressures. (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(b) Is equal to specific weight of fluid (a) sum (b) difference
(c) Is equal to weight of fluid (c) arithmetic mean (d) geometric mean
99. In a lockgate, the reaction between two
95. Gauge pressure is: (APPSC 2008 LR) gates is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) absolute pressure + atmospheric pressure P
(a) (b) 2P
(b) absolute pressure — absolute pressure sin a sin a
atmospheric press. P
(c) (d)
(c) absolute pressure — atmospheric pressure 2 sin a sina/2
(d) atmospheric pressure + atmospheric
pressure 100. A square plate of 3 m x 3 m is just held
submerged below water in a vertical
96. Pascal's law states that pressure at a point is position. The total pressure on one face is
equal in all directions (APPSC 2008 L R) approximately (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) static conditions (b) dynamic conditions (a) 33 kN (b) 65 kN
(c) laminar flow (d) any conditions (c) 132 IN (d) 265 kN
97. Which of the following statements is 101. Force on a submerged horizontal plate is
correct? (AEE CE/ME-2008) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) In a compressible flow, the volume of
(a) pA (b) —
P (c) 1 2 (d) P 22
the flowing liquid remains constant, but A A A
the velocity varies
(b) A flow in which the velocity of the 102. A rectangular plate 0.6 m x 1.2 m
flowing liquid does not change, is called submerged in oil, specific gravity 0.8. The
incompressible flow maximum and minimum depths are 1.6 m
(c) When the particles rotate about their and 0.75 m from free surface of the plate.
own axes while flowing the flow is said Then Hydraulic force is
to rotational flow (AE CE/ME-2009)
(d) Ideal fluid obeys Newton's law of (a) 5.64 kN (b) 6.64 IN
viscosity (c) 7.64 kN (d) 8.64 kN
1/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI Lueknow Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VijayawadaIVizag TirupatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata IAhmedabad
ACE Engineering Publicatiolis ,,,
v. .4
V
ACE
VEngineering : 518: Fluid Mechanics
Publications
103. The pressure at the bottom of a water lake is = depth of the centre of gravity of the
1.5 times that at half the depth. If the water immersed surface from the liquid surface
barometer reads 10 m, the depth of the lake
is (AE CE/ME-2009) 108. The centre of pressure for a vertically
(a) 10 m (b) 15 m immersed surface lies at a distance equal to
(c) 20 m (d) 25 m the centre of gravity.
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
104. The torr pressure is equivalent to I
(a) G below (b) IG_-above
(AE CE/ME-2009) Ax Ax
(a) lmm of mercury (b) 1 atmosphere
(c) below (d) above
(c) 1 pascal (d) 10 m of water I° IG
Where
105. Pressure is measured using IG = M.I of the immersed surface about
(AE CE/ME-2009) horizontal axis through its centre of
(a) Pitot tube (b) Manometer gravity
(c) Hot wire anemometer (d) Orifice meter A = Area of immersed surface
R =Depth of centre of gravity of the
106. The centre of pressure of a fully submerged immersed surface form the liquid
body is almost always located surface
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) above the centroid 109. The depth of centre of pressure for an
(b) at the centroid immersed surface inclined at angle 0 with
(c) closer to the centroid the liquid surface lies at a distance equal to
(d) below the centroid the centre of gravity.
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
107. The total pressure on an immersed surface I sine 0 I sin2 0
(a) G below (b) G above
inclined at an angle '0' with the liquid AR AR
surface is (AEE CE/ME-2009) I sin 0 I sin 0
(c) G below (d) G above
(a) wA (b) wR Ax AR
WAX
(c) WAX (d)
sin 0 110. Which is higher head?
Where (AEE CE/ME-2009)
w = specific weight of liquid (a) 33 inch Hg (b) 31.6 ft water
A = area of the immersed surface (c) 1.013 kgf/cm2 (d) 75.6 cm of Hg
ACE Engineering Publ icati is>>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswarj Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukatpally I Kollcata I Ahmedabad
4
le
4
4,Enguneermg Publications
111. Absolute pressure is equal to 115. Mercury is often used in barometer because
(AE CE/ME-2009) (AEE-2007)
(a) Gauge pressure — Atmospheric pressure (a) it is the best liquid
(b) Gauge pressure + Atmospheric pressure (b) the height of barometer will be less
(c) Gauge pressure / Atmospheric pressure (c) its vapour pressure is negligibly low
(d) Gauge pressure x Atmospheric pressure (d) both (b) and (c)
112. A piezometer is used to measure 116. In an isothermal atmosphere the pressure

(a) undistributed liquid pressure (a) is constant with elevation
(b) gauge pressure in a static mass of liquid (b) decreases linearly with elevation
(c) pressure difference between two liquids (c) decreases near the surface but
(d) dynamic pressure of a moving stream of approaches a constant value
liquid (d) decreases exponentially with elevation
113. U-tube differential manometer 117. In fluid pressure measurements, one bar is
(AE CE/ME-2009) equal to
(a) is used upright when pressure difference (AEE — 2011)
is large (a) 100 kPa (b) 100 MPa
(b) is used inverted when pressure (c) 100 GPa (d) 100Pa
difference is small
(c) is used when pressure difference is large 118. When a fluid is at rest, the fluid pressure at
(d) can not be used in inverted position any point in it is same in all directions. This
law is called as law
114. Mercury is generally used in manometers (AEE, AE — 2011)
because it (a) Pascal's (b) Newton's
(AE CE/ME-2009) (c) Euler's (d) Reynold's
(a) does not stick to the walls of the tubing
(b) has high density and accordingly the 119. One atmospheric pressure is equal to
manometers height becomes Hg.
manageable (APPSC — 2011)
(c) is shining and can be read easily (a) 240 mm (b) 480 mm
(d) has practically zero vapour pressure (c) 760 mm (d) 1000 mm
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
JJ STingineering Pubhcattons
120. Piezometer tube is used to measure 125. If the atmospheric pressure and gauge
(AE 2011) pressure are equal to 100 kPa and 200 kPa
(a) very high pressure in pipe respectively, then absolute pressure for this
(b) the difference in pressure between two case is (AEE — 2011)
points of a pipe (a) 100 kPa (b) 200 kPa
(c) very low pressure in pipe (c) 300 kPa (d) 600 kPa
(d) pressure of steam in boiler
126. A pressure of 25 m of head of water is equal
121. The normal force acting on a unit area of to (APPSC — 2011)
fluid surface is called (AE 2011) (a) 24.5 kN/m2 (b) 245 kN/m2
(a) total pressure (b) intensity of pressure (c) 2450 kN/m2 (d) 0.245 kN/m2
(c) specific weight (d) pressure load
127. Barometer is used to measure
122. Barometers are used to measure (APPSC — 2011)
(AE 2011) (a) Vacuum pressure
(a) pressure in the water channels (b) Pressure in pipes
(b) difference in pressure at two points (c) Difference of pressure between two
(c) very low pressure points
(d) atmospheric pressure (d) Atmospheric pressure
123. Fluid statics deals with the following forces 128. If P = absolute pressure, Pa = atmospheric
(APPSC — 2011, Observers-2013) pressure, and Pg = gauge pressure, the
(a) Viscous and gravity forces connecting equation for these pressures is
(b) Viscous and pressure forces (DYSY — 2011)
(c) Gravity and pressure forces (a) P = Pa + Pg (b) Pa = P + Pg
(d) Surface tension and gravity forces (c) Pg = P + Pa (d) None of these
124. The ratios of pressures between two points 129. Standard atmospheric pressure can be
M and N located at depth of 2 m and 8 m expressed as equivalent to of water.
below a constant level of water in a tank is (DYSY — 2011)
(APPSC — 2011) (a) 3.33 m (b) 6.66 m
(b) 1:2 (c) 10.33 m (d) Zero
(d) 1:4
ACL. 1. .110111,1111g P111,11(•1111,1iN e HyderabadiDelhil BhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1Paina I nengalurui Chennall VijayawadaiVizagiTiniPatlIKukatpallyIKolkata I Ahmedabad

6.
to
ACE 521: Pressure Measurement 8r., Fluid Statics
45Engincesing Publicafions
`'4 4,
4
130. The pressure at any point in a fluid at rest is 135. The meter reading in a mercury-water
equal in all directions. This is called as differential manometer is 500 mm of
law. mercury. Then the water difference is
(DYSY — 2011) (DYSY — 2011)
(a) Euler's (b) Pascal's (a) 3.15 m (b) 6.3
(c) Newton's (d) Reynold's (c) 0.5 m (d) 1.0 m
131. One atmospheric pressure is equal to 136. In an immersed body, the point through
Hg. (AEE-2011) which the resultant pressure of the fluid acts
(a) 240 mm (b) 480 mm is called (APPSC — 2011)
(c) 760 mm (d) 1000 mm (a) metacentre (b) centroid
(c) centre of pressure (d) centre of buoyancy
132. The ratio of intensity of pressures between
two points A and B situated at 0.5 m and 2.0 137. The depth of centre of pressure on an
m depths respectively, below the free immersed inclined surface is
surface of water, is (APPSC — 2011)
(DYSY — 2011) (a) Hi sin 0 (b) H, cos 0
(a) 1:2 (b) 1:4 (c) I-11 2 sin 0 (d) H1 2 cos
(c) 1:8 (d) 1:16
138.Centre of pressure compared to centre of

133. Working principle of dead — weight pressure
gravity is (APPSC — 2011)
gauge tester is based on (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Above it
(a) Newton's law of viscosity
(b) Below it
(b) Avogadro's hypothesis
(c) At same point
(c) Pascal's law
(d) Above or below depending on area of
(d) Dalton's law of partial pressure
body
134. A Piezometer is a device used to measure

139. The centre of pressure on an inclined plane
(DYSY — 2011)
is (APPSC — 2011)
(a) low pressures
(a) At the centroid
(b) differential pressures
(b) Above the centroid
(c) vacuum pressures
(c) At the metacentre
(d) None of these
(d) Below the centroid
\ 1.. I mm1(111111; I '1 th I 1, ,„ Hydenthad IDelhi IBhopal I Punt I Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru IChemist'I VljayawadaIVizasI TwuPali IKuluttPallYI Kollulia I Ahmedabad
ACE
1, :Engineering Publications : 522: Fluid Mechanics
4—
140. The hydrostatic pressure on a plane surface 144. A vertical rectangular plate of width b and
is equal to depth d is immersed in water such that its
(AEE — 2011) one edge width is at the free surface of
water. The depth of centre of pressure of the
(a) wA h (b) wAhsin2 0
plate below the free surface is given by
1
(c) — wA h (d) wA h sin 0 (DYSY — 2011)
2
2d 3d
(a) 4 (b) — (c) — (d) 4d
3 3
141. For submerged curved surface, the vertical
component of the hydrostatic force is
145. The total pressure on an immersed inclined
(APPSC — 2011)
surface is given by
(a) Mass of the liquid supported by the
(DYSY — 2011)
curved surface
(a) A/wh (b) w/Ah
(b) Weight of liquid supported by the
(c) wAh (d) wh/A
curved surface
Where A = total area of the immersed
(c) The force of the projected area of the
inclined surface
curved surface on a vertical plane
w = specific weight of the fluid
h = depth of c.g. of the immersed surface
from the liquid surface.
142. The centre of pressure for a vertically
immersed surface lies at a distance equal to
146. If the pressure at the centroid of the surface
the centre of gravity
is equal `13', then the average pressure on a
(AEE — 2011)
sub-merged plane surface is equal to
IG
(a) —below (b) above (AEE — 2011)
Ax Ax
P
(a) — (b) — (c) 3P (d) P
(c) below (d) above 4 2 4
IG IG
147. Maintaining the difference of water levels

143 When a vertical wall is subjected to between the upstream and downstream side
pressures due to liquid on both sides, the in canals is done by using
resultant pressure is the of the two (AEE — 2011)
pressures. (a) Manometers (b) Lock gates
(AEE — 2011) (c) Ridges (d) None of these
(a) Sum (b) Difference
(c) Arithmetic mean (d) Geometric mean
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulmtpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
4las
H 4
I, ACE : 523: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
:Engmeenng Publications
148. In a lock gate, the reaction between two 153. The pressure at a point in a fluid is not equal
gates is (AEE — 2011) in all directions if (AE-2012)
(a) the fluid is at rest
(a) (b) 2p
seta sm (b) there are shear stresses
(c) the fluid is accelerated
(c) (d) P
2 sin a sma/2 (d) the fluid is rotated at a constant speed
Where p = resultant pressure on the lock
gate, 154. Assertion (A): Pressure is equal in all
= inclination of the gate with the normal directions at a point in an ideal fluid flow.
to the side of the lock Reason (R): Pascal's law is valid for all
cases where shear stresses are zero
149. The water total pressure per meter length on (AE-2012)
a vertical masonry wall of dam is (a) A is true; R is true; and it explains A
(AEE— 2011) (b) A is true; R is true; but it does not
(a) WH/2 (b) WH explain A
(c) WH / 2 (d) WH2/ 4 (c) A is true; R is false
(d) A is false; R is true
150. 10 m of water column is equal to
(APPSC — 2011) 155. The difference in pressure head, measured a
(a) 100 kN/m2 (b) 10 kN/m2 mercury water differential manometer for
(c) 1 kN/m2 (d) 0.1 kN/m2 20 cm difference of mercury will be
(AE-2012 & 13)
151. The ratio of pressures between two points X
(a) 2.72 m (b) 2.52 m
and Y located respectively at depths of 0.5
(c) 2.0 m (d) 0.2 m
m and 8 m below water level in a tank is
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) 156. A vertical rectangular plane surface is
(a) 1 : (b) 1:2 submerged in water with its top surface and
(c) 1:8 (d) 1:16 bottom surface at 1.5 m and 6.0 m below
the free water surface. The depth of centre
152. Atmospheric pressure held in terms of water of pressure below the free water surface is
column is (AE-2012) (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) 7.5 m (b) 8.5 m (a) 4.0 m (b) 4.5 m
(c) 9.81 m (d) 10.30 m (c) 4.375 m (d) 4.2 m
ACE Engineerink Public4tions Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennal VilaYawada I Virag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.0
J
4.
157. In an inclined plane submerged in water, the 162. The depth of the centre of pressure of a
centre of pressure is located vertical semi-circular plane of diameter 'd'
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) submerged in a liquid, with diameter
(a) at the centroid located at the free surface is
(b) below the centroid (AEE-2012)
(c) above the cetnroid Tcd Tcd 37cd
(d) anywhere in the plane (a) — (b) — (c) (d)
12 32 64 32
158. A vertical triangular plane area, submerged

163. In an inclined plane submerged in water, the
in water, with one side coinciding the free
centre of pressure is located (AEE-2012)
surface, vertex downward, with altitude, 'h',
(a) at the concentric
has the centre of pressure below the free
(b) below the concentric
surface by (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(c) above the concentric
h h
(a) — (b) — (c) (d) (d) anywhere in the plane
4 3 3 2
159. A vertical gate closes a horizontal tunnel

164. A vertical triangular plane area, submerged
5 m high and 3 m wide running full with
in water, with one side coinciding the free
water. The pressure at the bottom of the
surface, vertex downward, with altitude 'h',
gate is 196.2 kN/m2. The total pressure on
has the centre of pressure below the free
the gate is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
surface by (AEE-2012)
(a) 2.0 MN (b) 2.575 MN
h
(c) 5.525 MN (d) 1.75 MN (a) —
4
160. The resultant hydrostatic force acts through 2h
(c) —
a point known as (AE-2012) 3
(a) centre of gravity (b) centre of buoyancy
(c) centre of pressure (d) None of the above 165. A vertical wall is subjected to a pressure
due to a liquid on one of its sides. The total
161. The hydrostatic pressure in kgf exerted on pressure on the wall per unit length is
one side of an annular area enclosed by (AEE, AEE-CE/ME-2012)
concentric circles of radii 2m and lm, and wH 2
(a) wH (b)
having its concentric 4 m below water 2
surface is (AEE-2012) (c) wH W 2
(a) 10000 it (b) 11000 it (d) wH

2 3
(c) 12000 IT (d) 24000 it
ACE Engineering Pu 1)1 ication s 4>Hyderabad j Delhi j Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,(
11. ACE
tJ
:Engineering Publications : 525: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
166. Hydrostatic law of pressure is given by 170. The hydrostatic pressure on a plane surface
(AE-2012) of area 'A' is given by
ap (AE-2013)
(a) — = pg (b) =0
a az (a) 0.5 yAhe (b) yAhc
ap (c) 2 yAk (d) 1.5 yAhe
(c) =z (d) c
az a Where k = depth of centroid of the area
below the liquid surface.
167. Differential manometers are used for
measuring (AE-2013) 171. Atmospheric pressure held in terms of water
(a) Velocity at a point in a fluid column is
(b) Pressure at a point in a fluid (Research Assistant 2013)
(c) Pressure difference between two points (a) 7.5 m (b) 8.5 in
(d) All of the above (c) 9.81 m (d) 10.3 m
168. For submerged curved surface, the vertical 172. A circular plate lm in diameter is
component of the hydrostatic force is submerged vertically in water such that its
(Observers-2013) upper edge is 8m below the free surface of
(a) Mass of the liquid supported by the water. The total hydrostatic pressure force
curved surface on one side of the plate is
(b) Weight of the liquid supported by the (AE-2013)
curved surface (a) 6.7 IcN (b) 65.4 IN
(c) The force of the projected area of the (c) 45.0 IcN (d) 77.01(N
curved surface on vertical plane
(d) None of the above 173. The hydrostatic law states that rate of
increase of pressure in a vertical direction is
169. The point through which the resultant equal to
hydrostatic force acts is called (Research Assistant 2013)
(AE-2013) (a) density of the fluid
(a) Metacentre (b) specific weight of the fluid
(b) Centre of pressure (c) weight of the fluid
(c) Centre of buoyancy (d) viscosity of the fluid
(d) Centre of gravity
I ACE Engineering Publiealions> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.
0 ••
ie ACE : 526: Fluid Mechanics
174. The difference of pressure head (h) 179. The position of centre of pressure on a plane
measured by a differential manometer surface immersed vertically in a static mass
containing lighter liquid is of fluid is (TSPSC AE 2015)
(Research Assistant 2013) (a) at the centre of submerged area
S s (b) always above the centre of gravity
(a) h = x 1— (b) h=x f
Sa ) (c) always below the centre of gravity
a
(d) has no relation with centre of gravity
(c) h = x(Sa — Sf) (d) h = x(Sf — Sa)
180. Piezometric head is the summation of

175. An oil of specific gravity 0.7 and pressure
0.14kgf/cm2 will have the height of oil as
(AE-2013) (a) Total head
(a) 70 cm of oil (b) 2 m of oil (b) Velocity head and pressure head
(c) 20 cm of oil (d) 80 cm of oil (c) Pressure head and elevation head
(d) Velocity head and elevation head
176. For a vacuum pressure of 4.5 m of water,

the equivalent absolute pressure is 181. A vertical triangular area with vortex
downward and altitude 'h' has its base on
(TSPSC AE 2015)
(a) 5.83 m of water (b) 14.83 m of water the free surface of the liquid. The centre of
pressure below the free surface will be at a
(c) 12.33 m of water (d) 8.83 m of water
depth of (TSPSC AE 2015)
177. If Z is measured vertically upwards, dp is (a) h/4 (b) h/3

(c) h/2 (d) 2h/3
given by (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(a) dp = —pdz (b) dp = pdz
182. Micro-manometer is used to
(c) dp = —ydz (d) dp = ydz
(a) Determine low pressure difference
178. A Differential manometer measures
(b) Determine higher pressure difference
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
(c) Measure pressure for gases only
(a)difference in pressure between two points
(d) Measure pressure in congested areas
(b) absolute pressure at a point
(c) local atmospheric pressure
183. The angle of contact between pure water
(d) difference in total energy between two
and clean glass is
points
(a) 90° (b) 0° (c) 130° (d) 45°
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4'Eugineering Publications
4 4,
184. Select the correct statement 187. With reference to the containers of different
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) shapes having the same base area and filled
(a) Gage pressure = Atmospheric pressure + with the same liquid for equal depths, the
vacuum pressure apparent contradiction in the hydrostatic
(b) Absolute pressure = Gage pressure — force on the base of a liquid container and
Atmospheric pressure the weight of liquid in the container is know
(c) Gage pressure = Absolute pressure — as
Atmospheric pressure (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(d) Absolute pressure = Atmospheric (a) D' alembert's paradox
pressure + vacuum pressure (b) Elevator Paradox
(c) Hydrodynamic paradox
185. For a closed single pair of lock gates having (d) Hydrostatic paradox
120° between them when symmetrically
188. A rectangular plate of 2m wide is
placed, the resultant pressure force (P)acting
submerged in water vertically such that its
on a gate and the reaction force (F) between
the butting edges of the two gates are top and bottom surfaces are 2m and 5m
related as respectively below the free surface. The

total pressure on plate is
(a) F = (b) F = P (a) 20601 kN
2
(b) 206.01 kN
(c) F= (d) F = 2P (c) 20601 N
2
(d) 206.01 N
186. An orifice discharges under a head of

189.If w is the specific weight of a liquid, and h
1.25 m of water. A pitot tube kept at its
is the depth of any point from the surface,
centre line at the vena contracta indicates a
then the pressure intensity at that point will
head of 1.20 m of water. The coefficient of
be
velocity of the orifice is
(a) h (b) wh
(a) 0.956 (b) 0.990
(c) w/h (d) b/w
(c) 0.980 (d) 0.965
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Mune I Bhubaneswar' Lucknowj Patna' Bengalurui Chennai iVijayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukatpallyiKolkatalAhmedabad
•'lipe A CE
4 _ uEngineering Publications
: 528: Fluid Mechanics
190.Barometer is used to measure the 194.Which of the following instrument is used to

(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) measure the specific gravity of liquid?
(a) pressure in pipes, channels, etc (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(b) atmospheric pressure (a) Hydrometer
(c) very low pressure (b) Densitometer
(d) difference of pressure between two (c) Differential manometer
points (d) Hygrometer
191.What is the minimum angle of inclination of 195.A circular plate 1.5 m diameter is submerged
an inclined manometer to avoid the force of in water with its greatest and least depths
surface tension? below the surface being 2 m and 0.75 m
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) respectively. What is the approximate total
(a) 5° (b) 3° pressure on one face of the plate?
(c) 6° (d) 4° (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) 32 IN (b) 16 kN
(c) 24 IN (d) 12 IcN
192.An open U tube is containing mercury.
Kerosene of specific gravity 0.8 is poured
196.The pressure at any point in a static mass of
into one of its limbs so that the length of
fluid varies in vertical direction as indicated
column of kerosene is about 40 cm. The level
by which of the following equation?
of mercury column in that limb is lowered
(where y is the specific weight; p is the mass
approximately by how much?
density; and g is the acceleration due to
gravity)
(a) 0.6 cm (b) 2.35 cm
(c) 1.2 cm (d) 3.6 cm
dp
(a) (b) th
± = —pg
dz 7g dz
193.For manometer, a better liquid combination
is one having (c) dz = —yg (d) dz = pg
dz
(a) low density and low dynamic viscosity
(b) lower surface tension 197.A circular annular plate bounded by two
(c) high density and high dynamic viscosity concentric circles of diameter 1.2 m and
(d) higher surface tension 0.8 m is measured in water with its plane
making an angle of 45° with the horizontal.
The centre of the circles is 1.625 m below the
. 1'111 ,11C,1111 ,11S Hyderabad I Delhi l Bhopal Pune j Bhubaneswar I Lutkoow I Pat= I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vkawadik I Virag I I KukAlPelly I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„,
free surface. What will be the total pressure 201. A 2.0 m diameter penstock pipe carries
force on the face of the plate? water under a pressure head of 100 m. If the
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) wall thickness is 7.5 mm, the tensile stress
(a) 10.00 kN (b) 7.07 kN in the pipe wall, in MPa, is
(c) 14.14 kN (d) 18.00 kN (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) 65.3 (b) 130.5
198.The Pascal's law states that the (c) 231.0 (d) 1305.0
(a) Pressure at any point in a fluid at rest has 202. The standard atmospheric pressure is 760
the dissimilar magnitude in all directions mm of mercury. At a certain location the
(b) Pressure at any point in a fluid at rest has barometer reads 7.10 mm of mercury. At
the same magnitude in all directions this place an absolute pressure of 360 mm
(c) Pressure at any point in a fluid at rest ahs of mercury corresponds to a gauge pressure,
the same magnitude in transverse and in mm of mercury
longitudinal directions only (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(d) Pressure at any point in a fluid at rest has (a) 400 mm of vacuum
the same magnitude in perpendicular (b) 350 mm of vacuum
direction only (c) 360 mm of vacuum
(d) 710 mm
199. When the barometer reads 740.0 mm of
mercury, a pressure of 10 kPa suction at that 203. An inclined manometer contains a liquid of
location is equivalent to relative density 0.8 and has an inclination of
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) 30° to the horizontal. For a certain pressure
(a) 10.02 m of water (abs) the column length was 10 cm. If there is an
(b) 9.87 m of water (abs) uncertainty of 1° in the measurement of the
(c) 88.72 kPa (abs) angle of inclination, the calculated pressure
(d) 0.043 kPa (abs) would have an uncertainty of
200. The pressure represented by a column of 5 (a) 1%
cm of oil of relative density 0.75 is (b) 0.28%
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (c) 1.75%
(a) 7357.5 N/m2 (b) 367.87 N/m2 (d) 3.33%
(c) 0.0225 N/m2 (d) 3.75 N/m2
.\( No iv, I I 11 >Hyderabad 'DelhiI Bhopal I PuneI BhubaneswarI LucknowIPatnaIBengaluruI ChennalI Vilayawadt9 Vitag rfirtiP adI KukatPallYI Kolluita I Ahmedabad
bN ACE : 530: Fluid Mechanics
204. For a submerged plane in a liquid, the the plate is estimated as 17.6 kN. If the plate
resultant hydrostatic force F on one side of is turned in the vertical plane at its centre of
the plane is related to area A, centroidal gravity by 90° and if all other factors remain
depth h, depth h, depth of the centre of the same, the total force on one side of the
pressure hcp and depth of bottom edge hb as plate would now be
F= (where y is specific weight) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) 8.8 IN (b) 15.6 kN
(a) yAhcp (b) yAh (c) 17.6 IN (d) 19.6 IN
(c) yAb (d) A lily
208. U-Tube manometers are employed to
205. For an inclined plane submerged in liquid, measure pressure of which type of fluids
the centre of fluid pressure on one side of (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
the plane will be (a) Solids (b) Gases
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (c) Liquids and gases (d) Liquids
(a) above the top edge of the area
(b) vertically below the centre of gravity 209. The Hydrostatic law
(c) below the centre of gravity (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(d) in the same horizontal plane as the (a) Holds unaltered for a liquid in a vessel
centre of gravity subjected to constant acceleration
(b) Holds unaltered to for a liquid in a
206. A rectangular plate 0.75 m x2.4 m is vessel subjected to constant rotation
immersed in a liquid of relative density 0.85 (c) Does not hold for the atmosphere
with its 0.75 m side horizontal and just at (d) Holds for a liquid in equilibrium only
the water surface. If the plane of the plate
makes an angle of 60° with the horizontal, 210. One end of a two dimensional water tank
the pressure force on one side of the plate, has the shape of a quadrant of a circle of
in kN, is radius 2m. When the tank is full, the vertical
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) component of the force per unit length on
(a) 15.6 (b) 7.8 the curved surface will be
(c) 24.0 (d) 18.0 (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 29.43 it kN (b) 9.81 7t kN
207. A rectangular plate 30 cm x50 cm is (c) 19.62 ic kN (d) 39.24irkN
immersed vertically, in water with its longer

side vertical. The total force on one side of
ACE Engineering Publications >>HyderabadI DelhiI Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna j Bengaluru j ChennaiI Vijayawada I VizagI TimnatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
to
kz, :Engineering Publications
211. A water lake has a maximum depth of 100 212. If a mercury-oil differential manometer
m. If the atmospheric pressure is 101 kPa, shows a 20 cm difference of mercury level,
the absolute pressure at this depth is the difference in the pressure head is
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (consider the specific gravity of oil = 0.8)
(a) 1082 kPa (b) 881 kPa (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(c) 900 kPa (d) 678 kPa (a) 2.0 m of oil (b) 2.5 m of oil
(c) 3.2 m of oil (d) 4.2 m of oil
ACE Engin cring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vdayaveada I Vizag1Thopati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•
v•
d ACE : 532 : Fluid Mechanics
JJ
Solutions
1. Ans: (c)
= 1000 x 9.81 x 3 x (3 x 3) x (-
2 x31
Sol: Hydrostatic total pressure on one side of 2 3 )
circular surface
= 1000 x 9.81x 3 x 9 x 2 (N-m) (S.I)
= p .g. h .A
= 1000 x 9.81 x 1 x 1 3
=1000 x — x 9 x 2 (kgf-m) (mks) Units
= 9810 N
9810 = 27000 (kgf-m)
= kgf= 1000 kgf
9.81
5. Ans: (c)
Sol: The horizontal component of hydro static
2. Ans: (c)
force on any curved surface equals the force
Sol: Centre of pressure (h*) is below the centroid
on the projection of that surface on a
of the wetted surface
vertical plane perpendicular to the given
direction.
3. Ans: (a)
Sol: F = pg h A = 1000 x 9.81 x 4 x Tc(22 — 12)
=1000 x 9.81 x 4 xitx 3
= 12 Tc x 9810 N
121t x 9810
(kgf)
9.81
= 12000 TC kgf
Moment of hydrostatic force about top edge

6. Ans: (d)
of the gate
Sol: Pascal's law: The intensity of pressure is
= F x h*
the same in all directions at a point in a fluid
= pghA x h* only when fluid is at rest.
ACE Engineering Ptiblications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag lTirupaii I Kukatpally I Kollcatal Ahmedabad
,,, ACE
4iEngineering Publications : 533: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
Note: Fluid can be real fluid, (viscous After simplification

fluid) fluid can be compressible and h. = 3md
incompressible, fluid can be non-zero 32
viscosity fluid. Fluid layers has no relative
9. Ans: (b)
motion.
Sol: On any plane, centre pressure is always
located below the centroid of the plane
07. Ans: (d)
wetted surface
Sol: Pm. = P Hg .01Hg
= 13600 x 9.81 x 0.74 10. Ans: (d)
= 98.73 x 103 1\1h112 Sol: Thrust (or) total pressure (or) hydrostatic
= 1.05 kgf/cm2 force on any plane area is equal to the
PAbs = 5.05 kgf/cm2 (given) product of pressure intensity at centroid and
PAbs = PAtm + Pgauge

wetted area.
5.05 = 1.05 + Pgauge
Pgauge = 4 kg f /cm2 11. Ans: (b)
Sol: h* = —
2xH=—
2 x 3 = 2m
08. Ans: (d) 3 3
Sol:
12. Ans: (a)
Sol: PAbs = Patm + Pgauge
••• Pgauge = Pabs PAtm
Centre of pressure of a vertical semi circular 13. Ans: (c)

plane Sol:
h 3'
3Id
Proof: h* = h +
Ah Given width = 3m
4r + 0.011r4 Pressure at the bottom = 2 x 104 kgf/m2
=
3m 7L-r2 4r Pghbotto. = 2 x10 4
2 3m g
2d 0.011(d/ 2)4 2x104 _
= + hb 20 m
3m md2 2d °"°m = 1000
x
8 3m ht°P =20-5=15m
ACE Engineering Publications j Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,
ye
N d
ACE
t.) (itgingineeting Publications
20 +15 17. Ans: (c)

h= =17.5 m
2 Sol: P = poii.g.Hoa - Pw•gnw
Pressure force acting on the gate S.Pwater.g.Hoil — p w.g.Hw
(pgh)A (0.8 x 1000) (9.81) (HA= (1000) (9.81) (80)
g .*. Hoil = 100 m
= 1000 x 17.5 x (5x 3)
= 262,500 kgf 18. Ans: (d)
Sol: Horizontal component of force on a curved
14. Ans: (d) surface is to the force on a vertical
Sol: Centre of pressure is a point on the wetted projection plane of the curved surface.
plane surface when hydrostatic force line of Note: student may select option (c). Option
action acts. c is wrong as stated for curved surfaces.
It is correct for plane submerged surfaces
15. Ans: (d)
Sol: h = 5d 19. Ans: (b)

8 Sol: F = p.g. h .A
h* = h + -a(1) 1
Ah =1000 x 9.8148 + - x Th-(1)2
) 4
Where h = d / 2 , A=-7-td2 = 65.49 x 103 N = 65.49 IN
4
I = -d 4 20. Ans: (b)

64
Substitute h, A and I in Eq (1), then ( sH g
Sol: hw = hHg
simplification yields s
(13.6
h* = 5- d = 0.6 1)=. 7.56 m
8 \ 1.0
16. Ans: (c) 21. Ans: (b)

Sol: P = p.gH Sol: Inverted U-tube manometer is used for
P = S x pwater .g.H measuring small pressure differences for
50 x 104 = (0.9 x 1000) (9.81) x H which manometric fluid is to be smaller
H = 56.63 m specific gravity fluid (lighter fluid) used.
ACE Emil/eel-lug Publ Li° n s 4' Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vgayaivada Vizag I TirupaiiIKukamally I Kollin/a I Ahmedabad
Af
4
,
4. 4 ACE
: 535: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
%
22. Ans: (b) • U-tube manometer also used for high
Sol: Standard form of relation between different pressure.
pressure • Inverted U-tube manometer used for
Pabs = Patm Pgauge small differential pressures
••• Pgauge = PAbs PAtm • Velocity of flow measures by pitot tube,
current meter, anemometer etc.
23. Ans: (b)
Sol: Given depth of lamina = h 29. Ans: (b)
h
centroid of lamina is at a depth = — 2x3=2m
2H=—
Sol: h* = —
2 3 3
Centre of pressure is at depth = h

3 30. Ans: (d) 31. Ans: (c)
Distance between centre of pressure and
h 32. Ans: (b)
centroid of lamina = h — —
3 2 Sol: Given: A = 1 unit
h h =10m
6
Hydrostatic force = pghA
24. Ans: (d) 25. Ans: (d) = 10pg
26. Ans: (d) 33. Ans: (a)

Sol: Given: P = 4.8 kg/cm2, Soil = 0.8 Sol: A piezometer is a device used to measure
low liquid pressure (not gas pressures)in a
P = SoitPwghoilig
system by measuring the height to which a
4.8 x 1 04 = 0.8 x 1000 x
column of the liquid rises against gravity. It
whoa = 60 m
also measures the piezometric head of
groundwater at a specific location point.
27. Ans: (a)
Piezometer is one of the simplest forms of
manometers, which consists of a glass non
28. Ans: (c)
capillary tube, whose one end is connected
Sol: Differential manometer are used to measure
to a point where pressure is to be measured
differential pressure.
and the other end is open to atmosphere). It
• Piezometer used for low pressures
can be used for measuring moderate
• Bourdon (mech) gauge used for high
pressures of liquids also.
pressure
1 /4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I VizagITirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
ys 4
ACE 536: Fluid Mechanics
rEngineering Publications
04 ,!
Piezometer force vector acting at the center of pressure

tube is the value of the integrated vectorial
pressure force field. The resultant force and
Pipe
h center of pressure location produce
equivalent force and moment on the surface
body as the static pressure of the liquid
touches the surface in normal direction. Ko is
It consists a glass tube, inserted in the wall constant bases on shape of surface.
of a vessel or of a pipe. The tube extends
vertically upward to such a height that
liquid can freely rise in it without
overflowing. The pressure at any point in
the liquid is indicated by the height of the
liquid in the tube above that point. A
piezometer is designed to measure static
pressures. icyh
Limitations of Piezometer:
1. Piezometers can measure gauge pressures 35. Ans: (b)
only. It is not suitable for measuring Sol: A piezometer is designed to measure static
negative pressures. pressures.More details refer Q33
2. Piezometers cannot be employed when
large pressures in the lighter liquids are to 36. Ans: (b)
be measured since this would require very Sol: whenever a dam or a weir is constructed
long tubes, which cannot be handled across a river or canal, the water levels on
conveniently. both the sides of the dam will be different.
3. Gas pressures cannot be measured with If it is desired to have navigation or boating
piezometers, because a gas forms no free in such a river or a canal, then a chamber,
surface. known as lock, is constructed between these
two different water levels. Two sets of gates
34. Ans: (c) (one on the upstream side and the other on
Sol: The center of pressure is the point where the downstream side of the dam) are provided
total sum of a pressure field (hydrostatic as shown in figure.
force) acts on a body surface, causing a
force to act through that point. The total
ACE Engineering Publication; Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
le
ACE : 537: Pressure Measurement Sc. Fluid Statics
1, :EngineeringPublicafions
con ict at b by the water pressure, the water
level being higher on the left hand side of
Higher Lower
water water the gates as shown in fig - 2(b).
B level
level Let,
F
P= Water pressure on the
gate AB or BC acting at right angles on it.
F = Force exerted by the gate BC acting
normally to the contact surface of the two
gates AB and BC (also known as reaction
between the two gates), and R = Reaction
at the upper and lower hinge
Since the gate AB is in equilibrium, under
the action of the above three forces,
therefore they will meet at one point.
Let, P and F meet at 0, then R must pass
PLAN ELEVATION through this point.
In order to transfer a boat from the upstream Let, a = Inclination of the lock gate with the
(i.e., from a higher water level to the normal to the walls of the lock.
downstream), the upstream gates are opened From the geometry of the figure ABO, we
(while the downstream gates are closed) and find that it is an isosceles triangle having its
water level in the chamber rises up to the angles ZOBA and Z OAB both equal to n.
upstream water level. The boat is then Rcosa = Fcosa
admitted in the chamber. Then upstream R = F, and now resolving the force at
gates are closed and downstream gates are right angles to AB
opened and the water level in the chamber is P = R sing + Fsina = 2Rsina
lowered to the downstream water level.
Now the boat can proceed further R=
2 sin a
downwards. If the boat is to be transferred
...F =
from downstream to upstream side, the 2 sin a
above procedure is reversed.
Now consider a set of lock Therefore F= 0.5 P cosee a
gates AB and BC hinged at the top and
bottom at A and C respectively as shown in
fig - 2(a). These gates will be held in
•
.10E Engineering Publications e>Hyderabad j Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Paina I Bengaluru Chermai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-41, ACE : 538: Fluid Mechanics
0 e°Engineering
l Publications
37. Ans: (c) 40. Ans: (a)
Sol: A differential manometer is a device that Sol: Piezometer measures low pressures of
measures the difference in pressure between liquids
two places, reveal both which container has
greater pressure and how large the 37. Ans: (b)
difference between the two is. Ex: Sol: piezometer
PA—PB+YBZB+YmY—YAZA Piezometer measure static pressures

PA—P B ±YBZB+YmY—YAZA
Manometric fluid yin
41. Ans: (d)
38. Ans: (c) Sol: Absolute Pressure - It is the zero
Sol: Centre of pressure: A point on an immersed referenced against a perfect vacuum.
or submerged surface through which the Atmospheric Pressure - It is the pressure
resultant force due to static pressure passes. exerted by the weight of the atmosphere.
Center of pressure is not the same as center Basically it is the ambiant pressure i.e. the
of mass or gravity .It is always below the pressure around you.
centroid of the wetted surface. Gauge Pressure - It is the zero reference
against the ambient pressure.
39. Ans: (c) Vacuum Pressure - It is the pressure below
Sol: The manometer works by vertically atmospheric pressure.
displacing a liquid. By using an inclined So the relation between gauge pressure,
manometer it is stretching the vertical absolute pressure, atmospheric pressure and
measurement along the hypotenuse. It'll be vacuum pressure is:
easier to read and the measurement will be
Pabs = Pgauge Patm OR Pvac = Patm Pabs
more precise.
Surface tension causes rise of manomeric Gauge Pressure
fluid (other than mercury) in a capillary Vacuum A
Absolute
tube proposed to measure the gauage Pressure
Pressure
pressure. Capillary rise is function of Local
atmospheric Absolute
cosine, 4° and above only shows significant Pressure Pressure
change to compensate the effect in non- Absolute Zero
(complete vacuum)
capillary tubes(>6mm).
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalnru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TunPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
101,
i ACE
L : 539: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
Publications
43. Ans: (a) 45. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: B = 3 m
H=2m
Y011=8.8 k-Nim hoil=0.5
y„=10 kN/m3 h„,=0.4 1
g = 10 m/s2
PBottom = Yw • hw You hoil
= 10 x 0.4 + 8.8 x 0.5
= 8.4 1(1\1/m2 Dam
44. Ans: (b) 2m
Sol: 0° = tan-1(12/5) = 67.38° 5-

GATE: (3m wide x 2m high)
FNet = FUR FRight
= p.g. hi .A — p.g. h2 .A
( 2
=1000x10x 10+—)x(3x 2)-1000 x 10 X
• 2
( 2
2+— (3x2)
• 2,
sin 0 = H
L = 660000 —180000
= 480000 N = 480 IN
46. Ans: (a and b)

Sol: Pascal's law for static fluids: Pascal's law
states that the pressure at any point inside a
static fluid is equal towards all directions in
the plane.
( 3.5 The pressure at any point inside a fluid is a
L =1 H — 3.8 m
sin0) sin67.38°) magnitude of compressive force or the
FN = p.g. h.A = 1000 x 9.81 x 3'5 x (3.8 x normal compressive force acting per unit
2
area over that point. Since there can be an
= 65240 N/m
infinite number of planes inside a fluid and
= 65.24 kN/m
hence an infinite number of incidents or
normal may be drawn over them at a point,
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulcatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
It
t
G. dad
1 ACE : 540: Fluid Mechanics
t t:Engineering Publications
s)
this means (according to Pascal's law) all 47. Ans: (a)

these incidents should have an equal Sol: Pressure at the bottom of the vessel
distribution of compressive force through (pgh)water + (Pgh)oll
them. The pressure over all the sides of the — (1000 x 10 x 1) + (0.8 x 1000 x 10 x 1)
planes of the enclosed static fluid is equal, = 18000 Pa
is called Pascal's law. . -A-
- -
Hydrostatics law: According to the lm

hydrostatic law, at any point inside a static
fluid the vertical rate of increase of pressure 48. Ans: (c)
must equal the local specific weight of the Sol: Hydrostatic pressure on vertical walls is
fluid. The law may be applicable for both same, but hydrostatic force (total pressure)
compressible and incompressible fluids is more on longest vertical wall than the
provided their local density p is taken into shortest wall, as wetted area is more in
account. The law is also true for viscous and longest wall compared to shortest wall.
inviscid fluids as these fluids under static
49. Ans: (c)
conditions don't introduce any shearing
Sol:
effect.
dp
— pg = w = 7
dz
Datum level
Hydrostatic force on any vertical wall _,

Hydrostatic force at the bottom
Hydrostatic force on wall ABCD
= (PghA) ABCD
6z
= pg( )V x
2
Hydrostatic force at the bottom CDEF
P+ap/az
= (pg)(21)(e x
pg(2 )v x 2e)
2e
Ratio = —1
pg(20(e x e)
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VijaYawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkam I Ahmedabad
4 4 ACE
:Enghiecring Pubbicatio®s : 541: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
4 4
50. Ans: (b)
Sol:
FH =
h* = h + I projected
A.h
Where, h = centroid of the vertical
OC = OG + — R
A.h projection plane of curved surface = —
.eh3
A= Vertical projected area plane of curved
.*. GC = OC —OG = I = 12 surface = L.R
h
Ah .exhx—
2
53. Ans: (d)
GC= Sol:
6 2401t
of water
51. Ans: (d)
Sol: 1.2 m
0.6 m
Mercury
h* =h+ I
Ah Vwater = Ads X h
240 x10-3 = (0.6 x 0.8) hwater
, ,c14
= u + 64 hwater — 0.5 m
2 TC d2 x d By principle of manometers, P, = Py
4 2
Pw • g. hw = PHg • g. hHg
d d
= — + — = 5d 1000 x 9.81 x 0.5 = 13600 x 9.81 x hHg
2 8 8
hHg = 0.037 m = 37 mm
52. Ans: (b)

Sol: Hydrostatic force on curved surface on two 54. Ans: (d)
components Sol: P = poll, .g.Hom
1.Horizontal component (FH) 4.8 x9.81 x104 = (1000 x 0.8) x 9.81 x H
2. Vertical component (Fv) Holl = 60 m
.kCE. Utgi in:. cling PubliCations Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati J Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
o
f:

,;,Engmeeting Publications
4 4
55. Ans: (c) 59. Ans (c)

Sol: Total pressure on an Inclined Immersed
56. Ans: (d) Surface:
Sol: P = pgh Now, total pressure on the surface
= 1000 x 9.81 X 1 P = Swl sin0.bdx
= 9810 N/m2 = 9810 Pa = w sin0fl.bdx
But Si. bdx = Moment of the surface about
57. Ans (d) 0.
Sol: A differential manometer is a device that AR
measures the difference in pressure between sin 0
two places, reveal both which container has AR
So, p = w sin 0 x
greater pressure and how large the sin 0
difference between the two is. Ex: wAR
60. Ans (c)

Sol: Fluid pressure acts normal to the surface.
Pressure is a stress. It is a scalar given by
the magnitude of the force per unit area.
The force due to pressure (on a macroscopic
Manometric fluid yff,
scale) acts in a direction which is purely
58. Ans (b) normal to the surface. The pressure is
Sol: Intensity of pressure on an immersed independent of the orientation of the surface
surface increases with increase in depth. on which it acts and they point in opposite
As per hydrostatic law, hydrostatic pressure directions (each force acts normal to its own
increases in proportion to depth measured surface)
from the free surface because of the F = —pdAB
increasing weight of fluid exerting
downward force from above.
The pressure due to the liquid alone (i.e. the
gauge pressure) at a given depth depends
only upon the density of the liquid, the
acceleration of gravity and the distance
below the surface of the liquid.
ACE Engineering Publiciaions )Hyderabadi Delhi j Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow l Patna l Bengalunt I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ie
41, ACE
: 543: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
40
0,, :Engineering Publications
61. Ans (b)
Fluid P
Sol: Piezometer is used to measure low
pressures. It is one which consists of a glass
tube vertically, whose one end is connected
to a point where pressure is to be measured
and the other end is open to atmosphere.
Piezometer
64. Ans: (b)

Sol: Intensity of pressure = (pg) h x A
62. Ans: (a) 1.
= 9.81x- x[1.3 xl]
Sol: Pascal's law statement: "The intensity of 2
pressure at any point in a fluid at rest, is the = 8.29 kN
same in all direction.
65. Ans: (d)
Px = Py =Pz
Sol: Line joining all piezometer heads at a silent
of pipe line is called the hydtaulic gradient .
The hydraulic grade line (HGL), or the
hydraulic gradient, in open flow is the water
surface, and in pipe flow it connects the
elevations to which the water would rise in
Py
Element of liquid piezometer tubes along the pipe.
63. Ans: (c)

Sol: Difference in pressure between two points is
measured by "Differential manometer"
It is a device used for measuring the
difference of pressures, between two points
in a pipe, or in two different pipes.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vtjayawada j Vizag l Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
66. Ans: (a) 68. Ans: (c)

Sol: Gauge used in stream boilers to see pressure Sol: Centre of pressure (h*):-
it's "Bourdon's pressure gauge". It is the point on the wetted surface where
Bourdon Tubes are known for its very high hydrostatic resultant force acts.
range of differential pressure measurement
66. Ans: (b)
in the range of almost 700 MPa. It is an D 2R
Sol: V
elastic type pressure transducer. The basic
idea behind the device is that, cross-
sectional tubing when deformed in any way
will tend to regain its circular form under
the action of pressure. The bourdon pressure
gauges used have a slight elliptical cross- Fv = Vertical component of hydrostatic force
section and the tube is generally bent into a = weight of the fluid displaced by the body
C-shape or arc length. = p.g V
Scale 4
Bourdon tube — 'nil.3
3 4 / D )3
= 7. = 7. .7
2 6 2 )
ube section
4 D3 3
=7- x1r— = 7. Tc D
6 8 12
=—
1 w.nD3
12
Adjustable linkage Where y = w = specific weight of the fluid
69. Ans:(c)
Sol:
System pressure
FEnd plate = p.g.h.A
D
67. Ans (c) =1000x9.81x— x —D2
2 4
Sol: P = pgH
=1000x9.81x-
2 xL
• t (2)2
= 1000 x 10 X 10 2 4
= 100 000 N/m2 = 100 kN/m2 = 30800 N = 30.8 kN
ACE Engineering Publications44>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
c
l
.“4
71. Ans: (b)
Sol: Gauge Pressure
Vacuum
Absolute
Pressure
Pressure Local
atmospheric Absolute
Pressure Pressure
Absolute Zero
Depth of centre of pressure,
(complete vacuum)
h* = centroid of pressure prism diagram
2
= — x H = 0.67H 75. Ans: (b)
3
Sol: Total pressure on a horizontal immersed
plane = w A x
72. Ans: (d)
Liquid Surface
Sol: FBottom surface = Fvertical curved surface
p.g.H. (12 = p.g. 2 xdxH

4
icd H
4 2
H= d = 3'14 d =1.57 d
2 2
73. Ans: (d)

Sol: Vacuum pressure Pressures below Horizontally immersed Surface
atmospheric pressure are called vacuum
76. Ans: (c)
pressures and are measured by vacuum
Sol: Centre of pressure (h'1 ): Centre of
gages that indicate the difference between
Pressure is the point at which the total
the atmospheric pressure and the absolute
pressure fields act on a body and cause a
pressure.
force that acts through that point. The total
force vector that acts at the point is
described as a value of integrated vectorial
74. Ans: (c)
pressure fields. The location of the point
Sol: Gage pressure is the difference between
and the resultant force produce an
absolute pressure (111abs) and local
equivalent moment which forces the body to
atmospheric pressure (Patin).
its original pressure field. It is defined as an
••• PAbs. = PAtm P Gauge
average location or point of all pressures
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow f Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Viiayawada l Vizag I Tinvpali I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„ ACE : 546: Fluid Mechanics
L,Engineering Publications
4 6
that act upon the body which moves through 79. Ans: (c)
a fluid. Sol: Atmospheric pressure at sea level:
Pivot
Standard sea-level pressure, equals 760 mm
of mercury, or 1.013 x 105 or 1.013 bars.
One standard atmosphere, or
101.3kilopascals or 101.3 KN/m2 (kPa).
_V_
Partly submerged
77. Ans: (b)

Sol: Differential Manometer:
It is a device used for measuring the
difference of pressures between two points
in a pipe, or two different pipes.
78. Ans: (a)

Sol: Height of water column = ?
Pressure = 0.15 MPa
P = pgh
0.15x 106 = 1000 x 9.81 x h
h ='15.3 m
•
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludmow I Patna j Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TimPan KukaiPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4. 4 ACE : 547: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
4.
80. Ans: (c) 83. Ans: (d)
Sol: Pressure intensity at a point is more than the Sol: Differential manometer: It is a device used
local atmospheric pressure is called positive for measuring the difference of pressures,
gauge pressure. Gauge pressure is the between two manometer points in a pipe, or
pressure relative to atmospheric pressure. in two different pipes.
Gauge pressure is positive for pressures
above atmospheric pressure. Absolute
pressure is the sum of gauge pressure and
atmospheric pressure.
81. Ans: (b)

Sol: Pressure of a liquid measured with help of
piezometer tube is called gauge pressure.
A piezometer is a device used to measure
liquid static preSsure in a system by 84. Ans: (b)
measuring the height to which a column of
Sol:
the liquid rises against gravity is called
gauage pressure.
Piezometer
tube 3m
1
Pipe
14 2m
—I
Centre of pressure h*= h +
Ah
82. Ans: (b) 2 x 33

Sol: Liquid used in manometer should have = 3 ± 12
(2 x 3)(3)
should have high density to decrease the
= 3.25 m
column height and due to which we can
Centre of pressure at a depth of below the
measure more range of pressure, because
water surface = 3.25 m
the manometers are used for high pressure
measurement so it is important to make the
column height in practical limit.
\>Hyderabad!Delhi 113hopal Punel Bhubaneswar ILucknow1Patnal BengalurulChennai IVijayawadalVizagiTirupatil Kukatpally1 Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publications •,,
4."4
0
4. 4 ACE
t4 :Engineering Publications : 548: Fluid Mechanics
4.
85. Ans: (b) 87. Ans: (a)

Sol: Pressure exerted by the water per metre Sol: Hydrostatic forces on curved surfaces has
length of the tank two components, i) Horizontal and ii)
F = pghA vertical shown in figure.
.3
= 1000 x 9.81x L x (1.3 x1)
FR = FH2 F.
= 8.3 kN
88. Ans: (b)
Sol: Barometer is used to measure atmosphere.
1.3 m
1.
Vacuum ►
86. Ans: (c)
Sol: Pressure at free surface of liquid is zero and
maximum at bottom.
Mercury
76 cm
89. Ans: (d)
90. Ans: (b)

Free surface
Sol: Centre of pressure = 0.67h
Depth of centre of pressure
=+ G
Ax
h3
= 12
2 (h x
2
= h h 2h
2 6 3
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tinmati l Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
6“4
0
gaigineering Publications
4.
91. Ans: (a) 96. Ans: (a)

Sol: Pascal's law statement: "The intensity of Sol: Pascal's law is valid for fluids at static
pressure at any point in a fluid at static condition.
conditions (rest), is the same in all direction.
97. Ans: (c) 98. Ans: (b) 99. Ans: (c)
92. Ans: (c)
Sol: 1. Anemometer is used to measure gas 100. Ans: (c)
T
velocities. Sol:
2. Piezometer is used to measure static 3m
pressures
3. Inverted U-tube manometer is used to 14
3m
measure small pressure differential
heads. Total pressure on one face
= pghA
93. Ans: (d) = 1000 x 9.81 x 1.5 x 9
Sol: Pascal's law statement: The pressure = 132 IcN
intensity at a point in a fluid is the same in
all air directions, only when fluid at rest (or) 101. Ans: (a)
no relative motion between layers adjacent.
102. Ans: (d)

94. Ans: (b) 0.85
Sol: Hydro static law: Sol: sin 0 =
1.2
It states that the rate of increase of pressure = 45.099°
in vertical direction is equal to the specific
h = 0.75 + 0.6 sin(45 .099)
weight of the fluid.
= 1.175 m
dP
Hydraulic force, F = pghA
dh
= 1000 x 10 x 1.175 x (1.2 x 0.6)
95. Ans: (c) = 8.46 IN
Sol: Absolute pressure = Atmospheric pressure +
gauge pressure
PAbs = PAtm Pgauage
••• Pgauge = PAbs PAtm
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Twupari I Kulimpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
te.
I.
103. Ans: (c) 118. Ans: (a)

Sol: Hbottom = 1.5 Hmiddle Sol: According to Pascal's law, when a fluid is
at rest, the pressure due to surroundings
H+ 10 = 1.5(+10)
2 fluid at any point is same in all directions.
H = 20 m
119. Ans: (c)
104. Ans: (a) 105. Ans: (b) 106. Ans: (d) Sol: 1 Atmospheric pressure = 101.3 kN/m2
PAtm = PHg Z•11HgAtm
107. Ans: (c) 108. Ans: (a) 109. Ans: (a) 101.3 x 105 = 13600 x 9.81 x hxg Atm
hHg Atm = 0.76m =760mm
110. Ans: (c)
Sol: 33 inch Hg = 33 x 2.54 x 10 120. Ans: (c) 121.Ans: (b) 122.Ans: (d)
= 838.2 mm Hg
= 1.1028 bar (760 mm Hg = 1 bar) 123. Ans: (c)
31.6 ft water = 31.6 x 12 x 2.54 x 10 Sol: Fluid statics deals with two forces namely
= 9.63 m water (i) Gravity force
= 0.935 bar (10.3 m water = 1 bar) (ii) Pressure force
1.1013x10
1.1013 kg f/cm2 =1.1013bar 124. Ans: (d)
10-4
P p.g.H
(105 N/m2 = 1 bar) Sol: m =
PN p.g.H N
75.6 cm of Hg = 756 mm of Hg
2 1 _ _ _•_ _ ___ _____
= 0.99 bar
8 4
111. Ans: (b) 112. Ans: (b) 113. Ans: (b)

125. Ans: (c) N
114. Ans: (b) 115.Ans: (d) 116. Ans: (d) Sol: PAbs = PAtm Pgauge
= 100 + 200
= 300 kPa (Abs)

117. Ans: (a)
Sol: 1 bar = 1 x 105 N/m2
126. Ans: (b)
= 100 x 103 N/m2
Sol: P = pgH
= 100 kN/m2
= 1000 x 9.81 x25
= 245250 N/m2
= 245.25 kN/m2
DACE I i tginccriug Ptil A ic Mils of4>Hyderabad

. I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I I I I I I
Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna Bengalum Chennai Wayawada Vizag Tirupaii Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
ti4 Is/Engineering Publications
J 4,
127. Ans: (d) 135. Ans: (b)

Sol: Barometer is used to measure local S̀ mercury
Sol: h„ = hmercury S 1)
atmospheric pressure. water
0.5(13.6 1)
128. Ans: (a) =
1.0 )
Sol: PAbs = PAtm + Pgauge = 0.5 x 12.6 = 6.3 m
P = Pa + Pg
136. Ans: (c)

129. Ans: (c)
Sol: In an immerged body surface, the point at
Sol: Standard atmospheric
which resultant total pressure of the fluid
pressure = 10.33 m of water
acts is known as "centre of pressure (C)"
= 760 mm of mercury
137. Ans: (a)

130. Ans: (b)
h*
Sol: sin 0 =
H
131. Ans: (c)
h* = H1. sin()
Sol: 1 Atm. pressure = 760 mm of mercury
138. Ans:(b)
132. Ans: (b)
Sol: Center of pressure h* always below the
P p.gH A H A _0• 5_ 1
Sol: A _ centroid of the wetted surface.
PB p.gHB HB 2 4
= 1:4
139. Ans:(d)
133. Ans: (c) Sol: Centre of pressure on an inclined plane is
Sol: Dead-weight-pressure gauge test works on always below the centrorid of the wetted
the Pascal's law to test (or) calibration of plane surface.
other pressure gauges.
134. Ans: (a)

Sol: Piezometer is used to measure low
pressures.
ACE Engineering Publications e

''.>, tlyderabact I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag l Tirupati I Kukatpally I Koikata j Alumedlbad
4. 4 ACE
t :Engineering Publications : ,552 : Fluid Mechanics
140. Ans: (a) = p.g.h,.A, — p.g.h2 .A2

Sol: Hydro static pressure force (or) total 1 H
= p.g .A1 — p.g. 2 .A2
pressure on a plane surface = 2 2
= w.E.A
144. Ans: (b)
141. Ans: (b) Sol:
Sol: For submerged curved surface, the vertical
component of the hydrostatic force is equal
to the weight of the liquid carried (or)
displaced (or) supported by the curved I b
surface.
h* = centre of pressure
FV = WFluid sup port P.g.V = Centroid of pressure prism
= y.V 2
= —d
142. Ans: (a) 3
Sol: h* = h + I
A.h 145. Ans: (c)
Centre of pressure Sol:
M.O.I FN = Total pressure on an immersed
= centroid +
Area x centroid inclined surface
OC = OG + I = p .g. h .A
Ah =
GC = OC —OG —
Ah
146. Ans: (d)
Centre of pressure is always below the
Sol:
I
centroid by Average pressure on a submerged plane
Ah
surface
= Pressure at the centroid of the that surface
143. Ans: (b)
= p.g. h
Sol:
147. Ans: (b)

Sol: Lock gates are used in canals and tail end of
a river for navigation purpose. It maintains
FNet Horizontal =Ft N F2„ different levels in u/s and D/s of canals,
tlyddrabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar ILacknotv PatnaIBoogaluruIChenngl I vijayawaclaIMaas ITtruptai I kukatpally I Kolltato I Ahmedabad
4.° "44
4g ACE : 553: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
J,4 4.
W1‘1111.\\X‘X‘WkWkW‘k
Total pressure (or) hydro static force on
w‘‘‘‘‘‘‘‘‘N‘ww‘‘Aywx\‘‘‘‘‘‘‘‘wwwx\wwww.
,
vertical wall = Area of pressure diagram.
U/S LC
a, D/S
ao
= x Base x Height
2
\NW \ WWWW M\M% 1
=- xPxH
2
Hin e
1
F/2 /- = — x WH x H
2
80° —2cc
Lock chamber 1 2
Upstream U/s
F/2V 2
Hinge
Top View
150. Ans: (a)
Lock gate
Sol: P = pgH
Lock Chamber = 1000 x 10 x 10
= 100 000 N/m2
= 100 kN/m2
Elevation
F = Resultant thrust on lock gate = F1 — F2 151. Ans: (d)

Reaction force between gates (or) hinge P„ p.g.H„
Sol:
Py p.g.Hy
=F
— sin a (using lami's theorem)
2 0.5 1
8 16
F/2
: Py = 1 16
R
oc
152. Ans: (d)
Sol: Atmospheric pressure = 10.33 meters of
148. Ans: (c) water
= 760 mm of mercury
149. Ans: (c) = 101.3 kN/m2
Sol: = 1.01 bar
= 1.01 kgf/cm2
. . . _ - -
\( ' I 1,11,41111 , 1lug Pill du tibaneswarLuctuiow1PatnalBengaltuniChennailVijayavtitdalVizagITirupaiiIKultaipallyikolicalalAhmectahad

np. >HyderatoctDelhiliho_pal_irttne 03h_
f
z,Engineering Pubhcations
I.
153. Ans: (b) BH3 B x (4.5)3
I= =
Sol: The pressure at a point in a fluid is "not” 12 12
equal in all directions, this statement
=h+
violates Pascal's law for which shear Ah
stresses exits, fluid motion is not uniform. B x (4.5)3
= 3.75 + 12
(B x 4.5) (3.75)
154. Ans: (a)
Sol: Both statements are correct and A is correct = 3.75 + 0.45
explanation to R. = 4.2 m
157. Ans: (b)

155. Ans: (b)
Sol: Centre of pressure is always located below
Sol: h„ater = lime„ury( S;e r e.y 1 the centroid in case of vertical plane and
wa ter
inclined planes submerged in liquids
= 0.2(13'6 11
1.0 158. Ans: (d)
= 0.2 x 12.6 Sol:
= 2.52 meters of water
156. Ans: (d)

Sol:
h* = h + I
Ah
Where, h = h
3
I = Bh3/36
h=h+ Bxh
Ah A=
2
Where, Substitute in above expression, then
fi=y+-
11 =1.5+ 25 simplify obtain
2
= 1.5 + 2.25 = 3.75 m h* = —
h
2
A=BxH= Bx 4.5 (m2)
ACE Engineering Publications,, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.• 4 4 ACE : 555: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
4S
iEngineeringPubhcations
4
159. Ans: (b) 162. Ans: (d)
Sol: h = 5 m
Sol: h* = h + Ic
B=3m A.h
P = y .H Where,
196.2 x 103 = 9810 x H 4r 2
A_ Icr IG = 0.011 r4
H= 20 m 3it 2
After simplification
3c
n* - — u
32
163. Ans: (b)

Gate width = 3m
Height = 5m
Sol:
F = p.g.h.A
h
= p.g(y + — (B x h)
2
Centre of pressure (h*) is always below the
5
=1000x9.81415+- )(3x5) centroid
2
= 2.575 x 10&N
164. Ans: (d)
= 2.575 MN
Sol:
160. Ans: (c)

Sol: Resultant hydrostatic force acts through a
point on submerged surface is called centre
of pressure (h*)
161. Ans: (c) h* = h +

Ah
Sol: F = p.g.h .A = 1000 x 9.81 x 4 x ic (22 — 12)
=9810x 12 iuN h= I=
3 G 36
(1 kgf= 9.81 N) Bh
A=
= 12000 m (kgf) 2
h
ACE EtKincerik Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Palma I Benicaluru I Chennai I Vtjayawada I Vizag In-opal I KokatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ffl=, u ACE
Engineering Publications : 556: Fluid Mechanics
165. Ans: (b) 169. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol: Centre of pressure: It is the point through
which resultant hydrostatic piessure acts
170. Ans: (b)

Sol: Hydrostatic pressure force on a plane
P = yH
surface = p.g.he.A
Total pressure on the vertical surface wetted
= y.A.h,
per unit length = Area of the pressure
diagram
171. Ans: (d)
= x Base x height
2
172. Ans: (b)
1
=- xPxH =—xyHxH
2 2 Sol: F = p.g.
1 2 2 ( d yc d2
= -7H = — wH p.g. y
2 2 24
166. Ans: (a) =1000 x 9.81(8 + 2)x 4(1)2

Sol: Hydrostatic law of pressure: The rate of
change of pressure w.r.t vertical distance is = 65.49 x 103 N= 65.49 IN
equal to specific height of the fluid
dp 173. Ans: (b)
= Pg = 7
dz
174. Ans: (a)
167. Ans: (c)
Sol: Differential manometers are used for
175. Ans: (b)
measuring pressure difference between two
Sol: P = poo.g.hod
points
0.14x 9.81 x 104 = (0.7 x 1000) (9.81) x ha l
168. Ans: (b) .*. boil = 2 m of oil
Sol: Vertical component of the hydrostatic force
on submerged curved surface is equal to the 176. Ans: (a)
weight of the liquid supported by the caused Sol: PAbs = PAtm Pgaugae
surface (or) weight of the liquid displaced = 10.33 + (-4.5) interms of water head
by the curved surface. = 5.83 meters of head
I ACE, Engine cling Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayatvada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0 .
4
4.
177. Ans: (a) 192.Ans: (c)

Sol: Hydro static law: Sol:
dp
- = -p.g (In S.I UNITS)
dz
dp
-= -Pg (In M.K.S UNITS)
dz
178. Ans: (a) Mercury level After adding oil

Sol: Differential manometer measures ••• poilghoil = pHg x g x hHg
differential pressure between two points 0.8 x pg x 0.4 = 13.6 x pg x hllg
hHg = 2.4 cm
179. Ans: (c)
.•. Mercury column is lowered to
Sol: Centte of pressure on submerged plane
2.4
surface in a static (or) rest, mass of fluid is =1.2 cm
2
always below the centroid
193. Ans: (d) 194.Ans: (a)
180. Ans: (c)
195.Ans: (c)
Sol: Piezometric head = Pressure head +
Sol: The total pressure on one face of the plate is
Elevation head
given by
P = wAR
181. Ans: (c) 182.Ans: (a) 183.Ans: (b)
2+0.75
=9810x nX1,52 4
184. Ans: (c) 185.Ans: (b) 186.Ans: (c) 4
P = 23.837 x 103 N
187. Ans: (d) P = 24 kN
188. Ans: (b) 196.Ans: (b)
I
Sol: F = yAh 5 197.Ans: (a)
= 9.81 x3x2 x[2+1.5] -x A
Sol: Total pressure force = pgh
= 9.81x6x3.5
= 206.01 kN = 1000x9.81x1.625x-5(1.2 -0.82 )
4
= 101th
189.Ans: (b) 190.Ans: (b) 191.Ans: (d)
198.Ans: (b)
A('E Eligincering Publications 4›Hyderabadi Delhi 'Bhopal 'Pune 'Bhubaneswar ILuclulow1Patnal Bengalurul ChennailVijayawada!VizagiTirupaii IKukatpallyIKolicatalAlunedabad
t' 11 ACE : 558: Fluid Mechanics
199.Ans: (c) 204.Ans: (b)
Sol: P = 0.74 x 13600 x 9.81 — 10 x 103 Sol: Hydrostatic force F on one side of plane area
= 88.73 kPa submerged = p.g.h.A = r. h. A
= 9.04 m of water
205.Ans: (c)
200.Ans: (b) I . sin 02
Sol: Centre of pressure (h *) = h +
Sol: P = hpg = 0.05 x 750 x 9.81 = 367.9 N/m2 h.A
h* is always below centroid of submerged
201.Ans: (b) surface.
Sol: D = 2 m
H = 100 m 206.Ans: (a)
t= 7.5 mm = 0.0075 m Sol: F = p . g. h.A
P= pgh (N/ m2) r 2.4 x sin 60)
= (0.85 x1000A9.81 1s x(0.75x2.4)
PD (1000 x 9.81 x 100X2) 2
cy, = =
2t 2 x 0.0075
= 15598.1 N = 15.61N
= 130.8x 106 N/m2
= 130.8 MPa 207. Ans: (c)
Sol: h is the distance from free surface to
202.Ans: (b)
centroid of the submerged surface. When
Sol: Habs = HAtm local + HGauge
his changed, hydrastatic free also not
360 = 710 + HGauge
changed. By tilting plane 90°, about
.*. Hgauge = —350 mm of mercury
centroidal line, his remains same.
(Vacuum (or) suction)
= 350 mm of vacuum
208. Ans: (c)
Sol: The Ù' tube manometer can be used to
203.Ans: (d)
measure pressure of liquid as well as
Sol: P = pgL sin0
gases. However the inverted 'ILJ' tube
p oc sin0
manometer is used to measure the
P = /sin 0 -> (1)
pressure of liquids and gases.
dP = K..cos0 . d0 —> (2)
(2) + (1) For small angles 209. Ans: (b)
dp = dO = 11 6004 _ 3.33% Sol: As per the hydrostatic law,
x
p 0 30°
P2 P1 + pgh
ACE Engineering Publications 4‘>1-1yderabad

, I Delhi iBhopaliTune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
•
S, ACE : 559: Pressure Measurement & Fluid Statics
4.
This law is valid only when

1. The only body force in vertical
direction is gravity.
2. The density of fluid is constant .
• It is not valid for atmospheric air as
density is not constant throughout.
• It is not valid for liquid in rigid body
motion if acceleration is present in 211. Ans: (a)
vertical direction. Sol: P = Patm pgh
• It is valid for rigid body rotation if axis = 101 x103 + 1000 x 9.81 x 100
of rotation is vertical only. = 1082 kPa
The most appropriate option is 2
210. Ans: (b) 212. Ans: (c)

Sol: FIT = weight of the liquid above the surface h= _ it _0.2 13600 1
Sol: x
= pgV Po 800
= pg x —
1 x7c12_ 2L = 3.2 m of oil
4
1 xnx22
= 1000 x 9.81 x- X1 = 9.81 TC
4
ACE Engineering Ptiblic;itions 1/4ve

)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhnbaneswarl Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Timpati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
Chapter
01. A solid body sinks in a fluid when 05. A body floats in stable equilibrium
(a) the spen ific gravity of its material is (AEE-1984)
greater than unity (a) when its metacentric height is zero
(b) the buoyancy force does not pass (b) only when its centre of gravity below its
through the metacentre centre of buoyancy
(c) the weight of the fluid displace is less (c) when the metacentric is above its centre
than the weight of the body of gravity
(d) the metacentre lies below the C.G (d) none of these
02. A rectangular floating body 20 m long is 5 m

06. A right circular cylinder open at the top is
wide. The water line is 1.5m above the
filled with a liquid, Specific Gravity 0.80 and
bottom, if the centre of gravity is 1.8m from
rotated about its vertical axis at such a speed
the bottom then the metacentric height will
that half the liquid spills out. The pressure at
be approximately
the centre of the bottom of the cylinder is
(a) 3.3 m (b) 1.65 m
(AEE-1984)
(c) 0.34 m (d) 0.30 m (a) zero
03. A wooden cube 2 x 2 x 2m, sp. Gr. 0.5 floats (b) half its value when the cylinder was full
in water. The volume of the cube submerged (c) indeterminable-insufficient date
under water, in m3 is (AEE-1984) (d) lesser than a similar case with water as
(a) 4 liquid
(b) 2 (c) 1 (d) None of these
04. The line of action of the buoyant force acts 07. A rocket exerts a constant horizontal thrust of
through the (AEE-1984) 20 kgf on a missile for 5 sec. If the missile
(a) centriod of the volume of the floating having a mass of 1 kg starts from rest. Its
body speed at the end of the period (neglecting the
(b) centriod of displaced volume of fluid effect of acceleration due to gravity and
reduction in the weight of rocket) in m/s is
(c) centriod of the horizontal projection of
the body (AEE-1984)
(d) centroid of the vertical projection of the (a) 10 (b) 100
body (c) 980 (d) none of these
11.1: LnKincciing PUNIC:01011s Hyderabad I Helld I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vkag I Titupati I KuluitpEdly Kolkata Ahmedabad
_ _
V 4
V V ACE : 561: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
4 —
08. When a liquid rotates at constant angular 11. A wooden block of rectangular section 4m
velocity about a vertical axis, the pressure long, 1.25 wide and 2 m deep floats
(AEE 1987) horizontally in Sea water of Sp.wt. 1025
(a) Increases linearly as its radial distance kg/cu.m. If the sp.gr.of wood is 0.64, the
(b) Varies inversely as the altitude along any depth of block under water would be (in m.)
vertical time (AEE 1987)
(c) Varies as square of the radial distance (a) 2.4 (b) 1.8
(d) Decreases as square of the radial distance (c) 0.8 (d) 1.25
09. A right circular cylinder open at top, is filled 12. A tank 6m long, 2.5 m wide, 2m deep, is fully
with liquid and rotated about its vertical axis filled with oil. If it is accelerated in the
at such speed that half the liquid spills out. direction of its length at 1.5 m/sec2, the
The pressure at the centre of bottom is volume of oil spilled in litres, would be
(AEE 1987) (AEE 1987)
(a) Zero (a) 6880 (b) 460
1 (c) 5640 (d) 6400
— of that when cylinder was full
(b) 8
1 13. A ship weighs 13,000 T, when the ship's
(c) 4 boats at a mean distance of 10m from the
1 centre, are filled with water, weighing 60 T,
(d) 2 the angle of displacement of plumb line is
2° 16'. Given tangent of this angle as 0.0396,
10. A Cubical Tank of side 2m is filled with the metacentric heights is (in metres)
glycerine of Sp. gr, 1.6 to a depth of 1.5 m. If (AEE 1987)
the tank is accelerated vertically upward at (a) 1.16 (b) 1.36
5 m/sec2, the force acting on the side of the (c) 0.96 (d) 1.6
tank would be in (kg.)
(AEE 1987) 14. A metallic piece of sp. gr. 3.4 floats in
(a) 2448.6 (b) 4800 mercury of Sp. Gr. 13.6 The fraction of its
(c) 6425.2 (d) 5434.5 volume under mercury is
(AEE -1987)
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.90
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.75
r717777,7777=7;>fiyderabad I bead Bhopal I Putie I lihubabermul LticluidiiiIVatiiitI BengalutuI ChetutitiI VijayaivtidA

I Vizu ITirtgiati KlikatpailyI KAMAI Ailtriedahad
;Engineering Publicaiions
15. Centre of buoyancy is 19. An open tank contains 5m of water covered

(AEE 1987) with 2m of oil whose specific weight is
The point of intersection of buoyant 8kN/m3. The pressure at the interface is
force and centre line by body (AEE-1992)
Centre of gravity of the body (a) 16 kN/m2 (b) 65 kN/m2
Centroid of displaced volume of fluid (c) 16 N/m2 (d) 65 N/m2
Mid-point between centre of gravity and
meta-centre 20. The resultant upward pressure of the fluid on
an immersed body is called (AE-1993)
16. A floating body attains stable equilibrium if (a) Buoyancy (b) Upthrust
its metacentre is (AEE 1987) (c) Metacenter (d) Centre of pressure
(a) Above the Centroid
(b) Below the Centroid 21. Indicate the incorrect statement
(c) At Centroid (AEE-1996)
(d) Anywhere If B is the centre of buoyancy and G the
centre of gravity
17. If a water tank partially filled with water is (a) a floating body is rotationally stable if G
being carried on a truck moving with constant is above B and the metacentric height is
horizontal acceleration, the level of the liquid positive
will (AEE 1987) (b) metacentric height is positive for a
(a) Rise on the front side of tank floating body only when G is above B
(b) Remains same (c) a completely submerged body is
(c) Rises on backsides and fall in front side rotationally stable if B is above G
(d) Fall on backside of tank (d) a floating body is rotationally stable if B
is above G
18. A body floats in a stable equilibrium
(AEE-1992) 22. A metal block is thrown into a deep lake.
(a) when its metacentric height is zero As it sinks deeper in water, the buoyant force
(b) when the metacenter is below the center acting on it (AEE-1996 & 2006)
of gravity (a) increases
(c) when I/V is positive (b) remains the same
(d) when the metacenter is above center of (c) decreases
gravity (d) first increases and then decreases
'5Hyderabad
. I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni Chennai I Vllayawada l Vizag i Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata) Ahmedabad
4 .) '
tel
t. f O
, ACE : 563: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
23. Water displaced by a floating wooden block 28. Metacentre of a body submerged in a fluid is
of density: 0.75, 5 m long, 2 m wide and 3 m the point through which the
high, is (AEE-1996 & 2006) (AEE, AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 17.5 m3 (b) 20.0 m3 (a) body oscillates (b) buoyant force acts
(c) 22.5 m3 (d) 25 m3 (c) fluid pressure acts (d) body mass acts
24. When a liquid rotates at constant angular

29. A body is in stable equilibrium, if metacentre
velocity about a vertical axis of a rigid body,
is (AE CE/ME-2004)
the pressure (AEE-1996 & 2006)
(a) at the centroid (b) above the centroid
(a) increases linearly to its radial distance
(c) below the centroid (d) at the mid-depth
(b) varies inversely as the altitude along
any vertical line
30. A solid weight 45 kN in air and when
(c) varies as the square of the radial distance
immersed in a liquid of unit weight 10 kN/m3
(d) decreases as the square of the radial
weighs 20 kN. What is the specific gravity of
distance
the solid?
25. Centre of buoyancy is (AEE-1996 & 2006) (APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) centroid of the floating body (a) 2.25 (b) 4.5
(b) centroid of the fluid displaced (c) 1.8 (d) 2.0
(c) centre of pressure of the displaced liquid

(d) none of these 31. A cylindrical vessel of radius 300mm and
height 500 mm starts rotating with constant
26. A body is in stable equilibrium, if its angular acceleration. Water will start to spill
metacentre is (AEE-2004) when the speed is r.p.m
(a) at the centriod (b) above the centroid (APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) below the centriod (d) at the mid-depth (a) 30 (b) 70
(c) 85 (d) 105
27. For stable equilibrium of floating bodies, the
centre of gravity has to be
32. A cylindrical vessel of radius 300 height 500
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
mm storing water to a 320 mm starts rotating
(a) below the centre of buoyancy
with angular acceleration. Water will start
(b) above the centre of buoyancy
when the speed is r.p.m
(c) above the metacentre
(AEE-2006)
(d) below the metacentre
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad IDelhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowIPatna Bengaluru IChennai IVllayawada l VizagITirupati IKukatpallyI Kolkata t Ahmedabad
„„
d
%1 ACE : 564: Fluid Mechanics
:Engketaing Publications
— 4.
33. A submerged body in liquid, is subjected to a 36. A body floats in stable equilibrium, when
buoyancy force equal to (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (a) the C.G of the body is above the free
(a) weight of the body surface of liquid
(b)weight of the liquid displaced acting (b) the metacentre height is above C.G.
upward only (c) the metacentre height is below C.G.
(c) weight of liquid displaced acting downward (d) the metacentre height is zero
aiding gravity
(d) weight of the liquid displaced acting in all 37. When a floating body be tipped (turned)
directions slightly about an axis, causing more
displacement towards one side and as a
34. The metacentre is the consequence the centre of buoyancy takes a
(AEE CE/ME-2006) shift and gives rise to stable equilibrium by
(a) centroid of the displaced volume of (AEE CE/ME-2006)
liquid length (a) overturning of the body (metacentre
(b) centre of pressure of the displaced liquid below C.G)
(c) point of intersection of buoyant force (b) restoring couple (metacentre above C.G)
and the centre line of the body (c) body sinking completely
(d) point of intersection of buoyant force (d) None of the above
and gravity force or body force
38. A block of aluminium having mass 12 kg is
35. Centre of buoyancy is suspended by a wire and lowered until
(AEE CE/ME-2006) submerged fully into a tank containing oil of
(a) centre of gravity of floating body relative density 0.8. Taking the relative
(b) centroid of the displaced volume of density of aluminium as 2.4, the tension in the
liquid wire will be (take g = 10 m/s2)
(c) mid-point between C.G. and the (AEE CE/ME-2006)
metacentre (a) 12000 N (b) 800 N
(d) point of intersection of body force and (c) 120 N (d) 80 N
centre line of the body
ACE Engineering PubliOtions Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada j Vizag I TnuPati j KokalPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 565: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
us.„y
t.
Engineering Publicafions
39. A vertical cylindrical vessel containing liquid 42. A wooden log of the cross- sectional shape of
partially is rotated about its axis. The free an isosceles triangle of base 400mm and
surface of liquid (with rigid-body rotation), depth 600 mm is floating in water with its
becomes vertex immersed in water. If the relative
(AEE CE/ME-2006) density of wood is 0.64 find the distance of
(a) cycloid of revolution the centre buoyancy to the centroid of the log
(b) ellipsoid of revolution (APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) paraboloid of revolution (a) 20mm (b) 40mm
(d) hyperboloid of revolution (c) 60mm (d) 80mm
40. The relative velocity of moving fluid particles 43. A uniform cylindrical body of height 1 m is
over a body is equal to floating in water such that 190mm of its
(AEE CE/ME-2006) height is above water level. The relative
(a) the vectorial difference between their density of the body is
absolute velocity (APPSC 2006 LR)
(b) interface (fluid-solid) velocity (a) 0.19 (b) 0.81
(c) sum of their absolute velocity (c) 0.43 (d) 0.9
44. If B is centre of buoyancy, G is the centre of
41 A right circular cylinder with open top is gravity and M is the metacentre of a body,
filled with a liquid to top. It is rotated at such which of the following conditions indicate
a speed that at the centre of the bottom the stability of a floating body?
pressure is reduced to a value 50% of what is (APPSC 2006 LR)
was before rotation. The volume of water (a) M and B (b) G below M
spilled out of the cylinder, in terms of original (c) G and B (d) B above G
volume, is
(APPSC 2006) 45. A body of shape of a right circular cone and
(a)25% (b) 50% height 1 metre is floating in water with depth
(c) 75% (d) 33.3% of immersion 930 mm. Its relative density is
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) 0.93 (b) 0.965
(c) 0.865 (d) 0.8
ACE Engineering Publications e.)Hyderabad j Delhi I BhopalI Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow l Patna l BengaluruI ChennaiI Vijayawada j VizagI TirupatiI KukatpallyI Kolltata I Ahmedabad
f." 4
1°,1‘ 411 ACE : 566: Fluid Mechanics
e.Engineering Publications
46. Indicate the incorrect statement: 49. Total pressure on the top of a closed
If '13' is the centre of buoyancy and 'G' the cylindrical vessel completely filled with
centre of gravity liquid is directly proportional to
(APPSC 2006) (AEE-2007 )/
(a) a floating body is rotationally stable if `Gr' (a) radius (b) (radius)2
is above '13' and the metacentric height (c) (radius)3 (d) (radius)4
is Positive
(b) Metacentric height is positive for a 59. When a body floating in a liquid is displaced
floating body only when 'G' is above 'B' slightly, it oscillates about (AEE-2007)
(c) A completely submerged body is (a) C.G (b) Centre of pressure
rotationally stable if B is above G (c) liquid surface (d) metacentre
(d) a floating body is rotationally stable if B
is above G. 51. A submerged body will be stable, if its
(AE CE/ME-2007)
47. A piece weighing 3 kg in air was found to (a) centre of buoyancy coincides with the
weigh 2.5 kg when submerged in water. centre of gravity
Specific gravity of piece material is (b) centre of buoyancy is below the centre
(AEE-2007) of gravity
(a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 6 (d) 12 (c) centre of gravity is below the centre of
buoyancy
48. If a water tank partially filled with water is (d) centre of pressure coincides with that of
being carried on a truck moving with a centre of gravity
constant horizontal velocity, the level of the
liquid will 52. The time of oscillation of a floating body is
(AEE-2007) given by (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) rise on the front side of the tank k2 hg
(a) 2ici (b) 27c
(b) fall on the back side of the tank hg k2
(c) remain the same at both the sides of the
k2 1 1 lig
tank (d)
hg 27c 1 k 2
(d) rise on the back side and fall on the front
Where, k = Radius of gyration of the
side
floating body about its centre of gravity
h = Metacentric height of the floating body
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru IChennail Wayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Alunedabad
ACE Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
t Engineering Publications : 567:
53. When a body is placed over a liquid it will (a) neutral equilibrium
sink down if: (AEE CE/ME-2008) (b) stable equilibrium
(a) gravitational force is equal to the (c) unstable equilibrium
upthrust of the liquid (d) quasi-static equilibrium
(b) gravitational force is less than the
upthrust of the liquid 57. An open tank contains a liquid and is made to
(c) gravitational force is more than the slide down on an inclined plane with uniform
upthrust of the liquid velocity. The free surface of the liquid
(d) the body is symmetrical (APPSC 2008)
(a) Will we parallel to the plane of the
54. When a body is immersed wholly or partially inclined plane
in a liquid, it is lifted by a force equal to the (b) Will be horizontal
weight of liquid displaced by the body. This (c) Will be inclined to the horizontal at an
statement is called: angle of tan-1(1/g)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (d) Will be inclined to the horizontal at angle
(a) Pascal's law which depends upon the slope of the
(b) Archimedes principle inclined plane
(c) Principle of floatation
(d) Bernoulli's theorem 58. In mountainous regions having steep slope the
wagon for carrying liquid is made such that
55. A uniform body 3 m long, 2 m wide and 1 m
its bottom is (APPSC 2008)
deep floats in water. If the depth of
(a) Parallel to the road surface
immersion is 0.6 m, then the weight of the
(b) Parallel to the horizontal surface
body is:
(c) Inclined upward while moving upwards
(d) Inclined downward while moving down
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
wards
(a) 3.53 IN (b) 33.5 kN
(c) 35.3 IN (d) 58.9 IN 59. If a cubical water tank filled with water is
accelerated to half the gravity along one of its
56. If a body floating in a liquid returns to its
sides, the amount of water that spills out is
original position, when given a small angular
(APPSC 2008 LR)
displacement the body is said to be in:
(a) half (b) one-fourth
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) two-third (d) three-fourth
ACE Engineering Publications '5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vilayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
se
ysr
k,
-41, ACE : 568: Fluid Mechanics
our vEngineering Publications
..
60. A submerged body will be in stable 64. A solid P floats with half its volume
equilibrium if immersed in a fluid , while another solid Q
(APPSC 2008) floats with two — third of its volume
(a) the centre of buoyancy 'IV is below the immersed in the same fluid; the ratio of the
centre of gravity `G' densities of P to Q is :
(b) the centre of buoyancy 'EV coincides with (AEE CE/ME, APPSC 2008 LR)
G' (a) 1:2 (b) 1:3 (c) 3:4 (d) 4:3
(c) the centre of buoyancy 'IV is above the 65. The metacentric heights of two floating
metacentre 'M' bodies A and B are 1 m and 1.5 m
(d) the centre of buoyancy '13' is above 'G' respectively. Select the correct statement.
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
61 A block of wood 3m long, 2m wide and 2m (a) The bodies A and B have equal stability
deep is floating horizontally in water. If (b) The body A is more stable than body B
density of the wood is 800kg/m3, then the (c) The body B is more stable than body A
volume of water displaced will be (d) The bodies A and B are unstable
(APPSC 2008)
(a) 9.6m3 (b) 12m3 66. A body floating in a liquid is said to be in
(c) 4.8m3 (d) 10m3 neutral equilibrium, if its metacentre

(AEE-CE/ME-2009, 11, 12)
62. For warships, metacentric height of the ship (a) coincides with its centre of gravity
should be in between (b) lies above its centre gravity
(APPSC 2008 AE CE/ME-2009) (c) lies below its centre of gravity
(a) 0 to lm (b) 1 to 2 m (d) lies below the centre of buoyancy and
(c) 10 to 12cm (d) more than 10 m centre of gravity
67. The time period of oscillation of floating

63. Metacentre of a body floating in a fluid is the body (AE CE/ME-2009)
point through which the (a) is a function of buoyant force
(APPSC 2008 LR) (b) is independent of radius of gyration of
(a) body oscillating the body about its centre of gravity
(b) fluid pressure acts (c) decreases with increase in metacentric
(c) buoyant force acts height
(d) body mass acts (d) is not affected by acceleration due to
gravity
ACE Engineering Publications 1i
/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
to
0 ACE : 569: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
68. The buoyant force is (AE CEIME-2009) 73. The L, Joyancy depends on
(a) equal to volume of liquid displaced (APPSC — 2011)
(b) force necessary to maintain equilibrium (a) Mass of liquid displaced
of a submerged body (b) Viscosity of the liquid
(c) the resultant force acting on a floating (c) Pressure of the liquid displaced
body (d) Depth of immersion
(d) the resultant force on a body due to the
fluid surrounding it 74. Metacentric height is the distance between the
metacentre and (APPSC — 2011)
69. In an immersed body, the point through which (a) Centre of pressure
the resultant pressure of the fluid acts is called (b) Centre of gravity
(AEE-2011) (c) Water surface
(a) metacentre (b) centroid (d) Centre of buoyancy
(c) centre of pressure (d) Centre of buoyancy
75. A body floats in stable equilibrium
70. If a body is in neutral equilibrium, it will (APPSC — 2011)
rotate about is (a) When its centre of gravity is below its
(APPSC-2011, AEE CE/ME 2011) centre of buoyancy
(a) Metacentre (b) Centre of gravity (b) When its metacentric height is zero
(c) Centre of buoyancy (d) All the above (c) When the metacentre is above its centre of
gravity
71. A floating body, whose own weight is w, (d) When the metacentre is below its centre of
displaces a volume of liquid equal to gravity
(APPSC — 2011)
(a) 0.5w (b) 0.75 w 76. The metacentric height is the distance
(c) w (d) 2 w between (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Centre of gravity of the floating body and
72. If the metacentre is above the centre of
the centre of buoyancy
gravity of the body, the body shall be in
(b) Centre of gravity of floating body and the
conditions.
meta centre
(APPSC — 2011)
(c) Meta centre and centre of buoyancy
(a) Stable (b) Unstable
(d) Original centre of buoyancy and new
(c) Rotational (d) Unsteady
centre of buoyancy
I ACE Engineering Publication 1/4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati J Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0
4",
4 4.
77. The meta centric height of a ship is 0.6 m and 81. The point, about which a floating body starts
the radius of gyration is 4 m. The time of oscillating when the body is tilted, is called
rolling of a ship is (APPSC — 2011) (AE-2013)
(a) 4.1 s (b) 5.2 s (a) Centre of pressure (b) Centre of buoyancy
(c) 10.4 s (d) 14.1 s (c) Centre of gravity (d) Metacentre
78. For a submerged body, if the center of 82. If the position of metacentre remains lower
buoyancy coincides with the centre of than centre of gravity of the floating body, the
gravity, the equilibrium is called body will remain in a state of
(AE-2012) (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) mass (b unstable (a) Stable equilibrium
(c) neutral (d) None of these (b) Unstable equilibrium
(c) Neutral equilibrium
79. The condition of stable equilibrium for a (d) None of the above
floating body is
(Observers-2013) 83. A body weighing 40 N is losing 5 N weight
(a) the metacentre M coincides with the when submerged in water. Then its specific
centre of gravity G of the body gravity of the body is equal to
(b) the metacentre M lies below the centre (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
of grvity G of the body (a) 6 (b) 2 (c) 8 (d) 4
(c) the metacentre M lies above the centre
of gravity G of the body
84. A 10 cm side cube weighing 5N is
(d) the centre of buoyancy B is above the immersed in a liquid of relative density 0.8
centre of gravity G of the body
contained in a rectangular tank of cross-
sectional area 15 cm x 15 cm. If the tank
80. For a floating body, the buoyant force passes
contained liquid to a height of 8 cm before
through the (Observers-2013)
the immersion. The buoyant force on the
(a) centre of gravity of the body
cube is (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(b) centre of gravity of the submerged
(a) 5000 N (b) Zero
portion of the body
(c) 5 N (d) 10 N
(c) metacentre of the body
(d) centroid of the liquid displaced by the
body
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4..)
40
•,1
g ACE : 571: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
—
:Engineexing Publications
85. A merchant ship has metacentric height of (a) Buoyancy

2.7m. After unload it increased to 3.6 m. (b) Equilibrium of a floating body
The ratio of periodic times before and after (c) Archimedes principle
unloading the cargo ship if radius of (d) Bernoulli's theorem
gyration is not altered is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 89. Centre of pressure compared to centre of
gravity is always
(a) 1
(a) above it
(c) 0.75 (d) (b) below it
(c) at the same point
(d) above or below depending on the area of
86. A solid is suspended by a thread and the
the body
body is submerged in a liquid. If V and yb
all the volume and specific weight of the
90. For a body completely submerged in a fluid,
body are 1 m3 and 25 kN and the specific
the centre of gravity (G) and the centre of
weight of the liquid 10 kN, the tension in
buoyancy (0) are known. The body is
the thread is (APPSC-AEE -MAINS-2016)
considered to be in stable equilibrium, if
(a) 5 IN (b) 25 IN
(c) 10 IN (d) 15 IN
(a) 0 does not coincide with the centre of
mass of the displaced fluid
87. If mercury in a barometer is replaced by
(b) G coincides with the centre of mass of
water, the height of 3.75 cm of mercury will
the displaced fluid
be of water.
(c) 0 lies below G
(d) 0 lies above G
(a) 51 cm (b) 50 cm
(c) 52 cm (d) 52.2 cm 91. For a vertical semi-circular plate, submerged
in a homogenous liquid with its diameter `d'
88. The resultant upward pressure of a fluid on a at the free surface, the depth of centre of
floating body is equal to the weight of the pressure from the free surface is
fluid displaced by the body. This definition is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
according to the following principle: (a) 37cd /12 (b) rcd/32
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (c) 37cd/32 0) Ind/16
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I kultatpally I Kolltata j Ahmedabad
410
4,
4.".1
41
ACE
,Nngineering Pubhcations : 572: Fluid Mechanics
92. The position of centre of pressure on a plane (a) 15.85 kN (b) 13.82 kN
surface immersed vertically in a static mass (c) 55.2 IN (d) 9.8 kN
of liquid is given by
[Where A is the total area of the surface; IG is 95. A floating body is said to be unstable if the
the moment of inertial of the area about an metacentre (M) is
axis passing through the centroid of the area (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
and parallel to the free liquid surface; and (a) Equal to the centre of mass of the body
R is the vertical depth of centroid of surface (b) Above the centre of mass of the body
below the free surface of liquid] (c) Below the centre of mass of the body
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (d) Outside the body
AR
96. Resultant pressure of the liquid in case of an
immersed body acts through the
(a) Metacentre
93. A hollow hemispherical object of diameter
(b)Centre of gravity
D was immersed in water with its plane
(c) Centre of pressure
surface coinciding with the free surface
(d) Centre of buoyancy
where y is the specific weight. The vertical
component of force on the curved surface is
97. A body of volume 3.0 m3 weighs 2 kN in
given by F, =
water. The body's weight in air is
(a) —3 7703 (b) —1 77cD3 (a) 6.0 kN (b) 20.4 kN
8 12
(c) 5.0 kN (d) 31.41N
1 3
(c) -24 770 (d) Zero
94. An open tank contains water to a depth of

1.5m. The tank is put in an elevator which
accelerates at 2.5 misec2. The pressure force
per meter length on one side of tank when
the acceleration is upwards is
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
ACE Enginceiing Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I VizagrnruPati I KultarPally I KolkatalAhmedabad
"a ACE
0. z'Engineering Publications : 573: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
4 4
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) 04. Ans: (b) 05. Ans: (c)
02. Ans: (c) 06. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sol:
Front view
• M Side view
•a
1.5 ml •B 1.8 m
14 5m 20 m
I = Moment of inertia of the water line area Let us assume' a cylinder of H is filled with
20 x 53 liquid and rotated.
= 208.33 m4
12 Let h be the depth to which the free surface
V = volume of liquid displaced dips because of the rotation.
=20 x 5 x 1.5 Volume of the liquid remaining in the
= 150
1.5 cylinder = 7cr2 h +7tr2(H — h)
BG =1.8 — — =1.05
2 Given half of the original liquid is spilled out
Metacentric height = —
V — BG 1
= — 7tr 2H
2
208.33 1 1
1.05 —7cr2h + 7n-2 (H — h) = -7cr2H
150 2 2
= 0.34 m H
+ (H — h) = —
2 2
03. Ans: (a) H h
H— =h—
Sol: 2 2
Sb Hb — Sw hw H=h
0.5 x 2=1 xhw The free surface of the liquid touches the
=1m bottom of the cylinder at its centre
.*. Volume of fluid = 2 x 2 x 1= 4 m3 The pressure at that point is "zero"
ACE Etigineeling Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayaivada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:,,Engineering Publications
7. Ans: (b)
=1.6 x1000 x 9.81x1.5(1+ 5
Sol: Given thrust = 20 kgf 9.81
Time, t = 5 sec = 35544 N/m2
Mass, m = 1 kg Force acting on one side of the tank
Initial velocity = 0 m/s
F41xPxh)w
Thrust = m x a
where a = acceleration 1
x35544x1.5)x 2
20
a = — = 20 In/s 2
1
= 53316 N
Velocity at t = 5 sec = 5434.9 kg
V=U+at
=0+20 x 5
11. Ans: (d)
= 100 m/s
Sol: SbVb = Ss, . V,
0.64 x 4 x 1.25 x2=1.025 x 4 x 1.25 xh,
8. Ans: (c)
h, = 1.25
Sol: Pccr2
12. Ans: (a)

9. Ans: (a)
Sol:
Sol:
ax = 1.5 m/s2
10. Ans: (d) Given width of tank, w = 2.5 m

Sol: Given cubical tank of side = 2 m Length of tank, / = 6 m
S = 1.6 Depth of tank, d = 2 m
•
h = 1.5 m
aZ = 5 m/s2 2m tan 0 = a = 1.5 — 0.1529
g 9.81
a) From AADD'
P = coh 1+ •
g P
ACE Engineering Publications i,>Hyderabad I DelhiIBhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaIBengaluru ChennaiI VijayawadaIVizagITirupati Kukatpally KolkataIAhmedabad
--
x 19. Ans (a)

-= tan 0
6 Sol: Pressure at B = You x host
x =8x2
-= 0.1529
6 = 16 kl•l/m2
x = 0.9174
A
1 2m
.*. Volume of water spilled = (- x x x A
2
You = 8 kN/m3
1 5m
=- x 0.9174x 6x.5
2 C
= 6.88 m3 = 6880 lit
20. AIM: (b) 21. Ans: (d) 22. Ans: (b)
13. Ans: (a)
Sol: GM - W'x 23.Ans: (c)

W tan 0 Sol: SbVb = SW, Vw
60x10
- 1.165 m 0.75 x 5 x 2 x 3=lxVw
13000 x tan 2°
V„, = 22.5 m3
14. Ans: (c)

24.Ans: (c) 25. Ans: (b) 26. Ans: (h)
Sol:
27. Ans: (d) 28. Aiiis: (a) 29. Ans: (b)
30. Ans: (c)

13.6 x = 3.4 x 1
3.4 Sol: '`solid= WAIR
x= = 0.25 Liquid
13.6 WAIR WLIQUM
45 Y Liquid
Ssolid =
15. Ans: (c) 45-20 • 'V water
45 10
Ssolid -I
16. Ans: (a) 25 )x(10)
= 1.8
17. Ans: (c)
31. Ans: (b)
18.Ans (d)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad' Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna f Bengaluru 1 Chennai I Vijayavrada IVizag ITimpati I Kukatpally I Kola& I Ahmedabad
1$
J —
32. Ans: 84.6 rpm 38. Ans: (d)
Sol: Sol:
—> Cylinder at rest
500 mm (1)
320 mm
Given: Sf = 0.8
300 mm
Sb = 2.4
—> Cylinder is rotated about mb = 12 kg
its axis g = 10 m/s2
x
Tension in the string = apparent weight of
body in the fluid
500—x (2)
(
= w b 1—
b
S
Volume of water in condition (1) b — —L
X (1 b
= Volume of water in condition (2)
1 = 12 x10(1 ")
x 3002 x 320 = — x 3002 x x +7c x 3002 x (500 — x) 2.4
2
1--
1)
x =1204 3
320 = — + 500 — x
2 = 80 N
x
— =180
2 39. Ans: (c) 40. Ans: (a)
x= 360
0) 2 r 2 cot x 0.32 41. Ans: (a)
x= = 0.360=
2g 2x 9.81 Sol:
= 0.86 rad/s = 84.6 rpm h/2
33. Ans: (b) 34. Ans: (c) 35. Ans: (b) h/2
36. Ans: (b) 37. Ans: (b)

ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.4
.10
Given cylinder filled to the top 44. Ans: (b)
Let r = radius of cylinder
h = height of cylinder 45. Ans: (d)
Volume of water initially V1 = mr2h Sol:
Cylinder is rotated such that pressure at the 930T
centre of bottom is half the initial pressure
The height of water above the centre of Sb h3b = Sw11 3,
bottom = h/2 Sb X = 1 x (0.93)3
Volume of remaining water,
= 0.8
1 h h
V2 =2 -+ Jur ' -
2 2
46. Ans: (d)
Volume of spilled water
2h
TCr
47. Ans: (c)
= - V2 = = 25% of VI
4
Sol: S - Wan.
lossofWeight
42. Ans: (d)
3
So!: Swater-
h2w = S wood.-H2
3 - 2.5
1.0 X hw2 = 0.64 x (0.6)2
=6
hw = 0.48 m
48. Ans: (d) 49. Ans: (d) 50. Ans: (d)
OB = = 0.48 = 0.32 m
3 3
51. Ans: (c) 52. Ans: (a) 53. Ans: (c)
OG=x 0.6 = 0.4m
3 3
Distance between centre of buoyancy to C.G 54. Ans: (b)
of wooden log = BG = OG - OB
55. Ans: (c)
= 0.4 - 0.32
= 0.08 m = 80 mm Sol: Weight of the body = FB = y.v
= 9.81 x 3 x 2 x 0.6
43. Ans: (b) = 35.3 kN
Sol: S „aterh water = Sbody x H
56. Ans: (b) 57. Ans: (b) 58. Ans: (b)
1.0 x (1- 0.19) = SBody x1
SBody = 0.81 59. Ans: (b) 60. Ans: (d)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolltata I Ahmedabad
4.4 s
IV ACE : 578: Fluid Mechanics
t 4.:Engineering Publications
61. Ans: (a) 75. Ans: (c) 76. Ans: (b)
Sol:
77. Ans: (c)
k2
Sol: T = 27c
800 kg/m3
gGM
Pwood =
42
1000 x 9.81 xh= 800 xgx 2 = =10.4s
9.81x 0.6
h = 1.6 m
V= 9.6 m3
78. Ans: (c) 79. Ans: (c) 80. Ans: (d)
62. Ans: (b) 63. Ans: (a)

81. Ans: (d) 82. Ans: (b)
64. Ans: (c)

83. Ans: (c)
V
Sol: FB = pg(-) = ppg x V Sol: Weight of a body in air = 40 N
2
Weight of a body in water = 35 IN
P
Pp Specific gravity of body = ?
=
Under equilibrium, weight in air - weight of
FB = pg(2V) = pQg x V stone in water = weight of water displaced
3
40 - 35 = 1000 x 9.81 X Vwater
2
PQ = 3P 5
Volume of water displaced =
1000 x 9.81
1
PP = 2 3 = 5.09 x 1 m3
PQ 2 4 weight in air 40
Mass of stone = =
3 g 9.81
65. Ans: (c) = 4.08 kg

Sol: If meta centric height is more stability is 4.08
Density of stone = mass in air =
volume 5.09 x10-4
more
= 8010.7 kg/m3
66. Ans: (a) 67. Ans: (c) 68. Ans: (d)
Specific gravity of stone - density of stone
density of water
69. Ans: (c) 70. Ans: (d) 71. Ans: (c)
8010.7
= - 8.0
72. Ans: (a) 73. Ans: (a) 74. Ans: (b) 1000
44>HYderabadiDelhilBhopallPmelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruiChennailWayawadalVizagiTiruPailKukatPallyiKo kata Ahmedabad

ACE Eligineering Public anons/
-44
t ACE : 579: Buoyancy & Metacentric Height
"Engineering Publications
84. Ans: (c) 91. Ans: (c)

Sol:
85. Ans: (b)
Sol: T = 2Tc11 K2
g.GM
Centre of pressure of a semicircle with
T oc
11 GM
diameter on free surface — 370
32
IGM 2
T2 \ GM1 92. Ans: (a)
13.6
1 2.7
93. Ans: (b)
Sol: Weight of water component occupied in
Hollow semi spherical
3
2 3
= -7LT X 7
3
86. Ans: (d)
2 D3
Sol: = _ 11_ 7
3 8 2 3
T + FB = W T V rcr
1 3
W = 25 IN
kN
= — yro3
FB 12
FB = y.V = 10x 1 = 101(N
T = W—FB = 25-10 = 15 kN 94. Ans: (b)
Sol: As the acceleration is upward both gravity
87. Ans: (a) as well as inertia forces act in down ward
Sol: SW 11w = Smhm direction & effective 'g' becomes (g + az)
S. = 13.6
1 x hpv = 13.6 x 3.75
hW = 51 cm t a, =2.5 m/s2
h=1.5 m
88. Ans: (c) 89. Ans: (b) P =18.465 kPa
90. Ans: (d) 13 =p(g+k)h

= 1000 x (9.81 + 2.5) x1.5 = 18.465 Pa
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal j Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad]
4'Engineezing Publicafions
4 6
The force on vertical face is given by centre of pressure is point through which
(0+ \ , 18.465 resultant pressure force passes. The term
F = Pc G.A = 2P) x(/hx1) x1.5
centre of pressure is used for thin surfaces.
= 13.849 IN When thin surface is completely immersed
in liquid the resultant force is zero. Hence
95. Ans: (c) centre of buoyancy is more appropriate
Sol: For stability of floating object, centre of answer.
gravity should be below metacentre.
97. Ans: (d)
96. Ans: (d) Sol: W
• water = W air "" FB
Sol: The point through which buoyancy force
Wair = Wwater FB
passes is called centre of buoyancy. The = 2 x 103 + 1000 x 9.81x 3
buoyancy force is result of pressure = 31.4 kN
distribution on the surface of object. The
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Palna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada l Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
F
Fluid Kinematics
Chapter
01. In a converging steady flow, there is 5. Which of the following velocity fields does
(a) no acceleration not satisfy conservation of mass for in
(b) no temporal acceleration compressible plane flow? (AEE-1992)
(c) only convective acceleration (a) u = x, v = —y (b) u = y, v = x
(d) convective and temporal acceleration (c) u = 2x, v = 2y (d) u = —2x, v = +2y
02. When steady flow of a liquid takes place

6. The condition of irrotationality of flow
through a convergent section, the liquid is
(AEE-1992)
subjected to (AEE-1984) 62. 62,,,= 0
(a) local acceleration (a) 62 x 823, (b) ±
6 1f+
- =0
8x 8y
(b) convective acceleration only
62,,,
(c) both local and convective accelerations (c) SZy' + = 0 (d) 42W 824 = 0
8y2 8x2 8x 2 8y2
(d) no acceleration
03. Steady uniform flow of water takes place 7. Flownet can be drawn, if (AEE-1992)
through a straight pipe of uniform diameter. (a) Flow is turbulent (b) Fluid is ideal
The water is subjected to (AEE-1984) (c) Fluid is unsteady (d) Fluid is viscous
(a) local acceleration only
8. A coloured dye is injected at a point in water
(b) convective acceleration only
flow. The resulting visible line is a
(c) both local and convective acceleration
(AEE-1992)
(d) no acceleration
(a) Stream line (b) Streak line
04. Uniform flow is said to occur in a fluid
(c) Path line (d) None of the above
when (AEE 1987)
(a) Rate of change of velocity is Zero 9. The flow of a liquid at constant rate in a
(b)At every point, the velocity vector is conically tapered pipe is classified as
identical in magnitude and direction, at (APPSC 1992/AEE)
any given instant (a) steady, uniform flow
(c) Conditions do not change with time at (b) steady, non-uniform flow
any point (c) unsteady, uniform flow
(d) Changes in transverse directions are zero (d) unsteady, non-uniform flow
I ACE Engineering PuNicationse,
\ Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I KukatpaLly I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
44
4
4,
10. One-dimensional flow is (APPSC 1992) 14. A non-uniform steady flow is through
(a) steady uniform flow (AEE-1996)
(b) flow which neglects changes in a (a) a long tube at a decreasing rate
transverse direction (b) an expanding tube at increasing rate
(c) restricted to flow in a straight line (c) an expanding tube at constant rate
(d) none of these (d) an expanding tube at increasing rate
11. When the velocity of flow of fluid does not 15. For a free vortex flow, the equation is given
change from point to point at any given by (AEE-1996)
time, the flow is defined as (AE-1993) v
(a) — = constant (b) vr = constant
(a) Steady flow (b) Laminar flow
(c) Irrotational flow (d) Uniform flow
(c) = constant (d) vr2 = constant
12. For an incompressible fluid flow if u, v and

w are the velocity components along three 16. An independent mass of a fluid does not
mutually perpendicular directions at any posses (AEE-1996)
point, the condition for the continuity of (a) elevation energy (b) kinetic energy
flow is (AEE-1996) (c) pressure energy (d) none of these
a3u a3v a3w
(a) + + -0
ox3 0y3 0z3 17. Stream lines, streak lines, path lines are all
a2u 02v 02w identical in case of
(b) ax2 az3
= 0
ay (APPSC 1999)
au av aw (a) uniform flow
ax ay az (b) non-uniform flow
(d) u + v + w = 0 (c) both (a) & (b)
(d) none
13. If w is a stream function in a two
dimensional flow, then the x component of 18. If a stream function exists, it implies that
velocity is given by (AEE-1996) (PH & Municipality 2001)
a2 ,., (a) Flow is irrotational
(a) u = (b) u = a.2
ax (b) Flow is rotational
(c) Equation of continuity is satisfied
(c) u = v2 tv (d) u =
ay (d) None
ACE Engineering Publications ie)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 1PunelBhubaneswariLucknowi PatnalBengalitrul Chu:mail VijayaivadalVizagiTirupatil Kukatpally1 Kolkatal Ahmedabad
eau ACE : 583: Fluid Kinematics
0,,a :Engineering Publications
4.
19. Any function ' 0 ' that satisfies the Laplace 24. The equation of continuity is based on the
equation (PH & Municipality 2001) principal conservation of
(a) Possible rotation flow (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(b) Possible Irrotational flow (a) mass (b) momentum
(c) Is a possible steady flow (c) energy (d) none of these
(d) Impossible steady flow
25. The kinetic energy correlation factor is
20. The stream line function for a two- expressed as (AEE CE/ME-2004)
dimensional flow is given by 2xy, the (a) 1 v3dA (b) 1 v2dA
velocity of flow at a point (2.0, 2.0) is Ay' A Av2 A
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004)
(c) fv3dA (d) 12 vdA
(a) 4.00 (b) 2.83 A 21V2
A
Av A
(c) 5.66 (d) 4.41
26. The stream function for a two dimensional
21. A line whose tangent at any point indicates flow is given by yr = 2 xy. The velocity at
the direction of flow of fluid particles at that (2, 2) is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
point is known as (AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) (a) 45, (b) 4
(a) stream line (b) potential line
(c) 2-5 (d) -5
(c) phreatic line (d) velocity line
22. Steady flow occurs when the (AEE-2004) 27. If the orthogonal components of velocity of
(a) conditions of flow change steadily with flow in a two-dimensional problem vary
time linearly along the respective axes, the flow
(b) conditions of flow remains constant is (AEE, AE CE/ME-2004)
with time (a) circular arcs (b) parabolic arcs
(c) conditions of flow remain the same (c) hyperbolic arcs (d) elliptical arcs
everywhere
(d) velocity vector is constant at a point 28. A line whose tangent at any point indicates
the direction of flow of fluid particles at that
23. Streak lines, path lines, and stream lines are point is known as
all identical in case of (AEE CE/ME-2004) (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) steady flow (b) uniform flow (a) stream line (b) potential line
(c) unsteady flow (d) none of these (c) phreatic line (d) velocity line
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal I Pune I BhubarieswariLudsnow1Patna IBengaluru I Chennai Vijayawadal VizagITirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
JJ ,5Engineering Pubhcations
29. If the velocities of fluid particles vary from 33. In the Lagrangion method of describing
point to point in magnitude and direction, fluid motion (APPSC 2006)
and with time, the flow is said to be (a) The motion of fluid particles at a section
(AE CE/ME-2004) is described
(a) laminar (b) turbulent (b) The motion of fluid particles at various
(c) uniform (d) non-uniform sections is described
(c) The motion of a single fluid particles is
30. Non-uniform steady flow occurs in a described
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) (d) The average velocities at various
(a) long tube with increasing flow rate sections are described
(b)pipe of tapering diameter under
decreasing flow rate 34. Continuity equation for compressible flow is
(c) long pipe with decreasing flow rate given as (APPSC 2006)
(d)pipe of tapering diameter with constant (a) AV = Constant (b) pAV2 = Constant
flow
(c) pA2V = Constant (d) none of these
31. In a flow net, the distance between two

35. If A and V refer to area of cross-section of
successive stream lines at two successive
fluid and its velocity respectively, the
stream lines at two successive sections are
equation A1V1=A2V2 may be called
10.0 mm and 5.0 mm. If the velocity at the
(APPSC 2006 LR)
first section is 1.0 m/s, that at the second
(a) equation of motion
section is
(b) equation of continuity
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(c) steady state equation
(a) 1.0 m/s (b) 0.5 m/s
(d) equilibrium equation
(c) 1.5 m/s (d) 2.0 m/s
36. The rate of change of velocity due to

32. The equation of continuity of flow is based
change in position of fluid particles is
on the principle of the conservation of
called Acceleration
(AEE-2004)
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) force (b) work
(a) local (b) radial
(c) mass (d) momentum
(c) convective (d) centripetal
A( .1.. Engineciim; Puldu Alums Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 1 Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bertgaluru I Chennai I Vilayawada I Vizag I Tiropati I Kokatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44
ACE : 585: Fluid Kinematics
Job Engineering Publications
37. If u and v are velocities in x and y 41. If u and v are velocities in x and y
au av directions, Indicates flow
directions, — + — = 0 indicates
ax (APPSC 2006 LR)
flow. (AEE-2006) (a) compressible
(a) compressible (b) irrotational au av
(b) irrotational + =0
(c) non-uniform (d) incompressible ax ay
(c) non-uniform
38. The 2-D convective acceleration of fluid in (d) incompressible
the x-direction is given by
(AEE CE/ME-2006) 42. If xv=ax2y-2y3 is to be a stream function the
(a) u a—u + v a—
v value of a should be
ax ay
(APPSC 2006 LR)
au au (a) 2 (b) 3
(b) u — + v
ax ay (c) 6 (d) 0
at av aw
—+—+—
at at at 43. The velocity of a fluid is given by the
au av
(d) u — + u — expression V = 6x3i —8x2yj. What is the
ax ay
vorticity of the fluid?
39. The velocity of a fluid particle is given as (APPSC 2006 LR)
(in metres) V=4x2 ti — 5y2j+6ztk (where i, j (a) 18x2 (b) —16x
and k are unit vectors in x, y and z (c) —16xy (d) —16y
directions) . The resultant local acceleration
at the point (2,3,2) is (APPSC 2006 LR) 44. In terms of velocity components shear
(a) 16m/s2 (b) 15m/s2 strain rate may be expressed as
(c) 18m/s2 (d) 20m/s2 (APPSC 2006 LR)
1(
(a) — —ay + a—
u (b) (—
au —au
—
40. If the flow of fluid is to be in steady state, 2 ax ay 2 ay ay
its velocity potential (4) should satisfy
1 ( ay au av au
equation (c) — — + — (d) — — —
2 ay ax ax ay
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) Laplace (b) Poisson
(c) Biharmonic (d) Bernoulli
dhow. >HyderabadIbelhilnhopallPunell3hubaheavrariLuelmow1PaMalBehgalmulChemAdIVilaYaWadalVitagrriniPatiiKukaVallylKolkata Ahmedabad

4. ACE
v. :Engineering Publications : 586: Fluid Mechanics
45. For an incompressible fluid flow if u, v and 49. The flow in which the velocity vector is
w are the velocity components along three identical in magnitude and direction at
mutually perpendicular directions at any every point, for any given instant, is
point, the conditions for the continuity of (APPSC 2007)
flow is (APPSC 2006) (a) one dimensional flow (b) uniform flow
a3u a3v a'w (c) steady flow (d) turbulent flow
(a) — + — + =0
8x3 ay' az'
a 2u 02 v a2 w 50. A stream — line is defined as the line
(b)
ax + + az2 =0 (APPSC 2007)
aye
(a) parallel to central axis flow
5V aW
(b) parallel to outer surface
5X 5y az
(c) of equal velocity in a flow
(d) u + v +w = 0
(d) along which pressure drop is uniform
46. If `kif is a stream function in a two

51. When a fluid flows in concentric circles, it is
dimensional flow, then the 'x' component of
known as (AEE-2007)
velocity is given by (APPSC 2006)
(a) free circular motion
(a) u = akv (b) u = (b) free rotational motion
ax 8x2
(c) free spiral vortex flow
(c) u = —V2V (d) u = — — (d) free cylindrical vortex flow
aY
47. A non —uniform, steady flow is through 52. For an irrotational flow 62(1) + 82(1)
— = 0 is the
6X 2 0y2
(AEE 1996, APPSC 2006)
equation given by (AEE-2007)
(a) a long tube at a decreasing rate
(a) Cauchy-Riemann (b) Reynolds
(b) an expanding tube at increasing rate
(c) Laplace (d) Bernoulli
(c) an expanding tube at constant rate
(d) an expanding tube at increasing rate
53. Continuity equation relates (AEE-2007)
(a) mass rate of flow along a streamline
48. 'Flow net' can be drawn only if the flow is
(b) energy and work
(APPSC 2006)
(c) conservation of mass and momentum
(a) turbulent (b) irrotational
(d) friction losses
(c) distortion (d) all the above
ACE Engineering Publications ;4>Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar! LucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru I Chnnai IVijayawadaI Vizag I TirupatiIKukatpally Kolkatal Ahmedabad
ACE : 587 : Fluid Kinematics
:Engineesing Publicafions
54. A body is said to be provided optimum 59. Study of flow patterns of individual liquid
amount of streamlining when particles with passage of time is referred to
(AEE-2007) as (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) friction drag is minimum (a) Eulerian method (b) Lagrangian method
(b) pressure drag is minimum (c) Rankine method (d) Poisson method
(c) profile drag (i.e. sum of the friction drag
and pressure drag) is minimum 60. The flow in which the velocities are a
(d)product of friction and pressure drag is function of time and path lines of successive
minimum particles are different, is called
(AE CE/ME-2007)
55. In case of steady flow of fluid the (a) steady flow
acceleration of any particle is (AEE-2007) (b) unsteady flow
(a) constant (b) variable (c) steady uniform flow
(c) zero (d) never zero (d) steady non-uniform flow
56. For a irrational flow = 0 is the equation 61. The total energy of 3 kg of water flowing
given by (APPSC 2007) with a velocity of 5 m/s under a pressure of
(a) Cauchy — Riemann (b) Reynolds 4 bar at a height of 10 m above the ground
(c) Laplace (d) Bernoulli level is about (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) 10000 Nm (b) 5000 Nm
57. According to equation of continuity (c) 1530 Nm (d) 3070 Nm
(a) wiai = w2 a2 (b) wivi = w2v2 62. The flow in a pipe or channel is said to be
(d) al = a 2 non-uniform when
(c) aivi = a2v2
vi v2 (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(a) the liquid particles at all sections have the
58. For a continuous flow of water through a same velocities
syphon, the absolute pressure at any point h (b)the liquid particles at different sections
it should not fall below. (AE CE/ME-2007) have different velocities
(a) 24 m (b) 55 m (c) the quantity of liquid flowing per second
(c) 2.8 m (d) 9.8 m is constant
(d)each liquid particle has a definite path
A.C'E Engineering Publicinions j Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru IChennail Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
s
c.

u. :Engineering Publications
to..
.1 4
63. For a flow to be rotational, the velocity 67. In uniform flow, the velocity
normal to the plane of area should be equal (AEE CE/ME-2008)
to (APPSC 2007) (a) and pressure are constant over the space
(a) angular velocity vector (b) is constant over the flow field
(b) half the angular velocity vector (c) does not change with time
(c) twice the angular velocity vector (d) or pressure does not change with time
(d) zero
68. Non-uniform steady state flow occurs
64. Steady flow occurs when (APPSC 2007) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) conditions change steadily with time (a) in a pipe of constant diameter
(b) conditions are same at adjacent points (b) around a pipe submerged in a fluid
with time (c) in a pipe of tapering diameter under
(c) conditions do not change with time at constant discharge
any point (d) in a channel under constant discharge
69. Normal acceleration in fluid flow situation
65. Which of the following represents steady exists only when (APPSC 2008)
non — uniform flow? (a) the flow is unsteady
(APPSC 2007) (b) the flow is two —dimensional
(a) Flow through an expanding tube at n (c) the streamlines are straight and parallel
increasing rate (d) the streamlines are curved
(b) flow through expanding tube at
constant rate 70. The flow in a river during the period of
(c) flow through a long pipe at decreasing heavy rainfall is:
rate (AEE CE/ME, APPSC 2008)
(d) none of the above (a) steady non uniform and three
dimensional
66. In case of steady flow of fluid the local (b) steady, uniform and two dimensional
acceleration of any particle is (c) unsteady uniform and three dimensional
(AEE- 2007) (d) unsteady non-uniform and three-
(a) constant (b) variable dimensional
(c) zero (d) never zero
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VIjayawada I Vizag I'llrupaii I Kukatpally Kolkata !Ahmedabad
•
v4
J ACE : 589 : Fluid Kinematics
v„ :Engineering Publications
4 4
71. The flow in a pipe or channel is said to be 74. Non — uniform steady flow occurs
non-uniform when: (AEE CE/ME-2008) (APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) the liquid particles at all sections have (a) in a pipe of constant diameter
the same velocities (b) around a pipe submerged in a fluid
(b) the liquid particles at different sections (c) in a pipe of tapering diameter under
have different velocities constant discharge
(c) the quantity of liquid flowing per second (d) in a channel under constant discharge
does not vary
(d) each liquid particle has no definite path, 75. Streamline represents the path of
but has constant velocity (APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) mid — points of fluid cross-section
72. A flow has parallel curved stream lines and (b) Fluid particles of equal velocities
is steady. This flow has (c) Points normal to velocity vector
(APPSC 2008) (d) tangents to the velocity vector
(a) tangential convective acceleration
(b) local acceleration 76. Continuity equation takes the form
(c) normal convective as well as local (APPSC 2008 LR)
acceleration (a) AIVI = A2 V2
(d) normal convective acceleration (b) AIV1p1=A2 V2p2
(c) Al Vim — A2 V2 P2
73. A velocity vector V in two —dimensional (d) Aipi = A2 P2
flow is inclined at an angle 0 to the x-axis.
The resulting acceleration vector a: 77. In Unsteady flow
(AEE CE/ME, APPSC 2008) (Managers-2008)
(a) will be always normal to V (a) discharge is constant
(b) will be always parallel to V (b) all the characteristics of flow changes
(c) will have an inclination of (90 -0) to with area
the Y- axis (c) all the characteristics of flow changes
(d) will have any inclination a to the X- with height
axis which depends on the components (d) all the characteristics of flow changes
of the Acceleration with time
I ACE Engineering Publications4;, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Paola I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
pit J
ACE
78. In uniform flow, the velocity: 83. In a uniform flow the velocities of fluid
(APPSC 2008 LR) particles are (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) and pressure are constant over the space (a) equal at all sections
(b) is constant over the flow field (b)always dependent on time
(c) does not change with time (c) mutually perpendicular to each other
(d) or pressure does not change with time (d)the fluid particles move in well defined
paths
79. A flow in which viscosity of fluid is
dominating over the inertia force is called 84. The flow of liquid through a tapering pipe at
(AEE CE/ME-2009) constant rate is
(a) steady flow (b) unsteady flow (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) laminar flow (d) turbulent flow (a) steady uniform
(b) steady non-uniform
80. One-dimensional flow is (c) unsteady uniform
(AEE CE/ME-2009) (d) unsteady non-uniform
(a) Restricted to flow in a straight line
(b) Flow which neglects changes in a 85. For a streamline flow, velocity at a certain
transverse direction point is (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) Steady uniform flow (a) constant
(d) Uniform flow (b) a function of time only
(c) constant and depends on time
81. The value of local acceleration in the x- (d) constant and independent of time
direction for flow with u = 2(1 + t) is given
by (AEE CE/ME-2009) 86. During the opening of valve the flow is
(a) 0 (b) 2t (c) 2 (d) t (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) laminar (b) unsteady
82. The path traced by a single particle of smoke (c) uniform (d) rotational
issuing from a cigarette is a
(AE CE/ME-2009) 87. A steady irrotational flow of an
(a) stream line (b) flow line incompressible fluid is called
(c) path line (d) streak line (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) streamline flow (b) creeping flow
(c) shear flow (d) potential flow
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Thwart l Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 591: Fluid Kinematics
88. The continuity equation represents 93. The velocity potential function in a two-
conservation of (AE CE/ME-2009) dimensional flow field is given by (1) = x2 —
(a) mass (b) momentum y2. The magnitude of velocity at point
(c) energy (d) vorticity p(1, 1) is (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) zero (b) 2 (c) 2J (d) 8
89. A stream function (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) is defined only for steady and 94. The continuity equation:
incompressible flow (AEE CE/ME 2009)
(b) is a mathematical function which has no (a) relates the mass rate of flow along a
physical equivalent streamline
(c) may not remain constant for streamline (b) expresses relationship between hydraulic
(d) satisfies Laplace equation for rotational parameters of flow
motion (c) expresses the relation between work and
energy
90. A velocity potential function exists only for (d) is based on Bernoulli's equation
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) steady flow (b) uniform flow 95. The equation of continuity of flow is based
(c) irrotational flow (d) compressible flow on the principle of conservation of: (2009)
(a) Momentum (b) Mass
91. For irrotational flow (c) Energy (d) All of the above
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) a(I) = (b) = 96. Which one of the following velocity fields
ax ay ax ax represent a possible fluid flow?
= a21
(APPSC — 2011)
‘1'
(c) ay (d) al) = aw
ax e ax ay (a) u = x; v = y (b) u = —x; v = y
(c) u = x2; V = y2 (d) u = —x2; v = —y2
92. A control volume refers to
(AE CE/ME-2009) 97. Stream lines, streak lines and path lines are
(a) an isolated system identical in flow. (APPSC — 2011)
(b) a closed system (a) uniform (b) viscous
(c) a specified mass (c) steady (d) rotational
(d) a fixed region in space
ACE Engineering Publications 1/4ie>Hyderabad I DelhiI BhopalI Pune I BhubaneswarILucknowI Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Akunedabad
„,.
4
'
4
98. In a two dimensional flow field, the velocity (a) Uniform flow (b) Laminar flow
components are u= a and v= a where a is a (c) Turbulent flow (d) Steady flow
non-zero constant and the stream line
passes through the point (2, 6). The 103. According to equation of continuity
equation of stream line for this flow (APPSC — 2011)

condition is (APPSC — 2011) (a) col al = (02 az (b) 1i vi = (02 V2
(a) (y = x + 2) (b) (y = x + 6) (c) al v l = a2 v2 (d) ai/vi = a2/v2
(c) (3/ = x + 4) (d) = x + 8)

104. In one dimensional flow, the flow
99. For a fluid flow to be an irrotatiol al one, (APPSC — 2011)
the correct equation is (APPSC — 2011) (a) Is steady and uniform
au av au av (b) Takes place in straight line
(a) — = — (b) =
ax ay aY ax (c) Takes place in curve
(d) Takes place in one direction
ax ay ay ax
105. Choose the "correct” statement from the
100. The equation of continuity of flow is based following
on the principle of conservation of (DYSY — 2011)
(APPSC — 2011) (a) In an incompressible fluid flow, the
(a) Momentum density is assumed to be constant.
(b) Energy (b)In turbulent fluid flows, the path of fluid
(c) Mass particles is irregular.
(d) Mass, momentum and energy (c) In steady flows, the conditions at any
point in the fluid do not change with
101. Fire hose nozzle is generally made of
time.
(APPSC — 2011)
(a) Divergent shape
(b) Convergent-divergent shape
106. A fluid flow through a long pipe at a
(c) Convergent shape
constant rate is called (DYSY — 2011)
(d) Parabolic shape
(a) Steady uniform
(b) unsteady uniform
102. The flow in which conditions do not change
(c) steady non-uniform
with time at any point, is called
(d) unsteady non-uniform
(APPSC — 2011)
V I. I "ni4 I 1111 P, PI 11•IiC311,11IN >Hyderabad I Delhi 113hbpal I Pune ghubatieswar I Luclutowl Patna I Iletigaltuu I Cheting I Vijayawadg V17.4 rrirupati I KukatpEtily I Kolisithi Atutiedabitd
J
u‘, :Engineering Publications
4.
107. With respect to the streamlines, choose the 112. Impingement of a jet on a flat plate may be
correct statement from the following: idealised by
(DYSY — 2011) (AE-2012)
(a) Streamlines are imaginary lines.
(a) w = xy (b) w = x2 — y2
(b) There is no flow across a streamline.
(c) The velocity perpendicular to the (c) w = x2 + y2 (d) lV =
y
streamline is zero.
(d) All of these
113. Shear strain rate is given by (AE-2012)
108. In steady flow, velocity of flow depends on 1 au av 1 r av au
(a) —(— + — (b) — —+—
(AE 2011) 2 ax ay, 2 p a?( ay )
(a) time (b) space 1 au av 1 av au
(c) — — + — (d) — — + —
(c) along X-direction (d) None 2 ax ay 2 ax ay
109. Flow is said to be uniform, if the fluid

114. If the fluid particles move in a zig-zag way,
characteristics remain unaltered at
the flow is called
(AE 2011)
(a) all sections (AE-2012)
(b) a section for all times (a) unsteady (b) non-uniform
(c) all sections at all times (c) turbulent (d) incompressible
(d) all conditions
115. Observation of a flow net enables us to
110. In one dimensional fluid flows,
(AE-2012)
remains constant throughout any cross-
(a) determine the velocity at all points
section, normal to flow direction.
(b) estimate the pressure at all points
(APPSC — 2011)
(c) estimate the velocity variations
(a) velocity (b) pressure
(d) determine the energy loss in flow
(c) both of these (d) none of these
116. The dividing streamline for a uniform flow

111. A flow whose stream line is represented by a
superimposed over a two-dimensional
curve is called (AEE CE/ME-2012)
droplet is
(a) one dimensional flow
(AE-2012)
(b) two dimensional flow
(a) a straight line (b) a circle
(c) three dimensional flow
(c) a sphere (d) an ellipse
(d) four dimensional flow
\ ( .F. Ltigittret itw Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Licknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chenual I Vijayawada I Virag I Tirupati I Kuitatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
g •43.
g ACE : 594: Fluid Mechanics

:Eagineering Publications
—
117. The necessary condition for the flow to be 120. Irrotational flow means
uniform is that (Research Assistant 2013)
(Observers-2013) (a) the fluid does not rotate while moving
(a) the velocity is constant in the flow field (b) the fluid moves in straight lines
with respect to space (c) the net rotation of fluid particles about
(b) the velocity is constant at a point with their mass centre is zero
respect to time (d) the net rotation of fluid particles about
(c) the velocity changes at a point with their mass centre is equal to density
respect to time multiplied with velocity
(d) the velocity changes in the flow field
with respect to space 121.A water supply pipe line changes its
alignment through a bend. When the flow in
118. The velocity components in x and y the pipe line is increased by operating a
directions in terms of stream function. tv are value, the flow in the bend is
(Observers-2013) (AE-2013)
(a) Unsteady, uniform flow
(a) u = ;v °IV
ax ay (b) Unsteady, non-uniform flow
(c) Steady, uniform flow
(b) u = akV • v =
ax ay (d) Steady, non-uniform flow
(c) u= •v=
ay ax 122. The velocity components in x and y
directions in terms of velocity potential, 11)
(d) u = •v= atif
ax are
119. Continuity equation can take the form ap
(a) u = -- • =

(a) AiVi — A2V2 a(1)
(b) u = •v=
(b) pIV1 = p2V2 ax
(c) PIAIVI — P2 A2V2
(c) u=—• V =
(d) Ai pi = A2P2
ag)
(d) u • v = ay
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t, ACE • : 595: Fluid Kinematics
1rEzigineeling Publications
4.
123. The pressure variation along the radial 127. If the velocity components in the x and y
direction for vortex flow along a horizontal directions are u = 3x — 2xy, v = 1 — 2y2
plane is given as (Research Assistant 2013) respectively, then the component of velocity
v2 in the z-direction is (Lecturers-2013)
(a) a2 = p 2 (b) —
aP = —p
ar r ar r2 (a) 3z + 6yz (b) —3z — 6yz
v (c) 3z — 6yz (d) —3z + 6yz
(c)—p —v (d) —p —
ar r2 ar r
128. The basic continuity equation of unsteady
124. If the velocity in a fluid flow changes with open channel flow is (Lecturers-2013)
respect to length of direction of flow, it is aQ + T — aQ + —
aY = 0 (b) — aY = 0
(a) —
called (Research Assistant 2013) ax at ax at
(a) steady flow (b) uniform flow N ay
(c) — + T— = 0 (d) T + = 0
(c) incompressible flow (d) rotational flow 5Y ax ax at
125. The acceleration of a fluid particle in the 129. Uniform flow occurs
direction of x is given by where (Lecturers-2013)
u, v, w are respectively the velocities in x, y, (a) when the spatial rate of change of
z direction velocity is zero
(Research Assistant 2013) (b) when the temporal rate of change of
velocity is zero
(a) A„ = u + v—
av + w aw +
ax ay az at (c) when the velocity changes steadily
au av aw au along the direction of flow
(b) AX =u—+u—+u—+—
ax ay az at (d) only when the velocity vector at any
au au au au point remains constant.
(c) Ax = u—+ v— w—+—
ax ay+ az at
130. Flow at a constant rate through a tapering
+—+
ay az at pipe is (Observers-2013)
i. steady flow ii. uniform flow
126. If u = 3x + 4y and v = 2x — 3y, the vorticity iii. unsteady flow iv. Non-uniform flow
would be (Lecturers-2013) The correct answer is
(a) 1 unit (b) 2 units (a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iv)
(c) 0 units (d) 6 units (c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (ii) and (iv)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Paula I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lo
131. In a steady flow, the total acceleration of Among these, those which exist in rotational
any fluid particle (Observers-2013) flows and irrotational flows would include
(a) can be zero (a) a and b (b) b and c
(b) is never zero (c) a and c (d) a, b and c
(c) is always zero
(d) is independent of coordinates 136. Given the x-component of the velocity u =
6xy — 2x2, then y-component of the flow v is
132. The continuity equation in fluid mechanics given by
is a mathematical statement embodying the (Observers-2013)
principle of (AE-2013) (a) 6y2 — 4xy (b) 6xy + 2x2
(a) Conservation of energy (c) 5x2 — 2xy (d) 4xy — 3y2
(b) Conservation of mass
(c) Conservation of momentum 137. Vorticity is given by times the
(d) None of these rotation (AE-2013)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
133. A body is called a stream lined body when it
is placed in a flow and the surface of the 138. The flow in a river during the period of
body (AE-2013) heavy rainfall is (AE-2013)
(a) Coincides with the stream lines (a) Steady, uniform, two-dimensional
(b) Does not coincide with the stream lines (b)Unsteady, uniform, three-dimensional
(c) Is perpendicular to the stream lines (c)Unsteady, non-uniform and three-
(d) Is inclined to the stream lines dimensional
(d)Steady, non-uniform and three-
134. Which one of the following velocity fields dimensional
represents a possible fluid flow?
(Observers-2013) 139. The concept of stream function which is
(a) u = x; v = y (b) u = x2; v= y2 based on the principle of continuity is
2 2
(c) u = xy; v = x y (d) u = x; v = —y applicable to (AE-2013)
(a) Three-dimensional flow
135. Consider the following parameters related (b) Two-dimensional flow only
to fluid flow: (Observers-2013) (c) Uniform flow cases only
(a) velocity (b) velocity potential (d) Irrotational flow only
(c) stream function (d) stream function
ACE Engineering hiblications e
4>HYderabadl DelhilBhoPai I Pune I BhubaneswariLudcnow1PatnalBezgalwv I Chennail VijayawadalVizagrriruparilKulutpallyi KolkatalAtunedabad
,41
4"4
4 4
4
140. The velocity potential function for a source 145. In a three dimensional motion of a fluid, the
varies with distance 'r' as (AE-2013) component of rotation about x-axis, co, is
1 1 (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(a) — (b) (c) er (d) /n r
1 lav 1 (au
(a) 2 (b)
,5)( ay )
ay 2 az ay )
141. A flood wave in a river is an example of
1( 1 ( aw
(TSPSC AEE 2015) (c) — — (d)
2 ax ay) 2 \ ay az )
(a) steady non-uniform flow
(b) unsteady gradually varied flow 146. Existence of velocity potential implies that
(c) steady, spatially varied flow (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(d) unsteady, rapidly varied flow (a) Fluid is compressible
(b) Fluid is irrotational
142. A two dimensional flow is described by (c) Fluid is ideal
velocity components u = 2x and v = —2y. (d) Fluid is in continuum
The discharge between the point (1, 1) and
(2,2) is equal to 147.If velocity potential satisfies Laplace
(TSPSC AEE 2015) equation, the flow will be
(a) 7 units (b) 6 units (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(c) 9 units (d) 8 units (a) Irrotational flow (b) Free vortex flow
(c) Continuous flow (d) Forced vortex flow
143. The stream function for a potential flow
148.In turbulent flow, the loss of head is
Field is given by N'= x2—y2, the
approximately proportional to
corresponding potential function (0,
assuming zero potential at the origin is (a) Velocity (b) (Velocity)112
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) (c) (Velocity)3/4 (d) (Velocity)2
(a) x —y (b) 2xy
(c) x2 y2 (d) x2+y2 149. The velocity field for a flow is given by v =
(5x + 6y+7z) i±(6x+5y+9z)j+(3x+2y+kz) k
144. If w = 3x2y—y3, the values of u and v are and density varies as p = poe-2t. In order that
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) the mass is conserved, the value of A, should
(a) 3y2 —3x2, 6xy (b) 3x2-3y2, 6xy be (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(c) (3x2 —3y2), —6xy (d) 6xy, 3x2 — 3y2 (a) —10 (b) 10 (c) —12 (d) —8
ACE Engineering Publicadons,

''' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Palma I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada l Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I KolkalajAhmedabad
gi.
to 4
t•
44 40 °Engineering Publications
..
150. If the velocity distribution over parallel 154. For a 2D irrotational flow, the velocity
planes is identical in a flow region, then the potential is defined as loge(x2+y2).
flow is treated as Which of the following is possible stream
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) function v, for this flow?
(a) Axi-Symmetric (b) One dimensional 1APPSC- AEE -7-2016)
1 y
(c) two dimensional (d) three dimensional — tan
(a) 2tan-1 (x (b) 2
151. The velocity in m/s at a point in a 2D flow (0 tan--1 ) 2 tan-1(1

x (b) y
is given as v =2yi+3xj. The equation of
stream line passing through the point is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 155.Which lines are useful indicators of the
(a) 3dx-2dy = 0 (b) 3dx+2dy = 0 instantaneous direction of fluid motion
(c) xy = 6 (d) 2x+3y = 0 throughout the flow field?
152. The existence of velocity potential in fluid — (a) Path lines (b) Streak lines
flow indicates that (c) Streamlines (d) Timelines
(a) the flow is rotational and satisfies the 156.In fluid mechanics, the continuity equation is
continuity equation a mathematical statement embodying the
(b) The flow must be irrotational principle of (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(c) The vorticity must not be zero (a) conservation of momentum
(d) The circulation around any closed curve (b) conservation of energy
must have a fmite value (c) conservation of momentum and energy
(d) conservation of mass
153. The x-component of velocity in a 2D
incompressible flow is given by u = 1.5x, At 157.A two-dimensional flow field has velocities
the point (x, y) = (1,0) the y-componennt of along the x and y directions given by u = x2t
velocity v= 0. The equation for the y- and v = —2xyt respectively, where t is time.
compoennt of the velocity The equation of streamlines is :
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) v = 0 (b) v = —1.5x
(c) v = —1.5y (a) xy = constant (b) constant
(d) v = 1.5y
(c) xy2 = constant (d) x2y = constant

I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I. Hyderabad I Han I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I ineknow I Patna l Bengaluru Cheunai I Viiayawada I Vizag 1Th-wad I Kukatpally
sl
4,Engineering Publications : 599: Fluid Kinematics

...
158.A steady, incompressible flow is given by (a) V2 4) =0; V2 0 (b)V2 4 0; V2 = 0
u = 2x2 + y2 and v = —4xy. What is the (c) V24) = 0; V2 w = 0 (d)V2 4) 0; V2 w 0
convective acceleration along x-direction at
point (1,2)? 162. If stream function yr = 2xy, the magnitude
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) of the velocity vector at (2, —2) is
(a) ax = 6 unit (b) ax = — 8 unit (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(c) ax = —24 unit (d) ax = 24 unit
(a) 4J (b) 4
(c) — 8 (d)
159.Flow of liquid flowing through a long pipe of
constant diameter at either increasing or
163. A velocity potential exist
decreasing rate is
(TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a) Whenever the real fluid flow exist
(a) unsteady non-uniform flow
(b) When the flow is real and rotational
(b) steady uniform flow
(c) When the flow satisfies the condition of
(c) unsteady uniform flow
irrotational motion
(d) steady non-uniform flow
(d) When the flow satisfies the equations of
continuity
160.Continuity equation for a one dimensional
flow through uniform cross sectional area is
164. In a converging steady flow, there is
(where p is the mass density of fluid; and u is
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
the velocity component in x direction: and t
(a) Only for convective acceleration
is time variable)
(b) No acceleration
(c) Convective and temporal acceleration
ap 3pu
(a) ap + aPu = o (b) + =0 (d) No temporal acceleration
ax ax ax ay
ap apu ap apu 0 165. If dr is a directed fluid element, the
(c) + =0 (d)
at ax at ax
equation,
dr X V = 0 refers to a
161.For irrotational and incompressible flow, the
velocity potential and steam function are
(a) Pathline (b) Timeline
given by, 4 and W respectively. Which one of
(c) Streakline (d) Streamline
the following sets is correct?
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vidayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
46.4
to
to
NA
u ACE : 600: Fluid Mechanics
%/ SEngineering Publications
04
166. If a dye is constantly injected into the flow 168. If the flow field is steady, the fluid particle
field at a single point, the curve formed by will undergo only a
the dye in the flow field is a (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (a) Convective acceleration
(a) Streamline (b) Timeline (b) Local acceleration
(c) Pathline (d) Strealcline (c) Total acceleration
167. Velocity field can be related to stream
function as au av
169. The equation, — + = 0 represents
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) ax
(a) u = °—
v= 21f
aY N (a) two-dimensional, compressible,
continuity equation
(b) u = — ;v = —Lv
ay ax (b) two-dimensional, incompressible,
continuity equation
(c) u ;=
ay 5x (c) two-dimensional, compressible,
;v= momentum equation

(d) u =
ay ax (d) two-dimensional, incompressible,
momentum equation
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TimPati I KukatPally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
It:
v.
4
ACE
Engineering Publications :601 : Fluid Kinematics
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) 4. Ans: (b)

Sol: In converging steady flow, on account of Sol: Steady flow: Rate of change of velocity is
steady flow, zero local (or) temporal zero conditions do not change w.r.t time
acceleration, then only convective Uniform flow: Velocity vector is same
acceleration exists. value at every point in the direction.
5. Ans (c)
2. Ans: (b)
Sol: To satisfy conservation of mass i.e flow to
Sol: Steady flow through convergent section:
be taken place, continuity equation must
Due to steady flow ---> local acceleration is
satisfy.
zero
au av
dV + — =0
=u ax ay
dt u = -2x, v = 2y
Convergent Nozzle -+ Non-uniform flow -2+2 = 0
(Curved also)
Convergent section 6. Ans (c)
Sol: Condition of irrotational flow; co = 0 and
velocity potential function must exist.
a2w a2 w =
ax 2 ay
0
Both normal and convective acceleration
exists 7. Ans (b)
Sol: Flow net can not be drawn to viscous fluids,
3. Ans: (d) unsteady flow and turbulent flow.
Sol: Steady and uniform flow through a constant 8. Ans (b)
(or) uniform diameter of pipe. Sol: Streak line: It is a locus of particles which
Steady flow:- Local acceleration is zero had earlier passed through a selective point
Uniform flow: Convective acceleration is or streak line traced by a single fluid particle
zero passing through a fixed point in a flow field.
Hence total (or) resultant acceleration is Ex: A coloured dye injected at a point in
zero. water flow.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata l Ahmedabad
0.4
t
o 4
4
09. Ans: (b) 20. Ans: (c)

Sol: Flow at constant rate is called steady flow Sol: yi = 2xy
and flow through tapered pipe is non-
u= = 2x= 2x 2 = 4m/s
uniform. ay
v = - = —2y = —2 x 2 = —4 m / sec
V = VU2 + V2 = /(4)2 + (4)2

10. Ans: (b)
Sol: One-dimensional flow is type of flow in = 32 = 5.66m/sec
which the changes in transverse directions
are neglected. 21. Ans: (a)
Sol: Steam line: It is a tangent at given point
11. Ans: (d) which indicates direction of flow.
Sol: Uniform flow: Velocity of flow does not
change from point to point in space co- 22. Ans: (b)
ordinates. Sol: Steady flow: Conditions of flow remains
constant w.r.t time.
12. Ans: (c) 13. Ans: (d) 14. Ans: (c)
23. Ans: (a) 24. Ans: (a) 25. Ans: (a)
15. Ans: (b) 16. Ans: (c)
26. Ans: (a)
17. Ans: (d) Sol: w = 2xy
Sol: In steady flow, path lines, stream lines and U = 2x
streak lines are identical and similar. V = —2y
Velocity at (2, 2) = VU2 + V2
18. Ans: (d)
Sol: Stream function existence for rotational, = V(2x)2 + (-2y)2
irrotational, and satisfies continuity
= x 2)2 + (-2 x 2)2
equation.
=
19. Ans: (b)
Sol: Velocity potential function must satisfy 27. Ans: (c) 28. Ans: (a)
Laplace equation and is valid for
irrotational flow only. 29. Ans: (d)
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delln I Bhopal thine I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vidayawada I Vizag I TrruPali KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,„.
t, ACE Fluid Kinematics.
0,, :Engineering Publications : 603:
30. Ans: (d) 35. Ans: (b)

Sol: Non-uniform and steady flow: Sol: Continuity equation for fluid
Ex: Pipe having tapering and constant rate = piQi
of flow. = P2Q2 = PQ
For incompressible pi = p2
31. Ans: (d) Q = AI Vi = A2V2
1
Sol: V oc — (in flow net)
r 36. Ans: (c)
V1r1 = V2 r2 Sol: Rate of change of velocity due to change in
1 x 10 =V2 x 5 position of fluid particles is called
V2 = 2 m/s convective acceleration.
dV
aconv = V.
dx
32. Ans: (c)
Sol: Equation of continuity of flow is based on 37. Ans: (b) 38. Ans: (b)
the principle of the conservation of mass.
39. Ans: (d)
Sol: u = 4x2 t
33. Ans: (c)
v = —5y2
Sol: Lagrangion method:- It is one of the method
w = 6z t
to study motion of fluid motion. A single
du d
fluid particle motion is described observer a — —(4x2 t)= 4x 2
dt dt
also with particle.
dv d 2 \
In Eularian method approach, motion of a Y local — = — 5y )= 0
dt dt
fluid particles at various sections described
dw d •
and observer is at fixed point. a zi„ = = —(6zt)= 6z
dt dt
Resultant local acceleration,
34. Ans: (d)
a =Aja x +a 2y +a 2z
Sol: Continuity equation for compressible fluid
flow (pi # P2) a = Al(4x2 )2 + (0)2 + (6z)2
piAiVi = p2A2V2
a = A1(16)2 + (12)2
For incompressible flow (P1 = p2)
Aivi - A2V2 a = V256+144 =,/400 = 20m/ s2
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4e '4 ACE
410 : 604: Fluid Mechanics
:Eugineering Publicatians
-
40. Ans: (a) 44. Ans.:: (a) .

Sol: Velocity potential function (k) should Sol: Shear strain rate in x-y
satisfy Laplace equation. Plane = Average of velocity gradients
32,1, a2A, a2 A, = 1 [av aul
ax 2 + ay 2 + az 2 = 0 2 ax ay
45. Ans: (c)

41. Ans: (b)
Sol: For 3-D flow, incompressible fluid and
Sol: For flow to be taken place, continuity
steady flow.
equation must satisfy for 2-D flow,
au + av +aw =0
aut av
+ — =0 ax ay az
ax ay
42. Ans: (c) 46. Ans: (d)
Sol: w= ax2y — 2y3 Sol: Stream function (y) partial differentiation
Stream function must satisfy Laplace w.r.t one reference axis provides normal axis
equation (or) plane velocity.
a2m a2m Hence
ax 2+ ay 2 = 0
alf = —u (or) =u
y ay
= 2axy = axe — 6y2
ax ay = v (or) = —v
a2m ax
ax
ax 2 — 2aY ay2 =-12y
47. Ans: (c)
Substitute in laplace equation Sol: At constant rate means steady flow and flow
2ay-12y = 0 through expanding tube is non-uniform.
a=6
48. Ans: (c)
43. Ans: (c)
Sol: Flow net cannot be drawn if flow is
Sol: u = 6x3
irrotational, turbulent nature.
v = —8x2y
Vorticity (f2) = 20) 49. Ans: (b)
1 L av aul Sol: Uniform flow is a type of flow in which the
=2x
2 ax ay velocity vector is identical in magnitude and
,[-16xy- 0] = —16xy direction at every point in space.
ACE ,Engine e ring Puhlicatioits f44>Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal 'Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I VijayawadaIVizag ITirupan KukatpallyI Kolkata Ahmedabad
to ACE
u„, : 605: Fluid Kinematics
t.:Engineerng Publications
50. Ans: (b) 65. Ans: (b)
Sol: Stream line is an imaginary, tangential and Sol: Steady means constant rate flow Non-
parallel to the surfaces. uniform flow means flow through expanding
They can be parallel (or) concentric circles. tube.
66. Ans: (c)

51. Ans: (d) 52. Ans: (c) 53. Ans: (a)
Sol: Local acceleration of any fluid particle
au
54. Ans: (c) 55. Ans: (c) 56. Ans (b) aLocal =
For steady flow, velocity is constant.

57. Ans (c) 58. Ans: (c) 59. Ans: (b)
Therefore aLocal = 0
60. Ans: (b) 61. Ans: (c)

67. Ans: (a) 68. Ans: (c)
62. Ans: (c)

Sol: For irrotaitonal flow, velocity potential 69. Ans: (d)
Sol: If stream lines are curved, normal
function (w) must satisfy i.e. Laplace
equation. V2
acceleration exists, a N =
Cauchy-Riemann equations provides

(D)
relation between stream function and
V2
velocity potential function. AaN =
axv a(1)
u= =
ay ax
aw — acp
v — 70. Ans: (d)
ax ay
Sol: Flow in a river during the period of heavy
Bernoulli's refers to energy equation.
rain fall is classified as 3-D, un-steady and
Reynolds refers to viscous flow which is
non-uniform flow.
rotational flow.
71. Ans: (b)
63. Ans: (c)
72. Ans: (d)
64. Ans: (c)
Sol: If steady flow (local acceleration = 0), over
Sol: Steady flow occurs when conditions of flow
curved stream lines only normal convective
do not change with time.
acceleration is observed.
I ACT: Engineering Publications, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalttru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kollcata Ahmedabad
G."?
I/
J
NI ACE : 606: Fluid Mechanics
&:Engineering Publications
44
73. Ans: (d) 81. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: Local acceleration in the x-direction for flow
U = 2(1 +t)
dU
=2
dt
82. Ans: (c) 83. Ans: (a) 84. Ans: (b)
85. Ans: (a) 86. Ans: (b) 87. Ans: (d)

Velocity V has two components
Vo = V cos a 88. Ans: (a) 89. Ans: (d) 90. Ans: (c)
VN = V sin a
91. Ans: (a) 92. Ans: (d)
74. Ans: (c)

93. Ans: (c)
Sol: Steady flow means constant discharge and
Sol: (I) = x2 —y2
non-uniform flow means flow through a
Magnitude of velocity of point P(1, 1) = ?
tapered pipe.
- = U = —2x
ax
75. Ans: (d)
a4)
Sol: Stream line represents the path of tangent to —— =V = 2y
ay
the velocity vector.
Velocity = 1/U2 + V 2
76. Ans: (b) = Al(-2x) 2 + (2y)2
Sol: Continuity equation for a fluid flow
= x 1) 2 + (2 x 1)2 = 2-12-
= pQ = pAV = p,A,V, = p2A2V2
94. Ans: (a)

77. Ans: (d)
Sol: Continuity equation relates to the mass flow
rate along the stream lines. i.e conservation
78. Ans: (b)
of mass.
Sol: In a uniform flow, the velocity is constant at
every point in the flow field. 95. Ans: (b)
Sol: Equation of continuity of flow is based on
79. Ans: (c) 80. Ans: (b) the principle of conservation of mass.
A.C1.1 Engineering Pliblications 1/4ve' HyderabadIDelhOhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengaluruiChennailVijayawadalVizaginruPatilKukalPallyIKolkatalAhmecLabad

I/ NI ACE : 607: Fluid Kinematics
,"Engineering Publications
96. Ans: (b) 99. Ans: (b)
Sol: A fluid flow is to be taken place for which Sol: A fluid flow is to be irrotational for which
continuity equation must be satisfied. i.e wz = 0
au av [aV
+—= lif z = — — — =u
& ay 2 ax ay
U= —X av au =
v=y & ay
au — —1
ax 100.Ans: (c)
av
= Sol: Continuity equation is based on
ay conservation of mass.
—1+1= 0
101.Ans: (c)
97. Ans: (c) Sol: Fire hose nozzle is made of convergent
Sol: In steady flow, path lines, stream lines & shape.
stream lines are identical & similar.
102.Ans: (d)
98. Ans: (c) Sol: Flow in which the flow conditions do not
Sol: u = a, v = a change w.r.t time is called steady flow.
(x,y)--- (2,6)
Equation of stream line 103.Ans: (c)
-dx=dy Sol: Continuity equation for incompressible flow
u v AiVi = A2V2.
dx,
— dy
a a 104.Ans: (d)
dx = dy Sol: In 1-D flow, the flow considered in one
Integrating both sides direction only and neglecting other normal
x=y+c directions.
2=6+c
c = —4 105.Ans: (d)
x = y -4 Sol: 1. For incompressible fluid flow, the mass
y=x + 4 density does not change.
I ACE Engineering Publications ii

)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Cheimai I Vijayawada I Vmag I Tirupari I Kukarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
40,
ACE : 608:
rt,.1 ,z.,s,Engineexing Publications Fluid Mechanics
2. Irregular flow patterns are characteristics 112. Ans: (a)

of the turbulent flow. Sol: Impingement of a jet on a flat plate is
3. Flow conditions and variable dies called idealized, if given stream function (w)
steady flow. a2
satisfies Laplace equation ax 2 + ay 2 = 0 .
106. Ans: (a)
Sol: A flow through constant diameter long pipe 113. Ans: (b)
at constant rate is steady and uniform flow. Sol: Shear strain rate in Z-direction
Wz = Average of velocity gradients in x-y
107. Ans: (d)
plane
Sol: Characteristic of stream lines
1 [ay + au
1.Stream lines are imaginary lines Niz= 2 axl
ay
2. Stream lines are tangent lines at given
point. 114. Ans: (c)
3. No flow across stream line
4. Normal velocity to stream line zero 115. Ans: (c)
5. Stream line is a flow line Sol: Flow net enables to estimate velocity
6. No two stream lines intersect each other. variations at venerable zone by the matrix
7. Spacing between two streams inversely form stream lines and velocity potential
proportional to velocity. equidistance lines.
8. Stream lines are tracing of motion of
group of fluid particles. 116. Ans: (b)
Sol: Superimposed droplet velocity vector can be
108. Ans: (a) 109. Ans: (a)
= + xfj the stream line equation.
dx dy
110. Ans: (a)
y —x
Sol: In 1-D flow, changes in transverse direction
x. dx = —y dy
ignored that can be velocity.
Integrating on both sides
111. Ans: (b) X 2 — y2

+c
2 2
Sol: Flow on curved stream lines (or) paths is a
x2+y2 = 2c
2-D flow.
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kollmta Ahmedabad
_4
4, 4 ACE
: 609: Fluid Kinematics
44,,,`,1Erigineering Publications
117. Ans: (a) dw
3 — 2y — 4y + — =0
Sol: The necessary condition for the flow to be dz
uniform is that the velocity is remains dw = f (6y — 3)dz
constant w.r.t space co-ordinate over the w=-3z+6zy
entire flow field.
Option (b) —> steady flow condition 128. Ans: (a) 129.Ans: (a) 130.Ans: (b)
Option (c) —> Un steady flow condition
131. Ans: (a) 132.Ans: (b) 133.Ans: (a)
Option (d) —> Non-uniform flow condition
134. Ans: (d) 135.Ans: (c)
118. Ans: (d) 119. Ans: (c) 120. Ans: (c)
136. Ans: (d)
Sol: u = 6xy — 2x2
121.Ans: (b)
y = component of the flow
Sol: Type of flow in bend is unsteady and non-
du dv
uniform flow.
dx dy
122. Ans: (d) 123. Ans: (a) 124. Ans: (d) dv

6y — 4x + — = 0
dy
125. Ans: (c) dv = f (4x — 6y)dy

v = 4xy — 3y2
126. Ans: (b)
Sol: u = 3x + 4y 137. Ans: (b) 138.Ans: (c) 139.Ans: (b)
v = 2x — 3y
Vorticity, S2 = 2w, 140. Ans: (d) 141.Ans: (b)
1 (ay ait 142. Ans: (b)
=2x —
2 pax ay )
Sol: u = 2x
= 2 — 4 = —2 units v = —2y
Discharge between the point (1,1) & (2,2) is
127. Ans: (d)
aNj =v
Sol: u = 3x — 2xy ax
v = 1 — 2y2 aw = — VaX
f
Velocity in z-direction = ?
NI = 2xy
du dv dw =0
+ +
dx dy dz IW2 —W11=12-81= 6 units
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru I Chennai I Vtjayawada I Vizag I Tirupali I Kukatpally I Kolkataj Ahmedabad
4o
4,, _ :Engineering Publications
143. Ans: (b) ap a(pv) a(pv) a(pw) 0
Sol: w = x2 — y2 at ax ay az
= V = —2x (p e 2t ) + kpoe-2` )(5x + 6y + 7z)] +

ax at ° a ay
kpoe-2`)(6x + 5y + 9z)]+ [po e-2( )(3x + 2y + A,z)]=
= u = —2y az
ay 2poe-2` + poe-2` (5 +5 +2) = 0
= —u = 2y X = —8
ax
a(I) = —V = 2x 150. Ans: (c)

ay
f a4 = f 2xay 151. Ans: No Answer
= 2xy Sol: V = 2y + 3xT
U = 2y; V = 3x
144. Ans: (c) dx dy
Equation of stream line U = V
Sol: w = 3x2 — y3
dx dy
U= = 3x2 —3y2
ay 2y 3x
3xdx — 2ydy = 0
V= — = —6xy
ax
152. Ans: (c)
145. Ans: (d) 146.Ans: (b) 147.Ans: (c) 153. Ans: (c)
Sol: From continuity equation
148.Ans: (d) du dv
— +— = 0
fLV2 dx dy
Sol: h, =
2gd d dv
- k1.5x)+—= 0
hf oc V2 dx dy
dV
149. Ans: (d) 1.5 + =0
dy
Sol: V = (5x+6y+7z) i+(6x+ 5y + 9z) j+(3x +
dv = —1.5 dy
2y+Xz)k Integrating on both sides
p = poe-2t
fdv= 1-1.5 dy
X=? V = —1.5 y
ACE Engineering Puhlications)>HyderabadIDelhilBhopal IPune I Bhubaneswar' LucknowI PatnaIBengaluru I Chennai MayawadaI VizagI TirupatiIKukatpallyI Kolkata tAhmedabact
ACE Fluid Kinematics
4 4,
154. Ans: (a) 155. Ans: (c) 156.Ans: (d) 162.Ans: (a)
Sol:
157.Ans: (d) — aw=——a(2xy) = —2x = 2(-2) = —4 units
u =
Sol: Stream function aY ay
— = a- (2xy) = 2y = 2(-2) = —4 units
dy v
v = aw
dx u ax
Integrating on both sides

(-4)2 + (-4)2 = 4J units
M V112 + V2 '=
Sudy = 5vdx
x2 t dy — 5 -- 2xy t dx = constant
163.Ans: (c)
x2,
2
x (y)t + 2y — t= constant Sol: The condition of irrotationality implies
2
existence of velocity potential and vise versa.
2x2y t= constant
2
x yt = constant 164. Ans: (a)
Sol: In a converging passage, velocity of flow
158.Ans: (b) varies section to section
Sol: Given u = 2x2 + y2

v = — 4xy 1
a cr uauvau 2
____
ax ay
a a
= (2x2 + y2 ) --(2x2 + y2 ) + (-4xy)— (2x2 + y2 ) v, ► /.2
ay
= (2x2 + y2 )(4x) — 4xy(2y)
2
= 8x3 + 4xy2 — 8xy2 1
= 8x3 — 4xy2
at (1, 2) i.e. flow is non-uniform flow. Hence,
aX _ 8(1)3 — 4(1)2 2 convective acceleration exit.
= 8 — 16 For steady flow i.e. shape in velocity w.r.t
= — 8 units time does not vary. Hence, local (or)
temporal acceleration is zero. Hence,
159.Ans: (c) 160. Ans: (c) 161.Ans: (c) converging steady flow possess zero local
acceleration with convective acceleration.
ACE Engineering Publications > Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata j Ahmedabad
Vyt
• 4
4 4
165. Ans: (d) Note: Some authors define it as
Sol: As per definition of streamline velocity is
u= ;v = —akv
tangential to it. Hence V and di• are parallel ay ax
to each other. If two vectors are parallel then Both the definitions are correct as velocity
their cross product is zero. components defined in above manner satisfy
two dimensional continuity equation for
incompressible flow.
For example
au + av a (—awl a ray`
+ =0
ax ax a y ax1
166. Ans: (d) 168. Ans: (a)

Sol: Dye injected in flow represents streakline. Sol: Total acceleration is sum of local and
As per definition of streakline, it is line convective acceleration. If flow is steady
obtained by joining positions of all particles then local acceleration is zero. Hence only
which have passed sequentially through a convective acceleration can be present.
fixed point in the flow.
169. Ans: (b)
167. Ans: (1 & 3) Sol:
Sol: Stream function is defined as au av
— + — = 0 represent 2D continuity
ax ay
u= ,v=
ay ax equation for incompressible flow.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclumw I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Viiayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
Chapter 5 Energy Equation & Its
Applications
01. Bernoulli's equation is valid for 04. The work that a liquid is capable of doing by
(a) irrotational flow virtue of its sustained pressure, in
(b) incompressible, frictionless, steady kgf-m/kgf, is equal to (AEE-1984)
irrotational flow (a) p (b) z (c) v2/2g (d) ply
incompressible, rotational, steady
frictionless flow 05. Bernoulli's theorem states that for steady
steady flow ideal fluid flow (AEE-1984)
(a) the velocity is constant along a
02. A free vortex streamline
(AEE-1984) (b) the velocity increases as the pressure
(a) turns in opposite direction to a forced increases
vortex (c) the energy is constant along a streamline
(b) has the velocity increasing with the (d) none of the above
radius 06. A simple pitot tube measures the
(c) occurs when fluid rotates as a solid (AEE-1984)
(d) none of the above (a) static pressure
(b) velocity at the stagnation point
03. The assumptions about flow required in (c) stagnation pressure head
deriving the Bernoulli's equation are, that it (d) none of these
is
07. For a given discharge through a
(AEE-1984)
venturimeter, the reading of the differential
(a) steady, frictionless, incompressible
manometer attached to it (AEE-1984)
along a streamline.
(a) will be the same regardless of the
(b) uniform, frictionless, along a streamline
inclination of the meter
density function of pressure
(b) increase with increased inclination
(c) steady, uniform, incompressible along a
(c) will be minimum when the meter is
streamline
horizontal
(d) none of these
(d) none of these
ACE Engineering Publications sj Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada l Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 614: fluid Mechanics
JJ 1,%Engineering Pubhcations
4.
08. In a free Cylindrical vortex of water, the 12. The Divergent cone in a venturimeter is kept
tangential velocity at a radius of 12 cm from (AEE 1987)
axis of rotation is 7.2 m/sec and intensity of (a) Equal in length to the Convergent cone
pressure is 2.5 kg/sq.cm. The velocity at a (b) Longer than convergent cone
radius of 24 cm form the axis (in m/sec.) is (c) Shorter than Convergent cone
(AEE 1987) (d) None of the above
(a) 2.4 (b) 3.2 (c) 3.6 (d) 4.8
13. Euler's equation of motion of liquids assumes
09. A pitot tube is used to measure that (AEE 1987)
(AEE 1987) (a) Fluid is viscous
(a) Discharge in a flowing stream (b) Fluid is homogenous and in-compressible
(b) Pressure in a static fluid (c) Flow of liquid is unsteady
(c) Velocity in flowing stream (d) Velocity of flow is non-uniform
(d) Dynamic pressure
14. In forced vortex flow, velocity V and radial
10. The discharge through a venturimeter with distance r are related as (AEE-1992)
inlet and throat sectional areas A and B is 1
(a) V oc r (b) V oc
given by the formula (AEE 1987)
(a) KAB 1/2gh (c) V oc z (d) V cc r2

(A2 —B2 )
W
(b)KAB 2 2 15. Orificemeter is used for measuring
—B )
(AEE-1992)
gh (a) Pressure (b) Velocity
(c) KAB
(A — B)2 (c) Volume (d) Volume rate of flow
(d) KAB \F2gh 16. A venturimeter laid 45° to horizontal is

-‘1A. 2 - B2 connected to a differential mercury
11. Bernoulli's equation assumes that manometer. The deflection shown is 'h' cm,
(AEE 1987) if the venturimeter is made horizontal, the
(a) Fluid is non-viscous deflection in the manometer will be
(b) Fluid is homogenous (AEE-1992)
(c) Flow is steady and along streamline
(a) (b) (c) h (d)
(d) All of the above 212- -s/ 2
ACE Engineering Publications ,HyderabacIlDelhilBhopallPune lBhubaneswarlLucknowlPatnalBengalurulChermailVijayawadalVizagITirupaiilKukatpallylKolkatal Ahmedabad
*
o f -4
4 ACE Energy Equation & its Applications
vs.,
4
: Engineering Publications : 615:
17. The coefficient of discharge of a flow nozzle 22. If the venturimeter is discharging into the
meter is (AEE-1992) atmosphere, the pressure at the throat will
(a) Greater than a venturimeter be atmospheric pressure.
(b) Lower than a orificemeter (AE-1993)
(c) Greater than both the venturimeter and (a) Less than (b) More than
orificemeter (c) Equal to (d) None
(d) Lower than a venturimeter but greater
than orfice meter 23. The total head in a flow is the sum of
(AE-1993)
18. Pitot tube can be used to measure velocity
(a) Piezometric head and datum head
(AEE-1992)
(b) Piezometric head and pressure head
(a) Only in pipe flow
(c) Piezometric head and velocity head
(b) Only in open channel flow
(d) Piezometric head, velocity head and
(c) Only in compressible flow
datum head
(d) In all the three types stated above
19. The pressure at a point in a water is 196.2 24. For laminar flow through pipes, the kinetic
kN/m2. The velocity at that point is 0.5m and energy correction factor is
the point is 5m above the datum. The total (AE-1993)
head at the point is (AE-1993) (a) less than 1 (b) 1.03
(a) 25.0 m (b) 25.5 m (c) 1.33 (d) 2.0
(c) 15.0 m (d) 5.52 m
25. In the Lagrangion method of describing
20. Bernoulli's equation is based on the principle fluid motion
of conservation of (AE-1993) (AEE-1996)
(a) Momentum (b) Mass (a) the motion of fluid particles at a section
(c) Velocity (d) Energy is described
(b) the motion of fluid particles at various
21. The head loss in the venturimeter between sections is described
inlet and throat is given by the formula (c) the motion of a single fluid particle is
(AE-1993) described
(a) hf = (1—Cd)H (b) hf = (1—K )H (d) the average velocities at various sections
(c) hf = (1— C'd )H (d) hf = (1—Cd)1/3H are described
I ACE Engineering Publicationse.

'\ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
4".1
g ACE : 616:
0. :Engineering Publications Fluid Mechanics
26. In a real —fluid flow through a pipe, the (a) the velocity head below the energy grade
hydraulic grade line (AEE-1996) line
(a) always slopes in the direction of flow (b) always above the energy grade line
(b) is always above the centre line of the pipe (c) always sloping downward in the
(c) is always below the datum line direction of flow
(d) is always below the total energy line (d) none of these
27. While applying the Bernoulli's equation 31. Bernoulli's theorem deals with the principal
P + Z + v2
[— of conservation of
— = total head, the work
w 2g 1any section (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) energy (b) momentum
done on the flow system, if any
(c) mass (d) force
(AEE-1996)
(a) is added on the right side of the equation
32. A stagnation point means (AEE-1996)
(b) is added on the left side of the equation
(a) a point where the pressure is zero
(c) is ignored
(b) a point where the velocity is zero
(d) none of these
(c) a point where the total energy head is
zero
28. Flow of water in pipes of diameters more than
(d) coincides with the total energy line
3 metres, can be measured by
(AEE-1996)
33. Which of the following is used for
(a) pitot tube (b) venturimeter
measurement of discharge?
(c) orifice plate (d) rotameter
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) Pitot tube (b) Venturimeter
29. Current meter is used to find
(c) Current meter (d) None of these
(AEE-1996)
(a) velocity of flow
34. In a venturimeter, the divergent cone is
(b) discharge of flow
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(c) current flow capacity
(a) shorter than the convergent cone
(d) energy of the flow
(b) equal in length to the convergent cone
(c) longer than the convergent cone
30. The hydraulic grade line is
(d) often shorter than the convergent cone
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
,‘('I. I 11,01 r nig /4>Hyderabact I Delhi !Bhopal 'Mute 1BhubaneswarILucluiowl Patna I Liengalurul Chennai I VijayawadaI VizagI Tkupati IKukatpallyI Kolkata I Atunedabad
1e
ACE : 617: Energy Equation & its Applications
4,
35. The equation of continuity of flow is based 41. The commonly used device for measuring
on the principle of the conservation of the discharge through a channel section is
(AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2009) (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) force (b) work (a) Venturimeter (b) Venturi-flume
(c) mass (d) momentum (c) Pitot tube (d) Current meter
36. When the whole fluid mass rotates either due

42. Pitot tube is a device used in the flowing
to gravity or rotation imparted previously,
fluid for measuring
the flow is known as
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004)
(a) discharge
(a) free votex
(b) pressure
(b) forced vortex
(c) velocity
(c) rotational vortex
(d) kinetic and potential energy
(d) none-potential vortex
37. The value of kinetic energy corrective factor 43. Assertion (A): Hydraulic gradient line
for laminar flow through a circular pipe is always fall in the direction of flow.
(AEE-2004) Reason (R): No external energy is imposed.

(a) 0.50 (b) 1.25 (c) 1.50 (d) 2.00 (AEE-2006)
(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the
38. The point at which the velocity of particles correct explanation of A
is zero is known as (AEE-2004) (b) Both A and R are true but R is not
(a) critical point (b) neutral point correct explanation of A
(c) sub-critical point (d) stagnation point (c) A is true but R is false
(d) A is false but R is true
39. Energy equation is applicable generally to
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) 44. In fluid mechanics the governing equations of
(a) steady flow (b) laminar flow continuity, momentum and energy are based
(c) turbulent flow (d) uniform flow on the principle of
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
40. If a venturimeter is inclined from horizontal (a) Conservation of mass
position its reading (AEE-2004) (b) Newton's law of motion
(a) increases (b) decreases (c) First law of thermodynamics
(c) remains the same (d) changes (d) (a) to (c) respectively
\ I. mln un; I'uhli .1no.,,
1/4>Hydezabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' Luckanw I Patna I Bengalttru I Chennat I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupatl I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
Veering Publicai ions : 618: Fluid Mechanics
u.t -
45. Euler's equation is derived based on 49. In the case of forced vortex, the shape of the
(AEE CE/ME-2006) free surface of the liquid will be a
(a) conservation of momentum principle for (APPSC 2006 LR)
steady flow of frictionless fluid (a) spheroid (b) ellipsoid
(b) conservation of energy principle (c) paraboloid (d) hyperboloid
(c) conservation of mass
(d) None of the above 50. In a channel water is flowing with a velocity
of 3m/s. When a pitot tube is inserted a rise of
46. Bernoulli's equation is applicable under the 0.475m above free surface was observed.
flow restrictions of What is the coefficient of velocity?
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) frictionless (b) steady flow (a) 0.95 (b) 0.965
(c) incompressible (d) All of the above (c) 0.977 (d) 0.983
47. Integration of Euler's equation (differential 51. A small orifice is fitted to a steel water tank
form) for the fluid motion on a stream line when the height of water above the 1.3
yields the metres, what is the theoretical velocity flow
(AEE CE/ME-2006) through the orifice?
(a) Navier - Stokes equation (AEE-2006)
(b) Energy with viscous energy dissipation (a) 2.6 m/s (b) 3.9 m/s
(c) Bernoulli's equation (without work and (c) 5 m/s (d) 4.2 m/s
heat transfer)
(d) Continuity equation 52. The kinetic energy correction factor a is
defined as a =
48. The Bernoulli's equation finds application
(AEE-1996, APPSC 2006)
with
1 1
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (a) V3dA (b) — f v 3 dA
A3V3 A
(a) flow in pipes or pipe circuits
1 3
(b) flow in pipes including various fittings (c) f VdA (d) AV v dA
AV ' 1 3
(c) flow along various stream lines within
Where V = average velocity in the cross
the conduit
section
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4 ACE Energy Equation & its Applications
:Engmeermg Pons : 619:
53. In case of forced vortex 57. In view of the fact that venturimeters are
(AEE CE/ME-2006) expensive and too long for practical
(a) fluid rotates as a composite solid applications, the other device that is used
(b) the motion of fluid varies at random instead, which works on the same concept of
(c) velocity decreases with radius measurement is (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(d) velocity increases with radius (a) flow nozzle or an orifice meter
(b) pitot tube
54. In case of free vortex, flow is (c) vane anemometer
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (d) diffuser
(a) irrotational but circulatory
(b) not caused by gravity 58. The pitot static probe (combined probe) is
(c) motion caused by external power used to measure
(d) None of the above (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) detailed velocity distribution in a steady
55. Flow measuring devices used (directly or incompressible flow field
indirectly) to measure the velocity, pressure, (b) discharge in an open channel flow
flow rate etc. with an assumption that flow is (c) temperature of gas flowing
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (d) heat flux
(a) inviscid one-dimensional
(b) an ideal 59. In the Bernoulli equation written as
(c) viscous 2 dimensional p v2
— — Z = Constant. Each of the terms
(d) inviscid compressible w 2g
represents (AEE-1996, APPSC 2006)
56. The venturimeter is used to measure mainly (a) energy per unit weight
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (b) energy per unit mass
(a) flow rate/discharge through circular pipes (c) energy per unit volume
(b) pressure at throat (d) energy per unit length of flow
(c) pressure drop in the pipe line
(d) velocity 60. A stagnation point means (APPSC 2006)
(a) a point where the pressure is zero
(b) a point where the velocity is zero
(c) a point where the total energy head is zero
(d) coincides with the total energy line
'' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vitjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
yii
4
:FAIgineering Publications
61. While applying the Bernoulli's equation (a) Pitot tube (b) venturimeter
v2 (c) orifice plate (d) rota meter
—
P+Z+ any section = total Head, the
2g
66. Hydraulic grade line is the
work done on the flow system, if any
(AE CE/ME-2007)
(APPSC 2006)
(a) sum of velocity head and total head line
(a) is added on the right side of the equation
(b) difference between total head line and
(b) is added on the left side of the equation
piezometric head
(c) is ignored
(c) difference between total head line and
(d) none of these
velocity head
(d) piezometric head and velocity head
62. For a free vortex flow the equation is given by
(APPSC 2006) 67. Hydraulic grade line for flow in a pipe of
v constant diameter
(a) — = Constant (b) vr = Constant
r (AE CE/ME-2007)
(c) = Constant (d)vr-2 = Constant (a) slopes upwards in the direction of flow
r (b) slopes downward in the direction of flow
(c) coincides with the axis of pipe
63. An independent mass of a fluid does not (d) lies below the pipe axis
posses (APPSC 2006)
(a) elevation energy (b) kinetic energy 68. The energy possessed by virture of its vertical
(c) pressure energy (d) none of these height above some horizontal datum plane is
called
64. The pitot-static tube measures
(AE CE/ME-2007)
(AEE- 1996, 2006)
(a) kinetic energy (b) electrical energy
(a)static pressure
(c) potential energy (d) mechanical energy
(b)total head
(c) the dynamic pressure
69. The study of behaviour of fluids when
(d)the difference in static and dynamic
subjected to certain forces is called
pressure heads
(AE CE/ME-2007)
65. Flow of water in pipes of diameter more than (a) Solid mechanics (b) Solid dynamics
3 meters, can be measured by (c) Fluid mechanics (d) Fluid forces
(AEE-2004, APPSC 2006)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Virag I TiruPati I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0%4
44 ACE : 621: Energy Equation & its Applications
4a4 :Engineering Publications
4 4.
70. If a line is drawn parallel to hydraulic 76. A static tube measures (AE CE/ME-2007)
gradient line at a distance of v2/2g. we get (a) fluid pressure (b) velocity of flow
(AE CE/ME-2007) (c) total head (d) velocity head
(a) total energy line
(b) velocity head 77. In a 3-metre diameter pipe, water flow can
(c) potential energy time be measured by (AEE-2007)
(d) kinetic energy line (a) orifice plate (b) venturimeter

(c) nozzle meter (d) pitot tube
71. When a fluid flows in concentric circles, it is
78. When venturimeter is inclined then for a
known as (APPSC 2007)
given flow it will show
(a) free circular motion
(AEE-1987,APPSC 2007, APPSC-2011)
(b) free rotational motion
(a) less reading (b) same reading
(c) free spiral vortex flow
(c) more reading (d) inaccurate reading
(d) free cylindrical vortex flow
72. Rotameter is used to measure (AEE- 2007) 79. If V is the tangential velocity and r is the
(a) rotation (b) pressure radius. (APPSC 2008 LR)
(c) velocity (d) flow rate (a) V r is constant for free vortex
(b) V/r is constant for forced vortex
73. Pitot-tube is used for measurement of (c) V r is constant for forced vortex
(AE CE/ME-2007) (d) V r2 is constant for forced vortex
(a) flow (b) velocity at a point
80. A flow in which each liquid particle has a
(c) discharge (d) pressure at a point
definite path, and the paths of individual
74. Pitot static tube is used to measure particle do not cross each other is called:
(AEE-2007) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) rotation (b) pressure (a) steady flow (b) uniform flow
(c) flow (d) velocity (c) streamline flow (d) turbulent flow
81. Piezometric line is also known as

75. The ratio of throat diameter to inlet diameter
(Managers-2008)
in a venturimeter should be between (a) Total energy line
(AE CE/ME-2007) (b) Critical velocity line
(a) 1/3 to 1/2 (b) 1/4 to 1/6
(c) Head loss line
(c) 1/5 to 1/8 (d) 1/6 to 1/10
(d) Hydraulic gradient line
ACE Enuinecring Publicalit ms Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Pune I BhubaneswarILucknowI Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai IVijayawadaI VizagI Tirupati IKukatpallyI Kolkata IAhmedabad
V ACE : 622: Fluid Mechanics
sEngineering Publkations
82. For a perfect incompressible liquid, flowing (d) A Pitot tube is used to measure the
in a continuous stream, the total energy of a velocity of flow at the required point in a
particle remains the same while the particle pipe.
moves from one point to another. This
statement is called: (AEE CE/ME-2008) 85. The forces considered in the derivation of
(a) Continuity equation Euler's equation of motion are
(b) Bernoullli's equation (APPSC 2008)
(c) Pascal's law (a) pressure, inertia and gravity
(b) pressure, shear and gravity
(d) Archimedes principle
(c) pressure, gravity and compressibility
83. Euler's equation in differential form for the
motion of liquids is given by:
86. A 15 cm diameter pipe carries a flow of
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
70L/s of an oil (Specific gravity = 0.75) At a
dp
(a) — + g.dz + v.dv = 0 section 12 cm above the datum the pressure
p
is vacuum of 2 cm mercury. If the kinetic
dp energy correction factor cc for this section is
(b) — — g.dz + vdv = 0
p 1.1, the total head at the section in meters of
(c) p. dp + g.dz + v.dv = 0 oil is :
(d) p. dp — g.dz + v.dv = 0 (AEE CE/ME-2005, APPSC 2008)
(a) 0.648 (b) 0.728
84. Which of the following statements is wrong? (c) 0.557 (d) 0.636
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) A flow whose streamline is represented 87. Venturimeter is used to:
by a curve, is called two dimensional (AEE CE/ME-2008)
flow (a) Measure the velocity of a flowing liquid
(b) The total energy of a liquid particle is (b) Measure the pressure of a flowing liquid
the sum of potential energy, kinetic (c) Measure the discharge of liquid flowing
energy and pressure energy in a pipe
(c) The length of divergent portion in a (d) Measure the pressure difference of
venturimeter is equal to the convergent liquid flowing between two points in a
portion pipe line
ACE Engineering Publications ‘

e,' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I PaMa Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupad I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
88. A venturimeter has a coefficient of discharge (a) 0.95 —0.99 (b) 0.85-0.95
of 0.95. For a differential head of 2.8m (c) 0.75-0.85 (d) 0.65-0.75
across the inlet and the throat, the loss of head
between the inlet and throat is (APPSC 2008) 94. In fluid flows, a Rota meter measures
(a) 0.273m (b) 0.140m (APPSC 2008 LR)
(c) 0.302m (d) 0.95m (a) density (b) rotation energy
(c) rate of flow (d) quantity of flow
89. A pitot tube (coefficient = 1.0) is used to
measure the velocity of air mass density 95. A current meter measures:
1.2kg/m3 if the head difference in a vertical (APPSC 2008 LR)
U—tube fitted with water is 12mm, then the (a) discharge (b) pressure
velocity of air in m/s is: (APPSC 2008) (c) viscosity (d) velocity
(a) 10 (b) 14 (c) 17 (d) 20
96. The discharge through a venturimeter is
90. Flow in a whirl pool in Row river is an given by: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
example of the following vortex:
Cd Va 12 — a2
(APPSC 2008) (a) 2 1 /2gh
a1 a 2
(a) Free (b) forced
Cda la 2
(c) Spiral (d) Radial (b) V2gh
_ a 222
a l —a
91. Pitot tube measures: (APPSC 2008 LR) d (a, — a2

(c) C )1/2gh
(a) total pressure (b) gauge pressure (a, +a 2 )
(c) hydrostatic pressure (d) dynamic pressure Cd Va ia 2
(d) j2gh
al + a2
92. Bernoulli's equation pertains to the law of
conservation of :
97. If V is the tangential velocity and r is the
(AEE CE/ME, APPSC 2008 LR)
radius, (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) energy (b) mass
(a) V r is constant for free vortex
(c) velocity (d) momentum
(b) V/r is constant for free vortex
(c) V r is constant for forced vortex
93. The coefficient of discharge in venturimeter is
(d) V r2 is constant for forced vortex
about: (APPSC 2008 LR)
I ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kulcatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„ ACE
m,, :Engineering Publications : 624 : Fluid Mechanics
4 --
98. Euler's equation of motion can be integrated D V

2
(c) Z — — = constant
when it is assumed that w 2g
(AEE CE/ME-2009) D V
2
(a) The fluid is incompressible (d) z — — = constant

w 2g
(b) Bernoulli's equation is satisfied
(c) Continuity equation is satisfied
102.Euler's equation in the differential form for
(d) Velocity potential exists and the density
the motion of liquids is given by
is constant (AEE CE/ME-2009)
dp
99. The flow of a fluid in a pipe takes place from (a) — + g.dz + v.dv = 0
p
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
dp
(a) higher level to lower level (b) — — g.dz + v.dv = 0
(b) higher pressure to lower pressure p
(c) higher energy to lower energy (c) p.dp + g.dz + v.dv = 0
(d) lower pressure to higher pressure (d) p.dp — g.dz + v.dv = 0
100.For a perfect incompressible liquid, flowing 103.The Euler's equation for the motion of
in a continuous stream, the total energy of a liquids is based on the assumption that
particle remains the same, while the particle (AEE CE/ME-2009)
moves frcm one point to another. This (a) The fluid is non-viscous, homogeneous
statement is called and incompressible
(AEE CE/ME-2009) (b) The velocity of flow is uniform over the
(a) Continuity equation section
(b) Bernoulli's equation (c) The flow is continuous steady and long
(c) Pascal's law the stream line
(d) Archimedes principle (d) All of the above
101.According to Bernoulli's equation 104. A current meter is used for the measurement
(AEE CE/ME-2009) of
2
p v (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) z + — -+ — = constant
w 2g (a) Pressure (b) Velocity
p v2 (c) viscosity (d) Electrical conductivity
(b) z + — — — = constant
'AT 2g
\ 'I. I 11,9111 rrinr, t Iica wui >Hyderabad I Belhi I Bhopal I Pune I Ilhubaneavvat I Lucknow Pama I liettgalmu I Chung I VgaYtwachl. I Vkag I IlruPtIll I Kaatoally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.1
105. The Euler' s equation of motion 109. A Pitot tube is used to measure the
(a) is a statement of energy balance (a) velocity of flow at the required point in
(b) is moment of momentum equation a pipe
(c) relates various forces with change in (b) pressure difference between the two
momentum points in a pipe
(d) is a preliminary step to derive the (c) total pressure of liquid flowing in a pipe
Bernoulli's equation (d) discharge through a pipe
110. Minor head losses in a pipeline

106.Each term of Bernoulli's equation stated in
(AE CE/ME-2009)
P v2
the form + + y = constant has units of (a) have small magnitude
w 2g
(b) depends on flow velocity
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) are caused due to local disturbances in
(a) N (b) mN/kg
flow and resistance on the surface
(c) mN/N (d) mN/s
(d) can be expressed as a fraction of kinetic
energy or equivalent
107. The value of kinetic energy correction factor
111. For maximum power transmission through
for laminar flow through circular pipe is
approximately equal to nozzle, the area ratio is (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AE CE/ME-2009) Vie

(b) 8
(a) 1.0 (b) 1.5
(c) 2.0 (d) 2.25 11fe
(d) 32
108. In a forced vertex (AEE CE/ME-2009) 112. A syphon is used to (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) The fluid velocity is inversely (a) connect any two reservoirs at different
proportional to radius levels
(b) The fluid rotates without any relative (b) connect two reservoirs at different levels
velocity intervened by a mountain
(c) The rise depends upon the specific (c) discharge water from one reservoir to
weight another
(d) The rise is proportional to the cube of (d) fill water from one reservoir at a lower
angular velocity level to another reservoir with the help
of a pump
\('IEii gine erne; I 'i d >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag Tirupatl I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
._ _
...
113. A fluid is flowing in a pipe. The velocity is (b) directly proportional to the square of the
maximum at the radial distance
(AE CE/ME-2009) (c) inversely proportional to the radial
(a) wall distance
(b) centre (d) inversely proportional to the square of
1 the radial distance
(c) — rd radius from the centre
3
2 118. The rate of flow through a venturimeter
(d) — rd radius from the centre
3 varies as
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
114. In a forced vortex, the level at a radius of 0.6
(a) VT
-I (b) H
m is 0.6 m above centre. The angular
(c) H312 (d) H2
velocity in radians is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) 11.44 (b) 5.72
119. The velocity of liquid flowing through the
(c) 32.7 (d) 130.8
divergent portion of the venturimeter
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
115. The shape of forced vortex under
(a) remains constant
gravitational conditions is
(b) increases
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) decreases
(a) hyperboloid (b) spherical
(d) depends on the mass of liquid
(c) paraboloid (d) cylindrical
120.Euler's equation of motion can be integrated

116. The size of a venturimeter is specified
only when the fluid is (APPSC — 2011)
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) Compressible (b) Incompressible
(a) Fluid pressure
(c) Both of these (d) None of these
(b) Discharge
(c) Pipe diameter
121. The derivation of Bernoulli's equation has
(d) Pipe diameter and throat diameter
the following assumption
(AEE- 2011)
117. In a free vortex flow, the tangential velocity
(a) Flow is steady (b) Flow is continuous
is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) Fluid is ideal (d) All of these
(a) directly proportional to the radial
distance
ACE. Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPari I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
0 444, ACE Energy Equation & its Applications
u, :Engineering Ptsblications : 627:
V2 + —
122.In the Bernoulli's equation — P y= 127. Bernoulli's theorem is not applicable for
2g w (AEE-2011)
constant, the term y is usually referred to as (a) Streamline flow
(AEE — 2011) (b) Steady flow
(a) Potential head (b) velocity head (c) Turbulent flow
(c) pressure head (d) None (d) Perfect incompressible fluid flowing in
continuous streams
123.In a free vortex flow condition the velocity
(AEE — 2011) 128.A jet of water discharging from a 40 mm dia
(a) remains constant orifice has a dia of 30 mm of its Veena
(b) is equal to zero contracta. The coefficient of contraction is
(c) increases with radius (AE 2011)
(d) decreases with radius (a) 0.46 (b) 0.78
(c) 0.87 (d) 0.56
124.In a forced vortex flow, the variation of
velocity distribution (v9 ) is given by 129. Hydraulic Gradient Line (HGL) represents
(AEE — 2011) the sum of (AE 2011)
co
(a) pressure head and kinetic head
(a) ve = (b) vo = cor (b) kinetic head and datum head
r
r (c) pressure head, kinetic head and datum
(c) vo = core (d) vo = —
head
125.The instrument used for measuring velocity (d) pressure head and datum head
of water accurately is (AEE -2011)
(a) Anemometer (b) Pitot tube 130.In a free vortex motion, the tangential
(c) Orifice meter (d) Venturimeter velocity of the water particles is proportional
to (AEE-2011)
126.The coefficient of discharge for venturimeter (a) r (b) r2
is about (AEE -2011) 1
(c) — (d) -7
(a) 0.62 (b) 0.72
(c) 0.82 (d) 0.95 Where r is the distance from the centre
e.‘ Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal I PuneI Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaI BengaluruI ChennaiIVijayawadaI VizagI TirupatiIKukatpally j Kolkata l Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Pnblieatioris 1/4
G '4
4
li4111 ACE : 628: Fluid Mechanics
40
.4 ty Engineesing Publications
131.The length of divergent portion of 136.Bernoulli's theorem deals with the law of
venturimeter in comparison to convergent conservation of (AEE-2011)
portion is (AEE-2011) (a) Mass (b) Momentum
(a) Same (c) Energy (d) None of the above
(b) Less
(c) More 137. The Bernoulli's equation can take the form
(d) More or less depending on capacity (AEE-2011)
pi vi2 2
(a) —+—+zi = P2 + 2 +z2

132.In a free vortex motion, the radial component pi 2g p2 2g
2
of velocity every where is (b) 17 +-v +zi ++z2
(AEE-2011) Pig 2 P2g 2
(a) Minimum (b) Maximum p, .
(c) ± ± gz, =
P2
+ v +gz2
2
(c) Zero (d) Non-zero and fmite pi g 2g p2g 2g

2 2
v
(d) 13 +-+zi = +z2
133.All terms of energy in Bernoulli's equation pig 2g p2g 2g
have dimension of (AEE-2011) All with usual notations.
(a) Energy (b) Work
(c) Mass (d) Length 138.The pressure variation along a radial
direction for vortex flow along a horizontal
134.When a fluid flows in concentric circles, it is plane is given as
known as (AEE -2011) (AEE-2011)
(a) free cylindrical vortex flow 2 ap v
ap =— p—
(a) — (b) — =p—
(b) radial flow ar r ar r2
(c) free circular flow v2
(c) (d) None of the above
(d) free spiral vortex flow r
135.Euler's equation of motion of liquids is not 139.For a forced vortex flow the height of
based on the assumption that the paraboloid formed is equal to
(AEE-2011) (APP SC — 2011)
(a) flow is irrotational v2 2
(a) +— (b)
(b) flow is turbulent w 2g 2g
(c) flow is homogeneous and incompressible v2
or 2
(c) 2 (d)
(d) flow is streamline r x 2g 2g
I ACE Engineering Publicarion 1/4 HyderabadIDelhillThopallPunel BhubaneswariLucknow1PalnalBengaluml ChennailVijayaivadal VizaggirupatiiKukatpally 1Kolkata I Ahmedabad
04
t ACE : 629: Energy Equation & its Applications
4
140.Euler's equation is the differential form for 144. A pitot tube is used to measure the
(APPSC — 2011)
the motion of liquids is given by
(a) Velocity of flow at the required point in a
(APPSC — 2011)
pipe
dp dp
(a) + gdz + vdv =0 (b) g .dz + vdv =0 (b) Pressure difference between two points in
p p
a pipe
(c) pdp + gdz + vdv =0 (d) pdp — gdz + vdv =0
(c) Total pressure of liquid flowing in a pipe
(d) Discharge through a pipe
141. Venturimeter is used to (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Measure the velocity of a flowing liquid
(b)Measure the pressure of a flowing liquid 145. In case of a forced vortex (APPSC — 2011)
(c) Measure the discharge of a liquid flowing (a) Velocity decreases with radius
in a pipe (b) Velocity increases with radius
(d)Measure the pressure difference of liquid (c) The fluid rotates as a composite solid
flowing between two points in a pipe line (d) The motion of fluid varies at random
142.In order to avoid tendency of separation at

throat in a venturimeter, the ratio of the 146. In a venturimeter (APPSC — 2011)
diameter at throat to the diameter of pipe (a) Length of divergent cone is equal to the
should be length of the convergent cone
(AEE-CE/ME-2008, APPSC-2011 (b) Length of divergent cone is half that of
Polytechnic lecturers-2007) convergent cone
1 1 (c) Divergent cone is kept
(a) — to — (b) to
16 8 8 4 (d) Divergent cone is kept longer than
1 1 convergent cone
(c) — to — (d) 1. to
4 3 3 2
147.The total energy of a liquid particle in motion
is equal to
143.In order to measure the flow with a
(AEE CE/ME-2008, Polytechnic lecturers
venturimeter, it is installed in
2007, APPSC — 2011)
(AEE CE/ME-2009, APPSC — 2011)
(a) Pressure energy + kinetic energy +
(a) Horizontal line
potential energy
(b) Inclined line with flow upwards
(b) Pressure energy — (kinetic energy +
(c) Inclined line with flow downwards
potential energy)
(d) Any direction and in any location
ACE Engineering Publications ,\,›Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vllayawada IVizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
Enginee.ring Publications
(c) Potential energy — (pressure energy + minimum pressure occurs at distance of
kinetic energy) from the plane of orifice. (DYSY — 2011)
(d) Kinetic energy — (pressure energy + (a) 80 mm (b) 60 mm
potential energy) (c) 40 nun (d) 20 min
148. Bernoulli's equation cannot be applied to a 154.Bernoulli's equation is applicable to

(DYSY — 2011) (DYSY — 2011)
(a) Pitot tube (b) Pressure gauge (a) rotational flows (b) steady flows
(c) Venturimeter (d) orifice meter (c) compressible flows (d) All of these
149.The discharge coefficient of a venturimeter is 155.Current meter is an instrument deployed

around (DYSY — 2011) measure measurements.
(a) One (b) 0.98 (DYSY — 2011)
(c) 0.89 (d) 0.5 (a) Pressure (b) Velocity
(c) Discharge (d) None of these
150.In Bernoulli's equation, the term 1)— refers to
(DYSY — 2011) 156.Euler's equation of motion can be integrated
(a) Pressure energy (b) Kinetic energy only when the fluid is (AEE-2011)
(c) Potential energy (d) Total energy (a) Compressible (b) Incompressible
(c) Both of these (d) None of these
151.In Bernoulli's equation, the units of all the
three terms are expressed as (DYSY — 2011)
157. The derivation of Bernoulli's equation has
(a) Joules (b) Newtons
the following assumption (AEE-2011)
(c) Joules/Newton (d) Newtons/Joule
(a) Flow is steady (b) Flow is continuous
(c) Fluid is ideal (d) All of these
152.At the stagnation point of a pitot tube, the
velocity head is equal to (DYSY — 2011) 158.In a free vortex flow condition the velocity
(a) zero (b) infinity (AEE-2011)
(c) static head (d) dynamic head (a) remains constant
(b) is equal to zero
153.In an orifice meter, the pipe diameter 100mm (c) increases with radius
and orifice diameter is 40 mm. In fluid flow (d) decreases with radius
condition through this orifice meter, the
ACE Engineering Publications 1 /4i>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vgayawada Vizag ITimPati I KukatpallyjKolicala I Ahmedahad
159. Slope of the pressure energy line is given by (a) energy per unit volume
(AE 2011) (b) energy per unit mass
e (c) energy per unit weight
(a) i = (b) i = hf — /
hf (d) energy per unit specific weight
. 164. The total energy represented by the
(c) i = hf x / (d) =
Bernoulli's equation + + z) has the
2g y
160.The maximum negative pressure that is likely units (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
to occur in a syphon pipe at (AE 2011) (a) N-m/m (b) N-m/N
(a) entrance (b) exit (c) N-m2/s (d) N-m/s
(c) summit (d) reservoir level 165.The Bernoulli constants for points lying on
the same stream line and those which lie on
161.In a forced vortex flow, the variation of
other stream lines will have the same value,
velocity distribution (V0 ) is given by
if the flow is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE-2011) (a) incompressible (b) steady
(a) Vo = w/r (b) Ve = wr (c) irrotational (d) uniform
(c) ve = wr2 (d) Ve = r/w
166.The kinetic energy correction factor a is a
measure of effect of non-uniform distribution
162. In the Bernoulli's equation
of velocity which is caused on account of
V2 P
+ — + y = constant, the term y is usually viscous and other resistances. It is expressed
2g w
by (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
referred to as
(a) 1 v 2 dA
(AEE-2011) 1 i—
(b) — vjdA
A lf V A Jj V
(a) Potential head (b) Velocity 3
11 (d) Isr_vy dA
(c) Pressure head (d) None (c) —
1 I (—
v dA
AA V AA V )
163.The Bernoulli's equation written in 167.A stagnation point is a point where

conventional form represents total energy per (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
unit of a certain quantity. Identify this (a) pressure is zero
p v2 (b) total energy is zero
quantify — + z + — = constant
7 2g (c) total energy is maximum
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (d) velocity of flow reduces to zero
)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
to 4
—
168.The velocity head representing the kinetic 171.The coefficient of discharge `Cd' of a venturi
energy per unit weight of fluid is denoted by meter lies within the limits
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) 0.7 — 0.9 (b) 0.6 — 0.8
(a) v2 (b)
2 (c) 0.75 — 0.95 (d) 0.95 — 0.99
2
(d)
2g 172.When the venturimeter is inclined, then for a
given flow it will give the reading is
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
169.A Prandtl type pitot tube is used to measure
(a) same (b) more
the
(c) less (d) no relation
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) velocity of flow at the required point in
173.The velocity of liquid flowing through the
a pipe
divergent portion of a venturi meter
(b) pressure difference between two points
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
in a pipe
(a) remains constant (b) decreases
(c) total pressure of liquid flowing in a pipe
(c) increases (d) no relationship
(d) discharge through a pipe
174.The head loss is more in a

170.While using the pitot-tube, it must ensured (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
that its alignment is such that (a) nozzle meter (b) venturi meter
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (c) inclined venture meter (d) orifice meter
(a) its horizontal leg is at right angles to the
direction of flow 175.If successive measurements with a Prandtl
(b) its opening faces the downstream pitot tube indicate that the tip piezometer
direction reading varies only across the flow, and the
(c) its opening faces upstream and the side piezometer reading varies only in the
horizontal leg is perfectly aligned with direction of flow, the flow is evidently
the direction of flow (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(d) the horizontal leg be inclined at 45° in (a) uniform, irrotational
plan (b) non-uniform, rotational
(c) uniform, rotational
(d) non-uniform, irrotational
ACE Engineering Publications:::›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune j Bhubaneswar' LucknowIPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai IVijayawadal Vizag ITirupati MultatpallyiKollcatai Ahmedabad
1, ACE : 633: Energy Equation & its Applications
176.A mechanical device, which has rotation 181. Piezometric head of a fluid is defined as
elements, the speed of rotation of which is a (AE-2012)
function of velocity of flow, and which is (a) the sum of absolute pressure head and
used to measure the velocity of liquid in open datum
channels, is (AEE-CE/ME-2012) (b) the stagnation pressure head
(a) Anemometer (b) Orifice meter (c) the sum of stagnation head and datum
(c) Current meter (d) Rotameter head
(d) the sum of gauge pressure head and
177. Calculate the maximum allowable discharge datum head
of water through a venturimeter throat 5 cm,
fitted in a 10 cm diameter line with its inlet 182. The assumption NOT made in the derivation
at an open channel. Assume cd = 0.95. The of Bernoulli's equation is
differential head of water is 7m (AE-2012)
(AE-2012) (a) inviscid flow (b) steady flow
(a) 0.0224 m3/s (b) 0.0448 m3/s (c) one-dimensional flow (d) uniform flow
(c) 0.8 m3/s (d) 0.04 m3/s
183. The Bernoulli's equation written in
178. The term V2/2g is known as (AE-2012) conventional form represents total energy per
(a) kinetic energy unit of a certain quantity. Identify this
(b) pressure energy quantity (AEE-2012)
(c) kinetic energy/unit weight (a) energy per unit volume
(d) None of the above (b) energy per unit mass
(c) energy per unit weight
179. Bernoulli's theorem deals with the law of (d) energy per unit specific weight
conservation of (AE-2012)
(a) mass (b) momentum 184. The total energy represented by Bernoulli's
(c) energy (d) None of the above 2
P + z has the units
V
equation (— + —
2g y j
180. A current meter is device used for
(AEE-2012)
measuring (AE-2012)
(a) N-m/m (b) N-m/N
(a) velocity (b) viscosity
(c) N-m2/s (d) N-m/s
(c) current (d) pressure
ACE Engineering Publicatim Hyderabad I Delhi1 Bhopal I Pu n e I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna B e g a u r I C h e n n a i I V jayawada I Vvag (Tinipati I Ku k a P a I Y I K o k a t a I Ahmedabad
40
-4 ',Engineering
t ACEPublications : 634: Fluid Mechanics
.14
185.Cavitation in fluid flow occurs when 190.In the most general form of Bernoulli's
(AEE-2012) p v2
equation, Z + — + — =constant, each term
(a) the total energy suddenly increases 7 2g
(b) total energy decreases suddenly represents (Observers-2013)
(c) velocity head reduces to zero (a) energy per unit mass
(d) pressure of flow decreases to a value (b) energy per unit weight
close to its vapour pressure (c) energy per unit volume
(d) energy per unit area
186.The coefficient of discharge 'Ca' of a
venturimeter lies with in the limits
191. The discharge through a venturimeter is
(AEE-2012)
given as
(a) 0.7 — 0.9 (b) 0.6 — 0.8
(c) 0.75 — 0.95 (d) 0.95 — 0.99
AA22
(a) Q = x 1/2gh
187.The Bernoulli constants for points lying on V —A22
the same stream line and those which lie on
A
other stream line will have the same value, if (b) Q = , 2 x Wi
2A2 — A22
the flow is (AEE-2012)
AA
(a) incompressible (b) steady (c) Q = , 2 x 1/2 gh
A JA; — A22
(c) irrotational (d) uniform
188. Venturimeter (V), flow nozzle (N) and (d) Q = , AlA2

— A2
orificemeter (0) arranged in increasing
order of co-efficient of discharge are
192.The locus of elevation that water will raise in
(AE-2012)
(a) V, N, 0 (b) N, 0, V a series of pitot tubes is called
(c) 0, N, V (d) 0, V, N (Observers-2013)
(a) energy grade line
189.For a forced vortex flow, the height of
(b) hydraulic grade line
paraboloid formed is equal to
(c) pressure head
(Observers-2013)
(d) velocity head
p V2 2
(a) + (b) V
7 2g 2g
V2 cor2
(c) (d) 2g
r x 2g
.NCE Engineering Publkations Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' Lucknow I Patna t Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag l Tirupati I Kukmpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
gzigineeringPublicaiions
—
193.The Bernoulli's equation can take the form (c) Higher energy to lower energy
(Research Assistant 2013) (d) None of these
2 2
(a) Pi +1 +z, = P2 + —
v2 + z 2 197.A venturimeter is a device based on the
pi 2g p2 2g
Bernoulli principle and is used for measuring
vi2
pi 2
2
(b) +— = p +v + Z2 (AE-2013)
Pig 2 P2g 2
(a) Piezometric head
2
pi vi (b) Velocity head
(c) +—+gz, = p2 + —
V2 + gZ 2
pig 2g p2g 2g
(c) Flow rate
2 2
(d) Total energy
(d) Pi + Z1 = p2 -I- V 2 A- Z 2
pig 2g p2g 2g
198.Which of the following devices are usually
194. A mercury filled upright U-tube differential used in measuring pipe flow? (AE-2013)
manometer connected across a venturi (a) Mouthpiece (b) Cipolletti weir
meter (A = 7.85 x 10-3m2 and a = 1.96x (c) Venturimeter (d) Pilot tube
10-3m2) records a level difference of 3 cm
for the flow of an oil of specific gravity of 199.Arrange the following flow measuring
0.9. The discharge in the pipe is devices in the decreasing order of head loss
(Lecturers-2013) caused by them: (AE-2013)
(a) 0.58 x 10-3m3/s (b) 5.8 x 10-3m3/s i. nozzle meter
(c) 5.5 x 10-3m3/s (d) 0.55 x 10-3m3/s ii. venturimeter
iii. orifice meter
195.A rotameter is a device used to measure (a) ii, i, iii (b)
(AE-2013) (c) (d) iii, ii, i
(a) Velocity of fluid in pipes
(b) Velocity of gauges 200.Pitot tube is used for measurement of
(c) Vortex flow (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(d) Flow of fluids (a) low pressures
(b) flow of ideal fluids only
196.Flow of a fluid in a pipe takes place from
(c) velocity at a point
(AE-2013)
(d) discharge
(a) Higher level to lower level
(b) Higher pressure to lower pressure
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
201. Water flows through a large size pipe. The 205.Prandtl's Pitot tube measures
stagnation pressure and static pressures (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
measured by a pitot tube are 0.3 m and 0.24 (a) Stagnation head only
m of water. The velocity of flow in, (b) Pressure head only
m/minute is (c) Velocity head and Stagnation head
(TSPSC AEE 2015) (d) Pressure head and Stagnation head
(a) 0.65 (b) 65.00
206.Based on the principle of conservation of
(c) 10.8 (d) 1.08
energy, the equation derived for an ideal
fluid is (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
202.The Bernoulli's equation is written with
(a) Bernoulli's equation
P v2
usual notation as + + z = constant. In (b) Newton's Law of Viscosity
7 2g
(c) Impulse-momentum equation
this equation each of the terms represents.
(d) Continuity equation
(TSPSC AEE Manager & TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) Energy in kW/kg mass of fluid 207.Centre of Pressure is
(b) Energy in Nm/kg mass of fluid (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(c) Energy in Nm/N weight of fluid (a) Always below the centroid of the
(d) Energy in kg. m/kg mass of fluid submerged plane
(b) Always at the centroid of the submerged
203. The inlet length of venturimeter plane
(TSPSC AE 2015) (c) Always above the centroid of the
(a) is equal to the outlet length submerged plane
(b) is more than the outlet length (d) Anywhere with respect to the centroid of
(c) is less than the outlet length the submerged plane
(d) has no relation with the outlet length
208.Match List I and List II and select the correct
answer using the codes given below the lists.
204.To avoid separation, the most suitable ratio
of throat diameter and pipe diameter in a
List — I
venturimeter is (TSPSC AE 2015)
P. Moment of momentum equation
1 1 1
(a) — to — (b) — to — Q. Bernoulli's equation
4 2 1
3 2
1 R. Euler's equation
(c) — tol (d) 1 to 4
S. Hagen-poiseulle equation
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupali I Kukatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
4Tigineezing Publications
4.
List—II 211. A stagnation point is a point in the fluid

1. Equation to find energy loss in pipe line flow where (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
having laminar flow. (a) total energy is zero
2. Equation of motion for 1-D steady flow (b) pressure is zero
3. Equation based on momentum (c) total energy is maximum
conservation principle (d) velocity of flow is zero
4. 3-D equation of motion based on
momentum conservation. 212. A pitot static tube having coefficient of
Codes: velocity 0.98, measures velocities of water
P QRS PQRS in a pipe. The stagnation pressure recorded
(a) 3 2 1 4 (b) 2 3 1 4 is 3 m and static pressure 2m. The actual
(c) 3 2 4 1 (d) 2 3 4 1 velocity in pipe is
(a) 4.341 m/s (b) 4.431 m/s
209. The hydraulic grade line is
(c) 4.429 m/s (d) zero
(a) always above the closed conduit 213.Group I gives a list of devices and Group II
(b) the velocity head below the energy gives a list of their uses:
grade line Group I
(c) always above the energy grade line A. Pitot tube
(d) always sloping downward in the B. Manometer
direction of flow. C. Venturimeter
D. Anemometer
210. The pressure variation along the radial Group II
direction for vortex flow along a horizontal 1. Measuring pressure in a pipe
plane is given by 2. Measuring velocity of flow in a pipe
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 3. Measuring air and gas velocity
4. Measuring discharge in a pipe
pv3 pv
(a) alp = (b) —
aP = The correct match of Group-I with Group-II is
ar r2 ar r
ap pv2 ap pv2
(c) — = 2 (d) = ABCD ABCD
ar r ar r
(a) 1 2 4 3 (b) 2 1 3 4
(c) 2 1 4 3 (d) 4 1 3 2
ACE Engince ring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPaii I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
4
.1
de
214.Which of the following instruments can be 218.A venturimeter having a throat diameter of
used for measuring the speed of an 0.1 m is used to estimate the flow rate of a
aeroplane? horizontal pipe having a diameter of 0.2 m.
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) For an observed pressure difference of 2 m of
(a) Venturimeter (b) Orifice plate water head and coefficient of discharge equal
(c) Hot-wire anemometer (d) Pitot tube to unity, assuming that the energy losses are
negligible, the flow rate through the pipe is
215.Euler's dimensionless number relates the approximately equal to
following: (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (a) 0.500 (b) 0.150
(a) Internal force and gravity (c) 0.050 (d) 0.015
(b) Viscous force and inertial force
219.A flow is called supersonic, if the
(c) Viscous force and buoyancy force
(d) Pressure force and inertial force
(a) velocity of the flow is very high
(b) discharge is difficult to measure
216.Rotameter is a device used to measure
(c) mach number is between 1 and 5
(d) Mach number is less than 1
(a) absolute pressure
(b) velocity of fluid
220.The theoretical discharge through a
(c) flow
Venturimeter under ideal conditions is given
(d) rotation
by (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
217.According to Bernoulli's equation, for steady a ia 2 V2,
(a) (b)
ideal fluid flow, 2_ a 2 a1 —a;
ai
(a) the principle of conservation of mass a,an/W1 V2gh
(c) (d)
holds a21 —a22 a1a2V
a12 —a22
(b) velocity and pressure are inversely
proportional Where al is the area of cross-section at the
(c) total energy is constant throughout inlet; a2 is the area of cross-section at the
(d) the energy is constant along a streamline throat; h is the head difference between the
but may vary across streamlines inlet and the throat; and g is acceleration due
to gravity.
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabacIlDelhilBhopaliPuneIBhubalieswarILucknow1PatnalEtengaluruIChennailVijayawadaIVizagRirupatilKukatpallylKolkaial Ahmedabad
.
--
221.A horizontal pipe carrying water has (a) 0.95 (b) 1.0
velocities of 3 m/s and 2 m/s at the left and (c) 0.80 (d) 0.87
right ends respectively. The difference in
pressure heads is 225.For external mouthpiece absolute pressure
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) head at vena-contracta is given as (where Ha
2.5 0. 5 is the atmospheric pressure head and H is the
(a) (b) (c) g (d) 2.5 g
g g height of liquid surface above the centre of
the mouthpiece)
222.Which of the following equation gives actual
discharge through a venturimeter? (where al
(a) Ha + 0.95 H (b) Ha + 0.33 H
and a2 are the cross sectional areas at the inlet
(c) Ha — 0.89 H (d) Ha — H
section and throat of the venturimeter; g is
the acceleration due to gravity, H is the
226.In an orifice, the coefficient of resistance is
venturihead; and Cd is the coefficient of
defined as the ratio of
discharge.
(a) Theoretical kinetic energy as the liquid
C a I a 2 V2gH (b) a 1a 2 1j2gH
flow through an orifice and the actual
a 12 + a 22 Va 12 — a 22
kinetic energy possessed by the flowing
a l a 2 V2gH a l a 2 V2gH fluid
(d) Cd
2
a1 — a 2 2
—a
2
ValI 2 (b) Loss of kinetic energy as the liquid flow
through an orifice and the actual kinetic
223.The theoretical value of coefficient of energy possessed by the flowing fluid
contraction for a sharp edged orifice is equal (c) Theoretical kinetic energy as the liquid
to flow through an orifice and the loss of
the kinetic energy as the liquid flow
(a) (It — 2)/it (b) n/(7c+2)
through an orifice
(c) + 2)/ n (d) 7r/(7t — 2)
(d) Actual kinetic energy possessed by the
flowing fluid and the loss of kinetic
224.The coefficient of Prandtl pitot tube is equal
energy as the liquid flow through an
to
orifice
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai 1 Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata !Ahmedabad
,44
4410
to 4
,,:Engineering Publicattons
4.
227. The energy loss in an 230. Piezometric head in fluid motion is equal to
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) the sum of
(a) orifice meter is same as that of (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
venturimeter (a) Velocity head and potential head
(b) venturimeter is more than that of orifice (b) Kinetic head, static head and potential
head
meter
(c) Kinetic head and static head
(c) orifice meter and that of venturimeter is
(d) Static head and potential head
zero
(d) orifice meter is more than that of
231. The total head in a flow is the sum of
venturimeter (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a) Piezometric head and datum head
228.Bernoulli's equation represents the (b) Piezometric head and pressure head
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (c) Piezometric head and velocity head
(a) Energies at any point in the flow field (d) Piezomtric head, velocity head and
and is obtained by integrating the Euler datum head
equations
(b) Moment of momentum and is obtained 232. A liquid in a circular container is given a
by integrating the energy equation rigid body rotation about the axis of the
(c) Forces at any point in the flow field and cylinder. The piezometeric line in a cross
is obtained by integrating the momentum section is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
equation for viscous flows (a) a horizontal line (b) a circular arc
(d) Momentum at any point in the flow field (c) a parabola (d) a vertical line
and is obtained by integrating the
equation of continuity. 233. An open cylindrical tank with its axis
vertical is 0.89 m high and is 0.8 m in
229. The length of the convergent cone parallel to diameter. It is filled with an oil of density
the axis of the venturimeter is approximately 800 kg/m3 and is rotated at 120 rpm about
equal to (Where D is the diameter of the inlet the axis of the cylinder. The gauge pressure
section and d is the diameter of the throat at the centre of the bottom of the tank is
(a) 2.2 (D + d) (b) 2.7 (D — d) (a) 0.49 m of oil (b) zero
(c) 2.2 (D — d) (d) 2.7 (D + d) (c) 1.29 m of oil (d) 6.27 MPa
NCE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vidayawada I Wag I TiruPali I KukatPally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
4-
Si 01, ACE
:Engineering Publications : 641: Energy Equation & its Applications
4 4.
234. An open circular cylinder 1.2 m high is 237. Indicate the incorrect statement:
filled with a liquid to its top. The liquid is For Bernoulli equation as P/y + V2/2g
given a rigid body rotation about the axis of Z = constant to be applicable (where y is
the cylinder and the pressure at the centre of specific weight)
the bottom is found to be 0.3 m of liquid. (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
The ratio of the volume of liquid spilled out (a) the flow must be steady
of the cylinder to the original volume is (b) the fluid must be an ideal gas
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (c) the flow must be irrotational
(a) 3/8 (b) 3/4 (d) the fluid must be incompressible
(c) 1/2 (d) 1/4
238. In a flow of a real fluid with no addition of
235. A 20 cm diameter open cylindrical energy (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
container contains kerosene (relative density (a) the energy line will be horizontal or
= 0.80) to a height of 20 cm. It is rotated sloping upward in the direction of the
about a vertical axis coinciding with the flow.
axis of the cylinder. If the bottom of the (b) the energy line can never be horizontal
cylinder at the axis is just exposed, the or sloping upward in the direction of the
speed of rotation is flow.
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (c) the piezometric line can never be
(a) 94.6 rpm (b) 267.5 rpm horizontal or sloping downward in the
(c) 133.8 rpm (d) 535.0 rpm direction of the flow.
(d) the centre line of the pipe can never be
236. The velocity in a cross section is non- above the energy line.
uniform. In one-dimensional method of
analysis, the kinetic energy of fluid per unit 239. The difference between the total head line
weight is and the hydraulic grade line represents
(a) V2/2g (b) aV2/2g (a) the velocity head
(c)13V2/2g (d) P/y (b) the piezometric head
(c) the pressure head
(d) the elevation head
ACE Engineering Publications::›Hyderabad I DelhiIBhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PaulaIBengaluniI ChennaiI VijayawadaI VizagI Tirupati KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
v.4 :Engineering Publications
4.
240. The kinetic energy correction factor c. is 244. If any venturimeter carrying a liquid at
defined as cc = sufficiently high discharges, cavitation
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) conditions can occur at the throat. This
.1 1
occurs due to the pressure at the throat
(a) Al 3dA (b) — V3dA
V' V A reaching a critical value controlled by
(c) ve vdA (d) Al V3dA
A V2 (a) the viscosity of the fluid
(b) eddy viscosity of the flow
241. At a distance of 10 cm from the axis of a (c) volumetric bulk modulus of the fluid
whirlpool in an ideal liquid, the velocity is (d) surface tension of the fluid
5 m/s. At a radius of 30 cm the depression
of the free surface below the surface of the 245. The stagnation pressure in front of an object
liquid at a very large distance is in a fluid flow is equal to
(a) 7.98 cm (b) 3.33 cm (a) static pressure
(c) 14.16 cm (d) 21.37 cm (b) dynamic pressure
(c) sum of the static and dynamic pressures
242. Identify the incorrect statement: (d) piezometric head
A flow nozzle
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) 246. The pitot-static tube measures
(a) has a contraction coefficient of unity. (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(b) is less costly than a venturimeter. (a) the dynamic pressure
(c) is more efficient than an orifice meter. (b) the static pressure
(d) has overall losses much smaller than in a (c) the total head
venturimeter. (d) the difference in static and dynamic
pressures
243. A venturimeter has a Cd = 0.95. For a
differential head of 2.8 m across the inlet 247. A pitot —static tube indicates a differential
and the throat, the loss of head between the head of 0.75 m of water between its two
inlet and throat is openings when inserted in a stream of
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) water. If the coefficient of the tube is 0.99,
(a) 0.273 m (b) 0.140 m the velocity in m/s, at the location of the
(c) 0.302 m (d) 0.95 m tube is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I TiraPati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
re
4.“4
if 4
t0:Engineering Publications
4 4,
(a) 4.43 (b) 0.78 252. In the category of flow meters, head loss is
(c) 3.84 (d) 3.80 the least for (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) orifice meter (b) nozzle flow meter
248. The assumption not made in the derivation (c) venturi meter (d) manometer
of Bernoulli's equation
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) 253. Navier-Stokes equation in fluid mechanics is
(a) Steady flow derived from the
(b) 2-Dimensional flow (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(c) Uniform flow (a) Newton's first law of motion
(d) Inviscid flow (b) Newton's second law of motion
(c) Newton's third law of motion
249. In a sudden contraction the velocity head (d) Newton's law of viscosity
change from 0.5 m to 1.25 m. The
coefficient of contraction is 0.66, the head 254. For an ideal and steady flow, "the total
loss in this contraction is energy of a fluid at a point is constant" is the
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) statement of (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) 0.133 m (b) 0.644 m (a) Euler's equation
(c) 0.332 m (d) 0.648 m (b) Pascal's law
(c) Navier-Stokes equation
250. Water is pumped through a pipeline to a (d) Bernoulli's theorem
height of 10 m at the rate of 0.1 m3/s,
Frictional and other minor losses are 5 m. 255. A Nozzle device is used to convert the
Pumping power required in kW is (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) (a) total energy to pressure
(a) 13.3 (b) 14.7 (b) total energy to velocity
(c) 9.8 (d) 20 (c) kinetic energy to mechanical energy
(d) potential energy to kinetic energy
251. In a "free-vortex", velocity potential line (4)
is a function of
(a) angle (b) radius
(c) angle and radius (d) velocity
ACE Engineering Publications '‘›Flyderabad

, I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
if
4V ACE Fluid Mechanics
t :Engineering Publications : 644 :
y
Solutions
01. Ans: (b) 02. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (c) V1 r1 — V21-2
7.2 x 12 = V2 x 24
4. Ans: (d) V2 = 3.6 m/s
Sol: Work done by virtue of sustainable pressure
9. Ans: (c)
in kgf-m/kgf (energy per unit weight of fluid)
Sol: Pitot tube is used to measure velocity of
P
is equal to — = P
—=P. flowing fluid in a pipe at given point.
pg y w
5. Ans: (d)
5. Ans: (d)
Sol: For steady and ideal fluid the mentioned K.A.B
Sol: Q = 1/2gh
options are not valid. iA2 —B2

Where K = coefficient of discharge
6. Ans: (c) A = main pipe C/S area
Sol: Simple pitot-tube is used to measure the B = Throat pipe C/S area
total pressure head (or) stagnation pressure h = Differential head of fluid in a pipe
head.
10. Ans: (d)
7. Ans: (a) Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation is valid for non
Sol: Differential manometer attached to viscous fluid, homogenous fluids and steady
venturimeter reading is same irrespective of flow along streama lines.
venturimeter position.
11. Ans: (b)
8. Ans: (c) Sol: Divergent cone of a venturimeter is kept
Sol: Free cylindrical vortex longer than the convergent cone for avoiding
Radius = 12 cm flow separation.
Velocity = 7.2 m/s
Intensity of pressure = 2.5 kg/cm2 12. Ans: (b)
Velocity @ radius = 24 cm ? Sol: Euler's equation of motion of liquids valid
For free vortex flow = V.r= const for homogenous and incompressible fluids.
•
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vgayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
4 '4
v
to
4 to
14. Ans (a) 21. Ans: (c)

Sol: Head loss in the venturimeter between inlet
15, Ans (d) and throat is given by
Sol: Orificemeter is used for measuring the 111_, = h,, (1 — C2d )
volumetric flow rate.
22. Ans: (a)

16. Ans (c) Sol: In the venturimeter operation, the working
Sol: For any position of venturimeter, the pressure at the throat should not be reached
connected differential manometer reading is that fluid vapour pressure to avoid flow
same. separation. In general the pressure at throat
slightly less than the atmospheric pressure.
17. Ans (d)
Sol: Cd (Nozzle) < Cd (Venturimeter) 23. Ans: (c)
Cd (Nozzle) > Cd (Orifice meter) Sol: Total head in a flow is sum of piezometric
i.e head (pressure head + elevation head) and
Cd (Venturimeter) > Cd (Nozzle meter)> Cd(Orifice meter) velocity head.
18. Ans (d) 24. Ans: (d)

Sol: Pitot tube is used to measure velocity of Sol: For laminar flow through pipes, kinetic
flow in pipes as well as an open channel flow energy correction factor (a) = 2
for compressible and incompressible fluids.

25. Ans: (c) 26. Ans: (b) 27. Ans: (b)
19. Ans: (b)

28. Ans: (a) 29. Ans: (a) 30. Ans: (a)
Sol: Total head = Pressure head + Datum head
+ Velocity head
31. Ans: (a) 32. Ans: (b) 33. Ans: (b)
196.2x103
+5+0.5
1000 x 9.81
34. Ans: (c) 35. Ans: (c) 36. Ans: (a)
= 20 + 5 + 0.5
= 25.5 m
37. Ans: (d)
20. Ans: (d) Sol: Kinetic energy correction factor for laminar
Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation is based on flow through a pipe (a) = 2.00
principle of conservation of energy.
ACE Engineering Pohl teation s e>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vllayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t."4,
4 11
SiEngineering Pubhcations
38. Ans: (d) 51. Ans: (c)
Sol: Stagnation point: The point at which
velocity of fluid particles is equal to zero. 52. Ans: (d)
Sol: In order to take the non-uniform velocity
39. Ans: (a) distribution in flow, the kinetic energy
Sol: Energy equation is applicable to steady correction factor (a) is to be multiplied with
flow. velocity head in Bernoulli's energy equation.
Not applicable to rotational flow (laminar v2
Total Head =—
P + z + a.
flow) turbulent flow and uniform flow Pg 2g
through the control volume. Where a = kinetic energy correction factor
r(vi dA
40. Ans: (c) 41. Ans: (b) 42. Ans: (c)
A V
43. Ans: (a) 44. Ans: (d) 45. Ans: (a)
53. Ans: (d) 54. Ans: (a) 55. Ans: (a)
46. Ans: (d) 47. Ans: (c) 48. Ans: (d)
56. Ans: (a) 57. Ans: (a) 58. Ans: (a)
49. Ans: (c)
Sol: 59. Ans: (a)
Sol:
2
— + Z + — = const
Pg 2g
ITN Each term represents energy per unit Newton
60
weight Joule
Newton
In forced vortex motion of a fluid mass, the
free surface shape is "PARABOLOID".
60. Ans: (b)
Sol: Stagnation is the condition where velocity of
50. Ans: (d)
fluid flow approaches to zero velocity. At
Sol: V = C, x stagnation point, the fluid possess zero
3 = Cv x A/2 x 9.81x 0.475 velocity.
C= 3 = 0.983
-V2 x 9.81x 0.475
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lo
.... 4,:Engineering Publications
61. Ans: (b) 66. Ans: (c) 67. Ans: (b) 68. Ans: (c)
Sol: While applying Bernoulli's energy equation
to pumps, where work done on the system to 69. Ans: (c) 70. Ans: (a)
lift fluid used.
71. Ans: (d)
Sol: In vortex flow of fluid mass represented by
Energy added (i.e) head added concentric circles is known as free
cylindrical vortex flow.
v 2\ r2 Z ;
+ 1 +ilAdded = 2 + V
Pg 2g 1 Pg 2g
62. Ans: (b)

Sol: In free vortex flow, relation between
tangential velocity at given radius (r) is
V oc
r
Vr = constant
63. Ans: (d)

72. Ans: (d)
Sol: Mass of fluid does possess potential
Sol: Rotameter is variable area flow meter works
(elevation), kinetic and pressure energy.
on buoyancy (Archimedies) principle to
measure flow rate.
64. Ans: (c)
Sol: Pitot-static tube measures dynamic pressure
73. Ans: (b) 74. Ans: (d) 75. Ans: (a)
directly in differential manometer for
velocity of fluid flow in a pipe (or) channel.
76. Ans: (a) 77. Ans: (d)
65. Ans: (a) 78. Ans: (b)

Sol: Flow of water in pipe means velocity of flow Sol: For any orientation of venturimeter,
measured by pitot tube. differential manometer shows same reading
Other options (b) , (c) and (d) used to as it measures difference between
measure flow rate. piezometric heads between at section (1) of
main pipe and at section (2) of throat.
ACE Engineering Publications 'e.
5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chermai Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupad Kukatpally I Kara& I Ahmedabad
,s
U :Engineering Publications
79. Ans: (a & b) 80. Ans: (c) 88. Ans: (a)

Sol: Coefficient of discharge, Cd = 0.95
81. Ans: (d) 82. Ans: (b) Differential head, ht„ = 2.8 m
Loss of head between inlet and throat of
83. Ans: (a) 84. Ans: (c) differential manometer,
h L =h,j1-C2d )
85. Ans: (d)
Sol: Forces considered in the derivation of Euler's = 2.8 (1-0.952)
motion equation are gravity force and = 0.273 m
pressure forces only. 89. Ans: (b)
(
86. Ans: (d)
Sol: V= Cv 2.g.h n, -1
Sol: Diameter of pipe, d = 0.15 m Pair
Flow rate, Q = 70 x 10-3 = 0.07 m3/sec (1000 ij
Datum head, Z = 0.12 m V= 1.0 2 x 9.81x 0.012
1.2
hng = -2 cm of Hg = - 0.02 m of Hg
V= 13.998 m/s
a= 1 1
Say 14 m/s
Total head at the given section
v2 90. Ans: (a)
H= +z+a,
Pg 2g
Sol: Flow in a whirl pool in row river is
Q = AV considered as free vortex flow.
4Q
A rcd2 91. Ans: (a)
Pressure, P = pi-1g ghHg Sol: Pitot tube measures total (or) stagnation
i 4 x 0.07 )2 pressure.
-13600x 9.81x 0.02 Tc x 0.152 x1.1
H= +0.12+
750x9.81 2 x 9.81 92. Ans: (a)
H = - 0.362 + 0.12 + (0.799 x 1.1) Sol: Bernoulli's equation pertains to the law of
conservation of energy.
= - 0.362 + 0.12 + 0.879 = 0.637 meters of oil
93. Ans: (a)
87. Ans: (c) Sol: Coefficient of discharge of venturimeter is
about 0.95 to 0.99.
I A ( .1'I I I i uic( lint; I 'III l i i .111, i i )1-1Yilenthad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneawat I Lucknow I Patna I tlengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizaa I TIruPati I KukatPallY I KAMA I Ahmedabad
_ _ _
94. Ans: (c) 118. Ans: (a) 119.Ans: (c)

Sol: Rota meter is used to measure flow rate in a
pipe. 120.Ans: (b)
Sol: Euler's motion of liquids equation valid for
95. Ans: (d) incompressible fluids.
Sol: Current meter is used to measure velocity of
water in open channels. 121.Ans: (d)
Sol: Derivation of Bernoulli's energy equation
96. Ans: (b) 97. Ans: (a) 98. Ans: (d) based on the assumptions:
1.Flow is steady
99. Ans: (c) 100.Ans: (b) 101.Ans: (a) 2. Fluid is ideal
3. Fluid is continuous & continuum
102.Ans: (a) 103.Ans: (d) 104.Ans: (b) 4. Fluid is non-viscous
5. Flow is one-dimensional flow
105.Ans: (c) 106.Ans: (c) 107.Ans: (c) 6. Fluid is homogenous fluid
7. Flow along stream line etc
108. Ans: (b) 109.Ans: (c) 110.Ans: (d)
122.Ans: (a)
111. Ans: (c) 112.Ans: (b) 113.Ans: (b)
Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation one form is
V2
114. Ans: (b) P + y + - = constant in terms of
Pg 2g
Sol:
Joules/ Newton.
•
Each term in meter head of fluid
0.6
Where y = potential head
123.Ans: (d)
2 2
(0 X
Y= Sol: In free vortex flow velocity
2g 1
(V) cc
Radius of rotation of particle from axis
0.6 x 2 x 9.81
(0.6)2 1
11 V oc -
r
w = 5.72 Rad
V.r = constant
115. Ans: (c) 116.Ans: (d) 117.Ans: (c) Velocity decreases with increase in radius.
\( a r,1 nc, • i n I )1 'a ..,111, >Hyderabad I Deihl I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknaw I Patna I 13 engaluru Chennal I Vilayawada I Mug 'Pitapat( I Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
..... :Engmeering Publications
124.Ans: (b) 130.Ans: (c)
Sol: In forced vortex flow, variation of velocity Sol: In free vortex motion of fluid mass
distribution is directly proportional to radius l
Va —
of rotation at constant angular speed. r
V oc r
131.Ans: (c)
V = cu r
Sol: Length of divergent portion of venturimeter
V
— = constant is more than the length of convergent portion
r
to avoid flow separation (i.e to recover K.E
into Pressure Energy).
125.Ans: (b)
Sol: Velocity of water flow is measured by
PITOT TUBE. 132.Ans: (d)
Sol: In free vortex motion radial component of
126.Ans: (d) velocity has finite and non-zero except at
Sol: Coefficient of discharge for venturimeter centre axis of motion.
(CD) is in the range of 0.95 to 0.99.

133.Ans: (d)
Sol: All terms in Bernoulli's energy equation
127.Ans: (c)
Sol: Bernoulli's theorem is not applicable to have dimensions any one form J/N = m,
turbulent flow. J/kg = (m/sec)2 and J/m3 = (N/m2).

Correct option is (d): Length is unit of head in
meters.
128. Ans: (d)
Sol:
134.Ans: (a)
Area at veena contracta
C, — Sol: In free cylindrical vortex flow, fluid flow in
Area of pipe
the form of concentric circles.
(30)2
4 = 0.5625 135.Ans: (b)
-t- (40)2
1 Sol: Euler's equation for motion of liquids is not
4
based on turbulent flow.
129.Ans: (d) 136.Ans: (c)

Sol: Bernoulli's theorem is based on law of
conservation of energy.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
dr
%1 ;, ;,%Engineoring Publications
...
137.Ans: (d) 139.Ans: (b)
Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation in different Sol: In forced vortex flow, height of paraobloid,
forms. V2
h=
2 2g
P V
(i) —+z+
Pg 2g
pv 2
= constant
I h=v2//2g
(ii) P + pgz + = constant

2
P 2
(iii) — + gz + = constant
2
Option matches with equation (i) 140.Ans: (a)
Sol: Differential form of Euler's equation of a
138.Ans: (c) liquid is derived by Newton's 2nd law of
Sol: Pressure variation along a radial direction of motion.
vortex flow in horizontal plane.
(p + dp) dA
EF = ma
For steady flow dv = 0

at
Balancing the forces in radial direction. dN
P.dA — W cos° — (P + dP) dA = m.v.
N, dm.V 2 ds
p.dA — + dp)dA =0
Simplification, yielding
dm.V2 dP
dp.dA = — + g.dz + v.dv = 0
r
p.dv.V2
dp.dA =
141.Ans: (c)
p.dA.dr.V2 Sol:
dp.dA =
Venturimeter is used to measure volumetric
p.dr.V2 dp = p.V2 flow rate (discharge) of a liquid flowing
dp =
r dr r through a pipe.
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pone I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
J
—
142.Ans: (d) 148.Ans: (b)

Sol: To avoid flow separation at throat of a Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation cannot be
venturimeter, the ratio of diameter at throat to applied to pressure measuring gauges.
1 1
that of main pipe diameter is about — to — .
3 2 149. Ans: (b)
Sol: Coefficient of discharge of a venturimeter Ca
143.Ans: (d)
is about 0.95 to 0.99
Sol: To measure flow rate through a pipe,
venturimeter can be installed in any 150.Ans: (a)
orientation any location and any direction of Sol: In Bernoulli's energy equation,
flow the reading of differential manometer P P P
= — = — refers to pressure head
reading does not change. pg Y w
144.Ans: (a) 151.Ans: (c)

Sol: Pitot tube is a flow velocity measuring Sol: In 3 different forms of Bernoulli's energy
device used for pipe flows as well as an open equation,
channel flows also. Total energy / unit mass (or)
Total energy / unit Newton (or)
145.Ans: (b)
Total energy / unit volume can be expressed
Sol: In forced vortex flow motion of a mass of
i.e J/kg (or) J/Newton (or) J/m3.
fluid; V cc r
V 152.Ans: (a)
— = Constant
r Sol: At stagnation point of pitot tube, the velocity
V2
146.Ans: (d) head ( is equal to zero. (as stagnation
~2g 1
Sol: Divergent cone longer than the convergent
refers to zero velocity).
cone length.
153.Ans: (d)
147.Ans: (a) Sol: Minimum pressure occurs at down side of
Sol: Total energy head = Pressure Energy head + orifice plate at 50% of minimum size of
Potential energy head + Kinetic energy head orifice plate.
v2 = 0.5 d2
H=—+z+
2g = 0.5 x 40 = 20 mm
ACE Engineering Publications. Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I L,ucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
411
L4 Publications
4 4
154.Ans: (b) 164.Ans: (b)

Sol: Bernoulli's equation is applicable to steady Sol:
irrotational, incompressible flows. V2 P
+ + z = constant
2g y
155.Ans: (b) Constant units Joules/Newton = N-m/N
Sol: Current meter is an instrument used to
measure velocity of water in open channel 165.Ans: (c)
flow.
166.Ans: (c)
156. Ans: (b)
Sol: a = Kinetic energy factor
Sol: Euler's equation of motion is valid only
3
1
while integrating to obtain Bernoulli's energy — VJ
equation is "Incompressible". A V
157. Ans: (d) 167.Ans: (d)

Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation is valid for Sol: Stagnation point refers to the condition of
steady flow, continuous flow, ideal fluids. zero velocity.
158.Ans: (d) 159. Ans: (d) 168.Ans: (d)

Sol: K.E per unit weight of fluid
160. Ans: (c) 161.Ans: (b) = V2 = K.E
2g weight of the fluid
162. Ans: (a)
Sol: y is the given expression of Bernoulli's 169.Ans: (a)
energy equation refers to "Potential head". Sol: Any type of pitot tube is used to measure the
velocity of fluid flow in a pipe at given point.
163.Ans: (c)
P 2 170.Ans: (c)
Sol: — + z + = constant
2g Sol: The alignment of pitot tube is such that the
Refers total energy per unit Newton weight opening face upstream and horizontal portion
[Joule /Newton] is perfectly aligned with flow direction (Not
an inclination) i.e normal to the fluid flow.
ACE Eng.-ince ri ng Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Ludmow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.4 s,1
av ACE : 654: Fluid Mechanics
IIJ :Engineering Publications
171. Ans: (d)

Sol: Cd of Venturimeter is about 0.95 to 0.99
172.Ans: (a)
Sol: Reading of differential manometer is same
for all positions of venturimeter.
173. Ans: (b)

Sol: Velocity of fluid flow through the divergent \ \\\%\ \ l\N
portion of venturimeter decreases as the

divergent portion area increases along the 177. Ans: (a)
direction of flow. By continuity equation A
Sol: Q „ = Cd , 1 '2 V2gAh,
Q = AV, as area increases velocity decreases.
V A21 A 2
174.Ans: (d) A = 4 (0.1)2 = 0.00785m2
Sol: Head loss is more in orifice meter as Cd

A2 = 11 (0.05)2 = 0.00196 m2
value is very low. 4
Cd = 0.95
175. Ans: (b) Oh,,, = 7 m
Sol: If flow near the piezometer is non-uniform, 0.00785 x 0.00196
Q water = 0.95 x x 9.81x 7
rotational i.e turbulent, then piezometer -V(0.00785)2 — (0.00196)2
reading fluctuates.
Q water — 0.00192 x x 9.81x 7
176. Ans: (c) = 0.0225 m3/sec
Sol: Current meter: It is used to measure

velocity of water in an open channel. It is a 178. Ans: (c)
mechanical device consists rotating rotor v2

Sol: The term referred as
having blades and coupled to electric 2g
generator. The flow makes the rotor to rotate Kinetic energy head (or) velocity head (or)
there by voltage generates in generator. energy per unit weight
Voltage generates is directly proportional to (Joule /Newton = N-m/N)
the water flow velocity.
ACE Eilginec ring Pliblicatioils )Hyderabad

i I Delhi I Bhopal I PuneI Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaI BengaluruI Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I, 1, ACE Energy Equation & its Applications
1,,®:Engineering Publications : 655:
179. Ans: (c) 185.Ans: (d)

Sol: Bernoulli's theorem deals with the law of Sol: Cavitation occurs when flowing fluid
conservation of energy. pressure decreases to that fluid vapour
pressure.
180. Ans: (a)
Sol: Current meter is a device used for
186.Ans: (d)
measurement of velocity of water flow in an
Sol: Cd of venturimeter (Range: 0.95 to 0.99)
open channel.
181. Ans: (d) 187.Ans: (c)

Sol: Piezometeric head is sum of datum head and Sol: If flow is irrotational, then energy/ unit
pressure head. quantity in different stream lines are same.
182. Ans: (d) 188. Ans: (c)

Sol: Derivation of Bernoulli's equation is valid Sol: Cd > Cd > Cd
for steady flow, Non-viscous flow (inviscid Venturimeter > Nozzle meter> Orificemeter
flow) 1-Dimensional flow and uniform V>N>0
velocity at given section only. Le 0 < N < V
183.Ans: (c)
189.Ans: (b)
Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation generally
written in 190. Ans: (b)
2
Sol: Bernoulli's energy equation in different
+z+ = Constant
Pg 2g P 2
forms, given form Z + — + v = constant
Joule y 2g
Each term represents
Newton Each term represents energy per unit weight.
[Energy per unit Newton weight of the fluid]
191.Ans: (c)
184.Ans: (b)
v2 P 192. Ans: (a)
Sol: + + z = constant
2g y Sol: Locus of elevation of fluids raise in pitot
J N—m tubes in series mounted on a pipe indicates
Each term represents =
total energy line.
ACE Engineering Publications > Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar LucknowI Patna BengaluruI Chennai IVijayawadaIVizagI TiruPali KokalpallyI Kolkata I Atunedabad
14
t -1,
4 :Engineering
ACE
Publications : 656: Fluid Mechanics
4,
193. Ans: (d) 200.Ans: (c)

Sol: Pitot tube is used for measurement of
194.Ans: (b) velocity of fluid flow in pipe flow at given
„, point.
Sol: Q =aia2V2gh[h m = Sm -1
a2
Va _ 2 S011
201.Ans: (b)
7.85x10-3 x1.96 x1012 x 9.81x 0.03[13 '6 -1] Sol: V = C, 1-2g(11stag - h „afic
0.9
Al(7.85 x10-1
2 - (1.96 x1012 V = 1.0V2 x 9.81(0.3 - 0.24)
5,8 x 10-3 m3/sec V = 1.0V2 x 9.81x 0.06
V= 1.085 m/s x 60 = 65 tn/min
195. Ans: (d)
Sol: Rotameter is used to measure flow rate of
202.Ans: (c)
fluids in pipe flow.
Sol: Each term represents
Energy (in Joules) per unit
196.Ans: (c)
Newton weight of the fluid
Sol: Flow of fluid always from higher (total)
energy to lower (total) energy side.
203.Ans: (c)
Sol: Inlet length (convergent cone) of
197.Ans: (c)
venturimeter is less than the outlet length
Sol: Venturimeter is used to measure volumetric
(Divergent cone)
flow rates i.e discharges.
204.Ans: (b)
198.Ans: (c)
Sol: To avoid flow separation of venturimeter at
Sol:
throat, the best ratio of throat diameter to
Measuring flow rate in pipes, venturimeter is
1 1
used main pipe diameter is about - to -
3 2
199.Ans: (a) 205.Ans: (d) 206.Ans: (a)

Sul: Cd > Cd > Cd
Writtirlitiacr Nozzle Orifice
207.Ans: (a) 208.Ans: (c)
'(ii)` :(4 (iii)
269.Ans: (b) 210.Ans: (d)

ir
0 0 ACE : 657: Energy Equation & its Applications
ua SEngmeering Publications
211.Ans: (d) 221.Ans: (a)
Sol: Applying Bernouli's equation
212. Ans: (a) P
2
+ +Z, P +Z2 +h,
Sol: Va = Cv V2ghdynamic 7 2g 7 2g
3
P` 2 P 22
hdynamic = hstagnation hstatic —+—+0
+3 =+—+0+0
7 2g 7 2g
= 3-2 = 1 m
Va = 0.98V2x9.81x1 ( P2 Pi 32 22
7 7 2g 2g
= 4.341 m/s
( P2 PI 2.5
213.Ans: (c) 7 Y/ g
Sol: Pitot tube —> Measuring velocity of flow in a
222.Ans: (d)
pipe
Sol: The actual discharge through a venturiemter
Venturimeter —> Measuring discharge in a
is given by
pipe
a i a 2 V2gH
Cd
214.Ans: (d) 215.Ans: (d) V a 2i —a 22
216.Ans: (c) 217.Ans: (c)

223.Ans: (b)
Sol: The theoretical value of Cc for a sharp-edged
218.Ans: (c)
Sol: Pressure difference, h = 2 m orifice is equal to TE+2) which equals
\
Coefficient of discharge, Cd = 1
0.611, but in practice its value varies from
Cd aia2V2gh 0.61 to 0.69 depending on the size and shape
Discharge, Q =
2
—a 2 of the orifice and the head of liquid under
which the flow takes place. However, for
0.2)2 X (0.1)2 xV2x 9.81x 2
4 general purposes for small sharp edged
=1 x 4 — 0.05 m3/s
-1I (0.2)2 \ 2 - ( 1 0.02 1
orifices an average value of 0.64 or 0,65 may
: 1 i 4. be assumed for Cc.
219.Ans: (c) 224.Ans: (b) 225.Ans: (c) 226.Ans: (b)
220.Ans: (c) 227.Ans: (d) 228.Ans: (a) 229.Ans: (b)
\ '1 I ot;owco of; l'o1.11( }Hyderabad

0 4"4
0
4 4 ACE
,Nngineering Publications : 658: Fluid Mechanics
—,
230.Ans: (d) 234. Ans: (a)

Sol: Vspilled = Vparaboloid
231.Ans: (c)
= 1TcR 2 x 0.9
P v2 2
Sol: Total head — + +Z
pg 2g Voriginal = TER2 X 1.2
1
P + Z) +V2 yalt2 x 0.9
pg 2g Vspilled
= 9 = 3_
Voriginal 7/R 2 X 1.2 24 8
= Piezometric head + velocity head
—A-
232. Ans: (b)

0.9 m
Sol: Constant pressure surface in forced vortex is 1.2 m
a paraboloid of revolution. A circle drawn
0.3 m
on the surface such that its centre is on the
axis of paraboloid has a constant elevation.
As the pressure is already same on the
235.Ans: (b)
parabolic surface the piezometric head is
constant along the circle. (o2R2
Sol: Z.
2g
233.Ans: (b) Given y/2 = 0.2 m

y = 0.4 m
w2R2 127c x120)2 0.42
Sol: Zmax x co2 x 0.12
2g 60 2x 9.81 0.4 = 0.4 m
2 x 9.81
i.e Zmax = 1.29 m > 0.89 m
co = 28.01 rad/sec
Surface at the centre of base exposed to
x 60
atmosphere N=
27c 0.2 m
••• Pgauge = 0
= 267.5 rpm
—A—
236 Ans: (b)
0.89 m Sol: If velocity at a cross section is not uniform
max =1.2
the actual kinetic energy is different form
kinetic energy calculated based on average
velocity. Hence kinetic correction factor
/‘>Hyderabad
ACE Engineering Publications ‘ , I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Locknow j Patna I Beng-aluru I Chennai J Vijayaivada j Vizag Monad Kulcatpally I Kolliata I Ahmedabad
40 "Q.
0.

„ Engineering Pubhathons
4.
4
(usually denoted by a) must be used to get 239. Ans: (a)

actual kinetic energy. Sol: The total energy line represents variation of
2 ( 13 V2
i.e. actual K.E. = a total energy + + Z & hydraulic
2g pg 2g j
grade line represents variation of
237.Ans: (b) \
P
piezometric head ( + Z in the direction
Sol: The fluid must be ideal (frictionless) but not Pg
necessarily ideal gas. Hence second of flow. Hence the difference between the
statement is incorrect.
( V2
Irrotational flow is not necessary condition two lines is kinetic energy head
2g j
for the Bernoulli's equation. Hence third
statement is also wrong. (However if flow is
240.Ans: (a)
irrotational then the Bernoulli's equation
Sol:
can be applied between any two points even
though these points are not on same I A (pdAV) X V2
actualK.E 2
streamline). a=
K.E.based on avg.velocty (p AV)x V2
' 2
238.Ans: (b)
Sol: Energy line can never be horizontal or VcIA
sloping upward because energy always
AV'
decreases in the direction of flow due to
friction. The piezometric line can increase in
241.Ans: (c)
the direction of flow if velocity decreases in
Sol: Assuming the vortex as a free vortex
the direction of flow. For example in diffuser
velocity decreases, pressure increases hence i.e. V = —
r 1.
piezometric line can rise in the direction of V2 r
.
flow. O
O
V, r2
Pipe centerline can be above energy line for
V2 10
example in siphon. In such a case pressure for
5 30
the pipe portion above energy line will be
5
below atmospheric. V2 =—
3 m/s
ACE Engineering Pulilications.,

1/4' Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru Chennai j Vijayawada I Vuag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata l Ahmedabad
$
44g ACE
4Engineering Publications : 660: Fluid Mechanics
As the free vortex is an irrotation vortex flow 244. Ans: (*)

the Bernoulli's equation can be applied Sol: Cavitation happens when pressure inside
between any two points. Considering flow falls below vapour pressure. The
undisturbed free surface as a reference level vapour pressure for a particular fluid
application of Bernoulli's equation between depends only on temperature of the fluid.
the given point & far away point from the None of the option provided gives correct
centre gives. explanation.
P2 + V22 V2
— — + 2 = P + +Z3
pg 2g pg 2g 245.Ans: (c)
P 2
Patin V Patm
+10d- Z3 Sol: Po —P+pV2
pg 2g - — Pg 2
i.e. stagnation pressure = static pressure +
[...r3 ---> CO V3 = —
I( = 01 dynamic pressure.
r3
)2
246.Ans: (a)
V2 53
Z3 — - = = () Sol: The pitot static tube measures difference
2g 2 x 9.81
between stagnation pressure & static
— 0.1416 m = 14.16 cm
pressure. This difference is equal to
dynamic pressure.
242. Ans: (d)
Sol: Losses in flow nozzle (nozzle meter) are
247. Ans: (d)
more as compared to venturimeter but less
Sol: V = C.
as compared orifice meter.
= 0.99V2 x 9.81x 0.75 = 3.8 m/s
243. Ans: (a)
248. Ans: (c)
Sol: Cd = 1111 h f
H Sol: The assumptions made while deriving the
Bernoulli's equation are
0.95 = 12.8—ht.
11 2.8 1. Fluid is inviscid
2. Flow is along stream line
hf = 0.273 m
3. Flow is steady
4. Fluid is incompressible
ACE Engincerihg Puhlicatitins sj HyderabadI Delhi 1131,0PalIPuneIBhubaneswarI l,rkaowIPatnaIBengaluruI ChennaiI VijayawadaI VizagI TiruPad I Kukatpally KolkataI Ahmedabad
4.."
le
, av AVE : 661: Energy Equation & its Applications
5. No external work or energy interaction 252. Ans: (c)
is involved . Sol: Venturi meter does not have flow separation
Note: 2 Dimensional flow is also not a due to gradual expansion hence head loss is
necessary assumption for Bernoulli's minimum.
equation.
253. Ans: (b)
249. Ans: (c) Sol: Navier - stokes equation is application of
Sol: The head loss due to sudden contraction is Newton's second law to the motion of fluid
given by element.
,\ 2
1 V22
h• —1
254. Ans: (d)
Ce 2g
Sol: As per Bernoulli's equation sum of pressure
Where,
energy, kinetic energy and potential energy
Cc = Contraction coefficient
is constant along streamline for steady
V2 = Velocity after contraction.
2
incompressible flow.
1
hL = 1) x (1.25) = 0.332 m
0.66
255. Ans: (b)
Sol: In nozzle area decreases, velocity increases
250. Ans: (b)
and pressure decreases. Nozzle converts
Sol: The manometric head is given by
pressure energy into kinetic energy. Option
Hm = static head + losses = 10+5 = 15 m
(b) is most appropriate.
The power required to drive the pump is
P = pgQH.
11.
Assuming the overall efficiency (r10) to be 1

P = 1000 x 9.81 x0.1 x 15 = 14.715 kW
251. Ans: (a)

Sol: The velocity potential for free vortex is
given by
= —0
27c
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luelmow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Ttrupati Kukatpally I Kollmia I Ahmedabad
Chapter 6
01. A jet of water impinges on a flat fixed plate
Momentum Equation and
its Applications
4. A jet of water 5cm in diameter impinges on
at an inclination. The force exerted by the a flat plate normally with 18m/sec velocity.
jet is maximum, when the inclination of the If the plate is moving in the same direction
jet with the plate is at 12m/sec force exerted on the plate
(AEE-1984) (AEE-1992)
(a) 90° (b) 45° (a) 5547N (b) 565.5N
(c) 180° (d) none of these (c) 5.65N (d) 70.7N
02. A jet of water impinges tangentially at the 5. A jet of water of cs. area 0.1962 m2 strikes a
inlet of a moving curved vane with an flat plate normally with a velocity of 15
absolute velocity of 10 m/s and leaves the m/sec. the horse power of the jet is
vane at the outlet with an absolute velocity (AE-1993)
of 2 m/s. The efficiency of the work done is (a) 33750 (b) 450
(AEE-1984) (c) 30 (d) 900
(a) indeterminable for want of sufficient
data 6. The jet of water impinging on the runner of
(b) 96% a Pelton wheel has a velocity of 60 m/sec.
(c) 20% For maximum efficiency of the turbine, the
(d) none of these velocity of runner is (AE-1993)
(a) 120 m/sec (b) 60 m/sec
03. Full load is supplied by a turbine shaft when (c) 30 m/sec (d) 15 in/sec
dia. of jet issuing form nozzle is 15 cm. If
the load suddenly drops to 36% of full load, 7. If the total head of the nozzle of a pipe is
the dia. of the jet to be regulated is 37.5 m and discharge is 1 cumec, the power
(AEE 1987) generated is
(a) 7cm (b) 10 cm (APPSC 2006 LR AEE-1996)
(c) 6 cm (d) 9 cm (a) 400 H.P (b) 450 H.P
(c) 500 H.P (d) 550 H.P
ACE Engineering Publications sj Hyderabad I Delhi hopal I Pune I BhubarieswariLucknowl PatnalBengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizagl Tirupati I Kukatpallyl Kolkata !Ahmedabad
ACE : 663: Momentum Equation & its Applications
08. The path of fluid jet flow from a nozzle wa ve (b) wave
(a) sin 0
exposed to atmosphere is a g
(AEE-2004) wav (d) w a v
(c) sin 0
(a) straight line (b) circular arc g g
(c) parabolic arc (d) hyperbolic arc
13. The force exerted by a jet on a vane is
9. The ratio of the maximum height to which a determined by
jet inclined at 0 rises to the total horizontal (AEE CE/ME-2004)
path of flow is (a) Energy conservation principle
(AEE-2004) (b) Momentum principle
(a) 0.25 sin 0 (b) 0.25 cos 0 (c) Continuity principle
(c) 0.25 tan 0 (d) 0.25 cot 0 (d) None of these
14. Even if the throat is choked and depending

10. The path of fluid jet flow from a nozzle
on the back pressure ratio, a convergent-
exposed to a atmosphere is a
divergent nozzle may give
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) straight line (b) circular arc
(a) suspersonic flow only
(c) parabolic arc (d) hyperbolic arc
(b) subsonic flow only
(c) either supersonic or subsonic flow
11. The dynamic thrust exerted by a jet, on a (d) neither supersonic nor subsonic flow
flat plate moving with velocity 'u' in the
direction, normal to the plate will be 15. The general relationship between mass flow
(AEE CE/ME-2004) rate and pressure drop for restriction flow
wa(v — u) (b) wa(v — u) 2 meter: mass flow rate is
(a)
g g (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(d) wa(v + u)2 (a) proportional to pressure drop across the
(c) wa (v — u)3
meter tap
(b) proportional to square root of the
12. The force exerted by the jet of fluid on the pressure drop across the meter tap
stationary plate in the direction normal to (c) inversely proportional to pressure drop
the plate will be across the meter tap
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (d) None of the above
*1/4.
ACE Engineering Publications e>Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar LucknowI Patna I BengaluruI ChennaiI VijayawadaI Vizag TirupatiI KukatpallyIKolkala Ahrnedabad
ACE
.10.:Engineering : 664: Fluid Mechanics
Publications
16. A jet of water of cross — sectional area 20. Jet boat moves with a velocity of 10 m/s
1200 cm2 impinges on a fixed plate in the when the velocity of jet is 30 m/s. What is
direction perpendicular to the plate with a the efficiency of propulsion ?
velocity of 5m/sec. Taking unit weight of (APPSC 2006 LR)
water as 10 IN/m3, find the force exerted on (a) 33.33% (b) 37.5%
the plate (APPSC 2006 LR) (c) 30% (d) 45%
(a) 3kN (b) 300kN
(c) 600N (d) 1.2kN 21. The normal force exerted by the jet on fixed
plate as shown in the figure, is equal to
17. A water jet of cross-sectional area
(APPSC 2006 LR)
2000 mm2 hits a symmetrical curved fixed
plate with a velocity of 10m/s. If the Velocity V
Jet of water
deflection angle of the plate is 120°, what is
the force exerted on the plate Area A
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) 100N (b) 1866N
Fixed plate
(c) 1500N (d) 866N
18. A water jet impinges on a series of vanes AV 2 . (b) yAV2 sin 0

(a) sin 0
with a velocity of 25 m/s causing the vanes g g
to move with a velocity of 10m/s. The pAV 2
(c) cos 0 (d) AV2 cos 0
efficiency of the wheel is g g
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) 40% (b) 60% 22. A plane of arbitrary shape is submerged to
(c) 36% (d) 48% depth in a liquid. The resultant pressure will
act at a point (centre of pressure).
19. A jet boat moves with a velocity of 36 (AEE CE/ME-2006)
kilometers per hour when a jet of water (a) the centroid of the plane area, if the
issues with a velocity of 30m/sec through an pressure intensity is uniform
orifice of cross- sectional area 20,000 mm2. (b) below the centorid of plane area, if the
What is the propulsion force? intensity of pressure varies
(APPSC 2006 LR) (c) case one and two as well
(a) 24kN (b) 60kN (d) above the centroid of the plane
(c) 36N (d)48KN
A('l Engineering Publications Hyderabad' DelhilBhopal' Pune Bhubaneswar ILucknowlPatnalBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagITiruPatil KultatPallyl Kolkata Ahmedabad
0.
4
4.
23. Water is discharged through a nozzle for 27. Wh' ;h of the following instruments can be
sprinkling over a lawn. What should be the used for measuring the speed of aeroplane?
inclination of the nozzle to reach maximum (AEE-2007)
range? (AEE-2006) (a) Venturimeter (b) Hot wire anemometer
(a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 30° (d) 50° (c) Rotameter (d) Pitot tube
24. The force exerted by the jet on fixed plate

28. A jet of water 50 mm diameter strikes a
as shown in the figure, is equal to
stationary plate normally with a velocity 30
(AEE-2007)
m/s. The force experienced by the plate
Velocity V Jet of
water (AE CE/ME-2007)
1
Area A (a) 9.81 kN (b) 17.7 kN
(c) 1.96 kN (d) 2.8 kl\I
Fixed plate 29. The force exerted by a jet of water

AV 2 (b) pAV 2 0 impinging normally on a fixed plate is
(a) sin 0 sin
g g (2008)
waV waV waV (d) waV
pAV2 (a) (b) (c)
(c) cos 0 (d) AV2 cos 0 2g g 2g
g g
Where,
w = Specific weight of water in N/m3
25. A water jet of area 'A' and velocity 'v' a = Cross sectional area of jet in m2
impinges on a smooth plate inclined at '0' V = Velocity of jet in m/s
to the jet. If p is the unit weight of water,
the force on the plate is given by 30. A jet of water enters and leaves a fixed
(AE CE/ME-2007) curved vane tangentially. The force of the
(a) p Ave cos 0 (b) p A2v cos 0 jet along normal to the Vane is (2008)
(c) p Av sin 0 (d) p Ave sin 0 wAV 2
(a) (cos a + cos (3)
g
26. The linear momentum equation is based on
wAV 2
(AE CE/ME-2007) (b) (cos Ot + cos (3)
2g
(a) Euler's equation
(b) Newton's third law wAV 2
(c) (sin a + sin(3)
(c) Bernoulli's equation g
(d) Newton's second law wAV2

(d) (sin a + sin (3)
2g
1/4
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhilBhopall Pune IBhubanesivariLticknow1PatnalBengalurulChennailVijayawadaNizagrriruPatilKukarpallyiKolkatilAhrnedabad
u6. 4 ACE : 666: Fluid Mechanics
44 1'uEngineexing Publications
31. The ratio of the normal force of jet of water 36. The efficiency of a jet of water having a
on a plate inclined at an angle of 30° as velocity 'V' striking a series of vertical
compared to that when the plate is normal to plates moving with a velocity 'LI' maximum
jet is: (2008) when: (APPSC 2008)
1
(a) (b) — (c) 1.0 (d) (a) U = 2V (b) U = —
V
2 2
3V 4V
(c) U = (d) U =
32. The force exerted by a jet of water on a 2 3
stationary flat plate held normal to the
37. The force exerted by a jet of water having a
direction of jet is given by: (2008)
velocity 'V on a series of curved vanes
(a) F=pav2 sin 2 0 (b) F=pav2 (1+ cos 0)
moving with velocity 'u' is given by:
(c) F= pav 2 (d) F=pav2 sin 0 (2008)
(a) FX = pav(v — u) (1 + cos 0)
33. The force exerted by a jet of water on a
(b) Fx = pav (v — u)
stationary curved plate in the direction of jet
is equal to: (2008) (c) Fx = pav2 (1+ cos 0)
(a) F =pav2 (d) Fx = pa(v — u) 2 + cos 0)
(b) F=pav2 sin 0

38. Efficiency of the jet of water having
(c) F =pav2 (1+ sin 0)
velocity 'Ar' striking a series of flat plates
(d) F=pav2 (1+ cos 0) moving with a velocity `1.1' is given by:
(2008)
34. If the jet strikes at the centre of the series of 2u 2 (V — u) 2u(v — u)
(a) ri = (b) = ,
curved vanes semi-circular in shape, the v2 V`
theoretical maximum efficiency is (2008) 2u(v — u) 2 2u(v u)2
(a) 50% (b) 66.7% (C) 11 — (d) =
v3 V`
(c) 80% (d) 100%
39. A water jet of area 0.002 m2 and velocity
35. For a series of curved vanes, work done per 15.0 m/s impinges on a plate moving along
second per unit mass is equal to: (2008) the jet at 5.0 m/s the force exerted by the jet
(a) 1(\flu, +v2u2) (b) 1(viui ± v2u2 ) on the plate is (APPSC 2008 LR)
g g (a) 0.02IN (b) 450.0N
(c) (v„ i u i ± v„u 2 ) (d) (viui +v2u2) (c) 100.0N (d) 0.20kN
ACE Engineering Publications>>Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar! Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennat I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4. ACE : 667: Momentum Equation & its Applications
SEngineezing Publications
40. A nozzle fitted to a gas reservoir gets 43. The ratio of the normal force of jet of water
chocked when on a plate inclined at an angle of 30° as
(AEE CE/ME-2008) compared to that when the plate is normal to
(a) the velocity of flow is sonic in the jet is: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
passage
(a) (b) 1(c) 1.0 (d)
(b) shock waves occur in the passage 2
(c) the passage is partially obstructed
(d) temperature is high 44. Coefficient of resistance is the ratio of :
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
41. The force exerted by a jet of water (a) actual velocity of jet at vena contracta
impinging normally on a fixed plate is: to the theoretical
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (b) area of jet at vena contracta to the area
waV of orifice
(a) waV (b)
2g g (c) loss of head in the orifice to the head of
waV 2 waV 2 water available at the exit of the
(c) (d)
g 2g orifice
Where w = Specific weight of water in (d) actual discharge through an orifice to
N/m3 the theoretical discharge
a = cross sectional area of jet in m2
V = Velocity of jet in m/s 45. A jet of water discharging from a 40 mm
diameter orifice has a diameter of 32 mm at
42. A jet of water enters and leaves a fixed its vena contracta. The coefficient of
curved vane tangentially. The force of the contraction is: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
jet along normal to the vane is (a) 0.46 (b) 0.64
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (c) 0.78 (d) 0.87
waV2 /
COS + COS (3) 46. A change of angular momentum in a fluid
g
flow along a curved path produces a
waV2
(cos a — cos (3) (AEE — 2011)
2g
(a) Change in momentum
waV2 (b) Change in energy
(sin a + sin13)
g (c) Change in pressure
waV2, (d) Torque
(sin a — sin(3)
2g
I ACE Engineering Publications, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vmag I Tirupati I Kukatpglly J Kolkata I Ahmedabad
g •Oi s
(CO
%,1
;,
.1
47. For a fluid flowing in a curved path, a (a) 540 N (b) 460 N
change in its angular momentum develops a (c) 300 N (d) 225 N
(AEE — 2011)
(a) Torque (b) velocity 52. A jet of water strikes a flat vertical plate
(c) Change in pressure (d) slope moving in the direction of jet at one-third
the velocity of the jet. Then the force
exerted by the jet on the plate is given
48. The moment correction factor 43) for a
by K x pAv2 where K=
laminar flow is about (AEE — 2011)
(DYSY — 2011)
(a) One (b) 1.15 (c) 1.25 (d) 1.33
(a) One (b) 2/3 (c) 2/9 (d) 4/9
49. The force exerted by a jet of water on a

53. The theorical velocity of jet at Veena
stationary vertical plate in the direction of
Contracta is (AE 2011)
jet is given by (APPSC — 2011)
(a) 2gH (b) HA
(a) fx = pAV2 sin 2 0
(c) 1/2gH (d) 2gA/F
-1
(b) fx =pAV2 (1+ cos 0)
(c) fx = pAV2
54. Efficiency in the case of a jet striking plate
(d) None of the above is defined as the ratio of (DYSY — 2011)
(a) Work done on the plate to the kinetic
50. A jet of fluid, of area A and velocity V, energy of the jet
impinges on a stationary flat plate which is (b) Work done on the plate to the potential
held perpendicular to the flow direction. energy of the jet
Then the normal force exerted by the jet on (c) Kinetic energy to potential energy of the
the plate is (DYSY — 2011) jet
(a) pAV (b) pAV2 (d) Potential energy to kinetic energy of the
(c) pA 2 V (d) pA2V2 jet
Where p= mass of the jet fluid. 55. The momentum correction factor 13 is used
to account for (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
51. A jet of water impinges on a stationary plate
(a) change in pressure
inclined at angle of a= 30° to the direction
(b) change in mass rate of flow
of the jet. If the normal force action on the
(c) change in total energy
jet is 600 N, the component of for parallel to
(d) non-uniform distribution of velocities at
the direction of jet is
inlet and outlet sections
(DYSY — 2011)
ACEEngineeiing Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Wayawada I ViLag I TUnPati I KukalPally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
tf
%.1
4.
56. The change in moment of momentum of (a) 18.35 m (b) 19.14 m

fluid due to flow along a curved path results (c) 19.92 m (d) 20.00 m
in (AEE-2008, AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) a dynamic force which passes through 61. A fluid jet of cross-sectional area 'A' and
the centre of curvature velocity 'V strikes a flat plate moving with
(b) a torque a velocity `11'. The fluid mass striking it for
(c) a change in energy a second is
(d) a change in pressure (AE-2013)
(a) pAv (b) pA (v — u)
57. Momentum equation is completely
(c) pA (u — v) (d) pA (v + u)
independent of (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) compressibility effects
62. The dynamic force exerted by a fluid of
(b) frictional effects
cross-section area 'A' and velocity 'V on a
(c) viscous effects
moving flat plate held at right angles to the
(d) momentum flux
direction of jet is (AE-2013)
(a) pAvu (b) pA(v — u)u
58. The integral momentum equation requires
(c) pA(v — u)2 (d) pA(v + u)u
the assumption that (AE-2012)
(a) the flow is uniform
(b) the flow is unidirectional 63. The force exerted by a jet of water on a
(c) the fluid is incompressible stationary curved plate in the direction of jet
(d) the flow is steady is equal to (Lecturers-2013)

(a) pave (b) pav2sin20
59. The value of momentum correction factor (c) pav2 (1 + cos 0) (d) pave sin 0
for the viscous flow through a circular pipe
is (AE-2012) 64. Efficiency of jet of water having velocity v
(a) 1.33 (b) 1.50 and striking vertical plates moving with a
(c) 2.0 (d) 1.25 velocity u is given by
(Lecturers-2013)
60. A jet of water issues from a 5 cm diameter
2u(v — u) 2v(v — u)
nozzle, held vertically upwards, at a (a) e = (b) e =
v2 U
2
velocity of 20 m/s. If air resistance 2 2

U V (V u)
consumes 10% of the initial energy of the (c) e = 2 (d) e =
v (V u) u2
jet, find the height it would reach above the
nozzle. (Observers-2013)
ACT, Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vilayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
vg :Engineering Publications
4
65. While applying the momentum equation the 68. An unsymmetrical sprinkler has
net force that acts over the control volume is frictionless and equal flow through each of
required to be evaluated. Which of the the two nozzles. If the absolute velocities
following forces are generally considered in are 6.0 and 9.0 m/s, the ratio of the
determining the net force? distances of the nozzles from the rotating
(AE-2013) shaft
i. Gravity force (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
ii. Viscous forces (a) 92: 62 (b) 93 : 63
iii. Pressure force (c) 9:6 (d) 91/2: 61/2
iv. Boundary resistance

v. Elastic force 69. Impulse momentum equation gives the
vi. Surface tension force relationship between force (F), mass (m) and
(a) (b) i, v, vi velocity (v) as
(c) i, iv, v (d) i, iii, iv (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
dm 1 dv
(a) F = v (b) F= —
66. A 50 mm diameter jet having a velocity of dt m dt
25 m/s strikes a flat stationary plate, the
(c) F = d(mv) (d) F = v dt
normal of which is inclined at 60° to the dt dt
axis of the jet. The normal force exerted on
the plate in Newtons is 70. The momentum correction factor is used to
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) account for (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) 613 N (b) 360 N (a) Change in direction of flow
(c) 640 N (d) 460 N (b) change in pressure
(c) Non-uniform distribution of velocity
67. A water jet 0.015 m2 in area has a velocity (d) Unsteady flow
of 15 m/s. If this jet impinges normally on a
plate which is moving at a velocity of 5 m/s 71. A liquid jet of 30 m/s velocity is striking a
in the direction of the jet, the force on the single symmetrical moving curved vane at
plate due to this impact is the centre. For maximum efficiency, the
(TSPSC AEE 2015) velocity of the vane should be
(a) 14686 N (b) 2246 N (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(c) 3368 N (d) 1497 N (a) 10 m/s (b) 20 m/s
(c) 15 m/s (d) 30 m/s
I ACE 1:nginccriug Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
APE
Engmeenng Publications : 671: Momentum Equation & its Applications
72. Fluid flow analysis is valid as long as the 76. A jet of water issues from a nozzle with a
smallest length dimension of the problem velocity of 20 m/s and it impinges normally
is much larger than the distance between on a flat plate moving away from it at 10
molecules. This concept is known as m/s. If the cross-sectional area of the jet is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 0.02 m2 and the density of water as
(a) Homogeneous fluid 1000 kg/m2, then the force developed on
(b) Fluid continuum the plate will be
(c) Control volume (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(d) Ideal fluid (a) 10 N (b) 1000 N
(c) 2000 N (d) 100 N
73. A control volume implies
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 77. If the velocity is zero over half of the cross-
(a) a fixed region in space sectional area and is uniform over the
(b) an isolated system remaining half, then the momentum
(c) a specified mass in fluid flow correction factor is
(d) a closed system (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 4/3 (d) 1
74. A fluid jet of cross sectional area of a and
velocity of V strikes (normal to) moving 78. The normal force or thrust exerted by a jet
plate arranged in series with velocity u and of water of cross sectional area 'a' and
u<V, the actual fluid mass striking is equal velocity 'V' on a flat plate inclined at an
to (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) angle 0 to the jet is given by
(a) pau (b) pa(V+u) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(c) paV (d) pa(V—u) (a) QV cos 0/g (b) QV (1+sin0)/g
(c) QV sin 0/2g (d) QV sinO/g
75. In case of force exerted by a jet of water on

79. A water jet has an area of 0.03 m2 and
a series of curved plates when the jet strikes
normal to the direction of the plate, the impinges normally on a plate. If a force of
1 kN is produced as a result of this impact,
maximum efficiency of 100% occurs when
the velocity of the jet in m/s is
the curved vanes are made
(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a) parabolic (a) 15 (b) 33.4
(b) semi-circular
(c) 3.4 (d) 5.78
(c) elliptical (d) semi-elliptical
ACE Engineering Publicaiions )Hyderabad

f,e I DelhiI Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarILucknowI PatnaIBengaluru Chennai Vijayawada VizagI TirupatiIKttkatpallyIKolkata I Ahmedabad
e
J,'Engineering Publications
Solutions
04. Ans: (a) 4. Arils: (d)

Soft: FN = pAV2 sines Sol: F of moving plate = p . A. (V—U)2
of 0 = 90°, sin 90° =1
= 1000 x (0.05)2 x (18-12)2
FN will be maximum of pAV2 4
= 70.7N
05. ABS: (b)

1 2 1 2 1
Sol: Power = — m V = — p Q V = — p AV3
2 2 2
2. Ans: (a)
= 2 x1000 x 0.1962 x(15)3
1et W.D / sec _ pA(V — U)2 U
Sol: ' =
Jet K.E / sec 1 my2 = 331.1 kW
—
2 = 331.1 HP = 450 HP
1 2 1 3 0.736
—MV = 2 — pAV
2
2(V — U)2 U 6. Ans: (c)
V3 Sol: For maximum efficiency
Velocity of moving vane is not given. V 60
U = —=— =30m/s
Hence data is insufficient to evaluate 2 2
efficiency of Jet
7. Ans: (c)
Sol: Total head = 37.5 m
3. Ans: (d)
Discharge = lcumec
Sol: Power = Force x value of wheel
Power generated = ?
= p .A V (V—U)2. U
P = pgQh
2 = 1000 x 9.81 x 1 x 37.5
4 d2 V(VU) U
13= P L1
= 367.875 kW
p oc d2 [power oc (dia of Jet)2]
367.875
d oc VY 0.736
d2 =15.NAT.T6= 15x0.6 = 9 cm = 499.830 500 H.P
ACE Engineering Pfiblications Hyderabad I Delhi I HhePal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengal= I Chennai I Vijayawada I Arnag I Tirupan Kukarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.,f '441, ACE
,;,,, "Engineering Publications : 673: Momentum Equation & its Applications
Fluid power = pgQH 12. Ans: (b)

= 1000x9.81x1x37.5 2 WaV2
Sol: FN = pay = (0 = 90°)
= 367875 watt g
= 367.875 kW
367.875 13. Ans: (b) 14. Arts: (b) 15.Ans: (b)
— 500 HP
0.736
16. Ans: (a)
8. Ans: (c)
Sol: F= p AV2 = 1000 x 1200 x 10-4 x (5)2
Sol: Path of fluid Jet from Nozzle exposed in
atmosphere is trajectory parabolic arc = 3000N = 3kN
17. Ans: (a)

Sol: F= p AV2 (l+cos 0 )
= 1000 x 2000x10-6 x102 ( l+cos 120°)
= 100N
9. Ans: (c)
Sol: 18. Ans: (d)
W.D/sec p AV(V — U).0
Sol:
kE of Jet / Sec ,
1 p AV
2
2(V—U)U
V2
H. V2 sine 0/2g
2(25 —10)x10
Range V2 sin 20 — 0.48
(25)2
g
= 48 %
sin20
= 1 tan()
2x 2sin0cos0 4
19. Ans: (a)
= 0.25 tan°
Sol: Propulsive force = p.A.Vr.V
= p.A. (V+U) V
10, Ans: (c)
= 1000 x20000 x 10-6 (30+10) x 30
= 24000N = 24 kN
11. Ans: (b)
Sol: F of moving plate = pa (V — U)2
= \'±r .a(V.
g
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PanalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagairupatilKukaipallyIRolkatalAhmedabad
:EngineezingPubhcations
20. Ans: (b) 30. Ans: (a)
W.D/sec 2V.0 Sol: F = p AV2 (cos a + cos 13)
Sol: i1 —
1 Vr2 w AV2 (cos a + cos (3)
— mv 2 =—
2 r
g
2x30x10 600
(30+10)2 (40)2
600 — 0.375 = 37.5%

1600
21. Ans: (b)

Sol: FN = p AV2 sin()
= AV2 sine 31. Ans: (b)

g
FN pAV2 . sin 0 1
Sol: '= =sin 0= sin 30° =—
FN2 pAV2 2
22. Ans: (b) 23. Ans: (b)
32. Ans: (c)

24. Ans: (b)
Sol: F = p AV2
Sol: FN
90-0
V=Velocity of jet 0
Force exerted by jet on fixed plate

33. Ans: (d)
(normally)
Sol:
= p Q.V Co (90 — 0)
= p QV sin 0 = p AV2 sin°
34. Ans: (d) 26. Ans: (d)

F = p AV2 (1+ cos0)
27. Ans: (b) 28. Ans: (b)

35. Ans: (d)
Sol: No. of series of curved vanes mounted or
29. Ans: (d)
wheel shape is
Sol: F = pAV2 = 171. AV2 Semi—circuler (0 = 180°)
g
max = 100%
ACE Engineering Pub I icatio t ,›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0
le 4
If %1 ACE : 675: Momentum Equation & its Applications
W
sa :Engineering Publications
4
35. Ans: (c) 43. Ans: (b) 44. Ans: (c) 45. Ans: (b)
Sol: W.D/sec = F x U
= m (AVw) x U 46. Ans: (d)
=m (Vw, Ul ± U2 ) Sol: Torque = moment of momentum of fluid
i.e. change of angular momentum of fluid
Per 1 kg/Sec
along the curved path
W. D/sec—kg = (VW, Ul ± Vw2 U 2 )
47. Ans: (a)

36. Ans: (b)
Sol: For maximum efficiency of series of plates
48. Ans: (d)
on a fixed axis wheel, U = —
V Sol: Momentum correction factor GI) for
2
4
laminar flow is equal to — = 1.33
3
37. Ans: (a)
Sol: FCurved moving plate = m AV.
49. Ans: (c)
= p Q (V cos() + V)
Sol: Fie On stationary plate = p AV2
= p. A Vr (V) (1 + cos0)
= p. A. V (V—U) (1+ cos())
50. Ans: (b)
38. Ans: (b) Sol: FJET Stationary plate = p AV2
Sol: rl of series plates
W.D / sec p A (V — U)V. U 51. Ans: (c)
K.E / sec Sol:
—
1 pAV3
2
2(V — U).0
V2
39. Ans: (d)

Sol: F= p A (V—U)2
= 1000 x 0.002 x (15-5)2 = 200N
FN = 600 N
= 0.2 IN
Fx = FN sine, = 600xsin 30°
= 300 N
40. Ans: (a) 41. Ans: (c) 42.Ans: (a)
ACE Engineering PublicanonS >HyderabadIDelhi I Bhopal 'Pune 1Bhubaneswarl LucknowIPaina IBengalurui Chennai Mayawadal VizagiTirupati Mukatpallyi Kolkata I Ahmedabad
S
i ACE : 676: Fluid Mechanics
.4 440Eagineering Publications
52. Ans: (d) 59. Ans: (a)
Sol: F = pA (V—U)2 4
Sol: Moment correction factor (f3) =- = 1.33
3
= p A (V--
1 V)2
3
)2 60. Ans: (a)
= p A (3V
2 (20)2
S01: H= 0.9 = 0.9 — 18.35m
4 2g 2 x 9.81
= — p AV2 = K pAV2
4 61. Ans: (b)

Where K = —
9 Sol: m = mass flow rate = p. Q
m = p.A. Vr = p A (V—U)
53. Ans: (c)
62. Ans: (c)

54. Ans: (a)
Sol: F = pA (V—U)2
W.D / sec by jet on plat
Sol: 1 TET
K. E. of Jet / sec
63. Ans: (c) 64. Ans: (a)
55. Ans: (d) 65 Ans: (d)

Sol: Momentum correction factor is used or a Sol: Impulse momentum Equation for control
account of non-uniform velocities volume considered gravity force, pressure
distributions at reactions of control volume force and boundary resistance forces.
56. Ans: (b)

66 Ans: (a)
Sol: Change in moment of momentum of fluid
Sol: d = 0.05m
due to flow along a curved path results in a
V = 25 m/s
torque developed on the rotor of turbine (or)
water sprinkler. 0= 60°
FN = p A V2 sin0
57. Ans: (c)
Sol: Impulse momentum equation is
= 1000 x —7c (0.05)2 x 252 x sin 30°
independent upon viscous effects 4
= 613.5 N
58. Ans: (c)
Sol: Integral momentum equation is valid for
compressible fluid flow.
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupali I Kukatpally Kam& I Ahmedabad
.9"*. ACE : 677: Momentum Equation & its Applications
IMIKEnginecting Publications
67 Ans: (d) 75. Ans: (b) 76. Ans: (c)
Sol: F= pA (V—U)2
= 1000 x 0.015 (15-5)2 77. Ans: (b) 78. Ans: (d)
= 1500N
79. Ans: (d)
68 Ans: (c) 69. Ans: (c) Sol:
F = pav2
70. Ans: (c) 71. Ans: (a) 1000 = 1000 x 0.03 x v2
v = 5.77 m/s
72. Ans: (b) 73. Ans: (a)
74. Ans: (c)

Sol:
u m/s
V mls
F = pa (V—u)2
m = pQ = paV
Actual mass striking is paV
AcE: Engineering Pill-A ications 1i/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengakru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpaliy Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Flow Through Pipes
Chapter
01. Reynold's number for pipe flow varies 04. Two reservoirs are connected by a siphon.
(AEE-1984) The flow through the pipe will cease, when
(a) as coefficient of viscosity (AEE-1984)
(b) as kinematic viscosity (a) the pressure at the summit is absolute
(c) inversely as the product of velocity and zero
diameter (b) the summit is at higher elevation than
(d) inversely as kinematic viscosity the upper reservoir level
(c) the pressure at the summit falls below
02. Water flow into a tank by pipe flow. The loss the vapour pressure of the fluid
of head at the exit of the pipes is equal to (d) none of the above
(AEE-1984)
(a) half the velocity head at the exit 05. Water hammer in pipes occurs when
(b) velocity head at the exit (AEE 1987)
(c) zero (a) excessive leakage occurs
(d) none of the above (b) pipe is hit with hammer
(c) flow of liquid through pipe is suddenly
03. If two reservoirs whose water levels differ by stopped by closing the valve
2 m are connected by 2 C.I pipes laid in (d) pipe bursts under excessive fluid
series whose lengths and diameters are 100 pressure
m. 40 cm and 200 m and 20 cm rest
(AEE-1984) 06. The power transmitted through a pipe is
(a) the loss of head in the system is 2 m of maximum when the loss of head due to
water friction is K times the head supplied where K
(b) the loss of head cannot be determined is
(c) there is no flow from one reservoir to the (AEE 1987)
other (a) 1/4 (b) 1/2
(d) none of the above is true (c) 1/3 (d) 2/3
ACE Engilwering Public alions >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chen tai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkaia I Ahmedabad
4.J."?
tr0
I, ACE : 679: Flow Through Pipes
U„ :Engineering Publications
.1
07. Manning's formula is used to (a) 0.5 v2/2g (b) v2/2g
determine friction head loss in (c) 1.5 v2/2g (d) v2/g
(AEE 1987)
(a) pipes running full 13. Vena contracta is a point at which
(b) pipes running partially (AE-1993)
(c) open channels (a) The velocity of flow is maximum
(d) irregular sections (b) The velocity of flow is average
(c) The velocity of flow is minimum
08. Reynolds Number for pipe flow is given by (d) The velocity of flow is constant for any
(AEE 1987) head
(a) VD/ v (b) VD[t/g
(c) VDp/[t (d) VD/p. 14. A siphon pipe is (AE-1993)
(a) any bent pipe
09. Reynolds number is the ratio of (AEE 1987) (b) that part of pipe above hydraulic
(a) Viscous to inertia forces gradient line
(b) Elastic to pressure force (c) that part of pipe below hydraulic
(c) Gravity to inertia force gradient line
(d) None of the above (d) useful for pumping water to high levels
10. The lower critical Reynold's number for 15. At a point along a horizontal water pipe
pipe flow is (AEE-1992) line, the cross sectional area of the pipe is
(a) 5000 (b) 2000 suddenly doubled if the velocity of head
(c) 3000 (d) 3200 before the sudden expansion is the loss of
head at pipe expansion is (AE-1993)
11. For a flow between two reservoirs (a) 0.1 m (b) 0.25 m
connected by a series pipeline, the head loss (c) 0.5 m (d) 1.0 m
due to friction is proportional to
(AEE-1992) 16. The head of water supplied to a nozzle is
(a) Q (b) 1/Q (c) Q2 (d) 1/Q2 15 m. The loss of head due to friction at
maximum power transmission is (AE-1993)
12. Loss of head in pump's foot valve (a) 3 m (b) 1.5 m
(AEE-1992) (c) 5 m (d) 10 m
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag TimPali I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
se
4. ACE : 680: Fluid Mechanics
41Engineering Publications
17. A liquid flows in a 25 cm diameter pipe at a (c) elastic force to gravity force
Reynolds number of 1600. The coefficient (d) gravity force to elastic force
of friction T is equal to (AE-1993)
(a) 0.0123 (b) 0.001 22. If the velocities of fluid particles vary from
(c) 0.04 (d) 0.016 point to point in magnitude and direction and
with time, the flow is said to be
18. Two pipes from a reservoir are connected in (AEE-2004)
parallel. Then (AE-1993) (a) laminar (b) turbulent
(a) the total head loss is the sum of the loss (c) uniform (d) non-uniform
of head in each pipe
(b) the total discharge is the discharge in 23. The velocity of flow at the centre of a
each pipe smooth pipe is (AEE-2004)
(c) the total head loss is the loss of head in (a) minimum
each pipe (b) maximum
(d) the total head loss is the reciprocal or the (c) of the mean value of flow velocity
sum of loss of head in each pipe (d) the same as that at the boundary
19. If h is the loss due to friction in a pipe, the 24. The loss of head due to sudden contraction is
losses in strainer and bends may be taken as (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(AEE 2003) v2 v2
(b) 2
(a) 0.01 h (b) 0.45 h (a) 4
g g
(c) 0.20 h (d) 0.25 h v2 v2
(C) 3g (d)
g
20. In a long pipe, the head loss is ignored
(AEE 2003,2004) 25. If is the mean velocity of flow, then the
(a) at the entrance (b) at the outlet inlet loss of energy will be
(c) due to friction (d) at the inlet and outlet (AEE CE/ME-2004)
2v2
21. Reynold's number is the ratio of (a) (b)
2g 2g
(AEE-2004, 06, 07, 08, 11, 12, AE-2011, Deputy
2 v2
surveyor-2011, TSPSC-AEE-2015) (c) (d)
4g
(a) gravity force to inertia force
(b) inertia force to viscous force
ACE El igineering Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I ThroPan I Kam-pally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
J
ACE : 681: Flow Through Pipes
4.
26. When pipes are attached end to end, the 31. The loss of pressure head over a length of 10
(AEE-2004) meters in a horizontal pipe of 120 mm
(a) head loss is the same in all the pipes diameter is observed to be 0.84 m. What is the
(b) discharge is the same in all the pipes velocity of flow in the pipe if the coefficient
(c) velocity of flow is the same in all the of friction is 0.1 ?
pipes (APPSC 2006 LR)
(d) frictional losses are reduced (a) 0.7 m/s (b) 0.93 m/s
(c) 1.42 m/s (d) 1.2 m/s
27. In order to avoid the tendency of separation
of fluid flow, the most suitable ratio of the
32. Water is flowing in a 40 mm dia pipe with a
diameter of the throat and the pipe is
velocity of 0.9 m/s. What will be the loss of
(AEE-2004)
head if at a certain section the pipe diameter is
(a) 1/4 to 1/3 (b) 1/3 to 1/2
increased to 60 mm sudden?
(c) 1/2 to 1/3 (d) 3/4 to 1.0
(APPSC 2006 LR)
28. Bernoulli's equation is applied to (a) 12 mm (b) 44.44 mm
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (c) 15 mm (d) 30 mm

(a) venturimeter (b) orifice meter
(c) pitot tube (d) all the above 33. A 90° pipe bend is used as a device for
measurement of discharge in a pipe of
29. If the velocities of flow due to sudden diameter 50 mm. If the coefficient of the bend
enlargement in a pipe are vi and v2, the loss and loss of head over the bend respectively
of head is (AEE-2004) are given as 12 and 0.36 m, what is the
discharge in the pipe?
(a) (v22 — v0/(2g) (b) (v1 — v2 )2 /(2g)
(APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) (v; + v22 )/(2g) (d) (vi2 — v22 )/(2g) (a) 7.5 Eftres/s (b) 3 litres/s
(c) 1.5 ffires/s (d) 4.5 litres/s
30. The velocity of flow in a 300 mm dia pipe is
0.5 m/s. The loss of head due to friction over
34. What is the value of Reynolds number below
a length of 39.25 m is 0.4 m, what is the
which the flow in a pipe may be considered
coefficient of friction?
laminar? (APPSC 2006 LR, 2011)
(APPSC 2006 Limited Recruitment) (a) 1000 (b) 2000
(a) 0.09 (b) 0.06
(c) 4000 (d) 8000
(c) 0.098 (d) 0.04
ACE Engincet ing Publications'
; Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati J Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.
35. The frictional resistance in the case of 39. Two pipe systems are said to be equivalent in
turbulent flow is independent of their length when
(APPSC 2006 LR) (AEE 1996, APPSC 2006)
(a) velocity of flow (a) the discharges and the diameter are the
(b) density of fluid same
(c) pressure (b) both the systems are in series
(d) contact surface (c) the same head loss is produced by the
same discharge in both the systems
36. Maximum efficiency of power transmission (d) the same friction factor and same
through a pipe is discharge exist in both the systems
(APPSC 2006 LR, AE-2012)
(a) 90% (b) 83.3% 40. 'The fluid flow is not reversible.' This
(c) 75% (d) 66.67% statement holds good for flows except
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
37. If the kinematic viscosity of a fluid is (a) flow in a sudden expansion
2 x 10-5 m2 /sec, what is the Reynolds number (b) flow in a sudden contraction
for the flow of the fluid with a velocity of 1.2 (c) flow over body of fore and aft symmetry
m/sec in a 60 mm pipe? with Re <<1
(APPSC 2006 LR) (d) flow in a long duct with Re > 1
(a) 3600 (b) 2400
(c) 7200 (d) 21800 41. A pipe of diameter d and length L conveys
water at a certain rate. If the middle `L/2'
38. In a pipeline the friction factor f is estimated length of pipe is replaced by a pipe of
by knowing the discharge Q in a pipe of diameter '2d', the loss of head for the same
diameter D and head loss 'hf in length `L'. If rate of flow is
there is an error of '+1%' in the measurement (AEE 1996, APPSC 2006 LR)
of Q, the corresponding error in (a) unaltered
(AEE 1996, APPSC 2006) (b) increased
(a) 1/2% (b) —1/2% (c) decreased
(c) 2% (d)± 1% (d) none
ACE Engineering Publications,j Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal j Pune l Bhubaneswar ILucknowl PatnalBengaluru IChemai I Vijayawadal Vizag ITirupatil KukatpallyjKolkata I Ahmedabad
t ACE
t -
:Engineering Publications : 683 : Flow Through Pipes
42. A pipe line consists of three pipes arranged in 45. For solving network problems of pipes,
series. The diameters of these pipes are 'di', necessary condition is
`c19' and '4:13' and their lengths are 71 ' , '12' (AEE 1996, APPSC 2006)
and '13'. It is proposed to replace this pipe (a) Continuity equation
line by a pipe of uniform diameter. Ignoring (b)Energy equation
secondary losses, the relation between the (c)Darcy- Weisbach equation
dimension of the old and the new pipe lines to (d) All the above
convey the same discharge at the same loss of
head is (AEE 1996, APPSC 2006) 46. For sudden closure of valve, pipe being rigid,
e t rise in pressure is given by
(a) — = — + + (b) —
d2 =
(1,2 +d.22+(132
ddi d2 d3 (AEE 1996, APPSC2006)
(c) = e2 -3 (d) = 'el i2 -3 V K

d,1 (15 5 d5 d5 (a) (b)p.V.11—
d4 d; d2 3 d1 2 3 VI(RT
(c) V VKRT (d) VVKRT

43. Oil density 0.85 gm/cc and dynamic viscosity
1.86 poise flows through a 15cm diameter 47. Power transmitted through a pipe is maximum
pipe at an average velocity of 5cm/sec. The
when the loss of head due to friction is
flow is
(APPSC2007)
(AEE 1996, APPSC 2006) (a) one half of the total head supplied
(a) laminar (b) turbulent
(b) one -third of the total head supplied
(c) critical (d) none of these
(c) one — fourth of the total head supplied
(d) equal to the total head supplied
44. If `vi' and `v2' are the velocities of flow
before and after sudden enlargement in a pipe,
48 For satisfactory working of siphon, the
the head loss given by Carnet and Bourda
minimum pressure in the pipe as compared to
equation, is
vapour pressure of liquid should be
(AEE 1996, APPSC 2006, 11)
(APPSC2007)
(a) (v22 — v12 ) (b) NI v2 )2 (a) more (b) less
2g 2g (c) equal (d) anything
(c) (V2 + vl )2 (d) + v2 )2
2g 2g
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal 'Nue I Bhubaneswar Imeknow Patna Bengaluru Chennai I Vilayawada I Ving I Tirupati I Kulcarpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
:0
0
41, ACE
4 4.
49. For a pipe flow with liquid of density p and 53. In using Darcy-Weisbach equation for flow in
velocity of sound c in the liquid if the a pipe, the friction factor is misjudged by +
velocity changes suddenly by AV, the change 25%. The resulting error in the estimated
in pressure is (APPSC2007) discharge Q (APPSC 2008)
(a)+25% (b)— 16.67% (c)-5% (d)-12.5%
(a) p.c.AV (b) P
cAV 54. The hammer blow in pipes occurs when:
— AV (d) — pAV
(c) (AEE, AE-2008)
PC (a) there is excessive leakage in the pipe
(b) the pipe bursts under high pressure of
50. The magnitude of water hammer depends on fluid
(APPSC 2006, 2007) (c) the flow of fluid through the pipe is
(a) length pipe suddenly brought to rest by closing of
(b) elastic properties of pipe material the valve
(c) rate of stoppage of flow (d) the flow of fluid through the pipe is
(d) all of the above gradually brought to rest by closing of
the valve
51. In a siphon, the summit 4 m above the water
55. The phenomenon of water hammer occurs
level in the tank. If the head loss from the
due to: (AEE-2008)
inlet of the siphon to the summit is 2m and
(a) sudden closure of flow
velocity head is 0.5m, then the pressure at the
(b) gradual closure of flow
summit is (APPSC 2008)
(c) sudden or gradual closure
(a)-63.6 kPa (b)-9m of H2O
(d) not related to closure of pipe
(c)-40.5 kPa (d)-8.5 cm of Hg
56. In a pipe flow the minor losses are those
52. If the piezometric level at the junction or (APPSC 2008)
reservoirs is less than the water level in a (a) which depend on the length of the pipe
reservoir, the water flows: (AEE 2008) line
(a) from the reservoir (b) caused by friction and are thus also called
(b) into the reservoir friction losses
(c) sometimes into the reservoir and (c) which have a small magnitude
sometimes out of it (d) which produced on account of total
(d) depends on water of other reservoirs disturbance produced by such fittings as
valves, bends etc
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad
ee I Delhi I BhopalIPuneI Bhubanesnar LucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru ChennaiI VijayawadaIVizagI Tirupati KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahrnedabad
„ ACE
w4 ii Engineering Publications : 685 : Flow Through Pipes
57. When the pipes are connected in parallel the 61. The ratio of head loss per unit length for a
total loss of head (APPSC 2008) pipe flowing full to that for the same pipe
(a) is equal to the sum of the loss of head in flowing half, under same mean velocity
each pipe conditions, is about (APPSC - 2011)
(b) is same as in each pipe (a) 2.0 (b)1 . 67 (c)1.0 (d)0.5
(c) is equal to the reciprocal of the sum of
loss of head in each pipe 62. The fluid flow generally becomes fully
(d) none of the above turbulent, when its Reynold's number exceeds
(APPSC - 2011)
58. The loss of heads at exit of a submerged pipe (a)1600 (b)1900 (c)2300 (d)800
in a reservoir is (APPSC 2008 LR)
V2 2 63. For the condition of maximum power
(a) 0.5 (b)
2g 2g transmission through a pipe, the ratio of loss
V2 of head Due to friction to the supply head is

(c) 0.1 (d)negligibly small
2g around (APPSC - 2011)
(a)1:1 (b)1:2 (c)1:3 (d)1:4
59. Minor head losses in flow though pipes

imply: (APPSC 2008 LR) 64. Hydraulic diameter used in place diameter for
(a)insignificant loss of head non-circular ducts is equal to
(b)small velocity of flow (APPSC — 2011)
(c)local disturbance flow A 2A A

(a) — (b) (c) (d)
4m
(d)small coefficient of friction
Where A is the area of flow and m is the
perimeter.
60. The velocity corresponding to Reynolds
number of 2800 is called
65. The function of surge tank is to
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(APPSC — 2011)
(a) subsonic velocity
(a) Relieve the pipeline of excessive pressure
(b) supersonic velocity
produced by water hammer
(c) lower critical velocity
(b) Smoothen flow
(d) higher critical velocity
(c) Act as reservoir for emergency conditions
(d) Supply water at constant pressure
I ACE Engint:cring Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kuhtpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Of0
d: '`.
,,,,
J
1
411
4
ACE
:Enginecing Publications : 686: Fluid Mechanics
66. Which of the following pipe bends will 71. According to Darcy's formula, the loss of
introduce maximum head loss? head due to co-efficient of friction in the pipe
(DYSY-2011, APPSC — 2011) is (APPSC — 2011)
(a) 30° bend (b) 45° bend fev2 fWv2
(a) (b)
(c) 60° bend (d) 90° bend 2gd gd
3ffv2 4fev2
67. An air vessel is provided at the summit in the (c) (d)
2gd 2gd
siphon in order to (APPSC — 2011,07)
(a) increase discharge
72. The velocity at which the flow changes from
(b) control pressure fluctuation
laminar flow to turbulent flow is called
(c) avoid interruption in the flow
(APPSC — 2011)
(d) maintain pressure difference
(a)Critical velocity
(b)Velocity of approach
68. To replace a pipe of diameter 'D' by 'n'
(c)Sub — sonic velocity
parallel pipes of diameter the formula used
(d)Super sonic — velocity
is (APPSC — 2011)
(a) d= D7/ (b) d = —

D 73. The flow in a pipe is turbulent when
n 75 Reynold's number is
(APPSC — 2011)
(c) d = (d) d = 1/
n 72 n72 (a) Less than 2000
(b) Between 2000 and 2800
69. The hydraulic mean depth for a circular pipe (c) More than 2800
of diameter 'd' running full is equal to (d) None of these
(APPSC — 2011)
d 74. The Reynold's number of a ship is to its
(a) d (b)— (c) (d)
2 4 velocity and length
(APPSC — 2011)
70. If 'p' is density of fluid, then pressure of (a) Directly proportional
fluid due to water hammer is directly (b) Inversely proportional
proportional to (APPSC — 2011) (c) Partly directly and partly inversely

proportional
(a) p (b)! (c) (d) r--
(d) Not related
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Be ngaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„ ACE : 687 : Flow Through Pipes
4iEngineering Publications
t.
75. Water hammer in pipe flow depends upon 80. In flow though pipes, the velocity profile
(2011) after the entry length.
(a) Velocity of fluid flow in the pipe (DYSY — 2011)
(b) Length of the pipe (a) Increases (b) decreases
(c) Time taken to close the valve of the pipe (c) is unpredictable (d) remains constant
(d) All the above
81. Water is flowing in a pipe with a velocity of
76. The max. efficiency of transmission through 3.6 m/sec. The velocity head of water is
a pipe is (AE 2011) metres.
(a) 55% (b) 56.7% (APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) 66.67% (d) 86.7% (a) 0.66 (b) 0.6 (c) 075 (d) 0.9
77. The pressure rise (pi), due to water hammer 82. The condition for maximum fluid power
when valve is closed gradually is equal to transmission / generation through pipes, the
(AE 2011) ratio of its frictional head losses (hi) to the
pLV head available (h) is around
(a) (b) pLV
(DYSY — 2011)
pt (a) 3/4 (b) 2/3 (c) 4/5 (d) 1/3
(c) (d) P
VL LVt
83. The Darcy's equation for frictional losses is
78. The lowest value of Reynold's number for expressed as hf =
flow to be laminar in pipes is (DYSY — 2011)
(DYSY — 2011) fTv2 2fev2
(a) (b)
(a) 2000 (b) 2500 2gd 2gd
(c) 4000 (d) 6000
4fev 2 6fev2
(c) (d)
2gd 2gd
79. In laminar flows.
(DYSY — 2011)
84. The head losses at the exit of a pipe are about
(a) fluid particles move in a curved path
then the head losses at the entrance
(b) fluid particles move in a straight path
of the pipe. (DYSY — 2011)
(c) Both of these
(a) 50% more (b) 50% less
(d) None of these
(c) 100% more (d) 100% less
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Timpati I Kukatpally I Kotkata !Ahmedabad
4.0
e,',Engineering Publications
85. A nozzle of diameter d is fitted at the end of a 89. The lower limit of the critical Reynolds
pipe of diameter D and length L. The ratio of number below which all disturbances in pipe
D/d, in terms of coefficient of friction f, is flow are damped out by viscous action has a
given by value approximately equal to
(DYSY — 2011) (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(b) 500 (c) 1000 (d) 2000
8fL
90. A pipe is said to be a siphon if

j8fL
(c) (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
D
(a) it can operate without external power
86. With respect to water hammer analysis (b) it can discharge a liquid at a fast rate
(AEE-2011, DYSY — 2011) (c) it has sub-atmospheric pressure in it
(a) fluid friction is neglected (d) the exit is at a lower-level than the inlet
(b) fluid and pipe are perfectly elastic

(c) Both of these 91. The head loss in a sudden pipe expansion
(d) None of these from area Al to area A2 and from velocity

to velocity u2 is given by
87. In case of fluid pipe flow, the flow takes place (AE-2012)
from A I U2 i AI I u2
(a) (1— . (b) 1 .--
(APPSC — 2011) A2 2g A2 2g
(a) Higher energy to lower energy
I u2 r A2 )2 u 2
(b) Higher velocity to lower velocity (c) 1—u2 . 2 (d) 1— 1
Al 2g Ai 2g
(c) Higher elevation to lower elevation
(d) Higher pressure to lower pressure
92. The total energy line is always higher than
the hydraulic grade line, and the vertical
88. Reynolds number which quantifies the role of
distance between the two represents
viscous effect expressed as
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) the datum head
V (b) pVd
(a) (b) the pressure head
4gd
(c) the velocity head
pV2L (d) the piezometric head
(c) (d) Vi1
E
.1 I immi >HyderabadI DelhiIBhopalI Pune I BhubaneswarI breknowI Patna I Bengahint I ChennaiIVijayaiyadaI PiaagI TitirPati I BultalPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-
ACE : 689 : Flow Through Pipes
93. The flow rate through a circular pipe is 97. Which of the following statements is correct
measured by (AE-2012) in respect of steady minor flow through a
1. pitot-tube 2. venturimeter circular pipe?
3. orificemeter 4. None of the above (Observers-2013)
(a) 1 (b) 1 & 2 (a) shear stress is zero at the centre
(c) 2 & 3 (d) all of the above (b) velocity is maximum at the centre
(c) hydraulic gradient varies directly with
94. The pressure drop per unit length of pipe in
the velocity
laminar flow is equal to (AEE-2012)
(d) All the above
d2 (b) 32µVL
2
(a) 32µV pd
98. The loss of energy due to sudden
1.07 8µV
(c) 32 (d) enlargement is given by
d2 d2
(Observers-2013, AE-2011)
2 / \2
95. The Darcy-Weisbach friction factor 'f' which V2 A2
is a direct measure of resistance to flow in 2g Al
pipes is dependent on (AEE-2012)
1 —v2
(a) roughness height, diameter and velocity
2g
(b) relative roughness, diameter and
2 2
V 2 —V 1
viscosity
2g
(c) relative roughness velocity and viscosity
\2
2
(d) relative height, diameter, velocity and V
1- A2
kinematic viscosity 2g A1)
96. Power transmitted through pipes will be

99. The energy loss in pipe lines is due to
maximum when head lost due to friction is
(AE-2013)
equal to (AE-2013)
(a) Viscous action
(a) 1- total head at the inlet of the pipe (b) Surface roughness only
2
(c) Friction offered by pipe walls as well as
1
(b) — total head at the inlet of the pipe by the various actions
4
(d) Turbulent shear stress alone
(c) total head at the inlet of the pipe
1
(d) — total head at the inlet of the pipe
3
ACE Engineering Pill dicalinns Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TimPati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Jr SiEngineering Pubhcations
100.In flow through pipe bends, the pressure on 104.Water hammer is a phenomenon which
inner and outer radii (AE-2013) caused by (AE-2013)
(a) Do not vary and are the same as at the (a) Sudden opening of a valve in a pipe line
centre of pipe (b) Sudden closing of a valve in a pipe line
(b) Vary, it being more on the inner one (c) Incompressibility of fluid
(c) Are different; pressure increase with (d) The pipe material being elastic
increase in radius and is, therefore, more
at the outer radius 105. The centre line velocity is 3 m/s in a 0.1 m
(d) Stand at the same level increasing diameter tube. If the density of fluid is 1260
gradually towards the pipe centre kg/m3 and viscosity is 0.9 N-s/m2, then
Reynold's number is (Lecturers-2013)
101. The condition for maximum transmission of (a) 210 (b) 420
power through a pipe line is that one-third of (c) 0.33 (d) 42.81
the available head must be consumed in
friction. The corresponding efficiency of pipe 106.The loss of head due to sudden contraction of
line is (AE-2013) a pipe is equal to where C, is
(a) 66.67% (b) 33.3% coefficient of contraction and v2 is the
velocity of flow after contraction of pipe.
(c) 100% (d) 33
2 2 2
102.In order to have a continuous flow through a 1 1 V2
(a) 1) v2 (b) (1— —
siphon, no portion of the pipe should be 2g cc 2g
( \ 2 12 2
higher than (AE-2013) 1 V
2
1 v
(c) 1— —L) (d) —1 2
(a) 10 m (b) 10.33 m 2g Cc j 2g
(c) 5.5 m (d) 7.75 m
107.Reynold's number is expressed as

103.If the speed of pressure wave is vo and pipe
where p, is viscosity of fluid, p is mass
length is L, rapid closure occurs when time
density of fluid, v is the velocity of fluid and
of closure is (Observers-2013)
d is the diameter of pipe.
(a) less than v. (b) greater than 2L (Research Assistant 2013)
v.
pvd p[id vd
vt. pv
(a) (b) (c) (d) —
(c) less than (d) zero
v.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 'Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4
u ACE :691 : Flow Through Pipes
w,, 4'Engineering Publications
4.
108.The power transmitted through a pipe is d5 d5 d5 d5
(a) — = + +
given by where H = total head L L1 L 2 L3
at the inlet of pipe, hf = head lost due to L L L L3
(b) — = + —2- +
friction in pipe and Q = discharge per ds d 52 d35
second, p is mass density.
(c) Ld5 = + L2ds2 + L3d53
pgQH
(a) (b) PgQhf
1000 1000
112. Which formula is used to measure velocity
(c) pgQ(H h f ) (d) pgQ(H hf )
of water in water supply main
4500 1000
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) Manning's (b) Kutters
109. Shock free entry means
(c) Hazen Williams (d) Chezy's
(Lecturers-2013)
(a) flow should enter the runner smoothly
113.The velocity at the Reynold's number equal
(b) the relative velocity vector should have
to 2000 is called
the same direction as that of the tangent
(TSPSC AE 2015)
at the inlet tip of the blade
(a) Critical velocity
(c) the absolute velocity vector should be
(b) Lower critical velocity
tangential to the inlet tip of the blade
(c) Higher critical velocity
(d) that the velocity of flow should be
(d) Uniform velocity
natural
114.The frictional resistance of a pipe varies

110.For Darcy's law to be valid through porous
approximately with the of the liquid
media, the Reynolds number should be
(TSPSC AEE 201 7)
(Lecturers-2013)
(a) pressure (b) cube of velocity
(a) < 2000 (b) < 10
(c) velocity (d) square of velocity
(c) < 1 (d) 5 0.01
115.To prevent cavitation to occur, the maximum

111. When three pipes of length L1, L2 and L3
height of the summit of the siphon shall be
and diameters d1, d2 and d3 respectively are
(TSPSC AE 2015)
connected in series, then the equivalent size
(a) 7.5 m (b) 10.3 m
of the pipe is given by
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m
(Lecturers-2013)
.1( 1.n inccring h11I)IICltlulls Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Be ngaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag TiruPati I KukatPally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e
4
t ACE
4.4,Engineerng Publications
116. The difference between the total head line
: 692:
(c) 2Q against a head 2H

Fluid Mechanics
and the hydraulic grade line represents (d) Q against a head 2H

(TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) the piezometirc head 120. In order to have a continuous flow through a
(b) the pressure head siphon, no portion of the pipe should be
(c) the elevation head higher than above HGL.
(d) the velocity head (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) 0.775 m (b) 2.55 m
117. Difference in elevation between TEL and (c) 7.75 m (d) 25.5 m
HGL of pipe flow at a point is equal to
(TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) 121. The reading of differential manometer of a
(a) Piezometric head venturimeter, placed at 45° to the horizontal
(b) Velocity head is 11 cm. If the venturimeter is turned to
(c) Pressure head horizontal position, the manometer reading
(d) Datum head will be
118. Hydraulic gradient line (HGL) represents
(b) zero
sum of
(TSPSC AE 2015) (d) 11 -N5 cm
(a) Pressure head and kinetic head
(b) Kinetic head and datum head 122. At two points 1 and 2 in a pipeline, the
(c) Pressure head, kinetic head & datum velocities are V and 2V respectively. Both
head the points are at the same elevation. The
(d) Pressure head and datum head fluid density as p. The difference between
pressure at 1 and 2 is
119. If two pumps, identical in all respects and (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
each capable of delivering a discharge Q 1 2
— pV
against a head H are connected in parallel, (a) 2
the resulting discharge is 3 pV2
(b) —
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 2
(a) 2Q against a head H (c) 3 pV2
(b) 2Q against a head H112 (d) 2 pV2
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pwie I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowj Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawarla I Vizag ITiniPali I Kukapally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 693 : Flow Through Pipes
4,Engkeezing Publications
4 4
123. The velocity head of water flowing through (a) N (b) Nm/s
the pipe of 0.3 m dia for the conditions (c) Nm/kg (d) Nm/N
shown in the figure below is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 126. A penstock is 3000 m long. Pressure wave
travels in it with a velocity of 1500 m/s. If
Specific 1 the turbine gates are closed uniformly and
gravity =0.6 0.25 m completely in a period of 4.5 seconds, then
A it is called (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
Water ____, 0.30 (a) sudden closure (b) rapid closure
(c) uniform closure (d) slow closure
(a) 0.1 m (b) 0.44 m
(c) 0.25 m (d) 0.15 m 127.Match List-I and List-II and select the
correct answer using the codes given below
124. A pipeline of diameter 10 cm carries a the lists: (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
discharge at a velocity of lm/s. It branches List-I List-II
into two pipes each of diameter 5 cm. A. Flow development 1. Surge tank
Consider the following statements. B. Pipe network 2. Entrance length
1.Velocity in each branch is 2m/s C. Water hammer 3. Darcy-Weisbach
2. Discharges in the two branched pipes are equation
equal D. Friction loss 4. Hardy-Cross
3. rate of flow before and after branching is method
same Codes:
4. velocity in 5 cm pipe is half of that in A B C D AB CD
10 cm pipe (a) 2 4 1 3 (b) 4 2 3 1
Select the correct answer using codes given (c) 2 4 3 1 (d) 4 2 1 3
below: (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2,3 and 4 128.For maximum transmission of power through
(c) 1,2 and 3 (d) 1 and 4 a pipeline with total head H, the head lost
due to friction hf is given by
125 Each of Bernoulli's equation stated in the
p v2
form — + — + z = constant, has units of (a) 0.1 H (b) H/3
y 2g
(c) H/2 (d) 2H/3
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirunati I KukaVally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4'Engineeting Publications
4.
129.Water hammer in pipelines takes place when 133.A surge tank is provided on penstock in
the (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) hydropower schemes to
(a) fluid is flowing with high velocity (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(b) fluid is flowing with high pressure (a) increase the net head
(c) flowing fluid is suddenly brought to rest (b) reduce the water hammer pressure
by closing a valve (c) strengthen the penstocks
(d) flowing fluid is brought to rest by (d) reduce frictional losses in the penstock
gradually closing a valve
134.From a reservoir, water is drained through
130.Hydraulic Gradient Line in liquid flow is the
two pipes of 10 cm and 20 cm diameter
sum of (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
respectively. If frictional head loss in both
(a) pressure head and kinetic head
the pipes is same, then the ratio of discharge
(b) kinetic head and datum head
through the larger pipe to that through the
(c) pressure head, kinetic head and datum
smaller pipe will be:
head
(d) pressure head and datum head
(a) 4 (b) 2J (c) (d) 415
131.With reference to a velocity of 'V' in a 5 cm
diameter pipe, the head loss in a sudden 135.To replace a pipe of diameter D by n parallel
expansion from a pipe with a diameter of 5 of diameter d, the formula is
cm to a pipe with a diameter of 10 cm is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) D
(a) d = — (b) d = 1 / 2
5 V2 b) 3 V2
(
(a) 2g 4 2g D D
(c) d= 3/2 (d) d = 2/5
\ 1 V2 n
rn 9 V2
(c) 6 2g —/ 16 2g
136.Pressure drop of water, having a density of
132. The valve closure in pipe flows is said to be 1000 kg/m3, flowing through a pipe between
sudden, if the time required to close the valve two points is measured by using a vertical
is (APPSC AE (Prelims) -2016) U-tube manometer. Manometer uses a liquid
(a) greater than 2L/C (b) less than 2L/C with density 2000 kg/m3. The difference in
(c) greater than 2C/L (d) less than 2C/L height of manometric liquid in the two limbs
Where L is the length of the pipe; C is the of the manometer is observed to be 10 cm.
velocity of pressure wave.
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati t Kukatpally I Kolkata I Alunedabad
44 0, ACE
The pressure drop between the two points is

: 695:
140.In practice the formation of air lock occurs at

Flow Through Pipes
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) water pressure at the summit of a

(a) 98.1 N/m2 (b) 19620 N/m2 siphon. (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(c) 981 N/m2 (d) 1962 N/m2 (a) 13.6 m of water
(b) 2.5 m of water absolute
137.The Darcy's friction factor in the pipe of (c) 7.8 m of water absolute
uniform diameter in which a viscous flow is (d) 10.3 m of water
taking place is given in terms of Reynolds
number (Re) 141.If the valve in water pipe is instantaneously
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) closed and the pipe is considered rigid, the
4 64 intensity of pressure rise due to water
(a) — (b)
Re Re hammer is given by
1 16 (where V is the velocity of flow; 7 is the
(c) (d)
Re Re specific weight of water; t is the time taken to
close the valve; K is the bulk modulus of
water; and g is the acceleration due to
138.The water pressure at the summit point of a
gravity) (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
siphon is
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) 7K
(a) (b) Vt117K
(a) minimum
(b) equal to atmospheric pressure K
(c) V711— (d) vtliK
(c) maximum g
(d) zero
142. The power available at the outlet of the pipe
carrying water with a rate of flow of Q and
139. Two pipelines of equal lengths are connected
an head of H supplied at the entrance of the
in series. The diameter of the second pipe is
pipe is
two times that of the first pipe. The ratio of
(y is the specific weight; and hf is the loss of
frictional head losses between the first pipe
head due to friction)
and the second pipe is:
(a) 1 : 16 (b) 1 : 32 (a) 7Q (H — hf) (b) 7QH
(c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 8 (c) 7QH/(H + hf) (d) 7Q (H + hf)
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I locknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
to 4
4.
143. The pressure drop in an 8 cm diameter 145. If A is the cross-sectional area and P is the
horizontal pipe is 75 kPa in a distance of 15 wetted perimeter of a non-circular duct, the
m. The shear stress at the pipe wall, in kPa hydraulic diameter is defined as
is (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) A (b)
(a) 2
(a) 0.2 (b) 2.0 (c) 5.0 (d) 0.4 P
4P
(c) —
213 (d) —
A
A
144. In a pipe flow the shear velocity u* is
related to friction factor f and mean velocity
146. Major losses in the pipe are due to the
us
V as — = (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
V
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) Entrance effects
(b) Frictional effects
(a) 8 (b) 8 (c) Valve and fittings
(d) Pipe bends
(c) 1/1
g- (d) if
ACE Eligiiieerilig Publications e,)Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna Bengaluru Chennaij Vijayawada VizagI Tirupati I KukatpallyI Kolkatal Ahmedabad
,,, ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 697: Flow Through Pipes
Solution
01. Ans: (d) Ans: (c)
v.d Sol: Water hammer in pipes occur when flow is
Sol: Re =
uddenly by any reason like sudden
1r closure of valve.
Re cc & d kept cons tant
6. Anc: (c)
2. Ans: (b) 1
Sol: hf = —H = KH
v2 3
Sol: Loss of head at exit of pipe =
2g
Where K = —
1
(velocity head) 3
03. Ans: (a) 7. Ans: (b & c)

v2 v2 Sol: Manning formula for determination of loss of
Sol: + z, + 1 hf = 2 + 2 + 2
pg ' 2g pg 2g head due to friction in an open channel.
08. Ans: (a)

V.D Inertia force
Sol: Re =
v viscous force
0+H+0—hf = 0+0+0 9. Ans: (d)

H—hf = 0 Inertia force
Sol: R =
H = hf e Viscous force
i.e., loss of head Head difference of

Reservoir = 2m of water 10. Ans: (b)
Sol:
04. Ans: (c)
Lower critical Reynolds number for pipe flow
Sol: Flow in syphon pipe ceases if pressure at
means maximum Reynolds number permitted
siphon summit point falls below the vapour
to laminar pipe flow = 2000.
pressure of the fluid flow in that.
ACE. Ei nee Publ '4>F1Yderabad Delhi I BhoPal !Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Palma I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I VizagITimPati KukarpallyI Kolkaia Ahmedabad
e,
4."4
le 4 ACE : 698: Fluid Mechanics
`4 Publications
4
06,
11. Ans: (c)

11. 16. Ans: (c)
2
f.e.Q Sol: hf = = 5m
Sol: hf =
12.1d5 3 3
hf oc Q2 [f, 1, d unaltered]
17. Ans: (c)
12. Ans: (a) Sol: f = —

64 = 64
Re 1600
v2
Sol: Head loss at entry of pipe = 0.5 = 0.04
2g
(i.e., foot valve)
18. Ans: (c)
Sol: Pipes connected in parallel, head loss due to
13. Ans: (a)
friction in each pipe same.
Sol: At vena contracta, the velocity of flow is
maximum as area of flow is minimum.
19. Ans: (a)
14. Ans: (b)

20. Ans: (d)
Sol: A siphon pipe is that part of pipe above the
Sol: For long pipe, inlet and outlet pipe head loss
H.G.L of the flow with respect to datum.
ignored.
15. Ans: (c)

21. Ans: (b)
Sol: A2 = 2A1
2
Sol: Reynolds number — Inertia force
hL= VI2 [1 AI Viscous force
2g A2
Vi2 [1 1 -12 22. Ans: (b)

2g L 2] Sol: If velocities of fluid particles vary from point
vi2 1
to point in magnitude and direction w.r.t time
x
2g 4 is called turbulent flow.
1
=2x—
4 23. Ans: (b)
Sol: Velocity of flow at the centre of a smooth
= 1 =0.5 m
2 pipe is maximum.
In any type of flow in general as shear stress
is zero
ACE Engineering Publications ,Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
%,0 ACE
gineering Publications : 699: Flow Through Pipes
4 6.
24. Ans: (a) 25. Ans: (c) f = 4f1
v2
h ='
26. Ans: (b) 2g.d
Sol: When pipes are connected end to end, then
4 x f1 x 39.25 x (0.5)2
pipes are said to be series for which 0.4 =
2x 9.81x 0.3
discharge is same in all the pipes connected
= 0.05988 = 0.06
d
Q3 31. Ans: (a)

13 4f1 v2
/2
Sol: hf = '
Q1=Q2=Q3 2g.d
Series pipes
x0.1)x10xv2
0.84= (4
2 x 9.81x 0.12
27. Ans: (b)
v = 0.7 m/sec
Sol: In order to avoid flow separation (as in the
case of venturimeter, ratio of throat to that of
32. Ans: (a)
1 1
main pipe = to — 2
3 2
Sol: he = c )
2g d2
28. Ans: (d)
0
(.9)2 [1 40)2]2
0.012 m
29. Ans: (b) 2 x 9.81 60
Sol: = 12 mm
33. Ans: (c)

V2
— )2 Sol: hb,nd= K Bend •
h = 2 2g
e 2g
V2
0.36 =12 x
9 2 x9.81
30. Ans: (b)
V = 0.77 m/s
fre.v2
Sol: hf =
2gd Q = AV = 4(0.05)2 x 0.77
Where f = friction factor
Q = 1.5X10-3 m3/sec = 1.5 /t/sec
f = 4xcoefficient of friction
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi! Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayawada I Vizag I TiniPati I KukatPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.41 ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 700: Fluid Mechanics
—
34. Ans: (b) 40. Ans: (d)

Sol: Reynolds number value less than 2000 is said
to be laminar flow. 41. Ans: (c)
Sol: d
35. Ans: (c)
Sol: Frictional resistance in pipe flow of turbulent
nature flow is independent of pressure.
36. Ans: (d)

Sol: Maximum efficiency of power transmission 2d
H— h f
through pipe, ri —
H 4 L 4
H 2
For maximum power transmission hf =
3 h f h f
2
H —H/3 2 f.L.Q2 _ f.L.Q2 f.L.Q2 f.L.Q2

limax = = = 0.6667
H 3 12.1d5 4 x12.1d5 2 x12.1(20 4 x12.1c15
imax = 66.67% f.LQ2 r i 1
12.1d5 L4 64 4]
fLn 2
37. Ans: (a) 0.516
12.1d5
v.d 1.2 x 0.06
Sol: Re _ = i.e. h f2 = h f, x 0.516
v 2x10
= 3600 Loss of head reduced to 51.6% in second
case.
38. Ans: (c)
df dQ 42. Ans: (d)
Sol: = —2.
f Q L LLL
Sol: = + +
df \ (15 d52 i:135
= —2(1%) = —2%
f
43. Ans: (a)

39. Ans: (c)
p.V.d 850 x 0.05 x 0.15
Sol: Two pipes are said to be equivalent means Sol: R =
e 0.186
same head loss and same discharge in both
= 34.27 < 2000 (laminar flow)
systems
ACE Engineering Publications' Hyderabad j Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vnayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lip
J
ACE :Engineering Publications : 701: Flow Through Pipes
44. Ans: (b) 49. Ans: (a)

Sol: Loss of head due to enlargement Sol: Velocity of sound = p.c.AV
(VI — V2 )2 Due to water hammer.
he
2g
50. Ans: (d)
45. Ans: (d) Sol: Magnitude of water hammer is function of
Sol: For solving pipe flow network problems, the rate of stoppage of flow (i.e. operation of
following equations must be satisfied. control valve), length of pipe, elastic
(i) Continuity equation properties of pipe material etc.
(ii) Bernoulli's energy equation
(iii)Head loss equation (Darcy's equation) 51. Ans: (a)
Sol: Pressure at submit of siphon point
46. Ans: (b) P Vsyphon
2
—11 f Z syphon
Sol: Water Hammer pressure, PH = p.C.V Pg 2g
Where c = velocity of sound = = —2-4-0.5
= —6.5 meters of water
PH P, = —p.g.(6.5)
P
= —1000x9.81x6.5
PH = p.V.
= —63600 N/m2
= —63.6 kN/m2
47. Ans: (b)
Sol: Condition of maximum power transmission
52. Ans: (a)
through a pipe is that head loss due to
friction is equal to 1/3 of head.
53. Ans: (d)
df dQ
48. Ans: (a) Sol: — = —2
f Q
Sol: Working pressure in the syphon pipe at
summit point should be more than the vapour +25 =
pressure in that fluid flow in siphon to avoid
cavitaion. ±
d Q= —12.5%
Q
.10E Engineering l'ublicalionse

1 /411 Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Ving TirunatI1Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:Enimecsing Publications
54. Ans: (c) 61. Ans: (c)
Sol: Water Hammer blow phenomenon in Sol:
penstock pipes occurs, when flowing fluid
suddenly restricted by way of control valve
operation.
Pipe flowing full Pipe flowing half
55. Ans: (a)
Sol: Water phenomenon occurs in penstock pipe
h tx
f (for same velocity )
due to sudden closure of flow. dh
Where dh is hydraulic diameter.
56. Ans: (d) For pipe flowing full or half full
Sol: In a pipe flow, minor losses are due to bends, dh = 4 R
pipe fittings etc. where R is hydraulic radius.
hf is same.
57. Ans: (b)
Sol: In case of parallel pipe connection, head loss hf' =1
h
in each pipe is same.
62. Ans: (c)

58. Ans: (b)
Sol: Fluid flow in pipe becomes fully turbulent
Sol:
when Reynolds number exceeds upper
v2 critical Reynolds number value.
Loss of head at exit of pipe = —
2g
i.e., 2300
59. Ans: (a)

63. Ans: (c)
Sol:
Sol: Condition for maximum power transmission
Minor head loss in pipe flow implies
through pipe,
insignificant when compared to frictional H
loss. Loss of frictional head (hf) = —
3
Where H = head available of inlet pipe.
60. Ans: (d)
1 um, 11yderabadlDelhilBhoPallPunelBhubaneswariLuc.know1Patnall3engaluruIChennailVijayavradalVizagITfrupatilKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
ACE : 703: Flow Through Pipes
v. :Engineerng Publications
64. Ans: (c) 70. Ans: (c)
A Sol: Water Hammer pressure = p.c.Av
Sol: Hydraulic diameter = 4
m
PH = p.-jk / p .AV
Where, A = c/s area of pipe
PH = . AV
m = perimeter of pipe
PH °C
65. Ans: (a)
Sol: Surge tank function in penstocks: To relieve 71. Ans: (d)
excessive pressure produced in pipe due to Sol: Loss of head due to friction interms of
water hammer. 2
coefficient of friction — 4f ..e.v
2g.d
66. Ans: (d)
Sol: Maximum head loss occurs if bend is 90°
72. Ans: (a)
orientation
Sol: Upper critical value of Reynold's number at
which flow changes from laminar to
67. Ans: (c)
turbulent flow.
Sol: Function of air vessel attached to syphon
pipe at submit point:
73. Ans: (c)
(i) To maintain continuous flow i.e. avoid
Sol: Flow in pipe said to be turbulent if Re > 2800
interruption of the flow.
(upper critical Reynolds number)
(ii) To avoid flow separation i.e. cavitation
effect.
74. Ans: (a)
p.v.L = v.L
68. Ans: (a) Sol: R, —
1.1
Sol: If 'n' no. of pipes of same size (d) connected
Reynolds number is directly proportional to
in parallel, replaced by a single pipe,
velocity and length of system.
D = (n)2"5.d
75. Ans: (c) 76. Ans: (c) 77. Ans: (a)

69. Ans: (d)
A
Sol: Hydraulic mean depth, It= — 78. Ans: (a)
p
Sol: Lower critical Reynolds number for laminar
rcd2 flow is less than 2000
/4 = d / 4
icd
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow j Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Wijayawadal VizagairupatilKukatpallyiKollcata Ahmedabad
tige ACE : 704: Fluid Mechanics
0,4. 4.:Engineering Publicafions
79. Ans: (c) 84. Ans: (c)
Sol: Fluid Particles can move in straight lines Sol: Head loss at entry of pipe = 0.5 v2/2g
(parallel lines) as well as concentric circles Head loss at exit of pipe = v2 / 2g
path curves % of head increase
v2 / 2g-0.5v2 / 2g
80. Ans: (d) =1
0.5v2 / 2g
Sol:In pipe flow, after entrance length, the
= 100%
velocity profile is remains same. i.e., fully
developed flow. 85. Ans: (a)
Sol: For maximum power transmission through a
81. Ans: (a) nozzle fitted at end of pipe
V2
A /2fL 18ft
Sol: Velocity head = —
2g a D 1. D
(3.6)2 D2 _ 12f.L
2 x 9.81 d2 1 D
= 0.66
82. Ans: (d) L

Sol:
D2 12f.L 18ft
For maximum power transmission through
d2 1. D 1 D
pipe,
[coefficient of friction f t =
hf 4
H
hf = 1 D = 118f'L
• _ 4
H 3 d D
83. Ans: (a) 86. Ans: (b)

Sol: Sol:
Darcey's head loss due to friction in pipe With respect to water hammer analysis, it can
f .V 2 be treated that fluid and penstock pipe is
flow in terms of friction factor —
2g.d perfectly elastic
AC1.: higiisect lug Publication, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I VijaYawada I Wag I TimPaii I 1(1,101PallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.1
II ACE : 705: Flow Through Pipes
ili'Engineering Publications
J
87. Ans: (a) 92. Ans: (c)

Sol: In pipe fluid flow, flow always from higher
93. Ans: (c)
(total) every head to lower (total) energy
Sol: Flow rate through a circular pipe measured
head.
by venturimeter and orifice meter.
88. Ans: (b)

94. Ans: (c)
Sol: Reynold's number (Re)
Sol: Pressure drop in pipe laminar flow
Inertia force _ pAV2 = 32µ.v..2
32µ.v..2
Viscous force T.A AP
d2
AP 32[1.v
T.A = µ .A Per unit length, =
d2
p.v.d
Re — 95. Ans: (d)
Sol: Friction factor (f) in pipe flow is direct
measure frictional resistance for which
89. Ans: (d)
variables connected to it is Reynold's
Sol: Lower limit of critical Reynolds number for
number (Re) and roughness height. Reynold's
laminar flow is 2000.
number is function of velocity of flow,
diameter of pipe and kinematic viscosity of
90. Ans: (c)
fluid.
Sol: A pipe is said to be syphon if pressure at
summit point is below atmospheric pressure.
96. Ans: (d)
Sol: Maximum power transmission through pipe,
91. Ans: (a)
loss of head due to friction
Sol: Head loss due to sudden enlargement of pipe
\ = x Head at inlet of pipe
V2 A 3
= he = 1 1
2g A2 ,
97. Ans: (d)
Proof:
Sol: Steady minor flow means laminar flow for
_ — V2 )2 _ V12 [1 V212 which shear stress is zero at centre line,
he —
2g 2g velocity is maximum at centre and hydraulic
Q = AiVi = A2V2 gradient varies proportional to mean velocity
V2 Ai of flow.
VI A2
Enginuct jug Publicati I )1 ;>Hyderabad
44 I Delhi 1Bhopal I Pune 1BhubaneswariLucknowiPatha I Bengalurul Chennai 1VdayawadalVizagiTirupati I Kukatpallyl Kolkatal Ahrnedahad
LF
„••
V 1, ACE
V :Engineering Publications : 706 :
98. Ans: (a) 102.Ans: (d)

Sol: Loss of head due to sudden enlargement, Sol: to !maintain continuous flow in siphon pipe,
2 prAsure at syphon pipe should not fluid
— V2 )2 =. V12 [1 _ AI
=
he
2g 2g L A2 vapour pressure. As the case in practice, if
2 the pressure is reduced to about 2.5m of
V22 [A2 _1 wader absolute (or) 7.8m of water Vacuum,
2g AI
the dissolved air (or) other gases would come
out causing the flow obstruction.
99. Ans: (c)
Sol: Energy loss in pipe flow is due to major loss 103.Ans: (a) 104.Ans: ) 105.Ans: (a)
and minor losses.
Major loss is called frictional loss minor 106.Ans: (d) 107.Ans: (a) 108.Ans: (d)
losses are many reasons like bend in pipe, •
enlargement pipe fittings etc. 109.Ans: (c) 110.A'ns: (c) 111.Ans: (b)
100.Ans: (c) 112. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: Hazen Williams formulae used to measure
velocity of water flow in supply inain pipe
line
113.Ans: (b)
Sol:
Reynolds number = 2000
101.Ans: (a) Which is lower critical velocity for laminar
Sol: Condition for maximum power transmission flow.
through pipe
H — hf 114.Ans: (d)
H Sol:
H In turbulent flow, frictional resistance is
Where hf = — for maximum power
3 proportional to square of the velocity
transmission (approximately)
H—H/3 2
11 max = — 0.6667 = 66.67%
H 3
I ACE Eilgiiieering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luckneiw 1:Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I fehlkfiut I Ahinedabail
411111kabstalikaisas :707: Flow Though Pipes
115.Abss: (a)
= 112 x 9.8 1 x 0.25[1- 7-]
Sol: The syphon should be laid such a way that no
section of pipe will be more than 7.8 m V= 1.4 m/s
above the H.O.L at the section. v2 0.4)2
Velocity head = = = 0.1 m
2g 2x9.81
llf. Ass: (4) 117.Abia: (lb) 1111.Aas: (4)
121. Au: (c) 125.Ans: (d)

119. Ass: (a)
Sal: In parallel
126. Amu (d)
(i) Qrcsuitant = Qs +Q2 2 x 3000
2L ___,
QI Q Sal: Tc C - 111/ S
1500
(know = 2Q T. = 4.5
> T. slow closure.
(ii) hi = h2 h3 = H
127.Aas: (a)
129. (c) 121.Aas: (e)
Sal: Pipe network -* Hardy-cross method
Frictional loss -4 Darcy-weisbach equation
122. Ans: (b)
Sal: PI -P2 =1)-(V2 -V2 128.Aas: (b) 129.Ans: (c) 130.Ans: (d)
2
(V1 = V, V2 = 2V)
131.Aas: (d)
.2-(4v2 -v2) 3Pv2 -A Sol: di = 5 cm, d2 = 10 cm
2.
Head loss due to sudden expansion,
PI P2 = 2 2
1
_ A1) V2
hL x
( A2 2g
123. Au: (a)' 2
(1 _ d; ) V2
x
Sul: Velocity, V = JOT; d; 2g
h = [_1 2 2 V2 9 V2
Sw 102 x 16 2g
2g = —
= 112gx[l sr
I
11111111111111111111111111.HYdefilid I Ma I WWInine I Rifmtemearaarlia4nowirablaI IlensalsruIMenaiI Vityawada I VaagI Tuupali I KtikalPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1.
if&C ACE : 708: Fluid Mechanics
Aur:FAIgineering Publications
4 4.
132.Ans: (b) 133.Ans: (b) fLV 2 f Q2 L 1

hL= = ; h, cc
2gD 2g ( 11)2 D D5
134.Ans: (d)
Sol: When the frictional head loss in both the (h L )2 _ (D I)5
pipes is same, the pipes are in parallel
( I L), (D2 )5
connection
002 (D, 5 1
hfi = hf2
(2Dl )5 32
fLQ fLQ22
12.1105, 12.1D;
140.Ans: (b) 141.Ans: (a) 142.Ans: (a)
Q 2 ) (D2 5 j/ 2 (20)5/2
[ Q1 D, 00)
143.Ans: (*)
Sol:
2 = 5.66= 4J
QI — dp R
-c, = x
dx 2
135.Ans: (d) 75 x103 0.04
x
15 2
136.Ans: (c) = 100 Pa = 0.1 kPa
Sol: The differences of pressure head between the Correct option is not available
two points is
PA + (1000 x 9.81 h2) — (1000 x 9.81 xhi) 144.Ans: (a)
(PA — PB)
Sol: V* =
= (2000 x 9.81 h2) —(1000 x 9.81 x hi)
10 i.e. t„ = pV*2 (1)
= (2000 —1000)x 9.81x
100
Tw = — pv 2
= 981 N/m2 2
Or 'r = pv 2 (2)
137.Ans: (b) 138.Ans: (a) 8
From (1) & (2)
139.Ans : (b)
pV*2 = f pV2
Sol: The loss of head due to friction in the 8
equivalent pipe is: V r
V i8
I ACE Engineering Publications, I I I
Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada J Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
, ACE : 709: Flow Through Pipes
4 .
145. Ans: (b)

Sol: The hydraulic diameter is defined as
4A
DI =
P
Where A = wetted area
P = wetted perimeter
146. Ans: (b)

Sol: Loss due to friction is called major loss
because its magnitude is generally high as
compared to other losses.
ACE Engineering Publicarimrs> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukamally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Laminar Flow
Chapter
01. In laminar flow (AEE-19114) 0 The value of friction factor for laminar flow
(a) viscosity is not important of liquid in terms of Reynolds number it, is
(b) fluid particles move in irregular given by
and haphazard paths (AEE 19117,19%)
(c) coefficient viscosity depends on the
(a) 64 (b) E
flow
(d) none of the above is true
(c) 24 (d) 48
It
02. In case of laminar flow through a round
tube, the discharge varies (AEE-19114) 6. The discharge in m3/sec for laminar flow
(a) linearly as viscosity through a pipe of diameter 0.04m having a
(b) as the square of the radius centre line velocity of I.5m/set is
(c) inversely as the pressure drop (AE-1103, AEE CE/ME44112, AE-21113)
(d) inversely as the viscosity (b)
2500
03. Viscous flow takes place through a round tat 3rc
tube of 1 cm2 cross-sectional area with a "" 10000
maximum velocity of 2 cm/s. The discharge
through the tube, in cm3/s is (AEE-19114) 7. The hydraulic grade line is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (AE-1993)
(c) 4 (d) None of these (a) Always above the energy grade line
(b) The velocity head below the energy
04. For flow through pipes the head loss by grade line
Darcy-Weisbach equation is equal to (c) Always above the closed conduit
(AEE 1997) (d) Always sloping downwards in the
(a) f L V/2g d (b) fl.V2/g D direction of flow
(c) f L V2/2 g D (d) f1.2 V/2 g D
Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Punel bitubrisciwariLucksiow1Pariel kokerihiltolkoril Aireedalbed

0
_4
ACE : 711 : Laminar Flow
1.4 17Engineesing Publications
08. In a steady viscous flow,throngh a pipe of 12. The equation for viscous flow was first
diameter d, the rate of flow is y formulated by (AEE 2003) ,
(AEE-1996) (a) Bernoulli (b) Chezy
(c) Newton (d) Pascal
(a) u = 131—P2 (R 2 —r2 )
4Re ,
13. The Reynold's number for pipe flow is
(b) u = P1-132 (R r2)
4pte given by (AEE CE/ME-2004)
D a p,
(c) = Pr P2 (R 2 r2 ) (a) V (b) VD
2µ.e
(c) p VD
(d) u = PI —P2 (R2 r2 ) (d) VD
e
09. For sudden closure of valve, pipe being 14. In a circular pipe a viscous liquid is flowing
t
rigid, rise in pressuie is given by with a velocity v of length L, diameter d.

(AEI-1996) The loss of head is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
V 16 4L v2 e L v2
(a) , (b) (a) — — — (b) R
1/1(p R e d 2g 16 d 2g
(c) V. (d) VVKp ( v R L v2

(d) e
'c' d 2g d2 2g
10. The magnitude of water hammer. in a pipe

15. The velocity of flow at vena contracta, when
depends upon (AEE-1996)
the head is 1.0 m is (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) speed at which valve is closed
(a) 2.21 m/s (b) 1.41 rids
(b) length of the pipe line
(c) 1.00 m/s (d) 4.43 m/s
(c) elastic properties of the pipe material
(d) all the above 16. If the velocities of flow due to sudden
enlargement in a pipe are vi and v2, the loss
11. Hydraulic grade line (AEE 2003) of head is (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) remains above the conduit line („ 2 ,
(v1 — v2)2
)
(b) remains below the conduit line (a) `v I (b)
(2g) (2g)
(c) remains parallel to the conduit line (v2 v2 )
(14 + v2 )
(d) may be above or below the conduit line (c) (d) 2
(2g) (2g)
ACE Engine e ring Publications 1i

/4>Hyderabad I Delhi I 13hopal Pune I )3hubanesn'ae Ilaicknow I Patna I &Dawn I Cheat] ai I Viiiyawada I Viaag I Tirupati I Nukaipally1 K01141 Ahmedabad
4.
17. Cavitation is caused by 22. In a steady laminar flow of a liquid through
(AE CE/ME-2004) a circular pipe of internal diameter D,
(a) low pressure (b) high pressure carrying a constant discharge, the hydraulic
(c) low velocity (d) high velocity gradient is inversely proportional to
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
18. In a long pipe, the head loss is negligible at (a) D (b) D2
the (c) D4 (d) D5
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) entrance (b) outlet 23. The highest velocity for flow of water of
(c) entrance and outlet (d) bends viscosity 0.01poise to be laminar in a 6 mm
pipe is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
19. Flow of water in pipes of diameter more 100
(a) — cm/sec (b) 135 cm/sec
than 3.0 m can be measure by
(AE CE/ME-2004) (c) 50 cm/sec (d) 200 cm/sec
(a) pitot tube (b) venturimeter
(c) piezometer (d) rotameter 24. Reynold's number for laminar flow in a
circular pipe should be
20. When pipes are attached end to end, then (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(AE CE/ME-2004) (a) 4000 (b) less than 2000
(a) head loss is the same in all the pipes (c) more than 3500 (d) 3000
(b) discharge is the same in all the pipes
(c) velocity of flow is the same in all the 25. The value of Darcy's friction factor for
pipes laminar flow in pipes is equal to
(d) frictional losses are reduced (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 32/R (b) 16/R (c) 64/R (d) 8/R
21. Reynold's number is the ratio of
(AE CE/ME-2004) 26. The velocity distribution in a pipe for
(a) gravity force to inertia force uniform laminar flow is
(b) inertia force to viscous force (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) elastic force to gravity force (a) parabolic (b) elliptical
(d) gravity force to elastic force (c) rectangular (d) hyperbolic
11=11201111=0Flytittabad
_ _ I bellit I Iiithpal I hate I lilitiliantsikar I Lucknow I Patna I hengattaii I clienual I Vijayawada I ViznA rnrupati ktdultpally I Kotkata Alkihetlabati
0.4
If NI
J :Engineering Pobo®a
27. A single pipe diameter 'D' is replaced 'n' 32. The coefficient of friction in a pipe flow
pipes of diameter 'd' laid in parallel, then directly proportional to
diameter 'd' is equal to (AEE-2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (a) velocity (b) velocity head
(a) D/n1 /2 (b) D/n1/3 (c) D/n2/5 (d) D/n1/5 (c) shear stress (d) density
28. The ratio of the average velocity and 33. In case of laminar flow through circular pipes,
maximum velocity for laminar flow in pipe the entrance length Le is related to
is (AEE CE/ME-2004) (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) 2.0 (b) 0.33 (a) wall shear stress
(c) 0.5 (d) 1.5 (b) velocity gradient at wall
(c) Reynolds number
29. The flow in a pipe is laminar, if the (d) pipe entrance velocity
Reynold's number is
(AE CE/ME-2004) 34. The laminar friction relation f = 64/Re is valid
(a) less than 2000 (b) 2000 — 2500 for flow only inside
(c) 2500 — 3000 (d) more than 3000 (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) rectangular ducts
30. For fluid flow between two parallel plates (b) circular pipes
the velocity is (c) trapezoidal ducts
(AE CE/ME-2004) (d) All of the above
(a) uniform under steady state conditions
(b) maximum at the mid-depth of flow 35. In case of laminar flow through pipes,
(c) maximum at the plate boundaries discharge/flow rates varies
(d) uniform under turbulent flow condition (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) linearly with pressure drop across the
31. The flow inside the duct (pipe) becomes length of pipe
turbulent for Reynolds number (b) inversely as viscosity
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (c) as fourth power exponent of radius of
(a) less than 2000 (b) 2000 to 4000 pipe
(c) 4000 to 10000 (d) more than 10000 (d) All of the above
( l ! i 1 .111 III, II. >

likathiliad I both!' Hipp!' Ku* I Illitikkinthkaa I Laktitml Poia I wittlutu I titemil I iTijoitantda I ttag I titigati I kuluillially I kolkaa Althittikad
to, JJd
JJ — 4
36. The pressure drop for an isothermal flow of 38. A current meter is used for measurement of
fluid in horizontal pipe is given below: (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (a) pressure
pi — p2 f L vi (b) velocity
incompressible and
131 D2 (c) viscosity
(d) electrical conductivity
PI =1— D compressible. The ratio
P2 2
39. At the vena contracta the
of pressure ratios of the (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(P:
P
(a) stream lines are parallel
incompressible to compressible flow is o
(b) velocity profile approaches that of the
the order of
ideal jet
(a) equal to one
(c) section is minimum in the flow
(b) less than one
(d) above three statements are valid
(c) greater than one
40. The two pressures, static and dynamic, can
be measured with an instrument called
37. The pressure gradient for an adiabatic flow
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
in a horizontal pipe is given as
(a) differential manometer
cap fpv2 [1+ —1)M2 (b) combined probe (Prandtl tube)
Which one of
ae 2D 1— M2 (c) transducer
the following features of pipe flow is (d) hot wire anemometer
correct?
(AEE CE/ME-2006) 41. If the velocity profile shape changes slightly
(a) For low M values flow is considered as after the inviscid core disappears and the
incompressible profile shape no longer changes with
(b) If M < 1 or M > 1 pressure drops or increasing distance in the axial direction,
increases in the direction of flow then the flow is called
respectively (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(c) As a limiting case for M = 1 (a) turbulent
corresponds to the lowest pressure that (b) laminar
at exit in the pipe for subsonic flow (c) developing flow
(d) All of the above (d) fully developed laminar or turbulent
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclmow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kollin]. I Ahmedabad
:at
%;,
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 715: Laminar Flow
42. Reynolds number gives relative importance to 46. At extremely large Reynolds number flow
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (turbulent) inside tube,
(a) inertial and gravitational forces (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(b) inertial and elastic forces (a) the friction factor is independent of
(c) inertial and viscous forces Reynolds number
(d) inertial and surface tension forces (b) inertial forces dominating the viscous
force everywhere except at walls
43. In a steady viscous flow though a pipe of
(c) friction factor is a function of relative
diameter `d', the rate of flow is given by
roughness only and irrespective of the
(APPSC 2006)
parameters involved in Reynolds
(a) u — P1 P2 (R 2 —r2 ) number calculations
4µ,
(b)u — P1 P2 (R 2 + r 2 )
4111
47. The shear stress in a fluid flowing in a
(c) u — PI P2 (R 2 —r2 ) round pipe is
21A,
(APPSC 2007)
(d) u — P1 P2 (R 2 —r2 ) Constant over the cross-section
zero at the centre and varies linearly
with radius
44. In laminar flow through a pipe the Darcy
zero at the wall and increases linearly
Weisbach friction factor T is given by 'f'
towards the centre
(APPSC 2006)
varies parabolically across the section
16 3
(b) 24 (d)-R
Re (c) 6 e
48. Cavitation will begin when
(AEE-2007)
45. Darcy Weisbach formula, used to find
(a) the pressure at any location reaches an
pressure drop as head loss in meter of a pipe
absolute pressure equal to the saturated
diameter 'Id' and length '1' takes the form
vapour pressure of the liquid
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
(b) the pressure becomes more than critical
V2 2
(a) f — (b) f pressure
d2 d 2g
(c) flow is increased
pv2 (d) pressure is increased
(c) f d (d)1
2
ACF. Engineci Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Berigaluru I Chennai I VijaYavrada I Vizag I PA I Kuka1pally I Kolb& I Ahmedabad
4.- -.4
: 1, ACE : 716: Fluid Mechanics
%;,4 —04:Engineering Publications
49. Reynold's number is the ratio of inertial (c) reduction in the flow diameter
force to (AEE-2007) (d) cavitation due to sudden increase in
(a) gravitational force (b) surface tension velocity
(c) elastic force (d) viscous force
54. Vena contracta is the
50. An air vessel is usually provided at the (AE CE/ME-2007)
summit of a syphon in order to (AEE-2007) (a) section of maximum area in a jet
(a) regulate the flow (b) section of minimum area in the flow
(b) increase discharge through an orifice
(c) avoid interruption in flow (c) sudden contraction in the flow through
(d) increase velocity pipe
(d) contraction of jet before impingement
51. The magnitude of water hammer depends on
(AEE-2007) 55 . If four pipe lines are connected in series
(a) length of pipe (AE CE/ME-2007)
(b) elastic properties of pipe material (a) velocity of flow in each pipe is the same
(c) rate of stoppage of flow (b) head loss in each pipe line is the same
(d) All of the above (c) discharge through each pipe is the same
(d) discharge and velocity of flow in each
52. Equivalent length of a pipe is that length of pipe are the same
the pipe which will have the same
(AE CE/ME-2007) 56. Head lost due to friction (hf) in a pipe length
(a) frictional factor `1' and diameter `d' when the velocity is 'N/'
(b) loss of head for the same velocity is given by (AE CE/ME-2007)
(c) loss of head for the same discharge 8fev 2
(a) hf =
(d) discharge for a given velocity of flow gd

4fev2
53. The loss of head in a pipe line in a section of (b) h f =
2gd
sudden contraction is due to
(AE CE/ME-2007) 18fe2v
(c) h f =
(a) expansion of flow after sudden gd
contraction 4fe2 v
(d) h f = 2
(b) friction at the section 2gd
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I DelhiIBhopal IPuneIBhubaneswar i LucknowI PatnaIBengaluru1 Chennai Mayawada !MugITu-upatiI Kukatpally i Kolkata I Ahmedabad
s. ACE : 717 : Laminar Flow
gagineezing Publicafions
57. Cavitation occurs when 61. Water is discharged from a tank maintained
(AE CE/ME-2007) at a constant head of 6 m above the exit of a
(a) the velocity is high and pressure is low straight 100 m long pipe. If the diameter of
(b) the flow is low and pressure is high pipe is 200 mm and Darcy's friction factor is
(c) the flow is high and temperature is high 0.01, the rate of flow in pipe is
(d) the pressure is high and temperature is (AE CE/ME-2007)
high (a) 150 litres/sec
(b) 76 litres/sec
58. Water flow through a pipe 200 mm in dia (c) 24.3 litres/sec
and 80 m long with a velocity of 3 m/s. If (d) 38 litres/sec
Chezy's constant is 55, head lost in friction
will be: 62. A pipe of 150 mm diameter is 15 m long and
(AE CEAVIE-2007) carries a discharge of 300 1/s. The loss of
(a) 80 m (b) 48 m head due to friction will be
(c) 8 m (d) 4.8 m (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) 29 m (b) 39 m
59. Relief valve is basically (c) 49 m (d) 59 m
(AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) a flow control valve 63. Bernoulli's equation is obtained by the
(b) a pressure control valve (AE CE/ME-2007)
(c) a direction control valve (a) differentiation of Euler's equation
(d) None of the above (b) integration of Euler's equation
(c) integration of Lagrange's equation
60. A device used to increase the intensity of (d) differentiation of Lagrange's equation
pressure utilizing the energy of a large
quantity of liquid available at low pressure 64. Reynold's number relates to
is called as (AE CE/ME-2007) (AE CEA/1E-2007)
(a) valve (a) inertia and viscous forces
(b) transformer (b) viscous and gravity forces
(c) hydraulic accumulator (c) elasticity and viscosity
(d) hydraulic intensifier (d) velocity and viscosity
\ EnginCering HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailWayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallyIKolkatal ad
SI4, ACE : 718: Fluid Mechanics
4iEnginecing Publicaiions
„,
65. The shear stress in a fluid flowing in a round 69. The flow is generally not laminar, if
pipe is Reynold's number is
(AEE-2007) (AE CE/ME-2007, AEE CE/ME-2006)
constant over the cross-section (a) less than 1000
zero at the centre and varies linearly (b) more than 500
with radius (c) less than 2000
zero at the wall and increases linearly (d) more than 2000
towards the centre
varies parabolically across the section 70. When a liquid is flowing through a pipe, the
velocity of the liquid is:
66. The velocity at which the laminar flow (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007, AEE
slopes is known as CE/ME-2008)
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) (a) Maximum at the centre and minimum
(a) velocity of approach near the walls
(b) lower critical velocity (b) Minimum at the centre and maximum
(c) higher critical velocity near the walls
(d) None of these (c) Zero at the centre and maximum near
the walls
67. Power transmitted through a pipe is (d) Maximum at the centre and zero near
maximum when the loss of head due to the walls
friction is
(AEE-2007) 71. In uniform laminar flow through a conduit
(a) one half of the total head supplied the hydraulic gradient varies
(b) one-third of the total head supplied (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) one-fourth of the total head supplied (a) as the square of the diameter
(d) equal to the total head supplied (b) inversely as the dynamic viscosity of the
fluid
68. Smooth and regular flow of liquids is called (c) inversely as the kinematic viscosity of
(AE CE/ME-2007) the fluid
(a) Laminar flow (b) Turbulent flow (d) as the velocity
(c) Pressure flow (d) Reverse flow
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaltwu I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
0 -4 1, ACE
it.
719: Laminar Flow
72. The coefficient of velocity is determined 76. The value of Darcy coefficient of friction
experimentally by using the relation with the (f) for laminar flow in a pipe with Reynolds
usual notation: number 2000 is:
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (APPSC 2008 LR)
x (a) 0.032 (b) 0.008
(a) C y2 (b) C v = 2
4xH 4yH (c) 0.004 (d) 0.0005
(c) C v = 114x2
2 (d) Cv = 1141'2H 77. The average velocity of flow in laminar flow
through pipe of radius at a distance,
measured from the centre of the pipe:
73. The value of Darcy coefficient of friction for
(APPSC 2008 LR)
laminar flow in a pipe with Reynolds
(a) 0.71R (b) 0.50 R
number 2000 is
(c) 0.33R (d) 0.25R
(APPSC 2008 LR, AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 0.032 (b) 0.008
78. In laminar flow through pipes with Reynolds
(c) 0.004 (d) 0.0005
number Re, the coefficient of friction varies
as (APPSC 2008 LR)
74. A wall shear stress of 28 Pa exists in a
(a) 16/Re (b) 8/Re
laminar flow in an 8 cm diameter pipe. At
(c) 64/R, (d) 32/Re
radial distance of 3 cm from the axis, the
shear stress in Pa is:
79. The hammer blow in pipes occurs when:
(APPSC 2008)
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 21.0 (b) 28.0
(a) there is excessive leakage in the pipe
(c) 7.8 (d) 12.25
(b) the pipe bursts under high pressure of
fluid
75. Shear stress in a fluid flowing between two
(c) the flow of fluid through the pipe is
parallel fixed plates :
suddenly brought to rest by closing of
(APPSC 2008 LR)
the valve
(a) is constant
(d) the flow of fluid through the pipe is
(b) varies linearly
gradually brought to rest by closing of
(c) is zero at mid — thickness of flow
the valve
(d) varies parabolic ally
ACE Engineering Publications I I I I I I I I I I

Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna l Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
40• 4
NI
° :Engineering Publications
4 4.
80. The power transmitted through a pipe is: 85. Darcy's equation for flow through porous
(AEE CE/ME-2008) media is valid as long as the flow remains
(a) WxQxH (b)WxQxhf (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(c) WxQx (H — hf) (d) WxQx (H + hf) (a) Steady
(b) Critical
Where W = Specific weight in N/m3 (c) Laminar with negligible internal effects
Q = Discharge in m3/s (d) Turbulent with negligible internal
H = Total supply head in m effects
hf = Head lost due to friction in pipe in m
86. Loss head due to sudden expansion of flow
81. Minor head losses in flow through pipes stream in a closed conduit is expressed by
imply (AEE CE/ME-2008) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) insignificant loss of head V — V2 (VI — V2 )2
(a) 12 (b)
(b) small velocity of flow 2g 2g
(c) local disturbance of flow (VI +V2 )2 (d) V, — VZ
(c)
(d) small coefficient of friction 2g 2g
82. The loss of head is the maximum in a pipe 87. Which of the following is an example of
with a bend at an angle of laminar flow?
(a) 45° (b) 90° (c) 30° (d) 60° (a) underground flow
(b) flow past tiny bodies
83. Darcy's law is valid only if: (AEE-2008) (c) flow of oil in measuring instruments
(a) the flow is laminar (d) all of these
(b) the flow is turbulent
(c) the flow is due to water 88. The velocity at which the laminar flow
(d) the flow is intermittent stops, is known as
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
84. Reynolds number is the ratio of the inertia to (a) velocity of approach
the: (AEE CE/ME-2009) (b) lower critical velocity
(a) surface tension surface (b) viscous force (c) higher critical velocity
(c) gravity force (d) elastic force (d) none of the above
tiyaeiooinoqihtiatkii Pp j witi*ho.ii- N11_, jitiolliiltiy_litilitli/01041thEli I Yli1,4 I I ktildiOly I 141.dtp j Miltwililktd

04
V‘g" 44%.
0,,
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 721 : Laminar Flow
89. In a laminar flow through a pipe the 94. For laminar flow in pipes, the point of
discharge varies (AEE CE/ME-2009) maximum instability exists at a distance of -
(a) Linearly as viscosity Where R = radius of pipe. (APPSC — 2011)
(b) Linearly as pipe diameter 1 1 2
(a) — R (b) R (c) — R (d) 3R
(c) Inversely as the viscosity 3 2 3 4
(d) Linearly as the pressure drop
95. In a fully developed laminar flow, the ratio
90. The ratio of average velocity to maximum of maximum velocity to mean velocity is
velocity for a steady laminar flow in circular (APPSC — 2011)
pipes is (AEE CE/ME-2009) (a) Four (b) Three
1 2 (c) Two (d) One and half
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) — (d) —
2 3
96. The drag coefficient for laminar flow varies
91. The flow of fluid through a pipe is laminar as proportional to (APPSC — 2011)
when (AE CE/ME-2009) 1
(a) Re (b)
(a) fluid is ideal Re
(b) fluid is viscous 1
(c) (d)
(c) the Reynolds number is less than 2000 Re
(d) there is considerable lateral dispersion
of smoke or dye injected into the flow 97. The loss of pressure head in case of laminar
stream flow is proportional to (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Velocity (b) (velocity)2
92. Which one of the following equation
(c) (velocity)3 (d) (velocity)4
represents the laminar pipe flow of real
fluids? (APPSC — 2011) 98. For a laminar flow through circular pipes
(a) Euler' s (b) Bernoulli's (APPSC — 2011)
(c) Hagen's (d) Navier-Stoke's (a) The maximum velocity = 1.5 times the
average velocity
93. The Reynold's number for a circular pipe (b) The maximum velocity = 2 times the
having a friction factor of 0.1 under certain average velocity
laminar flow conditions is (c) The maximum velocity = 2.5 time the
(APPSC — 2011) average velocity
(a) 6400 (b) 640 (c) 64 (d) 32 (d) None of the above
Etyderabadlbd}iijbbdpal
^ I PIA* I iihilaiiesiW I Luckttoiy I Nina
^ • • I tiettatitti I dichital VilaYaitada
J I •VfrAtl
- - 11111-WA
• I ktiknitiftlig I kcilkata I Atithedgliicl
••
le
J, :Engineering Publications
99. For a laminar flow through a pipe, the shear (c) Minor losses in pipes will decrease with
stress over the cross section the increase in velocities.
(APPSC — 2011) (d) Friction factor is lower in laminar flows.
(a) Varies inversely as the distance from
the centre of the pipe 103. At a particular location in a steady flow the
(b) Varies directly as the distance from the pressure, potential and velocity heads are
surface of the pipe equal to 4 m, 5 m and 7 m respectively.
(c) Varies directly as the distance from the Then the height of hydraulic gradient line
centre of pipe for this is
(d) Remains constant over the cross (DYSY — 2011)
section (a) 3 m (b) 4 m
(c) 9 m (d) 11 m
100. The Reynold's number for a laminar through
a pipe in terms of its friction coeff (f) is 104. In a laminar flow through a circular pipe of
(DYSY — 2011) diameter 200 mm, the maximum velocity
16 was found to be 1 m/s. The velocity at a
(a) 4f
(b) 16
3f radial distance of 50 mm from the axis of
16 16 the pipe is equal to (AEE-2011)
(c) (d) —
f (a) 2 m/s (b) 0.75 m/s
(c) 0.5 m/s (d) 5 m/s
101. For a fully developed laminar flow in pipes,
the ratio of maximum to mean velocity is 105. Reynolds number which quantities the role
(DYSY — 2011) of viscous effect is expressed as
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0 (AEE-2012)
(c) 2.5 (d) 3.0 V
(a)
gd
102. With respect to fluid flow in pipes, choose
p
pVd
the correct statement from the following: (b)
(DYSY — 2011)
pV2L
(a) Friction factor will be higher in laminar (c)
flows.
(b) Velocity profile of a laminar flow (d)V
VE
represents a straight line profile.
I ACE Engineering Publications 1//4' Hyderabad I DelhiIBhopalI Pune I BhubaneswarILueknowI Patna' BengalluruIChennaiIVijayawadaI VizagITirupan }Sukalpally I Kolkat41,4kne.dabad
APE
M
„awiskPubbalicios : 723 : Laminar Flow
106. The lower limit of the critical Reynolds 110. In laminar flow through a circular tube, the
number below which all disturbances in pipe Darcy — Weisbach friction is related to the
flow are damped out by viscous action has a Reynolds number by
value approximately equal to (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE-2012) (a) f _l (10
(b) f =
(a) 1 (b) 500 ) R
(c) 1000 (d) 2000 (c) f 464) (0.3161
(d) f=
R"4 )
107. The shear stress distribution in pipe flow is
expressed by 111. The flow in a capillary tube is laminar
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) because (AE-2012)
1 ( dp) (a) the capillary tube is made of glass
(a) r=- — (b) = — ( I
C )r
r dx Che 2 (b) the surface tension and capillarity
promote laminarisation
(c) r =— 2r(1-1 (d) r = l(d1
t -1)
dx L dx (c) only inviscid liquids can flow through a
capillarity tube
108. The Hagen — Poiseuille equation which (d) the diameter of the capillarity tube is
governs the velocity distribution in laminar very small
flow through pipes may be expressed as
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) 112. Cavitation in fluid flow occurs when
rcd40p rcd20p (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) Q= (b) Q=
1280, 128µ1, (a) the total energy suddenly increases
1284, 128111, (b) total energy decreases suddenly
(c) Q = (d) Q=
ltd2Ap nd40p (c) velocity head reduces to zero
(d) pressure of flow decreases to a value
109. The pressure drop per unit length of pipe in close to its vapour pressure
laminar flow is equal to
113. For the same discharge in a pipe with
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
laminar flow, reduction of radius to half will
(12 32µVL
(a) (b) 2 increase the pressure gradient by a factor of
321.tV yd
(AE-2012)
321.1V 8µV
(c) (d) (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 16
d2 d2
111M11111=11111*HyderatedInelhi I Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar ILucknowIPatnaI BengaluruI ChennaiI Vijayawadal VizagnriruPatil KaatpallyIKolkataI Ahmedabad
44
-41,Engineering
ACEPublications : 724: Fluid Mechanics
4
4
4 .
114. The loss of pressure head for the laminar 118. The lower limit of the critical Reynolds
flow through pipe varies (AE-2012) number below which all disturbances (or
(a) as the square of velocity sources of turbulence) in pipe flow are
(b) directly as the velocity damped out by viscous action has a value
(c) as the inverse of the velocity approximately (AEE-CE/ME, AE-2013)
(d) None of the above (a) 1 (b) 500
(c) 1000 (d) 2000
115. For laminar flow in a pipe of circular cross
section, the Darcy's friction f is
119. In laminar flow through a circular tube, the
(Observers-2013)
Darcy-Weibach friction factor (f) depends
(a) directly proportional to Reynolds
only on the Reynolds number (R), and the
number and independent of pipe wall
two are related by (AE-2013)
roughness
1 16
(b) inversely proportional to pipe wall (a) f = — (b) f = —
roughness and independent of Reynolds
0.316 64
number (c) f = Ri/4 (d) f = —
R
(c) Inversely proportional to Reynolds
number and directly proportional to
120. The equation of motion for laminar flow of a
pipe wall roughness
real fluid is known as
(d) Inversely proportional to Reynolds
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
number and inversely proportional to
(a) Euler's equation
pipe wall roughness
(b) Reynold's equation
116. The velocity distribution in a laminar flow (c) Navier — Stokes equation
through a circular pipe follows as (d) Bernoulli's equation
(AE-2013)
(a) Parabolic (b) Linear law 121 A fluid (specific gravity = 0.9 and µ = 1.2
(c) Logarithmic law (d) None of these Pa.$) flows in a laminar regime between two
parallel plates fixed 3 cm apart. If the
117. Laminar flow through a circular tube was discharge is 600 cm3/s/cm width of plate, the
studied experimentally by shear stress on the boundary, in Pa, is
(AEE-2012, AE-2013) (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) Newton (b) Pascal (a) 800 (b) 640
(c) Hagen and Poiseuille (d) Prandtl (c) 240 (d) 480
EnLt-incering Ptii Iicaliuns :4>HyderabadIDelhiIBhopalIPune'BhubaneswarI Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vaayawada I Vizag iTirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Alunedabad
o
f."4
ki ACE Laminar Flow
0,,J, :Engineering Publications : 725 :
4.
122. In a laminar flow between two parallel 127. In laminar flow through a pipe discharge
plates with a separation distance of 6 mm, varies (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
the centre line velocity is 1.8 m/s. The (a) linearly as the viscosity
velocity at a distance of 1 mm from the (b) inversely as the viscosity
boundary is: (TSPSC AEE 2015) (c) inversely as the pressure drop
(a) 1.0 m/s (b) 0.15 m/s (d) as the square of radius
(c) 0.75 m/s (d) 0.55 m/s
128. The pressure drop in a laminar flow through
123. Ratio of the average velocity to maximum circular pipe is dependent on
velocity for steady laminar flow in circular (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
pipe is (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015) (a) diameter of the pipe
(a) 2 (b) 2/3 (c) 3/2 (d) 1/2 (b) Velocity of flow
(c) viscosity of the fluid
124.The ratio of viscous forces to inertial forces (d) All the given answers
is called (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) mach number (b) Weber number 129.If the diameter of a circular pipe is halved
(c) Reynolds number (d) Froude number while the flow rate and the length of the pipe
are kept constant, considering a fully
125. In laminar flow of a liquid down in an developed laminar flow in the circular pipe,
inclined plane, the surface velocity is found the head loss increases by a factor.
to be 30 cm/s. The average velocity of the (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
flow, in cm/s is (a) 4 (b) 8
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (c) 16 (d) 32
(a) 20 (b) 30 (c) 10 (d) 15
130.What is the moment of Inertia of a
126. Relation between shear and pressure
semicircular lamina with the base horizontal
gradients in a two dimensional laminar flow
about the centriodal axis parallel to x-axis. if
under steady and uniform conditions
the radius is R.
at ap at ap
(a) — = — (b) — = — (a) 0.2084 R4 (b) 0.23 R4
ax ax ay ax
a21 a2, a2,t a2n
(c) 0.10976 R4 (d) 0.3142 R4
(C)
ax2 =ay2
F (d) = Y
axe ax2
ACE Engineering Publicatinns> HyderabadIDelhigihopallpuneiBhubancsivarILucknow1PatnalBengalurnIChennaillaayawadalVizagITirupatiIKulmipallylKolliatalAhmedabad
11111%
ACE :726 : Fluid Mechanics
131. In a laminar flow through a circular pipe of 133. The shear stress in a circular pipe with a
diameter 20 cm, the maximum velocity is laminar flow in it
found to be 1 m/s. The velocity at a radial (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
distance of 5 cm from the axis of the pipe (a) Varies inversely as the distance from
will be mid plane
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (b) Remains constant over cross section
(a) 0.25 m/s (b) 0.50 m/s (c) Varies directly as the distance from the
(c) 0.75 m/s (d) 1.0 m/s mid plane
(d) Varies parabolically across cross
132. For a laminar flow the reduction of radius to section
half will increase the pressure gradient by a
factor
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 8 (b) 2
(c) 16 (d) 4
ACE Engineering Pliblicarions ;4.>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune IBhubaneswar Lucknow I Palma Beugaluru IChennai IVijaYawada IWalt 1.11.111Pali KiikaPallY I Koikaia I Alunedahad
sEngineaing Publications
Solutions
1. Ans: (d) 5. Ans: (a)

Sol: In laminar flow, viscosity of fluid under Sol: In laminar pipe flow,
flow is important to determine Reynolds
friction factor (0 = 64
number. Fluid particles moves in regular and
ordered manner. Type of flow depends on
Reynolds number which in turn depends on 6. Ans: (d)
viscosity of fluid. V
Sol: Q = A.V = A 2"
2. Ans: (d) n 2 1.5

Q =—
4 (0.04) X
Sol: Pressure drop in laminar flow 2
32.1.1.v1 128µQe it 4 4 75
Ap = x
x x
d2 TCd 4
4 100 100 100
ti.Q = constant 3
Q = 311 m /sec
10000
(keeping other parameters unaltered)
1
Q cc — 7. Ans: (b) 08. Ans: (a) 09.Ans: (c)
More the viscosity, lesser the discharge

10. Ans: (d) 11. Ans: (d)
3. Ans: (b)
12. Ans: (c)
Sol: Q = A.V
Sol: The equation for viscous flow was first
_ A Vmax
Q formulated by Newton
2
Q =1(cm2)x 2 (cm/s) 13. Ans: (c) 14. Ans: (a)

= 1 cm3/sec
15. Ans: (d)
4. Ans: (c) Sol:
V = V2gh = x 9.81x 1 =4.43 m/s
I ACE Engineering Publications ,,,,‘›Hyderabad Delhi' Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vmag I TimPali I KukarPallY KnIkata Ahmedabad
ff
o
„, ACE
',Engineering Publications : 728: Fluid Mechanics
'.1‘ .
16. Ans: (h) 17. Ans: (a) 18. AM: (c) 37. Ans: (dl) 38. Mks: (h) 39. Ans: (d)
119. Ans: (a) 20. Ans: (b) (b) 40. Ans: (b) 411. Ans: (d) 42. Ans: (c)
22. Ans: (c) 43. Ans: (a)

Sol: Velocity of viscous flow through a pipe,
23. Ans: (a) dp)(R 2 r2)
V
Sol: r 411 rdx
pVd 1 (Pi -P2
Re = )(R2
-r2 )
M 41.t
1000 xVx 6 x10-3
2000 =
0.01X 10 44. Ans: (a)
V =100/3 cm/s Sol: In laminar flow through a pipe, Darcy's
64
friction factor (f) = -
24. Ans: (h) Re
25. Ans: (c) 26. Ans: (a) 27. Ans: (c) 45. Ain: (b) 46. Ans: (d)
28. Ans: (c) 29. As (a) 30. Ans: (h) 47. AllIS: (b)
Sol:
31. Ans: (c)
32. Ans: (a) Shear stress of viscous fluid flow in a pipe

Sol: varies linearly zero at centre and maximum
pvd at surface
Re =
oc v 48. Ans: (a) 49. Ans: (dl) 50. Ans: (c)
33. AilliS: (c) 51. Ans: (d) 52. Ans: (c) 53. Ans: (a)
34. Ans: (b) 35. Ans: (d) 36. Ans: (c) 54. Ans: (b) 55. Ans: (c) 56. Ans: (b)
\,›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal

ACE Engineering Pt il)li( .iii,)11. e I PuneIBhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayaveada I Vizag I Tizapazi I Ikukalpally I MilaniI Ahmedabad
4-4.1:Enginecing
. ACE
:0 Pubhcahons : 729: Laminar Flow
57. Ans: (a) 71. Ans: (d) 72. Ans: (b)
58. Ans: (d) 73. Ans: (a)

Sol: 4
Sol: f= for laminar flow
V= Re
C = 55; 4
f= — = 0.032
2000
m = Hydraulic mean depth = D/4 = 0.05
V = 3 tn/s
i = hf/L 74. Ans: (a)
where = L = 80 m Zo
Sol:
r R
3 = 55V0.05 x i
28 x 3
i = 0.0595 = — 21 Pa
4
hf = 0.0595 x 80 = 4.76 '=-• 4.8 m
75. Ans: (b) 76. Ans: (b)
59. Ans: (b) 60. Ans: (d)
77. Ans: (a)
61. Ans: (a) Sol: Average velocity of flow in laminar flow
Sol: through a pipe of radius at a distance,
fL,V 2 measured from centre line of pipe is at
h=
f 2gd
R = 0.707R = 0.71R
8fLQ2
TE2gd5
Proof:
8x 0.01x100xQ2
6= — dp ) (R 2 r 2 )
x 9.81x (0.2)5 vr
dx
Q = 152.4 lit/sec
r = r = Radial distance at which mean
velocity occurs
62. Ans: (a) 63. Ans: (b) 64. Ans: (a)
1 r_dp )(R2 _ r-2 )
Mean velocity = _V
r 11
4 dx
65. Ans: (b) 66. Ans (b) 67. Ans: (b)
68. Ans: (a) 69. Ans: (d) 70. Ans: (d) Vmax _ 1 (— d13)(R2 —r
2)
2 4t dx
Hyderabad !Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukamally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
41..)
t•
4.4 uEngineering Publications
1 (--dp)R2 93. Ans: (b)

41.1 dx) _ 1 rdP)(R 2_ r-2 ) 64
Sol: For laminar flow, friction factor (f) =
2 4 p. dx Re
R2 4
=R 2 — r -2 0.1=
Re
2
4
r -2 =R 2
R2 R2 Re = = 640
——=
2 2 0.1
I 2 R 94. Ans: (b)

f = R = =0.707R
2
Sol: f=
-42
78. Ans: (a)
64 95. Ans: (c)
Sol: Friction factor (f) = for laminar pipe
Re Sol: For laminar flow through pipe,
flow max = 2
f 64
Coefficient of friction (f') = =
4 Rex 4 Proof:
f = 16/Re dq = dA. Vr
dq = 2itr.dr. 1 r dil(R 2 — r2 )
79. Ans: (c) 80. Ans: (c) 81. Ans: (c) d
R
Q 4Th up) f (R2r _ r
dq = 3 ) dr
82. Ans: (b) 83. Ans: (a) 84. Ans: (b) dx
R
r —dpIR2r 2 r4
85. Ans: (c) 86. Ans: (b) 87. Ans: (d)
Q 214 dx ) 2 4 )0
88. Ans: (b) 89. Ans: (c) 90. Ans: (c) 7L r-dp)(R4 R4
Q=
214 dx 2 4
91. Ans: (c) r—dp)R4
Q= dx ) 4
92. Ans: (d)
A.V =TER2 .V = dP).R4
Sol: Navier-Stoke's equations are used for 811 dx
viscous (Real) fluids motion equations. v= (d p)R2
.*. gµ x)
ACE Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPuneiBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad

ACE : 731: Laminar Flow
4,!..,iEngineering Publications
— d dP ) R2 102. Ans: (a)
V-2. 4µ( x Sol: Friction factor (f) is function of Reynolds
number in laminar flow.
V = .V„„„
1
f
Re
.•. Vmax = 2V Vmax = 2
64
f=
In pipe laminar flow maximum velocity is Re
equal to twice the mean velocity.
• Lower the Reynolds number, higher the
96. Ans: (b) friction factor
1 • Velocity profile in laminar flow is
Sol: In laminar flow, coeff of drag oc
Re parabolic.
• Minor losses in pipe flow will increases
97. Ans: (a) with the increase of velocities; because
3211.vre 2
Sol: In laminar flow, loss of pressure — any loss is in terms of Y- (velocity
d2 2g
Ap cc v head) is expressed.
98. Ans: (b)
Sol: For laminar flow through pipe, 103. Ans: (c)
Vmax = 2V Sol: HGL line = Pressure head + datum head
=4+5
99. Ans: (c) =9m
Sol: Shear stress over cross section varies
linearly, zero at central axis to maximum at 104. Ans: (b)
outer surface.
Sol: Vr = Vmax (1-1
1
R2
100. Ans: (d)
( ,
Sol: In laminar flow, coefficient of friction ' 50 2
=1 1
f 64 16 000)
(f f ) = = =
4 4Re Re
=1(1 — = 4 = 0.75m/s
4,
101. Ans: (b)
Sol: For laminar pipe flow, Vmax = 2V
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Partial Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I VizagiTizapati I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
.1
R.
105. Ans: (b) 113. Ans: (d)
p.v.d Inertia force Sol: For same discharge through a pipe
Sol: Re =
µ viscous force 1281.0t Ap 128µ.Q
Ap= =
nd 4 2 nd 4
106. Ans: (d) Ap 1
a
Sol: Lower limit of Reynolds number for laminar d4
flow is 2000. 1
hL oc a4
( \4
L2 d,
107. Ans: (b) h L, \ d1
Sol: Shear stress distribution in pipe flow 14 =h x(2)4 = 16
2 L,
— dp r
= .
dx 2
114. Ans: (b)
321.t.v..e
108. Ans: (a) Sol: ht = oc V
pg.d2
109. Ans: (c)

Sol: Pressure drop per unit length of pipe in 115. Ans: (b)
laminar flow Sol: Note: Darcy's friction factor (f) is inversely
proportional to Reynolds number
Ap — 32µ.v (f
1
CC - and independent upon Reynolds
d2 Re
number.
110. Ans: (c)

116. Ans: (a)
Sol: Darcy's friction factor in laminar flow in
Sol: In laminar flow, velocity distribution is
pipe
parabola.
64
(f) —
Re
117. Ans: (c)
Sol: Experimental studies of laminar flow
111. Ails: (d) 112. Ans: (d)
through pipe was contributed by Hagen and
Poiseuille
ACE Engineenng Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vuag I TiruPati I KukatPally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44"
se t ACE
t4 4.:Engineering Publications : 733: Laminar Flow
118. Ans: (d)

dP = 32000 pa/m
Sol: Lower critical Reynold number for laminar dx
flow = 2000 = dP — 32000 x 0'03
wall dx• 2
h 2
119. Ans: (d) = 480 N/m2
Sol: In laminar pipe flow, Darcy's friction factor
is function of Reynolds number only 122. Ans: (a)
64 Sol: Velocity distribution in between two fixed
f-
Re parallel plate
V/ B2
120. Ans: (c) Vmax
4 By —y2
Sol: Real fluids motion is expressed by Navier-
( By—y2)
Stokes Equations. V.. = 4V
B2
( 6 xl—
121. Ans: (d) VY =4x1.8
Sol: p = 900 kg/m3 (6)2 j
= 1.2 pa-sec 5
= 4 x1.8(-
h = 0.03 m 36)
Q = 600 cm3/sec/cm = 1 m/s
Q = 600 x 10-4 m3/sec/meter width of plates
'surfaces = ? (N/m2)
123. Ans: (d)
dp) h Sol: In laminar pipe flow, Vmax = 2V
dx ) 2 V 1
Vmax 2
Q=AV=hxw x v
600 =3x 1 xv
V = 200 cm/sec = 2 m/sec 124.Ans: 0
3 Inertial forces
Vrnax=— V=- x2=3m/s Sol: Reynolds number —
2 2 Viscous forces
r _ dp )112
Vmax1 125. Ans: (a) 126.Ans:
814 dx )
I i_dp
3= (0.03)2 127. Ans: (b) 128.Ans: (d)
8x1.2 dx ,
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkabt I Ahmedabad
:Egineering
t. Pubhcations
129.Ans: (c) dP AP 1281..tQ
Sol: The variation of head loss 'h' due to uniform dx L 7cD4
laminar flow in a length of a pipe of Assuming the discharge to be constant
diameter 'D' is given by dp)
cc
Hagen-Poiseuille equation dx D4
321.NL 128µQL dp la
= = )4
yD2 y7TD 4
•
( dX )2 — ( p1
— Di
= 24 —16
1 \ P2 Di
oc •• (ddPx )2
)1 i
D4
Note:
002 ( D1 )4
In the above question the discharge is kept
(hL)I \D2
constant has to be mentioned.
002 (Di X 21
(ha Di 133. Ans: (c)
Sol: The shear stress is the laminar flow through
(11L )2 =16
(1101 circular pipe is given by
— dp r
ti =
130.Ans: (c) dx 2
Tocr = Shear stress variation is linear
131.Ans: (c)
rz
Sol: V = Vmax(1— =1(1—52
— = 0.75 inis
R2 102
132. Ans: (c)

Shear stress
Sol: For laminar flow in the pipe
32µ Q
2
D
AP
= 321AVL 4
D2 D2
'1/4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalunt I Chennai I Vijayawada I Ai-nag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publications f
Chapter 9 Elementary Turbulent Flow
01. Turbulent flow generally occurs for cases 05. Moody's chart doesn't give data/curve in
involving (AEE-1984, APPSC-2007) the region Re-2000 to 4000; it is
(a) very viscous fluids (b) very slow motions characterized as (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(c) capillary passages (d) none of the above (a) transition regime, between laminar and
turbulent
02. The head loss in turbulent flow in a pipe (b) no reliable data in 'f' in this range of
varies (AEE-1984) Re — 2000 to 4000
(a) inversely as the square of the velocity (c) a discontinuity to distinguish laminar
(b) inversely as the square of the diameter and turbulent
(c) inversely as the square of the diameter (d) All of the above
(d) approximately as the square of the
velocity 06. Over a length of 30 metres in a 75 mm dia
horizontal pipe the pressure drops by 0.16
03. In the moody diagram the third parameter is
N/mm2. What is the shear stress in the pipe
ks/D. Here ks is
wall (APPSC 2006 Limited Recruitment)
(AEE-1996, APPSC-2006)
(a) 100 N/m2 (b) 0.01 N/mm2
(a) the equivalent uniform sand grain
(c) 400 N/m2 (d) 0.1 N/mm2
roughness
(b) an arbitrary chosen roughness magnitude
07. In a turbulent flow a rough pipe has the
(c) median size an a non-uniform sand grain
same friction factor as a smooth pipe:
roughness
(APPSC 2008)
(d) mean height of the actual roughness of
(a) In the zone of complete turbulence
commercial pipes
(b) When friction factor is independent of
04. Preston tube is a device to measure: Re
(PH & Municipality-2001, APPSC 2008) (c) When the roughness projections are
(a) Boundary pressure much smaller that the thickness of
(b) Mean velocity of flow laminar sub layer
(c) Boundary shear stress (d) When friction factor reaches a constant
(d) Turbulent velocity fluctuation value
ACE Engineering Pu ica tioi s 1//4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupaii I Kulcatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
464

u, :Engineering Publications
—
08. Moody's chart indicates that for Re > 107 12. The flow in a pipe is turbulent when
the curves become horizontal. It may be Reynolds number is (AEE CE/ME-2009)
concluded turbulent flow through rough (a) less than 2000
pipes: (APPSC 2008) (b) between 2000 and 2800
(a) The laminar sublayer covers the (c) more than 2800
roughness projections (d) none of the above
(b) The loss of head is independent of
friction factor 13. In a turbulent pipe flow the velocity
(c) The friction factor depends only Re distribution inside the boundary level is
(d) The friction factor depends only on (AE CE/ME-2009)
relative roughness (a) linear
(b) parabolic
09. Moody diagram refers to: (c) logarithmic
(APPSC 2008 LR) (d) according to Prandtl's one seventh
(a) Discharge in commercial pipes power law
(b) Friction factors for various values of
Reynolds number 14. For a smooth pipe of diameter 0.8 m and
(c) Relative roughness in circular pipes under turbulence flow conditions, the
(d) Relative roughness in commercial pipes entrance length is about (APPSC — 2011)
(a) 50 m (b) 40 m
10. In a turbulent flow in a pipe we know the
(c) 70 m (d) 80 m
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) Reynolds number is greater than 10,000
15. The ratio of mean velocity to maximum
(b) Fluid particles move in a straight lines
velocity for turbulence flow is about
(c) Head loss varies linearly with the flow
(APPSC — 2011)
rate
(a) 0.8 (b) 0.6
(d) Shear stress varies linearly with radius
(c) 0.5 (d) one
11. The velocity at which the flow changes
from laminar flow to turbulent flow is 16. Moody's charts are the graphical
called (AEE CE/ME-2009) presentation between (APPSC — 2011)
(a) critical velocity (a) Reynold's number and pressure head
(b) velocity of approach (b) Velocity and Reynold's number
(c) subsonic velocity (c) Friction factor and velocity of fluid
(d) supersonic velocity (d) Friction factor and Reynold's number
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow j Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 737: Elementary Turbulent Flow
'Engineering Pubhcaizons
S
4
17. Across the section of a pipe, the velocity stress at the wall is , and the
profile for turbulent flows represents pressure drop across a given length
(DYSY — 2011) is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) a straight line (b) a parabola (a) higher, higher, higher
(c) a logarithmic profile (d) an ellipse (b) higher, lower, lower
(c) lower, higher, higher
18. For a smooth pipe of diameter 0.8m and (c) lower, higher, lower
under turbulence flow conditions, the
entrance length is about. (AEE-2011) 23. The parameters which determine the friction
(a) 50m (b) 40m (c) 70m (d) 80m factor for turbulent flow in a rough pipe are
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
19. The fluid flow generally becomes fully
(a) Froude number and relative roughness
turbulent, when its Reynold's number
(b) Froude number and Mach number
exceeds (AEE-2011)
(c) Reynolds number and relative roughness
(a) 1600 (b) 1900
(d) Mach number and relative roughness
(c) 2300 (d) 800
24. In a turbulent pipe flow the boundary is
20. The most essential feature of a turbulent hydro dynamically smooth if (AE-2012)
flow is (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) = 0.3
(a) large discharge
(b) High velocity
(c)81 < 0.25
(c) velocity and pressure at a point exhibit
irregular fluctuations of high frequency
(d) velocity at a point remains constant with 25. Steel and cast iron pipes carrying fluid
time under pressure are regarded as hydraulically
smooth when (AEE-2012)
21. The velocity distribution in turbulent flow (a) the boundary surface is relatively
follows a (AEE-CE/ME-2012) smooth
(a) parabolic law (b) logarithmic law (b) the roughness projections are of flow
(c) linear law (d) hyperbolic aw height
(c) the roughness elements are completely
22. In case of turbulent flow of a fluid through a covered by the laminar sub-layer
circular tube, as compared to the case of (d) the laminar layer is thin as compared to
laminar flow, at the same flow rate, the the average height of roughness
maximum velocity is , shear elements
I ACE Engineering Publicafions>. Hyderabad I DelhOhopaliPune I Bhubaneswar ILucknow1PatnalBengalurul Chennai WijayawadalVizagilirupatiIKukatpallyIKolkatalAhrnedabad
26. The Darcy — Weisbach friction factor T 1

(a) u0 = — U sin 0 (b) u0 = U sin 0
which is a direct measure of resistance to 2
flow in pipes is dependant on
(c) ue = 2U sin() (d) u 0 = 2 UO
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(a) roughness height, diameter and velocity
(b) relative roughness, diameter and 30. The velocity profile for turbulent boundary
viscosity layer is
(c) relative roughness, velocity and (Research Assistant 2013)
viscosity U 7E y
(a) — sin --
(d) relative height, diameter, velocity and U 26j
kinematic viscosity
= (-31—)117
(b) U 6
27. Flow in pipes is turbulent, if the Reynolds'
number is (AE 2011) (c)211— 2(-Y—) —(X)2
U 6 6
(a) less than 2100 3
(b) between 2100 to 4000
U =2 ( 6IT) —2
(4-11 6
1(-3±)
(c) more than 4000
(d) equal to 2500 only
31. The most essential feature of turbulent flow
28. Terminal velocity of a falling body is equal is (Lecturers-2013)
to (Research Assistant 2013) (a) high velocity
(a) the maximum velocity with which body (b) large discharge
will fall (c) velocity at a point remains constant with
(b) the maximum constant velocity with time
which body will fall (d) velocity and pressure at a point exhibit
(c) half of the maximum velocity with irregular fluctuations of high frequency
which body will fall
(d) 2/3 times the maximum velocity with 32. In turbulent flow, the velocity distribution is
which body will fall a function of the distance measured from
the boundary surface and shear friction
29. The tangential velocity of ideal fluid at any velocity and follows a
point on the surface of the cylinder is given (Lecturers-2013)
by (a) linear law (b) logarithmic law
(Research Assistant 2013) (c) parabolic law (d) hyperbolic law
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi IBhopan Pune IBhubarteswariLucknowi Patna Bengalurul Chennai IVIjayawada I Vizagl Tirupati IKukatpallyIKolkatal Ahmedabad
to„ ACE
: 739: Elementary Turbulent Flow
4 t'Engineering Publications
33. The entrance length or length of 35. A pipe boundary will behave as
establishment of turbulent flow in pipes is hydrodynamically smooth if the relative
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) magnitude of average height of the surface
(a) Proportional to Reynolds number (Re) protrusions and the thickness of the laminar
(b) Proportional to Re°25 sublayer is
(c) Proportional to Re°.16 (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(d) Inversly proportional to pipe dia (a) ?_ 6 (b) < 6
(c) >11.6 (d) 0.25
34. Intensity of trubulence is
(a) The mean time interval between the
reversals in the sign of velocity
fluctuation
(b) The root mean square value of velocity
fluctuations
(c) the square root of Reynolds number
(d) The average kinetic energy of turbulence
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknou I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I KukalPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
%,

%4
4 :Enginecaing Publications
Solutions
01. Ans: (d) 04. Ans: (c)

Sol: Laminar flow occurs for the following cases Sol: To measure boundary shear stress preston
(i) very slow motion i.e. low velocities tube is used
(ii) very viscous fluids i.e. high viscous
fluids 5. Ans: (d)
(iii) very narrow passage, size of passage is
less 6. Ans: (a)
All variables are contributed low Reynolds dp d 0.16 x106 0.075
Sol: twall =
number dx 4 30 x 4
V.d = 100 N/m2
Re =
Turbulent flow to occur, the above cases in 7. Ans: (c)

opposite sense Sol: In turbulent flow, rough & smooth
conditions decided by comparing roughness
02. Ans: (d) projections with thickness of laminar sub
Sol: hi, cc r layer.
where
n = 1 ---> Laminar flow 8. Ans: (d)
n = 1.75 —› Turbulent flow in smooth pipe Sol: For high Reynolds number values friction
n = 2.0 —> Turbulent flow in rough pipes factor is independent upon the Reynolds
number. Friction factor is function of
03. Ans: (a) relative roughness.
Sol: Moody diagram is a graphical method
showing the variation of friction factor (f) is
function of Reynold's number (Re) and 9. Ans: (d)
k Sol: Moody diagram refers to design of
ratio. commercial pipes w.r.t roughness, Reynolds
D
Where D = dia. of pipe number and friction factor values.
ks = uniform sand grain diameter called
10. Ans: (d) 11.Ans: (a)
equivalent sand grain roughness
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lurknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I liruPaIII I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0.
4
v• ACE : 741: Elementary Turbulent Flow

U4 :Engineering Publications
4—
12. Ans: (c) 13.Ans: (d) 17. Ans: (c)
Sol:
14. Ans: (b)
Sol: Entrance length of a pipe for turbulent flow ►
►
= 50 to 60 times dia. of pipe Turbulent
Uniform Laminar
(parabola) (Logarithmic)
= 50 x 0.8 = 40 m
Note: Entrance length of a pipe for laminar
Across the section of a pipe flow, the
flow
velocity profile distribution for turbulent
= 100 to 120 times dia. of pipe
flow is exponential (or) logarithmic profile
15. Ans: (a)

18. Ans: (b)
Sol: In turbulent flow, relation between
Sol: In turbulent pipe flow, entrance length
maximum velocity and mean velocity of
= 50 D
pipe flow.
= 50 x 0.8 = 40 m
Vmax = V[1 + 1.43 AN
for f = Friction factor generally 0.018
.*. V. = 1.2 V 19. Ans: (c)
V Sol: Re>2300 treated as turbulent flow (upper
0.82
•• Vmax critical)
Flow based on Reynolds number:
16. Ans: (d) Re < 2000 --> Laminar
Sol: 2000 < Re < 4000 -+ Transitional flow

Re > 4000 —> Turbulent flow
20. Ans: (c)

ID
Sol: Most essential feature of a turbulent flow is
that flow exhibits fluctuations in velocity
0.Re
and pressures
Moody's chart is graphical representation
between Reynolds number, relative 21. Ans: (b)
roughness and friction factor Sol: In turbulent flow, velocity distribution is
logarithmic law.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.".)
4.4.0 ACE
:Engineering Publications : 742 : Fluid Mechanics
J.1
22. Ans: (c) 25. Ans: (c)

Sol: k
Sol: In hydro dynamic smooth pipe — 0.25 ,
8'
Laminar flow through Turbulent flow
i.e. laminar sub-layer thickness greater than
a pipe through a pipe
roughness height.
1. Vmax = 2V Vmax = 1.2 V
2. Shear stress at wall Shear stress at wall is
26. Ans: (d) 27. Ans: (c) 28. Ans: (b)
more in addition to
= dp
—. dinlaminar
dx 4 pressure gradient and 29. Ans: (c) 30. Ans: (b) 31. Ans: (d)
flow Laminar flow turbulent shear stress
32. Ans: (b) 33. Ans: (c) 34. Ans: (b)
dv dv (dv )
"C = 1.1 — 'C = 11 — + T1 —
dy dy dy 35. Ans: (d)
3. Pressure drop Pressure drop is more Sol:
by experimental values
= 321.tve Type of boundary
K
d2 8'
Hydrodynamically smooth 0.25
23. Ans: (c)
Sol: In turbulent flow through a rough pipe,
friction factor is function of Reynolds
number and relative roughness.
24. Ans: (c)

Sol: Classification of boundary surfaces in
turbulent flow through a pipe
(k/6') Ratio of
roughness height
S.No Type of boundary
to laminar sub-
layer thickness
1 Hydro dynamically k
0.25
smooth pipe surface 8'
2 Hydro dynamically k
0.25 < — < 6.0
transition surface 8'
3 Hydro dynamically k>6
rough surface 8'
ACE Engineering- Publicatioi Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Flow Through Orifices and
Chapter 1 Mouthpieces
01. The water level in a tank is 50 m above the 5. Water flows through a convergent
centre of circular hole of dia 2.5 cm. The mouthpiece of diameter 4 cm at
velocity of water coming out through the convergence under a head of 3 meters. If the
hole in m/sec, is (AEE 1987) maximum vacuum pressure is 9 metres of
(a) 31.4 (b) 31.2 water, the maximum diameter of divergence
(c) 31.1 (d) 31.3 to avoid separation of flow, is
(AEE-1996, AE CE/ME, AEE-2004,
2. The coefficient of velocity for an orifice is APPSC-2006)
0.96. The head loss at the orifice while (a) 4 cm (b) 6 cm
discharging under a head of 3.0m is (c) 4,5 cm (d)
(AE-1993)
(a) 5.765 m (b) 3.255 m 6. The coefficient of discharge Cd for flow
(c) 0.235 m (d) 0.196 m through an orifice, the coefficient of
velocity C, and the coefficient of
3. A small orifice is provided at the bottom of contraction Cc are related as (AEE-2004,
a tank with liquid. For it 25 seconds is taken AE CE/ME-2004, APPSC 2008 LR)
to draw the liquid from 49cm to 25 cm. (a) Ca= Cc + Cv (b) Cc = Cd /Cv
Then the time required to draw the liquid (c) Cv = Cc/Cd (d) C, = Cd/C,
from 36 to 16cm is (AE-1993)
7. Discharge through a submerged orifice is
(a) 25 sec (b) 15 sec
proportional to the (AEE-2004)
(c) 37.5 sec (d) 50 sec
(a) difference in the elevations of water
levels
4. An external cylindrical mouthpiece is
(b) square root of the difference in the
discharging water under a constant head of
elevations of water levels
10m. The absolute pressure head at vena-
(c) square of the difference in the elevations
contracta is (HAt. = 10.3 meter of water)
of water levels
(AE-1993)
(a) 19.2m (b) 0.3m (d) reciprocal of the difference in the
(c) 1.4m (d) 5.85m elevation of water levels
ACE Engineering Puhlicmions Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow j Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vtjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkam I Ahmedabad
-41, ACE
v11
o
—4
08. For a short cylindrical external mouthpiece, 12. A water tank stores water to height of 2 m.
vena contracta occurs at a distance of, from If the cross-section of the tank is
the outlet of the orifice, 1 m x 1 m, what will be the time required
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) for a mouthpiece of area of cross — section
(a) diameter of the orifice 2000 mm2 to empty the tank, given that the
(b) half the diameter coefficient of discharge is 0.9?
(c) one-third the diameter (AEE, APPSC- 2006 LR)
(d) one-fourth the diameter (a) 600 sec (b) 450 sec
(c) 355 sec (d) 283 sec
09. An orifice is termed small, if the ratio of
water head to the diameter is more than 13. The actual velocity at vena contracta for flow
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) through an orifice from a reservoir of
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 height H is
(APPSC 2007)
10. Discharge through a submerged orifice is (a) V2gH (b) C, V2gH
proportional to the
(c) Cd V2gH (d) none
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) difference in the elevations of water
14. The value of coefficient of velocity compared
level
to coefficient of discharge
(b) square root of the difference in the
(APPSC 2007)
(a) is less (b) is more
(c) square of the difference in the elevations
(c) is same (d) has no relation
of water levels
(d) reciprocal of the difference in the
15. The actual velocity at vena contracta for
flow through an orifice from a reservoir of
height H is
11. The velocity of flow at vena contracta, when
(AEE-2007)
the head is 1.0 m is
(AEE-2004) (a) V2gH (b) C, V2gH
(a) 2.21 m/s (b) 1.41 m/s V2gH
(c) Cd i i2gH (d)
(c) 1.00 m/s (d) 4.43 m/s C,
ACE Engineering Ptiblications )>Hyderabad I DelhiI BhopalI Pune BhubaneswarILucknowI PatnaIBengaluruI Chennai I Vijayawada I VizagI Tirupali I KukatpallyI Kolliata Ahrnedabad
4, 4 ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 745: Flow Through Orifices & Mouthpieces
16. An orifice is said to be large, if 20. Hydraulic coefficient of an orifice means the
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) coefficient of : (APPSC 2008)
(a) the size of orifice is large (a) velocity (b) contraction
(b) the velocity of flow is large (c) resistance (d) all of the above
(c) the available head of liquid is more than
5 times the height of orifice 21. Vena contracta is: (APPSC 2008 LR)
(d) the available head of liquid is less than 5 (a) the minimum cross — section of a canal
times the height of orifice (b) the minimum cross — section of a water
jet
17. Mouth —pieces are small pipes of (c) suppressed flow
certain length fitted to the orifice. (d) a sharp edged orifice
(a) Dimension (b) Sectional area 22. The discharge through an external mouth
(c) Shape (d) Length piece is given by (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) 0.855 a V2gH (b) 0.885 aH V2gH
18. A 20 mm diameter orifice discharging from
(c) 0.585 a V2gH (d) 0.586 aH
a pipe has 16 mm diameter at the minimum
section of flow. The coefficient of Where,
contraction is (AE CE/ME-2007) a = Cross sectional area of mouth piece
(a) 0.64 (b) 0.80 H = Height of liquid above the mouth piece
(c) 0.93 (d) 1.25
23. The coefficient of discharge for an external
19. The coefficient of contraction in the flow mouth piece is:
through an orifice is (AE CE/ME-2007) (Managers, AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a)some times more than the coefficient of (a) 0.375 (b) 0.50
velocity (c) 0.707 (d) 0.855
(b)less than the coefficient of discharge
(c) always greater than the coefficient of 24. An orifice fitted with some kind of pipe
velocity extension is known as (AE CE/ME-2009)
(d)always greater than the coefficient of (a) Notch (b) Weir
discharge (c) Nozzle (d) Mouthpiece
ACE Engineering Publicaiions 1i

/4" Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vtiarawada I VIZZg I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,l'Engineering Publications
25. Time of flow from on a tank in which water (a) One (b) Two
level is '111 ', to another tank having level (c) Three (d) half
`112' will be proportional to (APPSC-2011)
(a) hi — h2 (b) h, — h z 30. In orifices, the correct connecting equation
between Cc, Cv and Cd is (DYSY — 2011)
1
(c) Jh, — h2 (d) (a) Cd = Cc X Cv (b) Cd = Cc Cv
Vhf — h2
(c) Cc = Cd X Cv (d) Cd = Cc X Cv
26. The value of coefficient of velocity for a Where C, = coefficient of contraction
sharp edged orifice is in the order of Cv = coefficient of velocity
(APPSC — 2011)
and Cd = coefficient of discharge.
(a) 0.45 (b) 0.62
(c) 0.75 (d) 0.98
31. The actual velocity (v) of the jet at vena-
contracta in an orifice flow is given as
27. The coefficient of discharge Cd, velocity Cv
(DYSY — 2011)
and contraction Ce are related as
(a) Cc V2gh (b) Cv1/2gh
(APPSC — 2011)
(c) Cd 2gh (d) 1/2,71
(a) Cd (b) Cd = Cv + Cv
Cc
(C) Cd = Cv Cc (d) Ca = Cc x Cv 32. The rate of flow (Q) of a submerged orifice
is Q = Cd.a . J2gh . Here Cd is about
28. In orifices, the vena-contracta is general
(DYSY — 2011)
located at a distance of times the (a) 0.98 (b) 0.86
orifice diameter from the plane of orifice.
(c) 0.74 (d) 0.62
(DYSY — 2011)
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.75 33. An orifice fitted with some kind of extension
(c) 0.96 (d) One in the form of a pipe or tube is called
(DYSY — 2011)
29. Generally an orifice is called a small one (a) free orifice
when its head of the fluid above its centre (b) submerged orifice
more than times the height of (c) mouthpiece
orifice opening. (DYSY — 2011) (d) elbow meter
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Paula I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayaivada I Vizag I Tirupali Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1, ACE : 747: Flow Through Orifices & Mouthpieces
t.
34. For a Borda's mouthpiece running full, the 39. In mouthpiece, the pressure at
value of Cd is (DYSY — 2011) Venacontracta is (AE 2011)
(a) less than one (b) equal to one (a) below atmospheric
(c) more than one (d) infinity (b) above atmospheric
(c) equal to atmospheric
35. The discharge through a totally drowned (d) None
rectangular orifice is given by (AE 2011)
40. Mouthpieces are useful for (AE 2011)
(a) Q = CdbH V2gH
(a) high heads only
(b) Q = CdbH21/2gH (b) both high and low heads
(c) Q = C d (H2 HI )b.,12gH (c) low heads only
(d) None
(d) Q = Cdbf1V2gH
41. For the large rectangular orifice, the

36. A pipe of length more than double the
discharge is proportional to (AE 2011)
diameter of orifice fitted externally or
(a) H"2 (b) H3/2
internally to the orifice is called a
(c) log H (d) H
(AE 2011)
(a) notch (b) wier
42. In an internal mouthpiece, if the jet after
(c) mouth piece (d) nozzle
contraction does not touch the sides of the
37. In a short cylindrical external mouth piece, mouthpiece, then the mouthpiece is said to
the Venacontracta occurs at a distance be (AE 2011)
the diameter of the orifice from the (a) running free
outer of the orifice (AE 2011) (b) running full
(a) equal to (b) one-fourth (c) partially running free
(c) one-third (d) two-third (d) partially running full
38. The coefficient of discharge for an external

43. The friction loss is very low while flowing
mouthpiece depends on (AE 2011)
the liquid in (AE 2011)
(a) velocity of liquid
(a) sharp edged orifice
(b) pressure of liquid
(b) square edged orifice
(c) area of mouthpiece
(c) bell mouthed orifice
(d) length of mouthpiece
(d) None
ACE Engineering Public:160ns Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada 'Yung I'M-opal I Kulcatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
, ACE
044lications : 748: Fluid Mechanics
rule
4.
44. The formula for discharge for Borda's 49. The time taken for a tank, filled to a height
mouthpiece running full is (AE 2011) `h' above its flat base, to empty through an
(a) Q = 0.5aV2gH orifice in the base varies as the following
power of 'h'. (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(b) Q = 0.707V2gH
(a) 1 (b) 1
(c) Q = 0.707aV2gH 2
(d) None
(c) 1 (d) 1
2 3
45. The stream of water discharge by an orifice is
50. A mouthpiece and an orifice, both of the
called (DYSY — 2011)
same diameter 'd', are discharging under
(a) a jet (b) a nappe
the same head 'H'. The discharge through
(c) a vein (d) a spill
the mouthpiece will be
(AEE-CE/ME-2012 & 2013)
46. For orifices having sharp edges, the cross-
(a) the same as that of the orifice
sectional area of the jet at a short distance
(b) less than that of the orifice
away from the orifice where streamlines in
(c) more than that of the orifice
the jet become parallel is around of
(d) no relationship
the orifice opening area. (DYSY — 2011)
(a) 94% (b) 86%
51. A mouthpiece and an orifice, both of the same
(c) 62% (d) 50%
diameter 'd' are discharging under the same
head, H. The discharge through the
47. Coefficients of velocity, contraction and
mouthpiece will be (AE-2013)
discharge arranged in increasing order of
(a) The same as that through the orifice
value are (AE-2012)
(b) More than discharge or orifice
(a) C,„ Cc, Ca (b) Ca, Cc, Cv
(c) Less than that through the orifice
(c) Cv, Ca, Cc (d) Cc, Cd, Cv
(d) None of these
48. A small orifice is fitted to steel water tank.
52. Arrange the hydraulic coefficients of orifice
When the height of water above the orifice
in increasing order of magnitude:
is 1.3 meters, what is the theoretical
(AE-2013)
velocity of flow through the orifice? 11. C, iii. Ca
(a) 2.6 m/s (b) 3.9 m/s (b) iii, ii, i
(c) 5 m/s (d) 4.2 m/s (d)
I ACE Engineciing Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pine I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna! Bengalum I Chennai I Vkjayawada I Vizag I Tmmati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
V ACE
I :Engneerng : 749: Flow Through Orifices & Mouthpieces
Publications
.1 I.
53. The entrance length or length of 56. An internal mouth piece is said to be
establishment of flow is (AE-2013) running if the length of the
(a) The pipe length inside the reservoir mouth piece is more than three times the
(b) The initial length in which the flow diameter of the orifice.
develops fully such that the velocity (Lecturers-2013)
profile does not change downstream (a) free (b) full
(c) The length in which the boundary layer (c) partly full (d) none of the above
remains uniform
(d) The length of pipe from its entrance in 57. The average value of co-efficient of velocity
which the flow may be assumed is
irrotational (TSPSC AE 2015)
(a) 0.62 (b) 0.76
54. The coefficient of velocity for an orifice is (c) 0.84 (d) 0.97
114x 2 2x 58. In a laminar boundary layer over a flat plate,
(a) Cv = (b) C = ,
yH 1/ 4 yH the growth of the boundary layer with
distance x from leading edge given by o/x is
(c) C v = 2 (d) C = 1/4Y1-1 proportional to Reynolds number (Rex) as
4yH 3x
(a) Relx/2 (b) Re;1'2
55. An orifice is known as a large orifice when
the head of the liquid from the centre of an (c) Re1„/5 (d) Re;"
orifice is (Lecturers-2013)
(a) more than 10 times the diameter of the 59. If a tank discharges water from an orifice
orifice under variable head h the water will be
(b) less than 10 times the diameter of the lowered at a constant velocity, if the surface
orifice area of the tank varies as
(c) less than 5 times the diameter of the (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
orifice
(b) 1
(d) more than 5 times the diameter of the
orifice (d) h
ACE Engineering Publicati( Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' Lucknow1PatnalBengalurul ChennaillrliaYawadarVizagITirupati I Kukatpallyi Kolkatal Ahmedabad
4.
60. An orifice discharges under a head of 63. An orifice is discharging under a head of
1.25 m of water. A pitot tube kept at its 1.25 m of water. A pitot tube kept at its
centre line at the vena contracta indicates a centre line at the vena contracta indicates a
head of 1.20 m of water. The coefficient of head of 1.20 m of water. The coefficient of
velocity of the orifice is velocity of the orifice is
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) 0.956 (b) 0.990 (a) 0.990 (b) 0.980
(c) 0.980 (d) 0.965 (c) 0.965 (d) 0.960
61. The loss of energy in Orifice meter is more 64. Consider a tank attached with an orifice of
than in the case of Venturimeter because diameter d. If H is the head of the liquid
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) above the centre of the orifice, the
(a) Sudden obstruction theoretical velocity of the discharged flow
(b) More friction through the orifice is given by
(c) Turbulence (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(d) pressure variation (b) 2V-I
(d) 1121
62. A 20 cm diameter orifice discharging from
a tank issues out a jet of 15.75 cm diameter
at the vena contracta. The coefficient of
contraction is
(a) 0.520 (b) 0.620
(c) 0.790 (d) 0.887
I ACE Engincering Publication, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
go,
.s
ACE
4,Enidneering Publications : 751: Flow Through Orifices & Mouthpieces
Solutions
1. Ans: (d) Proof: Bernoulli's equation at (A) and c-c

Sol: v =V2gH = -%/2 x 9.81x 50 2
PA + zA ± VA = p c ± zc V,2
= 31.3 m/s pg 2g pg 2g
Where P—A = Ha +H
2. Ans: (c) Pg
Sol: hi, = H(1—Cv2) VA = 0
= 3.0 (1 — 0.962) = 0.235 m ZA = ZC
P v2
...Ha +H+0= c + C
3. Ans: (a) pg 2g
Sol: Time of empting tank (T) v2
Ha + H = -+ 2C
Toc(OFII —X) g
— AIT
F v2 = V1
= He = Ha + H C
T2 K_K 2g Vc
Assume C, = 0.62
25 ,j14—VE
T2 •X - 16 )2
0.62
25 7 —5 2 H, = Ha + H
= = =1 .*. T2 = 25 sec 2g
T2 6-4 2
V2 1
H, =H a+ H 1x
2g (0.62)2
4. Ans: (c)
111, = head loss due to sudden enlargement
Sol: Pressure head at Vena contracta in absolute
= H (1 — 0.89) ( )2
= 10 (1 — 0.89) = 1.1 m (V —V )2 62 V1)
hL = e = 0.375 V12
2g 2g 2g
V2 v2
H—hL = H=h =1.375 1
2g L 2g 2g
A C'E Enginceritig ca I '5Hyderabad DelhiI BhopalI Pune !BhubaneswarI LucknowI PatnaIBengaluruIChennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkala Ahmedabad
ioils i
ACE
U
V
I;Fatgineering Publications : 752: Fluid Mechanics
0
v2 8. Ans: (d)
1 = H = 0.7272H
2g 1.375
1 09. Ans: (d)
...He =Ha +H-0.7272Hx
(0.62)2 H
Sol: An orifice is said to be small if — > 5
H, = Ha + H — 1.89H d
= 10.3 — 0.89 x 10
= 10.3 — 8.9 = 1.4 m (Abs) 10. Ans: (b)
Sol: Qa = C d 42g(11, — H 2 )
05. Ans: (c)
Sol: —
a = 1+ Ha —Hc
ac 11. Ans: (d)
a = area at outlet Sol: V = j2gh
ac = area at venacontracta =V2x9.81x1
TCXd 2 X4 _111+9 _ = 4.43
v1+3=2
4xx
n 42 3
...d2 = 16x2 12. Ans: (c)
d = 4-5 =5.66 cm Sol:
T= 2A
6. Ans: (b)
Sol: Cd = C,, X Cc
2x(1x1)
T= x-5
...0 = —
Cd 0.9 x -%/2 x 9.81 x 2000 x10-6
c
= 355 seconds
7. Ans: (b)
Sol: Q = Cd .A.V2gH 13. Ans: (b)
Sol: VAatual = Cv .V2gH
14. Ans: (b)

Sol: Cv > Ca
Submerged Orifice
Q cc -J17
1
11iNinecring- HyderabadIDelhilBhopalIPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengaluruiChennailWayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukalPallyiKolkatalAhmectabad
4.
10 ACE : 753: Flow Through Orifices & Mouthpieces
v. :Engineering Publications
15. Ans: (b) 21. Ans: (b)
Sol: Coefficient of velocity Sol: Vena contract is the minimum cross section
Velocity of jet at Venacontracta of a jet of liquid in a mouthpiece occurs at
Ideal or theoritical velocity of jet the distance equal to half of the diameter of
the orifice
C = V'
T , Vth = V2gh
v th
22. Ans: (a)
Ve = C, V2gH Sol: For mouth piece
Cv = 0.855
16. Ans (d) 17. Ans (b) C, is taken 1.
18. Ans: (a) 23. Ans: (d) 24. Ans: (d)

A mx 162 4
Sol: C = '= x
c A 4 nx 202 25. Ans: (b)
= 162 = 4 4 = 16 Sol: Time of empty (T) oc
x
202 5 5 25 T oc h, —Arc
l
= 0.64
For different levels
19. Ans: (d)

26. Ans: (d)
Sol: Cd = CcXCv
Sol: Cv value about 0.97 — 0.99
C = Cd
CC
27. Ans: (d)
C,,<1
Sol: Relation between Cd, Cc, Cv
Ce always greater than Cd
Cd = Cc X Cv
20. Ans: (d)

28. Ans: (a)
Sol: Hydraulic coefficient of an orifice are
Sol: Vena-contracta is occurs at a distance of 0.5
Coefficient of velocity (Cv)
times the orifice diameter
Coefficient of contraction (Cc)
Coefficient of discharge (CO 29. Ans: (c)
Coefficient of resistance (Cr) H
Sol: Small orifice is so named if — > 3
d
ACE Et t ice '5Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal I PuneI Bhubaneswar I Lucknow PatnaIBengaluruI Chennai iVijayawada I VizagITirupati I KukaipallyI Kolkam I Ahmedabad
Pi ibl ica tic,' i
. ACE
1644iEngineeling : 754: Fluid Mechanics
Publications
o,
30. Ans: (a) 46. Ans: (a)
Sol: Relation between Cd, Cc, Cv Sol: Area of vena contracta = 94% of orifice
Cd = Cc X Cv opening area.
31. Ans: (b) 47. Ans: (b)

Sol: VActhal =
48 Ans: (c)
Sol: V = V2gH
32. Ans: (d)
Sol: Q Submerged orifice = Cd.a.V2gh V =V2x 9.81x1.3 = 5 m/s
Where Cd 0.62
49. Ans: (b)
Sol: T oc
33. Ans: (c)
Sol: An orifice fitted with some kind of T oc H 2
extension pipe (or) tube is called
`Mouthpiece" 50. Ans: (c)
Sol: Discharge through the mouthpiece is more
34. Ans: (a) than that of an orifice due to more pressure
Sol: For Borda's mouthpiece running full the across mouth piece causing maximum
value of Cd = 0.5 possible velocity there by discharge is more
through mouthpiece.
35. Ans: (c) 36. Ans: (c) 37. Ans: (b)
51. Ans: (b)
38. Ans: (d) 39. Ans: (a) 40. Ans: (a)
52. Ans: (b)
41. Ans: (b) 42. Ans: (a) 43. Ans: (c) Sol: Cd < Cc <Cv
53. Ans: (b) 54. Ans: (c)

44. Ans: (c)
45. Ans: (a)
55. Ans: (c) 56. Ans: (b)
Sol: Stream of water discharge by an orifice is
called "Jet".
57. Ans: (d)
IA( hIginceriiil; Publicali(ms,e)HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucluiowiPatnalBengaluni1ChennailVijayawadalVizagairopatilKukatpallyIKollcatalAhmedahad

ice ....,
, /111041, . ACE 755: Flow Through Orifices & Mouthpieces
%;,4 4:Enionee nfig Publications
58. Ans: (b) V V2gh .
1 vVI - V2gh
Sol: 8 =
x VRe
8 = , • - 0.98
— oc Re-"2 V1.25
61. Ans: (a)

59. Ans: (c)
Sol:
62. Ans: (b)
Sol: Coefficient contraction (Cc)
Area of vena contracta
Area of orifice
— x15.752
4 - 0.62
Let A be the surface area of tank —
TC x202
4
Let 'a' be area of orifice 63.Ans: (b)
Given d—h = constant Sol: V =
dt
Where, H = head at orifice
dh
We know discharge, Q = A (1) But V =1,1Wi
dt
Also Q = Cda 2gh (2) Where h = head measured by pitot tube
from (1) and (2) Cv V2gH = V2gh
dh h I 1.2 n
A— = CdaV2gh
dt C" = \1.25 -
dh
— , C d , a are all constant
dt 64. Ans: (b)
A oc -11-
1 Sol: As per Torricelli's law, velocity through
orifice at bottom of the tank is given by
60. Ans: (c) V = V2gH
Sol: Given head of water = 1.25 m
Where
Head of Vena contracta = 1.2 m
H = Head above orifice
ACE Engineering Publications 1/4e," Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Flow Over Notches and
Chapter 1 Weirs
1. The discharge of V-notch varies as 5. The discharge through triangular notch under
(AEE-1984) a constant head of 25 cm, if angle of the notch
is 120 degrees, assuming Cd = 0.62, is (in
(a) (head) (b) (head)
cum/sec) (AEE 1987)
(c) (head)-; (d) (hea4 (a) 0.180 (b) 0.079
(c) 0.098 (d) 0.667
2. If the error in reading the head over a
rectangular notch is 1%, the resulting 6. A rectangular weir 6m long is divided into 3
percentage error in computed discharge is bays, by 2 vertical post, each 30 cm wide. If
(AEE-1984) the head is 45 cm., the discharge in cum/ sec
(a) 1 (b) 2.5 over the weir, using Franci's formula
(c) 1.5 (d) none of these (considering end contraction) is (AEE 1987)
(a) 2.25 (b) 2.85
3. A rectangular channel 6 m wide, has a full (c) 2.58 (d) 2.96
width weir across it. The number of end
contractions are (AEE-1984) 7. In case of rectangular notch, the ratio of %
(a) 2 (b) 1 error in discharge to the % error in the
(c) zero (d) None of these measurement of head is (AEE -1987)
(a),'1/2 (b) 3/2
4. Which of the following defines a sharp (c) 3/4 (d) 2/3
crested weir?
8. A cippoletti weir is one (AEE-1992)
(AEE-1984)
(a) Which is a rectangular weir with end
(a) a weir whose top width is zero
contractions
(b) a weir whose top width is less head overt
(b) Which can be treated as rectangular weir
(c) a weir in which the water merely touches
with out any end contractions
a line
(c) Which is a combination of a rectangular
(d) none of these
and triangular weir
(d) Which is a combination of a rectangular
and circular weir
.1.CE liginecring Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayalrada j VizagI TimPaii I Kukatpally I KolkataIAhmedabad
14
0,
-41,:Engineering
ACE : 757: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
Publications
4
09. The discharge over a triangular notch is 14. In a sutro weir, if H is the Head over the crest,
proportional to (AE-1993) the discharge is proportional to (AE-1993)
(a) H1/2 (b) H312 (c) H5/2 (d) Hi/3
(a) VI7
1 (b) H3/2
(c) H5/2 (d) H
10. A triangular notch is preferred to a
rectangular notch, because (AE-1993) 15. In a triangular notch there is an error of 4% in
(a) it gives more accurate result for low observing the head. The error in the computed
discharges discharge is (PSC'96/AEE)
(b) it has its coefficient of discharge greater
than that of rectangular notch 16.The discharge per meter length over a
(c) it measures wide ranges of flow suppressed rectangular weir of a crest ht. 100
(d) end contractions do not play a significant mm about the bed under a head of 100 mm in
role /t/min is (APPSC'96/AEE)
11. The head over a 90° V notch increases from 17. Cippoletti weir is a (AEE-1996)
0.15 m to 0.3 m. The ratio of the new (a) triangular weir with side slopes 1H to 4V
discharge to the original discharge is (b) Triangular weir with side slopes 1H to 2V
(AE-1993, AE-2013) (c) Trapezoidal weir with side slopes 1H to
(a) 1.414 (b) 2.000 2V
(c) 4.000 (d) 5.657 (d) Trapezoidal weir with side slopes 1H to
12. A cippoletti weir has a side slope of 4V
(AE-1993)
(a) 1 vertical : 4 horizontal 18. The discharge through V-notch is
(b) 1 vertical : 2 horizontal proportional to (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) 1 horizontal : 4 vertical (a) H5" (b) H312

(d) 1 horizontal : 2 vertical (c) H2 (d) JH
13. A rectangular weir is 9 m long and discharges 19. The ratio of percentage error in the discharge
900 liters. The discharge is decreased to 600 over a rectangular notch, and the percentage
liters, keeping the head constant. % decease in error in the measurement of head is
the length of the weir is (AE-1993) (AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) 15.2 (b) 33.33 (a) 0.50 (b) 0.67 (c) 1.50 (d) 0.75
(c) 66.67 (d) 34.43
ACE Engineering Publicatiom >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag TimPall I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
11, ACE : 758 : Fluid Mechanics
`;t4 ee
Filginring Publications
20. The surface of the weir, over which water 2

(c) — Cd [L — n1-1]XH2
flows, is known as (AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) 3
(a) vein (b) nappe 2
(d) — Cd [L — 0.2n1-1]jiH5/ 2
(c) sill (d) none 3
21. The ratio of percentage error in the discharge 26 The discharge through V-notch is
over a rectangular notch, and the percentage proportional to
error in the measurement of head is (AEE CE/ME-2004, AEE, Surveyor-2011,
(AEE-2004) AE-2012, Research Assistant-2013)
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.67 (a) H"2 (b) H312
(c) 1.50 (d) 0.75 (c) H2 (d)
22 The shape of fire hose nozzle is (AEE-2004) 27 The shape of a fire hose nozzle is
(a) cylindrical (b) divergent (AE CE/ME-2004)
(c) convergent (d) convergent — divergent (a) cylindrical (b) divergent
(c) convergent (d) convergent — divergent
23 For the maximum discharge, the angle of a
triangular notch should be (AEE-2004) 28 In a V-notch an error of 0.5% in the
(a) 30° (b) 60° measurement of head would constitute in the
(c) 90° (d) 120° discharge measurement, an error of
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
24 Rehbock's empirical relationship to obtain (a) 1.5% (b) 2.5%
discharge is valid for (AEE-2004) (c) 0.5% (d) 1.25%
(a) rectangular weirs (b) triangular weirs
(c) cippoletti weirs (d) parabolic weirs 29 For the maximum discharge, the angle of a
triangular notch should be
25 According to the Francis formula, the (AE CE/ME-2004)
discharge over rectangular weir is (a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 120°
(AEE CE/ME-2004) 30. The ratio of percentage error in the discharge

2 over a rectangular notch, and the percentage
(a) — Cd [L — ntIbi2gH
3
error in the measurement of head is
2
(b) — Cd [L — 0.11-Ibi2gH 312 (AE CE/ME-2004)
3
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.67 (c) 1.50 (d) 0.75
ACE linginecting Publications>>HyderabadiDelhilBhopallamelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengaluruiChennailVijayawadaiVizagairuparilKukatpally1MkatalAhrnedabad

4: -4
lip :Engineerinlications
ACE g Pub : 759: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
4 4
31. In a triangular notch there is an error of 5 in 35. A rectangular weir is constructed to measure
observing the head. The error in the computed discharge in a canal. The length of weir is 2
discharge is m. What is the discharge over the weir when
(AEE-1996, Lecturers-2013, APPSC-2006) the head is 0.64 m, if Cd = 0.6?
(a) 7.5% (b) 12.5% (APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) 2.0% (d) 5% (a) 1000 litres/sec (b) 1800 litres/sec
(c)1200 litres/sec (d) 1500 litres/sec
32.In sharp-crested rectangular weirs the modular
limit is (AEE-1996, APPSC-2006) 36. The flow over a triangular notch is given by
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.67 the expression Q = Klin where, n =
(c) zero (d) negative (APPSC 2006 LR)
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.5 (c) 2.5 (d) 2
33. The discharge Q over a broad crested weir of
length L is often expressed as 37. The shape of a Cippoletti weir is
Q = 1.705 Cd LH3i2 (APPSC 2006 LR)
In this expression H is the difference in (a) trapezoidal (b) triangular
elevation between (c) rectangular (d) semi — circular
(AEE-1996, APPSC-2006)
(a) the upstream energy line and the crest
38. Which of the following devices is more
(b) the upstream water surface and the crest
accurate for measurement of free surface
(c) the upstream water surface and the
flow?
upstream bed
(APPSC 2006)
(d) the upstream energy line and the
(a) Triangular weir (b) Rectangular weir
downstream energy line
(c) Trapezoidal weir (d) Stepped weir
34. Cippoletti weir is a

39. If the drop in water level over a weir
(AEE-1996, APPSC-2006)
compared to the level at a far distance is
(a) Triangular weir with side slopes 1H to 4V
observed as 0.041m. The velocity of approach
(b) Triangular weir with side slopes 1H to 2V
is (APPSC 2006 LR)
(c) Trapezoidal weir with side slopes 1H to
(a) 0.82 (b) 0.9
2V
(c) 0.41 (d) 0.75105
(d) Trapezoidal weir with side slopes 1H to
4V

• Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,„
SEngincering Publications
40. The discharge (/t/min) in a 90° V-notch 45. A cipolletti weir is (AEE-2008)
having Cd = 0.58 under a head of 10 cm is: (a) a rectangular weir of varying dimensions
(APPSC 2006) (b) a combination of rectangular and
(a) 260 (b) 130 triangular weirs
(c) 310 (d) 1.73 (c) designed for economic discharge
(d) a trapezoidal weir with side slopes 1H:4V
41. Notches and weirs are used for flow
46. The discharge in triangular notch and a
measurement in (AEE CE/ME-2006)
suppressed rectangular weir both having the
(a) an open channel
same head and Cd are identical when the ratio
(b) discharge from a tank
of the water surface width in the V — notch to
(c) wind tunnel
the width of the rectangular weir is:
(d) ducts
(APPSC2008)
(a) 1 (b) 2.5 (c) 1.5 (d) 1.125
42. The discharge through a semicircular weir is
proportional to
47. Bazin's formula refers to the flow
(AEE-2007)
(a) in open channels
(a) H2 (b) 10.5 (c) H" (d) HE5
(b) through circular pipes
(c) over trapezoidal weirs
43. The discharge over a sharp crested
(d) over rectangular weirs
rectangular notch is
48. Notch is a device to measure:
2 2
(a) — Cd X bV2gH (b) — Cd X bV2g x H (a) flow in a channel
3 3
(b) rate of flow in a channel
2 r-- /2
(c) —Cd X 13112g x H3 (d)
2
X x H2 (c) flow in a pipe line
3 3
(d) rate of flow in a pipe line
44. A V-notch is recommended for discharge

49. Cippoletti weir is of (APPSC 2008 LR)
upto litres/sec.
(a) rectangular section
(polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(b) triangular section
(a) 20 (b) 25
(c) trapezoidal section
(c) 30 (d) 40
(d) semi — circular section
.)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
ACE : 761: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
50. The rate of flow in rectangular weirs varies as (a) 84 (L — nH) H3'2
the (APPSC 2008 LR) (b) 1.84 (L — 0.1 nH) H3/2
(a) depth of flow (,:,) 1.84 (L— 0.1 nH) H5/2
(b) square of the flow depth (d) 1.84 (L — nH) H3
(c) square root of flow depth
56. The Francis formula for the discharge over
(d) 1.5 power of the flow depth
Cippoletti weir is:
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
51. The depth of flow over a V — notch increases
(a) 1.84 LH1/2 (b) 1.84 LH
from 0.1 m to 0.2 m; the rate of flow
increases: (c) 1.84 LH3i2 (d) 1.84 LH5/2
(APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) four times (b) two times
57. The discharge over a rectangular notch is:
(c) 4.83 times (d) 5.66 times
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
2 2
52. Discharge through a V notch varies as (a) — Cdbli2gH (b) — Cdb.r2g-H
3 3
(Managers-2008)
2
(a) H3"2 (b) H-1/2 (c) 74 (d) H2.5 (c) — CdbliTgH3/2 (d) CdbXH2
1, 3 3
Where
53. If the coefficient of discharge is 0.6, then the b = width of the notch
discharge over a right angled notch is : H = height of liquid above the sill level of the
(AEE CE/ME-2008) notch
(a) 0.417 H5/2 (b) 1.417 H512
(c) 4.171 H5/2 (d) 7.141 H5'2 58. The sheet of water flowing over a notch or a
weir is known as (AEE CE/ME-2009)
54. The discharge over a triangular notch is: (a) sill or crest
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 09) (b) nappe or vein
(a) inversely proportional to H3/2 (c) orifice
(b) directly proportional to H312 (d) none of the above
(c) inversely proportional to H5'2
59. Notch is a device used for measuring
(d) directly proportional to Cd
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) rate flow through pipe
55. When the coefficient of discharge Cd is 0.623,
(b) rate of flow through a small channel
then the general equation for discharge over a
(c) flow velocity through a pipeline
rectangular weir is (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(d) flow velocity through small channel
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi IBhopal' Pune I Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl Patna' Bengalurul ChennailVijayawadal VizaglTirupatil KukatpallyiKolkatal Ahmedabad
N ACE : 762: Fluid Mechanics
k ',Engineering Publications
60. In a rectangular weir, the discharge varies as 66. The discharge over a rectangular notch is
(AE CE/ME-2009, AEE-2011) (AE 2011)
(a) H (b) (c) I-135 (d) 11312 (a) inversely proportional to H312
(b) directly proportional to H3/2
61. A weir is defined as (AE CE/ME-2009) (c) inversely proportional to H512
(a) an opening with some kind of extension (d) directly proportional to H5/2
(b) an opening with closed perimeter and of
regular form 67. The weir generally, used as spillway of a dam
(c) an opening over which water is flowing is (AE 2011)
(d) an opening where edges extend above the (a) narrow crested weir
liquid surface (b) broad crested weir
(c) cippoletti weir
62. The horizontal to the vertical side slope in the (d) ogee weir
case of a Ciplolletti weir is
(AE CE/ME-2009) 68. The width of a weir with end contraction is
(a) 1:1 (b) 1:4 (c) 1:2 (d) 1: -\5- (AE 2011)
(a) equal to the width of the channel
63. The ventilation (AE CE/ME-2009)
(b) half the width of channel
(a) is required to a triangular weir
(c) less than width of channel
(b) is not required in a suppressed weir
(c) is required to keep the discharge
coefficient of the weir as constant
69. The horizontal to vertical side slopes incase of
(d) is required to increase the discharge
Cippoletti weir is
coefficient of the weir
(Deputy Surveyor, AEE, AE 2011)
64. A notch is used to measure of liquids (a) 1:4 (b) 1:1 (c) 4:1 (d) 1:-5
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) pressure (b) discharge 70. When the water flows over a rectangular
(c) velocity (d) volume suppressed weir, the pressure beneath the
nappe is (AE 2011)
65. A weir is said to be narrow crested weir, if the
(a) very high (b) atmospheric
width of the crest is half of height
(c) vacuum (d) negative
of water above the weir crest (AE 2011)
(a) equal to (b) less than
(c) more than (d) no relation
ACE Engineering Publications ,>Hyderabad I Delhi I BhopalIPune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna l Bengaluru I ChennaiIVijayaivada I Vizag I Tirupati I KukaipallyIKolkataIAhmedabad
se
11
-40 ACE : 763: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
t
a.:Engineering Publications
71. A rectangular notch 1 cm wide and the head 76. A broad crested weir has a head of H on its
causing flow is 8 cm. If the width is increased upstream edge and a head of h on its
to 8 cm, to have the same discharge the head downstream edge. For the case of maximum
should be decreased to (AE 2011) discharge in the weir the ratio of li/H should
(a) 2 cm (b) 6 cm be (AEE — 2011)
(c) 4 cm (d) 8 cm 1 1 1 2
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) —
4 2 3 3
72. The discharge through a rectangular weir can
be found using the formula (AE 2011) 77. The upper surface of a weir over which water
(a) 1.84 LH3i2 flows in known as (APPSC — 2011)
(b) 1.11CdLH3/2 (a) Crest
2 / (b) Nappe sheet of water flowing (or) vein
(c) C d LH'' V2g
3 (c) Weir top
8 (d) Sill
(d) — Cdbl2W /2
15
78. The discharge over a sharp — edged
73. Due to each end contraction the crest length
rectangular notch of width 'w' and depth 'h'
reduces by (AE 2011)
is equal to (APPSC — 2011)
(a) 0.1H (b) 0.1L
2 2
(a) — Cd w V2g112 (b) — Cd w -Ni2g115
V2 3 3
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.01L
2g 2 8
(c) — C d w V2gh (d) — Cd w ii2g112
3 15
74. The Max. width required for broad crested
weir for greater discharge is 79. The discharge through a semi-circular weir is
(AE 2011) proportional to (APPSC — 2011)
(a) 0.47H (b) 0.2H 1
(b) H2
(c) 0.02H (d) 5H (a)
(c) (d)
75. In a Cippoletti weir the discharge is directly
proportional to (APPSC -2011) 80. A structure used to dam up a stream or river
(a) H'.5 (b) H2 over which water flows is called
(c) H3 (d) H4 (APPSC — 2011)
(a) Orifice (b) Notch
(c) Weir (d) Dam
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vtjayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
SEngineering Publications
81. A weir is designed such that its discharge is (c) For triangular notches, Cd depends on
directly proportional to the head over the head.
crest. Such a weir is called weir. (d) For rectangular notches, Cd is independent
(DYSY — 2011) of head.
(a) Proportional (b) Sharp crested
(c) Broad crested (d) Strain 86. According to Francis formula, the value of Cd
for a rectangular weir is about
82. With respect to weirs, choose the correct (DYSY- 2011)
statement from the following (DYSY — 2011) (a) 0.62 (b) 0.56
(a) Weir is a type of notch to a larger scale. (c) 0.50 (d) 0.33
(b) The velocity of water approaching the
weir is equivalent to an increase in the 87.The Stream of water discharged by a weir is
head of the Weir. called a (DYSY — 2011)
(c) Both of these (a) Nappe (b) Vein
(d) None of these (c) Both of these (d) None of these
83. A notch can have a shape.

88. If the length of a weir is equal to the width of
(DYSY — 2011)
the approaching stream, the weir is called as a
(a) Parabolic (b) Hyperbolic
weir. (DYSY — 2011)
(c) Circular (d) Triangular
(a) Submerged (b) Suppressed
(c) floating (d) free
84. A rectangular notch is of actual length L and
head H with two end contractions.
89. The head over a 90° V-notch increases from
The effective length of this notch is
0.15 m to 0.3m. The discharge in the notch
(DYSY — 2011)
then is about times more than the
(a) (I., — (b) — 2H)
discharge due to earlier head. (AEE-2011)
(c) — 0.2H) (d) — 0.1H) (b) (4.00)
(a) (2.00)
(c) (5.66) (d) remains same
85. With respect to notches, choose the correct
statement from the following: (DYSY — 2011) 90. In a Cippoletti weir the discharge is directly
(a) Triangular notches are preferred for large proportional to (AEE-2011)
discharges. (a) HI•5 (b) H2
(b) Triangular notches are preferred for small (c) H3 (d) H4
discharges.
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad
,i I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawacla I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,, ...,,,,
0,
...-,,,
„ . ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 765: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
404.
91. In a 900 V-notch, for a given head, the error in 95. Notch is a device used for measuring
the estimated discharge due to a 2% error in (AE-2012)
the measurement of vertex angle is about (a) rate of flow through pipes
percent. (AEE -2011) (b) rate of flow through a small channel
(a) 4 71 (c) velocity through a pipe
(c) 2 it (d) velocity through a small channel
92. As compared to a rectangular weir, a 96. Consider the following measuring structures:
triangular weir measures low discharges more (Observers-2013)
accurately, the discharge through the latter a. submerged broad-crested weir
being (AEE, AEE-CE/ME-2012) b. free broad-crested weir

c. free sharp-crested weir
2
(a) — C d jg- tan 0.H 2 d. free ogee spillway
3
The correct sequence of the increasing order
8
(b) — Cd Ar2i tan 0.H 2 of the discharge coefficient of these structures
15
3
is
8
(c) — C d AN
tan O.H 2 (a) a,b,d,c (b) b,a,c,d
15
(c) b,a,d,c (d) a,b,c,d
3
2
(d) — C d 112.—g- tan 0.H 2
3
97. The discharge through a trapezoidal notch is
given as (Research Assistant 2013)
93. A Cippoletti weir is a
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (a) Q = —
2 CdLH3/2 + —8 Cd tan(0/2)ANH312
3 15
(a) rectangular weir with sharp edges 2
(b) Q = — Cd1,11512 +—8
Cd tan(0/2)V2gH3/2
(b) high triangular notch 3 5
(c) trapezoidal notch with 45° slopes \ 2
(c) Q =— Cd .XL1-13/2 +— d tan(13/2),XH"
(d) trapezoidal notch with sides inclined at 3 5C
1H : 4V 2 8
(d) Q = — CdLI-1512 + — Cd tan(8/2)V2gH512
3 15
94. The rate of flow through a V-notch varies:

98. The circular water pipes shown in the sketch
(AE-2012)
are flowing full. The velocity of flow (in m/s)
(a) H (b)
(d) H5'2 in the branch pipe "R" is
(c) H312
ACE Engin ecring Publicatioi Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vitjayawacla I Vizag I Tirupaii Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-4 :Engineering
0 ACE
Publications : 766: Fluid Mechanics
J
103. The discharge over a right angled V-notch is
dia = 4 m ' (TSPSC AE 2015)
P
—\4 8
(a) —C d V2gH (b) -8— C d ji1-13/ 2
V=6 m/s 15 15
V=5 m/s
8
R (c) Cd V2gH2 (d) — CdA2iH5/2
15 15
=2m
V=?
104. Low discharges are effectively measured by
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6 (TSPSC AE 2015)
(a) Rectangular notch (b) Stepped notch
99. The error in discharge due to the error in the (c) Trapezoidal notch (d) Triangular notch
measurement of head over a triangular notch
is given by (Research Assistant 2013) 105.What is a condition for a hydraulically
dQ 3 dH efficient channel?
(a) (b) — = —
Q 2 H Q 2 H (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(a) Minimum flow rate
(c) (d)
Q 2 H Q H (b) Maximum wetted perimeter
(c) Constant velocity
100. The velocity with which the water (d) Minimum wetted perimeter
approaches a notch is called (AE-2013)
(a) Velocity of flow 106. The solid roller bucket is arranged at the end
(b) Velocity of approach of a spillway to
(c) Velocity of whirl (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
(d) None of these (a) Measure the discharge
(b) Provide stability to the spillway
101. The notch angle for maximum discharge over
(c) Trap silt from flowing water
a triangular notch is
(d) Dissipate energy through hydraulic jump
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) 120° (b) 30° (c) 60° (d) 90°
107.Which of the following is/are related to
measure the discharge by a triangular notch?
102.Condition for broad crested weir is
(Where 0 is the central angle; H is the head;
(TSPSC AE 2015)
Cd is coefficient of discharge; and g is
(a) 2b > H (b) 2b < H
acceleration due to gravity)
(c) H < b (d) b = 2H
ACE Engineering Publicalions;4,, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j TimPati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
#.• 0
0 ACE : 767: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
%ts :Engineering Publications
.3
0 In a triangular notch there is an error of 4%

d V2g tan H 5/2
(a) 15 C 2 in observing the head. The error in the
computed discharge is
(b) CdI tan ° E13/2
3 (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
4 05/2 (a) 4% (b) 10%
(c) — Cd 2g tan H
15 (c) 6% (d) 2.5%
8 0
(d) —Cd V 2g tan —H 3 / 2
5
112. In a 90° triangular notch, for a given head,
the error in the estimated discharge due to a
108.An error of 1% in measuring the head of
2% error in the measurement of the vertex
water over the crest of a triangular notch,
angle is
Produces an error in the discharge which is
equal to
(b) 5.0%
(a) 1.25% (b) 1.5% (d) rr/2%
(c) 2.5% (d) 2.0%

113. The discharge over a 90° V-notch is written
109.The maximum discharge over a broad crested as Q = 1.37H5"2 where Q is in m3/sec and H
weir is (where H is the height of water surface is in metres. The Cd of this notch is
above the crest of the weir on the upstream (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
side: L is the length of the crest of the weir; (a) 0.611 (b) 0.580
and Cd is the coefficient of discharge) (c) 0.464 (d) 0.710
(a) 1.7 Cd LH312 (b) 1.7 LH312 114. A Cipolletti weir has a side slope of
(c) 1.98 Cd LH3/2 (d) 1.7 Cd LH213 (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) 1 vertical : 4 horizontal
110.For the turbulent flow in a pipe of radius R, (b) 1 vertical : 2 horizontal
what will be the value of 'y' at which the (c) 1 horizontal : 4 vertical
point of velocity is equal to the mean (d) 1 horizontal : 2 vertical
velocity?
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) 115. A submerged weir is one in which the water
(a) 0.67 R (b) 0.223 R level on the downstream of the weir is
(c) 0.45 R (d) 0.523 R (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
ACE. Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I KukatPally l Kolltata I Ahmedabad
tOr
4
, ACE
:Engineering
4, Publications : 768: Fluid Mechanics
(a) just at the crest level 117. An overflow spillway is 10 m long between
(b) below the crest level two square abutments and has two piers of
(c) is above the crest level 0.25 m width on its crest, when the head
(d) at the same elevation as the upstream over the weir is 0.6 cm. The effective length
water surface of spillway for calculation of the discharge
by the weir formula is
116. In a triangular notch there is an error of 4% (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
in observing the head, the error in the (a) 9.40 m (b) 9.50 m
computation of discharge. (e) 9.14 m (d) 9.26 m
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 2.5% (b) 6%
(c) 4% (d) 10%
.\('4. 4.n uucnnG 1'uLlu;ui au HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowirathalBengaltinlIChelmaiiViiaYawadalVIzagaIrupatiMukmpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

o;
1, ACE : 769: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
1,
go4.:Engineering Publications
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) 06. Ans: (b)

Sol: Discharge in V-notch (or) Triangular notch Sol:
%
8 0 /—
Q = — .Cd.tan— 2015/2
15 2
30 cml
Q cc H512 30 cm
;./
=6m
2. Ans: (c)
dQ 3 ( dH Francis formula:
Sol: =
Q 2 H) 2
Q= — .Cd.(L —n x 0.1H) x x H3/2
3 3
= — x 1% =1.5%
2 Where L = Ll— 2 x 0.3 = 5.4 m
3
2
03. Ans: (c) =—x 0.623(L — 6 x 0.1x 0.45) x x 9.81(0.45)2
3
Sol:
= 1.84 (L — n x 0.11-1) 113/2
= 1.84(5.4 — 6 x 0.1x 0.45) (0.45)1'5
This type of weir is called suppressed weir. = 1.84 (5.4 — 0.27) (0.45)1'5
End contractions are not accounted. = 2.85 m3/sec
Where L = Effective length
4. Ans: (c) = Total length of weir — 2 x width of piers
Sol: Sharp Crested Weir: It is a type of weir in
which the water merely touches a line of weir.
07. Ans: (b)
Sol: For rectangular notch, error in measurement
05. Ans: (b)
of head gives error in discharge
Sol: Q= —8X Cd ..tan—° .1-15/2 dQ 3 dH
15 2
Q 2 H
8
Q= x0.62xtan60°x,J2x9.81x(0.25)512
15
= 0.079 m3/sec
.‘ HyderabadIDelhill3hopaliPuneiBhubaneswarILucknowlPatnalBengaluruiChermailVijayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad
I ACE Engineering Enblicationsi
'Engineering Publications
08. Ans (c) Q2 0.3 I.'

= 5.657
Sol: Cippoletti weir is a combination of a Q, 0.15
rectangular and triangular weir (i.e.
trapezoidal weir) which has side slopes of 1 12. Ans: (c)
horizontal to 4 vertical Sol: Cippoletti weir has a side slope of 1
H
horizontal and 4 verticals
13. Ans: (b)

09. Ans: (c) Sol: L = 9 m
Sol: Q (Triangular Notch) Qi = 0.9 m3/unit time
8 0 Q2 = 0.6 m3/unit time
= — .0 d .A/ 2g. tan — .H 5/ 2
5 Hi = H2
QocH5/2 dL
L •
10. Ans: (a) Q cc L H3/2
Sol: Advantage of triangular notch over Q = k. L. H3/2 (1)
rectangular notch Keeping H constant and L is varies
1. For measuring low discharge a triangular dQ =k . dL. H312 (2)
notch gives more accurate results than a (2) ± (1)
rectangular notch. dQ = dL
2. Ventilation of triangular notch is not Q L
necessary. 300 dL
3. Only one reading of head (H) 900 L
measurement is required for the dL
= 33.33%
computation of discharge. L
14. Ans: (d)

11. Ans: (d)
Sol:In a sutro weir, discharge is proportional to
5/2
Sol: Q cc H head over the crest. It is also known as
/ X5/2
H2 proportional weir
1
I ACE Erighleci mg Pt ildicalions ;4>HyderabacliDelhil Bhopal' PunelBhubaneswariLuclulow1PatnalBengaluru I ChennaiiVijayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad

-4 ACE : 771: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
10:Engineering Publications
,
15. Ans: 10% 24 Ans: (a)

(dQ )= 2 5 dH Sol: Rehbock's empirical formula for discharge
Sol:
Q H over weir is valid for rectangular weir.
Triangular notch = 2.5 x 4 = 10%

25 Ans: (b)
16. Ans: 3490
2 26 Ans: (a)
Sol: Q = C d — 2 g .L.H 3 / 2
3 Sol: Note:- For rectangular notch Q oc H3'2
/
= 0.623x x -s/ 2 x 9.81 x 1 x (0.1)1.5
3 27 Ans: (c)
= 0.058 m3/sec = 3490 /t/min
28 Ans: (d)
17. Ans: (d)
Sol: For V notch
18. Ans: (a) dQ = 2.5 dh
Sol: Note:- For rectangular notch Q cc H312 Q h
an
19. Ans: (c) Given = 0.5%
h
dQ 3 dH dQ
Sol: = = 2.5x 0.5 =1.25%
Q 2 H
Q
20. Ans: (c)

Sol: Surface over which liquid flow of weir is 29. Ans: (d)
called "Crest (or) Sill" Sol: Q oc)) tan(60) > tan(45)
2
21. Ans: (c)
dQ 3 dH 5 dH 30. Ans: (c)
Sol:
Q Re c tan gular — 2 H • H dQ 3 dH
Sol: — = —
Q 2 H
22 Ans: (c)
Sol: Shape of fire hose of the nozzle is 31. Ans: (b)
convergent.
Sol: Q = dH for triangular notch
2H
23 Ans: (d)
5
Sol: For maximum discharge the angle of = — x 5 =12.5%
2
triangular notch is 120°
Aut. .tigitiecting Public ations >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
e

:Engmeermg Publications
le
32. Ans: (b) 35. Ans: (b)

/—
Sol: Q = C d —2 2g .L H 3 / 2
33. Ans: (b) 3
Sol: A weir having a broad crest or sill is known
= 0.6 x — x x 9.81 x 2 x (0.64
as a broad crested weir. Figure represents a 3
broad crested weir. Crest width is such that = 1.8143 m3/sec = 1.8143 x 1000 x lt/sec
B> H/2. = 1814 lt/sec
71 36. Ans: (c)

Sol: Flow over a triangular notch is given by
7---_-_-_-_-_-_-_-
Q oc H512
- - - - -
-------_ Q = K.H15
37. Ans: (a)

----------------- _ _ _ _ _ - -
Sol: Shape of Cippoletti weir is trapezoidal shape

L with side slope (H:V = 1:4)
Let H = head of water on the upstream side 38. Ans: (a)

h = head of water on the downstream side Sol: Triangular Notch (or) weir is more accurate
L = length of the weir for low discharge measurements.
Cd = coefficient of discharge
Applying Bernoulli's equation at 1(where 39. Ans: (b)
water is assumed to be still) and 2 (where Sol: Va = V2gha = A/2 x 9.81x 0.041
velocity is v),
= 0.898 = 0.9 m/s
v2
0+0+H= 0+— + h 40. Ans: (a)
2g
Sol: QV-Notch = 5 .C d .Arii tan —° .H5/2
v2
=H—h 1 2
2g 8 5/2
= — x 0.58 x J2 x 9.81 x tan 45°.(0.1)
v = 1/2g(14 —11) 15
Discharge = CdxArea of flowxVelocity = 4.333 X 10-3 [1000 x 60]= 260 lit/ min
41. Ans: (a) 42. Ans: (d) 43. Ans (c)

34. Ans: (d)
44. Ans (c) 45. Ans: (d)

ACE Engineering Publications e,
4" Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune' Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Dengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vtzag I Tiruoati I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.°
4u ACE : 773: Flow Over Notches and Weirs
L.i :Engineering Publications
4 4-
46. Ans: (b) 49. Ans: (c)

Sol: L
Sol: Cippoletti weir is a combination of
rectangular and triangular weir is named as
trapezoidal weir; as the cross section of it is "
H Trapezoidal section."
50. Ans: (d)

In suppressed weir, end contractions are not 3 (al) _ 1.5 dH
Sol: [—
d4Q
counted for discharge. Measurement i.e., Q Re dangular weir
2 H) H
(length of channel level to length of weir)
QV-notch = Q Rectangular 51. Ans: (d)

Sol: Q a H512 for V-notch
.0 tan ° H"2 = .Cd.V2g.L.H"2
15 d 2 3 Q2 = 142 \512 = (0.2)2.5
8 = 5.66
02
—x tan —x H5'2 = .L.H 3'2 Q1 111 0.1
15 2
8 (U12) x H 5i2 = 2 .L.H3" 52. Ans: (d)

15 H 3
8x (-12-1H"2 = 3 .L.112/2 53. Ans: (b)

15 2
8
4 *L,_ 2.L Sol: Q = x 0.6-s/2 x 9.81 xlxf15/2
a 15
15 3
= 1.417H5"2
L' 2 15
— = — x — = — 2* 5
L 3 4 2
54. Ans: (d)
47. Ans: (d) 55. Ans: (b)
Sol: Bazin's formula is empirical formula for Sol: Given Cd = 0.623

determination of discharge over rectangular General equation for discharge over
weirs. rectangular weir is
2
= — Cd (L 0.1nH) x 2g x H312
48. Ans: (b) 3
Sol: Notch is a device used to measure 2
= — x 0.623(L 0.1nH) x1/2 x 9.81 x 1-13/2
volumetric flow rate (discharge) in an open 3
channel. = 1.84 (L — 0.1nH)H3/2
ACE Engincerhig Pfiblications) Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
J
t'Engineaing Publications
56. Ans: (c) 57. Ans: (c) 58. Ans: (b) Q = Cd x Area of flow x Velocity
=Cd X (1_, X h) X V2g(H — h)
59. Ans: (b) 60. Ans: (d) 61. Ans: (c)
=Cd X L x V2gh2 (1-1— h)
= Cd x L x./2g(Hh2 —h3 )
62. Ans: (b) 63. Ans: (c) 64. Ans: (b)
The discharge will be maximum, if (Hh2 —h3)
d
65. Ans: (b) 66. Ans: (b) 67. Ans: (d) is maximum 1-1h2 — h3 )= 0
dh
H x 2h — 3h2 = 0
68. Ans: (c) 69. Ans: (a) 70. Ans: (d)
2H = 3h
2
71. Ans: (a) h=—H
3
Sol: bill;" = b2H32 /2 Substitute in above expression
H2 = 2 cm Qmax = 1.705. Cd L x H312
72. Ans: (c) 73. Ans: (a) 74. Ans: (a) 77. Ans: (a)
Sol: Upper surface of weir is A & D called crest
75. Ans: (a) (or) sill mostly crest is used. Some times sill
Sol: can be canal bed.
In a Cippoletti weir, Q ccH3/2
Provided H: V = 1: 4 78. Ans: (a)
Sol: Q = .Cd .w
76. Ans: (d) 3
Sol: In broad crested weir, Q = —2 .Cd .w.Ar2i.(H3 f 2
3
Q = 2.Cd H3
Q 2
-_-_-_-
--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
L'd.WV2gH'
- - - - - - - - - - 3
79. Ans: (d)

- - - - - - - - - - - Sol: Discharge through a semicircular weir
Q OC H312
L
Q cc 1T
13
CF. Elltrinect ing Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal iPune 1BhubaneswarILuclunow1Paina1Bengalurui Chennail Vijayawada I VizagiTirupatiiKultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
) ,„
40.
V 4
t
4
ACE
4
80. Ans: (c)

: 775:
87. Ans: (c)

Flow Over Notches and Weirs
Sol: Weir: It is a large structure constructed Sol:

Crest
across the more width channel (or) river like a
dam. Nappe (or)veir
81. Ans: (a)

Sol: In proportional weir, discharge is directly
proportional to the head over the crest Stream (or) sheet of water discharged by a
Q oc H weir is called nappe (or) vein.
It is also known as sutro weir.
88. Ans: (b)
82. Ans: (c) Sol: In suppressed weir, end contractions are not
Sol: Weir is type of notches in large scale considered. The effective length of the weir is
construction. The velocity of water equal to the width of the approaching stream
approaches the weir is equivalent to increase (or) channel.
2
in the head of water (ha=)
2g 89. Ans:(c)
Sol:
83. Ans: (d)
Q ac H5"
Sol: Notch shape can have rectangular, square,
5 /2
triangular, trapezoidal in general. Q 2 = [142 0.3
= = 5.66
Q Hi 0.15
84. Ans: (c)
Sol: Effective length of Notch 90. Ans: (a)
L' = (L —0.1H x n) Sol: Q oc H3/2 (Provided H:V = 1:4)
Where n = Number end contractions
n=2 91. Ans: (d)
L' = L-0.1H x 2 = L' — 0.2H dQ Tc dO
Sol: = = x2
Q 2 0 2
85. Ans: (b) =7L%
Sol: Triangular Notch is used for more accuracy 92. Ans: (b)
of measurement of small discharges. 8
Sol: 0 triangle — .—
1 2g.tanO.H5/2
15
86. Ans: (c)
•
—a—l bad
ACE. Engincet Publicalions
I. Hyderabad i Delhi I Bhopal l Pune I Bhubineinvar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I 'Vijayawada I Vizag I Tinwati I Kukatpally I Kola& Ahrned
/at. ACE
twurgagineesing Publications : 776: Fluid Mechanics
4
93. Ans: (d) Applying conservation of mass equation

Sol: Cippoletti weir is a trapezoidal section A1V1 = A2V2 + A3 V3
having side slopes H:V = 1:4

x42 x6=4x42x5+5-x2 2 X V3
4 4
6= 42 x 5 ± xv
94. Ans: (d) 42 X 3
Sol: Q V-notch x H512 42 x6-42 x5 96-80

V3 =
22 4
95. Ans: (b) 16
— =4m/s
Sol: Notch is a device used for measurement of 4
rate of flow through small channels. V3 = 4 m/s
96. Ans: (b) 99. Ans: (a) 100.Ans: (b) 101. Ans: (a)
Sol: Cd values for different weirs
102.Ans: (a)
S. No Type of weir CD Sol: Condition for broad crested weir is 2b > H
1 Free sharp-crested weir
2 Free broad crested weir 0.6 103. Ans: (d)
Sol: Discharge over a right angled V-notch is
3 Submerged broad crested weir
4 Free ogee spillway Q = 8 .0 X. tan ° .H"2
15 -• 2
Where 0 = 90°
97. Ans: (c)
8
Q = — .Cd.X.E15/ 2
15
98. Ans: (b)
Sol: (1) 104. Ans: (d)
(2)
Sol: Low discharges are effectively measured by
V = 6 m/s V = 5 m/s triangular notch.
105.Ans: (d)
106.Ans: (d)
Vr ?
(3)
107.Ans: (a)
2m
Hyderabad i Delhi l Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I L,ueknow I Patna l Bengalutu I Chettnai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolluata I Ahmedabad
t
e
e t ACE
:Engineerng Publications
108.Ans: (c)
: 777:
112. Ans: (a)

Flow Over Notches and Weirs
Sol: Discharge Q = kH5i2 Sol: For triangular notch

Differentiating on both the sides,
Q=—8 Cdl iitan ° xH5/2
5 15 2
dQ = — kil"2dH
2 Assuming only 0 to be variable
Divide by 'Q' on both the sides 0 dO x H 5/2
dQ = —8 Cd1/2.i.sec2
15 22
dQ = —5 kH"2dH
2
sec2 -9- An
vr
Divide by 'Q' on both the sides dQ 2 x
u
i.e. =
Q 0 2
dQ Id1"2 tan-
= 2.5 5/ 2 .dH 2
Q kH
dQ 2.5 dH 1 (sec2 0/2) x dO x0

Q H 2 tan0/2 0
Error in discharge = 2.5% Taking 0 =

2
109.Ans: (a)
sec2 (--1
dQ 1x 4
7/ = 0.01n
x 0.02x —
110.Ans: (b) 2
Q 2 tanN
4
111. Ans: (b) dQ x100 = n%

Q
Sol: For triangular notch
Q=— X tan-
8 Cd
15 91-15/2
113.Ans: (b)
Assumming only H to be the variable Sol: For triangular notch
dQ = 8 Cd V2itan x —5 H3/2dH Q=— .X tan-

8 Cd
15 91-15/2
15 l 2
dQ dHx 5 But Q = 1.37H5/2
Q H 2 0
—Cd.V2g.tan =1.37
= 0.04x2.5= 0.1 8
15
8
i.e d x100=10% i.e.- x Cd x 71. = 1 .3 7
x 9.81 x tan(ic
15
Cd = 0.58
'
\( I 1.11r.111, 11111P .11Ie Hyderabad I belhi I Bhopal I Tune 113hubattemnir I Lucknow i Null nengitiurli IChetnial I VURYlwilda I Wag I llrulmiI KukaPtillY I KolkAta I Ahmedabad
W
4 4,Engineering Publications
f.
114.Ans: (c) 117. Ans: (c)

Sol: Cipolletti weir is a trapezoidal weir with side Sol: H = 0.6 m (In TSPSC, they gave mistake as
slope of 1:4 (horizontal to vertical) 0.6 cm)
N = No. of end contraction = 6
4
L_
1
115.Ans: (c)
Sol: When down stream water level is above crest
level of the weir then the weir is called
submerged weir.
Free surface
Effective length ,
Le = L — 2 x pier width — n x 0.1 H
= 10 — 2(0.25) — 6 x 0.1 x 0.6
= 10 — 0.5 — 0.36
= 10 — 0.86 = 9.14 m
116.Ans: (d) Note: Head over crest = 0.6 cm which is
dQ 5 dH 5 treat as 0.6 m
Sol: = = x 4 = 10%
Q 2 H 2
ACE. Engineering Publicafions Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I PuneIBhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaIBengaluruI Chennai I Vijayawada I VizagI TirupatiI Kukatpally Kolkata IAhmedabad
Chapter 1, 2
01. Specific heat under constant pressure Cp and
Compressible Flow
05. A certain liquid has a volume of 1 liter when
under constant volume Cv are related by compressed at 1 MN/sq.m. and a volume of
(AEE-1984) 995cc when compressed to 2MN/sq.m. The
C Bulk Modulus of Elasticity would be
(a) K = (b) K =
Cv Cp (in MPa) (AEE -1987)
(a) 10 (b)1000
(c) K = Cp C, (d) Cp = Ck,
(c) 200 (d) 150
02. Mach number is given by (AEE-1984) 06. The continuity equation for one dimensional
(a) acoustic speed/stream speed compressible fluid flow is (AEE-1992)
(b) stream speed/acoustic speed (a) d (p AV) = 1 (b) d (p AV) = 0
(c) product of gas constant and temperature (c) pd (AV) = 1 (d) pd (AV) = 0
(d) none of these
07. Bernoulli's equation for compressible fluid
03. The bulk modulus of elasticity of a flow is
compressible fluid for Isothermal process is (AEE-1992)
equal to (AEE-1984) (a) The same as that of incompressible flow
(a) p (b) kp (b) Not at all same as that of incompressible
(c) k (d) None of the above flow
(c) The same as incompressible flow except
04. Select the expression that does not give the pressure energy term
speed of sound wave (d) The same as incompressible flow except
(AEE-1984) kinetic energy term
P
(a)-N/KRT (b) 08. An isentropic flow is (AEE-1992)
VP
(a) An accelerating adiabatic flow
(c) kp (d) dp
(b) A retarding adiabatic flow
P dp
(c) A reversible adiabatic flow
(d) An irreversible adiabatic flow
ACE Engineering Publieations e

\ HyderabadIDelhOhopallPuneIBhubanesmulLucknow1Patnall3erigaluruIChennaiIVijayawadaIVizagrrimpatiIKulutpallyIKolicalaI Ahmedabad
4-4
4'Engineaing Publications
09. Mach angle in a compressible fluid flow is 14. A hot wire anemometer works with
formed for flows with mach number (AEE-1992)
(AEE-1992) (a) Constant voltage & constant temperature
(a) Less than one (b) Constant voltage or constant temperature
(b) Equal to one (c) Constant temperature and constant
(c) Greater than one current
(d) Very very less than one (d) Constant temperature or constant current
10. Flow through a diffuser in a compressible 15. For isentropic flow through a convergent
flow will have (AEE-1992) divergent nozzle the area ratio is given for air,
(a) Rise in temperature (AEE-1992)
(b) Fall in temperature A
(a) — = 1/ MK5 — M2 )i 6i3
(c) Fall in temperature and pressure
(d) Rise in temperature and rise in pressure A
(b) — =1/45+M2)/61
11. A normal stock wave is (AEE-1992) A

(c) — =1/MKM2 —5)/6I
(a) An infinite pressure wave
(b) A mild finite pressure wave A u
A = M LkIVI 2 — 5)/ 61
(c) A steep finite pressure wave (d) 1
(d) A steep infinite pressure wave

16. In a triangular notch there is an error of 5 in
12. If Q is heat transfer, E is energy and W is
observing the head. The error in the computed
work, then energy equation for compressible
discharge is
flow is
(AEE-1996)
(AEE-1992)
(a) 7.5% (b) 12.5%
(a) dE = dQ + dW (b) dW dQ + dE
(c) 2.0% (d) 5%
(c) dE = dQ — dW (d) dE = dE — dQ
17. In sharp-crested rectangular weirs the

13. For an isentropic air flow the stagnation
modular limit is (AEE-1996)
temperature is given by
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.67
(AEE-1992)
(c) zero (d) negative
(a) To = T (1 + 0.4M2) (b) To = T (1 — 0.4M2)
(c) To = T (1 + 0.2M2) (d) To = T (1 — 0.2M2)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vjjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
„ ACE : 781: Compressible Flow
2,,Eugineering Publications
18. The discharge Q over a broad crested weir of 22. The shape of a fire hose nozzle is
length L is often expressed as (AE CE/IVIE-2004).
Q = 1.705 Cd LH3i2 (a) cylindrical (b) divergent
In this expression H is the difference in (c) convergent (d) convergent — divergent
elevation between (AEE-1996)
(a) the upstream energy line and the crest
23. In a V-notch an error of 0.5% in the
(b) the upstream water surface and the crest
measurement of head would constitute in the
(c) the upstream water surface and the
discharge measurement, an error of
upstream bed
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(d) the upstream energy line and the
(a) 1.5% (b) 2.5%
downstream energy line (c) 0.5% (d) 1.25%
19. When the Mach number is approaching unity

24. For maximum flow through orifice or nozzle
from a value of 1.75, the flow is said to be
fitted to the tank, the critical pressure ratio in
(AEE-2004)
(APPSC 2006)
(a) subsonic (lb) supersonic
(a) 0.328 (b)0.428
(c) transonic (d) sonic
(c) 0.528 (d) 0.62'8
20. Enthalpy is (AEE-2004)

25. If the Mach number for a fluid flow is less
(a) kinetic energy (b) specific energy
than 1, the flow is (APPSC-2006)
(c) molecular energy (d) internal energy
(a) sonic (b) supersonic
21. According to the Francis formula, the (c) sub - sonic (d) none of these
discharge over rectangular weir is
(AEE CE/ME-2004) 26. Velocity of sound wave in terms of Bulk
2 modulus is given by
(a) — Cd [L — n11 ]f.g1-1
3 (APPSC 2006)
2
(b) — Cd[L — 0.11-1liiiiH3/2 (a) IX (b)
3
2
(c) — Cd [L — tifITXH 2
3 (c) (d) VKp 2
2
(d) — C d [L — 0 .2n1-11XH / 2 Where ' p ' = density of gas
3
ACE Engnwering Publicalions >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
4
27. Mach angle (a) is given by in terms of Mach 32. The discharge over a rectangular notch is
number (M) (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(APPSC 2006) 2
(a) — C d x142gH (b) 2 Cd x b 2gxH
(a) sin a = M (b) sine a = M 3
2 2
(c) sin a = 1 (d) sine a = 1 (c) — C d X bV2g x1-13/2 (d) — Cdi br2i X H2
M 3 3
28. The velocity of bullet fired standard air, if 33. A V-notch is recommended for discharge
Mach angle is 30°, is given by (Take the upto litres/sec.
velocity of sound in air = 330 m/sec) (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(APPSC 2006) (a) 20 (b) 25
(a) 165 m/sec (b) 330m/sec (c) 30 (d) 40
(c) 495m/sec (d) 660m/sec
34. In order that no shock wave develops when

29. Velocity of sound in adiabatic pressure is flow is taking place through a converging
given by (APPSC 2006) diverging tube, Mach number at exit should
IR be (APPSC 2007)
(a) JRT (b)
1T (a) 1
(c) JKRT (d) KR (b) less than 1

(c) greater than 1
(d) there is no such criterion
30. Notches and weirs are used for flow
measurement in
35. Which of the flowing instrument can be used
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
for measuring the speed of aero plane?
(a) an open channel
(APPSC 2007)
(b) discharge from a tank
(a) venturimeter (b) Hot wire anemometer
(c) wind tunnel
(c) Rotameter (d) Pitot tube
(d) ducts
36. The speed of sound in an ideal gas varies

31. The discharge through a semicircular weir is
directly as its
proportional to (AEE-2007)
(APPSC 2007)
(a) H2 (b) H-°5
(a) pressure (b) absolute temperature
(c) H" (d) fIL5
(c) temperature (d) density
ACE Engineering Publications e.,

b5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkat I Ahmedabad
,o/
40, 4
ACE : 783: Compressible Flow
0
4
37. The speed of sound in air varies as: 41. The effect of compressibility of fluid can be
(APPSC 2008) neglected, if the value of Mach number
(a) FT (b) (APPSC 2008)
(a) M = 1 (b) M > 1
(c) 1I J (d) p
(c) M < I but > 0.4 (d) M < 0.4
Where T is the absolute temperature, p is the
mass density and p is the pressure intensity. 42. The area-velocity relationship for
compressible fluid with usual notation is
38. In an atmosphere the speed of sound is 300 given by:
m/sec . If a plane travels at 1620 km/h in the (APPSC 2008)
atmosphere the Mach angle is dV 2 dA dV 2
(a) dA = (M 1) (b) + (C -1)
(APPSC 2008) A V A V
(a) 30.5° (b) 56.3° dV dA dV
A + — (1 — V 2 ) (d) A +
(c) d— (1 — M2 )
(c) 10.7°0 (d) 41.8' A V V
39. The differential form of energy in isentropic 43. In a thermodynamic process, the area under
flow with standard notations is of the form : the p-v diagram given as function of :
(APPSC 2008) (APPSC 2008)
dV dp dA (a) total entropy (b) total energy gain
(a) — + — + — = 0 (c) heat absorbed
V p A (d) work done
(b)f \kw + f dP = 0 44. The following set of equations are useful in

estimating the rate of flow of a gas through a
(c) dV +d±
3= 0 veturimeter.
(d)dp+d(pV)2 =0 (APPSC 2008)

(a) energy principle, isentropic relation,
40. The sonic speed in an ideal gas varies : continuity equation
(APPSC 2008) (b) energy principle, momentum equation,
(a) Inversely as bulk modulus adiabatic relation
(b) directly as the absolute pressure (c) ideal gas law, adiabatic relation, continuity
(c) inversely as the absolute temperature equation
(d) none of the above (d) ideal gas law, isentropic relation,
momentum equation
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayaivada I Vizag l Tirupaii I Kuliatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4..!
J
:
4
45. In super-sonic flow, the projectile (which 50. A nozzle fitted to a gas reservoir gets choked
creates disturbances) moves (APPSC 2008) when: (APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) a head of the disturbances (a) the velocity of flow is sonic in the passage
(b) along the disturbances (b) shock waves occur in the passage
(c) behind the disturbances (c) the passage is partially obstructed
(d) none of the above (d) temperature is high
46. For subsonic flow, if the area of the flow

51. A compressible flow is said to be sonic when
increase: (APPSC 2008)
its Mach Number is (APPSC — 2011)
(a) velocity is constant
(a) Zero (b) One
(b) velocity increases
(c) Less than zero (d) Infinity
(c) velocity decreases
(d) non of the above
52. For a compressible flow, having a Mach
number of 0.5, the compressibility correction
47. Sonic velocity in air at 15° C is
factor is (AE, AEE — 2011)
(APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) Unity
(a) 340 m/s (b) 100 m/s
(b) Zero
(c) 1440 m/s (d) 1400 m/s
(c) Slightly less than unity
(d) Slightly more than unity
48. In isentropic process, the flow is governed by k
(APPSC 2008 LR)
53. The ratio of the flow total pressure to that of
(a) a negative constant
exit pressure in a Nozzle meter gives an
(b) ratio of specific heat of the gas at constant
estimate of of the exit flow of the meter.
pressure to that at constant volume
(APPSC — 2011)
(c) ratio of specific heat of the gas at constant
(a) Mach number (b) Reynold's number
volume to that at constant pressure
(c) Discharge (d) Flow rate
(d) an arbitrary value
54. A compressible flow is said to be sonic when

49. Mach number for hypersonic flow is more
its Mach Number is
than:
(AEE-2011)
(APPSC 2008 LR)
(a) Zero (b) One
(a) 0.2 (b) 6.0
(c) Less then zero (d) Infinity
(c) 7.0 (d) 5.0
Itrdenthad I pall I Bhopal I Pune I lihuhttnevear I Lucktiow I Yalu I Betigaluru I Clittuid Vitag I p IKukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4,, ACE : 785: Compressible Flow
55. The ratio of the flow total pressure to that of 59. In supersonic flow, a diverging passage
exit pressure in a Nozzle meter gives an results in (AE-2012)
estimate of of the exit flow of the (a) increase in velocity and pressure
meter. (AEE-2011) increase
(a) Mach number (b) Reynold's number (b) increase in velocity and density
(c) Discharge (d) Flow rate decrease
(c) increase in velocity and density increase
56. The differential form of continuity equation (d) decrease in velocity and pressure
for one dimensional steady compressible flow decrease
is (APPSC — 2011)
dp dA dV =0 60. Assertion (A): In a supersonic flow, the
(a) + +—
p A V velocity increases as the area increases.
dp dV Reason (R): Conservation of masses,
(b) — +—A' + — = constant
Pp V momentum and energy require that dA/A
(c) pdp + AdA + VdV = 0 should increase with dM/M for M greater than
(d) pAV = 0 unity. (AE-2012)
(a) A is true; R is true, and it explains A
(b) A is true; R is true, but it does not explain
57. The differential form of continuity equation
A
for one dimensional steady flow compressible
(c) A is true; R is false
fluids with usual terms is
(d) A is false; R is true
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
p + dA = 0 dA p dV
(a) dp A (b)
— =i + 61. How does the sonic velocity in air at STP
A p V
condition change with the altitude in the
dA dV dp dA dp dV standard atmosphere? (AE-2012)
(c) — =— — — (d) =— —
p V p A p V
(a) 340.3 m/s (b) 170.15 m/s
(c) 0 (d) 680.6 m/s
58. The equation of state for a perfect gas is
(AEE-CE/ME-2012) 62. If the compression or expansion of a gas takes
place in such a way that the gas neither gives
(a) — RT (b)
v. T R heat nor takes heat from its surroundings, the
process is said to be (AEE-2012)
(c) PV = RT (d) = T
p (a) Isothermal (b) Adiabatic
(c) Isobar (d) None of these
(I I !tip, 1'111 ,1i( ..'>1-lycletEtbad I Delhi I lahoPtil 'Pune 113hubatieawari Ludui ITirupati I Kukalpally1 KolluitalAlunedabad
Patna! liengaluru I Chennal I ViJayawada I VItttg
:Engineeing Publicafions
.} 4
63. For an adiabatic process, (AEE-2012) (c) less than 1 but greater than 0.4
(a) PV = a constant (b) PV" = a constant (d) less than 0.4
(c) = a constant (d) — = a constant

p KP 69. For supersonic flow, if the area of flow
increases then (AE-2012)
64. The velocity of elastic pressure wave in a (a) velocity decreases (b) velocity increases
fluid medium is equal to(AEE CE/ME-2012) (c) velocity is constant (d) None of the above
(a) sonic velocity
(b) half of sonic velocity 70. For flow in a nozzle discharging from a tap
(c) square root of sonic velocity "choking" condition occurs, when the flow
(d) Bulk Modulus the nozzle exit is
(AEE-CE/ME-2012)
65. Mach number is given by (AEE-2012) (a) subsonic (b) supersonic
Acoustic speed (c) critical (d) transonic
(a)
streamspeed
stream speed 71. Measurement of velocity without any
(b)
Acoustic speed obstruction to the flow in a pipe may be made
(c) product of gas constant and temperature by (AEE-2012)
(d) half of Bulk Modulus (a) pitot-static probe
(b) hot-wire anemometer
66. Mach cone is possible in (AEE-2012) (c) hot-film anemometer
(a) Stationary fluids (b) Subsonic flow (d) laser-doppler anemometer
(c) Transonic flow (d) Supersonic flow
72. According to the King's Law for a constant
67. The range of Mach number for a subsonic temperature hot wire anemometer (AE-2012)
flow is (AEE-2012) (a) E CC U (b) E2 CC U
(a) 0 < M < 1 (b) 0.3 < M < 1 (c) E2 oc (d)ECcU2
(c) 0.8 < M < 1.2 (d) M > 1
73. A measure of the effect of compressibility in
68. Effect of compressibility of a fluid can be fluid flow is the magnitude of a dimensionless
neglected if Mach number is (AEE-2012) parameter known as (AE-2013)
(a) equal to 1 (a) Reynolds number (b) Mach number
(b) greater than 1 (c) Weber number (d) Froude number
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lycknow I Patna I BengaldruI Chennai I Vjjayawada" Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally. I Kolkata I-Ahnaedabad
.1. :Engineering Publications
74. Mach number is a measure of compressibility 79. For air flow at room temperature to be
effects in fluid flow. Indicate up to what mach incompressible, the fluid velocity must not
number can a fluid flow be considered exceed (AE-2013)
incompressible. (AE-2013) (a) 100 m/sec (b) 70 m/sec
(a) 1 (b) 0.1 (c) 50 m/sec (d) 25 m/sec
(c) 0.3 (d) 0.8
80. In isentropic flow between two points, the
75. An Isometric flow is one which is (AE-2013) stagnation (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) Adiabatic (a) Pressure, stagnation temperature and
(b) Isothermal stagnation density would remain constant
(c) Isothermal and reversible throughout the flow
(d) Adiabatic and irreversible (b) Pressure and stagnation temperature may
vary
76. A shock wave which occurs in a supersonic (c) Pressure and stagnation temperature
flow represents a region in which would decrease with an increase in
(AE-2013) velocity
(a) There is no change in pressure, (d) Pressure would decrease in the direction
temperature and density of the flow
(b) There is sudden change in pressure,
temperature and density 81. For subsonic-flow, if the area of flow
(c) A zone of silence exists increases: (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(d) Velocity is zero (a) velocity decreases
(b) velocity is infinity
77. The sonic velocity in a fluid medium is (c) velocity is constant
directly proportional to (AE-2013) (d) velocity increases
(a) Square root of pressure
(b) Square root of temperature 82. Compressibility of fluid is insignificant if
(c) Density Mach number is
(d) Mach number (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) between 0.4-1
78. The gases are considered incompressible (b) less than 0.4
when the Mach number (Observers-2013) (c) greater than 1
(a) is equal to 1.0 (b) is equal to 0.5 (d) equal to 1
(c) is more than 0.3 (d) is less than 0.2
Engincciiiiit Publications> HyderabadI DelhiIBhopalI Pune I BhubaneswarI Lucknow Patna j BengaluruI ChennaiI WayawadaIVizagI TimpatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata Ahmedabad
.fe. ACE ,Eugineering Publications : 788: Fluid Mechanics
83. An aircraft moves at 1580 km/h in an 87. In an atmosphere the speed of sound is 300
atmosphere where the temperature is —60°C. m/s. If a plane travels at 1620 km/h in this
If k = 1.4 and R = 287 J/(kg-K) the Mach atmosphere, the Mach angle is
number of the plane is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) 30.5° (b) 56.3°
(a) 0.67 (b) 1.50 (c) 10.7° (d) 41.8°
(c) 2.10 (d) 5.4
88. In a standard atmosphere the temperature is
84. The specific heat ratio k is given by the 15°C at sea level and —56°C at an altitude of
following expression: 20 km. A supersonic plane has the same
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) speed at the sea level as well as at an
C altitude of 20 km. If its Mach number is 1.5
(a) 1+ H'
R at sea level, its Mach number at an altitude
1 of 20 km in standard atmosphere is
(b) (
1— (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) 2.80 (b) 1.30
(c) 1.99 (d) 1.73
(c) 1+
89. For air (k=1.4) the critical pressure ratio

Pl
for isentropic flow is
Po
85. An isentropic process is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) 0.833 (b) 0.728
(a) adiabatic and irreversible (c) 0.628 (d) 0.528
(b) adiabatic and frictionless
(c) reversible and isothermal 90. In a normal shock in a gas
(d) any adiabatic process (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(a) the upstream flow is supersonic
86. The speed of sound in air varies as (b) the upstream flow is subsonic
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (c) the downstream flow is sonic
(b) (d) the downstream flow is supersonic
(d) p
A('F, Engineering Publicalio ,„,,

b5HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPuneiBhubanearrariLucknowiPainalBengalurul ChennailVijayawadalVizagainvatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmectabad
0.
4
4 4
4 4
91. In isentropic flow between two points 93. In a normal shock wave in a gas with k =
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) 1.4, one of the Mach numbers is 0.5.
(a) stagnation pressure and stagnation (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
temperature may vary The other Mach number is
(b) the stagnation pressure decreases in (a) 2.65 upstream of the shock
the direction of the flow (b) 0.06 downstream of the shock
(c) the stagnation temperature and (c) 0.02 upstream of the shock
stagnation pressure decrease with (d) 3.75 upstream of the shock
increase in the velocity.
(d) the stagnation temperature and
stagnation pressure remain constant
92. In a normal shock occurring in air (k=1.4),

if the upstream Mach number is 3.52, the
Mach number after the shock is
(a) 0.61 (b) 0.45 (c) 0.13 (d) 0.28
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I DelhilBhopal IPune I Bhubaneswar Lucknowl Patna I Bengalurul ChennaiMayawada I VizagiTirupati IKukatpally1 Kolkatal Ahmedabad
"~
l
~■t ACEllublicanons
~&anwring :790 : Fluid Mechanics
~ "
Solutions
01. Ans: (a) 10. Ans: (d)

Sol: Ratio of specific heat of gas is designated Sol: Flow through a diffuser in a compressible
byK
flow will have
cp
K=-
Cv
02. Ans (b) 03. Ans: (a) 04. Ans: (b)
05. Ans: (c)

Diffuser is a device that decreases gas
Sol: v 1 = 1 lt = 1000 cm3 velocity while causing pressure to rise.
v2 = 995 cm3 . dA
Sub some (M<l)=-=+Ve
p 2 = 2 X 106 N/m 2 A
p 1 = 1 X 10 6 N/m 2 dV
- =-Ve
k=? V
. +dp dp dP dT =+Ve
.. k=----av· p ' P'T
v,
. dA
k= (2 - l) 200 MN/m 2 Super some (M > 1) = - = +Ve
A
-(995-1000)
1000 dp dP dT =-Ve
p ' P'T
06. Ans: (b) 07. Ans (c)
11. Ans: (c)
08. Ans (c) Sol: Normal stock wave is a steep finite pressure
wave
Sol: An isentropic flow is that thermodynamic p
flow which is reversible adiabatic flow.
09. Ans: (c)

,.___ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dir-ection of flow
Sol: Mach angle in a compressible fluid flow
It is similar to hydraulic jump.
is formed for super sonic flows (M > 1)
lt+i•iQ@hi§§m\ijj,jnj@l,,114 .--lyderabad IDellu IBhopal IPunc IDhubaneswar ILucknow! Patna IBengaluru IChennai IVuayawada IViz.ag ITirupati IKukatpally IKolka!a IAhmedabad
4
12. Ans: (c) 15. Ans: (b)

Sol: As per 1st law of thermodynamics Sol: Area ratio =
Heat supplied = Increase in internal energy Area of throat
+ work done ( Area of throat under soni ccondtions
dQ = dE + dW K+1
dE = dQ — dW A 1 [2 +(K-1)M2 12(K-1)
A* M K+1
Where,
13. Ans: (c)
K = 1.4 for air
Sol: In isentropic the of compressible fluids, 1.4+1
To = [ K —1 m21 A1 [2 + (1.4 —1)M2 2(1A-1)

L1+
2 A* M 1.4+1
Where 1 [2+0.4M2 I
To = stagnation temp. (Abs) • M 2.4
T= Absolute temp at (1)
K = 1.4 0.4[ 2 +M21 3
1 0.4 1 [5+M2 1
M = Mach number at (1)
• M 2.4 •M 6
Stagnation
point
A _ 1 [5+M2 1
T1,M1
O A* ML 6
16. Ans: (b)
... To Tr„).,,,,,,2]
L 2
dQ 5 dH .
Sol: — = -- for triangular notch
Q 2 H
To = T [ 1+ 0.2 MM • 5 =12.5%
2
14. Ans: (d) 17. Ans: (b)

Sol: Hot wire Anemometer is used to measure
velocity of gases, which works on constant 18. Ans: (b)
current principle (or) constant temperature Sol: A weir having a broad crest or still is known
through variable resistance of hot wire. as a broad crested weir. Figure represents a
broad crested weir. Crest width is such that
B> H/2.
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai VilaYawada I Visas I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
4-4
°,„rEngineering Publicalions
.4
23. Ans: (d)
p1
- - - ------- dh
Sol: Given — = 0.5% for a V-notch
h
--------------- --------------------- dQ 5 dh
------- - - - = for a V-notch
_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Q 2h
•_ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - dQ
= 2.5 x 0.5
Q
L • = 1.25%
Let H = head of water on the upstream side 24. Ans: (c)

h = head of water on the downstream side
L = length of the weir 25. Ans: (c)
Cd = coefficient of discharge Sol: If Mach number (m) is less than 1, than flow
Applying Bernoulli's equation at 1(where is called "sub-sonic" flow
water is assumed to be still) and 2 (where If M = 1 sonic flow
velocity is v), 1 < M < 5 —> supersonic flow
v2 M > 5 —> Hyper sonic flow

0+0+H=0+— + h
2g
V
2 26. Ans: (b)
=H—h
2g
Sol: Velocity of sound wave (C) = 11
v = 1[20 — h) P
Discharge = CdxArea of flowxVelocity Where,
K = Bulk modulus of elasticity (N/m2)
19. Ans: (b)
p = mass density of fluid (Kg/m3)
20. Ans: (d)
Sol: Enthalpy is a thermodynamic quantity 27. Ans: (c)
equivalent to the total heat content of a Sol: Relation between mach number (M)
system. It is equal to the internal energy of the And Mach angle (a)
system plus the product of pressure and Note: Mach cone is observed if M > 1 only
volume. 1
sina° =
M
21. Ans: (b) 22. Ans: (c) 1 Source of
a° = sin- —
Disturbance
1 (MJ
•
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad! Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknowI Patna I Bengaluru IChennaiIVijayawada I \ring I Timpati I KukalpallyIKolkata I Ahmedabad
""
40
de...4
if 41,
t4
ACE
t.4'Enidneefing Publications
: 793: Compressible Flow
30. Ans: (a) 31. Ans: (d)
32. Ans (c) 33. Ans (c)
34. Ans: (b)

28. Ans: (d)
Sol: Compressible fluid flow through C-D tube
Sol: Mach angle (a°) = 30°
(converging —Diverging) without shock, mach
Velocity of sound (c) = 330 m/s
number at exit of C-D tube is sub-sonic
Velocity of bullet (V) = ?
(i.e M < 1).
a° = sin-1 ( 1 )
35. Ans: (d)
sin a° = 1 Sol:
m
• Speed of Aero plane is measured by Pitot
sin30° = 1 tube.
M
• Velocity of fluid flow in pipes & open
0.5 = 1 channels measured by pitot tube.
M
M=2 • Discharge (i.e flow rate) is measured
V through pipes by venturimeter and Rota
M=
C meter.
2— V • Velocity of gas flow in ducts can also be
330 measured by HOT wire Anemometer.
V = 660 m/s
36. Ans: (b)
29. Ans: (c) Sol: Speed of sound (c) in an ideal gas flow is
Sol: function of absolute temperature.
Velocity of sound in adiabatic pressure (c) C = VKRT
= A/K.R.T C oc AFT
Where,
37. Ans: (a)
K = Ratio of sp. Heats = P
Cv
Sol: C oc AFT (As above)
For Air, K = 1.4
R = Gas constant (J/kg-k)
T = Absolute temperature (kelvin)
ACE Engineering Publications se,)HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalBengalurulChennailVijayawadaiVizagiTirupatiiKukatpallylKolkatalAhmectabad
4.
%. ACE
t0
4
:Engineering Publicaiions : 794: Fluid Mechanics
38. Ans: (d) dp + dA dV =0

Sol: C = 300 m/s p A + V
Euler's equation for compressible fluid
V =1620 x 5 = 450 m/sec
18 dP
— + V.dV = 0
C
a = sin-1( 1 —sin-'(
dP dp
— x — + V.dV = 0
(300 dp p
a = sin-1 = 41.8°
450) dP
C2 x — + V.dV = 0
39. Ans: (b) dP

[We know C =
Sol: Differential form of energy equation for dp
isentropic flow of compressible fluid. dp V
dV
dP C2
+ f V.dV = 0
Substitute --E in continuity equation

f dp + V 2
= constant
P 2 v dA dV
.dV + — +— =0
Where P and p are variables. C2 A V
dA
=V dV — dV
40. Ans: (b) A C2 V
Sol: Sonic speed (c) in an ideal gas is function of dA dV V2 11
absolute temperature. A V C2
dA dV {m2 i]
41. Ans: (d) A V
Sol: If mach number (M) is less than 0.3, then
compressibility effect ignored. 43. Ans: (d)
Sol: Area of pressure-volume diagram in
42. Ans: (a) thermodynamic process gives work done.
Sol: Relation between area velocity for P'
compressible fluid.
dA dV (1\42 1)
A V
P r
dv
Proof: We have continuity equation for
compressible fluid Thermodynamic work (W) = P. dv v
ACE Engineering Publications '5Hyderabad
, I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar l Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j TimPati j Kukatpally Kolkata. I Ahmedabad
io
„, ACE : 795: Compressible Flow
:Engine'Ting Publications
4.1
44. Ans: (a) 50. Ans: (a)

Sol A nozzle is fitted to a gas stored reservoir.
45. Ans: (a) The gas gets choked when the velocity of
Sol: In super-sonic flow (M > 1 and M < 5), the flow is sonic in the nozzle (M=1). A passage
projectile (i.e., high velocity moving body) where sonic velocity reached and maximum
creates disturbances a head of the point of flow rate occurs.
source of disturbance. Note: Chocked flow: It is fluid dynamic
This is due to pressure at surface is higher condition associated with the venturi effect.
than surroundings gas and pressure waves When flowing fluid passes through a
pressure at surface is higher than restriction such as nozzle, in to low pressure
surroundings spread out from the body. zone, velocity increases, choked is limit of
fluid velocity, where mech flow will not
46. Ans: (c) increase 'choked' is condition at which exit
Sol: For sub sonic flow, if the area of the flow velocity is sonic condition (i.e
increase, (M < 1) velocity decreases (as per M = 1). To get desired mass flow rate at outlet
continuity equation). density of gas on up stream effects, not down
stream pressure & temp.
47. Ans: (a)
Sol: Sonic velocity (c) = VKRT 51. Ans: (b)
41.4 x 287 x (15 + 273) Sol:

For sonic flow, Mach number (M) = 1
= 340.17 m/s
48. Ans: (b) 52. Ans: (d)
Sol: Isentropic thermodynamic process follows Sol:
P If Mach number (M)=0.5, then
= const
p compressibility correction factor is slightly
Where, more than unity.
K= = ratio of specific heads at constant
Cv `Z' is the ratio of the molar volume of a gas to
pressure to that of constant volume. the molar volume of an ideal gas at pressure
and temperature. It is used to modify ideal gas
49. Ans: (d)
law to account for the real gas behavior.
Sol:If mach number (M)> 5 is said to be
hypersonic flow.
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
♦ PV =Z.RT
58. Ans: (c)
1.17
Sol: Perfect gas state equation, Pv = mRT
1.129 —
1.093 —
1.064 P= mRT
1.041- V
1.023-
0.01- P = pRT — = RT
0.003-
1.0 [m = lkg]
For unit mass Pv = RT
0 01 0203 0.4 0 5 0.6 0 7 0.8

59. Ans: (b)
Mach Number (M)
Sol:In supersonic flow condition, flow through
If M increases, Z also increases form initial
divergent passage, increase in area (dA >0)
value M = 1
causes flow velocity to increase (dV > 0) and
pressure, density & temperature decreases.
53. Ans: (a)
P1 Pz<Pi
54. Ans: (b) Vi
v2<vi
Pl
Sol: If Mach Number (M) = 1, then that T1 P2<Pl
M>1 T2<T1
compressible flow is called sonic flow.
Divergent passage
60. Ans: (a)
55. Ans: (a) Sot: In supersonic flow through divergent
passage, the velocity increases — correct
56. Ans: (a) reason.
Sol: For 1-D, steady and compressible flow Reasons: Super sonic flow (M>1)
dp dA dV dA dM
+V = constant >0, >0
p +A A
Flow state
Proof: th = pAV = constant = C
Sub-Sonic Super -sonic
Take log both side log (pAV) = log (c)
Changing item
Logp+logA+logV=0
Differentiate both sides Convergent Divergent Convergent Divergent
dp + dA + dV 0 +
Changing Area — — +
p A V
Changing
Velocity + +
/Mach Number
57. Ans: (d) Charging pressure
— + + —
Temp/Density
ACE Engineering Publications )Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
6.
4
to J
ti V ACE : 797: Compressible Flow
% gatineezing Publicafiona
61. Ans: (a) 66. Ans: (d)
Sol: Sonic velocity = velocity of sound in air Sol: Mach cone is possible in supersonic flow
C = VICRT (M>1)
C = 1/1.4x 28745+273)
67. Ans: (b)
C = 340.3 m/s
Sol: The range of mach number for different
[Note: Standard atmospheric temperature = 15°C]
flows in compressible flow Regions are
M < 0.3 [ In compressible flow]
62. Ans: (b)
0.3 < M < 1 [ Sub-sonic flow]
Sol: In adiabatic thermodynamic process, no heat
0.8 < M < 1.2 [ Transonic flow]
transfers across the control volume.
M = 1.0 [Sonic flow]
1 < M < 5 [ Super sonic flow]
63. Ans: (c)
M >5 [ Hyper sonic flow]
Sol: For an adiabatic process relation between
pressure, density and ratio of sp. Heats
68. Ans: (d)
Sol: Effect of compressibility of a fluid can be
( 1( = CP is
Cs, neglected if mach number (M) is less than 0.3
p K = constant
69. Ans: (b)
Sol: For supersonic flow, if area of flow
64. Ans: (a) increases, velocity also increases.
Sol: Velocity of pressure (or) velocity of sound in
fluid media (C) is equal to sonic velocity dA
> 0; >0
C = A/KRT A V
dP dP
—<0,—<0
65. Ans: (b) P P
Sol: Mach number (M) — Stream speed

Acoustic speed 70. Ans: (c) 71. Ans: (d) 72. Ans: (c)
M =—
V (or) 73. Ans: (b)
Sol: Measure of effect of compressibility in
Inertia force
M= compressibility fluids studies and classified
Elastic force
compressible fluids by dimensionless number
"MACH NUMBER".
ACE 1n ri ig Yuhltcaliuns>>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune IBhubaneswar I LucknowI Patna I BengaluruI Chennai I Vkjayawada IVizagITirupati I Kulcatpallyj Kollcata Ahmedabad
J
.? 4
74. Ans: (c) 81. Ans: (a)

Sol: If Mach number (M) is less than 0.3, then Sol: For sub-sonic flow (M<l) the area of flow
compressibility effect is ignored. dA )
increases (— > 0
75. Ans: (c) i.e divergent passage, then velocity decreases

Sol: An isentropic flow is one thermodynamic (dV n)
— <u
process. "iso" means equal (or) the same and V
"metric" refers to length. It is reversible
isothermal process. 82. Ans: (b)
76. Ans: (b) 83. Ans: (b)

Sol: Stock wave is characterized by an abrupt 5
Sol: V =1580 x- = 438.9m/s
change in pressure, temperature and density 18
of the fluid medium. C = VICRT = V1.4 x 287 x 213 =292.5 m/s
Stock wave
Pressure M = = 1.5
aC
Expansion wave
I 84. Ans: (c)

Time
Sol: Cp — Cv = R
77. Ans: (b) Cp R
CV CV
Sol: Sonic velocity ,C=FCRT
I
C oc K -1 =
Cv
78. Ans: (d) K=1+

Cv
Sol: The gases are considered incompressible
when mach number is less than 0.3. 85. Ans: (b)
Sol: Isentropic thermodynamic process is
79. Ans: (a) considered to be adiabatic, reversible and
frictionless process.
80. Ans: (a)
Sol: In isentropic flow, stagnation properties are 86. Ans: (a)
remains same; as there is no heat transfer Sol: C = KRT
across the contra volume.
C oc
ACE higiticei [1112, 1'111)14 ;mutt, Hyderabad iDelhil Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Luck n o wiPatnalS n g 2 u n t I Chennai iViday a %sada! V mg' Tuupati I K nka ly IK olk.atalAhmedabad
4.0
J ACE : 799: Compressible Flow
87. Ans: (d) 90. Ans: (a)
Sol: Normal shock wave is characterised by
Sol: sin oc ° = 1 = 1 = C
m v upstream super soinic flow and down stream
C is sub-sonic flow.
oc ° = sin-1(V 91. Ans: (a)

( Sol: Between two points of isentropic flow,
stagnation pressure and stagnation
300 300 )
=sin-1 =sin temperature varied.
5 450 )
1620 x
18°
92. Ans: (b)
= sin-1(0.667) = 41.8° Sol: Mach number relations is normal shock
wave Pattern.
88. Ans: (d) Given:
Sol: T1 = 15°C = 15+273=288 K MI = 3.52, K = 1.4
12 = —56°C = —56+273 = 217 K 2 +(K-1)M12

M1 = 1.5 M2 — Al 2KM — — 1)
M2 = ? I 2 + (1.4 —1X3.52)2
M2 =
V V I 2x1.4x3.522
MI = ,
CI KRTI
6.9562 /
M2 = \1 = .v 0.203 = 0.45
V V 34.293
m2
M2 C2 A/KRT2
87. Ans: (a)
M88 2
2 IF
T 2 + —1)M22
*** T2 1\42 1.5A12 17 Sol: MI = 11
1 1.73 2KM22 — (K —1)
Given
89. Ans: (d) M2 = 0.5 (After normal shock wave, sub-sonic
Sol: Critical pressure in nozzle flow flow)
K/K-i
2 )
PI 2 + (1.4 —1X0.5)2
=
P0 (K +1) M1 = 112 x1.4 x 0.52 —(1.4-1)
Given 2.1
K = 1.4 Mi i10.3
1.4
2• 0 )I.4-1 Mi = 2.65 (upstream)
. P = 0.528
• Po 1.4+1
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclumw I Patna I Beugaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter 3
01. The ratio of inertia forces to pressure forces
Dimensional Analysis
06. The dimensional formula for torque is
yield (AEE-1992) (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) Reynold's number (b) Mach number (a) M L2 T-2 (b) M-1 L2 T2
(c) Euler number (d) Cauchy number (c) m L2 T2 (d) M L T2
02. The non-dimensional parameter connected 07. Principle of similitude forms the basis of
with cavitation is (AEE-2007)
(AEE-1992) (a) comparing two identical equipments
(a) Mach number (b) Cauchy number (b) designing models so that result can be
(c) Thoma number (d) Strouhal number converted to prototype
(c) comparing similarity between design and
03. The expression pvd represents actual equipment
(AE-1993) (d) hydraulic design
(a) Froude number (b) Mach number
(c) Reynolds number (d) Weber number 08. A dimensionless combination of AP, p, 1, Q
(AEE-2007)
04. Froude number is the ratio of inertia force
(b)
and (AEE-2004) AP 2
(a) viscous force
(b) surface tension (d) pQ
e2
(c) elastic force

(d) gravitational force 09. Dimensionless parameter not applicable to
flowing fluids is
05. The dimensional formula for Young's (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
modulus is (a) Pressure coefficient
(AEE-2007) (b) Kinetic viscosity
(a) mlu1 T-2 (b) M1L-1T-1 (c) Frictional factor
(c) mi L-2 r2 (d) M1 L-2 T-1 (d) Reynold's number
.\ Engil leering Puldicaliol Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru t Chennai I Vijayawada l VIzagiTimPali I KukatPally J Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Ift ACE : 801: Dimensional Analysis
‘;, :Engineering Academy
4.
10. Select the correct statement: 14. A dimensionless group formed with the
(AEE CEIME-2008) variables p, w, µ and D is
(a) Weber's number is the ratio of inertia (AE-2012)
force to elastic force (a) pwu/D2 (b) pwD2/µ
(b) Weber's number is the ratio of gravity (c)1.1132pw (d) pw[iD
force to surface tension force
(c) Weber's number is the ratio of viscous 15. Dynamic viscosity (µ) has the dimensions as
force to pressure force (AE-2012)
(d) Weber's number is the ratio of inertia (a) MLT (b) ML-1T
force to surface tension force (d) M -1L-IT
(c) ML-1T
11. Kinematic similarity between model and 16. The square root of the ratio of inertia force to
prototype means (AEE-2011) gravity force is called
(a) The similarity of forces (AE-2012)
(b) The similarity of shape (a) Reyonlds number (b) Froude number
(c) The similarity of motion (c) Mach number (d) Euler number
(d) The similarity of discharge
17. Geometric similarity between model and
12. The ratio between the inertial forces to prototype means (AE-2012)
viscous forces is called number. (a) the similarity discharge
(AEE-2011) (b) the similarity of linear dimensions
(a) Reynold's (b) Mach (c) the similarity of motion
(c) Fraude (d) Euler's (d) the similarity of forces
13. Which one of the following is 18. If the physical quantities involved in a fluid
dimensionless? flow phenomenon are discharge Q, diameter
(AE-2012) D, acceleration due to gravity g, dynamic
4 ap 133 viscosity 1.1 and mass density p, then the
(a) aP . D 2 (b) .
aX [IQ ax number of it parameters needed to express
D4 the function f (Q, D, g, p) = 0 are
(c) aP .
ax 1-0 (d) ax
ax D4 (Observers-2013)
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
ACT: Engineering Publications, Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar' LucknowiPainalBenplum I ChennailWayawadal VizagiTirupati I Kilkatpally1 Kollcatal Ahmedabad
ys .. 4
V , ACE 802: Fluid' Mechanics

w,, 4,ULneering Pubhcanons
19. Which of the following quantities is 24:. An orifice is termed as a large orifice when
dimensionless? (Observers-2013) the held of the liquid from the centre of the
1.1 2p orifice is
PF
(a) 11F- (b) (c) 11 2 (d)
1-t F pF (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(a) more than 10 times the depth of the
20. Which of the following is not a dimension- orifice
less number (TSPSC AEE 2015) (b) less than 10 times the depth of the orifice
(a) Darcy-Weisbach friction factor f (c) less than 5 times the depth of the orifice
(b) Coefficient of velocity, C, (d) more than 5 times the depth of the
(c) Manning's coefficient n orifice
(d) Coefficient of drag CD
25. A tank containing water has two orifices of
21. Square root of the ratio of inertia force of the same size at depths of 40 cm and 90 cm
flowing fluid to the gravity force is below the free surface of water. The ratio of
(TSPSC AEE 2015) discharge through these orifices is:
(a) Euler' s number (b) Mach number (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(c) Froude's number (d) Weber number (a) 16 : 81 (b) 1 : 1
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 4 : 8
22. Mouthpiece has increased net head when
compared to small orifice due to 26. The coefficient of velocity for an orifice is
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) given by (where x and y are the coordinates
(a) Turbulence in the tube of a point in the jet measured from the vena-
(b) Vena contracta occurred within the tube contracta and h is the orifice head)
(c) Smaller length of the tube (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(d) Smooth boundary of the tube kx 2
(a) li 4 y
23. The scale ratio in model of spillway is 1:9.
i3x2
If the discharge in the prototype is 2430 (b)
I 4hy
cumecs, the discharge in the model is (in
i x2
cumecs) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (c)
(a) 30 (b) 270 l 4hy
(c) 90 (d) 10
(d) il Y2
4hx
ACE Engincci ing Publication.,:›H erabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowiPatnalliengalurulChennaiMayawadalVizagITOPatilKukatPallyIKolkatalAtuliedabad

Dimensional Analysis
27. If Froude law of similitude exists between a 28. In Reynolds law of similitude the discharge
model and prototype, then the force ratio ratio Qr is
(Fr) is (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) L5'2 (b) L3rpr
(a) (b) L1P1 (c) 12,p, (d)12re (c) LrJtr /pr (d) L,Pr /1-Lr
11111110.111111111111."derabad I Debi 6110P1l Pule Phuhaneswariludwow1PathallientalurulChennailVdayavadalVizagrrirupaiiiKukatpallyIKolkatalAlunedabad

1, ACE : 804 : Fluid Mechanics
Publicafions
4,
Solutions
01. Ans (c) 02. Ans (c) 03. Ans: (c) 18. Ans: (a)
Sol: Given f(Q, D, g, p) = 0
04. Ans: (d) 05. Ans: (a) 06. Ans: (a) Basic parameters = 3
No. of n parameters = 5 - 3 = 2
7. Ans: (b)
19. Ans: (c)
8. Ans: (b) Sol:
Sol: Kg N
pF m3 •
x L2 L3 1
x x VL2 N.s N.s
L3 x F T L2
m2 m2
M kg
x - dimensionless
MLT-2 x L T
L m
3•
N.s Kg.m s
m2 s2 m2
9. Ans (b) 10. Ans: (d)
=1
11. Ans: (c) 12. Ans: (a)

20. Ans: (c)
Sol: For Manning's coefficient 'n'
13. Ans: (c)
1 R 2/3S1/2
Q=—
Sol:
aP D4 N M4 R2/3S1/2
ax [t(;) m3 N.S m3 n=
m2 • S Q
Dimension of
(M°LtT°)213(M°L°T°)U 2
14. Ans: (b) 15. Ans: (b) 16. Ans: (b) n=
M°L3T -1
= moL2/3-37-1
17. Ans: (b)
= m°C3T-1
21. Ans: (c) 22. Ans: (b)
E Engineering Publications > Hyderabad I Delhi 'Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow j Patna I Bengal= I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Alunedabad
ACE : 805: Dimensional Analysis
‘z, :Engineering Academy
23. Ans: (d)

T = ' = Lr
Sol: Scale ratio in model of spillway, Lr = 1 : 9 V,
Discharge in the prototype, V
a= =1
Qp=2430 cumecs T,
Discharge in the model, Q. = ? Fr = Mr ar
Pr Lr3 x 1= Pri,r3
Q
r
Qm = r_)
i 5/2
Qp
28. Ans: (c)
1 "2
Qm =2430x(9 1 Sol: As per Reynolds model law
(Re)„, = (Re)p
= 10 cumes
(pVL) (pVL
i.e.
24. Ans: (c)
i.e. Vm = µ P x PP
m x L
25. Ans: (c) Vp /AP Lm Pm

Sol: Discharge is given by the relation
(or) V, = µr—> (1)
Q=ax LrPr
oc (h)1/2 The time ratio is given by
L Lr p, L2r
Q1 = 011)"2
r Vr t-t r
Q2 (12)112 r
Pri-r
= (40)"2
Q2 (90)v2 The discharge ratio is given by
L3 12
prer
Tr ( '"fi r
26. Ans: (c)
= ii r L r
Qr
27. Ans: (c) Pr
Sol: For Froude's law
(Fr). = (Fr)P
(V
V
i.e.
WL, i
p
Vr = Lr
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna IBengalurul Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukaipally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter 14
01. A current meter is used to measure
Open Channels Flow
5. The hydraulic mean depth of a pipe of 4m
(AEE-1984) diameter flowing half full is (AE-1993)
(a) wind velocities at airports (a) 2 m (b) 1 m
(b) velocity of liquid flow in open channels (c) 0.5 m (d) 0.25 m
(c) pressure in liquids
(d) none of these 6. In two point method of measuring velocity
with a current meter, the velocities are
02. A triangular channel section will be most measured at depths (AE-1993)
economical when each of the sloping sides (a) 0.25 d and 0.75 d (b) 0.2 d and 0.8 d
make with vertical angle of (AEE 1987) (c) 0.1 d and 0.7 d (d) 0.15 d and 0.75 d
(a) 30 degrees (b) 60 degrees
(c) 40 degrees (d) 45 degrees 7. The flow will be sub critical state in the
following types of gradually varied flow
03. Hydraulic jump occurs when profiles
(AEE 1987) (PH & Municipality 2001)
(a) Flow is Sub-critical (a) All M-curves (b) All S-curve
(b) Flow is Super-Critical (c) M3, SI, A2 (d) Mw, A2, S1
(c) Flow is Sub-Critical and adequate
down stream depth is available
8. In a gradually varied flow, is positive if,
(d) Flow is Super-Critical and adequate dx
down stream depth is available (c) Ye >Y>yo (PH & Municipality 2091)
(a) yo > Y > Ye (b) y > yo > ye
04. A rectangular channel section will be most (d) yc> Yo
economical when depth of flow is equal to
(AEE 1987) 9. The most economical profile of a triangular
(a) Bottom width open channel is (AEE 2003)
(b) Three-fourth bottom width (a)equilateral triangle
(c) Half bottom width (b) right angle with equal sides
(d) Two-third bottom width (c) isosceles triangle with 45° angle
(d) triangle with 30° angle
•
\CI 1.iigiliccimg Hyderabad' Delhi' Bhoixd I Pune I Bhubaneswarl Ludupow I 'labial RenplarulaiesinailViewatradalVingrilrupokilKukePahl Kolluda I Alum:eked I
ACE : 807: Open Channels Flow
5Engincenng publications
10. A 3.0 m wide rectangular channel flowing at
(b)
its normal depth of 0.8m carries a discharge 2
of 9.5 m3/s. The bed slope of the channel is
(d)
(AEE CE/ME-2004) 3
(a) steep (b) critical
(c) mild (d) adverse 15. Super critical flow can occur in
(i) Steep slope profile S2
11. If the alternate depth of flow in a rectangular
(ii) Mild slope profile M3
horizontal channel are 0.5m and 2.0m
(iii) Critical slope profile C3
respectively, then critical depth of flow will
(iv) Adverse slope profile A2
be (AEE CE/ME-2004)
The correct answer is
(a) (5/4)1/3 (b) (2/3)1/3
(AEE CE/ME-2004)
(c) (1/4)13 (d) (4/5)1/3
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) (i), (iii) and (iv)
12. The discharge is of 3.0 m3/s flow in a canal, (c) (i), (ii) and (iv) (d)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
2m wide and at a depth of 1,2m. If the width

of canal is reduced to 1.5m by a canal 16. The relationship between Chezy's coefficient
transition, then neglecting the losses, the `C' and Manning's coefficient 'n' is
depth of flow after the contraction will be (AEE CE/ME-2004)

R1/6 R1/6
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (a) n = (b) n >
(a) 1.12 m (b) 1.2 m C
R"6
(c) 1.28 m (d) 1.60 m (c) n > C
R"5
(d) n = C1/2
13. When Froude number is equal to 1, then the

flow in the channel is called 17. The water surface profile resulting from flow
(AEE CE/ME-2004) underneath the gate in the figure is
(a) critical (b) sub-critical
(c) theoretical (d) none of these
14. For the most economical triangular channel \‘‘‘‘Nwm%\m%\\‘‘‘\‘‘‘‘\‘‘‘‘‘

Horizontal
section the hydraulic radius 'R' should be
equal to (AEE CE/ME-2004) (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) H3 (b) M1 (c) H2 (d) S2
ACE Engineering Publicanons Hyderabad I Delhi j Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl Patnal Berigaluni I Chennai I VijayaivadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallyi Kolkalal Ahmedabad
4.4 :Eno:inanity( Publications
t.
18. In an open channel flow the discharge 22. Current meter is used to find
corresponding to critical depth is (APPSC 2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (a) Velocity of flow
(a) minimum (b) maximum (b) discharge of flow
(c) zero (d) average (c) current flow capacity
(d) energy of the flow
19. Which one of the following condition is a
typical characteristic of critical flow? 23. If the dept of flow is less than the critical
(Symbols have the normal meanings) depth, the flow is called
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (AEE-2006)
n2T QT2 (a) Uniform flow (b) Turbulent flow
(a) "` =1 (b) 3 = 1
gA gA (c) Laminar flow (d) Shooting flow
Q2
Q2T
(c) 3 =1 (d) :=1 24. For a trapezoidal channel of best section with
gA gA
sides at 60° to the horizontal
20. Most economical section of a circular channel (AEE-2006)
for maximum discharge: (a) each sloping side is equal to I / 2 times

(AEE CE/ME-2004) the bed width
(a) depth of water = 0.95 diameter of (b) each sloping side is equal to the bed width
circular section (c) each sloping side is equal to double the
(b) hydraulic mean depth = 0.286 diameter bed width
of circular section (d) each sloping side is three times the bed
(c) wetted perimeter = 2.83 depth of water width
(d) all the above
25. In a hydraulic jump the flow changes from
21. Froude number is the ratio of inertia force and (AEE-2006)
(AE CE/ME-2004) (a) streaming flow to shooting flow
(a) viscous force (b) shooting flow to streaming flow
(b) surface tension (c) viscous flow to turbulent flow
(c) elastic force (d) shooting flow to critical flow
(d) gravitational force
1 monccrim2 ytleitbad Delhi I Bhopal I Nile I hhubruithwar I LucknowI Palma I Bengaluni I Chennal I Vijayatvada I VizagITirupati I kukatpullYI Kolkata I Ainnedabad
0 4. ACE
,;,Engineering Publications
4,,
26. Though the term/definition of hydraulic
: 809 : Open Channels Flow
30. The velocity of flow in open channels is

radius is misleading, in fluid mechanics the commonly measured using
hydraulic radius is defined as the ratio of (AE CE/ME-2007)
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (a) ammeters (b) voltometers
(a) cross-sectional area divided by the (c) current meters (d) turbines
perimeter (A/P)
(b) four times cross-sectional area divided by 31. The channel that gives the highest efficiency
the perimeter (4A/P) is (Managers-2008)
(c) cross-sectional area divided by the channel (a) circular shape (b) triangular shape
surface width (c) trapezoidal (d) rectangular shape
32. The discharge through a rectangular channel
27. The depth of water below the spillway and of width 4.0 m is the max, when depth of flow
after hydraulic jump are 1 m and 6 m is (AEE CE/ME-2008)
respectively. The head loss will be (a) 4.0 m (b) 3.0 m
(AEE-2007) (c) 2.67 m (d) 2.0 m
(a) 1.04 m (b) 5 m
(c) 1.7 m (d) 2.05 m 33. Chezy's formula refers to
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
28. According to Manning's formula, the (a) loss of head in pipes
discharge through an open channel is (b) energy of flow in pipes
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) (c) energy of flow in channels
(a)AxMxm112 X i2" (b) A x Mx m2" x i1/2 (d) loss of head in channels
(c) A1/2 x m2/3
xmxI (d)A28 xM18 xmxi
Where M = Manning's constant 34. In a circular sewer of diameter D, if the depth
of flow is one-fourth of diameter, the wetted
29. The critical depth meter is used to measure perimeter will be: (AEE-2008)
(Polytechnic Lecturers-2007) TED
(a) (b) TED
(a) velocity of flow in an open channel 3 2
(b) depth of flow in an open channel rcD
(c) (d) 6
(c) hydraulic jump
(d) depth of channel
\ Enginc, •1 Pul lira ion...„.)tlytlerabad I Delhl Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luckhow Patna.' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vgayawada I Vitag I Tfrupati I knkaipally I Kollcutii I Alutiedabad
to
4.,
35. If the density of fluid changes with space, the 40. Current meter is an instrument deployed
flow is (AEE CE/ME-2008) measure measurements.
(a) unsteady (b) compressible (2011)
(c) laminar (d) turbulent (a) Pressure
(b) Velocity
36. In straight glacis fall, the energy dissipation is (c) Discharge
due mainly due to: (AEE-2008) (d) None of these
(a) fluming action
(b) friction blocks 41. Hydraulic mean depth is given by
(c) hydraulic jump associated by baffle (AE 2011)
blocks P
(a) — (b) AxP
(d) baffle and friction blocks only A
A
(c) — (d)
37. Chezy constant C is (AE CE/ME-2009) AP
fr
(a) Vw/, (b)
42. Critical — depth meter is used to measure
(c) -N/f'w (d) f'
(APPSC — 2011)
(a) Discharge in open channels
38. A rectangular channel of 4 m width carries (b) Depth of flow in channel
water at the rate of 8 cumecs under critical (c) Depth of channel
conditions. Specific energy for the flow is: (d) Width of channel
(AEE-2009)
(a) 1.0 m (b) 1.11 m 43. The hydraulic mean depth for a pipe flow in
(c) 1.34 m (d) 0.84 m terms of its perimeter of pipe section (P) and
area of flow (a)is expressed as
39. If the conjugate depths for a horizontal (DYSY — 2011)
rectangular channel 4.0 m wide are 0.2 m and (a)A/P (b)P/A
1.0 m. The discharge in the channel is (c)
(d)
cumecs. (AEE-2009) A
(a) 3.85 (b) 4.20
(c) 4.34 (d) 4.50
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Viljayawada I Vizag rnruPali Kultatpally Kolkata I Alunedabad
lo 4
ACE : 811 : Open Channels Flow
SEngineezing Publicaiions
44 4:
44. Match List I with List II and select the correct P 2

A A
(a) — (b) — (c) — (d) 11—
answer using the codes given below the Lists: A
(AE-2012) Where, A= Area, P= Wetted perimeter
List- I List-II
(P) Oscillating jump (1) less than 2 49. The discharge through a rectangular channel
(Q) Strong jump (2) between 2 and 3 is maximum when (AE-2012)
(R) Weak jump (3) around 4
(S) Undular jump (4) around 10
(a) m= 43 (b) m = 2
Codes: 3d
(c) m = 2d (d) m =
PQRS PQRS
(a) 3 4 2 1 (b) 1 2 3 4
(c) 4 3 1 2 (d) 2 1 3 4 50. For a circular channel, the wetted perimeter is
given by (AE-2012)
45. A rectangular channel of 4 m width conveys
(a) RO (b) 3R8
water at 8 m3 under critical condition.
Specific energy for this flow is (AE-2012) (c) 2R8 (d) RO
(a) 1.1123 m (b) 1.4830 m
(c) 0.3703 m (d) 0.7416 m 51. A mechanical device, which has rotation
elements, the speed of rotation of which is a
46. A 3 metre wide rectangular channel flowing function of velocity of flow, and which is
at its normal depth of 0.8 m carries a used to measure the velocity of liquid in open
discharge of 5.5 m3/s. The bed slope of the channels, is (AEE-2012)
channel is (AE-2012) (a) Anemometer (b) Orifice meter
(a) Steep (b) Critical (c) Current meter (d) Rotameter
(c) Mild (d) Adverse
52. The discharge through a trapezoidal channel
47. Chezy's formula is given by (AE-2012) is maximum when (AE-2012)
(a)v=i.17
1 -Z (b) v = C •N/T
I .1i (a) half of top width = sloping side
(b) top width = half of sloping side
(c) v = m 1/6- (d) None of the above
(c) top width = 1.5 x sloping side
48. The hydraulic mean depth is given by
(AE-2012)
ACE Engineering Publican( 4.‘ HyderabadlDelhilBhopallpunelghubaneswariLucknowIPathalBengaluru I ChennailVilayawadalViza8ITIruPatilKukatpallylKolkatilAtimedabad
t 4
53. If f is friction factor, then Chezy's coefficient 57. S2 profile can occur at (Observers-2013)
is proportional to (a) a break in slope from mild to steep
(Observers-2013) (b) a break in slope from steep to mild
(c) the downstream of a sluice gate on a steep
slope
(d) a sudden drop in bed in a steep slope
54. For any channel section, the specific energy 58. Figure shown below represents gradually
increases with varied flow in a open channel with a break in
(Observers-2013) bed slope (Observers-2013)
a. Increase in depth of sub-critical flow
b. Increase in depth of super-critical flow CDL
c. Decrease in depth of sub-critical flow
d. Decrease in depth of super-critical flow Horizontal
The correct answer is
(a) both a and b (b) both a and d Type of water surface profiles occurring from
(c) both b and c (d) both c and d left to right are
(a) H3,53 (b) H2 9 S2
55. The mild slope profile M2 occurs for depth (c) H2, M2 (d) H3, M3
(Observers-2013)
(a) above normal but below critical 59. In stream gauging, the average velocity in a
(b) above critical but below normal vertical is taken as equal to the mean of the
(c) below normal and below critical velocities measured at (Lecturers-2013)
(d) above normal and above critical (a) the bed and the surface of the stream
(b) 0.3 and 0.7 times the depth of flow from
the free surface
56. In a gradually varied flow, if = dy ispositive,
dx (c) 0.2 and 0.8 times the depth of flow from
dE the free surface
then will be (Observers-2013)
dx (d) 0.6 and 0.4 times the depth of flow from
(a) always zero (b) Positive if y > Ye the free surface
(c) negative if y > yc (d) always negative
ACE Engineering Publicalionsi Hyderabad 'Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolltata I Ahmedabad
60. In the most efficient trapezoidal section, (a) Only a and b (b) Only a and c
which of the following is not true? (c) Only b and c (d) a, b and c
(Observers-2013)
(a) Top width is twice the length of the 63. Froude's number is defined as the ratio of
sloping side. (AEE, AE-2011, 13)
(b) Hydraulic mean depth is half the depth of (a) Inertia force to viscous force
flow (b) Inertia force to gravity force
(c) Shape is half of regular hexagon (c) Inertia force to elastic force
(d) Depth must be equal to top width (d) Inertia force to pressure
61. Which of the following equations are used for 64. The mean velocity in open channels can be
the derivation of the differential equation for estimated from the known velocity at the free
water surface profile in open channel flow? surface. It is approximately equal to
(Observers-2013) (AE-2013)
1.continuity equation (a) 0.88 (b) 0.75
2. energy equation (c) 0.65 (d) 1.10
3. momentum equation
65. The critical depth is the depth of flow at
Select the correct answer using the code given
which (AE-2013)
below
(a) The specific energy is maximum
(a) 1,2 and 3 (b) Only 1 and 3
(b) The unit discharge `q' is minimum
(c) Only 1 and 2 (d) Only 2 and 3
(c) The specific energy is minimum
(d) The Froude number is greater than unity
62. Consider the following statements in respect
of specific energy of flow in an open channel
66. In a subcritical flow, as the specific energy in
of fixed width: (Observers-2013)
a channel is decreased, the depth of flow
(a) There is only specific energy curve for a
(AE-2013)
given channel
(a) Also decreases
(b) Alternate depths are depths of flow at
(b) Increases
which the specific energy is the same
(c) Does not vary
(c) Critical flow occurs when the specific
(d) Approaches to a minimum value which
energy is minimum
corresponds to the minimum specific
Which of the above statements are correct?
energy
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar l Luclumw I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
•.4
40 4
67. In case of uniform flow in the channel, the 71. The maximum velocity in open channels
dy occurs
water surface slope is
equal to
dx (AE-2013)
(AE-2013) (a) At the mid depth
(a) 1 (b) co (c) 0 (d) 1000 (b) At the free surface
(c) A little below the free surface
68. Uniform flow in open channels is (d) Near the channel bottom
characterized by (AE-2013)
(a) A change in depth of flow 72. A control section one where a definite
(b) A Constant discharge passing down the relationship between depth of flow and
channel discharge exists. A critical depth section is a
(c) A constant depth of flow control section. Which of the following cases
(d) No variation of velocity at flow represents control sections?
(AE-2013)
69. Surge wave in a rectangular channel is an i. Hydraulic jump
example of (Observers-2013) ii. Flow under a sluice gate
a. steady flow b. unsteady flow iii. Flow over a small hump
c. uniform flow d. non-uniform flow iv. Overflow spillway
The correct answer is v. Change of slope from mild to steep
(a) both a and c (b) both b and c vi. Supercritical flow in channel
(c) both a and b (d) both b and d (a) ii, iv, v (b) iv, v, vi
(c) v, iv, iii (d) None of these
70. The Chezy's constant 'c' which appears in the
Chezy's equation for mean velocity in open 73. Froude's number is defined as the ratio of
channels (AE-2013) square root of
(a) Is a dimensionless constant (Research Assistant 2013)
(b) Has a constant value for different types (a) inertia force to viscous force
of channels (b) inertia force to gravity force
(c) Had dimensions L1i2 T-1 (c) inertia force to elastic force
(d) None of these (d) inertia force to pressure force
ACE Engineering Publications ;4,›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal l Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I ACE : 815: Open Channels Flow
:Engbieering Publications
4
74. The flow in a rectangular channel is (b) Applicable to prismatic channels

subcritical. If the width of the channel is (c) Applicable to both prismatic and non
reduced at a certain section, the water surface prismatic channels
under no-choke condition will (d) Not applicable to both prismatic and non-
(Research Assistant 2013) prismatic channels
(a) drop at a downstream section
(b) rise at a downstream section 78. Critical depth (h) of a channel is
(c) rise at an upstream section (Research Assistant 2013)
(d) not undergo any change (a) h = v/g (b) h = v/2g
(c) h = v2/g (d) h = 1 2

75. A trapezoidal channel is 10.0 m wide at the 2g
base and has a side slope of 4 horizontal to 3
vertical. The bed slope is 0.002. The channel 79. If the Froude number in open channel flow is
is lined with smooth concrete (Manning's n = more than 1.0, the flow is called
0.012). The hydraulic radius (in m) for a (Research Assistant 2013)
depth of flow of 3.0 m is (a) critical flow
(Research Assistant 2013) (b) streaming flow
(a) 20.0 (b) 3.5 (c) shooting flow
(c) 3.0 (d) 2.1 (d) laminar flow
76. A rectangular open channel of width 5.0 m is 80. Chezy's formula is given by
carrying a discharging of 100 m3/s. The (Research Assistant 2013)
Froude number of the flow is 0.8. The depth (a) V = (b) V = CA/mi
of flow (in m) in the channel is
(c) V = mA/Z (d) V =
(a) 4 (b) 5
81. A elementary wave can travel upstream in a
(c) 16 (d) 20
channel with 1.0m depth, and 2.0 m/s
velocity, with a velocity of (Lecturers-2013)
77. Direct step method of computation for
(a) 0 .132 m/s (b) 1.132 m/s
gradually varied flow is
(c) 3.132 m/s (d) 2.132 m/s
(a) Applicable to non-prismatic channels
ACE Engineering Publicalions, Hyderabad I Delhi !Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I LUCICROW I Patna Bengalmu I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kulialpally Koikata I Ahmedabad
lob
V V ACE : 816: Fluid Mechanics
2,1Eavineering Publications
82. Flow has Froude number less than one 86. In a hydraulic jump occurring in a horizontal
(Lecturers-2013) rectangular channel the sequent depths are
(a) if normal depth is less than critical depth 0.25 m & 1.25 m. The energy loss in this
(b) if normal depth is more than critical jump is (TSPSC AEE 2015)
depth (a) 1.50 m (b) 1.25 m
(c) if normal depth is equal to critical depth (c) 0.25 m (d) 1.0 m
(d) if normal depth tends to be infinite
87. In a rectangular channel, the critical depth is
83. In a rectangular channel the Froude numbers given by (TSPSC AEE 2015)
corresponding to the alternate depths are 0.5 2 )1/ 4 , )1/2
2
(a) (ci- (b)
and 2.0 respectively. The ratio of
corresponding alternate depths are 2r 3 )1/3
(Lecturers-2013) (c) [q- (d)
g
(a) 2.00 (b) 2.67
(c) 4.67 (d) 5.33 88. A rectangular channel has a width of 1.8 m
and carries a discharge of 1.8 m3/sec at a
84. In a rectangular channel the specific energy is depth of 0.20. The specific energy is
3.0 m and the flow is in critical state. The (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
discharge in the channel per unit width of the (a) 2.0m (b) 1.47 m
channel is (m3/s/m) (Lecturers-2013) (c) 1.87 m (d) 1.03 m
(a) 8.86 (b) 5.75
(c) 3.13 (d) 1.00 89. For a uniform flow with a depth of 0.6 m and
Froude number of 2.0 in a rectangular
85. If the Froude number of the subcritical flow channel, the specific energy will be
after the hydraulic jump is 0.2, the Froude (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
number of the super critical flow is (a) 1.8 m (b) 0.8 m
(Lecturers-2013) (c) 2.6 m (d) 2.4 m
(a) 17.63 (b) 5.05
(c) 8.00 (d) 9.84 90. The hydraulic mean depth of a pipe of 1 m
diameter flowing full is (TSPSC AE 2015)
(a) 0.12 m (b) 0.5 m
(c) 0.25 m (d) 2.0 m
L I I ni.m, HydottlialiDelifillihdp41.11.'....
hwtiphattfietWarlititkriciivit'aimilikftgEtilinlIChttlilaVijayalitlieapatilkukatpally
ii awad
_ kl'Ilt iKblluitalAhtneclabati
. . _
91. The discharge through a channel of 95. Parshall flume is used to measure discharge in
rectangular section will be maximum if (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(TSPSC AE 2015) (a) spillways (b) wells
(a) Its depth is twice the breadth (c) pipes (d) canals
(b) Its breadth is twice the depth
(c) Its depth is thrice the breadth 96. In a rectangular channel of 1 m width the
(d) Its breadth is thrice the depth critical depth for a flow of 3.132 cumecs is
approximately equal to
92. In the laminar flow of a liquid down an (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
inclined plane, the surface velocity is found to (a) 1 m (b) 0.1 m
be 30 cm/s. The average velocity of the flow, (c) 2 m (d) 3.14 m
in cm/s is
(TSPSC AEE 2015) 97. Uniform flow occurs
(a) 20 (b) 30 (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(c) 15 (d) 10 (a) only when velocity vector at any point
remains constant
93. The error in discharge due to error in the (b) when the temporal rate of the change of
measurement of head over a rectangular notch velocity is zero
is given by (c) when the spatial rate of the change of
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) velocity is zero
(a) dQ 1 dH (b) dQ 3 dH (d) when the velocity changes steadily along
Q -2 H Q 2 H the direction of the flow
(c) dQ 3 dH dQ 5 dH
(d) =
Q - 4 I-1 Q 2 H 98. Hydraulic jump is expected when slope of a
channel changes from
94. Which of the following is used for the (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
measurement of rate of flow in open channel (a) mild to critical
such as flow of water in river? (b) steep to mild
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (c) mild to steep
(a) weir (b) Mouthpieces (d) steep to steeper
(c) Notches (d) Orifices
1•',gm, !nig 1,1(.1P, Hyderabad I Deibi.1116ipal Pude thhttbatt6War I Lucktunt, I Patna I Seugaturul Chennai I Vijayaivada Vhagl TtruPati I Kukatpaily I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
110 ."4
J ACE
t :ngneering Publicafions : 818: Fluid Mechanics
99. A Cippoletti notch is a trapezoidal notch 103. The flow will be in supercritical state in the
having inclination of sloping sides as following profiles:
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(a)1 horizontal to 3 vertical (a) M3, S3 and M1 (b) M2, Si and M3
(b)1 horizontal to 2 vertical (C) S2, S3 and M3 (d) Si, S2 and S3
(c)' 1 horizontal to 4 vertical
(d)1 horizontal to 1 vertical 104. A positive surge travels upstream in a canal
with an absolute velocity Vw. With suffixes
100.A 6 m long rectangular weir is divided into 1 and 2 referring to sections upstream and
3 bays by two vertical posts each 0.3 m wide. downstream of the surge respectively, the
What will be discharge through the weir for a continuity equation is written as
head of 0.45 m? (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) (a) AiV1= A2V2
(a) 2.5 m3/s (b) 3.85 m3/s (b) A1(V1 + VO = A2 (V2 — VW)
(c) 2.85 m3/s (d) 1.85 m3/s (c) A2(V„ — V2) = Al (Vw + V1)
(d) A1(V1 + VW) = A2 (V2 + Vw)
101. A triangular channel with side slopes of 1.5
horizontal:1 vertical carries a discharge of 105. A regime channel has a full supply depth of
2.0 m3/s. The critical depth for this flow is 2.0 m and a bed width of 8.0 m. The full
(TSPSC-AEJ-2017) supply discharge in this channel is
(a) 1.129 m (b) 0.816 m (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(c) 0.742 m (d) 0.711 m (a) 6.9 m3/s (b) 18.0 m3/s
(c) 2.8 m3/s (d) 1.8 m3/s
102. In a hydraulic jump occurring in a
horizontal rectangular channel, the sequent 106. The following types of GVF profiles do not
depth are 0.25 m and 1.25 m. The energy exist
loss in this jump is (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) (a) C1H1A1 (b) C2H1A2
(a) 0.8 m (b) 1.0 m (c) CALA: (c) C2H2A1
(c) 1.25m (d) 1.50 m
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadlDelhill3hopallPunelBhubaneswarlLucluriow1PainalBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad

, ACE : 819: Open Channels Flow
:11osineering Pilblicsnons
,1111
107. The term alternate depths in open channel is (b) The flow over the hump will be
associated with (TSPSC-AEE-2018) subcritical
(a) at the beginning and end of a gradually (c) The flow over the hump will be critical
varied flow profile and the upstream water surface will rise
(b) having the same specific energy for a (d) The flow over the hump will be
given discharge supercritical
(c) at the beginning and end of a hydraulic
jump
(d) having the same kinetic energy for a 109. The critical depth equation for a triangular
given discharge channel is
(TSPSC-AEE-2018)
jii 3
108. In a subcritical flow in a channel AZm is the 3 Q3
( 2 \1/3
(a) (b)
maximum height of a smooth hump that can gz g
be installed to cause critical flow over the 1/ s
hump. If a hump of height AZ > tZm is (c) Q2 (d)
gZ 2 gy
installed then (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) The flow over the hump will be critical
and the lowering of the upstream water
surface will occur
)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lur-know I Patna l Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Ticupati I Kukapally I Bulimia I Ahmedabad
0.ift
4
ACE :Engneering Publications
4..
Solutions
01. Ans: (b) 02. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (d) 11. Ans: (d)
3
2yi Y2
Sol: yc = 2
4. Ans: (c) (yi +Y 2)
Sol: B = 2 ye 1
2x- x 4
_B/ 2(0.5)2 (2)2 4
Ye —
(0.5) + (2) 2.5
2 4
Y
5. Ans: (b) °- 2.5
2.5 5
Sol: Hydraulic mean depth is also called as 4 1'3
hydraulic radius. ( 5)
R=
d
4 12. Ans: (a)
Sol:
6. Ans: (b) 07. Ans: (d)
08. Ans: (b) 09. Ans: (b)
10. Ans: (a)

Sol: yr, = 0.8 m
02 j"3
3/c =
gb 2
9.52 )13
Given Q = 3 m3/s
9.81x32
b1 = 2m
ye = 1 m
yi = 1.2 m
= 0.8 m
b2 = 1.5 m
Ye yn
Slope is .steep
ACE Fa utinccring Publications >Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow IPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4: '44
4-1-4)
41, ACE
t :Engbreering Publications : 821: Open Channels Flow
4 4.
14. Ans: (c)

.*. V.1 = Q = 3 —1.25 m/s
b i y, 2 x1.2 A
Sol: R= A
VI 1.25 P
Froude's Number == ,
gyl ,/9.81x1.2 A = my2
= 0.36 <1 P = 2341+ m2

Flow is sub-critical For the most economical triangular channel
also critical depth of flow, section m = 1
my2
(q2 1/3
Q R—
yc = = gb,2 )1/3 + m2
32 )1 /3 R=
Yc = — 0.612 m 2A5
9.81x22
From the discharge curve, the depth of the
flow reduces after the contraction.
15. Ans: (a)
Equating specific energy at the two sections
Sol: In adverse slope condition profile A2 doesn't
Vi2 V22
Y1 = Y2 + occur.
2g 2g
here V2 = 16. Ans: (a) 17. Ans: (a)

b2Y2
3 2 18. Ans: (b)
1.5y2 Y2
Sol: From discharge diagram, discharge
qI q2
V12 2 Discharge curve corresponding to critical depth is maximum.
= Y2 +
gY22
1.252 2
1.2+ = y2 +
2 x 9.81 9.81y22
y23 — 1.28y22 + 0.204 = 0
Solving we get y2 = 1.12 m, y2 = 0.517 m
1y2 cannot be less than ye

Y2 .= 1.12 m 19. Ans: (a) 20. Ans: (d)
13. Ans: (a) 21. Ans: (d) 22. Ans: (a)
:At Engineering Publications >HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PainalBengalurulChennailVijayawadalVizagiTimPalilKukatPallYIKolkatalAhmedabad

.•
0

23. Ans: (d) 39. Ans: (c)
Sol: Shooting flow also known of super critical 2q2
Sol: = YiY2(Yi Y2)
flow.
q2 =1
9 x 0.2 x1(0.2 +1)
24. Ans: (b) 25. Ans: (b) 26. Ans: (a)
= 1.178
27. Ans: (b) q = 1.08 m3/s/m
Q=qxb
Sol: AE = (Y 2 -Y1 )3
43u 2 = 1.08 x 4 = 4.34 cumecs
(6 -1)2
4x1x6 40. Ans: (b) 41. Ans: (c) 42. Ans: (a)
3 125
=5 =-= 5 m
24 24 43. Ans: (a) 44. Ans: (a)
28. Ans (b) 29. Ans (a) 30. Ans: (c) 45. Ans: (a)
Sol: Qc = 8 m3/s
31. Ans: (a) 32. Ans: (d) 33. Ans: (a) b = 4m
34. Ans: (a) Ye Q22 )3

gb
Sol:
r 1 1 E0= 3 yc
cos° = - x -
2 r 2
= 60° 3 82 )3
for 360° TrD 2(9.81X42
120°-*? = 1.1123 m
120
= x TcD
360 46. Ans: (c)
TcD n2 )1 / 3
3 Sol: yc = = 0.7 m
gb2
35. Ans: (a) 36. Ans: (b)
yc < Yn
mild slope
37. Ans: (a) 38. Ans: (b)
IACE Engineeringl:tiblication.::›HyderabadiDelhilBhorkallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowlPalnalSengaluruIChennailVdaYawadalVizaglibuPalilKukaiPallYIKolkalalAhmedahad
V
40, ACE : 823: Open Channels Flow
:Enginee
ring Publicafions
47.Ans: (b) 55. Ans: (b)

Sol: Note: m = Hydraulic radius Sol:
i = Bed slope
NDL
48.Ans: (c) CDL
49. Ans: (b)

Sol: Note: m = Hydraulic radius 56. Ans: (b) 57. Ans: (a) 58. Ans: (b)
d = depth of flow
59. Ans: (c) 60. Ans: (d) 61. Ans: (c)
50.Ans: (d)
Sol: 62. Ans: (c) 63. Ans: (b) 64. Ans: (a)
65. Ans: (c) 66. Ans: (a)

L = RO
51.Ans: (c) 67.Ans: (c)

dy
Sol: — —> 0 for uniform flow
52. Ans: (a) dx
Sol: Note: T = 21
68.Ans: (c) 69. Ans: (d)
53.Ans: (d)
70. Ans: (c)
8g
Sol: C = 11- Sol: V = C RS
(11.-1 = CR"2 )
54.Ans: (b)
Sol: [,A m2
=—=—=m
Pm
Sub critical C = LiT' L-"2 = L"2 y-1
Super critical
71. Ans: (c) 72. Ans: (a)
73. Ans: (b) 74. Ans: (a)

ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune IBhubanesivad Lucknowl Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawadal VizaglTirupati Kukatpally1 Kolkata I Ahmedabad
et ACE : 824: Fluid Mechanics
`!, :Ensaneering Publications
75. Ans: (d) 79.Ans: (c)
Sol: R=A
P 80. Ans: (b)
(b -FlnY)(Y)
b+2y,11+m2 81.Ans: (b)
4 Sol: VI + V„ = Jgy
(10+- x3)(3)
3
2+Vr, =1/9.81x1
16
10+2x3.111+-
9 V, = 1.13
42 42 ,
-= —
10+10 20 82.Ans: (b)
76.Ans: (a) 83.Ans: (b)

(
F2 , F,.22
Sol: Fr = 0.8= Sol: 1+H=y2 P—)
VgY 2 2
Q = AV ' 135 2 22
Y1 14 2 y2.(1+ )
100 = 5yx V 2
Vy = 20
yl = 3 = 2.67
V = 20/y y2 1.125
20
0.8 — x
Y 4gy 84.Ans: (a)
y= 4m
Sol: Ec = 3 = — y.
2
77.Ans: (b) yc = 2m
(q2)1/3
78.Ans: (c) yc =
V2 h
Sol: =
2g 2 8=12—
g
V2
h= q = 8.86 m3/s/m
g
h5Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Paula! Bengaluru I Chennai IVijayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukaipally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engineering Publicationse.
4."4
1# %$ 4 ACE : 825: Open Channels Flow
t4 :Engineering Publicanons
4.
85. Ans: (d) ( 22

= 0.6 1+ - = 1.8 m
Sol: Fri = Froude number of sub-critical flow • 2
Fr2 = Froude number of super critical flow
13/ 2
2 90. Ans: (c)
Fr2 = Fri[
+ 8 Fr2i -1 Sol: Hydraulic mean depth
d 1
13/ 2 R = - = - = 0.25
= 0.2 2 = 9.84 4 4
41+8x0.22-1
91. Ans: (b)
86. Ans: No answer
92. Ans: (a)
Sol: Energy loss AE = (y2 - y1)3
4yiY2 Sol: It is the case of an open channel flow
(1.25-0.25)3 2
Average Velocity = - x Free surface velocity
4 x1.25 x 0.25 3
2
= 1 - 0.8 = - x 30 = 20 cm/s
1.25 3
87. Ans: (c) 95. Ans: (d)

93. Ans: (b) 94. Ans: (a)
88. Ans: (b)

96. Ans: (a)
V2 Sol: Width of the channel = 1 m
SOL E = y +
2g Discharge = 3.132 cumes
v =- Critical depth, yc = ?
A 2
)1 / 3
Q
1.8 Y.
- 5 m/s gb
1.8x 0.2
)1/3
52 ( 3.1322
E=0.2+ - 1.47 m
2x9.81 9.81x12
=0.99m 1m
89. Ans: (a)
97. Ans: (c)
Sol: E= ++L1
2

• Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vuag I Tirupali I Kukarpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-4
0o 1, ACE
"Enginepring Publications
98. Ans: (b) 102.Ans: (a)

Sol: Hydraulic jump occurs when the flow is Sol: yi = 0.25, y2 =1.25
from supercritical to subcritical flow. (y — y ) 3 (1.25 — 0.25)3
AE = 2
y < yc to y> yc 4.y1y2 4 x1.25 x 0.25
i.e. steep to mild AE = 0.8 m
99. Ans: (c) 103.Ans: (c)

Sol: A cipolletti weir is particular type of Sol:
trapezoidal weir, the sloping sides of which Sub
0 Sub critical
Yn Ye
have an inclination of 1 horizontal to 4 Sub Super critical
Yc Yn
0 Super Suer critical
vertical, (i.e; — =14°
Mid
M3, S2, S3
100.Ans : (c)
Sol: Using Francis formula 104.Ans: (d) U'S
Q = 1.84 (L — 0.1 nH)H3/2 Sol:
L=(6— 2 0.30) = 5.4 m
n=6;H=0.45m
Q = 1.84 [5.4 — (0.1 x 6) x 0.45] x (0.45)3/2
= 2.85 m3/sec
(V + Vw) (Vw+V2)
Al (V1 + Vw) = A2 (VW + V2)

101.Ans: (b)
Sol: 1V : mH
105.Ans: (a)
1V : 1.5H m = 1.5
2 115 Sol: P = B +
2Q
Yc gm 2 =8+2J
us P = 12.472 m
2 22
P = 4.75ji
9.81x1.52
yc = 0.816 m (12.47 )2
Q- 4.75
Q = 6.89 m3/s
ACE Engineeiing Publications ))Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai j Vijayawada I Ving I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 827 : Open Channels Flow
106. Ans: (c)

Sol: Gradually varied profiles that do not exist are C2, Al and H1
S. No Channel Slope Symbol Depth Relation dy Type of Profile Type of flow
dx
M1 Y>Yn> Yc +ve Back water Subcritical
Mild(M)
1 M2 Yn > y> ye -ye Drawdown Subcritical
Yn > Ye
M3 Yn > Ye > y +ve Back water Super critical
S1 y > Ye > Yn +ve Back water Subcritical
Steep (S)
2 S2 Ye > Y > yn -ve Drawdown Supercritical
Yn < ye
S3 Ye > Yn > y +ve Back water Supercritical
C1 y > Yn = Ye +ve Back water Subcritical
3 Critical (C) yn = Ye -- - - -
C3 Yn = Yc > y +ve Back water Subcritical
- - -
Horizontal (H)
4 1-12 Y > Ye -ye Draw down Supercritical
Yn —> G°
H3 Ye > Y +ve Back water Supercritical
- - -
5. Adverse (A) A2 Y > Ye -ye Draw down Subcritical
A3 Ye > Y +ve Back water Super critical
107. Ans: (b)

Sol: Other than minimum specific energy if any other specific energy is considered, two different
depths are obtained for same specific energy, these two depths are known as alternate depths
specific energy curve
Depth
Yi
Y2
Yi
S.E (E)
y l & Y2 —> Alternate depths
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally 'Kamm! Ahmedabad
W ACE
:Engineering Publications : 828 : Fluid Mechanics
108. Ans: (c)

Sol:
Ei > E2
El = E2 + AZ
YI>Y2 A
Level falls
-r
AZT critical height or maximum height of hump -r
(i) If AZT, E2 Y24
(ii) When Az = Aze, E2 = Ec, Y2 = Yc Yi Y1
Y2
E1 = Ec + Aze
(iii) If Az > Azc, Not possible for given upstream S.E
E1
(iv) Increase El to Eli
E2 Az 01
.14
(v) yi increase to y; rise of water level on upstream section. E1
41
109. Ans: (c)

Sol: Triangular channel
Q2 =
Area of e= zy2 = A
g T
Top width T = 2zy
_3_6
Q2 z Ye
g 2zy,
)1 / 5
2Q2
Yc =
gz 2
ACE Er )1,6 e rit ng Publications e>Hyderabad

\ I Delhi I Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru Chennai I Viiayawada I Virag 1TiruPali I Klikatpally I Kamm I Ahmedabad
15
Boundary Layer Theory,
Chapter Drag & Lift
01. An aeroplane having a wing span of 1 m and 05. Separation of flow occurs when pressure
chord of 2.5m weighs 11 tonnes. If it gets gradient
airborne at a velocity of 300 kmph then the (AEE-2007)
coefficient of lift is nearly (a) tends to approach zero
(AEE CE/ME-2004) (b) becomes negative
(a) 0.0004 (b) 0.0006 (c) changes abruptly
(c) 0.4 (d) 0.6 (d) does not follow continuity equation
02. In order to avoid the tendency of separation 06. The region downstream from the streamline
of fluid flow, the most suitable ratio of the where separation takes place from boundary
diameter of the throat and the pipe is is known as
(AE CE/ME-2004) (AEE-2007)
(a) 1/4 to 1/3 (b) 1/3 to 1/2 (a) wake (b) lift
(c) 1/2 to 3/4 (d) 3/4 to 1.0 (c) drag (d) cavitation
03. The velocity of flow at the centre of a smooth 07. Pressure drag as per boundary layer theory is
pipe is (AE CE/ME-2004) a function of
(a) minimum (AEE-2007)
(b) maximum (a) shape of body
(c) of the mean value of flow velocity (b) shape of body and separation of flow
(d) the same as that at the boundary (c) dimensions of body
(d) flow direction
04. Boundary layer separation is caused by
(AEE CE/ME-2006) 08. Bluff body is the body of such a shape that
(a) reduction of pressure gradient to zero pressure drag as compared to friction drag is
(b) an adverse pressure gradient (AEE-2007)
(c) sudden entrapping of air (a) same (b) more
(d) suction or injection of fluid parallel to (c) less (d) zero
surface
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayanada l Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
"4
4
4
lo 4 ACE
u„4 :Engineering Publications : 830: Fluid Mechanics
4,
09. The value of coefficient of velocity (c) breakdown of flow near the forward
compared to coefficient of discharge stagnation point
(AEE-2007) (d) waves set up during motion of ship on
(a) is less (b) is more the water surface
(c) is same (d) has no relation
14. Pressure drag depends on
10. Coefficient of discharge Cd is equal to: (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (a) shape of the body, streamlined or blunt
(a) Cc x Cv (b) Cc x Cr (b) characteristics of approaching flow
(c) type of boundary layer developed around
(c) Cv X Cr (d) -9--
Cr the body
Where, Ce = Coefficient of contraction (d) length of the body in the flow direction
Cv= Coefficient of velocity
Cr = Coefficient of resistance 15. The separation of boundary layer can be
reduced by
11. Preston tube is a device to measure: (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (a) use of smooth boundaries
(a) boundary pressure (b) suction accelerating fluid within the
(b) mean velocity of flow boundary layer
(c) boundary shear stress (c) blowing high velocity liquid into the
(d) turbulent velocity fluctuation retarded fluid and in the direction of
flow
12. Who introduced the concept of the theory of (d) using the diverging angles
boundary layer?
(AE CE/ME-2009) 16. Boundary layer separation is caused by
(a) Osborne Reynolds (b) Leonard Euler (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) Sir Issac Newton (d) Ludwig Prandtl (a) diverse pressure gradient
(b) laminar flow changing to turbulent flow
13. Pressure drag result from (c) reduction in pressure to vapour pressure
(AE CE/ME-2009) (d) decrease in boundary layer thickness to a
(a) skin friction negligible value
(b) occurrence of a wake
ACE Enginccring Publications ; Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vtjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
-4SEngineesing
1, ACE : 831: Boundary Layer Theory, Drag & Lift
,0 Publications
17. In a laminar boundary layer the nominal (c) the roughness elements are completely
thickness varies with the longitudinal covered by the laminar sub-layer
distance, x as (AE CE/ME-2009) (d) the laminar layer is thin as compared to
1 1 1 the average height of roughness elements
(a) x (b) x 2 (c) (d) —4-
22. The critical angle of attack of an aerofoil is

18. The max. height of the summit to be that where (AE-2012)
provided to avoid separation of flow is (a) the lift becomes zero
(AE 2011) (b) the drag becomes zero
(a) 7.5 m of water (b) 2.5 m of water (c) the drag begins to rise
(c) 5 m of water (d) 20 m of water (d) the lift begins to drop
19. The pressure variation along the radial 23. A trip wire is mounted near the leading edge
direction for vortex flow along a horizontal of a body (AE-2012)
plane is given as (AEE-2011) (a) to increase the lift
(a) aPlar = pv2/r (b) ap ar = pv/r2 (b) to decrease the lift
(c) aP/ar = pv2/r (d) None of the above (c) to advance the point of separation
(d) to delay the point of separation
20. Drag is defined as the force exerted by a
flowing fluid on a solid body (AEE-2011) 24. A 2 m diameter cylinder rotates at 1800
(a) In the direction of flow r.p.m. in a stream (p = 1.225 kg/m3) of
(b) Perpendicular to the direction of flow 25 m/s. Estimate the lift per unit length of the
(c) In the direction which is at an angle of cylinder. (AE-2012)
45° to the direction of flow (a) FL/L = 11.55 kN (b) FL/L = 9.22 IN
(d) None of the above (c) FL/L = 24 kN (d) FIJL = 5.99 kN
21. Steel and cast iron pipes carrying fluid under 25. The thickness of laminar boundary layer at a
pressure are regarded as hydraulically smooth distance x from the leading edge over a flat
when (AEE-CE/ME-2012) plates varies as (AE-2012)
(a) the boundary surface is relatively smooth (a) x415 (b) x112
(b) the roughness projections are of low (c) x115 (d) X3'5
height
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.Enineering Publications
4.
26. The boundary layer takes place (AE-2012) 31. The thickness of laminar sub layer 'd' is
(a) for ideal fluid given by (with usual notations)
(b) for pipe flow only (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(c) for real fluid (a) v/u* (b) 11.6 u*/v
(d) for flow over flat plates only (c) u*/ (11.6 v) (d) 11.6 v/u*
27. The boundary layer exists in (AE-2013) 32. The lift force on a body is
(a) Flow of ideal fluids (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(b) Flow of real fluids (a) due to buoyant force
(c) Only pipe flow (b) due to drag on the body
(d) Only flow over flat surfaces (c) the component of the resultant force in
the vertical direction
28. Drag force is expressed mathematically as (d) the component of the resultant force in a
where FD is total drag force, V is direction normal to relative velocity
free stream velocity, A is area of the flow, Ca
is the average coefficient of drag and p is the 33. Boundary layer separation takes place when
mass density of fluid. (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
1 (a) ax
(a) FD = 2Cd A (b) FD = pV2CdA
2 pV
(b) —5 0
OY
(c) FD = 2pV2CdA (d) FD = 2 pVCd A
av
— > 0 and —5 0
(c) ax ay
29. The boundary layer thickness in turbulent
(d) ax
flow varies as (Observers-2013)
(a) X"7 (b) X"2
(c) X4" (d) x3" 34. A laminar boundary layer has a velocity
distribution given by u/U = y/5. The
30. The existence of boundary layer is on displacement thickness for this boundary
account of (AE-2013) layer is: (TSPSC AEE 2015)
(a) Fluid density (b) Gravitational effect (a) 6/4 (b) 6/6 (c) 5 (d) 5/2
(c) Fluid viscosity (d) Surface tension

/4›Hyderabad
.. I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubanesivar I LUCICROW I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Nye ACE : 833: Boundary Layer Theory, Drag & Lift
®1/Engineering Publications
35. An iceberg floats in sea water. If the 39. If a sphere of 10 mm dia is falling in a fluid
specific gravity of iceberg and sea water are medium of kinematic viscosity of 10 stokes
0.9 and 1.03 respectively. The percentage of with terminal velocity of 12 mm/s, then
total volume of the iceberg below the sea coefficient of drag on the sphere will be
water surface is (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (a) 100 (b) 24
(a) 7.38% (b) 87.38% (c) 200 (d) 12
(c) 78.38% (d) 8.738%
40. The average coefficient of friction drag for
36. The drag coefficient at supersonic velocities turbulent boundary layer is expressed by
depends on (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) Weber number only 0.664 0.074
(a) 115 (b) „
(b) Euler number only (Re) (Re)"
(c) Mach number only 0.664 0.074
(c) (d)
(d) Reynolds number only 1/(Re) V(Ite)
37. The boundary —layer separation occurs 41. A laminar boundary layer has a velocity
when y
distribution given by — = — . The
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) U 6
(a) velocity increases displacement thickness 6* for this boundary
(b) the pressure gradient is zero layer is
(c) the pressure gradient is negative (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(d) the pressure gradient is adverse (a) 6 (b) 6/2 (c) 6/4 (d) 6/6
38. The deformation drag experienced by a 42. Separation of boundary layer takes place
sphere of d dia, moving at V velocity when
through a fluid of p, dynamic viscosity is (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
given by (a 2,to
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) >0 (b) ,2
> 0
A
) y=0 /y=0
(a) 37rµV2 d (b) 37EµVd2
(c) 3ic Vd/µ. (d) 374Nd (c) =0 (d) CJ >0
\.a3T / y=0 y_o
ACE Engineering Publications )>Hyderabadi Delhi' Bhopal' Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Painal Bengaluni IChennailVijayawadalVizagaimPatilKukatpallylKolkatalAhmedabad
0..)
40
to NI
0Ì., 6'1',Engineering Publications
43. The terminal velocity of a small sphere 46. Which object generates less drag when
falling under the action of gravity in a very subjected to a flow field?
viscous fluid varies (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) (a) Cylinder (b) Sphere
(a) Inversely as the viscosity of fluid (c) Airfoil (d) Square
(b) Inversely as the diameter of sphere
(c) Directly as the viscosity of fluid 47. For a boundary layer flow over a flat plate
(d) Directly as the diameter of sphere with zero pressure gradient, if U is the free
stream velocity, y is the coordinate
44. The major drag force experienced by the perpendicular to the flow direction, and 6 is
body at very small velocity is due to the boundary layer thickness, at y = 6,
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) pressure drag (b) skin friction drag du
(a) -= 0
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) wakes
(b) u = U
45. For a fluid flow over a flat plate with zero (c) Both (a) and (b)
pressure gradient, the boundary layer (d) None of the above
P
thickness ( — is proportional to
x) 48. A Rankine oval body has stagnation point(s)
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) at
1 (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) VRex
(b) ReX (a) 0 = 0 only (b) 0 = it only
1
(c) Rex (c) 0 = 0 and° (d)0=0and0=ic
(d) Rex 2
ACE Engineeting Publications )Hyderabad

ie I Delhi P3hopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4 ACE : 835: Boundary Layer Theory, Drag & Lift
0 :Engineering Publication
4 4.
Solutions
1. Ans: (No answer) Circulation, F= 2 nr. U, = 2itr.rw

pV 2 27c x1800
Sol: FL = CLA = 2rc x 1 x 1 x
2 60
woo x 83.32 = 377 m2/s
11000 x10 = CJ2.5 ,
2 FL = pUa FL
CL = 0.0127
FL = 1.225 x 25 X 377
L
2. Ans: (b) 03. Ans: (b) 04. Ans: (b) = 11.55 kN
05. Ans: (a) 06. Ans: (a) 07. Ans: (b) 25. Ans: (b) 26. Ans: (c) 27. Ans: (b)
08. Ans: (b) 09. Ans: (b) 10. Ans: (a) 28. Ans: (a) 29. Ans: (c) 30. Ans: (c)
11. Ans: (c) 12. Ans: (d) 13. Ans: (b) 31 Ans: (d) 32 Ans: (d) 33 Ans: (c)
14. Ans: (a) 15. Ans: (b) 16. Ans: (a) 34 Ans: (d)
8( 8
Ul
Sol: 6* = i 1- - dy = f (1- ldy
17. Ans: (a) 0\
U a) o 6
Sol: Note: Infact 6 CC X112 2 8
62
= =6-
26 0 26
18. Ans: (a) 19. Ans: (a) 20. Ans: (a)
6
2
21. Ans: (c) 22. Ans: (d) 23. Ans: (d)
35. Ans: (b) 36. Ans: (c) 37. Ans: (d)

24. Ans: (a)
Sol: d = 2 m
38. Ans: (d) 39. Ans: (c) 40. Ans: (b)
rw = 1800
p = 1.225 kg/m3 ; V, = 25 m/s
1/4
ACE Engineering Publications;>1.-1yderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune 'Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPad I KukatPallY I Knikata Ahmedabad
:a
4
t ACE
:Engineermg Pubhcations
4.
41. Ans: (b)
: 836:
2 rc(p — p)R 2g
Fluid Mechanics
U = s
Sol: g 11
8
8* = f (1 — )dy U. oc 1
o U.
8
= (1— ldy
f 8 44. Ans: (b)
Sol: When velocity is very small the flow falls
[ y2 i s 1-6 ]
y 5- into stokes regime i.e creeping flow (Re < 1)
281 28 ] L 2] In creeping flow, there is no flow separation
and pressure drag is less as compared to
2 frictional drag.
42. Ans: (c)

Sol:
For the boundary layer separation
(au
=0
aY y=0
43. Ans: (a) 45. Ans: (b)

Sol: If fluid is very viscous then the Reynold's 5x
Sol: 6(x)= 0
/1 for laminar boundary layer
pV131)
number is very small Re = . In such
IA 8(x) 1
i.e. —
case stokes law can be used to find the drag x Rex
flow.
i.e FD = 37c 1.1.11.D 46. Ans: (c)
By balancing the forces in vertical direction Sol: Aerofoil does not have pressure drag as flow
FD FB — W = 0 doesn't separate on aerofoil.
i.e. Pressure drag is the dominant drag at
4 4 moderate Reynolds number Hence, aerofoil
37ctill.1) + p x (- TcRlg — ps x — Tcley = 0
3 has least drag as compared to other blunt
\4 objects.
i.e. 3µU. (2R) = — p) x — deg
3
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Bengaluru j Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
kl ACE : 837: Boundary Layer Theory, Drag & Lift
4
47. Ans: (c) 48. Ans: (d)

Sol: Sol: For Rankine oval there are two stagnation
points one on front and other at back side as
shown in the figure below.
As per definition of boundary layer

thickness
at y = 6, u = 0.99U U
As there is no variation in velocity beyond
t
du
at y = 6, d = 0
y
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluru I Chennai Wijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
wEnnineering Publications
J
ACE Engineering Publications • Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Page No. 839
Hy drau r Mac
Introduction to Hydraulic
Machines
Chapter
01. Hydraulic machines convert 05. In rotodynamic pumps fluid enters the casing
(AE CE/ME-2007) (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) mechanical energy into fluid energy (a) at the centre and flows outwards
(b) mechanical energy into chemical energy (b) at the periphery and flows inwards
(c) electrical energy into fluid energy (c) at the periphery and flows outwards
(d) fluid energy into mechanical energy (d) at the centre and leaves centrally
02. A turbine is a device which converts 06. A pump is device which converts
(AEE CE/ME-08, TSPSC AE 2015) (2008 & 2004, AE-2011)
(a) Hydraulic energy into Mechanical energy (a) Mechanical energy to hydraulic energy
(b) Mechanical energy into Hydraulic (b) Hydraulic energy to mechanical energy
energy (c) Electrical energy to mechanical energy
(c) Kinetic energy into Mechanical energy (d) Mechanical energy to electrical energy
(d) Electrical energy into Mechanical
energy
03. A hydraulic turbine converts hydraulic energy

into (AE 2011)
(a) electric energy
(b) potential energy
(c) mechanical energy
(d) None of these
04. A pump is a mechanical device to increase the

energy of fluid. (AE 2011)
(a) pressure (b) datum
(c) kinetic (d) total
•
Enginecring Publications >ThalerabadI DelhiI Bhopal I Ptine I Bhubaneswar j LucknowI Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vjjayawada j VizagI Tirupati I KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
k ACE
,5Engineering Pubhcations : 841: Introduction to Hydraulic Machines
Solutions
01. Ans: (a & d) 03. Ans: (c)

Sol: Sol: Hydraulic turbine (or) Water turbine:
• Hydraulic machine is a device which It is a rotary machine that converts hydraulic
converts fluid energy into mechanical energy (potential and kinetic energy) of
energy is called turbine. water into mechanical energy (or) work.
• Hydraulic machine is a device which Ex: Impulse turbines (Pelton wheel Turgo,
converts mechanical energy into fluid Banki). Reaction turbines (Francis, Kaplan
energy is called pump. and Propeller turbine).
Note:
02. Ans: (a) (i) Electric generator:
Sol: Turbine: It is machine for producing It converts mechanical energy into
continuous power in which a wheel (or) rotor electrical energy.
fitted with vanes (blades), is made to revolve (ii) Hydraulic energy means potential energy
by a flow of moving fluid (i.e water, steam, (or) kinetic energy (or) combination of
gas, air (or) other fluid of working substance). both.
Hence a turbine is a machine that transforms (iii) Pump is also a hydraulic machine which
rotational energy from a fluid is picked up by converts mechanical energy into
a rotor into usable energy (or) work. hydraulic energy.
Ex: Water turbines, steam turbines, Gas
turbines, wind mill etc. 04. Ans: (b)
Water (or) hydraulic turbine is a machine
which converts hydraulic energy into 05. Ans: (a)
mechanical energy. Sol: In rotodynamic pump, the fluid enters the
casing at the centre and leaves outwards
periphery
Ex: Centrifugal pump
higinci• lug ibli( t, )Hyderabad

.e I DelhiIBhopal Pune BhubaneswarI Lucid-lowI PatnaI BetigaltuvI Chennai I VidayawadaI Vizag 1Tirupati I Kuluitpally1 Kolkata Ahmedabad
114 ACE
4Engineering Publications : 842: Hydraulic Machines
06. Ans: (a)

Sol: Pump is a mechanical device that moves
fluids (liquids (or) gases) by mechanical
action. Pump consume mechanical energy (by
means of electric motor, heat engines, wind
power (or) manual), operates by rotary (or)
reciprocating mechanism.
S. No Name of machine (or) device Function

1 Pump Mechanical energy into hydraulic energy
2 Hydraulic Turbine Hydraulic energy into mechanical energy
3 Electric motor Electrical energy into mechanical energy
4 Electric generator Mechanical energy into electrical energy
ACE Engineering Ptiblication,, ;>Hyderabad

44 I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai 1 Vgayawada I Vizag 1 Trupati 1 Kukatpally 1 Kolitata 1 Ahmedabad
Chapter
01.
2
A forebay in a hydel system is provided at
Hydro-Electric Power Plant
05. The purpose of a Surge tank in a pipe line is

the junction of (AEE 2004) to (AEE 1987)
(a) the tail race channel and pen stock (a) Minimize friction loss in pipe
(b) the power channel and tail race channel (b) Smooth flow of water
(c) the power channel and pen stock (c) Present occurrence of hydraulic jump
(d) the pen stock and the turbine (d) Relieve pressure due to water-hammer
02. In order to keep out debris and other 06. A surge tank of a turbine is intended to
materials carried by the water which are protect (AEE CE/ME-2008)
likely to damage turbine, provision is (a) penstock
made (b) turbine blades
(AEE CE/ME-2009) (c) turbine casing
(a) Trash racks (b) Radial gates (d) draft tube
(c) Trunions (d) Ensign valve
07. Indicate the incorrect statement
03. Penstock is a pipe carrying water from: (AEE-1996)
(AEE 2008) A surge tank in a penstock
(a) Turbine to tailrace (a) restricts the water hammer pressure
(b) Intake to turbine to a small length of pipe upstream
(c) Reservoir to intake of it
(d) None of the above (b) acts as a storage device to absorb
excess flows
04. Penstocks are made up of (AE-1993) (c) restricts the water hammer pressure
(a) Galvanized iron to a small length of pipe down
(b) Cast iron stream of it
(c) Lime concrete (d) converts the energy of water
(d) Steel hammer into low frequency mass
oscillation
ACE Enginccring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
%, ACE
.:Engineering Publications
t
: 844: Hydraulic Machines
08. A surge tank is device connected to the 12. To regulate the flow of water and to suit
penstock pipe line and installed as close to the variation in power demand
the powerhouse as the topography of the (AEE CE/ME-2004)
area permits. The main function of the (a) pondage is necessary
surge tank is to (AE-2013) (b) storage is necessary
(a) Restrict the water hammer effects to a (c) weir is necessary
small length of penstock (d) dam is necessary
(b) Provide a free-water surface near the
turbines 13. In a turbine installation gross head is
(c) Act as a reservoir defined as: (AE & AEE-2009)
(d) Project the penstock pipe line from (a) The difference of level between the
bursting head race and the tail race
(b) The difference of level between
09. Surge tank in a pipeline should be used: reservoir and down stream
(AEE 2008) (c) The difference of head between axis of
(a) reduce the loss of head due to friction turbine to discharge stream level
in pipe (d) The head actually used in developing
(b) to relieve the pressure due to water power
hammer
(c) make the flow uniform in pipe 14. If Hg is the gross or total head and hf is the
(d) all of the above head lost due to friction, then net or
effective head H, is given by: (AEE 2008)
10. The channel or pipe which carries away H,
(a) H= (b) H =Hg x h f
water from the power house after it has hf
been passed through the turbine is known (c) H=Hg + h f (d) H=Hg —h f
as (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(a) pen stock (b) head race
15. For high head of water,
(c) forebay (d) tail race
turbine is used (AE 2011)
11. The main unit in a hydro-electric power (a) impulse turbine
Plant is (AE CE/ME-2007) (b) reaction turbine
(a) turbine (b) oil reservoir (c) both the above
(c) valve (d) tail race (d) None
\>Hyderabad l Delhi l Bhopal l Pune l Bhubaneswar I Lucknow l Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada l Vizag I Timpati I Kukatpally I Kolkata l Ahmedabad
ACE : 845: Hydro-Electric Power Plant
:,'Engineering Publications
4.
16. The axial flow impulse turbine used for 20. For ahead of 0 to 25 m of water, the
high heads of 500 m and above is turbine preferred is (AE 2011)
(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) Pelton wheel
(a) Francis turbine (b) Francis turbine
(b) Kaplan turbine (c) Kaplan turbine
(c) Pelton wheel (d) None of the above
(d) Impulse turbine
21. Turbines are sometimes classified as axial
17. If the head available is over 300 m. It is flow, radial and mixed flow and tangential.
advantages to install In which order would the following
(AEE CE/ME-2008) examples be arranged to follow the above
(a) Pelton wheel classification? (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(b) Francis turbine (a) Pelton, Francis (or American) and
(c) Kaplan turbine Kaplan
(d) Propeller (b) Francis, Pelton and Kaplan
(c) Kaplan, Francis and Pelton
18. The turbine to be used for 450 m head of (d) Kaplan, Pelton and Francis
water is
(AEE, AE, AEE-CE / ME-2012) 22. Pumped storage plants (AEE-1996)
(a) Pelton wheel (a) use thermal energy to pump water and
(b) Francis turbine generate hydro power to meet peak
(c) Kaplan turbine demand
(d) None of these (b) allow thermal power to take up peak
load while the hydro power can take
19. The turbine suitable for low heads and high up the base load
flow rate is (c) converts low value "off peak" energy
(AE, AEE CE/ME-2004) into high value "on peak" capacity and
(a) Pelton wheel energy
(b) Francis turbine (d) converts low value thermal power into
(c) Kaplan high-value hydro power
(d) All the above
AcE Etiititict..titn; pu blications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pone j Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupari I Kukatpally Kolltata I Ahmedabad
ACE
4,Engineezing Publications : 846: Hydraulic Machines
4 4.
23. The maximum continuous power available 27. A surge tank is provided in a hydropower
from a hydel plant under the most adverse scheme to
hydraulic conditions, is known as (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(AEE 1987) (a) Provide additional storage close to the
(a) Base power (b) Firm power penstock
(c) Primary power (d) Installed capacity (b) Take care of change of slope alignment
or size of the water conductor system
24. A common fault that arises in a hydraulic (c) Reduce the pressure under transient
system is (AE CE/ME-2007) conditions
(a) air lock (b) land lock (d) Provide convenient overspills
(c) blow-off (d) excess flow
28. Basic method to measure the flow rates in
25. The capacity factor is a measure of hydro power plants is
(AEE-1996) (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) plant use as affected by water supply (a) velocity integration method
(b) load characteristics (b) Pitot-tube method
(c) efficiency of the plant machinery (c) Pressure-time method
(d) plant use (d) Notch method
26. Which one of the following turbines is

used in underwater power stations?
(a) Pelton turbine
(b) Deriaz turbine
(c) Tubular turbine
(d) Turgo-impulse turbine
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna I Be ngaluru Chennai I Vllayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
g S.,
4.0
#
S ACE : 847 : Hydro-Electric Power Plant
tJ :Engineering Publications
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) Trash rack: Is a metal frame provide in
Sol: Forebay tank (or) reservoir forms the front portion of sluice gate of penstock to
connection between the power channel and keep out debris and not to allow floating
the penstock. It also serve as a reservoir to and suspended materials into penstock.
store water. When hydel plant is located at
2. Ans: (c)
base of the dam, no forebay is required
Sol: Penstock is the long pipe that carries the
because reservoir acts as forebay.
water flowing from the reservoir towards
Ex: Nagarjuna sagar project does not have
fore bay. the power generation unit.
The water in penstock possesses kinetic
When plants are located away form the
energy due to its motion and potential
storage reservoir forebay is needed.
energy due to height. It transports water
Forebay provides steady and continuous
under pressure forebay to turbines.
water flow into the penstock / turbine
Power River 3. Ans: (d)

cha el Sol: Penstock is a high pressure steel pipe line
-- Dam
bay-:-. that carries water from storage reservoir to
----
the turbine.
Steel material is used for the following
Penstock
reasons: Limited water hammer effect
Hydraulic durability, easy joining / fabrication/ weld
power house
methods; pressure (static & dynamic) of
Tail race
To river _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ passing water limitations since penstocks
5. Ans: (a)
are required to withstand high pressure
Sol:
because of high heads.
Steel penstock pipes withstands
hydrodynamic pressure (Water hammer
pressure). Steel provides more strength
against bursting of pipe under dynamic
pressure.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayanada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolluta l Ahmedabad
Ja:Engmeenng
u ACE
Publications : 848: Hydraulic Machines
05. Ans: (d) 10. Ans: (d)

Sol: Surge tank: It is a hydraulic structure Sol: Tailrace: The water from penstock pass
used to control pressure and flow through turbine, draft tube and has to pass
fluctuations in a penstock. into main river stream through tail race.
Functions: It Reduces water flow
transient pressures in penstock (i.e reduces 11. Ans: (a)
water hammer effect). It acts as relief
valve when load on turbine fluctuates. 12. Ans: (b)
Acts as temporary reservoir as a reservoir Sol: Pondage: Small water storage behind weir
that temporarily stores (or) release vater to of run-of-river hydel plants. It is less
the turbine. storage than reservoir less dams.
Weir: Weir is necessary for surplus water
06. Ans: (a)
to pass over it.
Dam: Dam is necessary for build the head
07. Ans: (c)
of water.
Sol: Surge tank connected to penstock before
turbine for the follows:
13. Ans: (a)
1.To reduce water hammer for penstock
Sol: Gross Head: Difference in vertical height
pipe U/S of flow control value.
between the water intake and tailrace
2. acts as storage of water
levels. The difference in elevation between
3. Absorb oscillations etc
the free water surface of dam above and
08. Ans: (a) tail water surface below a hydel power
Sol: Main function of surge tank is to reduce plant (i.e head race and tail race)
intensity of the water hammer effect, short
length of the penstock below the surge 14. Ans: (d)
tank must be considered to withstand the Sol: Effective head (or) Net head: It is the
water hammer effect. head available at the inlet of the turbine.
Net head = Gross head — Head loss due to
09. Ans: (b) friction
Sol: Surge tank in a penstock pipe should be H = Hg — hf
provided to relieve the dynamic pressure
due to water hammer influence. It should
15. Ans: (a) 16. Ans: (d)
be located as close to the turbine.
\( 1, P ii(;inccnnr, >Hyderabad' Delhi I B11013.111 Pone I Bhubaneswar I Ueltnnw I Patna BetigalUtu I Chennat I Vii8raWada I Ving ThilPati I KnkatPally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
#1,
ACE : 849 : Hydro-Electric Power Plant
‘„ "Fiwjneering Publications
4
17. Ans: (a) 18. Ans: (a) providing storage of water the firm power
can be increased considerably.
Ans: (c) 20. Ans: (c) Installed capacity: It is the maximum
power generation can produce under
21. Ans: (c) available specific conditions at site.
Sol: Tangential flow —> Pelton wheel Installed capacity is the amount of electric
Radial flow —> Francis energy that a hydel power station is able to
Axial flow —> Kaplan turbine produce under specific conditions.
Mixed flow —> Modem Francis
24. Ans: (a)
22. Ans: (a) Sol: A common fault that arises in a hydraulic
Sol: Pump storage plant turbine is used during system is air lock .
peak terms of electrical power demand and
later same turbine is used as pump to lift 25. Ans: (d)
water from tail race to reservoir with help
of power from other source i.e thermal 26. Ans: (c)
energy generated electrical power.
27. Ans: (c)
23. Ans: (b & c) Sol:
Sod: Base power: It is power consistently Surge tank is provided to reduce the excess
generate the electric power needed to pressure
satisfy minimum demand. This is the
minimum level of demand on an electrical 28. Ans: (c)
grid over 24 hours. For India, base power Sol: One of the common method used in flow rate
is thermal power. measurement in hydro power plant is
Firm Power (or) Primary power: pressure time method also called Gibson
This power is always available and method. This method is based on water
corresponds to the minimum water stream hammer principle.
flow and adverse hydrologic conditions in
a river. Firm power can be defined as the
minimum power which can be
generated throughout the year. By
•
i10E Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi l Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Ttrupati I Kukatpally I Kolliata I Ahmedabad
Water Turbines
Chapter
01. An impulse turbine

3 (Impulse Turbine)
(c) has runner vanes that converts pressure
(AEE-1984, 2004, 2009) into mechanical work
(a) always operates submerged (d) operates under low heads and heavy
(b) makes use of draft tube discharge
(c) is most suited for low head
05. A Pelton wheel (AE CE/ME-2009)
installations
(a) gives optimum efficiency at runway
(d) operates by initial complete conversion
speed
to kinetic head
(b) operates by converting the available
02. The flow of water is tangential in energy fully into kinetic energy before
(AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) entering the runner
(a) Pelton wheel (c) the water leaving the runner has sub-
(b) Francis turbine atmospheric pressure
(c) Kaplan and Francis turbines (d) is kept entirely submerged in water
(d) Deriaz turbine below the tail race
03. A Pelton wheel is 06. Which of the following statements is

(AE-2011, AE CE/ME, AEE-2004) correct? (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) axial flow impulse turbine (a) In an impulse turbine, the water
(b) radial flow impulse turbine impinges on the buckets with pressure
(c) tangential flow impulse turbine energy
(d) radial flow reaction turbine (b) In a reaction turbine, the water glides
over the moving Vanes with kinetic
04. An impulse turbine: (AE CE/ME-2008) energy
(a) completely converts the available (c) In an impulse turbine, the pressure of the
hydraulic energy initially into kinetic flowing water remains unchanged and is
energy equal to atmospheric pressure
(b) should not be run with the wheel (d) In a reaction turbine, the pressure of the
exposed to atmospheric pressure flowing water increases after gliding
over the Vanes
ACE Engineering Publications ,,,)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vilayawada I Vizag I Ticupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
,0.4
1,
ACE : 851: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
07. In Pelton wheel as flow takes place there is 12. A Pelton wheel is (AEE 2007, 2011)
change in: (AE CE/ME-2008) (a) Radial flow impulse turbine
(a) pressure only (b) Inward flow impulse turbine
(b) velocity only (c) Outward flow impulse turbine
(c) pressure and velocity (d) Axial flow impulse turbine
(d) all of the above
13. The net available head in a Pelton turbine
08. A Pelton wheel is: (AE CE/ME-2008) installation is the (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) tangential flow impulse turbine (a) head at the base of the nozzle
(b) inward flow impulse turbine (b) difference in elevation between the
(c) outward flow impulse turbine forebay water level and nozzle outlet
(d) inward flow reaction turbine (c) difference in elevation between the
forebay water level and the tail race
09. An impulse turbine is used for: water level
(2008, 2009, 2011) (d) kinetic energy of the jet issuing from the
(a) low head of water nozzle
(b) high head of water
(c) medium head of water 14. If Hg is the gross or total head and hf is the
(d) high discharge head lost due to friction, then net or
effective head H, is given by:
10. In Pelton wheel, the flow is: (2008) (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) Radial (b) Axial H
(a) H = (b) H = Hg x hf
(c) Tangential (d) Mixed hf
(c) H = Hg x hf (d) H = Hg — hf
11. A turbine is called impulse if at the inlet of 15. The force exerted by a jet on a vane is
turbine: (2008) determined by (2004)
(a) total energy is only pressure energy (a) Energy conservation principle
(b) total energy is only kinetic energy (b) Momentum principle
(c) total energy is both kinetic energy and (c) Continuity principle
pressure energy (d) None of these
ACE Etiginecring Publications /

44' Hyderabad IDelhijBhopall Pune 1BhubaneswarlLucknow1Patnal Bengalurul ChennailVjjayawadalVizagiTirupatiiKukatpallyIKolkatalAhmedabad
4. ACE : 852: Hydraulic Machines
4
16. The purpose of casing for Pelton wheel is 20. A Pelton wheel is to run at a speed of 250
(2008) r.p.m. under an operating head of 50 metres.
(a) to convert kinetic energy into potential If the speed ratio is to be 0.4, what is the
energy required diameter of the wheel? (Take
(b) to convert potential energy to kinetic C„ = 0.99)
energy (AEE-2006)
(c) to avoid splashing of water (a) 950 mm (b) 1250 mm
(d) all of the above (c) 1000 m (d) 990 mm
17. The coefficient of velocity of the nozzle of 21. Jet ratio is defined as:
a pelton wheel is 0.985, what head is (AE, AEE 2008)
required to produce a velocity of 40 m/s? (a) diameter of jet of water to diameter of
(AEE-20Q6) Pelton wheel
(a) 90 m (b) 98.5 m (b) velocity of vane to the velocity of jet
(c) 82.8 m (d) 88.2 m of water
(c) velocity of flow of the velocity of jet of
18. The speed ratio of Pelton wheel varies from: water
(AE CE/ME, 2008, AE 2012) (d) diameter of Pelton wheel to diameter of
(a) 0.45 to 0.50 (b) 0.6 to 0.7 the jet of water
(c) 0.3 to 0.4 (d) 0.8 to 0.9
22. The jet ratio of Pelton wheel lies between
19. Speed ratio of a Pelton wheel is given by (AE CE/ME-2009)
(AEE CE / ME-2011) (a) 3 to 5 (b) 6 to 10
2gH U (c) 11 to 14 (d) 20 to 25
(a) (b) ,
11 .\12gH
23. Choose a suitable Jet Ratio for a laboratory
V2gH
(c) (d) model of a Pelton wheel, from among the
2gH
following
Where U = peripheral velocity of jet buckets
(AEE-2006)
at their mean diameters and
(a) 9 (b) 12
H = effective head.
(c) 15 (d) 25
ACE Engineering Publication~ >HyderabacilDelhilBhopal I Pune !Bhubaneswar I Lucknow1PatnalBengalura I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizagpirupatil Kukatpallyi Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0, 4
ACE
Engineering Pubhcaftons : 853: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
4 1.
24. The number of buckets on the periphery of a 28. The forces on the buckets of Pelton Wheel
Pelton wheel is given by are calculated by: (AEE CE/ME 2008)
'(AE, AEE, AEE-CE/ME-2012) (a) continuity equation
D (b) momentum equation
(a) +5 (b) — +10
2d 2d (c) energy equation
D (d) force equation
(c) +15 (d) — + 20
2d 2d
29. Breaking jet in an impulse turbine is used
25. If D is the pitch diameter of the wheel and d
(AEE CE/ME-2009)
is the diameter of the jet, then the number of
(a) to break the jet of water
buckets on the periphery of a Pelton wheel is
(b) to bring the runner to rest in a short time
given by:
(c) to change the direction of runner
(AEE CE/ME 2008 & 2011)
D D
(a) — +5 (b) — +10
2d 2d
30. Breaking jet is a device used in
D D
(c) — +15 (d) — + 20 (AEE-2006)
2d 2d
(a) Francis turbine (b) Pelton wheel
26. As per Tygun's formula, the number of (c) Kaplan turbine (d) Jet boat
buckets required for a Pelton wheel, having

a jet ratio of 24, is about 31. In a Pelton wheel the depth of the bucket is
(AEE,AEE CE/ME-2011) approximately
(a) 7 (b) 15 (AE-2011, AEE-1992,AE 2011)
(c) 21 (d) 27 (a) 0.5 diameter of jet

(b) 0.95 diameter of jet
27. The maximum number of jets that can be (c) 1.5 diameter of jet
employed in an impulse turbine without jet (d) 1.90 diameter of jet
interference is
(AE & AEE-2004) 32. The ratio of width of bucket for a Pelton
(a) four (b) six wheel to the diameter of jet is in the order of
(c) eight (d) twelve (2011)

(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
ACE Engineering Publications .)Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
6."4
4,
,„, 4ACE
v„oEngineeling Publications : 854: Hydraulic Machines
33. The speed factor (speed ratio) of Pelton (c) power of shaft to power from runner
wheel or turbine for its efficient operation (d) power from runner to shaft power
lies in the range (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) 0.43 to 0.47 (b) 0.8 to 0.9 38. The ratio of work done on the wheel to the
(c) 0.96 to 0.98 (d) 1.2 to 1.4 energy (or head of water) actually supplied
to the turbine is called (AEE-2007)
34. A Pelton wheel working under a constant (a) hydraulic efficiency
head and discharge has max efficiency when (b) mechanical efficiency
the speed ratio is (AE 2011) (c) overall efficiency
(a) 0.26 (b) 0.36 (d) turbine efficiency
(c) 0.86 (d) 0.46
39. The ratio of power available at the shaft of a
35. If total head at the nozzle of a pipe is 37.5 m turbine to the power developed by the runner
and discharge is 1 cumec, the HP generated of the turbine is known as
is (AEE 1987) (AEE 2006, AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) 550 (b) 500 (a) hydraulic efficiency
(c) 400 (d) 450 (b) mechanical efficiency
(c) overall efficiency
36. The difference between the power obtained (d) volumetric efficiency
from the turbine shaft and the power
supplied by water at its entry to the turbine is 40. The mechanical efficiency of an impulse
equal to the (AE-2013) turbine is: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) Hydraulic losses (a) ratio of the actual power produced by
(b) Mechanical losses the turbine to the energy actually
(c) Hydraulic and mechanical losses supplied by the turbine
(d) Mechanical and voluemetric losses (b) ratio of the actual work available at the
turbine to the energy imparted to the
37. Hydraulic efficiency of a water power at wheel
turbine is the ratio of: (AEE-2008) (c) ratio of the work done on the wheel to the
(a) power from runner to water power at energy of the jet
turbine entrance (d) ratio of the actual work produced to the
(b) power of shaft to water power at turbine net energy of the jet.
entrance
ACE Engineering 1;11 i cati on s;,
*1/4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Viiayawada Viaag I Tirupati I Kulmtpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
i'ff 441. ACE : 855: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
,,,Engineering Publications
41. The ratio between power developed by the 46. The maximum hydraulic efficiency of an
runner and net power supplied by the water impulse turbine is:
at the entrance to a turbine is known as (AEE 2008, TS GENCO 2015)
(AEE CE/ME 2004) l+cos41 1 — c o s1:1)
(a) (b)
(a) hydraulic efficiency 2 2
(b) volumetric efficiency l+sincl) sin k
(c) (d) 1—
(c) overall efficiency 2 2
(d) mechanical efficiency Where (I) = Angle of blade tip at outlet
42. Mechanical efficiency of a turbine is the 47. The efficiency of jet of water having
ratio of the power at the velocity `-‘,' and striking a series of flat
(AEE CE/ME-2008) plates moving with a velocity 'u' is
(a) inlet to that at the outlet maximum when: (AE, AEE CE/ME-2008)
(b) shaft to that at the inlet (a) u = uv (b) u= 2
(c) shaft to that given by the runner
(d) outlet to that at the shaft (c) u = 1.5v (d) u = 0.67v
43. The overall efficiency of a Pelton wheel 48. For a pelton wheel, the ratio of its wheel
turbine is about (AE & AEE CE/ME-2011) velocity to jet velocity, to achieve the
(a) (0.70) (b) (0.75) maximum hydraulic efficiency is
(c) (0.88) (d) (1.00) (AE CE/ME, AEE 2004, 2011)

(a) 0.5 (b) 1.5
44. The overall efficiency of a Pelton wheel lies (c) 2.0 (d) 2.5
between: (2008)
(a) 0.50 to 0.65 (b) 0.65 to 0.75 49. The hydraulic efficiency of an impulse
(c) 0.75 to 0.85 (d) 0.85 to 0.90 turbine is maximum, when the velocity of
wheel is that of the jet velocity.
45. Transmission efficiency is defined as (Lecturers-2007, AEE, AEE-CE/ME-
(2011) 2012)
(a) power available x power supplied (a) one-fourth (b) one-half
(b) power available/ power supplied (c) three-fourth (d) double
(c) power supplied/ power available
(d) None of these
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I B hopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vjjayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kulcatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
II
ACE : 856: Hydraulic Machines
50. In the Pelton wheel, the hydraulic efficiency 53. Two jets strikes the buckets of a Pelton
will be maximum when the speed of the wheel, which is having shaft power as 15450
buckets as compared to velocity of the jet kW. The diameter of each jet is given as 200
will be (AE-2011, AEE-2007, 2004) mm. If the net head on the turbine is 400 m,
(a) equal (b) double the power at the inlet of turbine is (Take
(c) half (d) one-fourth C, = 1.0) (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(a) 21.81 kW (b) 21817.44 kW
51. Which of the following combination results (c) 21817.44 W (d) 2181.1744 kW
in the maximum efficiency of a pelton
wheel? (AEE-1984) 54. A pelton wheel has a mean bucket speed of
1 10 m/s with a jet of water flowing at the rate
vane velocity = — x jet velocity and jet
of 700 litre/sec under a head of 30 m. The
deflection = 180° bucket deflects the jet through an angle of
vane velocity = jet velocity and jet 160°. Theoretical velocity of jet is 24.26
deflection = 90° m/s. Assuming the coefficient of velocity
vane velocity = 2 x jet velocity and jet 0.98, the velocity of whirl at inlet in cm/sec
deflection = 180° is (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
None of the above (a) 23.77 (b) 23770
(c) 237.7 (d) 2377
52. Assertion (A): The relative velocity of
water of Pelton turbine equals the difference 55. Consider the following statements:
between the absolute velocities of water and 1. Pelton wheel is a tangential flow impulse
vane. turbine
Reason (R): For Pelton turbine, the inlet 2. Francis turbine is an axial flow reaction
blade angle is 180° turbine
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) 3. Kaplan turbine is a radial flow reaction
Select the correct answer. turbine
(a) Both A and R are individually true and R Which of the above statements is/are correct
is the correct explanation of A (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(b) Both A and R are individually true but R (a) 3 alone (b) 2 alone
is not the correct explanation of A (c) 1 alone (d) 1 and 3
(c) A,is true but R is false
(d) A is false but R is true
ACE Engineering Publications 4‘‘›Hyderabad
, I Delhi !Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j TimPati I Kukatpally I Karam I Ahmedabad
ef
Ik.ao
J
ACE : 857: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
56. A turbine is a device which convert (c) medium head of water

(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (d) high discharge
(a) Kinetic energy into mechanical energy
(b) mechanical energy into hydraulic 61. The hydraulic efficiency of an impulse
energy turbine is the
(c) hydraulic energy into mechanical (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
energy (a) ratio of the a ctual power produced by the
(d) None of the above turbine to the energy actually supplied
by the turbine
57. A Pelton wheel is ideally suited for
(b) ratio of the actual work available at the
turbine to the energy imparted the
(a) high head and low discharge
wheel.
(b) high head and high discharge
(c) ratio of the work done on the wheel to
(c) low head and low discharge
the energy of the jet
(d) medium head and medium discharge
(d) ratio of power developed at the buckets
to energy produced by the shaft.
58. The overall efficiency of a Pelton turbine is
70%. If the mechanical efficiency is 85%,
62. The maximum hydraulic efficiency of an
what is its hydraulic efficiency
impulse turbine is
(a) 82.35% (b) 59.5%
(a) (1+ cosh)/2 (b) (1—cos 4)/2
(c) 72.3 % (d) 81.5%
(c) (1+sin (d) (1—sin 0/2
59. Which of the following water turbines does

not require a draft tube?
63. If 0 is the blade angle at the outlet, then the
maximum hydraulic efficiency of an ideal
(a) Propeller turbine (b) Pelton turbine
impulse turbine is
(c) Kaplan turbine (d) Francis turbine
(a) (1 - cos 0) (b) (1 + cos 0)
60. An impulse turbine is used for
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) — cos 0) (d) (1 + cos 0)
(c)
(a) low head of water 2 2
(b) high head of water
ACE Engineering Publications (
4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pama I Bengaluni Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
64. If D and d are the diameters of the runner 65. The hydraulic efficiency of the Pelton wheel
and jet of the Pelton wheel respectively, the is maximum when the velocity of the wheel
number of buckets on the runner is given by is
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
D (a) twice the velocity of jet
(a) 30+ — (b) 30+ —)
1-
2d (b) thrice the velocity of jet
D (c) half the velocity of jet
(c) 15+ (d) 15 + —
2d
(d) two-third's the velocity of jet
.5Hyderabad I Delhi I BhopalI Pune I BhubaneswarILucknowI Patna I BengaluruIChennaiI Vijayawada I YungI TirupatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE Engilieriing Publications ,,,,
VI; ACE : 859: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
;., :Engineering Publications
Solutions
01. Ans: (d) 2. Ans: (a)

Sol: Impulse turbine : (Ex: Pelton wheel, Turgo, Sol: Refer Q.No (01)
Banki turbines)
It is classified based on type of energy of 3. Ans: (c)
water at inlet, direction of flow, head Sol: Refer Q.No (01)
available, specific speed range etc.
i. Initially water from reservoir (P.E), 4. Ans: (a) 05. Ans: (b) 06. Ans: (c)
fully converted into kinetic energy at
end of nozzle (i.e Impulse action) 07. Ans: (b) 08. Ans: (a) 09. Ans: (b)
ii. Flow is tangential
iii. High head of water required 10. Ans: (c) 11. Ans: (b) 12. Ans: (d)
iv. Works in open atmosphere (No
pressure change according to turbine). 13. Ans: (b) 14. Ans: (d)
v. During flow across the pelton wheel,
there is change in velocity only. 15. Ans: (b)
vi. It works on Impulse-momentum Sol: Force exerted by a water jet on a bucket of
principle (i.e impact of jet causes force pelton wheel (or) series of vanes mounted
exertion). on fixed axis wheel is determined by
vii. Pelton wheel is a tangential flow "Impulse- momentum" Principle.
impulse turbine
viii. Turgo wheel is an axial flow impulse 16. Ans: (c)
turbine Sol: Casing has no hydraulic function. In
xi. Banki turbine is a radial flow impulse impulse turbines, it is necessary to prevent
turbine. the splashing of water to lead the water
x. Jonval turbine is an axial flow type towards tail race and to safeguard against
impulse turbine. any accident. It is made strong enough to
resist reaction of jet.
Note: To convert P.E to K.E, nozzle is used.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkati. I Ahmedabad
e."
v 4 ACE
: 860: Hydraulic Machines
17. Ans: (c) 20. Ans: (a)

Sol: V = Cvli2gH TcDN/ 60
Sol: 4) = , U
V2gH V2gH
40 = 0.985 x ,N./2 x 9.81xH
icxDx 250/60
H = 84.05 m 0.4 =
-J2 x 9.81x 50
Approximate answer is 'C'
= 0.95 m
18. Ans: (a)

21. Ans: (d)
Sol: Speed ratio (4) of pelton wheel varies from
Sol: JET RATIO : It is defined as the ratio of
0.4 to 0.5
the pitch diameter (D) of the pelton wheel
Bucket wheel tangential velocity (U)
= to the diameter of the jet (d). It is denoted
Theoretical velocity of water jet
at inlet of pelton wheel (vi ) by "m"
D
Where, m=—
= J2gH The range of jet ratio: 10 to 20
U
=
V2gH 22. Ans: (c) 23. Ans: (b)
Practical range of 4) is 0.44 to 0.46
24. Ans: (c)
Speed Flow ratio Sol: No. of buckets on the periphery of a pelton
S. No Turbine wheel (or) on a runner is given by
Ratio (4)) (4)
Pelton D
Z= — +15 = 0.5m +15
1 0.4 to 0.5 0 2d
wheel
[Tygun's emperical formula]
Francis
2 0.6 to 0.9 0.15 — 0.30
Turbine m
Gibson's formula (Z) = constant il—
Kaplan & 2
3 Propeller 1.8 to 2.5 0.7 When constants are between 7 to 8

turbine Jet ratio (m) is between 10 to 20
19. Ans: (b) 25. Ans: (c)

Sol: Refer Q.No: 18 Sol: Refer Q 24
'5Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowI PatnaI BengaluruI ChennaiI VijayawadaI VizagI TirupatiIKukarpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
It ACE : 861: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
J
26. Ans: (d) 32. Ans: (c)

Sol: Ratio of width of bucket to jet diameter is 3
Sol: Z=+15=+15=12+15=27
2 2 to 5
i.e on an average (mean) value is 4
27. Ans: (b)
Sol: In practice, the number of nozzles provided 33. Ans: (a) 34. Ans: (d)
is generally not allowed to exceed six.
35. Ans: (b)
28. Ans: (b) Sol: H = Head available = 37.5 m
Sol: Force on the pelton wheel bucket is Q = Discharge of water = 1 m3/sec
obtained by using impulse momentum Power (in watt) = pgQH
equation = 1000 x 9.81 x 1 x 37.5
= 367875 Watt
29. Ans: (b) = 367.875 kW
Sol: Breaking jet in a pelton wheel:
[1 HP 0.736 kW]
To stop the runner of a pelton wheel in a
367.875
short interval of time, a small nozzle is — 500 HP
0.736
provided, which directs the jet on the back
of the buckets. This jet of water is called
36. Ans: (c)
breaking jet.
Sol: Power obtained from the turbine shaft
— Frictional losses (or) Mechanical loss
30. Ans: (b)
— Hydraulic loss in runner
Sol: Breaking jet is used in pelton wheel to
= Power supplied by water at entry of turbine
reduce the speed of the wheel (or) bring the
i.e, Pshaft Pwater — Hydraulic losses in runner
runner to rest in short time.
+ mechanical losses
31. Ans (b)

37. Ans: (a)
Sol: Dimension of Bucket:
Sol: ri
Power from runner of turbine
Depth of the bucket = 0.8 d to 1.2d hd=
Y Hydraulic power at entry of runner wheel
Radial height = 2d to 3d
Axial width = 3d to 5d
38. Ans: (a) 39. Ans: (b)
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
0".
"..)
OF J
ACE
t :Engineering Publications : 862: Hydraulic Machines
40. Ans: (a) 46. Ans: (a)

Shaft power Sol: Maximum hydraulic efficiency of a pelton
Sol: rim =
Power produced by turbine wheel
W.D / sec Fx U
Tlh =
41. Ans: (a) K.E of Jet / sec 1
— MVI
2
2
Sol: ih = Hydraulic efficiency
tiOV)„ U tb(\/„,1 + v,,,,, )U
Power developed by the runner -, =
1 1
Power supplied by the water at entrance of wheel — riN 2 — inV12
2 1 2
Power of the runner shaft
m= 2(V,I + V,,,2 )11
Power supplied by water to runner
V2
Similarly other efficiencies in case of pelton
wheel are From velocity diagrams of a pelton wheel
volume of water actually strike the runner bucket

vol =
volume of water supplied to the runner V5v =
Shaft power Vey = V C S (I) U

=rlh x 11. = r2
Water power
Where,
Vrz
= V, — U
42. Ans: (c)
2[V, + (V, — U)cos —
''' 11 h =
V2
43. Ans: (c)
Sol: Overall efficiency of a pelton wheel varies 2(V1 — U)[l + cos (HU
V12
from 85% to 90%
Differentiate with respect to U for
44. Ans: (d)
maximum efficiency d(rIh
, = ) 0
d(U)
45. Ans: (b) 1 + c o s (I)
i.e., U= V & 12 # 0
Sol: 2 V
Power available at the end of penstock
Ti Transmission = VI (1 + cos 131)) V'
Power supplied at entry of penstock 2( V1 2
... 11hyd max —
vi2
1+COS(1)
hyd max =
2
I ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.4t, ACE
;;Engineering Publications : 863: Water Turbines (Impulse Turbine)
47. Ans: (b) 53. Ans: (b)

Sol: Condition for maximum efficiency of a Sol: V =
pelton wheel is U = —
V = 1V2x9.8x 400
2
V= 88.5 m/s
Where,
U = Tangential velocity of wheel Q= 2.V = 2.780
4d
V = Velocity of water jet at inlet of turbine
Q = 2(2.780)
0/P W.D/sec FxU
Power = yQH
I/P K.E/sec 1 MV
• 2
2 = 9810x2x2.780 x400
rit.Vr x U = 2Vr .0 = 21, 817,440
1 V2 = 21817.44 kW
till/ 2
2
2(V — U)U 54. ARIS: (d)
11— V2 Sol: In a pelton wheel,
Differentiate with respect to U for The component of absolute velocities,
d(n) 0 Vw, = Vl
maximum hydraulic efficiency
d(U)
= C V2gh
2(V — 2U)
= 0
V2 Cv = 0.98
V=2 U h = 30 m
= 0.98V2 x 9.81x 30
U= V
2 = 23.78 m/s
Note: For maximum Hydraulic efficiency, wheel = 2378 cm/s
velocity should be half of the jet velocity.
55. Ans: (c)
48. Ans: (a) 49. Ans: (b) Sol: i. Pelton wheel is a tangential flow impulse
turbine
50. Ans: (c) 51. Ans: (a)
ii. Francis turbine is a mixed flow type
52. Ans: (c) turbine
Sol: In a pelton wheel, the outlet blade angle is iii.Kaplan turbine is an axial flow turbines
180°
Reason is wrong
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar' Lucknowl Patna Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada [ Vizag I Tirupati [ Kukatpally Kolkata [ Ahmedabad
•.1
v ACE : 864: Hydraulic Machines
56. Ans: (c) 57. Ans: (a) 62. Ans: (a)

Sol: The condition for max hydraulic efficiency
58. Ans: (a) u 1
for the pelton turbine is — = — and the
Sol: Overall efficiency, 10 = 70% V 2
Mechanical efficiency rim = 85% corresponding max efficiency is
(1+ cos (1))
Hydraulic efficiency, n h = —. x100 ilmax =
2
rl m
70
= — x100 = 82.35% 63. Ans: (d)
85
Sol: The maximum wheel efficiency is given by
1+Kcos0
59. Ans: (b) (11WLiax = 2
Assuming K = 1
60. Ans: (b)
l+cos0
Sol: Pelton turbine is an impulse turbine and it is elw Lax — 2
suitable for high head & low discharge.
64. Ans: (d)

61. Ans: (c) Sol: Number of Buckets on wheel are given as
Sol: For impulse turbine (i.e. pelton turbine)
per Taygun's empirical relation.
Power developed by wheel D
rlh= Z=15+0.5—
K.E. sup plied by nozzle d
Note: Actual work is different from the power
developed 65. Ans: (c)
Actual work = power developed —mechanical Sol: The condition for maximum hydraulic
losses.
1 = 0.5
efficiency is ±
v
ACE Enitinccring Publications >Hyderabac Delhil BhopaliPune 'Bhubaneswar j Lucknowl Patna I Be ngalucu I Che nn ail Vij ayawaii a IVizagiTirupatil Kukatpally iKolkatai Ahmedabad
Chapter
01. A Francis turbine is
4 Reaction Turbines
(AEE 1987) 06 Which one of the following is a reaction
(a) Inward flow reaction turbine type of turbine?
(b) Inward flow impulse turbine (AEE, AEE CE/ME-2011)
(c) Outward flow reaction turbine (a) Francis (b) Kaplan
(d) Outward flow impulse turbine (c) Both of these (d) None of these
02. Francis turbine operates on the principle of 07. In a reaction turbine: (AEE &AE 2009)
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (a) It is possible to regulate the flow without
(a) tangential flow (b) impulse loss
(c) axial flow (d) reaction (b) It must be placed at the foot of the fall
and above the tail race
03. Francis turbine is a (c) Work done is purely by the change in the
(TSPSC AE 2015) kinetic energy of jet
(a) Axial flow impulse turbine (d) Only part of the head is converted into
(b) Radial flow reaction turbine velocity before the water enters the
(c) Axial flow reaction turbine wheel.
(d) Radial flow impulse turbine
08. In an inward flow reaction turbine
04. Francis turbine is (2011) (Lecturers 2007, AE,AEE-2009,
(a) Radial flow turbine AEE-CE/ME & AE-2012)
(b) Axial flow turbine (a) the water flows parallel to the axis of the
(c) Inward flow radial type turbine wheel
(d) Outward flow radial type turbine (b) the water enters at the centre of the wheel
and from there flows towards the outer
05. Reaction turbine is used for (2011) periphery of the wheel
(a) Low head (c) the water enters the wheel at outer
(b) High head periphery, and then flows towards the
(c) Low head and high discharge centre of the wheel

(d) the flow of water is partly radial and
(d) High head and low discharge
partly axial
I \ (.1 Iar
"gun- ci Int; Publi( alio] 1% h>klyderabad
e I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayawada I Vizag ITirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
to 4
09. A reaction turbine (AE 2011) 14. Kaplan turbine is: (2008)
(a) is a tangential flow turbine (a) Radial flow impulse turbine
(b) does not have a draft tube (b) Radial flow reaction turbine
(c) is used for very high heads (c) Tangential flow reaction turbine
(d) has the runner under pressure (d) Axial flow reaction turbine
10. In reaction turbine (AE CE/ME-2009) 15. A Kaplan turbine is a

(a) flow can be regulated without loss (AE CE/ME-2009)
(b) there is only partial conversion of (a) low head axial flow turbine
available head to velocity head before (b) high head axial flow turbine
entry to runner (c) high head mixed flow turbine
(c) the outlet must be above tail race (d) inward flow impulse turbine
(d) water may be allowed to enter a part or
whole of wheel circumference 16 . Kaplan turbine is a (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) axial flow turbine
(b) radial flow turbine
11. When water enters the turbine at high (c) reaction turbine
pressure and low velocity, it is of the type (d) impulse turbine
(AE CE/ME-2004)
(a) radial flow (b) axial flow 17. The runner vanes of reaction turbines are
(c) impulse (d) reaction made adjustable (Lecturers-2013)
(a) to permit the turbines to operate at
12. The most suitable type of turbine for low optimum efficiency at part loads
heads and high discharge is (b) to allow the operation under all
(AEE 2004, AE CE/ME 2009) temperature and pressure conditions
(a) Pelton (b) Francis (c) to allow running at different speeds of
(c) Kaplan (d) Propeller rotation
(d) to reduce the wear and tear of the runner.
13. A kaplan turbine is suitable for (AEE 1987)
(a) High head low discharge 18. turbine is an axial flow
(b) Low head, high discharge turbine. (2011)
(c) High head, high discharge (a) Francis (b) Pelton
(d) Low head, low discharge (c) Banki (d) Kaplan
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally l Kolkata I Ahmedabad
git
J
ACE :Engineering Publications : 867: Reaction Turbines
19. Modern Francis turbine is 23. A reaction turbine discharge 50 m3/s of

(AE CE/ME 2009, AEE 2008) water under a head of 7.5 m with an over-all
(a) Radial flow impulse turbine efficiency of 80%. The HP developed is
(b) Radial flow reaction turbine (AEE-1984)
(c) Tangential flow reaction turbine (a) 5000 (b) 300,000
(d) Mixed flow reaction turbine (c) 4000 (d) none of these
20. A modern Francis turbine is 24. A turbine develops a torque of 100.0 kNm at
(AEE-2006) 240 rpm, the power developed is
(a) axial flow reaction turbine (AE CE/ME-2007)
(b) inward radial flow reaction turbine (a) 24000 W (b) 24000 kW
(c) outward radial flow reaction turbine (c) 2515 kW (d) 1507 MW
(d) mixed flow reaction turbine
25. A water turbine of expected efficiency 85%
21. In a mixed flow reaction turbine, the flow of operates under 36 m at a flow rate of 10
water is m3/s. The unit weight of water is 10 kN/m3.
(AE 2011) The nearest shaft power in MW is
(a) radial (TSPSC AEE Manager 2015)
(b) axial (a) 850 (b) 3060
(c) partly radial and partly axial (c) 3600 (d) 3.06
26. The reaction type hydraulic turbines usually
22. Euler's equation of energy transfer gives: have their shafts arranged (2011)
(AEE CE/ME 2008) (a) Horizontal
(a) the optimum rotational speed (b) Vertical
(b) the theoretical vane angles (c) Inclined
(c) the theoretical force of impart on a (d) Either vertical or horizontal depending
turbine blade on the capacity
(d) the theoretical power developed by a
27. The speed ratio of a Kaplan turbine is about
hydraulic turbine
(AEE,AEE CE/ME-2011)
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.5
(c) 4.0 (d) 6.0
ACE Enginecring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupali I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
f
uyi ,
u ACE : 868: Hydraulic Machines
tiEngineezing Publications
.1
28. Speed ratio of turbine is given by (2008) 33. Tubular turbines are low head, low power
(AEE-1992)
(a) of (b) , u (a) Kaplan turbines (b) Propeller turbines
V2gH 2gH
(c) Francis turbines (d) Pelton turbines
(c) v 2
(d) 2gH
V2gH
34. A turbine is operated under a head of 25
metres. It runs with a speed of 240 r.p.m.
29. A Francis turbine has a flow ratio of 0.4 a
when the discharge is 12 m3/sec. If the
value of V2gH =100m / s and an area of
overall efficiency is 80%, what is the power
flow = 6 m2. The discharge of the turbine, in generated? (AEE-2006)
m3/s, is equal to (a) 1920 kW (b) 3000 kW
(AEE,AEE CE/ME-2011) (c) 2400 kW (d) 960 kW
(a) 240 (b) 140 (c)40 (d) 600
35. A draft tube is a part of the installation of a
(AEE-1992)
30. In a Kaplan turbine runner, the number of
(a) Propeller turbine
blades are generally
(b) Pelton turbine
(AEE 2007, AE, AEE-CE/ME 2012)
(c) Turbo impulse wheel
(a) 2 to 4 (b) 4 to 8
(d) all the above turbines
(c) 8 to 16 (d) 16 to 24
36. The draft tube in reaction turbines is used

31. Discharge through Francis turbine is given
(AEE CE/ME-2011)
by: (2008)
(a) to carry water to tail race level
(a) Q = nDBv f (b) Q = krcDBv f
(b) to convert kinetic energy to pressure
2 head
(c) Q = itd xV2gH (d) Q = (Do-136)
4 4 (c) to ensure safety to the turbine
(symbols carries usual meaning) (d) all the above
32. Discharge through Kaplan turbine is given 37. In a reaction turbine, the draft tube is used
by: (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(2008)
(a) to run the turbine full
(a) Q = TEDBvf (b) Q = k1td3Bv f
(b) to prevent air to enter the turbine
rid 2 / (c) to increase the effective head of water
(c) Q = x .v 2gH (d)Q = (X, )v f
4
(d) to transport water to downstream
ACE Engineering Publications:;, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t ACE
se
4 .
:Enameermg Publications : 869: Reaction Turbines
38. Draft tube is not required for a: 42. Draft tube is used for discharging water from
(2008) the exit of:
(a) Pelton wheel (AEE CE/ME 2008)
(b) Kaplan turbine (a) an impulse turbine
(c) Francis turbine (b) Francis turbine
(d) Propeller turbine (c) a Pelton wheel
39. In reaction turbine, draft tube is used
(2011) 43. In a reaction turbine, the draft tube is used:
(a) To convert Kinetic energy to flow (AEE CE/ME 2008)
energy by a gradual expansion of the (a) to run the turbine
flow cross - section (b) to prevent air to enter the turbine
(b) To increase flow rate (c) to increase the head of water by an
(c) To transport water downstream without amount equal to the height of the runner
eddies outlet above the tail race
(d) For safety of turbine (d) to transport water to down stream side
44. Draft tube is a pipe which has

40. Draft tube is used for discharging water
(AE-1993)
from the exit of (AE CE/ME-2007) (a) A gradually increasing cross sectional
(a) a Pelton wheel area
(b) a Kaplan turbine (b) A gradually decreasing cross sectional
(c) a Francis turbine area
(d) Francis and Kaplan turbine (c) Constant area
(d) Perforated linings
41. In reaction turbine, draft tube is used
(AEE-2007) 45. The angle of taper on draft tube is (2011)
(a) to transport water downward without (a) Less than 3°
eddies (b) Less than 5°
(b) to convert kinetic energy to flow energy (c) Less than 8°
by a gradual expansion of flow area (d) Greater than 8°
(c) for safety of turbine
(d) to increase flow rate
ACE Engineering Publications ›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclumw I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kollmta I Ahmedabad
ACE
te ,
4.ZiEngineesing Publications
46. The function of draft tube is
: 870:
(a) presence of free jet

Hydraulic Machines
(AEE CE/ME-2011) (b) absence of free jet

(a) to increase the working head (c) presence or absence of free jet
(b) to recover a portion of the exit kinetic (d) direction of energy conversion
energy
(c) both of these 50. The specific speed for a turbine has the
(d) none of these dimensions of (AEE-1996)
(a) T-1
47. If V1 and V2 are the velocities of water at (b) Dimensionless
inlet and outlet of the draft tube respectively, (c) F 1 /2L-3/4T-3/2
then the efficiency of a draft tube is: (d) F /2 L-5/2T-3/2

(AEE CE/ME 2008)
V 2 —V 2
V, —V2 ' 51. The speed factor in turbine represents the
(a) I (b)
V12 ratio between (AE CE/ME-2009)
2 (a) peripheral velocity of vane and spouting
(c) d
V1 —V2 V12—V22 velocity
(b) whirl velocity and peripheral velocity
48. The installation of draft tube in a reaction (c) flow velocity and spouting velocity
turbine helps to (d) absolute velocity and spouting velocity
(AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) increase the flow rate 52. Choose the correct statement from the
(b) prevent air from entering following
(c) transport water to downstream without (AEE CE/ME-2011)
eddies (a) Degree of reaction for a Kaplan turbine
(d) convert the kinetic energy to pressure is zero
head (b) Degree of reaction for a Kaplan turbine
is one
49. The impulse and reaction turbines have the (c) Degree of reaction for a Pelton wheel is
common principle of momentum change of one
the stream of fluid but the two are (d) Degree of reaction for a Pelton wheel
distinguished by is zero
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
AC1 Engineering
Pi icadc n is i
')Hyderabad
1/4 I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Ttrupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1.• 4
ACE : 871: Reaction Turbines
"„ :Engineering Publications
—
53. If Thoma's cavitation factor is less than the (a) 1 m/s (b) 2 m/s
critical cavitation factor, then the overall (c) 3 m/s (d) 4 m/s
efficiency of a reaction turbine will have
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) 57. A reaction turbine discharges 30 m3/s of
(a) no change water under a head of 10 m with an overall
(b) abnormal increase efficiency of 92%. The power developed is
(c) gradual increase (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(d) sharp fall (a) 2707 kW (b) 2870 kW
(c) 2652 kW (d) 2952 kW
54. Draft tube for a reaction turbine is arranged
for 58. A Kaplan turbine with a runner diameter of
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) 9 m is operating under a head of 10 m. At
(a) Safety purpose only optimum regime the turbine discharges 500
(b) Increasing velocity head cumecs of water to develop the power. What
(c) Converting kinetic head into pressure is the unit discharge of the turbine?
head (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(d) Diverting water only (a) 2.68 (b) 1.667
(c) 1.952 (d) 0.617
55. Which hydraulic turbine is more efficient at
part load operation?
59. Which of the following advantages is
possessed by a Kaplan turbine over a Francis
(a) Pelton wheel
turbine?
(b) Francis turbine
A. Low frictional losses
(c) Propeller turbine
B. Part load efficiency is considerably high
(d) Kaplan turbine
C. more compact and smaller in size
56. In an inward flow reaction turbine, velocity Select the correct answer using the codes
of flow at the inlet is 2 m/s. If the guide given below:
vanes make an angle of 30° to the tangential (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
velocity direction of the runner, the absolute (a) Only A (b) Only A and B
velocity of the water leaving the guide vanes (c) Only B and C (d) A, B and C
is
ACE Engineering Publications 45Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,(
Vlip:Engineering
ACE
Publicgions : 872: Hydraulic Machines
4 4.
60. Francis turbine is 64. In mixed flow turbine, the water enters the
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) blades and comes out
(a) a reaction radial flow turbine (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(b) an axial flow turbine (a) radially, axially (b) radially, radially
(c) a radial flow turbine (c) axially, radially (d) axially, axially
(d) an impulse turbine
65. Which of the following statement is
61. A reaction turbine discharges 50 m2/sec of correct? (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
water under a head of 7.5 m with an overall (a) In an impulse turbine, the water
efficiency of 80%. The horse power impringes on the buckets with pressure
developed is (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016) energy
(a) 400 (b) 300 (b) In a reaction turbine, the water glides
(c) 5000 (d) 4000 over the moving vanes with kinetic
energy.
62. The function of guide vanes in a reaction (c) In an impulse turbine; the pressure of
turbine is to the flowing water remains unchanged
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) and is equal to atmospheric pressure.
(a) allow the water to enter the runner (d) In a reaction turbine, the pressure of the
without shock. flowing water increases after gliding
(b) allow the water to flow over them, over the vanes.
without forming eddies.
66. In an inward flow reaction turbine
(c) allow the required quantity of water to
enter the turbine
(a) the water flows parallel to the axis of the
(d) allow the water to flow to the draft tube
wheel
(b) the water enters at the centre of the
63. Reaction turbine requires
wheel and then flows towards the outer
periphery of the wheel.
(a) High head and low discharge
(c) the water enters the wheel at the outer
(b) High head and high discharge
periphery and then flows towards the
(c) Low head and low discharge
centre of the wheel.
(d) Low head and high discharge
(d) the flow of water is partly radial and
partly axial.
Hyderabad I Dahl I Ilhopal I Pune I Ilhubaneotir I LurknowlPtlis I tientilunt I Chaim" I Warms& I %mg I'llnipati I Kultalpally I )(alga
co .4
„ ACE : 873: Reaction Turbines
44 wEistineeting Publications
67. The flow ratio of Francis turbine is defines 69. Kaplan turbine is used for
as the ratio of the (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (a) low heads (b) medium heads
(a) velocity of flow at inlet to the (c) high heads (d) very high heads
theoretical jet velocity.
(b) theoretical velocity of jet to the velocity
of flow at inlet. 70. Euler equation of water turbine is derived on
(c) velocity of runner at inlet to the velocity the basis of
of flow at inlet (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(d) velocity of runner at outlet to the (a) conservation of mass
velocity of flow at inlet. (b) rate of change of linear momentum
(c) rate of change of angular momentum
68. If V„ and u are the whirl and tangential (d) rate of change of velocity
velocity at the impeller, work done by the
impeller on the water per second per unit
weight of water striking per second is
(a) V„u/g (b) Vw,u
(c) pQV‘vu (d) pQVwVr
i I I wo Pi' 1, .1 >Hyderabad I Delhi 113hopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Pattut I illengaititu I Cherindi I Vijayttwada I Vim I Ilrupati I Kukatpally I Kolluita I Ahmedabad
U
J Ni ACE
:Engineering Publications : 874 : Hydraulic Machines
—
Solutions
01. Ans: (a) 06. Ans: (c)

Sol:
• Francis water turbine is classified as 07. Ans: (d)
medium head, radial inward flow, Sol: Refer Q.No (01)
medium specific speed, medium 08. Ans: (c)

discharge and reaction type turbine. Sol: Refer Q.No (01)
• Kaplan & Propeller turbines are
09. Ans: (d)
classified as low head, axial flow, high
specific speed, high discharge and
10. Ans: (b)
reaction type turbines.
Note :
11. Ans: (d)
1. Modern Francis turbine is mixed flow
Sol: Water enters the turbine at high pressure
turbine i.e radial inward and axial out flow and low velocity is a type of reaction turbine
turbine.
[Ex: Francis & Kaplan, propeller type]
2. In inward flow reaction turbine water enters
Water enters at atmosphere and high
at outer periphery of runner and flows out
velocity is a type of impulse turbine
from the centre of the runner.
(Ex: Pelton wheel)
3. In reaction turbine (Francis turbine) part of
head is converted into velocity before enters
Note:
the runner
1. Francis turbine is radial flow type
turbine
02. Ans: (d) 03. Ans: (b)
2. Kaplan & Propeller turbine areaxial
flow type turbines
04. Ans: (c)
Sol: Refer Q.No (01) 12. Ans: (c) 13. Ans: (b)
05. Ans: (c) 14. Ans: (d) 15. Ans: (a)

Sol: Refer Q.No (01)
16. Ans: (a) 17. Ans: (a)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata 'Ahmedabad
4: .4
et ACE
0 :Engineering Publications : 875: Reaction Turbines
18. Ans: (d) 24. Ans: (c)

Sol: Refer Q.No (01) Sol:
27NT 2 x Icx 240 x 100
P=
19. Ans: (d) 60 60
Sol: Refer Q.No (01) = 2513.27 kW
'=-• 2515 kW
20. Ans: (d)
25. Ans: (d)
21. Ans: (c) Sol: 11 = 0.85
H = 36 m
22. Ans: (d)
= 10 m3/s
Sol: Euler's equation of energy transfer in
y = 10 kN/m3
hydraulic turbines gives theoretical power
Shaft power, P = ?
developed by it.
P= x y. Q.H
Power developed by turbine = F x U
= 0.85 x 10 x 10 x 36
= Tangential force x Tangential velocity of
= 3060 kW = 3.06 MW
runner
= ma x U
26. Ans: (b)
= XU
Sol:
= m(17„1 ± Vw 2 )U.
Reaction turbines (Francis, Kaplan, &
= ria(V„ U l ± Vw 2 U 2 ) Propeller type) are mounted vertically and
coupled with electric generator in order to
take advantage of head available maximum.
23. Ans: (c)
Bottom most portion is turbine and above it
Sol: Power developed by a reaction turbine
is generator and both are coupled in vertical
= Flo x p.g.Q.H (Watt)
position. Impulse turbine shaft is generally
= 0.8 x 1000 x 9.81 x 50x 7.5
horizontal arranged since flow of jet is
= 2943 x 103 Watt tangential.
= 2943 kW [1 HP = 0.736 kW]
2943
— 4000 HP
0.736
ACE En gintic ring Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar j Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vkjayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
C.' .".b
4.•
to ACE : 876: Hydraulic Machines
t.1 :Engineering Publications
4,
27. Ans: (b) 30. Ans: (b)

Sol: Speed ratio of a Kaplan turbine range is 1.8 Sol: Number of blades on runner of a kaplan
to 2.5 turbine = 3 to 6
Note : Speed ratio of a Francis turbine range Note: Francis turbine runner has 16 to 24
is 0.6 to 0.9 blades
Speed ratio of pelton wheel range is 0.4 - 0.5
31. Ans: (b)
Sol: Theoretical discharge through Francis
Speed ratio (4)) turbine (Q) = Af • Vfi = A f of
S.No Type of Turbine , U
T= 1 Actual discharge = K.Q
II 2gH
= K.A ff = K.A f2 .v
1 Pelton wheel 0.4 - 0.5
= knDBvf
2 Francis turbine 0.6 - 0.9
Where,
3 Kaplan & Propeller 1.8 - 2.5
K = vane factor
28. Ans: (b)

32. Ans: (d)
29. Ans: (a) Sol:Discharge through Kaplan turbine is given by
Sol: Given data : Q=Af X Vf = 71 (1) 20 \if
Flow ratio (w) = 0.4 4
Where,
Value of V2gH = 100 m/s
Do = Outer diameter of the runner
Area of flow (Af ) = 6 m2 Db = Diameter of hub portion of
Discharge (Q) through turbine = ? (m3/sec)
runner
Vf
Flow Ratio, ‘11 =
V2gH 33. Ans (a)
Sol: Low head & low power turbine is a Kaplan
0.4 — Vf
100 turbine.
Vf = 40 m/sec
Q = Af V f = 6 x 40 34. Ans: (c)
= 240 m3/sec Sol: Power generated =10 yQH
= 0.8 x 10 x 12 x 25
= 2400 kW
ACE Engineciing Publicationsi
1/4' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar( Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vidayawada I Vizag ITimPati I KukatPallY I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE : 877: Reaction Turbines
:Ensineerina Publications
35. Ans (a) 36. Ans: (d)
Sol: Draft tube: It is a vertical tube which Sol: Refer Q.No (35)
connects outlet of reaction turbines (Francis,
Kaplan & propeller) with the tail race cross- 37. Ans: (c)
sectional area gradually increases Sol: Refer Q.No (35)
towards the tail race i.e outlet of it.
(Maximum divergent cone angle of tube is 38. Ans: (a)
8°).
It is required to perform the following: 39. Ans: (a)
(i) It allows to install the reaction turbines Sol: Refer Q.No (35)
above the tail race without loss of head.
This makes the inspection and 40. Ans: (d)
maintenance of turbine easy (safety Sol: Draft is used for reaction turbine i.e Francis
aspects also) & Kaplan turbines.
(ii) Outlet of reaction K.E is converted to
pressure head, there by head on turbine 41. Ans: (b)
increases.
Efficiency of draft tube: 42. Ans: (b)
Actual regain of pressure head Sol: Refer Q.No (35)
TIDraft tube -
Velocity head at entrance
AT2 _AT2 43. Ans: (c)
v1 v2
2g
V12
2g 44. Ans: (a)

If hf is neglected
viz —V2
11 Draft tube = 45. Ans: (c)
V12
Note: Draft tube is not required for an
Impulse turbine (Pelton wheel) as this
46. Ans: (c)
turbine works in open atmosphere.
47. Ans: (b)

ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
g ACE Hydraulic Machines
48. Ans: (c) 49. Ans: (a) 58. Ans: (No answer)
Q = 500
Sol: Q„ — =158m3 /sec
50. Ans: (c) 51. Ans: (a) VI-1 N/10
52. Ans: (d) 59. Ans: (d)

Sol: Degree Of Reaction (D.O.R) of a turbine is
defined as the ratio of pressure energy 60. Ans: (a)
change to total energy change inside the
turbine runner. 61. Ans: (d)
H — P.E change inside runner Sol: Horse power developed in the reaction
D.O.R = P
1-1, T.E change inside runner turbine is;
For Pelton wheel: (U1 = U2) P = rio 7QH
.*. D.O.R = 0 = 0.80 x 9810 x 50 x 7.5
Hp = 0 P = 29,43,000 w
The power developed by the turbine in hp is
53. Ans: (d) 54. Ans: (c) 55. Ans: (d) [7 lhp = 735.5 w]
P = 2943000
56. Ans: (d) 735.5
Sol: = 4,001.36 HP
62. Ans: (a)
Sol: The primary function of guide vanes is to
v direct water towards the runner in such a way
sin 30 = fl
VI that the flow enters into the runner without
V = — 4 m/s shock.
' sin 30
Note: By changing the flow area between the
guide vanes the discharge entering into the
57. Ans: (a) turbine can also be controlled.
Sol: The power developed in the reaction turbine Hence both (1) & (3) are correct but (1) is
P = rio (7QH) most appropriate here as it is the main
= 0.92 x 9.81 x 30 x 10 function.
P = 2,707.56 kW
ACE Engineering Publications ))Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolltata I Ahmedabad
le
: 879: Reaction Turbines
SiEnscineerPublications
ACE
63. Ans: (d) 68. Ans: (a)
Sol: Francis & Kaplan turbines are reaction Sol: Work done by impeller per unit weight per
turbines unit time is represent by Euler's head which
Francis turbine works on medium head & is given as
medium discharge and Kaplan turbine works V III
He = w' lAssu min g Vw, =0}
on low head & high discharge. Hence (d) is g
most appropriate option.
69. Ans: (a)
64. Ans: (a) Sol: Kaplan turbine is suitable for low head, high
Sol: In mixed flow turbines like modern Francis discharge and it has high specific speed.
turbines water enters radially and comes out
axially. 70. Ans: (c)
Sol: Euler's equation for turbine is derived from
65. Ans: (c) Newton's second law related to angular
Sol: In impulse turbine pressure of water momentum.
remains constant as it flows over the blade.
d x m;)
i.e. T= —
As the wheel is exposed to atmosphere, the dt
pressure is equal to atmospheric pressure. Or T = pQ ± V„ 2 r2
In reaction turbine the pressure
continuously decreases as water flows over
guide vanes as well as runner blades.
66. Ans: (c)

Sol: In inward flow reaction turbine like
conventional Francis turbine, water enters
radially inward at outer periphery and then
flows towards the centre.
67. Ans: (a)

Sol: Flow ratio,
Velocity of flow at inlet
K, = V
,
2gH Theoretical jet speed
•
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahrnedabad
Chapter 5
01. Governing of a turbine means:
Governing of Turbines
(2008) 05. Run away speed of a turbine indicates
(a) discharge is kept constant under all (AE&AEE-2004)
working conditions (a) full load speed
(b) head is kept constant under all working (b) the speed at which the turbine will be
conditions damaged
(c) power is kept constant under all working (c) the speed at which the turbine runs freely
conditions with out load
(d) speed is kept constant under all working (d) the maximum permissible speed
conditions
06. Runaway speed of a hydraulic turbine
02. The function of governor in a turbine is to corresponds to the condition of
(AEE-1992) (AEE-2007)
(a) Give maximum overall efficiency (a) runner revolving freely without load and
(b) Give maximum hydraulic efficiency with the gates wide open
(c) Control the speed of the runner (b) critical speed
(d) Control the flow through the runner (c) breakages of runner
(d) when the load is suddenly disconnected
03. The common type of governor used in
07. Run away speed in a Pelton wheel occurs at
modern turbines is governor
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(AE-1993) (a) zero load
(a) Needle (b) Centrifugal
(b) full load
(c) Diffuser (d) Oil pressure
(c) no load without governor mechanism
(d) full load without governor
04. Run away speed of a turbine is the one at
(AEE-1992) 08. The governor of a turbine works under all
(a) Maximum efficiency operating conditions constant
(b) Optimum efficiency (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) Zero load (a) speed (b) discharge
(d) Minimum input (c) power (d) head
\ 'l I nutiu.ci Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I ilhubanesnarILucknowIPatnaI Bengaluru Chennai I Vtlayawada I Vitag IThupad I Kukatpally I Koltun' Ahmedabad
If 4
ACE : 881 : Governing of Turbines
4
4 4.
9. Watt governor is most suitable for engines 12. The load factor is the ratio of
running at (AEE-1996)
(AE CE/ME-2007) (a) average load or maximum load during
(a) high speed (b) medium speed any period
(c) low speed (d) all speeds (b) energy consumed in a time t to the
maximum demand in that time
10. An example of spring loaded governor is (c) maximum demand to connected load
(AE CE/ME-2007) (d) average output of the plant for a given
(a) Watt (b) Hartnell period of time to the plant capacity
(c) Porter (d) Proell
11. A turbine with a specific speed of 400 is

connected to a generator on the same shaft.
The generator has 10 pairs of poles and
produces an AC current with a frequency of
50 Hz. The synchronous speed, in rpm, is
(AEE-1996)
(a) 300 (b) 400
(c) 500 (d) 600
( I I nr,nu iinr, >nyderabad Delhi BhoPal I Pune I BhubatiesivatI LueknowI PatnaI BengaluruI ChennaiI Vijayawada I VizagI TirupatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata I Alunedabad
V 1 1 ACE : 882: Hydraulic Machines
os, :Engineering Publications
Solutions
01 Ans: (d) turbine (Pelton wheel) unit; the drab applies

Sol: Governing of a turbine: to the mixed-flow turbines or axial flow
The governor varies the water flow through turbine (Reaction type); the dual governor
the water turbine to control its speed applies to the movable propeller turbine and
according to load of electrical generator. bulb tubular turbine with the adjustment of
wheel blade.
02. Ans (c)
All types of water turbines use "oil pressure
Sol: Functions of governor:
governor"
It can automatically adjust the rotating speed
of hydroelectric generator, keeping them 4. Ans (c)
running with in the allowable deviation rated Sol: The runaway speed of a water turbine is its
speed, so as to meet the requirements of speed at full flow, and no shaft load (Electric
power grid frequency quality. generator not coupled). The turbine is to be
• It quickly makes hydroelectric generating set designed to survive the high mechanical
automatically or manually starting to adapt forces of this speed. The manufacturer will
to the power grid load's increase and supply the runway speed rating.
decrease, and the needs of the normal
5. Ans: (c) 6. Ans: (a)
downtime or emergency stop.
When it runs in parallel with hydroelectric 7. Ans: (c) 8. Ans: (a)
generating set in the power system, the
governor can be automatically scheduled for 9. Ans: (c) 10. Ans: (b)
the load distribution, and make each unit to
achieve economic operation. 11. Ans: (a)
60f 60 x 50
Sol: N synchronous = — 300
3. Ans: (d) p 10
Sol: Types of Governors :
12. Ans: (a)
Governors are classified into: Impact
Sol: Load factor is the ratio of average load on
governor, monotone, dual regulating. The
the hydal plant during the period considered.
impact governor applies to the impulse
ACE Enbrineering Publications j>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I VizagITirupati I KukatpallyI KolkataI Ahmedabad
o
Specific Speed and
Chapter 6 Performance of Turbines
01. The specific speed of a turbine is defined as 4. The speed at which turbine runs under unit
the speed of a geometrically similar turbine head and develops unit power is called
(AEE-1984) (AE CE/ME-2007)
(a) of unit size with unit discharge under (a) speed breaker (b) specific speed
unit head (c) specific head (d) efficiency
(b) of such a size that it develops unit power
for unit discharge 5. The specific speed (Ns) of hydraulic turbines
is expressed as Ns = (2011)
(c) of such a size that it develops unit power
\ NJ
under unit head (b)
ka) H1 '25
(d) that is none of the above
NJ NP
(c) (d)
02. Specific speed of a turbomachine
(AE CE/ME-2009)
06. The specific speed of a turbine is the speed of
(a) is the speed of a machine having unit
an imaginary turbine, identical with the given
dimensions
turbine, which:
(b) relates the shape rather than size of the
(AEE & AE 2009, AEE CE/ME-2012)
machine
(a) delivers unit discharge under unit head
(c) remains the same under different of
(b) delivers unit discharge under unit speed
operation
(c) develops unit power under unit head
(d) depends only upon the head under which
(d) develops unit power under unit speed
the machine operates
07. The equation of the specific speed of a

03. The specific speed of a turbine is given by the
NJ)
equation: turbine is given by N = .Here n =
H"
(AE-2011, AE, AEE, AEE CE/ME 2009, 2012) (AEE CE/ME-2011)
5
NP NJ (a) —
(a) (b) 4
H3/2 H2
2
NJ NJ (c) —
(c) (d) 4 4
H "4 1-13
ACE Engincering Publicalioi is(
44>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow j Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I VijaYawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t.."4
V
4 ACE
:FziginePring Publications : 884 : Hydraulic Machines
08. The power which appears in the expansion for (c) Francis turbine
the specific speed is (AE-2013) (d) Kaplan turbine
(a) The water horse power
(b) The horse power developed by the runner 13. Specific speed of a impulse turbine ranges
(c) The shaft power (brake power) from: (AEE CE/ME 2009)
(d) The power input to the turbine (a) 0 - 45 (b) 100 - 140
(c) 100 - 200 (d) 200 - 300
09. At a hydro-electric power plant the head is
10 m and the load is variable. The type of 14. The specific speed of a Francis turbine is
turbine most suitable is (AE-1993) generally in the range of (2011)
(a) Pelton wheel (b) Francis turbine (a) 100-300 (b) 400-600
(c) Kaplan turbine (d) Thomson turbine (c) 800-1200 (d) above 1200
10. The specific speed of turbine runner is : 15. The specific speed for reaction turbine ranges
(AEE & AE 2009) from: (AEE & AE 2009)
(a) Directly proportional to H"2 (a) 3 — 7 (b) 10 — 110
(b) Inversely proportional to H112 (c) 125 —180 (d) 200 — 300
(c) Directly proportional to H3/2
(d) Inversely proportional to H5'4 16. Considering average values of specific
speed, 0 to 4.5, 10 to 100 and 80 to 200,
11. The Pelton wheels are available in the identify the order in which turbine
following range of specific speeds (Ns) (in SI classification respectively follows the
units) (AEE-1996) specific speed: (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) 380 — 950 (b) 40 — 420 (a) reaction, axial and impulse
(c) 30 — 150 (d) 8 — 30 (b) impulse, reaction and axial
(c) axial, impulse and reaction
12. If the hydro power resources of a plant (d) reaction, impulse and axial
indicate a specific speed of 180 as suitable
for power generation, choose from the 17. High specific speed (250 to 850) and low
following the most suitable type of turbine head (below 30 m) indicate that the turbine is
(AEE-2006) (AE CE/ME-2009)
(a) Pelton wheel (a) Pelton wheel (b) Francis
(b) Turgo impulse wheel (c) Kaplan (d) Propeller
ACE Elikinecring Pt IblicAons:,›Hyderabad I DelhilBhopalIPunelBhubiuteswarILucknow1PaIna IBengalurul Chennai IVijayawadalVizagiTirupati Mukatpally1 KolkatalAtunedabad
ACE : 885: Specific Speed & Performance of Turbines
:Engineering Publication.s
18. A Kaplan turbine is preferred for a specific 23. Medium specific speed implies a
speed of (AE 2011) (AEE-2004)
(a) propeller turbine (b) Francis turbine
(a) 50 — 10 rpm (b) 100 — 200 rpm
(c) impulse turbine (d) Kaplan turbine
(c) 1000 — 1200 rpm (d) 300 — 1000 rpm
24. Higher specific speed (500 to 1000) of

19. In a general sense, water turbines may be put turbine indicates that the turbine is
in the following decreasing order of specific (2011)
(a) Pelton wheel
speeds, as: (AEE CE/ME 2008)
(b) Kaplan
(a) Propeller turbine, Francis turbine and
(c) Francis
Pelton Wheel
(d) Pelton wheel and Francis
(b) Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan
turbine
25. In the order of magnitudes, the specific
(c) Kaplan turbine, impulse turbine, Francis
speeds of the turbines Pelton wheel (P),
turbine
Francis (F) and Kaplan (K) are given by
(d) Francis turbine, Kaplan turbine, Pelton
(AEE CE/ME-2011)
wheel
(a) P >F >K (b) F >P >K
(c) K > F >P (d) P = F = K
20. The turbine suitable for low heads and high
flow rate is (AEE-2004)
26. A turbine develops 1600 kW while running
(a) Pelton wheel (b) Francis turbine
at 360rpm under 8m head. The turbine shall
(c) Kaplan (d) All the above
be (AEE-1992)
(a) Kaplan turbine
21. If the head on the turbine is more than
(b) Francis turbine
300 m, the type of turbine used should be
(c) Pelton wheel
(2008)
(d) Turbo impulse wheel
(a) Kaplan (b) Propeller
(c) Francis (d) Pelton wheel
27. A turbine develops 10140 HP under a head of
24.7 m at 180 rpm. The specific speed in rpm
22. If the specific speed of a turbine is 6, then the
is (AEE 1987)
turbine should be (AEE 1987)
(a) 247 (b) 336
(a) Kaplan (b) Francis
(c) 294 (d) 304
(c) Pelton wheel (d) Thompson
ACE Engineering Publications e.)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni Chennai Vijayavrada Vizag I Tirupali j Kukamally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
.6, ACE : 886: Hydraulic Machines
;:Engineering Publications
4
28. A hydraulic turbine has an output of 32. A turbine works under a head of 20 m and has
1024 H.P when it works under a head of 16 a speed of 375 r.p.m and develops 400 KW of
m and runs at 100 r.p.m. The turbine is power. Then the specific speed of the turbine
(AE-1993) is about (AE & AEE CE/ME-2011)
(a) Kaplan (b) Francis (a) 375 (b) 177
(c) Pelton (d) Propeller (c) 83 (d) 56
29. To generate 7360 kW under a head of 81 m 33. To generate 1000 hp under a head of 81 m
while working at a speed of 500 rpm, suitable while working at a speed of 500 rpm, the
type of turbine would be: turbine of choice would be
(AEE, AEE CE/ME 2008) (TS GENCO 2015)
(a) Pelton (b) Kaplan (a) Pelton (b) Kaplan
(c) Bulb (d) Francis (c) Bulb (d) Francis
30. A turbine is required to develop 1500 kW at 34. A Kaplan turbine develops 2500 kW power
300 r.p.m. under a head of 150 m. Which of at an average head of 16 metres, running at a
the following turbine should be used? speed of 320 r.p.m. What is the specific
(AEE CE/ME 2008) speed of the turbine? (AEE-2006)
(a) Pelton wheel with one nozzle (a) 250 (b) 500
(b) Pelton wheel with two or more nozzles (c) 640 (d) 160
(c) Kaplan turbine
(d) Francis turbine 35. The specific speed in a Kaplan turbine is
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
31. Suggest the turbine that works under a head (a) > 300 (b) < 300
of 30 m runs at 400 r.p.m. and develops (c) > 100 (d) < 100
15 MW power
(AE CE/ME-2009) 36. If two hydraulic turbines are similar and
(a) Pelton homologous, then they should have the same
(b) Kaplan (AE, AEE CE/ME-2011)
(c) Francis (a) Reynold's number (b) Mach number
(d) Propeller (c) Specific speed (d) Thoms's number
)Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chermai Wijayawacla j Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
lAr
I/ ACE : 887: Specific Speed & Performance of Turbines
4 4.
37. The propeller blades are adjustable in 42 The turbine with the most efficiency under
(AEE CE/ME-2008) part load operations is:
(a) Pelton wheel (b) Francis turbine (2008)
(c) Impulse turbine (d) Kaplan turbine (a) Fancis (b) Kaplan
(c) Pelton wheel (d) Propellor
38. The power obtainable from an impulse
turbine is proportional to the number of 43. Match List-I with List-II and select the
nozzles used. A pelton turbine with six correct answer using the codes given below
nozzles has a specific speed of 8.1. The Lists:
specific speed per nozzle is (AE-2013) List-I
(a) 1.32 (b) 3.3 1. Kaplan turbine
(c) 2 (d) 8.1 2. Pelton wheel
3. Axial flow pumps
39. The specific speed per nozzle of a Pelton 4. Draft tube
wheel with nine nozzles and a specific speed List-II
of 9.3 is (AEE CE/ME-2008) (P) works at atmospheric pressure
(a) 3.10 (b) 1.03 (Q) high-part load efficiency
(c) 83.7 (d) 0.97 (R) pressure head recovery
(S) high value of Ns (AE-2012)
40. Turbines give best performance (i.e. work at Code:
peak efficiency) when they are operated at P QRS
full or design load. The performance of many (a) 2 1 4 3
turbines deteriorates considerably at part (b) 1 2 4 3
loads? (AE-2013) (c) 2 1 3 4
(a) Pelton turbine (b) Francis turbine (d) 1 2 3 4
(c) Propeller turbine (d) Kaplan turbine
44. The unit speed of the turbine runner is
41. For high part-load efficiency and low head, (2011)
the following turbine is most suitable:
(a) 11
H (b)
(2008) A/H
(a) Pelton wheel (b) Kaplan turbine
(c) (d)
(c) Francis turbine (d) Propeller turbine H" 2 H2

• Hyderabad Delhi I Bhopal I Pune Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44441,
U
ACE
:Engineering Publications : 888: Hydraulic Machines
45. The unit discharge through a turbine is 49. The discharge through a turbine is
(AE-2011, AEE 2007, 2011) (AE 2011)
(a) directly prOportional to H"2
(b) (b) inversely proportional to 1-11/2
(c) directly proportional to H312
(d) (d) inversely proportional to H3/2
H2
50. The power developed by a turbine is

46. Unit discharge of a turbine is when
(AE-2011, AEE, AE & AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) Directly proportional to H1/2
(a) it develops unit power under unit head
(b) Inversely proportional to H1/2
(b) it develops unit speed with unit head
(c) Directly proportional to H3/2
(c) it develops unit speed and unit power
(d) Inversely proportional to H3'2
(d) the head is unity
51. A Pelton wheel develops 1750 kW under a

47. If P is the power developed by the turbine
head of 100 meters while running at 200
under a head of water H, then the unit power
r.p.m, and discharging 2500 liters of water per
developed by a turbine is:
second. The unit power of the wheel is:
(AEE CE/ME 2008)
(2008)
P P
(a) (b) — (a) 0.25 kW (b) 0.75 kW
H
(c) 1.75 kW (d) 3.75 kW
P
(c) (d) H
2 52. A turbine develops 10 kW at a head of
H2
25.0 m; its unit power is
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
48. Choose the wrong statement for hydraulic
(a) 0.04 kW (b) 40.0 kW
turbine (N is speed, D is diameter, P is
(c) 0.08 kW (d) 200.0 kW
power, H is head).
(AEE-2007) 53. A turbine develops a power of 540 kW,
(a) N oc (b) N GC D 2 working under a head of 36 metres. What is
the unit power of the turbine? (AEE-2006)
(c) N ac VI7
1 (d) P oc H312 (a) 15 kW (b) 90 kW
(c) 36 kW (d) 2.5 kW
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai j Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.
54. The unit discharge through a turbine running (b) 403 rpm, 429 kW
at 4500 rpm and discharge 400.0 cumecs at (c) 429 rpm, 403 kW
120.0 m head is (AE CE/ME, AEE 2004) (d) 1070 rpm, 403 kW
(a) 36.52 (b) 715.54
(c) 3.33 (d) 6.00 59. The unit power Pu of a turbine is expressed as
P„ = P/Hn. Here n = (2011)
55. For a given head the discharge through a (a) 0.5 (b) 1.5
pelton turbine with increase in speed (c) 2.5 (d) None of these
(AEE-2007)
(a) increases 60. Turbine constants are (AEE-1992)
(b) decreases (a) Input power, output power
(c) remains unaffected (b) Input power, flow through runner, output
(d) depends upon specific speed only power
(c) Unit power, unit speed, specific speed
(d) Unit power, unit speed, unit discharge
56. The discharge through a reaction turbine with
increase in unit speed (AEE-2007)
61. Curved vanes are preferred to flat vanes in
(a) increases
hydraulic machines because of (AE-1993)
(b) decreases
(a) improved energy transfer
(c) remains unaffected (b) reduced impact force
(d) first increases than decreases (c) increased use of water quantity
(d) simplicity of manufacture
57. If 'H' is the head of water under which a
turbine works and 'N' is the actual speed in 62. Operating characteristics curves of a turbine
r.p.m., then the unit speed can be calculated means: (AEE CE/ME 2008)
as (AEE CE/ME 2004) (a) curves drawn at constant speed
N N (b) curves drawn at constant efficiency
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) curves drawn at constant head
H H2 H3
58. A turbine develops 600kW under a head of

63. Operating characteristics of a turbine refer to
30m at 450rpm speed. The speed and power
constant (AEE CE/ME-2008)
at 24m head is (AEE-1992)
(a) speed (b) discharge
(a) 1070 rpm, 429 kW
(c) efficiency (d) head
ACE Engineering Publications) Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna J Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Timpall Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
c i
t."?
to,
g ACE
4
sEngineering Publications : 890: Hydraulic Machines
64. The main characteristic curves of a turbine 67. Match List-I and List-II and select the
are the curves drawn at constant correct answer using the codes given below
(AEE, AEE CE/ME-2011) the lists:
(a) speed (b) head (APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016)
(c) discharge (d) efficiency
List-I List-II
65. Which of the following statement is correct? (Turbine) (Specific Speed)
(2008) A. Pelton 1.25
(a) In an impulse turbine, the water B. Propeller 2. 75
impinges on the buckets with pressure C. Kaplan 3. 500
energy D. Francis 4. 800
(b) In a reaction turbine, the water glides 5. 900
over the moving Vanes with kinetic
energy Codes:
(c) In an impulse turbine, the pressure of A B C D
the flowing water remains unchanged (a) 1 4 5 2
and is equal to atmospheric pressure (b) 3 4 2 5
(d) In a reaction turbine, the pressure of the (c) 4 1 5 3
flowing water increases after gliding (d) 1 5 4 2
over the Vanes
68. The speed of a geometrically similar turbine
66. The curves shown in the figure represent such that when it is developing 1 kW the
total suction head is equal to 1 meter. The
speed is known as
Power
head (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
discharge (a) suction specific speed
(b) specific speed
speed
(c) unit speed
(AEE-1996)
(d) critical speed
(a) main characteristic curves
(b) operating characteristic curves
(c) constant efficiency curves
(d) muschel curves
/4' Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayaivada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4 6.
69. The specific speed of a turbine running with 73. The specific speed of a turbine is given by
a speed of N developing a power of P under the equation
working head of H is given by (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) NJ
(a) (b)
NJ NJ H312 H2
(a) (b)
H "2 H "4 NJ NJ;
(c) (d)
NJ NJ H "4 H3
(c) (d)
H "2 H "4
74. A Pelton wheel develops 1750 kW under a

70. A Pelton wheel develops 1750 kW under a head of 100 metres while running at 200
head of 100 metres while running at 200 rpm r.p.m. and discharging 2500 literes of water
and discharging 2500 litres of water per per second. The unit power of the wheel is
second. The unit power of the wheel is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(APPSC AE (Prelims) 2016) (a) 0.25 kW (b) 0.75 kW
(a) 0.25 kW (b) 0.75 kW (c) 1.75 kW (d) 3.75 kW
(c) 1.75 kW (d) 3.75 kW
75. The speed of an imaginary turbine,
71. The unit power Pu of a turbine developing a identical with the given turbine, which will
power P under a head H is equal to develop a unit power under a unit head, is
(TSPSC-AEE-2017) known as
(a) (b)
H" 2 -41-
1 (a) normal speed (b) unit speed
(c) specific speed (d) pitot speed
(c) P.H3/2 (d)
H312
76. Which of the follwing turbine is preferred

72. The unit speed of the turbine runner is for 0 to 25 m head of water?
N (a) Pelton wheel
(a) (b) —
(b) Kaplan turbine
(c) Francis turbine
(c) (d) H
H"2 2 (d) Modern Francis turbine
ACE Engineering Publications >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
44
0
e 44„ ACE : 892 : Hydraulic Machines
04
U 0II Engineering Publications
‘.
77. The specific speed of a turbine is the speed 80. If a turbine generates 10000 kW under the
of an imaginary turbine, identical with the head of 10 m at the speed 100rpm, the
given turbine, which specific speed of the turbine is
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) delivers unit discharge under unit head (a) 177.8 rpm (b) 562.3 rpm
(b) delivers unit discharge under unit speed (c) 1052 rpm (d) 2056 rpm
(c) develops unit power under unity head
(d) develops unit power under unit speed
81. The unit power of the reaction turbine
78. A hydraulic turbine has a discharge of 3 (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
m3/s operation under a head of 16 m with a (a) Increases with the unit speed
speed of 500 rpm. If it is be operated under (b) Decreases with the unit speed
36 m then the rotational speed will be (c) Decreases and increases with the unit
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) speed
(a) 750 rpm (b) 600 rpm (d) Increases and decreases with the unit
(c) 447 rpm (d) 400 rpm speed
79. If H is the unit head, the unit power of the 82. A single jet impulse turbine of 10 MW
turbine is proportional to capacity works with a head of 500 m. If the
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) specific speed of the turbine is 10, the actual
(a) H (b) W2 speed of the turbine is
(c) H —(1/2) (d)
H
-(3/2)
(a) 106.9 rpm (b) 236.4 rpm
(c) 392.5 rpm (d) 50 rpm
ACE Engineering Publication 1/4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4. „ ACE
ziEngineering Publicafions : 893: Specific Speed & Performance of Turbines
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) 02. Ans: (b) 03. Ans: (c) 04. Ans: (b)
Sol: Specific speed (NS ) of a turbine:
It is defined as the rotational speed at which 05. Ans: (a) 06. Ans: (c) 07. Ans: (a)
a water turbine would operate at best
efficiency under unit head (1 m) and which is 8. Ans: (c)
sized to produce unit power (1 kW).
9. Ans: (c)
NJ
Ns is given by — (H1 4 Sol: H= 10 m (low head turbine)
Y
i.e Kaplan turbine
Where
N —> turbine runner wheel (rpm)
10. Ans: (d)
P --> shaft power (kW)
H -+ Head on turbine (m)
11. Ans: (d)
Sol: Refer Q.No: 1
Classification of water turbines based on:
Specific Speed range: 12. Ans: (c)
S. Specific- Sol: Refer Q.No: 1

Turbine type Head (m)
No Speed
13. Ans: (a) 14. Ans: (a) 15. Ans: (c)
30 m to
1 Turgo 20-80
300 m
16. Ans: (b)
Cross flow 5 m to
2 20-70 Sol: 0 - 4.5 -p Impulse type
(Banki) 200 m
300 m to 10 - 100 -+ Reaction type
3 Pelton Wheel 10-60 80 - 200 -+ Axial type
2000 m
30 m to
4 Francis 60-300 18. Ans: (d) 19. Ans: (a)
300 m 17. Ans: (c)
4 m to
5 Kaplan 300-1000 20. Ans: (c) 21. Ans: (d) 22. Ans: (c)
30 m
ACE Eittpuccring ications ‘‘ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna' Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Ving Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
,,
o
-4
0
4
1, ACE
4.
tiEngmeeimg Pubhcabons : 894: Hydraulic Machines
23. Ans: (b) 24. Ans: (b) 25. Ans: (c) 29. Ans: (d)
Sol: P = 7360 kW
26. Ans (a) H = 81 m
Sol: Given data : N = 500 rpm
P = 1600 kW NJ 500 7360
N= 360 rpm
Ns = (H)514 /4 =177
= (81)5
H=8m The range is valid for "Francis turbine".
NJ = 360 1600
Ns = =1070
(H)a (8)a 30. Ans: (a)
The range is valid for "Kaplan turbine". Sol: P = 1500 kW
N= 300 rpm
27. Ans: (a) H = 150 m
Sol: P = 10140 HP 300V1500
Ns = = 22
= 10140 x 0.736 kW (150)a
= 7463 kW Ns < 30, Hence Pelton wheel with one nozzle
H = 24.7 m used
N= 180 rpm
N IP- 180.../TO
' 31. Ans: (b)
Ns — „ 5 =
5 = 282
(Hp (24.7)a 4001/15000
Sol: N = = 698
The range is valid for "Francis turbine". s (30r 4
The range is valid for "Kaplan turbine"
28. Ans: (b)
Sol: P = 1024 32. Ans: (b)
P = 1024 x 0.736 kW Sol: H = 20 m
=753.7 kW N = 375 rpm
H = 16 m P = 400 kW
N= 100 rpm NV-F" 375 400
Ns = I \ 5
NJ 100V753.7 0E04 20)4
Ns _ = = 86
(1)a (16)a = 177
The range is valid for "Francis turbine" The range is valid for " Francis turbine"
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswaril,ucknow1PatnalBengalurulaennailVijayawadalVizagITirupafilKultatpallyIKolkatalAtimedabad

I.
if "4
t ACE : 895: Specific Speed & Performance of Turbines
1,
4
:Engineering Publicaiions
4.
33. Ans: (d) 39. Ans: (a)

Sol: P = 1000 HP = 736 kW N 93
Sol: 4 = = 3.1
H = 81 m -,./n
N= 500 rpm
500F737 40. Ans: (d)
Ns = = 56
T (81)1 Sol:
Kaplan turbine is to be superior to other
The range is valid for "Francis turbine"
turbines from consideration of high power
generation on account of better overall
34. Ans: (b) efficiency.
320 00
Sol: N = =500
s 16"4 41 Ans: (b)
35. Ans: (a) 42. Ans: (b)

Sol: More efficiency under part load operation is
36. Ans: (c) observed in case of Kaplan turbine only.
Sol: Homologous and similar geometrical
turbines should have same Specific speed. 43. Ans: (a)
Ns Model
= Ns Prototype
Sol: Kaplan turbine -+ High- part load
efficiency
N,„ Pm N p PP
W y/4 —
Pelton wheel —> Works in open atmosphere
in p \5/4
Axial flow machine —> High Sp. Speeds
Draft tube -+ Pressure head recovery
37. Ans: (d)
44. Ans: (b)
38. Ans: (b)
Sol: Unit speed (Nu) : It is defined as the speed
Sol:
of a water turbine working under a unit head
Ns oc -N/No.of.Nozzles
N NI N2
Specific speed per nozzle N„ =
Aji = 12
717
8.1
3.3
CF. Engineering Pi ildivations.1/4

;Hyderabad 1 Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Irgayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I Kuhl-Pally I Kolliata I Ahmedabad
_4
444
•
4., ACE
•
45. Ans: (b)

: 896:
52. Ans: (c)

Hydraulic Machines
Sol: Unit Discharge (Q): It is defined as the 10

Sol: P = = 0.08 kW
discharge passing through a turbine, which is u (25)3/2
working under a unit head.
53. Ans: (d)
Qu =
Sol: P = P = 540 — 2.5 kW
u H3/2 (36)3/2
54. Ans: (a)

Sol: Q = 400 m3/sec
46. Ans: (d)
H = 120 m
Q 400
47. Ans: (c) Qu = = = 36.5 m3/sec
-N/H N/120
Sol: Unit Power (Pu) : It is defined as the power
developed by a turbine, working under a unit 55. Ans: (a)
head.
Sol: N.D oc
Pu =P AocD2 VflocD3 N Q oc N
H
Pl P2 56. Ans: (b)

•• H3/2 = H3/2
2
Sol: N =
u
48. Ans: (b) 49. Ans: (a)

57. Ans: (a)
50. Ans: (c) Sol: N
3 u=
Sol: P oc H 2
58. Ans (b)
51. Ans: (c)
Sol: P = 600 kW, H = 30 m, N = 450 rpm
Sol: P = 1750 kW
H= 100 m N = N1 = N2
OF12
Unit power,
450 N2
P 1750
Pu = 3= =1.75 kW VTD 1/Tet
H2 (100)2
N2 =402 rpm
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Paha! Bengalum Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4-4 ACE
„, : 897: Specific Speed & Performance of Turbines
6. ,Engineering Publications
p = are plotted by maintaining a constant head.
u = P2
)3/2 (I12 )"2 Speed of the turbine varies by changing load
600 on the turbine.
P2
(30)31'2 (24)" 2
P2 = 429 kW 65. Ans: (c)

Sol: In impulse turbine, water impinges on the
bucket with K.E. Pressure of flowing fluid
59. Ans: (b)
remains unchanged (i.e in open atmosphere).
P
Sol: Pu — In reaction turbine, water glids over the
moving vanes with P.E. Pressure of flowing
Where, n = =1.5 fluid decreases after gliding over the vanes.
2
60. Ans (d) 66. Ans: (a)

Sol: Turbine constants like Nu, Qu and Pu are
used to plot performance curves 67. Ans: (a)
Sol:
61. Ans: (a) Turbine Specific speed
Sol: Curved vanes are preferred over flat vanes in Pelton wheel 10 - 60
hydraulic machines due to advantage of more Francis 60 - 300
energy transfer possible between working
Kaplan 300 -1000
fluid and contact surface.
62. Ans: (a) 68. Ans: (a) 69. Ans: (d)

Sol: Operating characteristic curves of a turbine
70. Ans: (c)
are plotted when the speed on the turbine is
Sol: In a pelton wheel, P = 1750 kW
constant; N and H are constant and variation
Head, H = 100 m
of power (P) and efficiency (i) with respect
N= 200 rpm
to discharge (Q) are plotted.
Discharge, Q = 2500 /t/sec
63. Ans: (a) P
Unit power, Pu =
H 312
64. Ans: (b) 1750

= = 1.75 kW
(100)3/2
Sol: Characteristic curves of a turbine means
main characteristic curves only. These curves
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow l Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
:Enginming Publications
.)
71. Ans: (d) 73. Ans: (c)
Sol: Sol: The specific speed of turbine is given by
P oc pgQH NJ
N S = H5'4
oc (130 2 -siii)H
P Where,
D 2/13i2 — constant
N= speed in rpm
Unit quantities are used to predict P= Power output in kW
performance of same turbine under different H= operating head in m
conditions. The specific speed of the turbine depends
i.e. D = constant only on the turbine geometry and is used
P select most suitable turbine at given site.
= const = Pu
• H" 2
P 74. Ans: (c)

i.e. P =
u P 1750
Sol: Pu = = =1.75kW
H" (100)" 2
72. Ans: (a)

Sol: tux V cc VT
-I 75. Ans: (c)
TcDN vfi- NV-17
cc Sol: NS =
60 H"4
DN When P = 1 kW & H = 1 m then N Ns

= constant
Unit quantities are defined to predict 76. Ans: (b)

performance of same hydraulic machine Sol: For very low heads Kaplan turbine is most
under different operating conditions. suitable & high discharge.
D = constant
77. Ans: (c)
(or) = const =
Sol: NS = H514
i.e. N =N
" H When P = 1 kW and H = 1 m
then N = Ns
ACE Engineering Publications HyderabadlDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatTial BengalurulChennailVtiarawadalVizaglTirupatilKukarpallylKolkatalAhmedabad

ek t ACE
4,Engineering Publications : 899: Specific Speed & Performance of Turbines
78. Ans: (a) 80. Ans: (b)

Sol: Under homologous condition NJ 100V10000
Sol: N, = 105/4
ND cc JH H"4
N2 x D2 11H2 = 562.3
N I DI H
81. Ans: (d)
N2 X 1 = " Sol: From characteristic curve of reaction turbine
500 V16
(both Francis and Kaplan) unit power first
{ '.' for same turbine DI = D2} increases and then decreases with respect
N2-= 500 x unit speed.

= 750 rpm
4
82. Ans: (b)

79. Ans: (d)
N1/17)
Sol: N, = H514
Sol: The unit power is given by P, =
H" 2
NV10 x103
CC H-312 10=
5005/4
N = 236.4
Note: Power is consider in kw to calculate
specific speed.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai Mayawada I Vizag I TiruPati I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Cavitation in Turbines
Chapter
01. The cavitation in a hydraulic machine (c) equal to vapour pressure of liquid
(AE & AEE-CE/ME-2012) (d) none of the above
(a) causes noise and vibration of various parts
(b) makes the surface rough 06. Cavitation, being related to occurrence of low
(c) reduces the discharge of a turbine pressure in flow, would definitely occur if
(d) causes sudden drop in power output and (AE-2013)
efficiency (a) The pressure anywhere in the flow
approaches the atmospheric value
02. Cavitation in hydraulic turbine results in (b) The pressure anywhere in the flow falls
(AEE-2007) to a value very close to the vapour
(a) noise and vibration pressur of the liquid at the prevailing
(b) reduction of discharge temperature
(c) axial flow type (c) The pressure is lower than the vapour
(d) rough surfaces pressure
(d) None of these
03. The cavitation in a hydraulic machine is
mainly due to (AE 2011) 07. Cavitation can takes place in:
(a) low velocity (b) low pressure (2008)
(c) high velocity (d) high pressure (a) pelton wheel
(b) reciprocating pump
04. The formation and sudden collapse of vapour (c) centrifugal pump
bubbles is called (AEE-2006) (d) all of the above
(a) priming (b) energy dissipation
(c) cavitation (d) tail race 08. Cavitation is likely to occur in a
(AEE CE/W-2008)
05. Cavitation will take place if the pressure in (a) Pelton wheel (b) reciprocating pump
the flowing fluid at any point is: (2008) (c) manometer (d) Francis turbine
(a) more than vapour pressure of liquid
(b) less than vapour pressure of liquid
I ACE Engi He e ng Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
6,
l
4
ACE : 901: Cavitation in Turbines
4 .
09. The cavitation and pitting can be prevented by 13. The Thomas number is defined as equal to
creating which of the following condition? (AEE-1996)
(2004) Pa — Pv — 7z P — Pv
(a) (b) a
(a) Reducing the pressure head yHi yH i
(b) Reducing velocity head P — Pv — yHi (P + yz)— Pv
(c) a (d) a
(c) Increasing the pressure head yH yHi
(d) None of these
14. In order to avoid cavitations, the value of
10. The most susceptible part of a turbine to Thoma's cavitation factor for Francis turbine
cavitation is (AE&AEE-2004) should not be reduced below the critical
(a) penstock (b) guide blades cavitation factor given by (where Ns is the
(c) inlet of the draft tube (d) blade inlet specific speed).
( N -N 2
11. A turbomachine becomes more susceptical to (a) 51.27 s
380.78
cavitation if (AE CE/ME-2009)
\2
(a) Thoma's cavitation parameter limit ( Ns
(b) 0.625
exceed certain parameter 380.78,
(b) Pressure falls below vapour pressure ( Ns )2

(c) 439.22
(c) Pressure becomes very high 444
(d) Velocity attains low value
1 Ns )2
(d) 0.28+
7.5 444
12. The cavitation in reaction turbine is avoided,
to a great extent by:
(AEE CE/ME 2008)
(a) installing the turbine above the tail race
level
(b) using cast iron runner of the turbine
(c) providing blades with rough surfaces to
the ranner.
(d) installing the turbine below the tail race
level
ACE Engineering Public:ilium; i>Hyderabad

\ I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukalpally Kolkala I Ahmedabad
4 4
ACE
:Eugineering Publicalions : 902: Hydraulic Machines
4
Solutions
1. Ans: (a) 2. Flow separation at exit of turbine in the

Sol: Cavitation in a hydraulic machine like water draft tube entrance causes vibrations. To
turbine causes erosion on the surface of stabilize this, inject air in the draft tube.
runner, high frequency waves produces Draft tube is to be submerged below the
noise & vibrations. level of the water in tailrace.
10. Ans: (c)

2. Ans: (a) 03. Ans: (b) 04. Ans: (c)
Sol: Susceptible part of a water turbine to
cavitation is
5. Ans: (b)
(i) at exit of reaction turbine
Sol: Cavitation occurs when the static pressure of
(ii) at inlet of the draft tube
the liquid falls below its vapour pressure of
that liquid 11. Ans: (b)
12. Ans: (d)
6. Ans: (c)
Sol: Methods to avoid cavitation in reaction
turbines:
7. Ans: (c)
1. Special materials (or) coatings such as
Sol: Cavitation is observed in reaction turbines
aluminium-bronze and strainless steel,
like Francis turbine, Kaplan turbine,
which are cavitation resistant materials
propeller turbine and centrifugal pumps.
should be used.
Cavitation is not occur in Impulse turbine
2. Install reaction turbine below the tail race
(Pelton wheel) and reciprocating pump.
water level.
8. Ans: (d) 3. Provide blades with smooth surfaces
4. Pressure of flowing liquid in any part of
9. Ans: (b)
the turbine should not be allowed to fall
Sol: Avoiding cavitation in reaction turbines:
below the vapour pressure
1. Turbine parameters should be set such
Ex: For water flow in turbine, absolute
that at any point of flow static pressure
pressure head should not be below 2.5 m
may not fall below the vapour pressure
of water.
of the liquid.
13. Ans: (b) 14. Ans: (b)
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally l Kolkam I Ahmedabad
Centrifugal Pumps
Chapter
01. A centrifugal pump (AEE-1984) 5. The rotating part of centrifugal pump is

(a) continuously extracts energy from the called (AE 2011)
water (a) impeller (b) casing
(b) lifts water by reciprocating (c) vane (d) None
(c) continuously gives energy to water
(d) none of the above 6. Filling of casing and suction pipe of a pump
with water is called (AE CE/ME-2007)
02. A centrifugal pump converts (a) Priming (b) Timing
(AEE-1992) (c) Recycling (d) Logging
(a) Electrical energy to mechanical energy
(b) Kinetic energy to pressure energy 7. Priming is required for: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) Pressure energy to kinetic energy (a) reciprocating pumps (b) centrifugal pump
(d) Mechanical energy to electrical energy (c) both the above (d) none of the above
03. A centrifugal pump is the reverse of 8. The motion that helps in the working of a
(AEE-1996, 2006) centrifugal pump is (AEE-1992)
(a) axial flow reaction turbine (a) Radial flow (b) Free vortex flow
(b) outward radial flow reaction turbine (c) Forced vortex flow (d) Axial flow
(c) inward radial flow reaction turbine
(d) axial flow impulse turbine 9. In a centrifugal pump, water enters the
impeller (AEE-1984)
04. The centrifugal pumps and one common class (a) axially
of turbine (reaction) have many features in (b) radially
common, except (AEE CE/ME-2006) (c) tangentially
(a) the efficiency of the machine (d) in none of ways the above
(b) the direction of energy conversion
(c) the characteristic curves of certain
parameter
(d) the cavitation
ACE Engineering Publications '5Hyderabad
. I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna 113engalura Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolliaia I Ahmedabad
of
gdp ACE so',Engineering Publications : 904: Hydraulic Machines
10. The delivery valve, while starting centrifugal 15. In a centrifugal pump the water:
pump is kept: (AEE & AE-2008)
(AE, AEE 2008, 2011, AEE CE/ME 2009) (a) Enters the impeller radially and leaves
(a) fully closed (b) half open the vanes axially
(c) fully open (d) any position (b) Enters the impeller radially and leaves
the vanes radially
11. Centrifugal pumps are adopted for (c) Enters the impeller axially and leaves the
(AE & AEE-2004) vanes radially
(a) large head and low discharge (d) Enters the impeller axially and leaves the
(b) low head and low discharge vanes axially
(c) large head and large discharge
(d) low head and large discharge 16. In a centrifugal pump the liquid enters the
pump
12. For very high discharge and low pressure the (AE, AEE & AEE-CE/ME-2012, 2004)
pump preferred is (AEE-2007) (a) at the centre (b) at the top
(a) centrifugal (c) reciprocating (c) at the bottom (d) from sides
(c) axial flow (d) mixed flow
17. An impeller with backward curved blades
(Lecturers-2013)
13. In a centrifugal pump, the regulating valve is (a) exhibits a rising head-discharge
provided on the: (AEE & AE-2008) characteristic
(a) casing (b) delivery pipe (b) exhibits a dropping head-discharge
(c) suction pipe (d) impeller characteristic
(c) is an unbalanced rotor with a flat
14. A centrifugal pump when used to work with
characteristic
compressible fluid flow it is called
(d) has a flat characteristic for reverse
(AEE-1992)
rotation
(a) A diffuser
(b) A nozzle converter
18. Casing of a centrifugal pump is designed so
(c) A compressor
as to minimize (AEE-2007)
(d) A pressure converter
(a) friction loss (b) cavitation
(c) static head (d) loss of kinetic energy
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I TiruPan I KukatPally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4,0 4,4
4
ACE 905 : Centrifugal Pumps
, :En
19. In the case of a centrifugal pump difference 24. Pump most suitable for uniform and
in level between the storability of water tank continuous flow, for large discharges and
and water level in the sump is called smaller heads are. (AE CE/ME-2007)
head (AEE-2006) (a) Reciprocating pump
(a) Delivery (b) Static (b) Centrifugal pump
(c) Manometric (d) Total (c) Hand pumps
(d) Rotodynamic pumps
20. A centrifugal pump will start delivering
25. Centrifugal pumps when arranged in series
liquid only when the pressure rise in the
(AE CE/ME, AEE-1984, 2007)
impeller is equal to (AEE CE/ME-2009)
(a) increase the discharge only
(a) Kinetic head (b) Velocity head
(b) increase both the discharge and head
(c) Manometric head (d) Static head
(c) increase the head only
(d) increase the head but decrease the
21. If the shaft HP of the motor of a centrifugal
discharge
pump be P, the overall efficiency of the pump
is (AEE 1987) 26. Series operation of centrifugal pumps results
(a) WQH2/P (b) WQ2H/75 P in (AE CE/ME-2009)
(c) WQH/75P (d) WQH/125 P (a) high head
(symbols carries usual meaning) (b) low speed operation
(c) high discharge
22. The efficiency of a pump depends on (d) reduced power consumption
(AE 2011)
27. If two pumps identical in all aspects and
(a) Type of runner (b) Type of impeller
each capable of delivering a discharge Q
(c) Type of air vessel (d) Type of casing
against a head H are connected (AEE-1996)
(a) in parallel, the resulting discharge is Q
23. The ratio of power output of the pump to the
against a head of 2H
power input to the pump is known as
(b) in series, the resulting discharge is
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
2Qagainst a head of 2H
(a) manometric efficiency
(c) in series, the resulting discharge is 2Q
(b) pump efficiency
against a head of H
(c) overall efficiency
(d) in parallel, the resulting discharge 2Q
(d) mechanical efficiency
against a head H
ACE Engineerihg Publications,j Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayaivada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
s,J
. ACE : 906: Hydraulic Machines
28. When two identical centrifugal pumps are 31. A multistage pump is used to:
operating in series on a common rising main (AE-2011, AEE & AE-2008, 2007)
then (Observers-2013) (a) give high discharge
(a) The pressure in the rising main will be (b) produce high heads
nearly doubled, while the discharge will (c) pump viscous fluids
remain the same (d) pump chemicals
(b) the discharge will be nearly doubled,
while the pressure remains the same 32. A multistage centrifugal is used for
(c) Discharge as well as pressure in the (AEE-2006)
rising main will be doubled (a) increasing the delivery head
(d) Discharge as well as pressure in the (b) increasing the total efficiency
rising main will increase but not become (c) increasing the suction head
doubled (d) reducing the friction loss
29. If two centrifugal pumps identical in all 33. To discharge large quantities of liquid,
respects and each is capable of delivering a pumps are connected:
discharge 'Q' against a head 'H' are (AEE-1996, 2008 )
connected in series, the resulting discharge (a) in parallel
is: (AEE & AE-2008) (b) in series
(a) 2Q against a head of 2H (c) in parallel or in series
(b) 2Q against a head of H (d) none of the above
(c) Q against a head of 2H
(d) Vi5 against a head of V2 H 34. Multistage centrifugal pumps are used to
(AE & AEE-CE/ME-2007, 2012)
30. A multi-stage centrifugal pump is equivalent (a) give high discharge
to (AEE-1992) (b) pump viscous fluids
(a) Centrifugal pumps connected in parallel (c) produce high heads
(b) Centrifugal pumps connected in series (d) None of these
(c) Centrifugal pumps connected in series
first and coupled to parallel pumps
(d) Centrifugal pumps connected in parallel
first and coupled to series connection
ACE Engineciing Publications >Hyderabad !Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
f."4
4, 4
ACE : 907: Centrifugal Pumps
t, :Engineering Publications
35. Which of the following defines the (c) Less than manometric head
manometric head of a centrifugal pump? (d) The manometric head less losses
(AEE-1984)
(a) total height to which the liquid is lifted 39. The head developed by a centrifugal pump
(b) static head minus losses in the pump depends upon (AE, AEE-2004)
(c) difference of energy heads between the (a) suction, lift and friction losses
outlet of pump casing and the inlet of the (b) impeller diameter and speed
pump casing (c) fluid density
(d) none of the above (d) type of casing
36. The theoretical power required to drive a 40. Water power of a centrifugal pump is:
pump P in terms of suction head Hs, delivery ( AEE CE/ME-2008)
head HD and weight of water W is given by (a) Impeller power + Power lost in pump
the equation (b) Impeller power + Mechanical losses
(AE CE/ME-2007) (c) Impeller power — Power lost in pump
(a) P = Hs(W) /HD (b) P = W (Hs + HD) (d) Impeller power — Losses in pipes
(c)P=W+Hs+HD (d)P ---- WxHs

HD 41. Work done by the impeller of a centrifugal
pump per second per unit weight of water is:
37. A centrifugal pump lifts water from sump to (AEE CE/ME-2008)
an overhead tank through a height of 40 m. 1 1
(a) — vwi ul (b) — v W 2
The head lost due to friction in suction and
delivery pipes is 4 m. The work done by the (c)
1
+ vw2u2)(d)
1
— v w2 u2 )
g (v w lul g (v w iul
pump (efficiency 100%) in kgf-m/kgf of
water is (AEE-1984)
(a) 44 (b) 40 42. Water is pumped to a height of 10 m at the
(c) 36 (d) none of these rate of 0.1 m3/sec. Frictional and other losses
are 5 m. The power of pump required will be
38. In a centrifugal pump the work done by the (AEE CE/ME-2004)
impeller is (AEE-1992) (a) 1000 kg m/sec (b) 1500 kg m/sec
(a) The manometric head (c) 500 kg m/sec (d) 2000 kg m/sec
(b) Greater than manometric head
ACE Engine.cring Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar Lucknow Patna Bengaluru I Chennai Viijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Bothnia Ahmedabad
43. Water is to be pumped at a rate of 6.0 cubic 48. Water is to be lifted by a net head of
metres per minute to a height of 12.0 m; if 180 m identical pumps with specific speed
the head loss is estimated as 5.0 m, the of 30 and rotative speed of 1450 rpm
minimum rating of the pump required is capable of discharging 200 L/s are available.
(AEE 2004) The number of pumps required is
(a) 1.70 kW (b) 17.0 kW (AEE-1996)
(c) 170.0 kW (d) 12.5 kW (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
44. A pump delivers water at the rate of 32.6 lit

49. Discharge (Q) of a Centrifugal pump is
per second against a manometric head 25
given by: (AEE CE/ME-2009)
metres. If the efficiency of the pump is 64%,
(a) Q = 7CDVf (b) Q = 7C .b.Vf
what is the power consumed? (AEE-2006)
(c) Q = n.b.DVf (d) Q = D.b.Vf
(a) 8 kW (b) 20 kW
(c) 15 kW (d) 12.5 kW Where
D = diameter of impeller at inlet
45. A pump delivers 50 L/s of water and b = width of impeller at inlet
delivers 7.5 kW of power to the system. The Vf = velocity of flow at inlet
head developed by the pump is:
(AEE CE/ME-2008) 50. If D is diameter of impeller at inlet, b is
(a) 7.5 m (b) 5.0 m width of impeller at inlet, Vf is velocity of
(c) 1.53 m (d) 15.32 m flow at inlet, then the discharge Q of a
centrifugal pump is given by:
46. The maximum head against which a pump of (AEE CE/ME-2008)
4.9 kW can deliver 3.0 m3 of water per (a) Q = 7cDVf (b) Q = b Vf
minute is (AEE CE/ME-2008) (c) Q= n.D.b Vf (d) Q= D.b. Vf
(a) 10.0 m (b) 20.0 m
(c) 166.7 m (d) 14.7 m 51. Manometric efficiency of a centrifugal pump
47. A pump discharges 0.1 m3/s through a pipe is given as: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
line to a height of 10.0 m. If the power (a) gH.
(b) H.
consumed is 14.72 kW the losses in the pipe Vw 2 U 2 gV„2U2
are (AE CE/ME-2007) Vw2U2
(c) (d) g X Vw2U2
(a) 5.0 m (b) 10.0 m gH H.
(c) 9.8 m (d) 2.5 m
ACE Enginceting Publications.) Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
lo
5
••
4
ACE
,)Engineering Publications : 909: Centrifugal Pumps
52. Manometric head, in case of a centrifugal (a) Kinetic head (b) Velocity head
pump, is equal to : (c) Manometric head (d) Static head
(AEE CE/ME -2008-2009)
(a) suction lift + loss of head in suction pipe 56. If H is manometric height in meters, Q the
due to friction + delivery lift +loss of discharge in m3/sec and n the overall
head in delivery pipe due to friction + efficiency of pump and p the density of
velocity head in the delivery pipe. fluid, then power to drive centrifugal pump
(b) work done per kN of water losses is equal
within the impeller (AEE -2007, 2008)
(c) energy per kN at outlet of impeller- pQH
(a) (b) pQ117-1
energy per kN at inlet of impeller 31

(c) WTI (d) QH
1
53. Static head of a pump is the
(AE-2011, AEE CE/ME-2008) 57. For centrifugal pump impeller, the maximum
(a) sum of suction height and delivery lift value of the vane exit angle is
(b) total length of pipe line (AEE-CE/ME-2012)
(c) sum of friction losses and length of pipe (a) 10° to 15° (b) 15° to 20°
(d) sum of the depth of water in the sump (c) 20° to 25° (d) 25° to 30°
and water tank
58. A centrifugal pump was manufactured to
54. Head developed by a centrifugal pump is
couple directly to a 15 HP electric motor
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 2009)
running at 1500 rpm, delivering 50 lit/min,
(a) proportional to diameter of impeller
against a total head of 36 m. It is desired to
(b) proportional to speed of impeller
replace the motor by a diesel engine with
(c) proportional to diameter and speed of
1000 rpm and couple it directly to the pump.
impeller
The head developed by the pump is likely to
be
(TSPSC AEE 2015)
55. A centrifugal pump will start delivering
(a) 20 m (b) 29.6 m
liquid only when the pressure rises in the
(c) 41.4 m (d) 16m
impeller is equal to the:
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
ACE Eliginecrur, Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal !Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknowl Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Wayawada I VizagI TirupatiIKukarpallyI Kolkala I Ahmedabad
„ ACE : 910: Hydraulic Machines
4.
59. Which one of the following velocity 62. In standard notations, the specific speed Ns
triangles represents the one at the exit of a of pumps is given by Ns=
radial impeller with forward curved blades? (AEE, AE CE/ME-2008)
(u2 = peripheral velocity, V2 = absolute NQ NV(5
(a) (b)
velocity, W2 = relative velocity) Hu'
(TS GENCO 2015)
iNQ
\ NQ
(c) (d)
1-10.75 H°35
2
63. The specific speed of a centrifugal pump is

given by
(c) (d)
(AEE-1996, AEE, AE & AEE-CE/ME-2009,
2 2
2011, 2012)
U2 U2
N \FQ- V-05
(a) (b) N
H 2/3 H
60. The specific speed of a pump is defined as the
speed of a pump. (AE-1993) N-& NJ
(c) (d)
H 3/4 H" 4
(a) of unit size with unit discharge at unit
head 64. Specific speed of centrifugal pump is
(b) of such a size that it requires unit power (AEE CE/ME-1987)
for unit head
(a) (N (b) (N )/H2
(c) of such as size that it delivers unit
discharge at unit head (c) (N Vf
-1 )/Q (d) None of the above
(d) of such a size that it delivers unit
discharge at unit power 65. The specific speed ratio of geometrically
similar pumps of fans of different sizes but
61. Specific speed of a pump is defined as the
having similar flow patterns, is
speed of a unit of such a size that it
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
(AEE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2007)
(a) greater than one (for larger to smaller)
(a) delivers unit discharge at unit head
(b) less than one (for larger to smaller)
(b) delivers unit discharge at unit power
(c) equal to one (for larger to smaller)
(c) requires unit power per unit head
(d) not a single well defined value
(d) produces unit power with unit head
I ACE Ellgineciing Ptiblicationsi,

.5HyderabadIDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukatpallyiKolkatalAhmedabad
ACE Centrifugal Pumps
1, :Engineering Publications : 911:
d•
•
66. The specific speed of a centrifugal pump, 70. A 10 kW pump could not lift water from a
delivering 750 litres of water per second bore well of 120 m depth in such a case
against a head of 15 meters of 725 r.p.m. is: (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 09) (a) a more powerful pump is required
(a) 24.8 r.p.m (b) a smaller diameter pipe is needed
(b) 48.2 r.p.m (c) multi-stage pumping is required
(c) 82.4 r.p.m (d) a larger diameter pipe is needed
(d) 248 r.p.m
71. If the specific speed of a pump is 500, the
67. If the specific speed of a pump is 5000, the type of pump used is
type of pump is (AEE CE/ME-2004)
(AE & AEE-2004) (a) slow speed radial flow
(a) slow speed radial flow (b) axial flow or propeller pump
(b) medium speed radial flow (c) high speed radial pump
(c) very high speed mixed flow (d) medium speed radial flow
(d) high speed axial flow
72. A pump delivers 100 lit/sec at a head of 25
68. Higher specific speed (161 — 500) of pump m when running at 1450 rpm. A homologous
indicates, that pump is (AEE-2007) pump delivers 100 lit/sec at 12.5 m will have
(a) radial type a specific speed of
(b) mixed flow type (AEE & AE-2008)
(c) axial flow type (a) 10 (b) 41 (c) 20 (d) 82
(d) any one of the above
73. A centrifugal pump discharges 40.0 cume,g
69. The centrifugal pump preferred for a specific of water at 1500 rpm for a head of 25.0 in;
speed between 80 to 160 r.p.m is its specific speed is
(AEE CE/ME-2008,09) (AE&AEE-2004)
(a) slow speed with radial flow at outlet (a) 848.5 (b) 14.1
(b) medium speed with radial flow at outlet (c) 1200.0 (d) 169.7
(c) high speed with radial flow at outlet
(d) high speed with mixed flow at outlet
..1( 'F. Engineering Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal 'Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Be ngaluru Chennai I Vijayawada Vizag Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
2,'Engineering Publications
74. A centrifugal pump running at a speed of (c) energy supplied to the pump to the
1440 r.p.m. delivers water at the 40 litres per energy available to the impeller
second against a heat 16 metres. What is the (d) manometric head to the energy supplied
specific speed pump in r.p.m? (AEE-2006) by the impeller per IN of water
(a) 36 (b) 90 (c) 2.25 (d) 15
79. The specific speed of a pump has the
75. At a rated capacity of 44 cumecs, a dimensions of (AE CE/ME-2009)
centrifugal pump develops 36 m of head 1
(a) L3/4T 2 (b) L314 T-312
when operating at 1450 rpm. Its specific
—1 1 —1
speed is (AEE CE/ME-2004) (c) M 2 UT 4 (d) Dimensionless
(a) 654 (b) 509 (c) 700 (d) 90
80. Hydraulic efficiency of a pump is also known
76. A pump is required to deliver 150 lit/sec at a as (AE CE/ME-2007)
head of 45 m when running at 1750 rpm. (a) Mechanical efficiency
The specific speed of the pump is: (b) Manometric efficiency
(AEE & AE-2008) (c) Piezometric efficiency
(a) 170.4 (b) 39 (d) Hydraulic jump
(c) 89 (d) 1233
81. The ratio of quantity of liquid discharged per
77. The unit of specific speed of a pump and second from the pump to the quantity of
turbine is liquid passing per second through the impeller
(AEE CE/ME-2006) is known as: (AEE CE/ME-2008, 2009)
(a) m/s2 (b) rpm (a) Manometric efficiency
(c) non-dimensional (d) mere ratio (b) Mechanical efficiency
78. Overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump is (c) Overall efficiency
the ratio of : (d) Volumetric efficiency
(Lecturers-2007, AEE CE/ME-2008, 2009) 82. The ratio of the manometric head to the work
(a) energy available at the impeller to the done by the impeller per Newton of water is
energy supplied to the pump by the called (AE CE/ME-2007)
prime over (a) Mechanical efficiency
(b) actual work done by the pump to the (b) Output efficiency
energy supplied to the pump by the (c) Manometric efficiency
prime mover (d) Work efficiency
ACE Engtnecting- Publications
( HyderabacIlDelhilBhopallPuneiBhubanesivarILucknowIPatnalliengaIuruiChennailVijayawadalVizagITirupatilKukatpallyIKolkatal Ahmedabad
ACE 913 : Centrifugal Pumps
,5Engineezing Publications :
83. Capacity or discharge of a pump refers to 87. A centrifugal pump should be chosen in
(AEE CE/ME-2006) preference to a reciprocating pump when:
(a) the discharge velocity of the fluid (AEE, AE 2008)
(b) the total dynamic head developed by the (a) weight of pump is not an important factor
pump (b) high pressure are required to be
(c) the volume of fluid handled per unit time developed
(d) capacity at maximum pump efficiency (c) uniform torque is essential
(d) discharges are invariably low
84. The overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump
is around (AEE CE/ME-2008) 88. Inlet angle of the centrifugal pump is
(a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 60% (d) 80% designed to get: (AEE CE/ME 2008)
(a) relative velocity vector in radial
85. The ratio of water power to shaft power of a
direction
pump is called efficiency.
(b) absolute velocity vector in radial
(AEE CE/ME-2008,11) direction
(a) mechanical (b) hydraulic (c) Velocity of flow to be zero
(c) volumetric (d) overall (d) peripheral velocity to be zero
86. Mechanical efficiency of a centrifugal pump 89. The optimum value of the vane exit angle
is the ratio of: (AE CE/ME-2008) for a centrifugal pump impeller is
(a) energy available at the impeller to the (AEE & AE-2004)
energy supplied to the pump by the prime (a) 10° — 15° (b) 20°— 25°
mover (c) 30° — 45° (d) 1° —10°
(b) actual work done by the pump to the
energy supplied to the pump by the prime 90. When a working centrifugal pump suddenly
mover stops delivering the liquid, the conclusions
(c) energy supplied to the pump to the energy is: (AEE CE/ME 2008)
available at the impeller (a) speed is less than design speed
(d) manometric head to the energy supplied (b) head is more than design head
by the impeller per kN of water. (c) air has entered into suction side of pump
(d) impeller is touching the casting
ACE Engineering Publications }HyderabadI Delhi I BhopalIPune I Bhubaneswar ILucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru I ChennaiI VijayawadaIVizagI Tirupati I KukatpallyI KolkataIAhmedabad
li 1. ACE : 914: Hydraulic Machines
Ja ,4'Engineering Publications
91. The rotational speed of centrifugal pump _(Q1

(C) 3
varies as: (AEE CE/ME 2008) N jmodei L D3N )prototype
(a) square of manometric head
(d)
(b) square root of manometric head D (D4N)prototype
model
(c) square of impeller diameter
(d) inverse square root of impeller diameter
95. In a centrifugal pump casing, the flow of
92. Identify the "incorrect" statement for water leaving the impeller is
centrifugal pumps: (AEE CE/ME, 2009) (AEE-2004, AEE CE/ME-2008)
(a) Discharge cc speed (a) Radial flow

(b) Free vortex
(b) Discharge cc diameter
(c) Forced vortex
(c) Head cc (speed)2
(d) Rectilinear flow
(d) Head cc (diameter)2
96. Power required to drive a centrifugal pump

93. Which of the following relationships is true
is proportional to
of a centrifugal pump when the head is
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
constant? (AEE-2006)
(a) N (b) N2 (c) N3 (d) N4
(a) Discharge linearly varies with power
Where N is the speed.
(b) Discharge linearly varies with speed
(c) Power varies linearly with speed 97. The minimum starting speed of the
(d) Discharge varies as square of speed centrifugal pump, with usual notation, is
given by (AEE-1996)
94. One of the condition that is to be satisfied for
D2
complete similarity between model & (a) 120 imano• V „2 .
71(32 —DI)
prototype of centrifugal pumps is
(AEE-1996) (b) 120 linano• V w2 2 2 .v
.Tcp —D i)
(a)
( DN) m
, odel (DQN) prototype (c) 60 imam. \Iva 2
702 —DI)
D2
(b) (D2 N)model D?N }prototype (d) 60rimano. Vw2 . f
TCP 2

1 /4>Hyderabad I Delhi' Bhopal iPune IBhubanesivariLucknoivi Patna iBengaluru I Chermail VijayaivadaiVizagiTimpatilKukatpally 1Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ea, ACE : 915: Centrifugal Pumps
4
98. Choose the correct statement from the (a) 3.8 m (b) 5.0
following, with respect to pumps (c) 4.0 (d) 15.8
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 2011)
(a) Pumps have lower efficiency compared 102. The maximum permissible suction lift for
to turbines centrifugal pump in practice (at sea level and
(b) Cavitation in centrifugal pumps can be 30°C is •
reduced by reducing the suction head (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(c) Both of these (a) 12 m (b) 10 m (c) 6 m (d) 3 m
(d) None of these
103.1n order to avoid cavitation in centrifugal
99. If N is speed of rotation of impeller and Q is
pumps
the discharge delivered, then the
(Lectures-2007, AEE-CE/ME-2012)
manometric head can be expressed as
(a) the suction pressure should be high
(AEE-1992)
(b) the delivery pressure should be high
(a) Elm = AN2 + BNQ2 + CQ
(c) the suction pressure should be low
(b) Hm = AN2 + BN2Q + CQ2
(d) the delivery pressure should be low
(c) Elm = AN2 + BNQ + CQ2
(d) H„, = AN2 + BNQ2 + CQ3
104.Cavitation in centrifugal pumps can be
100.To predict performance of centrifugal pump reduced by
a scale model of one-half size was made. If (AE CE/ME-2009)
the model pumps of 20 kW the same fluid as (a) reducing the discharge
the prototype at the same rotative speed, the (b) reducing the suction head
power required to drive the prototype pump (c) throttling the discharge
would be (AE CE/ME-2009) (d) increasing flow velocity
(a) 56 kW (b) 160 kW
(c) 260 kW (d) 640 kW 105.If net head is H and net positive suction head
is H1 for a centrifugal pump. Then its
101 In a pump installation the local atmospheric
Cavitation parameter cr is given by
pressure head is 9.8 m of water, vapour
(AEE-2008 ,AEE CE/ME-2011)
pressure head is 0.4 m (abs), height of the
H
pump above sump water level is 5m. For a (a) —±• (b) —
H,
head loss in the suction side of 0.6m, the
(c) Hx H, (d) JHxHI
NPSH is (AEE CE/ME-2008)
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar' Lucknow I Patna j Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kuliatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0 :Engin eering Publicaiions
106. For flood control and irrigation applications, 111. Compare the cost of pumping the same fluid
the pump generally used is at the same flow rate through a 150 mm
(AEE CE/ME-2008) pipe and through 200 mm pipe both having
(a) Centrifugal pump the same roughness factor = 0.03 (negligible
(b) Screw pump minor loss) (AE-2012)
(c) Jet pump (a) 4.2 times (b) 2.1 times
(d) reciprocating pump (c) 8.4 times (d) 10 times
107.In a centrifugal pump, cavitation occurs 112. The performance characteristic curves (H vs.
generally (AEE-1992) Q) of a centrifugal pump tested at constant
(a) In the volute chamber speed in general may have parametric
(b) In the impeller variation. (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(c) In the shaft (a) rising
(d) In the casing (b) flat
(c) falling
108. When large amount of debris in the pumping (d) one or more combinations of the above
liquid, the type of impeller preferred is: three
(AEE CE/ME-2008)
113. If the centrifugal pump is in noisy operation,
(a) closed impeller (b) semi-open impeller
the cause may be:
(c) open impeller (d) all of the above
(AEE CE/ME-2008, 2009)
109. If Net Positive suction Head (NPSH) is 5 m (a) priming faulty
and net head (H) is 20 m, the cavitation (b) Suction head is too high
parameter (a- ) for a centrifugal pump is (c) Mechanical defect
(AEE CE/ME-2008) (d) Discharge head too high
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.50 114. Whether the impeller blade is forward
(c) 0.75 (d) One curved, radial or backward curved is
110. If the requirements of NPSH are not satisfied determined from the blade angle p values
for a given pump, then (AE CE/ME-2009) respectively from (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) no flow will take place (a) 3 = 0°,13 > 90° and 13 < 90°
(b) pump will have a low efficiency (b) > 90°, (3 < 90° and 3 = 0°
(c) pump will not develop head (c) p > 90°, 13 = 90° and 13 < 90°
(d) pump will get cavitated (d) p = 0°, 13 < 90° and (3 > 90°
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luclumw I Patna! Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
f
4
ACE : 917 : Centrifugal Pumps
ci
115. Which of the following statement is correct? 30° respectively. The water enters the
(APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016) impeller radially and velocity of flow is
(a) reciprocating pumps convert mechanical constant. The tangential velocity at the inlet
energy into hydraulic energy by means and outlet in m/s is
of centrifugal energy (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
(b) Reciprocating pumps convert hydraulic (a) 12.56,2.513 (b) 12.56,25.13
energy into mechanical energy (c) 1.256,25.13 (d) 125.6, 25.13
(c) centrifugal pump convert mechanical
energy into hydraulic energy by sucking 118. The specific speed (Ns) of pump is given by
liquid into chamber the expression
(d) centrifugal pumps convert mechanical (APPSC- AEE -MAINS-2016)
energy into hydraulic energy by means INI415
(a) Ns = (b) N =
of centrifugal force H3113/4 s H
1\T A/f) NAriCi

116. A centrifugal pump having outer diameter (c) NS = H5: (d) N, — H3:
equal to two times the inner diameter and
running at 1000 rpm. Works against a total 119.In a centrifugal pump casing, the flow of
head of 40 m. The velocity of flow through water leaving the impeller is
the impeller is constant and equal to (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
2.5 m/s. The vanes are set back at an angle (a) free vortex motion
40° at outlet. If the outer diameter of the (b) forced vertex
impeller is 500 mm and width at outlet is (c) rectilinear flow
50 mm, the discharge is (d) radial flow
(a) 1.963 m3/sec (b) 0.1963 m3/min 120.In a centrifugal pump, the liquid enters the
(c) 0.1963 cm3/sec (d) 0.1963 m3/sec pump
117. The internal and external diameter of the (a) From side
impeller of a centrifugal pump are 200 mm (b) At the top
and 400 mm respectively. The pump is (c) At the centre
running at 1200 r.p.m. The vane angles of (d) At the bottom
the impeller at inlet and outlet are 20° and
ACE Engi ice ri tg P I i e.

'4>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Luckriow I Paula I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
k ACE
4,Engineering Publications : 918: Hydraulic Machines
.1
121.The cavitation parameter a is defined in 124.The head against which a centrifugal pump
terms of net positive suction head (NPSH) has to work is known as
and net head H as (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
(APPSC AEE Prelims-2016) (a) suction head (b) delivery head
NPSH (c) static head (d) manometric head
(a) (b)
/17
1 NPSH
H NPSH 125. The discharge from a centrifugal pump is
(c) (d)
-V
-V/NPSH 100 /pm and the leakage is 11 /pm. Then the
volumetric efficiency of the pump is
122.In order to avoid cavitation in centrifugal (APPSC AEE Prelims-2016)
pumps, Thoma's equation for determination (a) 89% (b) 90%
of cavitation factor is (c) 99% (d) 80%
(where N,, is the specific speed of the pump;
N is speed of the pump; and Q is the rate of 126. If two pumps identical in all respects and
flow) each capable of delivering a discharge 'Q'
(AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017) against a head H are connected in parallel,
(a) 0.103 (Ns / 1000)48 the resulting discharge is
(b) 0.103 (N, /1000)3m (TSPSC-AEE-2017)
(c) 0.103 (QN/1000)48 (a) 2Q against a head 2H
(d) 0.103 (QNs/1000)3/4 (b) 2Q against a head H
(c) Q against a head 211
123.What should be the height of the centrifugal (d) Q against a head H
pump from the water surface to avoid
cavitation, if atmospheric pressure is 100 127. The cavitaiton in centrifugal pump can be
kPa, vapour pressure is 2.2kPa, effective reduced by
head of the pump is 50 m the head losses in (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
suction pipe 1.5 m and a cavitation parameter (a) reducing discharge
of 0.12 (b) reducing suction head
(a) 4.5 m (b) 2.455 m (c) increasing the discharge
(c) 3.955 m (d) 7.5 m (d) increasing the flow velocity
ACE Engineering Publicarions*:,, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluni I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
er
V4 J
„ ACE 919: Centrifugal Pumps
Eneaing
:n gi Publications :
128. In the casing of a centrifugal pump, the 131. Overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump is
kinetic energy of the water is converted the ratio of
into energy before the water leaves (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
the casting (a) energy available at the impeller to the
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) energy supplied to the pump by the
(a) Pressure prime mover.
(b) Magnetic (b) actual workdone by the pump to the
(c) Electronic energy supplied to the pump by the
(d) Dynamic prime mover.
(c) energy supplied top the pump to the
129. In a centrifugal pump with usual notations energy available at the impeller.
with radial entry of liquid, the manometric (d) manometric head to the energy supplied
efficiency (tifi) is given by by the impeller per kN of water
u V
132. Discharge (Q) of a centrifugal pump given
(a) 2 ' (b) gH
gH u2vw, by
2 (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) (d) 2gH
gu2v„, (a) Q = 1t D.Vf (b) Q =
(c) Q = ic.D. b.Vf (d) Q = D. b. Vf
130. Mechanical efficiency of a centrifugal pump Where,
is the ratio of D = Diameter of impeller at inlet
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) b = Width of impeller at inlet, and
(a) energy available at the impeller to the Vf = Velocity of flow at inlet
energy supplied to the pump by the
prime mover
(b) actual workdone by the pump to the 133. Multi-stage centrifugal pumps are used to
energy supplied to the pump by the (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
prime mover. (a) give high discharge
(c) energy supplied to the pump to the (b) produce high heads
energy available at the impeller. (c) pump viscous fluids
(d) manometric head to the energy supplied (d) high velocity
by the impeller per kN of water.
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I.
4-4
4.
134. The specific speed of pump has following 138. Power required to drive a centrifugal pump
dimensions: is directly proportional to of its
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) impeller
(a) L3/4T3/2 (b) M°L°T° (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) m-1/2L1/2T1/4 1/2
(d) L3/4T (a) diameter
(b) square of diameter
135. A centrifugal pump will start delivering (c) cube of diameter
liquid only when the pressure rise in the (d) fourth power of diameter
impeller is equal to the
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) 139. The specific speed (Ns) of a centrifugal
(a) kinetic head pump is given by
(b) velocity head (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) manometric head 1\11/05 NAF)
(a) (b)
(d) static head H2 H" 4
136 Head developed by a centrifugal pump is NA/15 (d) HA/45

(c) H"2 5
(a) Proportional to diameter of impeller
(b) Proportional to speed of impeller 140. The specific speed form 160 to 500 r.p.m of
(c) Proportional to diameter and speed of a centrifugal pump indicates that the pump
impeller is (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(d) Proportional to diameter of delivery pipe (a) slow speed with radial flow at outlet
(b) medium speed with radial flow at outlet
137. Discharge of a centrifugal pump is (c) high speed with radial flow at outlet
(TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017) (d) high speed with axial flow at outlet
(a) Directly proportional to diameter of its
impeller 141. The centrifugal pump preferred for a
(b) inversely proportional to diameter of its specific speed between 80 to 160 r.p.m is
impeller (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(c) directly proportional to (diameter)2 of its (a) slow speed with radial flow at outlet
impeller (b) medium speed with radial flow at outlet
(d) inversely proportional to (diameter)2 of (c) high speed with radial flow at outlet
its impeller (d) high speed with mixed flow at outlet
ACE Engineering Publications >Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati Kuliatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0.4
ACE : 921: Centrifugal Pumps
142. In a field two pumps are provided each with 145. Pumps are connected in parallel to increase
capable of delivering Q amounts of the
discharge under a head H. There is a (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
requirement of delivery of 2Q amounts of (a) velocity head (b) pressure head
discharge. How do you arrange the pumps to (c) total head (d) discharge
get required discharge.
(TSPSC-AEE-2018) 146. A centrifugal pump driven by a directly
(a) Series arrangement coupled 3 kW motor of 1450 rpm speed is
(b) Arrangement is not possible proposed to be connected to another motor
(c) Parallel arrangement of 2900 rpm. The power of the motor should
(d) Half series remaining parallel be
143. Net positive suction head is (a) 24 kW (b) 18 W
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (c) 12 kW (d) 6 kW
(a) pressure head + kinetic head
(b) pressure head + vapour pressure 147. A minimum Net Positive Suction Head
head+kinetic head (NPSH) is required for a hydraulic pump to
(c) pressure head — vapour pressure head + (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
kinetic head (a) increase the delivery head
(d) pressure head— vapour presure head (b) increase the suction head
—kinetic head (c) prevent the cavitation
(d) increase the efficiency
144. A diffuser blade in the centrifugal pump is
used to (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(a) convert mechanical energy to kinetic
energy
(b) convert kinetic energy to pressure
energy
(c) convert pressure energy to kinetic
energy
(d) convert potential energy to kinetic
energy
.k(1 HigniccitngPuldicaiiiuu >HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknowlPatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagairupatilKuk.tpallyiKolkatalAhmedabad

1, ACE : 922 : Hydraulic Machines
4
Solutions
01. Ans: (c) 6. Ans: (a)

Sol: Sot: It is the method of removing air and any
(i) Centrifugal pump adds energy to fluid. It gases entrapped in suction pipe & casing of
helps to increase the P.E or K.E (or) pump.
both.
(ii) Turbine extracts energy from fluid 7. Ans: (b)
(iii) Reciprocating pump works on Sol: Priming of a centrifugal pump:
reciprocating action to lift liquid "Priming" is the process of filling the suction
pipe, casing and the delivery pipe upto the
02. Ans (b) delivery valve by the liquid which is to be
Sol: pumped. Priming is required in order to drive
(i) Centrifugal pump converts mechanical out the air voids present, which otherwise
energy to hydraulic energy. centrifugal would make the operation of the pump
action (K.E) to P.E ineffective. Because the pressure energy
(ii) Electric motor converts electrical energy imparted by the centrifugal pump is
to mechanical energy. proportional to the density of the liquid and if
(iii) Electrical generator converts mechanical any air pocket exist in the casing, then only
energy to electrical energy negligible amount of pressure would be
generated. This pressure might not be
03. Ans: (c) sufficient for lifting of the liquid. Hence
Sol: Centrifugal pump is the reverse of inward priming becomes essential in case of
radial flow reaction turbine (i.e Francis centrifugal pump does not create suction at
turbine) the start without filling of impeller with
water. This is especially required where there
04. Ans: (a) is first start up. Reciprocating pump is a self
primed pump.
05. Ans: (a)
ACE Engineeting Publicatiuns1 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal IPuneI BhubaneswarI Lucknow l PatnaIBengalum I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag j Tirupati IKukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
40
ACE : 923 : Centrifugal Pumps
0
t gngineeling Publications
8. Ans (c) So the best way to operate the centrifugal

Sol: The centrifugal force induced due to forced pump is to shut the discharge valve (delivery
vortex and this centrifugal force increases the valve) and then open it slowly until at the
pressure energy of the liquid in the casing. working pressure of the pumping system
owned.
9. Ans: (b)
Sol: The liquid enters the centrifugal pump 11. Ans: (d)
impeller radially at inlet for best efficiency of Sol: Centrifugal pump is used for high discharge
the pump which means the absolute velocity (due to high speed of an impeller) and able to
of water at inlet makes an angle of 90° with lift low heads.
the direction of motion of the impeller at Where as reciprocating pump is adopted for
inlet. Hence a = 90°, and V‘,1 = 0 low discharge (less speed of crank) and high
heads.
10. Ans: (a)

Sol: While starting C.P delivery valve is kept 12. Ans: (a)
fully closed. As long as the delivery valve

closed the liquid gets churned inside the 13. Ans: (b)
casing and gets more energy. Sol: In centrifugal pump, regulating valve i.e,
The centrifugal pump curve will move to the discharge valve is provided on delivery pipe
point of shut off head. Where at this point

1. The capacity (Q) = 0 14. Ans (c)
2. The head (H) = at maximum pressure Sol: A centrifugal pump can be used to work on a
3. The Power consumption (kW) = at fluid which is to be compressed to increase
minimum pressure of it is called compressor
4. The impeller will be act same as the Ex: Air compressor
mixer to the fluid within the pump

casing 15. Ans: (b)
5. The electric energy will become kinetic Sol: In a centrifugal pump, the water enters the
and heat (the casing will be warm) but impeller radially and leaves the vanes
not making damage to the pump. radially (a = 90 °, V,v1 = 0, Vfl = VI)

6. The NPSH required by the pump is at
minimum. 16. Ans: (a) 17. Ans: (a) 18. Ans: (d)
ACE Engineering Publications,j Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
a ''Engineering Publications
19. Ans: (d) 20. Ans: (c) 29. Ans: (c)

Sol: Centrifugal pumps are connected in series
21. Ans: (c) gives high head and same discharge.
Output power = p.g.Q.H (watt) Two pumps in series produced 211 head and
Input power P (watt) discharge Q
W.Q.H
11. =
30. Ans (b) 31. Ans: (b) 32. Ans: (a)
In metric units (1HP = 75 kgf-misec)
W.Q.H 33. Ans: (a)
11.
75.P Sol: To discharge large quantities of liquid,
centrifugal pumps are to be connected in
22. Ans: (c) parallel.
23. Ans: (c) 34. Ans: (c)

Output power of pump
Sol: =
Input power to the pump 35. Ans: (c)
Sol: It is defined as the sum of the actual lift + the
= shaft power friction losses in the pipes + the discharge
velocity head
24. Ans: (b) 2
H m =H+14+ d
2g
25. Ans: (c) P2 I V22 VI2
Sol: A centrifugal pump containing two (or) more Pg 2g
impellers is called a multistage centrifugal Manometric head is defined as its head
pump. The impellers may be mounted on the against which a centrifugal pump has to
same shaft (or) on different shafts. For higher work. If suction pipe & delivery pipe
pressures at the outlet, impellers can be
velocities neglected , H. = P2 —P 1
connected in series. pg
Note: For high flow rates (i.e. discharges)
impeller is connected in parallel 36. Ans: (b)
26. Ans: (a) 27. Ans: (d) 28. Ans: (a)
ACE Engineering Publication e Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow Patna Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag I Tirupati Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
I-4 ACE . Centrifugal Pumps
5,Engineering Publications : 925:
37. Ans: (a) 42. Ans: (b)

Sol: H = 40 m Sol: Power of pump (P) = pg Q (H + hf)
hf = 4 m In metric units
= 100% P = pQ (H + hf)
v = 1000 x 0.1 x (10 + 5)
W.D by pump = H + hf+ d
2g = 1500 kg-m/sec (MKS units)
=40+4+0=44m
Note: In case of turbine, W.D = H — hf 43. Ans: (b)
Sol: P = p.g. Q (H + hf)
38. Ans (b) 6
=1000 x10 x- x(12+5)
Sol: Work done by pump impeller 60
= Manometric head + Losses = 1000 x 10 x 0.1 x 17 =17 kW
39. Ans: (b) 44. Ans: (d)

Sol: Head developed by a centrifugal pump is pgQH
Sol: 11=
functioning impeller size and its speed Pshaft
v rcDN 1000x 9.81x32.6x10-3 x 25
V .U2 0.64 =
w' • 60
Pshaft
g g
Pshaft = 12.49 kW
1
12.5 kW
40. Ans: (a)
Sol: Water power of a centrifugal Pump 45. Ans: (d)
= Impeller power + Power lost in pump Sol: Power, P = pgQ. H
7.5x1000 =1000 x 9.81x(50 x10-3 )xH
41. Ans: (b) H= 15.29 m
Sol: W.D by impeller of Centrifugal pump/
Newton weight of fluid/sec 46. Ans: (a)
.U 2 Sol: Power, P = pg QH
(meters)
g 3
4.9 x 103 = 1000 x 9.81x xH
(for shock less flow at inlet) 60
H= 9.98--• 10 m
ACE Engineering Publications> Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kollcata I Ahmedabad
a.,,uACE
Publications
4 4,
47. Ans: (a) In different form:-

Sol: 47. P = pg Q (H + hf) Manometric head is defined as the head
14.72 x 103 = 1000 x 9.81 x 0.1 (10 + hf) against which a centrifugal pump has to
hf = 5 m work.
1. Hm = Head Imported by the impeller to the
48. Ans: (c) liquid — Loss of head in the pump
NJ Vw 2.U2
Sol: Specific speed, 1\1, = [Loss of head in impeller
H" 2 g
1450-6 and casing]

30 =
H312 2. Hm = Total head at outlet of the pump — Total
H = 60 m head at the inlet of the pump
Number of pumps required (
H n, = P2 + +z ( PI + vI2 + z
Total head .180 pg 2g 2 pg 2g
.3
Head per stage 60
Suffix 1 & 2 denotes inlet and outlet of pump
49. Ans: (c) 3. H,,, = f + hi+ (hd +h fd )+ d

2g
Sol: Q = Af Vf
Static head + Frictional head loss in
= flow area x flow velocity Suction pipe + Delivery head +
Q = 7C Di .Bi. Vf
l
= TCD 2 B 2 Vf
2 Frictional head loss in delivery pipe
+ Velocity head in the delivery pipe
50. Ans: (c)
53. Ans: (a)
51. Ans: (a) Sol: Static head is the sum of suction height
Manometric head and delivery lift.
Sol: nima—
m
Headimparted by impeller
g.H. 54. Ans: (c)
V„ .1-J 2
2
v 2 .1.7 2
g 55. Ans: (c)
52. Ans: (d) Sol: A centrifugal pump starts deliver liquid when
Sol: Manometric head in case of a centrifugal pressure head rise by impeller > manometric
pump (Hm): head.
ACE Engii we ring Publications 1/4of>Hyclerabad I Delhi BhopalI Pune BhubanesivarILucknowI PatnaI Bengaluru I Chennai I VijayawadaI VizagI TirupatiI KultatpallyI KolkataI Ahmedabad
.1
et ACE : 927: Centrifugal Pumps
4
56. Ans: (a) metre of liquid per second against a head of

Sol: Power required to drive pump one metre
p.Q.H
= (metric Units) N
11 Ns—(H)314
Where N = speed of the impeller in rpm
57. Ans: (d) Q = Discharge through pump (in m3/sec)
Sol: For best efficiency, the vane exit angle is H = Head developed by pump (in meters)
about 25° to 30°
61. Ans: (a)
58. Ans: (d)
Sol: P = 15 HP 62. Ans: (b)
H1 = 36 m NV&
Sol: N = H°.
= 1500 rpm "
N 2 =1000 rpm
112 = ? 63. Ans: (c)
N = N
Head coefficient
liH Z 64. Ans: (d)
2 NV 45
10002 SW: Ns — H3/4
H2 = Hl X (N 2 =3 16 m
N1 6100)
5
65. Ans: (c)

59. Ans: (d)
Sol: Radial flow pump
U2
66. Ans: (c)
Sol: Q = 750 /t/sec
= 0.75 m3/sec
H = 15 m
N = 725 rpm
NV 0.75
60. Ans: (c) Ns = = (15)3/4 = 82.4
(H)34
Sol: Specific speed of a centrifugal pump is
defined as the speed of a geometrically
similar pump which would deliver one cubic

I.
Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag airupati I Kamp* I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
c 0
...
s 'it„
, ACE
67. Ans: (d) 75. Ans: (a)

Sol: 1450 44
Sol: N = = 654
Pump Speed (N) Sp-speed (NO (36)3/4
Radial flow Slow 10 — 30
Medium 30 — 50 76. Ans: (b)
High 50 — 80 Sol: Q = 150 lit/sec = 0.15 m3/sec
Mixed flow 80 — 160 H = 45 m
Axial flow 160 — 500 N = 1750 rpm
0. 15
N= = 39
68. Ans: (c) 69. Ans: (d) s H3/4 (45)3/4
70. Ans: (c) 71. Ans: (b) 77. Ans: (d)
72. Ans: (b)

78. Ans: (b)
Sol: Q = 100 lit/sec
Sol: overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump is the
= 0.1 m3/sec
ratio of power output of the pump to the
H = 25 m
power input to the pump
N= 1450 rpm
13.02.11. P water
110 =
NO 1450 x shaft power n shaft
Ns = = = 41
(H)3 14 (25)3/4
10 = Tlmech X Timano
Specific speed is same for homologous pumps
79. Ans: (b) 80. Ans: (b)

73. Ans: (a)
Sol: Q = 40 m3/sec; N = 1500 rpm; H = 25 m
81. Ans: (d)
NV-05 15004L-071
Ns = (25)3/4 = 848.5 Sol: Volumetric efficiency of a pump is defined
(H)"4
as the percentage of actual fluid flow out of
the pump compared to the flow out of the
74. Ans: (a)
pump without leakage.
1440../61371. Actualflow rateproducedby a pump
Sol: N — . — 36 vol —
s (16)3/ 4 Theoreticg flow rate that must be producedby thepump
Hytierttharti nelhl I thapal IPutte I Bhubaneswar I Lurinowl Pallid I itentialutti I Chennal I Vilayawadn I Vint; I Tirupad I Kukatpally I !Wiwi' I Ahmedabad
,-
t:Engmeexing
ACEPublications : 929 : Centrifugal Pumps
0
.1
82. Ans: (c) 83. Ans: (c) 88. Ans: (b)

Sol: Inlet angle of Centrifugal pump impeller is
84. Ans: (c) designed such that no shock entry of water
Sol: Overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump for which absolute velocity in radial direction
usually fall into the 50 — 70% range. (V1 = Vfl) (a =90°)
85. Ans: (d) 89. Ans: (b)

Sol: Ratio of water power to shaft power of a Sol: Optimum vane angle at exit of a centrifugal
pump is called overall efficiency. pump
86. Ans: (a) T1 86%
Sol: Mechanical efficiency of a centrifugal pump

is the ratio of the power available at the
impeller to the power at the shaft.
work done by impeller/ sec
rimed, —
power at the shaft by prime mover 20° 25°
30°
Outlet vane Angle (4)°)
87. Ans: (d) Maximum performance, efficiency at the

Sol: Centrifugal pump is to be selected against outlet vane angle 20° - 25°, with six Vanes
reciprocating pump for the following reasons
1. Discharge is low in case of reciprocating 90. Ans: (c)
pump Sol: Suddenly failure of delivering the liquid by a
2. Uniform torque is need not essential centrifugal pump means possibility of air
3. High pressures are not required entered into suction pipe.
4. Discharges continuously by centrifugal
pump where reciprocating pump
discharges fluid in pulses 91. Ans: (b)
5. Total weight of C.P is less for a given Sol: From speed coefficient of centrifugal pump
discharge as compared to R.P N oc [speed oc Vflead
ACE Engineering Pnblicanon,(

'‘‘ Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lueknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vitag j Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kollutta I Ahmedabad
tII -4 4. ACE : 930: Hydraulic Machines
.1
92. Ans: (b) 98. Ans: (c)

Sol: Different coefficients in case of centrifugal Sol: Pumps have lower efficiency as compared to
pump water turbines.
N.D Reason: Because of smaller losses when
1. Head coefficient —
converting pressure energy to kinetic energy
then visa versa.
2. Discharge coefficient —
D2 .-%/14 133.N
99. Ans: (c)
3. Power coefficient — p = p
D2 .H 312 D51\13 Sol: Manometric head of a Centrifugal pump
From above, for given size of impeller running at speed (N) and giving a discharge
Q cc N (Q) may be written as
Q oc D3 H=AN2 +BNQ+CQ2
HocN2 Where A, B and C are constants
HocD2
P OC N3 ... Option (b) is wrong 100.Ans: (d)
5
Pprototype DPr ototype
Sol:
93. Ans: (b) Pmod el D mod el „/
Pprototype = 20 x (2)5 = 640 kW

94. Ans: (c)
101.Ans: (a)
95. Ans: (c) Sol: NPSH = Hatm — Hvapour Hs - hf
Sol: Water flow leaves the impeller inside closing = 9.8 — 0.4 — 5 — 0.6
is forced vortex, where in casing free vortex. = 9.8 — 6 = 3.8 m
96. Ans: (c)

Sol: For given pump impeller 102.Ans: (b)
power oc (Impeller speed)3 Sol: (At sea level the suction head of C.P is
10.3 meter head of water)
P oc N3
In reality the suction head of C.P is limited to
about 8m.
97. Ans: (b)
ACE Erigiiicering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kultatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
0"J
40 ACE
1, :Engineering Publications : 931: Centrifugal Pumps
103.Ans: (a) 106.Ans: (a)

Sol: Methods to avoid cavitation in centrifugal Sol: An axial flow pump (a type of centrifugal
pump pump) is useful in flood dewatering
1.Increase the pressure at the suction of the applications where large quantities of water
pump. need to be moved & irrigation purpose.
2. Increase NPSH by decreasing the
temperature of the liquid being pumped. 107. Ans: (b)
3. Head losses in the suction pipe should be Sol: In a Centrifugal pump, cavitation occurs in
reduced. (increasing suction pipe the suction pipe and near the eye of the
diameter, reduces no of elbows, valves impeller. Cavitation is the formation of
and fittings in pipe, decrease length of pipe) vapour cavities (air bubbles) in a liquid,
4. Reduce flow rate through a pump by collapse on the surfaces causing pitting
throttling a discharge valve decreases action and erosion of metals. It is eliminated
NPSH by
5. Reduce the speed of impeller for limited 1.Increase the pressure of the suction head
applications 2. decrease the speed
6. Increase diameter of the eye of the 3. increase pump size to one (or) two inches
impeller [25 mm to 50 mm]
7. Use two low capacity pumps in parallel.
8. Use booster pump to feed the principle 108.Ans: (b)
pump. Sol: Semi-open impeller is used for trash and
debris laden liquids pumping.
104. Ans: (c)
109.Ans: (a)
105. Ans: (a) Sol: Cavitation parameter,
Sol: Cavitation factor of a centrifugal pump (G): NPSH
6=
It is the ratio of NPSH to H (Manometric H
head) 5
= — = 1 = 0.25
NPSH HI 20 4
=
H H
110.Ans: (d) 111.Ans: ( a) 112.Ans: (c)
ACE Engin eming Publications ;

4 Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar ILucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Dheimai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally Kolkata I Ahmedabad
t,Engineering Publications
113.Ans: (c) 123.Ans: (b)

Sol: Mechanical defects like coupling broken, Sol: Cavitation parameter, a = 0.12
coupling bolts loose (or) Bearing damage, Effective depth of pump, H = 50 m
misalignment pump shaft causes noise in 100 x103
H = =10.19m
operation of a pump a 9810
2.2 x103
H = =0.22m
114.Ans: (c) " 9810
Sol: Angle for forward curved 13 > 90° Ha —H v —H,
=
For radial flow f3 = 90° H
For backward curved [3 < 90° 10.19-0.22—H,
0.12 =
50
115. Ans: (d) 6=9.97 -HS
= 3.97
116. Ans: (d) Head loss in suction pipe = 1.5 m
Sol: Q = TED2B2 Vf2 Suction head = 3.97 — 1.5
= rcx 0.5x0.05x2.5 = 2.47 m
= 0.1963 m3/sec
124. Ans: (d)
117. Ans: (b)
Sol: 125. Ans: (b)
nD N output
U, = I =12.56 Sol: Tlv = i
60 nput
N 100 100
U itD 2 = 25.13 =90%
2 60 (100+11) 111
118. Ans: (d) 119. Ans: (b) 126.Ans: (b)

Sol:
120. Ans: (c) 121.Ans: (d) For pumps in parallel total head remains
same but the discharge sum of discharges of
122. Ans: (a) individual pumps
i.e. H = Hi = H2
Q = Q + Q2 = 2Q
ACE Engineering Pi iblications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowiPatna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkataj Ahmedabad
ge, ACE : 933: Centrifugal Pumps
131.Ans: (b)
Actual energy added by pump to water
Sol: rio =
work done by prime mover
water power
shaft power
127.Ans: (b) 132. Ans: (c)

Sol: Pump inlet is most susceptible to cavitation Sol: Q = rcDi 131 Vfi = 7cD2B2Vf2
because it has lowest pressure. As suction
head increases the pressure at pump inlet 133.Ans: (b)
decreases. Hence by reducing the suction Sol: In multi staging i.e. pumps connected in
head cavitation can be avoided. series the discharge remains same but total
head sum of heads produced by all pumps.
128.Ans: (a) Hence multi staying increases head.
Sol: Pump casing has gradually increasing area. It
performs similar to diffuser. As area 134.Ans: (a)
increases, velocity reaches & pressure Sol: For pumps,
increases. Thus the pump casing converts
N1105 T-1VI2T-1
kinetic energy of water partially into Ns =
N L314
H314 =
pressure energy. ==m0L3/4T-3/2
129.Ans: (b) Note: `—` sign is missing in the dimension of

Sol: Hydraulic (or) manometric efficiency (tbnand: T in answer.
It is ratio of manometric head to head
imparted to the fluid to the, work done by the 135. Ans: (c)
impeller per unit weight of fluid.
H H gH 136. Ans: (c)
ilmano — —
He U2Vw 2 U2V„2 Sol: Head produced by the centrifugal pump is
g proportional to impeller diameter &
130. Ans: (a) impeller speed.
Rotar power
Sol: im =
Shaft power
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubanesvar Lueknow I Patna I Bengalurn Chennai VilaYawada I ling Tirupati Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
ACE
,z,;Engineering Publications : 934: Hydraulic Machines
137.Ans: (a) 140. Ans: (d)

Sol: Q = Af Vf = 1LDiBlVf1 = 1CD2B2Vf2 Sol: Range of specific speeds for different types
i.e. Q cc D of centrifugal pumps is given below. (Ref.
Di = rim diameter Hydraulic Machines: K subramanya)
B1 = rim width,
Ns Type of pump
Vf = velocity of flow through the impeller.
10 to 30 Low speed radial flow
30 to 50 Medium speed radial flow
138.Ans: (b)
50 to 100 High speed radial flow
Sol: Poc pgQh
75 to 220 Mixed flow pumps
cc (D2 V-I--
1)H 180 to 450 Axial flow pumps
cc D21-1"2
P cc D2 if head is constant Based on above table axial flow pumps are
most suitable for given range of specific
Note: uccV ocVT1
speed.
ItDN
60
141. Ans: (d)
NDoc
Sol: Mixed flow pumps are most suitable for the
P cc D2 x (ND)3
specific speed range 80 to 160.
cc D5N2
PccD5 if speed is kept constant 142. Ans: (c)
Sol: If two pumps are connected in parallel then
139.Ans: (b) the parallel combination has same head as
Sol: for pump that of each pump but discharge gets
NATCi doubled.
NS =
H314
Where,
Q = Discharge (m3/sec)
N = Actual speed of pump in rpm Hs = H2 = H
H = delivery head total (or) manometric (in Q = Q1 + Q2
meters)
ACE Engineering Publicatio ns Hyderabad I DelhiI Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna Bengaluru I Chennai I VijayawadaI VizagI TirupatiI KukatpallyI Kolkata I Ahmedabad
1, ACE : 935 : Centrifugal Pumps
v. :Engineeiing Publications
143. Ans: (c) 146. Ans: (a)

Sol: The net positive suction head is defined as Sol: P cc D2 H312
frstag Llet(or)suction pv & ND oc V17

1
NPSH =
Pg P oc D2 (ND)3
P +V2 ) P oc D5 N3
,__ _ v
Pg 2g inlet Pg P2 = (132 x (N 2 1
PI DI N,
144. Ans: (b)
lA =15 x ( 2900)3
Sol: In diffuser, flow area increases, velocity
3 1450)
decreases and as per Bernoulli's equation
P2 = 23 x 3 = 24 kW
pressure increases.
147. Ans: (c)

145. Ans: (d)
Sol: NPSH is used to study possibility cavitation
Sol: When pumps are connected in parallel, head
in centrifugal pump.
across the pumps is same but discharge is
To avoid cavitation NPSH > (NPSH)min
sum of discharges of two pumps.
i.e Hp = Hi = H2
QP = Q1 ± Q2
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad IDelhi I Bhopal 'Pune I BhubaneswarI LucknowI Patna IBengaluru I Chennai IVijayawadaIVizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter
9 Reciprocating Pumps
1. For small discharge at high pressure, Where L = Length of stroke,

following pump is preferred: (2011) A = cross sectional area of piston
(a) Centrifugal (b) Axial flow N = Speed of crank in r.p.m
(c) Reciprocating (d) Propeller
6. The discharge through a single-acting
2. A double acting reciprocating pump
reciprocating pump is
compared to single acting pump will have
(AE-2012)
nearly (2001 • 2011)
ALN 2ALN
(a) Double flow (b) Double efficiency (a) Q = (b) Q =
60 60
(c) Double head (d) Double weight (c) Q = ALN (d) Q = 2ALN
3. In reciprocating pumps, the rate of discharge
depends mainly on (AE 2011)
7. The area of cross-section of the cylinder of a
(a) rotation of the speed (b) working pressure
double acting reciprocating pump is 10000
(c) both the above (d) None
mm2 and the stroke length is 0.3 m. What is
4. If 'A' is the area of c/s of the piston, 'N' is the theoretical discharge if the speed is 150
the speed of the crank in r.p.m and 'r' is the r.p.m
radius of the crank, then the theoretical (AEE-2006)
discharge of a single acting pump will be (a) 30 litres/sec (b) 50 litres/sec
(AEE CE/ME 2004) (c) 15 litres/sec (d) 25 litres/sec
(b) A r N
(a) A r N
60 8. The pressure air vessel is attached to a
2ArN 2A r reciprocating pump in order to
(c) (d)
60 60 (AEE-2006)
5. The discharge of a double acting (a) increase pressure head
reciprocating pump is: (b) increase pressure energy
(AE-2011, AEE CE/ME 2008) (c) reduce work done against friction
(a) L.A.N (b) 2L.A.N (d) reduce suction pressure
L.A.N (d) 2L.A.N
(c)
60 60
C1 1 twilit .•inu, Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pane Bhubaneswar ILttelutow I Patna I Bengaltuu I Chennai I Vilayawada I Vizag I Tirupad I Kukatpa11y I Koliutta I Ahmedabad
le .1
ACE
w. :Engineering Publications : 937 : Reciprocating Pumps
4 R.
09. Slip of reciprocating pump is defined as the: 13. Theoretical power required to drive a
(AEE CE/ME 2008) reciprocal pump is (AE, AEE CE/ME 2012)
(a) ratio of actual discharge to the theoretical S (b) WQ(H, + Hd )
(a) WQH
discharge 60 75
(b) sum of actual discharge and the WQH d 2 70
(c) (d)
theoretical discharge 60
(c) difference of theoretical discharge and
the actual discharge 14. In a reciprocating pump, air vessels are used
(d) product of theoretical discharge and the to: (AEE CE/ME 2008)
actual discharge (a) smoothen the flow
(b) reduce suction head
10. The slip in the case of reciprocating pump is (c) increase delivery head
(AE CE/ME-2009) (d) reduce acceleration head
(a) +ve (b) —ye
(c) +ve or —ye (d) zero 15. By fitting an air vessel to the single acting
reciprocating pump the saving in work done
11. Negative slip may occur in a reciprocating
(AEE-2006) and power is:
pump when
(AEE CE/ME 2008)
(a) the suction pipe is too short
(a) 39.2% (b) 48.8%
(b) the delivery head is too high
(c) 84.8% (d) 88.4%
(c) the discharge is too small
(d) the speed is too high
16. The work saved by fitting an air vessel to a
12. Due to leakage in a pump, if actual discharge
single acting reciprocating pump is
Qa is less than the theoretical discharge Q, the (AE-2012)
slip of the pump is given by (a) 39.2% (b) 89.4%
(AE CE/ME-2007) (c) 48.8% (d) 92.3%
`<' Qa
(a)
Q 17. Saving of work done and power by fitting an
Q—Q. air vessel to double acting reciprocating pump
(b)
Q. is of the order of
(AEE-2007)
Q+Qa
(c) (a) 39.2% (b) 49.2%
Q—Qa
(c) 68.8% (d) 84.8%
(d) Q—Qa
Q
\ tignii •• 1'111 ditAlioi Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna! Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupatl I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
, • s,
J ACE : 938: Hydraulic Machines
18. Cavitation in reciprocating pumps may occur 19. Which of the following pump is suitable for
at (AE 2011) small discharge and high heads?
(a) suction stroke (TSPSC-AEE-CE & ME-2017)
(b) delivery stroke (a) centrifugal pump
(c) suction or delivery stroke (b) axial flow pump
(d) at the time of heavy discharge
(c) mixed flow pump
(d) Reciprocating pump
I I I I I I I I I I
Eng-111( .1.1'11g Plibii(.111(,11,.;>Hyderabad Delhi Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswar Lucknow 'Patna Bengaluru Chennai Vijayawada Vizag Timpati Kukatpally Kolkata Ahmedabad
1, ACE Reciprocating Pumps
t.1 :Engineering Publications : 939:
Solutions
1. Ans: (c) 7. Ans: (c)

Sol: For small discharge at high pressure heads, 2ALN 2 x10000 x10-6 x 0.3 x150
Sol: Q=
Reciprocating pump is preferred. 60 60
Where as centrifugal pump is preferred for = 15 It/sec
large discharge and less heads.
8. Ans: (c)
2. Ans: (a)
Sol: A double acting R.P produces nearly double 9. Ans: (c)
discharge when compared to single acting Sol: SLIP of a reciprocating pump
pump S = QTII QAct
3. Ans: (c) 10. Ans: (c)
4. Ans: (c) 11. Ans: (a)

AL
Sol: Q The - for single acting
60N 12. Ans: (d)
A.2r.N Sol: Slip is mostly expressed as percentage slip
60
Where L = stroke length = 2 x crank radius Percentage slip — Q t11 Q act x
100
Q th
= 2r
13. Ans: (b)
Sol: Power of Reciprocating Pump
05. Ans: (d)
_ pgQH
2ALN (Watt)
Sol: Q--The
The = for double acting
60
In metric units — wQH
75.i
6. Ans: (a)
Where H = HS + Hd
ALN
Sol: Q ue = for single acting
60
..‘ Hyderabad I Delhi Bhopal l Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai IVijayawadal Vizag I Tirupati I KukatpallyI Kolkata l Ahmedabad
AUF, higinecring Puhlicahotise.
4.0
N ACE : 940: Hydraulic Machines
4,, gzigineerblg Publications
14. Ans: (d) 15. Ans: (c)

Sol: Functions of air vessels in R.P: Sol: Work saved in a single acting reciprocating
1.To damped out the pressure variation pump per stroke in percentage is 84.8%
during discharge if accumulate excess where as in double acting pump, work saved
quantity of water flowing in the suction is 39.2%.
pipe (or) delivery pipe compressing the air
inside the vessel 16. Ans: (b)
2. It acts as a cushion to minimize the shock
produced by the pulsations of the pump 17. Ans: (a)
3. To obtain liquid at uniform discharge
4. Frictional head and acceleration head 18. Ans: (b)
decreases.
5. Work over coming friction resistance in 19. Ans: (d)
suction and delivery pipe decreases which Sol: Reciprocating pumps are most suitable for
results good amount of work saved to high head and low discharge requirement.
drive pump
6. Reciprocating pump can run at high speed
without flow separation.
ACE Eniiincering Publications HyderabacliDelhill3hopaill'unelBhubaneswariLucknow1PamalBengalurulChennailVidayawadalVizaglTirupatilKukatpallyIKollkatal Ahmedabad

Chapter 10
01. A turbine pump is
Miscellaneous Pumps
(AEE-1992) 05. What type of pumps are used for fighting
(a) A diffuser vane pump fire? (AE CE/ME-2007)
(b) A single volute pump (a) Reciprocating (b) Propeller
(c) A double volute pump (c) Centrifugal (d) None of the above
(d) A variable speed pump
06. Which of the following pumps is generally
02. While starting an axial flow pump, its used to pump highly viscous fluids?
deliver value should be (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(AEE-2004, AE CE/ME-2004, AEE-2007) (a) Centrifugal pump
(a) closed (b) opened gradually (b) Reciprocating pump
(c) open or closed (d) opened (c) Air lift pump
(d) Screw pump
03. Which one of the following hydraulic pumps
is a low cost pump with a pressure range of 07. Which of the following pumps is
150 bar and low efficiency? successfully used for lifting water to the
(AE CE/ME-2007) turbines? (Polytechnic Lecturers-2007)
(a) Radial piston pump (a) Centrifugal pump (b) Reciprocating pump
(b) Gear pump (c) Jet pump (d) Air lift pump
(c) Vane pump
(d) Axial piston pump 08. For pumping viscous oil the pump employed
should be (AEE-2007)
04. To lift water from a tube well with water level (a) centrifugal pump (b) reciprocating pump
at 45.0 m below general ground level, the (c) turbine pump (d) screw pump
most suitable pump is (AEE-2004)
(a) centrifugal pump 09. Non return valves are essentially required for
(b) reciprocating pump (AE 2011)
(c) deep well turbine pump (a) centrifugal pumps
(d) centrifugal and reciprocating pump (b) reciprocating pumps
(c) jet pumps
(d) deep well pump
ACE Engineering rublicanOns >>Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna l Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kuliatpally I Kolkala I Ahmedabad
04 4 ACE
11
4 t.
10. Which of the following pumps is preferred for 14. Hydraulic ram works on the principle of
flood control and irrigation applications? (AEE CE/ME-2008)
(AEE, AE & AEE-CE/ME-2012, 2008) (a) Reciprocating action
(a) Centrifugal pump (b) Centrifugal action
(b) Mixed flow pump (c) Impulse
(c) Axial flow pump (d) Water hammer
(d) Reciprocating pump
15. The device for pumping water without use of
11. In mixed flow centrifugal pump internal source of power is
(AEE-2007) (AEE-2006)
(a) two fluids are mixed up at suction (a) Hydraulic ram
(b) two fluids are pumped separately and (b) Hydraulic jump
then mixed up at delivery (c) Hydraulic lift
(c) two impellers — radial and axial type are (d) Hydraulic crane
employed
(d) flow through impeller is a combination 16. Identify from the following, the example for
of radial and axial flows dynamic type fluid machines:
(AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) the centrifugal pump
12. The reciprocating pump, gear pump and
rotary pump are examples of (b) the axial compressor
(AEE CE/ME-2006) (c) the fluid coupling device
(a) dynamic type machines
(b) positive displacement machines
(c) kinetic energy adding devices 17. Hydraulic accumulator is used for
(d) All of the above (AEE-2007)
(a) accumulating oil
13. Maximum impulse will be developed in (b) supplying energy when main supply fails
hydraulic ram when (c) supplying large quantities of oil for very
(AEE-2007)
(a) waste valve closes suddenly short duration
(b) supply pipe is long (d) accumulating hydraulic energy
(c) supplying pipe is short
(d) ram chamber is large
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennal I VIdayawada I Maas l'Ilrupati I Kukatvally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4.44
ACE : 943: Miscellaneous Pumps
4 4.
18. A hydraulic press has a ram of 250 mm 19. The word fan and compressor is frequently
diameter and a plunger of 40 mm diameter. used for machines handling gas, while the
What is the weight lifted when a force of word pump is frequently used for machines
640 N is applied on the plunger?(AEE-2006) handling (AEE CE/ME-2006)
(a) 40 kN (b) 32 kN (a) water (b) gases
(c) 25 kN (d) 20 kN (c) slurry (d) liquid
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad 1 Delhil BhopallPune !Bhubaneswar I LucknowIPatna IBengalurul ChermaiiVijaYawadal VizaglTimPali iKukalPallyiKolicatjAhmedabacl
0,4"44 ,
,„1 ACE
44 ,' . Publications
' eermg
, Engin : 944 : Hydraulic Machines
4 ,..
Solutions
01. Ans (a) 10. Ans: (c)

Sol: Axial flow pump handles large quantity
02. Ans: (d) (discharge) water.
Sol: Starting axial pumps, delivery valve should
be opened. 11. Ans: (d)
03. Ans: (b) 12. Ans: (b)

Sol: Gear pump: Features comparatively
• Low cost * pressure experiment to 13. Ans: (a)
175 bar
• Low weight * low efficiency 14. Ans: (d)
04. Ans: (c) 15. Ans: (a)
05. Ans: (b) 16. Ans: (d)

Sol: Propeller pump is a axial flow pump
which delivers large discharge for fighting 17. Ans: (b)
fire.
18. Ans: (c)
06. Ans: (d) Sol: Weight lifted,
Sol: Screw pump is suitable to pump viscous 250 )2
W = 640 x — 25 IN
fluids; as it works on spiral (Helical) motion. 40
07. Ans (c) 19. Ans: (d)
08. Ans: (d)
09. Ans: (a)

• Hyderabad DelhiI Bhopal Pune Bhubaneswad LucknowI Patna I13engaluru Chennai MayawadaI VizagITirupati I Kukatpally Mollulta I Ahmedabad
1 Hydraulic 1!; xtional Control
Chapter Valves
01. Check valve allows the fluid flow 02. The flow direction to and from double
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) acting cylinder is typically controlled by a
(a) Only in one direction (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
(b) In both the directions (a) 1 way DCV Valve
(c) To change the direction (b) 2 way DCV valve
(d) To stop (c) 3 way DCV valve
(d) 4 way DCV valve
Solutions
01. Ans: (a) 4 way/3 Position valve

Sol: A check valve used in hydraulic circuits. It
allows hydraulic liquid flow in one direction A
11
MM
and prevents reversible (i.e. back flow)
when the liquid in the line reverse direction.
It is a non-return (or) one-way valve
pressurised liquid passing through a line
opens the valve while, reversal of flow will
close the valve represented as follows
-► Flow
No Flow +------
02. Ans: (d)

Sol: Flow direction to and fro from a double
acting cylinder is typically controlled by
ACE Engineering Publications Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chermai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata I Ahmedabad
Chapter
2 Hydraulic Pressure Control
Valves
01. A pressure-relief valve has a pressure 03. Pressure-reducing valve is actuated by the
setting of 200 bar. The power loss across the fluid pressure at
valve if all the pump flow of 120 L/min (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019)
flows back to the reservoir is (a) Upstream (b) Downstream
(APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2019) (c) Within the valve (d) Drain line
(a) 40 W (b) 40 kW
(c) 400 kW (d) 1000 kW
02. The valve used to control as vertical

cylinder to prevent it from descending due
to external load is
(a) Pressure relief valve
(b) Counterbalance valve
(c) Pressure compensated valve
(d) Directional control valve
ACE Engineering Publications ›Hyderabad I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengalum I Chennai I Vtjayawada I Vizag I Ttrupati I Kukatpally j Kolkata I Ahmedabad
4
ACE : 947 : Hydraulic Pressure Control Valves
t : Engieeri
n ng Publications
4 4
Solutions
1. Ans: (b) / Load\

Sol:
4--
Counter Balance Valve

Power lost across pressure relief
Valve = (AP). Q It creates holding pressure in the cylinder to
5 120 ) 3 1 prevent over slide of the external load while
= (200 x10 m / secx — (ON)
2 (1000 x 60 1000 falling.
= 40 kW
3. Ans: (b)
2. Ans: (b) Sol: Pressure reducing valve is actuated by the
Sol: Counter Balance PCV: It is called holding fluid pressure at down stream. It is normally
valve, is used to prevent load (weight) from an open type 2-way valve that allows the
falling unwantedly. liquid pressurised system to flow through it
until a required/desired set pressure is
Ex: In crane load lifting operation, vertical reached down stream.
presses lift trucks where position (or) hold
suspended loads. It is placed in between
actuating cylinder and DCV. It consists feed
back check valve to sense load sudden fall
and works against it, not allow hydraulic oil
flow back.
It controls pressure pipe line at its outlet i.e
down stream pressure only. It is a pressure
regulating at downstream of line
ACE Engineering Publications 4‘>Hyderabad

o
., I Delhi I Bhopal I Pune I Bhubaneswar I Lucknow I Patna I Bengaluru I Chennai I Vijayawada I Vizag I Tirupati I Kukatpally I Kolkata Ahmedabad
•17.„. .04
10
lib.
"
S
Since 1995 40,
(A Sister Concern of ACE Engineering Academy, Hyderabad)
E
USEFUL BOOKS FOR ESE, GATE, PSUs
GATE - Previous Questions & Solutions ESE - Previous Questions & Solutions
Electronics & Communication Engineering Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering (Objective Vol-I ) Civil Engineering (Objective Vol-I)
Electrical Engineering Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering (Objective Vol-II) Civil Engineering (Objective Vol-II)
Mechanical Engineering Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering (Conventional Paper-I) Civil Engineering (Conventional Paper-I)
Civil Engineering Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering (Conventional Paper-II) Civil Engineering (Conventional Paper-II)
Computer Science & Information Engineering Electrical Engineering (Objective Vol-I) Mechanical Engineering (Objective Vol-I)
Instrumentation Engineering Electrical Engineering (Objective Vol-II) Mechanical Engineering (Objective Vol-II)
General Aptitude (Numerical & Verbal) Electrical Engineering (Conventional Paper-II) Mechanical Engineering (Conventional Paper-1)
GATE Practice Booklet (Vol-1),(Vol-11) Electrical Engineering (Conventional Paper-II) Mechanical Engineering (Conventional Paper-II)
Engineering Mathematics Solutions General Studies & Engineering Aptiude
CIVIL SERVICES PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION BOOKS for CE, ME, EE - Previous Yeors Ob.eclive Questions with Solutions (Useful for Engineering services Prelims Examination, GATE & Other PSC, PSUs Examinations)
!SRO / PSUs (Previous Years Questions With Solutions B. Useful for BARC, SAIL, BEL, NPCIL, AAI & OTHER PSUs)
Special Books For GENCO TRANSCO & DISCOMS (Previous Questions & Solutions of Various Exams Useful for SSC 1E, SAIL, AEE, STEEL PLANT, ISRO, BARC and Other PSUs)
•
* GATE Solutions for more than 30 years dm%

M 040 - 2323 4447 / 011 - 2953 3467
* ESE Solutions for more than 32 years
* Solutions, Subject-wise and Chapter-wise +91 93976 99966
* Available Online
ONLINE T EST SERIES

ESE ( Prelims & Mains ) GATE
Streams : EC, EE, ME, CE Streams : EC, EE, ME, CE, CS, IN, PI
Test Type Prelims Mains Test Type No. Of Tests (0.1.0

Online Offline Offline
Subject-wise Grand Tests 22 20 - Chapter-wise Tests 22

Multi Subject-wise Grand Tests 10 - 06
Subject & Multi Subject wise Grand Tests 30
Revision Tests - - 04
Full Lenth Mock Tests 12 04 04 Full Length Mock Tests 12
Pre-GATE Exam (Center Based Mock Test) Video Solutions are available for
ACE conduting Pnn-GATE 2019 on PAN India basis with Analytics. Difficult Questions for Online Exams
f
www.aceengineeringpublications.corn aceengineeringpublications aceenggpublications@gmail.com

ACE Engineering Academy Editorial Board - TSPSC & APPSC-Civil Engineering - Volume 2-ACE Engineering Publications (2019)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACE Engineering Academy Editorial Board - TSPSC & APPSC-Civil Engineering - Volume 2-ACE Engineering Publications (2019)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

-- • --• + • --+ +--+ ---+ ---+

11 All India 1.8t Ranks in ESE

All rights reserved.

♦ No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

otherwise, without the prior permission of the publishers.

ACE Engineering Publications

—4-- --4-- —6- —4— —4,-- --4--r 4—

Y.V. Gopala Krishna Murthy,

1. Engineering Mechanics 1-6 4. Hydraulic Machines 839-947

2. Strength of Materials 7-460 4.2. Hydro-Electric Power Plant 843-849

3. Fluid Mechanics 461-838

(c) equal to pitch A sin 0

04. Ans: (b)

01. Ans: (b) 7700

2. Ans: (c) 5. Ans: (a)

Sol: Mechanical advantage is the ratio of load F V

A C E Enginceriog PublicaLioiv; HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswariLucknow1PatnalBengaluruIChennailVijayawadalVizagrriniPatilKukaiPallYIKolkalaIAhrnedabad

07. Ans: (a) 10. Ans: (d)

11. Ans: (c)

(Work done by Fx) — L—Y—)

Sol: Lead = no. of starts x pitch

1.1. Fundamentals, Mechanical Properties of materials,

(d) more than its yield point stress

Shear area (d) Shear Resistance

(a) N/m2 (b) N/m

82. Volumetric strain is (AE CE/ME-2009)

Strain Where V = Volume, AV is volume change

(a) Load Original area to temperatures T1 on the upper face and T2

coefficient of linear expansion for the

86. The ductility of a material with the

93. A tensile test is performed on a round bar.

breaking stress as compared to ultimate initial cross section of ao is (2011 Regular)

tensile strength is (a) 6.56 VT, (b)

105. Mild steel is a material. 110. A plate 100 mm wide, 10 mm thick is

ACE Enginawring Publications

135. A material with large deformation at failure

136. The factor of safety in bending for

152. As soon as the external forces causing

153. If a material has identical properties in all

03. Whatever may be the value of Poisson's

53. Bulk modulus of a material with zero

59. A cubical body of 1000 mm3 volume is

70. The ratio of Bulk modulus to shear modulus

(a) (b) 1.56 94. A material is said to be incompressible if the

95. The elongation produced in a tapered shaft

100. The number of elastic constants for a

99. The relationship between Young's modulus

(AEE-CE/ME-2012) (a) Linear (b) Shear

.10E Eall.unccung PublicationNe.)HyclerabacliDelhilBhopaliPunelBhubanestvariLucknowiPatuajBengalurulChenuailVilayawadalVizagiTirupatilKukaipailyIKolkatalAhmedabad

ACE FAtgincering Publications 1//4..›HyderabadiDelhilBhopallPunelBhubaneswarILucknow1PatnalBerigalurulChennalIVijayawadalVizagITirupatilKulcatpallyIKolicatalAb

120. If a material has numerically the same value

4. A prismatic bar of volume V is subjected to (a) 16,000 (b) 12,566

14. A rod of square section of side D at one end

41. A conical rod with diameters d at the top and

38. A beam of length '1' and cross-sectional area

btE 65. Two bars A and B are of same length and

63. The elongation of a bar due to its self weight

Where ' = unit weight of the material

\( _!: I peon; I etaliad I. . I hblidi I _ _ iiickht0 I Pal I lithgdighi

(c) Bulk modulus

93. The diameter of a tapering rod varies from

and 100 GPa for steel and brass respectively.

114. A 2m long rod of diameter 2 mm is